Fitzee Test Papers and Solnpdf PDF Free

FIITJEE
ALL INDIA INTEGRATED TEST SERIES

HALF COURSE TEST – III
JEE (Advanced)-2020
PAPER – 1
TEST DATE: 28-04-2019

Time Allotted: 3 Hours Maximum Marks: 183
General Instructions:
 The test consists of total 54 questions.
 Each subject (PCM) has 18 questions.
 This question paper contains Three Parts.
 Part-I is Physics, Part-II is Chemistry and Part-III is Mathematics.
 Each Part is further divided into Two Sections: Section-A & Section-C.
Section-A (01– 07, 19 – 25, 37 - 43) contains 21 multiple choice questions which have one or
more than one correct answer. Each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and –2 mark
for wrong answer
Partial Marks +1 for each correct option provided no incorrect options is selected.
Section-A (08 – 13, 26 – 31, 44 - 49) contains 18 questions. Each of 2 Tables with 3 Columns and
4 Rows has three questions. Column 1 will be with 4 rows designated (I), (II), (III) and (IV).
Column 2 will be with 4 rows designated (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv). Column 3 will be with 4 rows
designated (P), (Q), (R) and (S).
Each question has only one correct answer and carries +3 marks for correct answer and –1 mark
for wrong answer.
Section-C (14 – 18, 32 – 36, 50 - 54) contains 15 Numerical based questions with answer as
numerical value from 0 to 9 and each question carries +3 marks for correct answer. There is no
negative marking.
FIITJEE Ltd., FIITJEE House, 29-A, Kalu Sarai, Sarvapriya Vihar, New Delhi -110016, Ph 46106000, 26569493, Fax 26513942
website: www.fiitjee.com
AIITS-HCT-III (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE (Advanced)/20 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
(One or More than one correct type)
This section contains 7 questions. Each question has FOUR options (A), (B), (C) and (D). ONE OR
MORE THAN ONE of these four options is(are) correct.
1. Consider a particle at rest which may decay into two (daughter) particles or into three (daughter)
particles. Which of the following is/are true? (There are no external forces).
(A) the velocity vectors of the daughter particles must lie in a plane.
(B) given the total kinetic energy of system and the mass of each daughter particle, it is
possible to determine the speed of each daughter particle.
(C) given the speed(s) of all but one daughter particles it is possible to determine the speed
of the remaining particle.
(D) the total momentum of the daughter particles is zero.
2. A yo-yo is resting on a rough horizontal table. Forces F1 ,F2 and F3 are F3

F2
applied separately as shown. The correct statement is

(A) When F3 is applied the centre of mass will move to the right. F1
(B) When F2 is applied the centre of mass will move to the left.
(C) When F1 is applied the centre of mass will move to the right.
(D) When F2 is applied the centre of mass will move to the right.
3. Four point masses are fastened to the corners of a a y-axis

frame of negligible mass lying in the xy plane. Let w m 
be the angular speed of rotation. Then
b
 
x-axis
M M
b
m 
a
z-axis
(A) Rotational kinetic energy associated with a given angular speed depends on the axis of
rotation
(B) Rotational kinetic energy about y-axis is independent of m and its value is Ma 2w 2
(C) Rotational kinetic energy about z-axis depends on m and its value is Ma +mb  2 2
w 2
2
(D) Rotational kinetic energy about x-axis is independent of m and its value is Mb w2
4. A body is fired from point P and strikes at Q inside a smooth circular wall Q
as shown in the figure. It rebounds to point S (diametrically opposite to P).
The coefficient of restitution will be: 
P S
(A) cot 
(B) 1
(C) tan 
(D) tan2 
3 AIITS-HCT-III (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE (Advanced)/20
5. A block A is kept at rest on a frictionless horizontal

floor some distance away from a wall. Another block B
of mass m is moving towards the block A as shown in B
the figure. The block B may undergo elastic collisions A
with the block A and the wall. If the two blocks collide
only once, what should be range of values of mass M
of the block A?
(A) m  M  3m
(B) 0.5m  M  3m
(C) M  3m
(D) M  3monly
6. A small block of mass ‘m’ is rigidly attached at ‘P’ to a ring of mass ‘3m’ P
and radius ‘r’. The system is released from rest at θ = 90° and rolls θ
without sliding. The angular acceleration of ring just after release is 
g
(A)
4r
g
(B)
8r
g
(C)
3r
g
(D)
2r
7. Block A of mass 2m, B and C each of mass m are in equilibrium
and at rest shown in the figure. The spring balance, pulley and
strings are massless. Now, a force mg is applied on block C in
downward direction. Find the new reading of spring balance. Spring
Assume all pulleys to be frictionless. 2m balance
(A) 7 kg A
(B) 15 kg
(C) 11 kg
(D) 12 kg
B m m C
(Matching type - Single Correct Option)

This section contains SIX questions of matching type. The section contains TWO tables (each having 3
columns and 4 rows). Based on each table, there are THREE questions. Each question has FOUR
options (A), (B), (C), and (D). ONLY ONE of these four options is correct.
Answer questions 8, 9 and 10 by appropriately matching the information given in the three
columns of the following table.
An object of mass M and radius R is pure rolling on a horizontal surface. It smoothly climbs over
an rough incline with sufficient friction to ensure no slipping. The following grid has 3-columns:
Column- I represents the type of object. Column II represents the maximum height attained by the
object and column III represents the time taken to reach the maximum height.
M,R
v

Column I [Object] Column-II [Height] Column-III [Time]

(I) Ring (i) 7v 2 (P) 7v / 5 g sin 
10 g
(II) Disc (ii) 3v 2 (Q) 2v / g sin 
4g
(III) Hollow sphere (iii) v2 / g (R) 3v / 2 g sin 
(IV) Solid sphere (iv) 5v 2 (S) 5v / 3g sin 
6g
8. Pick the correct combination:

(A) (I)(i)(P)
(B) (III)(ii)(Q)
(C) (II)(ii)(R)
(D) (IV)(iv)(P)
9. The combination where the total mechanical energy is maximum will be

(A) (I)(iii)(Q)
(B) (II)(ii)(R)
(C) (III)(iv)(P)
(D) (IV)(i)(S)
10. The combination for which maximum friction acts between the body and the incline is
(A) (I)(iii)(Q)
(B) (II)(ii)(R)
(C) (III)(iv)(S)
(D) (IV)(i)(P)
Answer questions 11, 12 and 13 by appropriately matching the information given in the
three columns of the following table.
A swimmer wishes to cross a river 600m wide flowing at a rate u m/s. His speed with respect to
water is 3 m/s. He makes his strokes at an angle  with the direction of river flow. In the following
column I represents u, Column-II represents ‘’ column-III represents his horizontal drift when he
reaches across the river
Column I [U] Column-II [] Column-III [Drift]

(I) 1 (i) 30 (P) 250m

(II) 2 (ii) 53 (Q) 400m
(III) 5 (iii) 90 (R) 500m
(IV) 6 (iv) 120 (S) 1200m
11. Pick the correct combination:-

(A) (I)(iii)(S)
(B) (II)(ii)(R)
(C) (III)(ii)(Q)
(D) (IV)(iv)(P)
12. The combination for which the time taken to cross the river is minimum is.
(A) (II)(iii)(R)
(B) (III)(ii)(Q)
(C) (I)(iv)(S)
(D) (IV)(iii)(S)
13. The combination for which the resultant velocity of the swimmer makes the largest angle with the
river flow is.
(A) (I)(ii)(P)
(B) (II)(iv)(Q)
(C) (IV)(i)(S)
(D) (III)(iii)(R)
SECTION – C
(Single digit integer type)
This section contains FIVE questions. The answer to each question is a single Digit integer ranging from
0 to 9, both inclusive.
14. A uniform square laminar plate ABCD having moment of inertia 250  A B
2
kgm (about its rotational axis passing through O) is placed on a
horizontal smooth surface. The plate has a circular groove of radius 2.5 O P
m, whose centre is concentric to the centre of the plate. The plate is free
to rotate about a point O on the groove fixed to the horizontal surface, as D C
shown in the figure. A tortoise of mass 8 kg starts moving along the
groove from a point P on the groove, which is diametrically opposite to O.
If the angle (in radian) rotated by the plate ABCD, when the tortoise
comes back to point P after a complete rotation on the groove be  . What
is the value of 10  (Assume that plate is much heavier than the tortoise.
Such that the velocity of the plate is much smaller than the velocity of the
tortoise)
15. Block A shown in figure can slide over fixed rigid wire of quarter circular
shape. String connected to A and B is massless and inextensible. System 
M R
is released from rest when  = 0. Determine the ratio k = A (approximate
MB A
MA
integer value) for which the system will come to rest again when  = 30. B MB
16. Three blocks A, B and C whose masses are m, km and 4m

respectively are kept at rest on the horizontal smooth m km 4m
surface, as shown in the figure. The ball A is given velocity A B C
v0 , rightward and it collides with the ball B elastically. Then
ball B collides elastically with the third ball C. For what value
of k, does the third ball C receive the maximum speed?
17. A rectangular block of mass m is kept on a smooth horizontal surface. A A

solid sphere of mass M rests on the block, the coefficient of friction M
  J
between the pair being  . A sharp tangential impulse J is applied on the O
-1
sphere making an angle θ= tan  3/4  with downward vertical. If the
m
x
minimum value of  so that the sphere starts pure rolling is , Find x
10
M 5
Given  .
m 4
18. A trolley of mass M stands on frictionless rails. A rod of mass

M
M and length L is pivoted to the roof of the trolley on a L
M
frictionless hinge and the rod is gently left from the horizontal
position as shown in the figure. Initially the whole system was
at rest when the rod becomes vertical for the first time. Net
16
vertical force offered by the track to the carriage is Mg.
x
Find x.
Chemistry PART – II
SECTION – A
19. Which of the following does not exist as dimer?

(A) CH 3Li
(B) Si  CH 3  4
(C) Al  CH 3 3
(D) N  CH 3 3
20. Which of following compounds show considerable higher value of dipole moment?
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
21. 0.6 moles of K2Cr2O7 can oxidise

(A) 3.6 moles of FeSO4 to Fe2(SO4)3
(B) 0.1 moles of FeSO4 to Fe2(SO4)3
(C) 0.05 moles of Sn2+ to Sn4+
(D) 1.8 moles of Sn2+ to Sn4+
22. Which of the following mixtures can be regarded as buffer?

(A) 500 ml 0.2(M) CH3COOH + 1000 ml 0.2(M) NaOH
(B) 500 ml 0.2(M) CH3COOH + 300 ml 0.2(M) NaOH
(C) 500 ml 0.2(M) CH3COOH + 500 ml 0.2(M) NaOH
(D) 500 ml 0.2(M) CH3COOH + 500 ml 0.2(M) NH4OH
23. There are three elements P, Q and R which belong to p-block of the periodic table they all form
trifluorides with F2, such that PF3 is Lewis acid but QF3 is a weaker Lewis base (dipole moment =
0.23 D). These two compounds react with each other in presence of F2 to produce QF4 PF4 . The
compound RF3 is a T-shape in interhalogen molecule. Which of the following is/are correct
statements with reference to above informations?
(A) All the RF bond lengths are equal in RF3 molecule
F
(B) In the structure the angle Q  180o. Q R

F
F
3
(C) the Q and P both are sp hybridised in salt QF4PF4
(D) the element P, Q and R can be B, N and Cl respectively
24. Choose the correct statements among the following

(A) A node is a point in space where the wave function  has zero amplitude
(B) The number of maxima (peaks) in radial distribution in n  
(C) Radial probability density is 4r 2Rn,2   r 
(D)  2 represents probability of finding electron
25. Which of the following pairs of ions do not have the same electronic configuration?
(A) Cr3+, Fe3+
3+ 2+
(B) Fe , Mn
3+ 3+
(C) Fe , Co
3+ 3+
(D) Se , Cr

Column-I [Substrate] Column-II [Reagent-1] Column-III Reagent-2

(I) (i) HNO ,H SO (P) dil H 2SO4
3 2 4
(II) CH3 (ii) H 2SO 4 fuming (Q) CH3Cl,AlCl3
(III) OH (iii) I2 ,Lewis acid (R) Cl2 /AlCl3
(IV) NO 2 (iv) CH 3OH,H + (S) Sn/HCl
26. Which of the following combinations will not give EAS?

(A) (I)(ii)(P)
(B) (IV)(iv)(S)
(C) (III)(i)(S)
(D) (I)(i)(S)
27. Which of the following combinations will give a difference of 6-7 times rate when substrate’s
hydrogen are replaced by deuterium?
(A) (I)(i)(S)
(B) (II)(iii)(R)
(C) (II)(iv)(Q)
(D) (IV)(i)(S)
28. Which of the followings will result in a mono substituted Benzene?

(A) (I)(i)(R)
(B) (II)(ii)(P)
(C) (IV)(i)(S)
(D) (III)(ii)(Q)
Column-I [Reactant-1] Column-II [Reactant-2] Column-III [Product]

(I) MnO  (i) HCO (P) MnO 2
4 2 2 4
(II) K 2Cr2O 7 (ii) Na 2S2O3 (Q) MnO
(III)I2 (iii) SO 2 (R) CO 2
(IV) CO (iv) Fe 2O3 (S) H 2SO 4
29. Which of the following combinations is not possible.

(A) (I)(i)(R)
(B) (II)(iii)(S)
(C) (III)(ii)(S)
(D) (IV)(iv)(R)
30. Which of the following is not possible in an acidic medium?

(A) (I)(iv)(P)
(B) (II)(iii)(S)
(C) (I)(iii)(Q)
(D) (II)(i)(R)
31. In which of the following combinations will the reactants react in 2:5 ratio.
(A) (II) (i)(R)
(B) (I)(i)(Q)
(C) (IV)(iv)(R)
(D) (I)(iii)(S)
SECTION – C
32. A sample of air with the ratio of N2 to O2 as 79 : 21 is heated to 2500 K. When equilibrium is
K p 100
established, the mole percent of NO is found to be 2%. Calculate for the reaction.
64
N2  g  O2  g   2NO  g
(use approx.)
33. An organic compound was analyzed by Duma’s method. 0.45 g of the compound on combustion
Nitrogen%
gave 48.6 ml of nitrogen at 27oC and 756 mm Hg pressure. What is the value of ?
6
(use approx.)
34. How many acids among the following have basicity equal to 2
H 2SO 4 ,H3PO3H 2S2O7 ,H 2CrO 4 ,H 3PO 4 ,H 2 CO3 ,H 3BO3 ,H 2SO3 ,H 3PO 2
35. Volume strength of H2O2 is X. When 0.2 mole KMnO4 are required to react with 100 mL H2O2.
Find the value of (X+4)/12. Given that Products of the reaction are O2 and MnO.
36. How many geometrical isomers?
H2C CH3
CH3
Mathematics PART – III
SECTION – A
37. Let A, P, B are collinear points on lines y  0, y  2 x, y  3x respectively. If PA. PB is minimum

(for a fixed P), then-
(A) PA=PB
(B) PA>PB
(C) Slope of PA may lie in  , 1
(D) A, B are equidistant from origin
38. If the lines 2 x  y  8, x  2 y  17 and the line L=0 forms an isosceles triangle, then slope of line
L can be-
(A) 1
11
(B) 
2
(C) –1
2
(D) 
11
A C 1
39. In a triangle ABC with usual notations, if tan tan = , then-
2 2 3
2ac
(A) b
ac
B A C 2
(B) tan  tan  tan  
2 2 2 3
B A C 4
(C) tan  tan  tan  
2 2 2 3
(D) a, b, c are in G. P.
sec 4  sec 4 
40. The expression  (wherever defined) can take the value-
tan 2  tan 2 
(A) 4
(B) 6
(C) 8
(D) 10

41. Let n is the number of complex number(s) satisfying z+3 = z-3 +6 and z-4 =r , where r  R ,
then identify the correct statement:
(A) if r=1, then n=2
(B) if r=1, then n=1
(C) if r=8 , then n=2
(D) if r=8, then n=1
2
42. If z is complex number satisfying z  1  z  2 , then-
1  13
(A) Maximum value of z is
2
1 5
(B) maximum value of z is
2
1 5
(C) Minimum value of z is
2
1 2
(D) Minimum value of z is
2
43. If the line ax  by  c  0 is normal to the curve xy  1

(A) a>0, b>0
(B) a>0, b<0
(C) b<0, a<0
(D) a<0, b>0

Column I Column-II Column-III

(I) Number of values of  lying in (i) The number of solution of the (P) 2
equation
 2 ,   and satisfying 
sin 1 ( x 2  1)  cos 1 ( 2 x 2  5 )  is
θ 2
cot =(1+cotθ) is
2
(II) Number of integral values of x (ii) The number of ordered pair (Q) 3
 2
satisfying log 4 2 x  5 x  27  ( x, y ) satisfying the equation
sin x  sin y  sin( x  y )
 log 2  2 x  1  0
and x  y  1
is
(III) If x, y  [0, 2 ] , then total (iii) Minimum value of (R) 5
2 2
number y  4sec x  cos x for
pair ( x, y ) satisfying permissible real values of x is
sin x cos y  1 is equal to
(IV) If f ( x )  sin x  cos x  kx  b d (iv) Number of solutions of the (S) 6
ecreases for all real values of equation:
log  9 x  x2 14  (sin 3 x  sin x ) 
x ,then 2 2k may be 
 7


log  9 x  x2 14  cos 2 x Is equal to

 7 
 
44. Which of the following is correct combination?

(A) (I)(ii)(P)
(B) (II)(ii)(S)
(C) (III)(iii)(R)
(D) (IV)(i)(R)

(A) (I)(i)(P)
(B) (II)(ii)(S)
(C) (III)(iii)(R)
(D) (IV)(i)(S)
46. Which of the following is not correct combination?

(A) (I)(i)(P)
(B) (II)(ii)(S)
(C) (III)(iii)(Q)
(D) (IV)(ii)(S)
Column-II Column-III
Column -I Point of intersection of normals at
Equation of normal
Equation of parabola
at any point t t1 and t 2
(I) 2
y  4ax (i) y-tx=2at+at 3 (P) {at1 t 2 (t1 +t 2 ),-2a-a(t12 +t1 t 2 +t 22 )}
(II) y 2  4ax (ii) y+tx=2at+at 3 (Q) {-at1t 2 (t1 +t 2 ),2a+a(t12 +t1t 2 +t 22 )}
(III) x 2  4ay (iii) x-ty=2at+at 3 (R) {-2a-a(t12 +t1t 2 +t 22 ), at1t 2 (t1 +t 2 )}
(IV) x 2  4ay (iv) x+ty=2at+at 3 (S) {2a+a(t12 +t1t 2 +t 22 ),-at1t 2 (t1 +t 2 )}

(A) (I) (ii) (S)
(B) (I) (iii) (R)
(C) (II) (ii) (S)
(D) (I) (iii) (P)

(A) (III) (i) (R)
(B) (III) (iv) (Q)
(C) (I) (iii) (P)
(D) (III) (i) (P)
49. Which of the following is not correct combination?

(A) (II) (iii) (Q)
(B) (III) (iv) (Q)
(C) (IV) (iii) (P)
(D) (II) (i) (R)
SECTION – C
50. Let P and Q be distinct points on the parabola y 2  4 x such that circle, for which PQ is diameter
passes through vertex of the parabola. If area of ΔOPQ (O is origin) is 20 and the diameter of
d2
circumcircle of ΔOPQ is d, then is equal to
65
51. The sum of all  in [0, 2 ] for which 3tan 2θ+8tanθ+3=0 is n  , then n is equal to
52. Let R is the radius of the circle passing through the origin and cutting orthogonally each of the
2R
circles x 2  y 2  8 y  12  0 and x 2  y 2  4 x  6 y  3  0 , then is equal to
5
1
53. If 2n cos20o =sin40o +n cos40o , then is equal to
n2
x2 y 2
54. The minimum length of intercept on any tangent to the ellipse   1 cut by the circle
4 9
x 2  y 2  25 is:
FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2020
PAPER – 1
TEST DATE: 28-04-2019
ANSWERS, HINTS & SOLUTIONS

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. AD
Sol. As no external force is present on system, total momentum remain conserved (zero) hence final
momentum of all particle bust be in a plane so that their vector sum remain zero.
2. C
3. ABC
4. D
Sol. Let v1and v2 be the speed of the bodies before and after striking.
v1 sin   v2 cos   as thereis no friction 
 
e v1 cos   v2 cos    
2 
v2 sin 
e  tan 2 
v1 cos 
5. C
Sol. For only one collision v2  v1
 v2 v1
p con.:
B A
AIITS-HCT-III (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE (Advanced)/20 2
mv=-mv 2 +Mv1 ----------(1)

v=v1 +v 2 --------------(2)[e eqn]
from (1) & (2)
2mv  M-m 
v1 = ,v2 =  v
M+m  M+m 
using v 2  v1  M  3m
6. B
7. B
Sol. 2T  2mg = 2ma 2T
 T  mg = ma . . . (1)
a
2mg
2mg  mg g A
A= 
2m 2
Now, T + ma  mg = mA
mg T T ma
T + T  mg mg = [from equation (1)]
2 ma
mg 5mg 5
2T = 2mg +    6 = 15 Kg mg
2 2 2 mg mg
8. C
9. A
10. D
Sol. (for Q. 8 to Q. 10)

a
O
Taking torques about ICR 
mg sin θ . R=  I CM +mR 2  
mg sin  R 2
a R 
 ICM +mR 2 
V V  I CM  mR 
2
Final Vcm =0  t= 
a mg sin  R 2
Also, Applying energy conservation:-
2
1 V
mg h=  ICM +mR 2   
2 R
2
1  I Cm V
h   1
2  mR 2  g
3 AIITS-HCT-III (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE (Advanced)/20
11. B
12. D
13. A
600 200  200 
t  , D  u
3sin  sin   sin  
SECTION – C
14. 4
Sol. Conserving angular momentum about point O A B
r
2 2 t d
m  r  r cos t   r sin t  r cos I  t
2 dt O r
 2 
t
or, I d   m 2r 2  2r 2 cos t r cos dt D C
0 0 2
or, I = 2mr2
2
2 mr 2 2     2.5   8
 =  = 0.4 radian
I 250 
15. 3
Sol. k = 0,  U = 0
mAgR(1  cos )  mBg( 2  1)R = 0

mA

2 1 


0.41 2 82
 3
mB 
1 3 2 0.27 27
16. 2
Sol. Three blocks A, B and C whose masses are m, km and 4m respectively are kept at rest on the
horizontal smooth surface, as shown in the figure. The ball A is given velocity v0 , rightward and it
collides with the ball B elastically. Then ball B collides elastically with the third ball C. For what
value of k, does the third ball C receive the maximum speed?
vo km 4m
m v1 v2
For the first collision:
mv1  kmv2  mvo        (1)
& vo  v2  v1            (2)
2vo
v2 
1  k 
v2
v3
v4
For 2nd collision:
kmv2  kmv4  4mv3
kv2  kv4  4v3        (1)

v2  v3  v4          (2)
2kv2 4kvo
 v3  
 4  k   4  k 1  k 
dv3
for v3  max ., equating 0
dk
gives k  2
17. 5
Sol. Nt
M
A v
J 

O J cos  m
v
J cos 
J sin θ + μ J cos θ= MV . . . (i)
2 
(J-μJ cos θ) R=  MR 2  ω------(ii)
5 
 J cos θ=mv----------(iii)
For pure rolling,
ωR-V=v
5J J Jcos 
 (1   cos   (sin    cos  
2M M m
5  2sin 
 s = = 0.5
 2M 
 m  7  cos 
 
18. 5
Sol. Since the momentum must remain conserved, the magnitudes of velocities of the box and the
centre of mass of the rod must be equal and their direction opposite to each other as seen from
the ground. By conservation of mechanical energy
1 2 1 2 1 L
Mv  Mv  Icm 2  Mg
2 2 2 2
4V
where,  =
L
Solving this we get,
3 24g
v= gL and  =
10 5L
2L 12g 6g
Now acm of the rod in the vertical direction = = 
2 10 5
Using  Fyext   miai , we get
6g
N  2Mg = M 
5
 6 16
Or, N =  2   Mg  Mg
 5 5
SECTION – A
19. ABD
Sol. AlCH3 is electron deficient, therefore it exist as dimer.
H
H
H3C H
C CH3
Al Al
CH3
H C
3 C
H H
H
20. BC
Sol. Due to aromaticity in B & C
21. AD
Sol. neq of K2Cr2O7 in 0.6 moles of K2Cr2O7 = 0.6  6 = 3.6
 0.6 moles of K2Cr2O7 will oxidise 3.6 eq of FeSO4 or 3.6 moles of FeSO4
Hence choice (A) is correct and (B) is wrong
Also 0.6 moles of K2Cr2O7 will oxidise 3.6 eq of Sn2+ or 1.8 moles of Sn2+
Hence (D) is correct and (C) is wrong.
22. BD
Sol. (B) 500 × 0.2 = 100 millimole CH3COOH
300 × 0.2 = 60 millimole NaOH
Therefore, this is an acidic buffer, i.e. buffer of salt of weak acid and its salt.
(D) 500 × 0.2 = 100 millimole CH3COOH
500 × 0.2 = 100 millimole NH4OH
So, this is an example of salt buffer.
23. B, C, D
24. ABCD
Sol. All statements are correct.
25. ACD
Sol. Fe3+ and Mn2+ have same electronic configuration
26. B
Sol. Friedel craft alkylation does not take place in deactivated Benzene
27. B
Sol. In case of iodination, the rate determining step involves breaking of H Bond Hence when
substrate’s hydrogen are replaced by deuterium the rate slows by 6-7 times.
28. B
Sol. CH3 CH3 CH3
H 2SO 4 fuming dil H 2SO 4
SO 3H
29. C
Sol.  I - +Na 2S4 O 6
I 2 +Na 2S2 O 3 
30. A
 2+
Sol. In an acidic medium MnO 4 reduces to Mn
31. B
Sol. 2MnO -4 +5H 2 C2 O 4 +2H + 
10CO 2 +2MnO+6H 2O
SECTION – C
32. 4
Sol. N2  O2  2NO
79 21 0
79  x 21  x 2x Now 2x  2
x 1
 79  1 21  1 2
78 20 2
2
2
 Kp   2.56  10 3
78  20
K p  256
33. 2
Sol. 31. P1 = 756 mm Hg
P2 = 760 mm Hg
V1 = 48.6 ml V2 = ?
T1 = 300 K T2 = 273 K
Applying general gas equation
P1V1 P2 V2

T1 T2
P1V1T2
V2 
T1P2
756  48.6 273
 
300 760
= 44 ml
Mass of organic compound = 0.45 g
28 1
% of N2 =  V2   100
22400 0.45
28 1
=  44   100
22400 0.45
= 12.22  12
34. 6
Sol. By Drawing Structures of the given acids. Only the Neutralisable proton i.e attached to Oxygen
will be counted in Basicity. Hence H2SO4, H3PO3, H2S2O7, H2CrO4, H2CO3 and H2SO3 are
dibasic.
35. 5
Sol. Volume Strength = 5.6 * Normality
Normality = Eq/Volume in L. Hence N = 0.2*5/0.1 = 10. Hence X= 56.
36. 8
Sol. there are 3 geometrical centres
Hence 23  8
SECTION – A
37. BCD
Sol.
B
N  
P
 90o   A
M
PM .PN
PA.PB 
cos  cos    
2 PM .PN

cos   cos  2   
For PA. PB to be
Minimum 2    0    2
 OA  OB  OAB is isosceles

Slope of PA  tan  90o      cot    cot
2
2t
tan   3  2
 3  3  3t 2  2t
1 t
2
3t  2t  3  0
2  4  36 1  10
t 
6 3
38. ABCD
Sol. Either the line L is parallel to the angle bisector of given lines.
 m  1or tan 1  tan  2 (in same sense)
11 2
  or 
2 11
39. AB
  1 s ( s  a)( s  b)( s  c) 1
Sol. .   
s ( s  a) s ( s  c ) 3 s 2 ( s  a)(s  c ) 3
 3s  3b  s
2s  3b  a  c  2b
 a, b, c arein A.P
Also a  c  2 ac
A B
Also  tan tan  1
2 2
B A C 2
 tan  tan  tan  
2 2 2 3
40. CD
2
Sol. Put tan   x & tan 2   y
2 2

 x  1 
 y  1 
x2 y 2 1 1  x y
    2  
y x y x y x y x
Apply A.M .  G.M to get minimum value as
41. AD
Sol. z  3  z  3  6  ray
42. AC
2
Sol. z  1  z 2 1  z  1
2
z2 1  z  2  z 1
2 1  5 
I. z  z 1  0  z   ,  
 2 
2  1  13 
II. z  z  3  0  z   0, 
 2 
2
III. z  z  1  0  always true
1  5 1  13 
 z  , 
 2 2 
43. BD
Sol. Slope will be positive
44. B
45. A
46. C

Sol. (i) cot  1  cot 
2

 tan 2
2
(ii) x2 1  2 x2  5
 sin 1
  cos 1   1
47. A
48. B
49. A
Sol. Write equation of normal in parametric form
SECTION – C
50. 5
Sol. P  t12 ,2t1  ,Q  t 22 ,2t 2  ,t1t 2 =-4
1
2
 2t1t22  2t2t12   20
t1  t2  5  t1  1, 4
I. P(1,2),Q(16,8) 
  d= 325
II. P(16,8),Q(1,-2) 
d2
5
65
51. 5
8  64  36 8  28
Sol. tan = 
6 6
Both negative tan  tan   1
tan   cot 
3 7
 , 
2 2
y
  
0  
2
3 7
   ,
2 2
 sum=5
52. 3
2 2
Sol. Let x  y  2 gx  2 fy  0
3
2 g (0)  2 f ( 4)  12  f  
2
2 g ( 2)  2 f ( 3)  3  g  3
 x2  y 2  6 x  3 y  0
3 5
R
2
53. 3
sin40o
Sol. n=
2cos20o -cos40o
sin40o
n=
cos20o +cos10o
sin40o sin40o 1
 o o
= o o

cos70 +sin10 2sin40 cos30 3
54. 8
Sol. Tangent at Major axis of ellipse
FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2020
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 28-04-2019

 Each Part is further divided into Three Sections: Section-A, Section-C & Section-D.
Section-A (01 – 03, 24 – 26, 47 – 49) contains 9 multiple choice questions which have only one
correct answer. Each question carries +3 marks for correct answer and –1 mark for wrong
answer.
Section-A (04 – 08, 27 – 31, 50 – 54) contains 15 multiple choice questions which have one or
for wrong answer.
Section-A (09 – 10, 32 – 33, 55 – 56) contains 3 paragraphs. Based upon paragraph, 2 multiple
choice questions have to be answered. Each question has only one correct answer and carries +3
marks for correct answer. There is no negative marking.
Section-C (11 – 20, 34 – 43, 57 – 66) contains 30 Numerical based questions with answer as
negative marking.
Section-D (21 – 23, 44 – 46, 67 – 69) contains 9 Numerical answer type questions with answer
XXXXX.XX and each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and –1 mark for wrong answer.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
(One Options Correct Type)
This section contains 3 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and
(D), out of which ONLY ONE option is correct.
1. A uniform cylinder of mass M lies on a fixed plane inclined at an

angle  with the horizontal. A light string is tied to the cylinder at the M
rightmost point, and a mass m hangs from the string as shown.
Assume that the coefficient of friction between the cylinder and the
incline plane is sufficiently large to prevent slipping. For the cylinder m
fixed
to remain static, the value of m is:
 wedge
M sin 
(A)
1  sin 
M cos 
(B)
1  sin 
M sin 
(C)
1  sin 
M cos 
(D)
1  sin 
2. Four blocks are arranged on a smooth horizontal m m
A C
surface as shown. The masses of the blocks are given
(see the figure). The coefficient of static friction F
M B M D
between the top and the bottom blocks is  s . What is
the maximum value of the horizontal force F, applied to
one of the bottom blocks as shown, that makes all the
four blocks move with the same acceleration?
 2m  M 
(A) Fmax  2 s mg  
 m M 
 m M 
(B) Fmax   s mg  
 2m  M 
 m M 
(C) Fmax  2 s mg  
 2m  M 
 2m  M 
(D) Fmax   s mg  
 m M 
3. A cylindrical container of radius 'R' and height ' h ' is completely

filled with a liquid. Two horizontal L shaped pipes of small
cross-section area ' a ' are connected to the cylinder as shown
in the figure. Now the two pipes are opened and fluid starts
coming out of the pipes horizontally in opposite directions.
Then the torque due to ejected liquid on the system is:
(A) 4agh R
(B) 8agh  R
(C) 2agh R
(D) none of these

This section contains FIVE questions. Each question has FOUR options (A), (B), (C) and (D). ONE OR
4. Consider two satellites A and B of equal mass m, moving in the same

circular orbit about the earth, but in the opposite sense as shown in r
figure. The orbital radius is r . The satellites undergo a collision which is
A  B
perfectly inelastic. For this situation, mark out the correct statement(s).
[Take mass of earth as M] Earth
(A) The total energy of the two satellites plus earth system just before collision is   G Mm  / r
(B) The total energy of the two satellites plus earth system just before collision is   2G Mm  / r
(C) The total energy of the two satellites plus earth system just before collision is   G Mm  / 2r
(D) The combined mass (two satellites) will fall towards the earth just after collision.
5. A rod bent at right angel along its centre line, is placed on a rough horizontal A
fixed cylinder of radius R as shown in figure. Mass of rod is 2m and rod is in
equilibrium. Assume that friction force on rod at A and B are equal in R
magnitude. Then:  B
(A) Normal force applied by cylinder on rod at A is 3mg/2
(B) Normal force applied by cylinder on rod at B must be zero
(C) Friction force acting on rod at B is upward
(D) Normal force applied by cylinder on rod at A is mg
6. A string of length 3l is connected to a fixed cylinder whose

top view is shown in figure. The string is initially slack. The 10m / s
other end of the string (connected to a marble) is moving at
a constant velocity of 10 m/s as shown. The string will get 3l
stretched at some instant and impulsive tension occurs in  θ
the string. If hinge is exerting a force of 40000 N for 0.25 m  2kg
ms on the cylinder to bear up the impact of impulsive
tension, then mark the correct statements. (Take string to be
5
light, breaking tension of the string is 2×10 N )
(A) The angle made by the velocity of marble with the length of string when it is just stretched
is 60
(B) The marble will move in a circular path of varying radius with constant speed of
5 3 m/s, after the string is taut
(C) To answer above two options, the volume of  must be given
(D) The string will break is impulse duration is less than 0.05 min
7. A cylindrical vessel of a very large cross-sectional area is

3
containing two immiscible liquids of density 1  600 Kg/m and
30cm 1
 2  1200 Kg/m 3 as shown in the figure.
2
A small hole having cross-sectional area 5cm is made in right
20cm 2
side vertical wall as shown. Take atmospheric pressure
10cm
5
as p 0  10 N / m ,
2
g  10 m/s2 . For this situation, mark out the
correct statement(s). (Take cross-sectional area of the cylindrical
2
vessel as 1000cm . Neglect the mass of the vessel)
(A) If the surface on which the vessel is placed is smooth, then a rightward force of
magnitude 3N is to be applied on the vessel to maintain its static equilibrium.
(B) If the surface on which the vessel is placed is smooth, then no force is needed to
maintain its static equilibrium.
(C) If the surface on which the vessel is placed is rough    0.04  , then the minimum force
(horizontal) needed to be applied on the vessel to maintain its static equilibrium is zero.
(D) If the surface on which the vessel is placed is rough   0.04  , then the maximum force
(horizontal) needed to be applied on the vessel to maintain its static equilibrium is 19.8N.
8. A cable spool of mass M, radius R and moment of inertia F

2
I=βMR around an axis through its center of mass is wrapped around
R
its OUTER disk with a thread and set on a rough rope as shown. The r 
thread is then pulled with a force F to the right as shown so that it rolls
down the rope on the spool at radius r without slipping, then
(A) The spool rolls towards right
2
(B) The magnitude of the acceleration of the spool is  R+r  Fr/[βMR ]
(C) The force the friction that the rope exerts on the spool is F βR  Rr  r  2
 2
 / βR 2
2 2
(D) The force the friction that the rope exerts on the spool is FR  βR  r  / βR  r 
(Paragraph Type)
This section contains ONE paragraph. Based on the paragraph, there are TWO questions. Each question
has FOUR options (A), (B), (C) and (D). ONLY ONE of these four options is correct.
Paragraph for Question Nos. 9 and 10
A horizontal stream of water, of uniform cross sectional area ‘A’ and having constant speed v 0 along
positive x-axis, is continuously hitting a vertical face of a cube which lying on a smooth horizontal surface
as shown in the figure. The mass of the cube is M and the area of its face is a  >A  . After hitting the
cube the water molecules slide down the vertical face of the cube. In the beginning the cube is at rest.
Assume that the speed acquired by the cube, v, is much less than v 0. At the time t = 0, the rear end of
the cube is at the origin. Now answer the following questions.
Area A
Pipe
Cube of mass M
Stream velocity v 0
O x
9. The value of the x co-ordinate of the rear end at time t will be:
 Av02t 2
(A)
2M
 Av02t 2
(B)
M
2  Av02t 2
(C)
M
 Av02t 2
(D)
4M
10. The value of v at time t will be:
 Av02 t
(A)
2M
 Av02 t
(B)
3M
 Av02 t
(C)
M
2  Av02t
(D)
M
SECTION – C
This section contains TEN questions. The answer to each question is a single Digit integer ranging from 0
to 9, both inclusive.
11. A block of wood of density 500 kg/m3 has mass m kg in air. A lead block which has apparent
weight of 28 kg in water is attached to the block of wood, and both of them are submerged in
water. If their combined apparent weight in water is 20 kg, find the value of ‘m’. Take density of
water = 1000 Kg/m 3.
12. An artificial satellite is moving in a circular orbit around the earth with a speed equal to half the
magnitude of the escape velocity from the earth. If the satellite is stopped suddenly in its orbit and
allowed to fall freely onto the earth, find the speed (in km/sec) with which it hits the surface of the
earth (g=10 m/s2 and R=6400 km)
13. A uniform rod AB of mass 2 kg is hinged at one end A. The rod is

kept in the horizontal position by a massless string tied to point String
B. Find the reaction of the hinge (in N) on end A of the rod at the
instant when string is cut. (g=10 m/s2)
A  B
14. A small sphere is given vertical velocity of magnitude v 0=5 ms-1 l  2m

and it swings in a vertical plane about the end of massless string.  
The angle  with the vertical at which string will break, knowing
that it can withstand a maximum tension equal to twice the weight v0
n
of the sphere is given as cos 1   . Find the value of n.
4
15. Water is drawn form a well in a 5 kg drum of capacity 55 L by two ropes connected to the top of
-1
the drum. The linear mass density of each rope is 0.5 kg m . If the work done in lifting water to
the ground from the surface of water in the well 20m below is (1.4  10nJ); then find the value of n
(g=10 m/s2).
16. In a car race, car A takes 4s less than car B at the finish and passes the finishing point with a
velocity v more than the car B. Assuming that the cars start form rest and travel with constant
2 2 1
acceleration a1  4 ms and a2  1ms respectively, find the velocity of v in ms .
17. A body is thrown with the velocity v 0 at an angle of θ to the horizon. Determine v 0 in ms-1 if the
maximum height attained by the body is 5m and at the highest point of its trajectory the radius of
curvature is r = 3m. Neglect air resistance. [Use 80 as 9]
18. A block A of mass m is placed over a plank B of mass 2m.
Plank B is placed over a smooth horizontal surface. The A v0
coefficient of friction between A and B is 0.4. Block A is given a
-2
velocity v0 towards right. Find acceleration (in ms ) of B relative B
to A.
19. A solid sphere rolls on a smooth horizontal surface at 10 m/s and then rolls up a smooth inclined
plane of inclination 30° with horizontal. The mass of the sphere is 2 kg. Find the height attained
by the sphere before it stops (in m).
20. A small sphere of mass m = 1kg is moving with a velocity  4iˆ  ˆj  m / s . It hits a fixed smooth
wall and rebounds with velocity  iˆ  3 ˆj  m / s . The coefficient of restitution between the sphere
and the wall is n /16 . Find the value of ' n ' .
SECTION – D
(Numerical Based XXXXX.XX answer Type)
This section contains 3 questions. Each question, when worked out will result in numerical answer Type
with answer xxxxx.xx.
21. A bead of mass 1/2 kg starts from rest from A to move in a vertical F
A
plane along a smooth fixed quarter ring of radius 5m, under the action
of a constant horizontal force F = 5 N as shown in figure. The speed of R
-1 =
bead as it reaches point B is: (in ms ) 5m
22. A steel wire of length 4.7 m and cross-sectional area 3×106 m 2 stretches by the same amount
6 2
as a copper wire of length 3.5 m and cross-sectional area of 4×10 m under a given load. The
ratio of Young’s modulus of steel to that of copper is:
23. Determine the time in which the smaller block reaches  =0.3
10 N 2 kg
other end of bigger block in figure.  =0.0
8 kg
L  3.0 m
SECTION – A
24. The equivalent weight of K 4  Fe  CN 6  in the following reaction is

3Zn2   2K 4 Fe  CN 6   Zn3K 2 Fe  CN 6   6K 
2
M.W.
(A)
4
M.W.
(B)
3
M.W.
(C)
6
M.W.
(D)
2
25. The decreasing order of basic character of the following is:

NH2
NH NH2
I. II. III. IV.
N
N H
(A) III>IV>I>II
(B) II>I>IV>III
(C) IV>III>II>I
(D) I>II>III>IV
-4
26. 100 ml of 0.5 M hydrazoic acid (N 3 H K a =3.6´10 ) and 400 ml of 0.1 M cyanic acid
(HOCN, K a = 8´10-4 ) are mixed. Which of the following is true for final solution?
(A) H   2  102 M
(B) N3   3.6  10 2 M
(C) OCN   4.571 103 M
(D) OCN   6.4  103 M

27. For the system at equilibrium which of the following are correct?
(A) equilibrium constant of an exothermic reaction decreases with increase of temperature
(B) the plot of lnK p vs 1/ T of an endothermic reaction can be represented as
ln Kp
1/T
(C) K p is always greater then Kc.
1  0 H0 
(D) ln K p   S  
R T 
28.  2NO 2  g  , the

If for an equation like N 2 O 4  g   G (reaction) expression given is
 P2NO2 
–1
ΔG = 4.73 KJ mol + 2.5 KJ mol –1
n  
 PN O  then
 2 4 
(A) If small amount of N 2O 4 is introduced in a closed container, then reaction moves in
forward direction spontaneously.
(B) Initially, G  value is negative for the given decomposition.
 G0 
(C) At equilibrium, QP  K P  antilog  
 RT 
 
(D) The reaction can proceed in any direction even if mole fraction of N2O4 is large at any
given point in reaction.
29. Identify the correct statements from the following reactions:

(i) SnCl2  H 2O  X  HCl
(ii) SnCl2  2NaOH  Y  2NaCl
2NaOH  excess 
Z  H2 O
(iii) 3SnCl2  2AuCl3  3SnCl4  P
(iv) SnCl2  2HCl  I2  SnCl4  Q
(A) X shows white turbidity and is basic
(B) Y is white ppt. and Z is soluble in water
(C) P is a metal
(D) Q is an acid
30. Identify the correct statement regarding inter-halogen compounds ClF3and FCl3 .
(A) FCl3 is not possible as F does not have vacant d-orbitals to allow octet-expansion.
(B) All bond lengths in ClF3 are not identical.
(C) ClF3 has umbrella shaped geometry.
(D) F – Cl – F bond angle is 90
31. Adding a few drops of hydrochloric acid to a beaker containing water results in the formation of
hydrated species. Identify which hydrated species can exist in solution
(A) H3 O
(B) H3 O 2 
(C) H5 O 2 
(D) H 2 ClO
(Paragraph Type)
H3PO4 is a tribasic acid. It forms three series of salts NaH 2 PO 4 , Na 2 HPO4 and Na 3PO 4 when it is

titrated with NaOH. The three step equilibrium constants of H3 PO 4 are K a1  104 , K a2  108 , K a3  1013 
Three flasks A, B and C each having 0.1 M, 100 ml H3PO4 are present
(i) In flask A, 50 ml 0.1 M NaOH was added.
(ii) In flask B, 200 ml 0.1 M NaOH was added
(iii) In flask C, 300 ml 0.1 M NaOH was added
A B C
100 ml 0.1M H3PO4 100 ml 0.1M H3PO4 100 ml 0.1M H3PO4

+ + +
50 ml 0.1 M NaOH 200 ml 0.1 M NaOH 300 ml 0.1 M NaOH
32. Final pH of solution present in flask A is

(A) 4
(B) In solution H3 PO 4 and H2PO4 ions are present in equal concentration therefore pH is
equal to pK a
(C) Not depending on second and third equilibrium constants of H3PO 4
(D) All above are correct
33. If H3PO 4 is titrated with NaOH in flask B then which indicator is suitable to show end point (at
200 ml of NaOH) and what will be the pH of final solution?
(A) 6, methylorange
(B) 6, phenolphthelien
(C) 10.5, phenolphthelien
(D) 8, phenolphthelien
SECTION – C
34. 1 mole of Borax  Na 2 B 4 O 7 .10H 2 O  is dissolved in 500 ml of H 2O . Calculate the pH of solution

(Ka  H 3 BO 3  = 10 -9 ) .
35. x × 10-1moles of NH 3 is added to a 25 × 10 -3  M  Ag + solution to just prevent the

precipitation ofAgCl when  Cl  reaches to 10 3  M  ? What is the value of x? Assume total
volume of solution is 1 lit.  Give K sp  AgCl  = 10  and K instability of
-10
+
[ Ag  NH 3 2  = 10 -8
2+
36. The amount of energy required to remove electron from a Li ion in its ground state is how
many times greater than the amount of energy needed to remove the electron from an H atom in
its ground state?
37. No. of molecules which are non-linear among the following molecules will be
ICl2 , AsF2 , NOF, N3 , CO2 , COS, H2 O, OF2 , SCl2 , SO2
38. A 2 lit flask, initially containing one mol of each CO and H 2O , was sealed and heated to 700 k,
where the following equilibrium was established.
CO(g)  H2 O(g)  
 CO 2 (g)  H2 (g) ; K C  9
Now the flask was connected to another flask containing some pure CO 2  g  at same
temperature and pressure, by means of a narrow tube of negligible volume. When the equilibrium
was restored, moles of CO was found to be double of its moles at first equilibrium. Determine
volume of CO 2  g  flask, (In litre).
39.  C (g) the equilibrium partial pressures,

For the reaction: A (g)  B(g)  p A = 0.15 atm,
pB = 0.1 atm and pC = 0.3 atm . When the volume of the reaction vessel was reduced to such
an extent, so that on re-establishing the equilibrium, partial pressure of A and B were found to be
x
doubled. The new partial pressure of C would be x atm. What will be the value of ?
0.2
40. If the lowest energy of X-ray have   3.055  10 8 m. If the minimum difference in energy
 –
between two Bohr orbit is such that the electronic transition emits the given X ray. Assuming e
in other shell exert no influence, at what minimum Z would a transition from second to the first will
result in the emission of X-rays.
41. How many of the following statements is/are correct?

h
(1) The orbital angular momentum for a d-electron is 6
2
(2) The number of orbitals in a shell with principal quantum number n is2n2 .
 1
(3) The set of quantum numbers for the last unpaired electron of Cl atom is 3,1,1,  
 2
(4) The ratio of energy in the first Bohr orbit of H – atom to the electron in the first excited
3
state of Be is 1:4.
(5) The electronic configuration of Co ends with 3d74s2.
(6) The order of energy of subshells in a given principle quantum level for an H-atom are
ns  np  nd  .
(7) in silver atom (at.no. 47) , 23 electrons have a spin of one type and 24 electrons have a
spin opposite type.
42. The total number of stereoisomers that can exist for M is

H3C CH3
(M)
O
H3C
43. How many of the following bicarbonates exist in solid state.

(i) LiHCO3 (ii) NaHCO3
(iii) Ca HCO3 2 (iv) CsHCO3
(v) NH4HCO3 (vi) KHCO3
SECTION – D
44. In a eudiometer 14 ml of CH4 and 38.5 ml of O2 was introduced. After explosion and cooling to
initial temperature (23C) the volume of eudiometer was found to be 25 ml. Calculate the vapour
pressure (in mm of Hg) of aqueous solution containing a non-volatile solute (A) at 23C. Mole
fraction of (A) is 0.1. The pressure of eudiometer is 1 atm and is constant.
45. If the number of moles of NH 3 must be added to one litre of a 0.1 M AgNO3 to reduce Ag+
concentration to 2 107 M is expressed as 3.84 10 x , then ‘x’ is?
+
(Given: K diss . of  Ag  NH 3  2  is 6.8 10 8 )
46. At what temperature (in C) is the average velocity of O2 molecules equal to the root mean square
velocity at 27C ?
SECTION – A
47. Find all values of ‘m’ such that the roots of the equation 2x 2 – x – 1 = 0 lie inside the roots of the
2
equation x  2m  m 2
 x  2m 3
0
1 
(A) m   ,1
2 
1 
(B) m   ,1
3 
1 
(C) m   ,1
4 
1 
(D) m   , 
4 
48. The least value of |z – 3 – 4i|2 + |z + 2 - yi|2 |z – 5 + 2i|2 occurs when
(A) 1 + 3i
(B) 3 + 3i
(C) 3 + 4i
(D) none of these
1824
49. The number of rational terms in the expansion of  51/ 6  71/ 9  is
(A) 101
(B) 102
(C) 103
(D) 104

50. If (a, 0) is a point on a diameter of the circle x 2+y2 =4, then x2 – 4x – a2 =0 has
(A) exactly one real root in ( -1, 0]
(B) exactly one real root in [ 2, 5]
(C) distinct roots greater than –1
(D) distinct roots less than 5
51. Tangent drawn at point P(1, 3) of a parabola intersects its tangent at vertex at M(1, 5) and cuts
the axis of parabola at T. If R(5, 5) is a point on SP; where S is focus of the parabola, then
(A) slope of axis is 3
5
(B) radius of circumcircle of SMP is units
2
(C) (ST)2  (SM)2  (PM)2
(D) tangent cuts the axis of parabola at T (3, 7)
x2 y2
52. If the normal at an end of a latus-rectum of the ellipse   1 passes through an extremity
a 2 b2
of the minor axis, then
5 1
(A) eccentricity of the ellipse is
2
5 1
(B) ratio of the major and minor axes is
2
(C) square of the eccentricity is equal to the ratio of the minor and major axes
(D) all of these
x2 y2
53. If two tangents can be drawn to the different branches of hyperbola   1 from the point
1 4
 ,   , then
2
(A)    2, 0 
(B)    0, 2 
(C)    ,  2 
(D)    2,  
54. The number of selection of four letters taken from the word COLLEGE must be
(A) 22
(B) 18
(C) Coefficient of x 4 in the expansion of (1  x  x2 )2 (1  x)3
(D) 32
(Paragraph Type)
ABC be a triangle with A(1, 3) and internal angle bisector of the angles B and C be y = x and y = –2x
respectively. Then
55. Equation of the side BC is

(A) y=1
(B) y=2
(C) y = –1
(D) y = –1/2
56. Length of the in-radius is

(A) 1/3
(B) 1/2
(C) 1/4
(D) 2/3
SECTION – C
 21 
57. The number of values of x satisfying 2sinx - 42 cos x  6 in x ϵ  0, is ______.
 2 
58. The number of solutions of the equation 1  x  2 x sin cos

2
 1
y   0 is
59. If 15sin 4   10 cos 4   6 then the value of 8 cos ec 2  27 sec 6  is........

60. If |z – 3| = Re z, |w – 3| = Re w and arg(z - w) = , then Im(z + w) equals _____
4
61. If , ,  are the roots of x 3 – 3x2 + 3x + 7 = 0 and w is a complex cube root of unity, then
 1  1  1
  is _______
 1  1  1

2n  3
62. The value of 
n0 3n
is equal to ____
63. Let an  16, 4,1,..... be a geometric sequence. Define bn as product of first n terms. Then value
1  n
of  bn is _______
8 n 1
2
64. The value of ‘b’ for which the equation x  2 x  3  b has 3 real solutions
65. The length of the tangent from (5, 1) to the circle x 2 + y2 + 6x – 4y – 3 = 0 is

2
66. A tangent is drawn to the parabola y =4x at the point ‘P’ whose abscissa lies in the interval [1,4].
Maximum possible area of the triangle formed by the tangent at ‘P’, ordinate of the point ‘P’ and
A
the xaxis is A. Evaluate  .
4
SECTION – D
(x – 3)2 (y – 4)2
67. Given the equation of the ellipse + = 1, a parabola is such that its vertex is the
16 49
lowest point of the ellipse and it passes through the ends of the minor axis of the ellipse. The
2 A H K
equation of the parabola is in the form 16y = A(x – H) – K. Determine the value of  
7 3 16
is equal to
68. A circle with centre  3, 3  and of variable radius cuts the hyperbola x 2  y 2  9 at point P, Q,
R and S. then locus of centroid of PQR is a hyperbola then length of transverse axis is _____
69. If x + y + z = 10, where x, y, z  N. Then the number of solutions of unordered triplet (x, y, z) such
that no two variables are equal _________
FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2020
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 28-04-2019

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A
Sol. f  Mg sin   T sin   Mg sin   mg sin 
Torque
T .r  f .r
mg  Mg sin   mg sin 
M sin 
m
1  sin 
2. C
Sol. If all blocks moves with same acceleration
F
a
2 M  2m
a
A
f
B
f  m  m  M a 
 2m  M  F
2m  M 
For no slipping f  f1
 2m  M  F   smg
2m  M 
2 smg  m  M 
F
2m  M
3. A
h
Sol. Velocity of fluid v  2g   gh
2
Force F    av   4R 
2
 4  a  ghR
4. ABD
 1 GMm  GMm
Sol. T.E before collision     2 
 2 r  r
mv  mv  2mv '  v '  0
GM  2m 
So only gravitation P. E. occur 
r
5. AC
Sol. N A  f B  2mg
NB  fA
NA
fA
fB
NB 2mg
On taking torque mgR  f AR  f BR  0

mg  f A  f B
mg / 2  f A
6. ABD
7. ACD
1
Sol. P0  .3  1 g  .1 2 g  P0  2v 2
2
v  2.24 m / s
mv
F  Av  2  v  Av 2 2  3 N
t
Normal contact force N  mg   1 A  .3 g   2 A  .2 g  420
f 2   N  .04  420  16.8
 f 2  F so force applied = 0 for minimum force.
For maximum force applied  3 N  16.8  19.8 N
8. AD
Sol. Taking torque about pt. of contact on rope
F R  r
 , aCM   .r   A 
 I  Mr  2
F  f  maCM , f   D 
9. A
Sol. A value of liquid flowing out/s  Av0
Mass of liquid flowing out/s  Av0 
Change in momentum/s   Av0   v0  force
Av0 2 
Force  Ma  a 
m
1 1
So x  at 2   Av0 2  t
2 2M
10. C
Sol. v  u  at
Av 2 
 0 t
m
SECTION – C
11. 8
m
Sol. Vwood 
500
Opposite weight of block = weight of lead block – Vp thrust conic
28 g  m ' g  V '  w g      1
Here 20 g   m  m '  g  V  V '  w g
20 g  mg  V  w g  28 g
8  m  V  w
m  8 kg
12. 8
2
GMm 1  Vc  1 GMm
st  m   
Sol. 1 case: R  h 2 2 2 Rh
hR
2nd case: when it stop
1 2  GMm 
P. E.  mv   
2  R 
GMm 1 2 GMm
 mv 
2R 2 R
v  8 km / s
13. 5
Sol. When string cut
mg  mg  3g
 A  mg   / 2  I   2 
2I m / 3 2 
3g 
aCM  r    3g
2 2
mg  RA  m aCM
RA  5 N
14. 1
1 1
Sol. [ cos  ]
 4
Using L.C.E
1 2 1
mv0  mgl  mv 2  mgl 1  cos  
2 2
v  v02  2 gl cos 
2
mv 2
 T  mg cos  
l
m  v02  2 gl cos   1
2mg  mg cos    cos    so n  1
l 4
15. 4
4
Sol. [ 1.4  10 J ]
16. 8
A a1 ,  t  4  v ' u
Sol.
B a2 , t , v '
1 2 1
S  a1  t  4   a2t 2
2 2
t  8s
v '  a2 t  8 m / s
v ' v  a1  t  4 
8  v  4 4
v  8m / s
17. 9
2
Sol. g
V0 cos    V02 cos 2   gr  10  3  30
r
V02 sin 2 
2.5  h   V02 sin 2   50
2g
V02  80  V0  80  9
18. 6
Sol. Retardation of A
aA   g
g
Acceleration of B 
2
g 3 3  .4 10
So relative acceleration of B w.r.t A    g    g  6
2 2 2
19. 7
Sol. Using L.COM
1 2 1 2
mv  I   mgh
2 2
1 2 1 2 2 v2
mv    mR  2  mgh
2 2 5 R
2
7v
h  7m
10 g
20. 9
Sol.  N dt  1.  iˆ  3 ˆj    4iˆ  ˆj   3iˆ  4 ˆj
N . dt
4iˆ  ˆj iˆ  3 ˆj
16
Component of 4iˆ  ˆj along 3iˆ  4 ˆj 
25

3iˆ  4 ˆj 
16 16
Speed of approach  25 
25 5
9
Component of iˆ  3 ˆj along 3iˆ  4 ˆj is
25
3iˆ  4 ˆj  
Speed of separation  9 / 5
e  9 / 16
n9
SECTION – D
21. 00014.14
1
Sol. F  R  mgh  mv 2
2
1 1 1
5  5   10  5   v 2
2 2 2
v  10 2  14.14 m / s
22. 00001.80
Sol. s  c
F s Y s Ac
Ys   s  
As 4s Yc c As
F c
Yc   1.79
Acc
23. 00003.19
Sol. F   mg  ma1
2kg F
 mg
a1
 mg
8kg
a2
2
a1  2 m / s
 mg 6 3
a2    m / s2
M 8 8 4
3 5
 2   m / s2
4 4
2s
t  2.19
arel
SECTION – A
24. B
25. A
26. D
Sol. H  K a1 C1  K a2 C2  10 1  3.6  10 4  8  102  8  10 4 = 102 M


HOCN  
 H  OCN

8´102 M 1 02
8 10 4  8  102
OCN   = 6.4 103 M
102
27. ABD
Sol. G 0  H0  TS0
Also G0 =  RT lnKp
 RTlnKP = H0  TS0
RTlnKP = TS0  H0
1  0 H0 
ln Kp =  S  
R T 
Hence (A), (B) (D) is correct
28. ACD
Sol. From the given expression, G   4.73 KJ / mol & RT   2.5 KJ / mol .
This gives T = 300 K
2
PNO  PNO
2 
Initially, PNO2  0 hence
2 
 0 & ln  2 –
PN2O4 P 
 N2O4 
Hence G expression is (–)ve & reaction moves in forward direction spontaneously.
Mole fraction of N 2 O 4 is much larger than that of NO2. Thus PN2O4  PNO2
P 2NO2  G0 
But for we can’t say, hence comparison of K p value = + antilog    1.909 with
PN2O4  RT 
 
P2NO2
QP = is inclusive.
PN2O4
Hence Q P  K P or Q P  K P or even QP  K P can be possible.
29. ABCD
Sol. X  Sn  OH  Cl
Y  Sn  OH 2
Z  Na 2SnO 2
P  Au
Q  HI
30. ABC
Sol. F
F Cl
31. ABCD
Sol. 

H OH H  H2O molecule
  

  
 
H2 O H H2O OH   H2O 2 H
Cl


H2 O Cl  
32. D
33. C
SECTION – C
34. 9
35. 1
K sp K sp [Ag ][NH3 ]2
Sol. [Ag ]    K instability 
[Cl ] 10 3 [Ag(NH3 )2 ]
108  25  103
[NH3 ]2   10 3
10 10
 25  104
 NH 3  = 5 × 10 -2
n NH 3 = 5 × 10 -2 + 2 × 25 × 10 -3
= 5 × 10-2 + 50 × 10-3  10  102  1 101  x  101
x  1
36. 9
2
E Li2  13.6   3 eV
Sol. 2
9
E H  13.6  1 eV
37. 7
Sol. Except N3 , CO2 and COS all are non-linear.
38. 4
39. 6
Sol. A g   Bg   Cg 
pC 0.3
Kp    20 …..(i)
p A  p B 0.15  0.1
or
pC
 20 ….(ii)
2p A  2p B
or
p C = 20 x  2 x 0.5  x  2 x 0.1 = 1.2 atm = 0.2 x 6 atm
40. 2
hc
Sol. E   6.52  10 18 J

3
EH   2.176  1018 J  1.63  1018 J
4
E
Z2  4
EH
Z=2
41. 5
h
Sol. (1) The orbital angular momentum for a d-electron is 6 .
2
2
(2) The number of orbitals in a shell with principal quantum number n is n
 1
(3) The set of quantum numbers for the last unpaired electron of Cl atom is 3,11,  
 2
(4) The ratio of energy in the first Bohr orbit of H – atom to the electron in the first excited
state of Be3 is 1:4.
(5) The electronic configuration of Co ends with 3d7 4s2 .
(6) The energy of subshells in a given principle quantum level for an H-atom are equal
(7) in silver atom (at.no. 47) , 23 electrons have a spin of one type and 24 electrons have
a spin of opposite type.
42. 2
43. 4
Sol. Only NaHCO3 , CsHCO3 , KHCO3 , NH 4 HCO3 exist in solid state.
SECTION – D
44. 00013.68
45. 00001.00

Sol.  Ag  NH 3 2   Ag   2 NH 3

 Ag    2 107 ,  Ag  NH 3 2   0.1 M
2 2
 Ag    NH 3  8 2 107   NH 3 
Kdiss  
 6.8 10 
 Ag  NH 3  2  0.1
  NH 3   0.184 M
 NH 3 total added fro complexion = 0.184  2  0.1  0.384 mole/litre
= 3.84 101 mole/L

46. 00080.57
Sol. u AV  urms
8RT 3RT
=
πM M
8RT 3RT 8RT 3R×300
= or =
πM M πM M
o
T=353.57K=80.57 C
SECTION – A
47. C
1
Sol. x ,1
2
 1 
D  0 & f    0 & f 1  0
 2 
 1  1
f  0 m  ,
 2  4
 1 
f 1  0  m   , 1   ,1
 2 
48. D
Sol. Let z = x + iy
Then |z – 3 – 4i|2 + |z + 2 – 7i|2 + |z – 5 + 2i|2
= 3 {(x - 2)2 + (y - 3)2} + 68
The leas value occurs when x = 2 and y = 3
Z = 2 + 3i
49. B
1824 r r
Sol. Tr 1  1824 Cr 5 6 7 9
 for rational terms 1824 – r = 6·I & r = 9·I
 1824 
r = 18·I  there are    1  102 rational terms
 18 
50. ABCD
Sol. Since (a, 0) is a point on the diameter of the circle 2
0
x2 +y2 = 4, x
-1 5
maximum value of a2 is 4
Let f(x) = x2 – 4x – a2
Clearly f(-1) = 5 – a2 > 0, f(2) = -(a2 + 4) < 0
f(0) = -a2 < 0 and f( 5) = 5 - a2 > 0
Graph of f(x) will be as shown
51. A,B,C,D
Sol. Equation of tangent at P is x + y = 4
Clearly mirror image of R(5, 5) lies on line PQ.
Now mirror image R or R Q
P
M
  5   5 2( 5  5  4) R
   4
1 1 2
S
 ( , )  ( 1,9) T(3,7)
Let PM cuts the axis at T; As M is midpoint of PT
 T is (3, 7)

We know that SP = ST and SMP=
2
1
Equation SP  y  3   (x  1)
3
 x + 3y10 = 0
Let S  (10  3, )
7 93
Again TS || PQ    3
13  3 1  1
 focus is (2, 4)
52. ABCD
53. CD
2 2
Sol.  ,   lie on the parabola y  x
 ,   must lie between the asymptotes of

2
x2 y2
hyperbola   1 in 1st and 2nd quadrant.
1 4
 Asymptotes are y  2x
 2   2
   0 or c  2
and 2   2
  2 or   0
    ,  2  or    2,  
54. BC
LS  2
Sol. 3. C, O, G  3 different letters
ES  2
(1) Four different letters = 5C4  5
(2) 2 like 2 different 2C1  4C2  12
(3) 2 alike , 2 alike = 1 =1
_________
18
55. A
56. B
A(1, 3)
I y=x
y = –2x
C(–1/2, 1) B(1, 1)
Equation of IC is 2x – 4y + 5 = 0
Equation of IB is x + y = 2
1 3
   , .
2 2
SECTION – C
57. 5
2 2
 1  2 2
Sol.  sin x     cos x   0
 3   3 
1 2 2
Possible only if, sin x  , cos x  (2n quadrant).
3 3
58. 1
 1  x2 
Sol. sin  cos 1 y       1  1  sin   1
 2x 
hence x  1
 (not possible)
 
Case – I sin cos  1 y   1  cos 1 y  
2

 
Case – II sin cos  1 y  1  cos  1 y 
2
y0
Hence only solution is (1, 0).
59. 0
2
Sol. 15sin 4   10 1  sin 2    6
2
 sin 2  
5
3
 cos 2  
5
6 6
Hence, 8 cos ec   27 sec 
3 3
5 5
 8    27  
2 3
0
60. 6
Sol. Let z  x1  iy1,w  x2  iy2
 | z  3 | Re z  (x1  3)2  y12  x12 ....(i)
2 2 2
| w  3 | Re w  (x 2  3)  y  x 2 2 ...(ii)
 y  y2 
arg(z  w)   1  tan  1 ...(iii)
4 x1  x 2 4
By solving (i), (ii) and (iii) we get
y  y2 6
 1 
x1  x 2 y1  y 2
From (iii) y1 + y2 = 6
61. 3
Sol. x3 – 3x2 + 3x + 7 = 0
 (x  1)3  8
   1 ;   1  2w,   1  2w 2
1 1
=   w 2  2w 2  w 2  3w 2
w w
 1  1  1
   1
 1  1  1
62. 6
Sol. S  3  S1  S 2 where
1 1 3
S1  1   2  ........... 
3 3 2
2 4 6 8
S 2   2  3  4  ..........
3 3 3 3
S2 2 4
   ........
3 32 33
3
 S2 
2
Hence, S = 6
63. 4
 n 1   n 1
n a
Sol. bn  a n r 2
  ar 2
  32
n 1 1 r
64. 4
65. 7
Sol. The length of the tangent = 25  1  30  4  3  49  7
66. 4
Sol. Equation of tangent to parabola at P(t) is given by
1 (t2,2t)
2
ty = x+t , tan   P
t
1 1  N
 Area of APN =   (AN)(PN)  (2t 2 )(2t) S(1,0)
2 2 A(t2,0)
3 2 3/ 2
  2t  2(t )
 t 2  [1,4]   max when t2 = 4 Q(t2)
 max  16
A
The maximum area of  is 16 square units   =4
4
SECTION – D
67. 00005.00
2 2
Sol. Given ellipse

 x  3 
 y  4  1 (vertical ellipse)
42 72
Parabola can be taken as
(x-3)2 = A (y+3) (3, 4)
It passes through (-1, 4) x x
 16 = 7A  A = 16/7 (–1,4) (7, 4)
 parabola is
7(x-3)2 = 16y + 48
 16y = 7(x-3)2 – 48
 A = 7, H = 3, K = 48
A H K 
   5 (3, –3)
7 3 16
68. 00002.00
Sol. Let points are  3 sec i , 3 tan i  , i =1, 2, 3, 4
2 2
Then locus of centroid of PQR is  x  2    y  2   1
69. 00004.00
Sol. x + y + z = 10
1 2 7
3 1 6
4 1 5
2 3 5
Total ways = 4.
FIITJEE
ALL INDIA TEST SERIES
CONCEPT RECAPITULATION TEST – I
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 1
 Each Part is further divided into Two Sections: Section-A & Section-D.
1. Section-A (01– 06, 19 – 24, 37 - 42) contains 18 multiple choice questions which have one or
more than one correct answer. Each question carries +4 marks for all correct answer.
Partial Marks : +3 If all the four options are correct but ONLY three options are chosen.
Partial Marks : +2 If three or more options are correct but ONLY two options are chosen, both
of which are correct options.
Partial Marks : +1 If two or more options are correct but ONLY one option is chosen and it is a
correct option.
Zero Marks : 0 If none of the options is chosen (i.e. the question is unanswered).
Negative Marks : –2 In all other cases.
Section-A (07 – 10, 25 – 28, 43 - 46) contains 12 questions. Based on this section contains TWO
(02) paragraphs. Based on each paragraph, there are TWO (02) questions.
for wrong answer.
2. Section-D (11 – 18, 29 – 36, 47 – 54) contains 24 Numerical answer type questions with answer
XXXXX.XX and each question carries +3 marks for correct answer. There is no negative marking.
AITS-CRT-I (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
This section contains 6 questions. Each question has FOUR options (A), (B), (C) and (D). ONE
OR MORE THAN ONE of these four options is(are) correct.
1. The radius of curvature of the left and right surface of

Air Water
the concave lens are 10 cm and 15 cm respectively.
The radius of curvature of the mirror is 15 cm (n = 4/3)
(A) equivalent focal length of the combination is Glass
–18 cm (n = 3/2)
(B) equivalent focal length of the combination is
+36 cm
(C) the system behaves like a concave mirror
(D) the system behaves like a convex mirror
2. Two mohochromatic and coherent point sources of light of

wavelength  are placed on the dotted line in front of an finite
screen. The source emit waves in phase with each other. O
S1 S2
The distance between S1 and S2 is d while their distance
from the screen is much larger. Then
(A) If d = 7/2, O will be a minima
(B) If d = 4.3 , there will be a total of 8 minima on screen
(C) If d = 7 , O will be a maxima
(D) If d = , there will be only one maxima on the screen
3. A wave disturbance in a medium is described by

y(x, t) = 0.02 cos (50 t + /2) cos (10 x),
where ‘x’ and ‘y’ are in metre and ‘t’ in seconds.
(A) A node occurs at x = 0.15 m
(B) An antinode occurs at x = 0.3 m
(C) The speed of the component wave is 5.0 m/s
(D) The wavelength is 0.2 m.
Space for Rough work
3 AITS-CRT-I (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19
4. In figure, a ladder of mass m is shown leaning against a wall. It is in

static equilibrium making an angle  with the horizontal floor. The
coefficient of friction between the wall and the ladder is 1 and that
between the floor and the ladder is 2. The normal reaction of the wall
on the ladder is N1 and that of the floor is N2. If the ladder is about to
slip, then
mg
(A) 1  0  2  0 and N2 tan  
2
mg
(B) 1  0  2  0 and N1 tan  
2
mg
(C) 1  0  2  0 and N2 
1  1 2
mg
(D) 1  0  2  0 and N1 tan  
2
5. In the series L – C – R circuit, the voltage across resistance, capacitance and

inductance are 30V each at frequency f = f0.
(A) It the inductor is short-circuited, the voltage across the capacitor will be 30 2 V.
30
(B) If the capacitor is short-circuited, the voltage drop across the inductor will be V.
2
(C) If the frequency is changed to 2f0, the ratio of reactance of the inductor to that of the
capacitor is 4 : 1.
(D) If the frequency is changed to 2f0, the ratio of the reactance of the inductor to that of
the capacitor is 1 : 4.
6. An ammeter has a resistance of 50  and a full scale deflection current of 50 A. It can
be used as a voltmeter or as a higher range ammeter provided that a resistance is
added to it. Choose the correct range and resistance combination from the following
(A) 20 V range with approximately 400 k resistance in series
(B) 100 V range with approximately 2 × 106 resistance in series
(C) 1 mA range with 50  resistance in parallel
(D) 0.1 mA range with 50  resistance in parallel
(Paragraph Type)
This section contains TWO paragraphs. Based on the paragraph, there are TWO questions.
Each question has FOUR options (A), (B), (C) and (D). ONLY ONE of these four options is
correct.
A particle of mass m is constrained to move on x-axis. A fore F acts on A

+ve
the particle. F always points toward the position labeled E. For example,
m E x
when the particle is to the left of E, F points to the right. The magnitude of
F is a constant F except at point E where it is zero
The system is horizontal. F is the net force acing on the particle. The particle is displaced a
distance A towards left from the equilibrium position E and released from rest at t = 0.
7. What is the period of the motion?

 2Am   2Am 
(A) 4   (B) 2  
 F   F 
 
 2Am 
(C)   (D) None of these
 F 

8. Velocity–time graph of the particle is

v v
(A) (B)
t t
v v
(C) (D)
t t
The main scale of a vernier callipers reads in millimetre and its vernier is divided into
10 divisions which coincide with 9 divisions of the main scale. When the two jaws of the
instrument touch each other the seventh division of the vernier scale coincide with a scale
division and the zero of the vernier lies to the right of the zero of main scale. Furthermore, when
a cylinder is tightly placed along its length between the two jaws, the zero of the vernier scale
lies slightly to the left of 3.2 cm; and the fourth vernier division coincides with a scale division.
Calculate the measured length of the cylinder.
9. The zero error in the apparatus is

(A) 0.07 cm (B) 0.07 cm
(C) 0.03 cm (D) 0.03 cm
10. The measured value of the length of the cylinder is

(A) 3.14 cm (B) 3.24 cm
(C) 3.07 cm (D) 3.17 cm
SECTION – D
(Numerical Answer Type)
This section contains EIGHT questions. The answer to each question is a NUMERICAL
VALUE. For each question, enter the correct numerical value (in decimal notation,
truncated/rounded‐off to the second decimal place; e.g. xxxxx.xx).
11. A non-viscous liquid of constant density 103 kg/m3 flows in streamline motion along a
vertical tube PQ of variable cross-section. Height of P and Q are 2m and 2.5m
respectively. Area of tube at Q = 3 time area of tube at P. Find the work done per unit
volume (in J/m3) by pressure as liquid flows from P to Q. Speed of liquid at P is 3 m/s
(g = 10 m/s2).
12. For the circuit shown in the figure, the current through the inductor
L
is 0.6 A, while the current through the capacitor is 0.4 A. Find the
current (in A) drawn from the generator
C

Generator
13. A tank is filled upto a height 2H with a liquid and is

placed on a platform of height H from the ground. The
distance y (in m) from the ground where a small hole
2H
is made in the tank, to get the maximum horizontal
range R is (take H = 1.5 m) y
14. A uniform disc of radius R having charge Q distributed uniformly all over its surface is
placed on a smooth horizontal surface. A magnetic field, B = kxt2, where k is a constant,
x is the distance (in metre) from the centre of the disc and t is the time (in second), is
switched on perpendicular to the plane of the disc. Find the torque (in N-m) acting on the
disc after 15 sec. (Take 4kQ = 2.50 S.I. unit and R = 1m)
15. The adjacent figure shows charged spherical shells A, B and C having C
charge densities ,-,  and radii a, b, c respectively. If VA=Vc then c is A
equal to (in m) (assuming a = 0.10 m, b = 0.20 m) B
a 
b -
c
16. A string of length 1 m and mass 10 gm is tightly clamped at its ends. The tension in the
string is 4 N. Identical wave pulses are produced at one end at equal intervals of time t.
What is the minimum value of t (in sec.) which allows a constructive interference
between successive pulses?
17. A cubical body floats in a mercury bath with half of its volume submerged. What fraction
of the body will be inside mercury if a layer of water is poured on the mercury covers the
body completely? (Sp. gr. of mercury = 13.6)
18. A bus B is moving with a velocity vB in the positive

x-direction along a road as shown in the figure. A B vB C Road x
shooter ‘S ’ is at a distance l from the road. He has a
detector which can detect signals only of frequency l
1500Hz. The bus blows horn of frequency 1000 Hz.
When the detector detects a signal the shooter
immediately shoots towards the road along SC and 
S
the bullet hits the bus. Find the velocity of the bullet if
v 2
velocity of sound in air is v = 340 m/s and B  .
v 3 3
SECTION – A
19. Which of the following compounds are more basic than NH2 ?
NH
(A) CH3  CH2  NH2 (B)
CH3  C  NH2
O
(C) C NH2 (D) CH2  CH  NH2
20. Which of the following compounds would be optically inactive?
(A) H2C  C  CH2 (B) F F
CH3
H OH
(C) H3C  CH  C  CH  CH3 (D)
CH3 H
OH
21. Which of the following ethers will get hydrolysed by HI?
(A) O (B) O
(C) O (D) O O CH3
22. Ionisation energy order is CORRECT for:

(A) Sc3+ > Sc2+ > Sc+ (B) Sc3+ > Ti4+ > V5+
(C) Sc > Y > La (D) Sc > Ca > K
23. In which case EAN value is satisfied?


(A) Fe 5C5H5 
 2
 (B) Ni DMG2 
1
(C) Mn2  CO 10  (D) Mn  CO 5 
24. NaH produces H2 gas when:

(A) it reacts with water (B) it reacts with heavy water
(C) it is electrolysed in fused state (D) it is heated for decomposition
(Paragraph Type)
correct.
25. Which of the following amines cannot be prepared by path-I?

(A) NH2 (B) Ph NH2
N
(C) NH2 (D)
26. Consider path II, choose the major product for 1 and 2.
O
N H D
O2N NH2
O KOHBr2
(1)  
O
O 2N NH2
D NO2
N H
'X' 'Y'
NO2 O
(2)
(A) 1 – Y, 2 – X (B) 1 – X, 2 – Y
(C) 1 – X, 2 – X (D) 1 – Y, 2 – Y
Bond length: Internuclear distance between two adjacent atoms in a species is known as bond
length. Bond length depends on:
(i) Size of the atom involved in the bond formation
(ii) Size of the orbitals involved in the bond formation
(iii) Lone pair-lone pair repulsion
(iv) Resonance (also backbonding)
(v) s-character of combining orbital
With the increasing size of the atoms and atomic orbitals bond length increase. Lone pair-lone
pair repulsion increases bond length (if atoms are small sized) whereas resonance can increase
some bond lengths and decrease some other bond length. With increasing s-character bond
length decreases, and with increasing multiplicity of bonds, bond length decreases. However, in
some cases, bond lengths are also affected by relative position of bonds (between two similar
atoms). Usually but not always with increasing bond length, bond strength (and hence bond
dissociation energy) decreases.
27. The correct order of B – F bond length follows the sequence:

(A) BF3  BF2OH  BF2NH2  BF4 (B) BF2NH2  BF2OH  BF3  BF4
(C) BF3  BF4  BF2OH  BF2NH2 (D) BF3  BF2NH2  BF2OH  BF4
28. In which of the following all bonds are not equivalent?

(A) N2O (B) CN22
(C) N3 (D) NO2
SECTION – D
29. If edge fraction unoccupied in ideal FCC structure is x. Calculate the value of 10 x.
30. Calculate depression of freezing point for 0.66 molal aq. Solution of KCl.
(Given : K f H2 O   1.86 K kg mol1 )
31. If KC for the reaction Cu2 (aq)  Sn2 (aq) 

 Sn4  (aq)  Cu(s) at 25°C is represented
as a × 106 then find the value of a. (Given : EoCu2  |Cu  0.34 V; ESn
o
4
|Sn2 
 0.15 V )
32. 3B
k1
k2
A 8C ; At time t = 0, initial mole of A is 1.
k3
3D
Overall half life of the reaction is 15 days. Then calculate the number of mole of B + C +
D after 45 days if the ratio of k1 : k2 : k3 is 4 : 2 : 1.
33. 10 mL of H2A (weak diprotic acid) solution is titrated against 0.1 M NaOH. pH of the
solution is plotted against volume of strong base added and following observation is
made.
pH of solution
20 40
Vol. of strong base (mL)
If pH of the solution at first equivalence point is pH1 and at second equivalence point is
pH2.
pH2
Calculate the value of at 25°C
pH1
Given : For H2A, pK a1  4.6 and pK a2  8, log 25  1.4
34. One mole ideal monoatomic gas is heated according to C

path AB and AC. P
If temperature of state B and state C are equal. A
q B
Calculate AC .
qAB
V
35. Examine the structural formulas of following compounds and find out number of
compounds which show higher rate of nucleophilic addition than
O
H3C C H
O H O H O H O H O H
O H
, , , , ,
Cl NO 2 N(CH3)2 OH C N
OCH3
36. Total number of substance which contain hexagonal planer rings in their structures
(graphite, (BN)x, B3N3H6, C6H6, B2H6, H3P3O9):
SECTION – A
37. Let S2  0 be the mirror image of S1 : x 2  y 2  4x  6y  12  0 w.r.t. the line

    
L1 : 104 x  104  10 y  104  20  0 . Let L2 : 211 x  211  212 y  211  213  0 be a   
line. The equation of the line passing through the point of intersection of the line L 2  0
with the radical axis of S1  0,S2  0 and making equal intercepts with the coordinate
axes, is
(A) x  y  3  0 (B) x  y  1  0
(C) 2x  2y  1  0 (D) 2x  2y  3  0
38. A chord of negative slope from the point P  264, 0  is drawn to the ellipse
x 2  4y 2  16 . This chord intersects the ellipse at A and B (O is the origin).
(A) The maximum area of AOB is 4
(B) The maximum area of AOB is 8
1
(C) If the area of AOB is maximum, then the slope of line AB is
2 2
1
(D) If the area of AOB is maximum, then the slope of line AB is
8 2
x 1 y  2 z  2
39. Equation of plane passing through the line   and making an angle of
1 1 2
30o with the plane x + y + z = 5 is.
 
(A)  x  y  1  2  2  2y  z  6   0
(B)  x  y  1   2  2   2y  z  6   0
(C)  x  y  1   2  2   2y  z  6   0
(D)  x  y  1   2  2   2y  z  6   0
40. The volume of the parallelepiped whose coterminous edges are represented by the
      
vectors 2b  c, 3c  a and 4a  b, where a  1  sin   î  cos ˆj  sin 2k,
ˆ
 2  ˆ  2  ˆ  4  ˆ
bˆ  sin     i  cos     j  sin  2  k ,
 3   3   3 
  2  ˆ  2  ˆ  4  ˆ
c  sin   
3  i  cos    3  j  sin  2  3  k is 18 cubic units, then the value of ,
     
 
in the interval  0,  , is are
 2
 2
(A) (B)
9 9
 4
(C) (D)
3 3
41. A player tosses a coin. He sets one point for head and two points for tail. He plays till he
gets sum of points equal to n. If pn be the probability that his score becomes n, then
1 1 1
(A) p3  (B) pn  Pn1  Pn2
2 2 4
11 1
(C) p4  (D) pn  pn1  pn 2 
16 2
42. If the imaginary part of the complex number

1
 z  1 cos   i sin     z  1  cos   i sin   is zero, then
(A) z  1 (B) z  1  1
(C) arg  z    (D) arg  z  1  
(Paragraph Type)
correct.
Consider the function f  x   b loge x  x on the interval  0,   , where b is a positive real

constant.
43. The set of all values of b for which the equation b log x  x  0 has exactly one real roots
is equal to
 1
(A)  0,  (B) (0, 1)
 e
(C)  , 0  (D) none of these
44. If the line x  y  0 is tangent to f  x   b loge x  x, then b lies in the interval

(A) (1, 3) (B) (0, 1)
(C) (4, 6) (D) (5, 7)
Given a ABC in which AD is perpendicular to base BC, Incircle with radii r1 and r2 are drawn in
ABD and ACD respectively. They touch the altitude AD at point M and N respectively.
Assume sides and angles have usual meaning.
45. If ABC is an isosceles triangle and the angle between the equal sides AB and AC is
2
, then r1 : r2 is
3
(A) 3  1: 3  1 (B) 3  3 : 2  3
(C) 3  3 : 3 (D) none of these
46. If R be the circum radius of ABC then MN will be

BC B C CA  B C
(A) 2R sin .cos cos (B) 4R sin   cos sin
2 2 2  2  2 2
B  C B C
(C) 4R sin   sin sin (D) None of these
 2  2 2
SECTION – D
47. Let f  x   x 3  3x  2 and g  x  be its inverse. If the area bounded by g  x  , x – axis and
p
the ordinates x = – 2 and x = 6 is (where p& q are coprime), find value of p  q  1
q
48. If the maximum value of x 4  7x 2  4x  20  x 4  9x 2  16 is P, find the value of P

(where [.] denotes GIF)
  /2
49. If 
0
 
x f cos2 x  tan4 x dx   k 
0
 
f cos 2 x  tan4 x dx, then the value of k is
50. If a,b,c  R  and a 2bc  4abc  4bc  81 . Find the value of a  b  c such that
2a  b  c  4 assumes its least value _______
2 0   0 1 cos x  sin x  T
51. Let A    ,B  and x    . If P  AXB, Q  BX A and
 0 3   3 0   sin x cos x 
Tr. PQ  10
a
10
 b10 , where a  b , then find the value of b  2a ______
(Tr (M) denotes trace of Matrix M and MT denotes transpose of matrix M)
10
52.    
Let 1   3r. 10Cr  r. 10Cr  210 .45   where ,   N and f  x   x 2  2x  k 2  1 .
r 1
If ,  lies between the roots of f  x   0 , then find the smallest positive integral value
of k.
t
53. If the straight line x  1  s, y  3  s, z  1  s and x  , y  1  t, z  2  t with
2
parameters s and t respectively, are coplanar, then the value of  is ___________
54. If the sum of the first 3n terms is equal to the next n terms of an A.P. whose common
difference is non – zero, then the reciprocal of the ratio of the sum of the first 2n terms to
the next 2n terms is _______
FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 1

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. AC
1
Sol.   P  2Pl1  2Pl2  Pm …(1)
F
1 1 1
Pl1   (  1)   
f1  R1 R 2 
 1 1 1
Pl1  [(1.5  1]     …(2)
 10 15  12
1 1 1
Pl2   (  1)   
f2  R1 R 2 
4   2  2
Pl2    1    …(3)
 3   15  45
1 2
Pm     …(4)
f 15
1  1 2  2 1 4 2 1
  P  2        
F  12 45  15 6 45 15 18
F  18 cm . Focus is negative means system will behave as concave mirror.
2. ABCD
Sol. For maxima path difference = n 
If d = path difference between waves reaching point O = 7 
O will be maxima.
For d =  only one maxima at O is possible, the screen being finite.
3. ABCD
Sol. y = 2a cos (t + ) cos (Kx) comparison with given equation gives
2 1
K  10    m
 5
 = 2f = 50  f = 25 Hz
 v = 5 ms–1
at x = 0.15 m
cos (10  × 0.15) = cos (1.5) = 0 for all t
at x = 0.3
cos (10  × 0.3) = cos 3 = – 1 for all t
4. CD
Sol. If 1 = 0, 2  0
t1 = 0, balancing torques about A
cos  mg
N1 sin  = mg ; N1 tan  =
2 2
If 1  0, 2  0
T2 = 0, equilibrium cannot be attained.
If 1  0, 2  0
N1 = t2 = 2N2 ; N2 + t1 = mg
mg
N2 + 1N1 = mg ; N2 + 1(2N2) = mg ; N2 
1  1 2
5. BC
Sol. vL = vC = vR ;
 xL = xC = R
when inductor is short circuited
Z= R2  x 2C = 2R
30 30
I= 
Z 2R
30 30
VL = ixL = ×R=
2R 2
 (A) is incorrect and with similar calculations (B) will be correct.
Here f0 is the resonance frequency as vL = vC
1
 f0 =
2 LC
1
and 0 = 2f0 =
LC
xL L
= = 2LC
x C 1 C
Given f = 2f0
  = 20
xL
 =4
xC
 (C) is also correct.
6. ABD
Sol. For ammeter,
i R  R A 
i  max s
R s 
 i  0.1mA for R s  50  [as R A  50  and imax  50 A ]
For voltmeter,
V  imax (R A  R V )
 V  10V for R v  200 k 
7. A
2A 2Am
Sol. Time taken to move from mean to extreme (t) = 
(F / m) F
2Am
 Time period = 4t  4
F
8. A
Sol. Acceleration = constant  velocity time curve should be straight line.
9. B
1
Sol. LC = mm = 0.11 mm and zero error is 7  LC
10
10. C
Sol. Measured value 3.10 + 4  LC – 7  LC = 3.10 + 0.04 – 0.07 = 3.07 cm.
SECTION – D
11. 01000.00
1 Q
Sol.  
P1  P2   v 22  v12  g  h2  h1 
2
1 P 2.5m
=  103 (12  32 )  103  10(0.5)
2 2m
= 4  103  5  103 = 1000 J/m3
12. 00000.20
Sol. IL and IC will be in opposite phases.
Inet = IL – IC
= 0.6 – 0.4 = 0.2 A
13. 00002.25
Sol. R to be maximum.
3H Total height
Y=  .
2 2
14. 00002.50
Sol. d  (2xdx)kxt 2
2 x dx
  kt 2 x 3
3
R
d 4ktx 3

dt 3
4 ktx 3 2 2 2  Q
E2x  ; E ktx ; d   ktx 2  2
(2xdx)x
3 3 3  R
R
4 ktQ 4 4 ktQ R5
 d  x dx  =
3 R2 0 3 R2 5
At t = 15sec,  = 2.50 Nm
15. 00000.30
Sol. VA = VC
c=a+b
16. 00000.10
T 4 1
Sol. v=   20 m / s
 10  10 3
2
t=  0.1 sec
v
17. 00000.46
V
Sol. W  Hgg …(i)
2
W = xV Hg g + (1 – x) V w g …(ii)
From (i) and (ii)
V
Hgg  xVHgg  (1  x) Vw g
2
Solving we get x = 0.46
18. 00136.00
Sol. Let the bus be at O when it sends a signal that is
B D C
detected by the detector as of frequency = 1500 Hz
O 
 v 
 f=    1000  1500 l
 v  v B cos  
3
 cos =   = 30°
2
S
By the time signal reaches at S the bus reaches at D.
Let this time be t0
OS lcosec 
 t0 =  … (1)
v v
Now man fires and the bullet reaches C in time t1 (say). In the same time bus moves
from D to C
l
 t1 = ; where u = speed of bullet
u
Also, OD + DC = lcot
vB t0 + vBt1 = lcot
 lcosec  
vB   + vB (l/u) = lcot
 v 
2 2 v
2   3
3 3 3 3u
v 5
 
u 2
2 2
 u = v   340 = 00136.00 m/s
5 5
SECTION – A
19. ABD
Sol. In ABD the lone pair is less dispersed as compared to aniline.
20. ABD
Sol. Only (C) is asymmetric in nature, so active.
21. CD
Sol. Ethers having – O – R group can be hydrolysed.
22. ACD
Sol. (A) z* increases from Sc+ to Sc3+ so I.E. increases.
(C) Down the group I.E. decreases
(D) Along the period I.E. increases
23. ACD
Sol. EAN of metal in A, C and D is equal to next inert gas.
OC CO OC CO
OC Mn Mn CO
OC CO OC CO
24. AC
Sol. NaH  H2O  NaOH  H2
Electrolysis 1
NaH   Na  H
(Molted)  at cathode  2 2
 at anode 
25. C
Sol. In this case elimination reaction is dominating.
26. A
Sol. Position of E.W.G. (NO2) decides the rearrangement step to form R – N = C = O.
27. A
Sol. Extent of back bonding in B – F bond is decreased if – NH2 or OH groups are bonded
with boron.
28. A
Sol.  
(Two types of bond)
ONN
 
NCN (Both bonds are identical)
  
NNN (Both bonds are identical)
(Both bonds are identical)

N
O O
SECTION – D
29. 00002.93
a  2R
Sol. Fraction of edge unoccupied 
a
a  2 2R X
2  2 1
2 2
0.414
X  0.293  10 X  2.93
1.414
30. 00002.45
Sol. Tf  iK f m  2  1.86  0.66
31. 00002.60
2 0.34 0.15 
Sol. K C  10 0.0591
 2.6  10 6
32. 00003.87
Sol. 3B
k1
k2
A 8C k1 : k2 : k3 = 4 : 2 : 1
k3
3D
mole of A remain after 45 days
N N 1 1 1
 n0  T0  45/15  3 
2 2 2 8
2 t1/ 2
7
moles of [A] convert into product  mol
8
k1 7 3
moles of B   3 
k1  k 2  k 3 8 2
k2 7 8
moles of C    2
k1  k 2  k 3 8 1
1 7 3
and moles of D    3 
7 8 8
33. 00001.63
Sol. H2CO3  NaOH  NaHCO3  H2O
1 1
pH1 
2
 2

pK a1  pK a2   4.6  8   6.3
N1V1  N2 V2
N1  10  0.1 20
N1  0.2
NaHCO3  NaOH 
 Na2CO3  H2O
2m mole 1
c  M
50 mL 25
 pH 
14  8  1.4  10.3
2
pH2 10.3
  1.63
pH1 6.3
34. 00000.80
Sol. Process AC = polytropic process
Molar Heat capacity cm = cv + R/2 = 2R
Process AB = Isobaric
cm = cp = 5R/2
TC
qAC TA
 nC m  dT
2R
 TB
  0.8
qAB 5
R
 nC
TA
p,m  dT
2
35. 00003.00
Sol. O H O H O H
, ,
Cl NO 2 C N
36. 00004.00
Sol. Graphite, (BN)x, B3N3H6, C6H6
SECTION – A
37. AB
Sol. Radical axis of S1  0 and S2  0 is the line L1  0 , the point of concurrency of family of
lines ax  by  c  0 if a,b,c are in A.P. is (1,-2)
38. AD
B’
Sol. Take A  1  and B  2 
A’
B
39. BD
Sol. Equation of required plane is
 x  y  1    2y  z  6   0
x   2  1 y  z  1  6  0
Since it makes an angle of 30o with x + y + z = 5
1   2  1   3
 
2
3  1     2  1
2 2
 6  3 5 2  4  2
 4 2  5 2  4  2    2  2  
40. ABD
     
Sol. Volume   2b  c 3c  a 4a  b   18
 
   2
 24 a b c   18
  
 a b c   3
  2
1  sin   cos  sin2

    2   2   4 
Now,  a b c   sin     cos     sin  2  
 3   3   3 
 2   2   4 
sin     cos     sin  2  
 3   3   3 
Applying R1  R1  R2  R3 and expanding

  
a b c   3 cos 3  3
  2
1  2 4   2 4 
 cos 3    3  , ,  , ,
2 3 3 3 9 9 9
41. CD
1
Sol. Clearly p1  .
2
3
p2  p HH  p  T  
4
Now, the score n can be obtained in two distinct ways.
I. By throwing head when the score is n – 1
II. By throwing tail when the score is n – 2
1 1 1
 pn  pn1    pn2    pn 1  pn2 
2 2 2
11
Also, from this P4  .
16
42. B
1
 1 
Sol.   cos   i sin      z  1 cos   i sin  
  z  1 
1
 E  z1  hence Im E   0  z  1  1
z1
43. D
Sol. We have b loge x  x  0 y
loge x 1 (e, 1/e)

  ….. (1)
x b
loge x 1
Let y1  and y 2 
x b
loge x 1
Clearly, the equation  has exactly x
x b O
(1, 0) x=e
one real root for positive real value of b = e. (0, 0)
44. D
Sol. Let A  x1, y1  be the point of tangency.
Then x1  b loge x1  x1 …….. (1)
b
Also, 1  1 …….. (2)
x1
 On solving (1) and (2), we get
b  b ln x1  b  ln x1  1  0
 x1  e (As b > 0) (given)
So, b  2x1  2e
Also, point of contact is (e, e)
45. D
2
Sol. In the ABC, AD  BC and BAC =
3

 BAD  DAC 
3
 BAD and DAC are congruent le’s
s  r1;r2  1: 1
46. C
Sol. Let b > c
In ADC, AD2 + (a – x)2 = b2 ….(1)
ADC, AD2  x 2  C 2 …(2)
Solving (1) and (2), x  c cosB and AD  c sinB
From ADC
a  b  c  sinB  cosB 
MD  S1  AC  b
2
a  b  c  sinB  cosB 
 MD 
2
From ADB
c  c cosB  c sinB c  c cosB  c sinB
ND  S2  AB   c  ND 
2 2
a  b  c  2c cosB
 MN  ME  ND 
2
 R  sin A  sinB  sinC  2cosB sinC  R sin B  C   sinB  sinC  2cosB sinC 
B C B C
 4R sin   sin sin
 2  2 2
SECTION – D
47. 00008.00
1 0
5
Sol. Area    6  f  x   dx    f  x    2  dx  4
0 1
48. 00008.00
2 2
Sol. 
x 4  7x 2  4x  20  x 2  4    x  2
2

x 4  9x 2  16  x 2  4   x2
Take the curve y  x 2 . Both square roots can be interpreted as distances.
49. 00001.00

Sol. 
I   x f cos 2 x  tan 4 x dx
0



0
   x  f  cos2    x   tan4    x   dx
 
 
  f cos 2 x  tan 4 x dx   x f cos 2 x  tan 4 x dx
0 0
 
 

2 0
f cos2 x  tan 4 x dx
I  
  /2
 .2 f cos2 x  tan2 x dx
2 0
 
Hence k  1
50. 00007.00
a  2    a  2   b  c 1/ 4
Sol.
4

  a  b   bc
2
 1/ 4
  81
51. 00003.00
10
Sol. XXT  I; Find PQ then PQ 
52. 00005.00
10 f(x)
Sol. We have 1   3r . 10Cr  r . 10Cr
r 1
 
1 5
10 10 x
r 10 9
 1   3 . Cr  10 Cr 1
r 1 r 1
10 9
 1  4  1  10.2

 410  5.210  210 45  5  210  .45   , so   1   
and   5
Now f 1  0 and f  5   0
So, f 1  0  k 2  0
 k0
and f  5   0  16  k 2  0
 k 2  16  0
 k   , 4    4,  
Hence smallest positive integral value of k = 5
53. 00002.00
x 1 y  3 z 1
Sol. The given lines are   (=s)
1  
x  0 y 1 z  2
and    t
1/ 2 1 1
0  1 1 3 2  1
are coplanar if 1   0
1
1 1
2
1 2 1
 1   0
1
1 1
2
   
 1      2  1    1 1    0
 2  2
   2
54. 00005.00
Sol. Given S3n  S 'n  S4n  S3n
 2S3n  S4n
S3n S’n
S2n S’2n
3n  4n 
 2  2a   3n  1 d   2a   4n  1 d  
2  2 
 12a  18n  6  d  8a  16n  4  d
 4a   2n  2  d ………..(i)
 2a  1  n  d
S2n
Now, we have to find
S2n '
S2n S2n

S 2n ' S 4n  S2n
2n
 2a   2n  1 d
 2 
4n 2n
 2a   4n  1 d  2a   2n  1 d
2 2 
2 1  n  d   2n  1 d 2 nd 1
  nd

4  1  n  d   4n  1 d  2  1  n  d   2n  1 d 10 5
FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 2
1. Section-A (01 – 06, 19 – 24, 37 – 42) contains 18 multiple choice questions which have one or
correct option.
Section-A (07 – 10, 25 – 28, 43 – 46) contains 12 questions. Each question has TWO (02)
matching lists: LIST‐I and LIST‐II. FOUR options are given representing matching of elements
from LIST‐I and LIST‐II. ONLY ONE of these four options corresponds to a correct matching.
For each question, choose the option corresponding to the correct matching.
for wrong answer.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A small particle is thrown parallel to the earth’s surface with m u
initial velocity  wrt earth assuming there is no other planet and

that the velocity of the earth is zero, then which of the following
HR
will be correct
(A) For the particle to move in circular orbit around the earth R
GM
minimum value of ‘’ must be
R
2GM
(B) For the particle to escape, minimum  should be equal to
R
2GM
(C) For particle to escape, minimum  should be more than
R
(D) The total mechanical energy of the particle and the earth system remain conserved
2. Let IA and IB be moments of inertia of a body about two axes A and B respectively. The
axis A passes through the centre of mass of the body but B does not, then
(A) IA may be greater than IB
(B) IB may be greater than IA
(C) IA may be equal to IB
(D) IA must be smaller than IB
3. A cylinder is filled with a liquid of refractive index . The radius of the observer
cylinder is decreasing at a constant rate K. The volume of the liquid
inside the container remains constant at V. The observer and the
object O are in a state of rest and at a distance L from each other.
The apparent velocity of the object as seen by the observer, (when L
radius of cylinder is r)
(1   )2KV (1   )2KV
(A) 3
(B) object
( r ) ( Lr 2 )
(1   )2K (1   )K
(C) (D)
 2
4. Nucleus A decays to B with decay constant 1 and B decays to C with decay constant 2.
Initially at t = 0, number of nuclei of A and B are 2N0 and N0 respectively. At t = t0,
3N0
number of nuclei of B stop changing. If at this instant number of nuclei of B are .
2
1 4 1 1 4 1
(A) the value of t0 is ln (B) the value of t0 is ln
1 3  2 2 3 2
3N0  2 2N0  2
(C) the value of NA at t0 is (D) the value of NA at t0 is
2 1 3 1
5. A rectangular vessel of dimension (l × b × h) and mass M l
contains a liquid of density . The vessel has a orifice at its

bottom at a distance c from the rear wall as shown in fig. h F
c
(A) The maximum volume of the water that can be stored when the vessel is accelerated
hcb
is .
2
(B) The maximum volume of the water that can be stored the when the vessel is
hlb
accelerated is
2
 hcb  hg
(C) Force F that must be applied when maximum water is stored is M 
 2  c
 hcb  l g
(D) Force F that must be applied when maximum water is stored is M 
 2  c
6. A closed vessel contains a mixture of two diatomic gases A and B. Molar mass of A is
16 times that of B and mass of gas A contained in the vessel is 2 times that of B. Which
of the following statements are correct?
(A) Average kinetic energy per molecule of A is equal to that of B
(B) Root-mean-square value of translational velocity of B is four times that of A
(C) Pressure exerted by B is eight times of that exerted by A
(D) Number of molecules of B, in the cylinder, is eight times that of A
(Matching List Type)
This section contains FOUR questions. Each question has TWO matching lists: LIST–I and
LIST–II. FOUR options are given representing matching of elements from LIST–I and LIST–II.
ONLY ONE of these four options corresponds to a correct matching.
7. ABC is a right-angled prism kept in air. A ray (1) is incident on the A

face AB along the normal. Refractive index of the material of
prism is the minimum value that will be required so that ray (1) 30°
undergoes total internal reflection at the face AC. Another ray (2)
1 1
is incident on the face AB such that it emerges from face AC
along the normal to AC. A third ray (3) falls on the face BC and 2
emerges from face AC such that its angle of emergence is the 90°
same as that of incidence. Assuming light (1), (2) and (3) have the B C
same wavelength, then match the following. 3
List–I List–II
(P) Refractive index of the material of prism is (1) 120
(Q) Angle of incidence in degree of ray (2) is (2) 90
(R) Deviation in degree suffered by ray (2) is (3) 2
(S) Deviation in degree suffered by ray (3) is (4) 60
(5) 1.5
Codes:
(A) P–3, Q–2, R–1, S–2 (B) P–3, Q–2, R–4, S–1
(C) P–4, Q–1, R–2, S–3 (D) P–3, Q–1, R–4, S–2
8. In the circuit shown in figure, R1 = R2 = R3 = 3 and e.m.f. of E

A3
each cell is E = 4V and negligible internal resistance. All
ammeters are ideal. Match the following:
b R1
E a E
A2 A1
R3
R2
List–I List–II
(P) Reading of ammeter A1 in ampere is (1) 4/3
(Q) Reading of ammeter A2 in ampere is (2) 8/3
(R) Reading of ammeter A3 in ampere is (3) 4
(S) Potential difference between point a and (4) zero
point b in volt is
(5) 2
Codes:
(A) P–1, Q–2, R–3, S–4 (B) P–2, Q–1, R–4, S–5
(C) P–1, Q–3, R–2, S–3 (D) P–1, Q–2, R–4, S–3
9. List-I contains units/dimensions and List-II some combination of quantities. Match the
List-I to List-II.
List–I List–II
(P) Henry (1) LC where L is inductance and C is
capacitance
(Q) Second (2) M 2
,  is length, M-mass and Q is charge
Q2
(R) (Second)3 (3) RC, R is resistance & C is capacitance.
(S) Dimensionless (4) C2LR, C-capacitance, L = Inductance, R is
resistance
(5) Pc
where Q is radiation energy striking unit
Q
area pr second. c is speed of light and P is
radiation pressure.
Codes:
(A) P–2; Q–1,3; R–4; S–5 (B) P–5; Q–1, 3; R–2; S–4
(C) P–5; Q–3; R–1, 4; S–2 (D) P–2; Q–1; R–4; S–3, 4
10. Velocity of sound in air is V and the length of organ pipe is L. Po is the mean pressure
and P0 is amplitude of pressure variations.
List – I List – II
If the pipe is closed at one end, the
(P) (1) 3V/4L
frequency of first overtone is
If the pipe is open at both ends the
(Q) (2) 2V/L
frequency of fourth harmonic is
If the pipe is closed at one end the
(R) (3) 0
pressure at open end is
(S) The pressure at closed end is (4) Po  Po , Po  Po 
(5) Po
Codes:
(A) P–1, Q–2, R–4, S–5 (B) P–1, Q–2, R–5, S–4
(C) P–2, Q–1, R–5, S–4 (D) P–3, Q–2, R–5, S–4
SECTION – D
11. A cubical block is floating in a liquid with half of its volume

immersed in the liquid. When the whole system accelerates
g/3
upwards with a net acceleration of g/3. Find the fraction of volume
immersed in the liquid
12. A projectile is thrown with a velocity of 18 m/s at an angle of 60 with horizontal. The
interval between the moments when speed of the projectile is 15 m/s is (g = 10 m/s2)
13. A source of sound emitting a note of frequency 200Hz moves towards an observer with
a velocity v equal to the velocity of sound. If the observer also moves away from the
source with the same velocity v, the apparent frequency heard by the observer is
14. If 10% of the current passes through a moving coil galvanometer of resistance 99 ohm,
then the shunt resistance will be:
15. A thin uniform metallic rod of mass m, length 
L, Young modulus of elasticity Y and cross A

sectional area A is rotated by angular velocity Shaded region
 about extreme end AA’. Consider a section


on the rod at midpoint of rod. What will be the
normal stress in N/m2 on the shaded region? 
M2L2 cos2  X= L/2
(Take the value of  10 N / m2 ) A
A
16. An object is cooled from 750C to 650C in 2 minutes in a room at 300C. The time taken to
cool another identical object from 550C to 450C in the same room in minutes is
17. The thickness of a glass plate is measured to be 2.17 mm, 2.17 mm and 2.18 mm at
three different places. Find the average thickness of the plate from this data. (in mm)
18. A string is wrapped on a wheel of moment of inertia 0.20 kg m2

and radius 10 cm and goes through a light pulley to support a
block of mass 2.0 kg as shown in figure. Find the acceleration of
the block. (in m/s2)
10 cm
2 kg
SECTION – A
19. Which of the following compounds exhibit acid base reaction with NaOH?
O O
(A) H (B)
O
O
(C) C OH (D)
O
20. Which of the following reactions can produce benzaldehyde as major product?
CH3 CH2 OH HIO 4
 
(A) C CH Ph (B) CH OH
O3

Me2S Ph
AlCl3 NaNO2 pcc

(C) CO  HCl   (D) CH2 NH2 
HCl
  
21. 18
O Ph

H2O,H
  Products
O
Products are:
OH 18
OH
(A) (B)
O O
18 OH
OH
(C) (D)
Ph Ph
22. Which of the following reactions represent major products?

O
H3C OH
(A) C N H
 

 H3C C NH CH3

H3C
H3C H
(B) 
Ph Li 
C C   Ph C C CH3
Ph Cl
O
(C) Br2 KOH
Ph C NH2   Ph  NH2
O NH2
(D)
Br2 NaOH

23. The following conversion reaction can be carried out by using reaction sequences:
O O O
OH OH



Zn Hg/HCl Br2 ,hv KCN H3 O, NaBH4 Al2 O3 , 2   O /H O Oxidation
(A)        (B)  
   
3



 I2 NaOH H
(C)      
 (D) KMnO 4 / OH/ 
24. Which of the following statements are correct?

(A) Hydrolysis of sucrose with dilute acid yields an equimolar mixture of D-Glucose and
D-Fructose.
(B) Acidic hydrolysis of sucrose is accompanied by a change in optical reaction.
(C) In sucrose, the glycosidic linkage is between C – 1 of glucose and C – 2 of fructose.
(D) Aqueous solution of sucrose exhibits mutarotation.
25. Match List-I with List-II and select correct code for your answer.
List – I (Molecules) List – II (M = Central atom)
(P) H2O (1) largest M – H length
(Q) H2S (2) largest HMH ˆ bond angle
(R) H2Se (3) lowest boiling point
(S) H2Te (4) 4p – 1s overlapping
Code:
P Q R S
(A) 3 2 4 1
(B) 2 3 4 1
(C) 3 1 4 2
(D) 1 3 4 2
26. List-I contains some cations and List-II contains some anion which produce white ppt
with corresponding cation. Match List-I with List-II and select correct code for your
answer.
(P) Ag+ (1) Cl
(Q) Zn2+ (2) S2
2+
(R) Mg
2
(3) CO 3
2+
(S) Ba (4) SO 24
Code:
P Q R S
(A) 2 3 1 4
(B) 4 3 2 1
(C) 1 4 3 2
(D) 1 2 3 4
27. The unbalanced chemical reactions given in List-I show missing reagent or condition (?)
which are provided in List-II. Match List-I with List-II and select the correct answer using
the code given below the lists:
?
(P) PbO 2  H2 SO 4   PbSO 4  O 2  other product (1) NO
?
(Q) Na2S 2O 3  H2O   NaHSO 4  other product (2) I2
?
(R) N2H4  N2  other product (3) Warm
?
(S) XeF2  Xe  other product (4) Cl2
Code:
P Q R S
(A) 4 2 3 1
(B) 3 2 1 4
(C) 1 4 2 3
(D) 3 4 2 1
28. Match List-I with List-II.

List – II
List – I
(Outer electronic configuration of either
(Metal)
metal or its M2+ ion)
(P) Cu (1) ns2, np6, nd10
(Q) Cd (2) ns2, np6, nd9
(R) Fe (3) (n – 1)d5, ns2
(S) Mn (4) ns2, np6, nd6
Code:
P Q R S
(A) 1 2 3 4
(B) 2 1 4 3
(C) 2 1 3 4
(D) 1 2 4 3
SECTION – D
29. For soaps critical micelle concentration (CMC) is 10x (min.) to 10y (max.) mol/L. What is
the value of x?
30. The average life of a radioactive element is 7.2 min. Calculate the time required (in min.)
for the stage of 33.33% decay ( log 3  0.1761 )
2
31. 0.16 g N2H4(Kb = 4 × 106) are dissolved in water and the total volume made up to 500
mL. Calculate the mole fraction of N2H4 that has reacted with water in this solution.
32. At 273 K and 1 atm, 10 litre of N2O4 decomposes to NO2 according to equation


N2O2 (g) 
 2NO2 (g)
What is degree of dissociation () when the original volume is 25% less than that of
existing volume?
33. What will be the pH of an aqueous solution of 1.0 M ammonium formate?

Given : pKa = 3.8 and pKb = 4.8
34. For the reaction; FeCO 3 (s)  FeO(s)  CO2 (g); H  82.8 kJ at 25°C, what is (E or
U) at 25°C?
35. Calculate |fH°| (in kJ/mol) for Cr2O3 from the rG° and the S° values provided at 27°C
4Cr(s)  3O 2 (s)  2Cr2O3 (s);  r G  2093.4 kJ / mol
S  J / K mol  : S  Cr,s   24; S  O2 ,g   205; S  Cr2O3 ,s   81
36. Total number of Co – N (cobalt-nitrogen) linkages in

0
OH
(III) (III)
(Gly)2Co Co(Gly)2
OH
(Gly-1 = Glycinate)
SECTION – A
37. If z1  a  ib and z2  c  id are two complex numbers such that z1  z 2  1 and
 
Re z1 z 2  0, then the pair of complex numbers, w 1  a  ic and w 2  b  id satisfying
(A) w1  1 (B) w 2  1
(C) w1 w 1  1 
(D) Re w 1 w 2  0 
38. If p, q, r, s are positive real numbers and the equation x 4  px 3  qx 2  rx  s  0 has four
positive real roots, then
(A) p 4  256s (B) r 4  256s3
(C) pr  16s (D) q2  36s
A
39. In a ABC with fixed base BC, the vertex A moves such than cosB  cos C  4 sin2   .
2
If a, b and c denote the length of the sides of the triangle opposite to the angle A, B and
C respectively, then
(A) b  c  4a
(B) b  c  2a
(C) locus of point A is an ellipse
(D) locus of point A is a pair of straight lines.

 x 3  x 2  10x 1  x  0

 
40. Let f  x    sin x 0x then f  x  has
 2
 
 1  cos x 2
x
 
(A) local maxima at x  (B) local minima at x 
2 2

(C) absolute maxima at x  0 (D) absolute maxima at x 
2
 sinnx
41. If In   dx,  0,1,2 then

1    sin x
x
10
(A) In  In 2 (B) I
m 1
2m 1  10
10
(C) I
m 1
2m 0 (D) In  In1
 x 1  1  t dt, x  2
42. If f  x    0
  , then
 5x  1, x  2
(A) f(x) is not continuous at x = 2
(B) f (x) is continuous but not differentiable at x = 2
(C) f (x) is differentiable everywhere
(D) the right derivative of f  x  at x = 2 does not exist
43. Match the sequence a1,a 2 ,a3 ,.... whose nth term is given on the left with properties of the
sequence on the right
LIST - I LIST – II
(P)  /2 1  cos 2nx (1) a1,a2 ,a3 … are in A.P.
an   dx
0 1  cos 2x
(Q) / 4 1 (2) a1,a 2 ,a3 ,.... are in G.P.
In   tann x dx an 
0 In1  In 3
(R)  /4 sin nx
2 (3) a1,a 2 ,a3 ,.... are in H.P.
In   dx  n  0 and an  In  In 1 n  1
0 sin x
(S)  /2 sin nx
2 (4) a1,a 2 ,a3 ,.... is a constant
bn   2
dx an  bn  bn1  n  1
0 sin x sequence.
(5) a1,a 2 ,a3 ,....... are in
A.G.P.
(6) a1,a 2 ,a3 ,....... are neither
in A.P. nor G. P nor H.P.
The correct option is
(A) P → 1; Q → 1; R → 3; S → 1,2, 3, 4
(B) P → 5; Q → 2; R → 6; S → 1
(C) P → 1; Q → 1; R → 3; S → 6
(D) P → 1; Q → 1; R → 5; S → 1, 2, 3, 4
44. Let A be a set containing n elements. P and Q are two subsets of A. The number of
ways of choosing P and Q so that
(P) P  Q  A (1) 2 n 1
(Q) P  Q   (2) 3n
(R) P ~ Q is a singleton (3) 2n  1
(S) P  Q   (4) 3n  1
(5) n.3n1
(6) 4n  3n
(A) P → 2; Q → 6; R → 1; S → 5
(B) P → 1; Q → 2; R → 3; S → 4
(C) P → 2; Q → 6; R → 5; S → 2
(D) P → 1; Q → 2; R → 5; S → 6
45. Match the statement given in List I with List II

LIST – I LIST – II
(P) The set (1)  ,  1  1,  

  2iz  
Re  2 
:z is a complex number, z  1, z  1
  1 z  
(Q)  8 3  x  2
 (2)  , 0    0,  
The domain of the function f  x   sin1   is
 1  32 x 1 
 
(R) 1 tan  1 (3)  2,  
If f      tan  1 tan  , then the set
1  tan  1
 
 f    :0     is
 2
(S) If f  x   x  3x  10  , x  0 , then f  x  is increasing (4)
3/2
 ,  1  1,  
in
(5)  , 0  2,  
(6)  ,  2   1,  
(A) P → 4; Q → 5; R → 3; S → 3
(B) P → 3; Q → 3; R → 4; S → 5
(C) P → 4; Q → 3; R → 3; S → 5
(D) P → 4; Q → 3; R → 2; S → 1
46. Suppose a. b, c are three distinct real numbers and p (x) is a real quadratic polynomial
 4a 2 4a 1 p  1  3a2  3a 
    
such that  4b2 4b 1  p 1    3b2  3b 
 4c 2 4c 1  p 1   3c 2  3c 
    
(P) x – coordinates (s) of the point of intersection (1) 4
of y  f  x  with the x – axis
(Q) 3 (2) 2
Area bounded by y  f  x  and the x – axis
2
(R) Maximum value of f  x  (3) 1
(S) Length of the intercept made by y  f  x  on the (4) –2
x – axis
(5) 0
(6) 3
(A) P → 2, 4; Q → 1; R → 3; S → 1
(B) P → 1, 2; Q → 2; R → 3; S → 4
(C) P → 5; Q → 6; R → 3; S → 1
(D) P → 5, 6; Q → 1; R → 3; S → 1
SECTION – D
2
 n  1
47. 2
If x n  1   2  2   3   2   4   .....  n
2 2 2
2
if n is even, find x 51
48. Find the number of three digit numbers of the form xyz with x, z < y, x  0 .
50
2 Cr
49. Let ar  r 50
a and b denote the coefficient of x 49 in  x  a1  x  a2  ..  x  a50  , find
Cr 1
 1
 b .
 17 
50. Let ABC and ABC’ be tow non – congruent triangles with sides AB = 4, AC = AC’ = 2 2
and angle B = 30o . The absolute value of the difference between the areas of these
triangles is

51. In a triangle ABC; A = , b = 50, c = 30, AD is a median through A, then AD2 is equal to
3
52. The tangent at three points A, B, C on the parabola y 2  4x , taken in pairs intersect at
the point P, Q and R. If ,  ' be the areas of the triangles ABC and PQR respectively,

then 
'
53. If the position vector of the point of intersection of the line r   i  2j  3k     2i  j  2k 

2
and the plane r .  2i  6j  3k   5  0 is a î  bjˆ  ckˆ then value of  50a  60b  75c  is
equal to
sin1 1  x .cos1 1  x  18 2 

54. If f x  , then the value of  lim f  x   is (where {x}
2 x. 1  x   x 0 
 
denotes the fractional part of x)
FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 2

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. ACD
Sol. For the angular momentum to remain conserved, the final velocity of the particle must
not be zero.
2. ABC
m 2 m2
Sol. IB  sin2 , IA 
3 12

IB rod
IA
3. A
H
Sol. Xapp  L  H 

dX app dH  1   
  
dt dt   
r 2H  V
dH 2H dr 2KH
  
dt r dt r
dXapp 2KV  1    
   
dt r 3   
4. AC
dNB
Sol.  1NA   2NB
dt
dNB 3N0
at, t = t0,  0 , NB 
dt 2
3N
 2N0 1e1t 0  0 0
0
2
1 4 1
t0  ln
1 3  2
5. AC
Sol. The maximum amount of water that can be retained is shown in the fig. If  is the angle
made by the water surface with the horizontal then.
h a hg
tan = =  a=
c g c
1
So the maximum volume that can be retained is ×h×c×b.
2
 hcb  hg
And F = M 
 2  c
6. ABCD
Sol. Since both the gases are contained in the same vessel, temperature of both the gases is
same.
Average KE per molecule of a diatomic gas is 5/2 KT. Hence, average KE permolecule
of both the gases is same. Therefore, option (a) is correct.
3RT
rms 
M
 rms 2 M1

Hence,   16  4
 rms 1 M2
Hence, option(b) is correct.
Let molar mass of B be M, then that of A will be equal to 16 M.
Let mass of gas B in the vessel be m, then that of A will be 2m. The number of moles of
a gas, in the vessel will be n = m/M. hence, number of moles of gases A and B will be
2m m
n1  and n2 
16M M
n1 1
Hence, 
n2 8
Hence, option(d) is correct.
Partial pressure exerted by a gas is
nRT
P
V
P n
Hence, 2  2  8
P1 n1
Therefore, option(c) is also correct.

7. B
Sol. (P) Refractive index of the prism is the minimum value required A
for ray (1) to undergo total internal reflection at face AC. Ray
(1) falls on face AC at an angle of incidence 30° 30°
 30° > iC
1 1
sin 30° > sin iC
30°
 >2
Minimum value of  can be taken as 2. 90°
C
B
(Q) For ray 2, refractive angle of prism is 30°. Apply Snell’s law
for refraction at face AB.
1 sin i =  sin r
i = 90°
(R) Using the relation i1  i2  A   for ray 2. A
90° + 0° = 30° +
30°
 = 60°
 A  m  r2= 30°
i2= i1
sin   i
(S)   2   m = 120°
A 90° 60°
sin B C
2
i1
8. D
E E E i1-i3 E
Sol. On solving by KVL we get, i1  , i2   , i3 
R R R
2E i3
 i1  i2  and i1  i3  0
R b R1
So reading of ammeter A1 is E/R = 4/3 i1 E i1-i2 E i1
A2 is 2E/R = 8/3, A3 is zero and Vab = 4V
a R3
i2
R2
9. A
Pc
Sol. RC is time constant LC is inverse of frequency and is dimensionless.
Q
10. B
(2n  1)v
Sol. For closed pipe,   and for first overtone, n = 1
4L
nv
For open pipe,   and for fourth harmonic, n = 4.
2L
SECTION – D
11. 00000.50
Sol. The apparent weight of block and apparent weight of fluid are changed by same amount.
12. 00002.40
Sol. Vx = 18 cos 60° = 9 m/s.
V1y  15 2  9 2  12 m /s V2y = –12 m/s
12  (12) 12
 t =  sec .
10 5
13. 00200.00
Sol. No relative motion between source and observers.
14. 00011.00
 s 
Sol. I1   I
 s  99 
I1 s
  0.1
I 99  s
s  11
15. 00003.75
3
Sol. T = M 2L2
8
F 3 M2L2 cos2 
Stress = 
(A / cos ) 8 A
16. 00004.00
Sol. Newton’s law for cooling.
Rate of decrease of temperature  temperature difference between object and
surrounding.
75  65
= Ab (70 – 30)
2
55  45
= Ab (50 – 30)
t
 t = 4 min.
17. 00002.17
2.17  2.17  2.18
Sol. = 2.1733 …..  2.17 mm upto 3 significant figure.
3
18. 00000.89
Sol. 2g – T = 2a …(i)
TR = I …(ii)
a = R …(iii)
Ia
From (ii) and (iii) T =
R2
 I 
 2g = a  2  2 
 R 
2g 2  9.8 9.8
 a    0.89 m/s2
 I  0.2 11
 2  2  2  0.01
 R 
SECTION – A
19. BCD
Sol. C is acid and B and D contain  - H w.r.t. C O group.
20. ABCD
Sol. CH3 CH3
(A) C CH Ph C O O  CH  Ph
O3

Me2S
CH2 - OH H H H
HO HIO 4 C
  C O
(B) HO CH OH
O Ph
Ph
CHO
O
(C) AlCl3
H  C  Cl  
CHO
(D) NaNO2 PCC

CH2 NH2 
HCl
 CH2 OH  
21. AC
Sol. 18
O Ph
H+
H
O18 Ph
H2O
OH
O
HO Ph
18
22. ABC
Sol. Self explanatory reactions.
23. BCD
Sol. All the reagents in B, C and D are suitable.
24. ABC
25. B
Sol. M – H length = H2Te > H2Se > H2S > H2O
HMH B.A. = H2O > H2S > H2Se > H2Te
B.P. = H2O > H2Te > H2Se > H2S
(due to hydrogen bonding in H2O)
All have two L.P. on central atom.
26. D
Sol. Ag+ Zn2+ Mg2+ Ba2+
Cl White ppt. No ppt. No ppt. No ppt.
S2 Black ppt. White ppt. No ppt. No ppt.
CO 23 Pale yellow ppt. White ppt. White ppt. White ppt.
SO 24 White ppt. which is No ppt. No ppt. White ppt.
sparingly soluble
In code (D) all are given with correct observation.
27. D
IV II

Sol. PbO 2  H2SO 4   PbSO 4  O 2  2H2O
Na2S 2O 3  5H2O  4Cl2  2NaHSO 4  8HCl
N2H4  2I2  N2 (g)  4HI
XeF2  2NO  Xe  g   2NOF
28. B
Sol. Cu2+ = 1s22s22p63s23p63d9
Cd2+ = 1s22s22p63s23p63d104s24p64d10
Fe2+ = 1s22s22p63s23p63d6
Mn = 1s22s22p63s23p63d54s2
SECTION – D
29. 00004.00
Sol. CMC of soap
104 M to 103 M
x=4
30. 00002.92
1 1 A0  1 1 100
Sol.   ln ;  ln
t avg t  A t  7.2 t 100
100 
3
t  2.303  7.2  0.1761
31. 00000.02
0.16 / 32
Sol. C M
500 / 1000
  K b / c  2  10 2
32. 00000.33
Sol. For ideal gas mole % = volume %


N2O2 (g) 
 2NO2 (g)
initial moles a 0
at eqm a(1 ) 2a 
As per given, original volume

75
  Volume at equilibrium at constant T and P  V  n 
100
 a = 0.75 × a(1 + )
  = 0.33
33. 00006.50
1
Sol. pH  pK w  pK a  pK b   6.5
2
34. 00080.32
Sol. H = E + ngRT
1 8.314  298
 82.8  U 
1000
 U  80.32
35. 01129.05
Sol. rG° = rH°  T  rS°
rS° = 2  81 – 4  24 – 3  205 J/mol
 rH° =  2258.1 kJ/mol
rH° = 2  fH° (Cr2O3,s)
2258.1
  f H  Cr2O3 ,s     1129.05 kJ / mol
2
36. 00004.00
Sol. N N
O OH O
Co Co
O N OH N O
 Gly 1
 NH2  CH2  COO  
 N  O 
SECTION – A
37. ABCD
Sol. Let z1  cos   i sin  and z2  cos   i sin 
a  cos ,b  sin 
c  cos , d  sin 
z1 z2  cos       i sin     
 
Re z1 z 2  0  cos       0

 
2
 z1   sin   i cos 
 a   sin   d,
b  cos   c
Now, w 1  a  ic   sin   icos 
w 2  b  id  cos   i sin 
w 1  w 2  1  w 1w 2  1

Also, Re w 1 w 2  0 
38. ABCD
Sol.         p and   s
By using A.M  G.M. inequality
p
 4s
4
 p 4  256s
Similarly we can evaluate other options by same inequality
39. BC
A
Sol. cosB  cos C  4 sin2  
2
BC BC A
 2cos cos  4 sin2
2 2 2
 A BC A  B C
 2 cos    cos  4 sin sin   
2 2  2 2 2 2 
A
a
b
B c C
B C B C B C
cos cos cos  sin sin
 2 2  2 2 2 2 2
BC B C B C
cos cos cos  sin sin
2 2 2 2 2
B C 1   1
 tan tan   
2 2 3 s s  b s s  c  3
 3s  s  a  s  b  s  c   s 2  s  b  s  c 
 3  s  a   s  2s  3a
 a  b  c  3a  b  c  2a
 AB  AC  2a
Also AB  AC  BC  a
So locus of A is an ellipse with foci at B and C and the length of the major major axis in
2a.
40. AC

Sol. The function f is no differentiable at x = 0, x  as
2
   
f '  0    10, f '  0    1; f '     1, f '     1
2  2 

3x 2  2x  10 1  x  0

 
The function f '  x  is given by f '  x    cos x 0x
 2
 
  sin x x
2
 
The critical points of f are given by f '  x   0 or x  0, , Thus critical points are x  , x
2 2
 
= 0. Since f '  x   0, for 0  x  and f '  x   0, for  x   so f has local maxima at
2 2
 
x  . Also f '  x   0 for 1  x  0 and f '  x   0 for 0  x  so f has local minima at
2 2
 
x = 0. Since f  1  9 , f    1, f  0   0 and f     0 . Thus f has absolute minimum
2
at x  1 and absolute maximum at x = 0.
41. ABC

sinnx
Sol. In   1    sin x dx
x

 sin nx x sinnx 

sin nx
    dx   dx
 
0  1 
x
 
x
sin x 1   sin x   0 sin x

sin n  2  x  sinnx
Now, In 2  In   dx
0 sin x

2cos  n  1 x.sin x
 dx  0
0 sin x

 I1  , I2   2cos x dx  0
0
42. AD
x
Sol. f  x    1  1  t  dt, x  2
0
1 x 1 2
   2  t  dt   t dt  x 1
0 1 2
1 2
 x  1, x  2
We have, f  x    2
 5x  1, x  2
 lim f  x   3 and lim f  x   11
x 2 x2
Hence, f(x) is not continuous at x = 2.

f  2  h  f  2
Rf '  2   lim
h 0 h
1 2
 2  h  1  11
 lim 2
h 0 h
2
 2  h  20
 lim  
h 0 2h
43. A
  /2
Sol. (P) a1   dx 
, a2  
0 2
Also, an 2  an  2an1
 /2 2cos  2n  2  x  cos  2n  4  x  cos  2nx 
 dx
0 1  cos 2x
 /2 2 cos  2n  2  x  2cos  2n  2  x cos 2x  /2

 dx   2 cos  2n  2  x dx
0 1  cos 2x 0
2  /2

2n  2
 sin  2n  2  x 0  0
 a1,a 2 ,a3 ,.... are in A.P.

(Q) In1  In 3
 /4
 tann1 x sec 2 x dx
0
 /4
1  1
 tann 2 x  
n2 0 n  2
 an  n  2
 a1,a 2 ,..... are in A.P.
 /2 sin2 nx   sin2  n  1 x

(R) In  In1   dx
0 sin x
 /2 sin  2n  1 x sin x
 dx
0 sin x
 /2
1  1
 cos  2n  1 x  
2n  1 0 2n  1
 a1,a 2 ,a3 ,.... are in H.P.
 /2 1  cos 2nx n
(S) bn   dx  (see (a))
0 1  cos 2x 2

an  n
2
 a1,a 2 ,a3 ,... are in A.P., G.P. and H.P.
Also a1,a 2 ,a3 ,..... is a constant sequence.
44. C
Sol. Let A  a1,a2 ,....an  . For each ai  A , we have following four choices
(1) ai  P, ai  Q
(2) ai  P, ai  Q
(3) ai  P, ai  Q
(4) ai  P, ai  Q
For P  Q  A or P  Q   the number of choice is 3n . The singleton can be chose in
n
C1 ways, rest of the elements in 3n1 ways. P  Q   in just one way.
45. A
Sol. (P) z  ei
 2iei 
 Re  i2  
 1 e 
 2iei   1 
 Re  2   Re      ,  1  1,  
 2 sin   i 2 sin  cos    sin  
(Q) 3 x  t
8t
1  1
9  t2
t 2  8t  9
0
t2  9
t  39  t
x  1  2  x ……..(i)
8t
where 1
9  t2
 t  9  t  1  0
 3  t  3  t 
t  1 3  t
x  0  1  x …….(ii)
from (i) and (ii)
x 02 x
(R) f     2 sec 2   2
3
(S) f '  x   x3/2  3   3x  10  x1/2
2
 3x  10 
 3 x x  
 2 
– +
0 2
x2
46. A
Sol. a, b, c are three roots of the quadratic equation
  4f  1  3  x   4f 1  3  x  f  2   0
2
 4f  1  3,4f 1  3 and f  2   0

Let f  x    x  2  Ax  B 
1
Now, 3  4f  1  4  3   A  B   A  B 
4
3
3  4f  1  4  1 A  B   A  B 
4
1 2
 A ,B
4 4
1

Thus, f  x   4  x 2 .
4

The graph of y  f  x  is given in Figure.
(A) x coordinates of points of intersection of y  f  x  when the x – axis are 2 .
2
2
3 1 3  x2 
(B) Area  
2 2 4
 8

4  x 2 dx   2   4x 
3
  4
  0
(C) Maximum value of f(x) is 1
(D) Length of intercept on the x – axis is 4.
–2 1
0
SECTION – D
47. 67676.00
Sol. x 51  x50  512
1 2
  50  51  512 = 67626
2
48. 00240.00
Sol. We must have x  1 and y  2, since x is less than y. That is, y = j with 2  j  9 , then x
can take the j – 1 values from 1 to j – 1, and z can take the j values from 0 to j – 1. For
each value y = j, therefore, xyz can take j (j – 1) values. We can now get the answer by
summing over all values of y:
9 9 9 9
 j  j  1   j  j  1   j2   j
j2 j 1 j 1 j 1
 285  45  240
49. 01300.00
50
Sol. b   ar
r 1
But ar  r 2
 50  r  1 
r
 r 51  r 
50. 00004.00
a2  16  8
Sol. cos  
2a 4
2
 a  4 3a  8  0
 a1  a2  4 3, a1a2  8
 a1  a2  4
1
 1   2   4 sin30o  4  4
2
51. 01225.00
b 2  c 2  a2 A
Sol. cos A 
2bc
1  b2  c 2  a2
  cos 
2 3 2bc c b
 b2  c 2  a 2  bc (1)
In triangle ABD.
a2 a
AD2  c 2   2c  cosB
4 2 B D C
a/2 a/2
 2 2
4AD  4c  a  4ca2 
c 2  a2  b 2 
2 ca
 2c 2  2b2  a2

 2c 2  2b 2  b 2  c 2  bc [Using (1)] 
 b 2  c 2  bc
 2500  900  1500  4900  AD2  1225
52. 00002.00
Sol. Let the coordinate of A, B, C be ti2 , 2ti  
i  1,2,3 respectively. The tangent at A and B are t1y  x  t12 and t 2 y  x  t 22 which
intersect at x  t1 t 2 , y  t1  t 2
So the vertices are P  t1t 2 ,t1  t 2  , Q  t 2 t 3 , t 2  t 3  and R  t1t 3 , t1  t 3 
   t1  t 2  t 2  t 3  t 3  t1 
t1t 2 t1  t 2 1
1
 '  t2t3 t2  t3 1
2
t 3 t1 t 3  t1 1
 t1  t 3  t 2 t1  t 3 0
1
  t 2  t1  t 3 t 2  t1 0
2
t 3 t1 t3  t1 1
1
  t1  t3  t 2  t1  t 2  t 3     2 '
2
53. 07225.00
Sol. Any point on the line is r   2  1 i     2  j   2  3  k which lies on the plane if
2  2  1  6    2   3  2  3   5  0    1 and the position vector of the point of
intersection is i  j  k  ai  bj  ck a  1, b  1, c  1
2 2
  50a  60b  75c    85   7225
54. 00009.00
Sol. lim f  x   lim f  0  h 
x 0 h 0
 lim
sin 1
1  0  h .cos 1  0  h
1
h 0
2 0  h. 1  0  h
 lim
sin 1 1  1  h  .cos 1  1  h
1
h 0
2 1  h . 1  1  h  
sin 1 h.cos1 h 
 lim 
h 0
2 1  h .h 2 2
FIITJEE
CONCEPT RECAPITULATION TEST – II
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 1
correct option.
for wrong answer.
AITS-CRT-II (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. Two particles A and B, each carrying a charge Q, are held fixed with a separation d
between them. A particle C having a mass m and charge –q, in kept at the middle point
of line AB.
It displaced through a distance x perpendicular to AB. Assume x << d. Then:
(A) Force experienced by C is proportional to x
(B) Force experienced by C is proportional to d
1/2
 m3 0 d3 
(C) Particle C may execute SHM with time period  
 qQ 
1/2
 m2 0 d2 
(D) Particle C may executes SHM with time period  
 qQ 
2. If the potential difference of Coolidge tube producing X-ray is increased, then choose the
correct option(s).
(A) the interval between k and k increases
(B) the interval between k and  0 increases
(C) the interval between k and  0 increases
(D)  0 does not change
Here  0 is cut off wavelength and k and kB are wavelength of k  and k B
characteristic X-rays.
3. For a single material

(A) its absorptive power and emissivity, have equal magnitude
(B) molar specific heat capacity is proportional to its specific heat capacity.
(C) mass is proportional to number of moles.
(D) density is proportional to volume of material.
3 AITS-CRT-II (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19
4. A container of large uniform cross sectional area A

A resting on a horizontal surface holds two
immiscible non viscous and incompressible liquids
of density d and 3d, each of height H/2. The lower H/2 d
density liquid is open to the atmosphere having
pressure P0. A tiny hole of area a(a<<A) is
punched to the vertical side of lower container at a H/2 3d
h
height h (0<h<H/2) for which range is maximum.
(A) h = H /3
2H
(B) Range R = Range R
3
3H
(C) Range R =
2
2
(D) Velocity of efflux v  gH
3
5. A uniform thin rod PQ of length ‘L’ is moving in a

uniform magnetic field B0 such that velocity of its ×B × × × ×
0
× × × × ×
4v × × × × ×
centre of mass is v and angular velocity is   .
L × × × ×V ×
Then × × × × ×
× × × Q × ×
(A) e.m.f. between end P and end Q of the rod is
B0 l v
(B) end P of the rod is at higher potential than end Q
of the rod
(C) end Q of the rod is at higher potential than end P
of the rod
(D) the electrostatic field induced in the rod has same
direction at all points along the length of rod.
6. There is an infinite long straight surface having width ‘a’. A point charge 
a
q is placed at a perpendicular distance from the surface symmetrically
2
a
as shown in the figure. If the flux linked with this infinitely long surface
q
due to charge q is . Then find the value of k is q
k0 a
(A) 6 (B) 4 2
(C) 2 (D) 12
(Paragraph Type)
correct.
In the circuit shown in figure, R1 = R2 = R3 = 3 and e.m.f. of each cell E

A3
is E = 4V and negligible internal resistance. All ammeters are ideal.
Match the following:
b R1 c
E a E
A2 A1
R3
R2
7. Reading of ammeter A1 in ampere is

(A) 2/3 (B) 4/3
(C) 1 (D) 4
8. Reading of ammeter A2 in ampere is

(A) 8/3 (B) 1/3
(C) 1 (D) 2
m, 
Smooth, horizontal surface
9. The thin rod is released from the vertical position as shown, and falls by itself, then
angular speed of the rod just before it falls flat, will be
g 3g
(A) (B)
 
4g 6g
(C) (D)
 
10. KE of the rod, just before it falls flat, will be


(A) mg (B) mg
2
 
(C) mg (D) mg
4 6
SECTION – D
11. A 10 kg mass rests on a horizontal frictionless table. How much energy (in Joule) is
needed to accelerate the mass from rest to a speed of 5 m/s?
12. A block of mass 2kg is gently placed over a massive plank moving horizontally over a
smooth surface with velocity 6 m/s. The coefficient of friction between the block and
plank is 0.2. The distance travelled by the block till it slides on the plank is (g=10 m/s2)
13. The two ends A and B of a uniform rod of length  = VA = 20 m/s

1m are moving with velocities VA and VB as shown. The
A= 53o B
velocity VB (m/s) is
A B= 37o
VB
14. A hollow sphere and a solid sphere have equal mass and equal moment of inertia about
the respective diameter. Find the ratio of their square of radii is given by
15. A steel wire of cross-sectional area 2mm2 and Young’s modulus 2  1011N / m2 is
stretched longitudinally by a force of 200 N. The elastic potential energy stored per unit
volume in the string is n × 104. Find the value of ‘n’.
16. A uniform electric field E is present horizontally along the paper A

throughout region but uniform magnetic field B0 is present
horizontally (perpendicular to plane of paper in inward direction) E  B0
right to the line AB as shown. A charge particle having charge q
and mass m is projected vertically upward and crosses the line
AB after time t0. The speed of projection if particle moves after t0
with constant velocity. (given qE = mg) is nto. Find the value of ‘n’. q, m
(g = 9.8 m/s2)
B
17. A cylindrical uniform rod of mass 0.72 kg and radius 6 cm B

rests on two parallel rails, that are d = 50 cm apart. The rod L
caries a current I = 48A (In the direction shown) and rolls
d
along the rails without slipping. If it starts from rest, uniform i
magnetic field of magnitudes 0.25 T is directed L
perpendicular to the rod and the rail, then find the friction
force(In N) between rod and rails
18. A system of coordinates is drawn in a medium whose refractive y

2 P
index varies as   , where 0  y  1 . A ray of light is H
1  y2
incident at origin at an angle 600 with y –axis as shown in the
figure. At point P ray becomes parallel to x-axis. Find the value of x
O
0
‘H’. 60
SECTION – A
19. Choose correct statement(s) regarding PCl5 molecule.

(A) Phosphorus uses 3d orbital in hybridization
(B) Three different bond angles are observed in the molecule
(C) In solid state it contains ion-pairs
(D) All P – Cl bonds are of equal length
20. Which of the following solution(s) form buffer if they are taken in 2 : 1 molar ratio?
(A) CH3COOH and CH3COONa (B) NH4OH and NaCl
(C) NH4OH and NH4Cl (D) NaHCO3 and Na2CO3
21. Which of the following compound(s) on catalytic hydrolysis forms carbonyl

compound(s)?
(A) CH3CH = CH2 (B) CH3C  CH
(C) CH3C  CCH3 (D) HC  CH
22. Which of the following compound(s) contain(s) hydrogen atoms?

(A) Silicate anions (B) Silicones
(C) Silanes (D) Selenes
23. Which of the following complex(es) is/are insoluble in water?

(A) Na2[Zn(CN)4] (B) [Co(NH3)3Cl3]
(C) [Cr(H2O)6]Br3 (D) H2[SiF6]
24. FeCl3  K 4 Fe  CN6   Precipitate 

The correct statement(s) regarding the precipitate in above reaction is/are
(A) it is blue in colour
(B) one mole of the precipitate can consume 12 moles of NaOH
(C) the maximum van’t Hoff factor of the ppt. can be seven
(D) the ppt. becomes soluble in hot water
(Paragraph Type)
correct.


For dissociation reactions, like 2 SO3  g 
 2 SO2  g  O2  g , the degree of dissociation of
SO3 can be determined by vapour density measurement of the reacting species through the
following relation.
Dd

 n  1 d
The molecular mass of the reaction mixture at equilibrium is 60. Initially only SO3 was taken for
the reaction.
Answer the following questions on the basis of above write up.
25. What is the value of ‘D’ in the reaction?

(A) 60 (B) 30
(C) 40 (D) 80
26. What is the value of ‘’ for the reaction?

(A) 0.2 (B) 0.4
(C) 0.6 (D) 0.8
OH
CH Cl
 3
Anhy. AlCl
 P    Q 
3
Zn dust Cl

 R  
2
h
  S    T    U
(S)  Monosubstituted product
(T)  Disubstituted product
(U)  Trisubstituted product
Answer the following questions on the basis of above write up.
27. The unknown compounds S, T, U are

(A) position isomers (B) functional isomers
(C) metamers (D) different compounds
28. The most deactivating unknown compound towards EAS reaction is:
(A) R (B) U
(C) T (D) S
SECTION – D
29. The energy of the first orbit of hydrogen atom is -13.6 eV. If the fourth ionization enthalpy
of beryllium atom is expressed as Y  10–19 J, what is the value of ‘Y’?
30. How much heat is absorbed in calorie unit by heating 5 moles of a gas at constant
pressure from 900 K to 1727.21 K?
[CP = 4R, R = 2 Cal]
31. What is the kinetic energy of one mole of helium gas at 10000 K in kJ mol–1 unit?
KOH
32. Optically active chloride P    Q 
Conc.H SO
 Q  
Heat
 R    S 
2 4
Major Minor
Ozonolysis
R    T   U
‘Q’ forms a hydrocarbon when treated with C2H5MgBr. ‘U’ is the simple aliphatic
aldehdye that give aldol condensation. (T) is acetophenone. What is the molar mass of
(P) in gram unit?
33. O
Heating
 X  
Decarboxylation
 CH3  C  CH3  3 CO 2
One mole of (X) on heating produces one mole of acetone and three moles of CO2. The
tri-sodium salt of the keto acid (X) reacts with CH3COCl in presence of pyridine to form
acid anhydride. How much CH3COCl in gram can be completely consumed by one mole
of the tri-sodium salt of (X)?
34. P  NaOH
 Excess NaOH
  Q     R 
metal chloride green ppt. green solution
H O CH3COOH
R    S 
2 2

BaCl2 T  
Soln yellow soln yellow ppt.
What is the molar mass of (P) in gram unit?
35. Electrolysis of molten CuSO4 is carried out in an electrolytic cell, using inert electrodes.
How many gram of copper will be deposited at cathode by passing 14 F of electricity
through the cell?
36. How many gram of magnesium carbonate (MgCO 3) can be completely dissolved in 3.26
litre of 5 M HCl solution according to the following reaction?
MgCO 3  2HCl  MgCl2  CO2  H2O
SECTION – A
37. If f  x   2x  sin x and g  x   3 x, then

(A) range of gof is R (B) gof is one – one
(C) both f and g are one – one (D) both f and g are onto
38. lim x
x 
 x  1  x equals 
ln 1  x   x 1  cos x
(A) lim (B) lim
x 0x 2 x 0 x2
1 x  1 x
(C) lim (D) lim
x 0 x x 0
x  x 2  2x
 x 1  1  t dt, x  2
39. If f  x    0
  , then
 5x  1, x  2
(A) f(x) is not continuous at x = 2
(B) f (x) is continuous but not differentiable at x = 2
(C) f (x) is differentiable everywhere
(D) the right derivative of f  x  at x = 2 does not exist
n n1 n2
n n 1 n2
40. If f  x   Pn Pn1 Pn 2 , where the symbols have their usual meanings, then
n n 1 n2
Cn Cn1 Cn2
f  x  is divisible by
(A) n2  n  1 (B)  n  1 !
(C) n! (D) n2  3n  1
41. The solution/s of the equation 9 cos12 x  cos2 2x  1  6 cos6 x cos 2x  6 cos6 x  2cos 2x
is/are
 2
(A) x  n  , n  I (B) x  n  cos1 4 ,n  I
2 3
2
(C) x  n  cos1 ,n  I (D) x  n, n  I
3
x2 y2
42. If a straight line through a point P  ,2  ,   0 , meets the ellipse
  1 at A and D
9 4
and x – and y–axes at B and C respectively such that PA  PD  PB  PC , then '  ' can
lie in the interval
(A) 7,   (B)  12,  8 
(C)  5, 0  (D) 10,  
(Paragraph Type)
correct.
Let a1,a2 ,a3 , ... be a harmonic progression such that a1  5 and a20  25 .
43. The value of n for which an is maximum is

(A) 22 (B) 23
(C) 24 (D) 25
44. The least value of n for which an  0 is

(A) 22 (B) 23
(C) 24 (D) 25
Let A  4, 2  and B  0,1 be two points on a parabola, the normals at which intersect at the
point P  2,2  .
45. The equation of the directrix of the parabola is

(A) x  y  1  0 (B) x  2
(C) y  3 (D) 2x  y  1  0
46. The focus of the parabola is

6 6  16 7 
(A)  ,   (B)  , 
5 5  5 5
 12 6   6 6
(C)  ,  (D)   , 
 5 5  5 5
SECTION – D
1
47.
x 
 
If 2  x 2  3 , then the positive root of x 2    , (where {x} denotes the fractional part
of x) is equal to
  100x   99 sin x  
48. Let L  lim      , where [.] denotes the greatest integer function. The
x 0
  sin x   x  
number of divisors of L is equal to
 xy  f x
49. If f  x   f  y   f   for all x, y  R , xy  1 and lim  2 , then the value of
 1  xy  x  0 x
f  3 is
f '  2 
x
50. The number of solutions of the equation sin    2x  x 2  2  1 is
2
2 2
51. The minimum value of  tan A  cosB    cot A  sinB  , where A and B are independent
variables, is of the form a  b c , where a, b, c are natural numbers. The value of
a  b  c is equal to
2
52. The smallest value of ‘a’ for which the inequality  a  1 x   a  1 x   a  1  0 holds
for all x  2 , is equal to
53. Three distinct dice are thrown and the sum of the numbers appearing on the top faces is
12. If n is the number of ways in which this is possible, the sum of the digits of n is equal
to
54. The papers of 4 students can be checked by any one of the 7 teachers. If the probability
that all the 4 papers are checked by exactly 2 teachers is A, then the value of 50A is
equal to
FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 1

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. AC
16kQqx 4Qqx
Sol. F 
d3 o d3
F 4Qqx omd3
a=  =  ; T = 2 
m pmd3 4Qq
2. BC
hc
Sol. As  0  and as V increases.  0 decreases but characteristic wavelengths do not
eV
change so interval between  k &  0 increases and the same for the interval between
k &  0
3. ABC
Sol. e=a
m
And  =
v
4. ABD
Sol. Bernoulli’s theorem for an orifice at depth ‘x’ in liquid ‘3d’.
 H  1
Po +  dg  3dg.x  = Po +  3d  v z …(1)
 2  2
AITS-CRT-II (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
H 1
 x  gt 2 …(2)
2 2
R = Vt …(3)
Solve for R and apply maxima/minima.
5. ABCD
Sol. Due to rotation no potential difference will be across the end.
6. B
Sol. Consider three more identical surfaces, such that a square shaped cylinder is formed
with point charge at the centre. Flux will be equally divided between these surfaces.
7. B
8. A
Sol. (for Q. 7 & Q. 8) i1-i3 E
E E
On solving by KVL we get, i1  , i2   i3
R R
b R1
E
i3  i1
R E i1-i2 Ei1
a R3
2E i2
 i1  i2  and i1  i3  0
R R2
So reading of ammeter A1 is E/R = 4/3
A2 is 2E/R = 8/3, A3 is zero and Vab = 4V
9. B
 (i)
Sol. Kf = mg
2
1 2 
and m 2  mg
2 3 2
3g
 
 IAR
(f)
10. B

Sol. Kf = mg
2
SECTION – D
11. 00125.00
1 1
Sol. Energy required = mv 2 =  10  5  5 = 125 J.
2 2
3 AITS-CRT-II (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19
12. 00009.00
Sol. a  g
62  02  2  gS
13. 00015.00
Sol. VB cos B  VA cos  A  VB  15 m / s
14. 00000.60
2 2
Sol. MR12  MR 22
3 5
15. 00002.50
1
Sol. EPE per unit volume = × stress × strain
2
16. 00019.60
Sol. When crosses AB A
qvB0 cos   mg qvB v
 qE
qvB0 sin = qE
qE mg
tan   1
mg
 B

4
qE
along horizontal v cos   t0
m
u  gt0  v sin 
 qE 
u  g  t0 = 2gt0
 m 
17. 00002.00
F idB 
Sol. f= = acm
3 3
48  0.5  0.25
 = 2.00 FB = idB
3
18. 00000.39
Sol. Applying Snell’s law between the points O and P, we have
2 3 2

2  sin 600  sin 900   , 2  1
1  H 2
2 1  H2 
2  2 
1  H  2
3
, H   1
 3 
SECTION – A
19. ABC
Sol. PCl5 has trigonal pyramidal structure.
20. ACD
Sol. The ratio of [salt] to [acid] or [base] should be 1 : 10 or 10 : 1 for buffer solution.
21. BCD
Sol. CH3CH = CH2 will form alcohol upon hydrolysis.
22. BCD
Sol. Silicones contain carbon, silicone and oxygen. Silanes and selenes contain silicone and
hydrogen.
23. B
Sol. It contains no complex ions.
24. ABC
Sol. The precipitate is Fe4[Fe(CN)6]3.
25. C
mol.mass of SO3 80
Sol. D   40
2 2
26. C
40  30 10
Sol.    0.66
1.5  1 30 15
27. D
Sol. OH OH CH3 CH2Cl CHCl2
CH3
P= Q= R= S= T=
CH3
28. B
Sol. CCl3
U=
SECTION – D
29. 00348.16
 Z2 
Sol. I.E4 of Be   2  13.6  1.6  1019  J
n 
= 16  13.6  1.6  10 = 348.16  10–19
–19
= Y  10–19 J
 Y = 348.16
30. 33088.40
Sol. H = nCPT= 5  4R  (1727.21 - 900)
= 5  4  2  827.21 = 33088.40 Cal
31. 00124.71
3 3
Sol. K.E  nRT   1 8.314  103  10000  124.71 kJ
2 2
32. 00168.50
Sol. CH3 CH3
P = Ph - C - CH2 - CH3 Q = Ph - C - CH2 - CH3
Cl OH
CH2 Ph
R= C = CH - CH3
S = Ph - C - CH2CH3 H3C
T = PhCOCH3, U = CH3CHO
33. 00235.50
Sol. O
COOH

X is HOOC - CH2 - C - CH   CH3COCH3  3 CO2
COOH
O
COONa
NaOOC - CH2 - C - CH 3 CH3COCl
COONa  Anhydride

Py
E.g.RCOONa  CH3COCl  RCOOCOCH3  HCl
34. 00158.50
Sol. P = CrCl3
Q = Cr(OH)3
R = [Cr(OH)4]–
S = Na2CrO4
T = BaCrO4
35. 00444.50
Sol. Cu2  2e   Cu
2F deposits one mole
14 F will deposit 7 mole
Mass of Cu = 7  63.5 = 444.5 g
36. 00684.60
M  V 5  3.26  1000
Sol. Moles of HCl =   16.3
1000 1000
16.3
Moles of MgCO3 =  8.15
2
Mass of MgCO3 = 8.15  84 = 684.6 g
SECTION – A
37. ABCD
1/3
Sol.  gof  x    2x  sin x 
Range of (gof) (x) is R.
38. BC
Sol. lim x
x 
 x 1  x 
x 1 1
 lim  lim 
x 
x 1 x x 
1 2
1 1
x
 x 2 x3 
 x    ...   x
ln 1  x   x 2 3 1
Option (A): lim 2
 lim  2
 
x 0 x x  0 x 2
x
2 sin2
1  cos x 2 1
Option (B): lim 2
 lim 2
x 0 x x 0
x 2
4 
2
1/ 2 1/ 2
Option (C): lim

1 x  1
 lim
1  x   1 
1
x 0 x x 0 1  x   1 2
x 1 1
Option (D): lim  lim 
x 0 x 0
x  x 2  2x 2 2
1 1
x
39. AD
x
Sol. f  x    1  1  t  dt, x  2
0
1 x 1 2
   2  t  dt   t dt  x 1
0 1 2
1 2
 x  1, x  2
We have, f  x    2
 5x  1, x  2
 lim f  x   3 and lim f  x   11
x2 x2
Hence, f(x) is not continuous at x = 2.

f  2  h  f  2
Rf '  2   lim
h0 h
1 2
 2  h   1  11
 lim 2
h 0 h
2
2  h  20
 lim  
h 0 2h
40. AC
n n 1 n2 n n1 n2
n n 1 n2
Sol. f  x   Pn Pn1 Pn 2  n!  n  1 !  n  2 !
n n 1 n2
Cn Cn1 Cn 2 1 1 1
Applying C2  C2  C1 and C3  C3  C1 , we get
n 1 2
f  x   n! n.n! n 2

 3n  1 .n!  n! n2  n  1 
1 0 0
41. AB
Sol. 9 cos12 x  cos2 2x  1  6 cos6 x cos 2x  6 cos6 x  2cos 2x  0
2
  3 cos 6
x  1  cos 2x  0
 
cos2 x 3 cos4 x  2  0 
 cos x  0

x  n  , n  I
2
4 2
or cos x 
3
2
cos x   4
3
2
x  m  cos1 4 , m I
3
42. ABD
Sol. Let any point on the line through P be x    r cos , y  2  r sin  .
x2 y2
Put this in   1 and xy  0 .
9 4
PA  PD  PB  PC
 2 sin 2  5 cos 2  13
 13  4 2  25
43. C
44. D
Sol. (for Q. 43 & Q. 44)
1
Let bk  .
ak
1 1
b1,b2 ,b3 , ... are in A.P. with b1  , b20 
5 25
1 1 4
If d is the common difference of this A.P. then 19d   
25 5 25
4
d
475
1 4 n  1 99  4n
bn  b1   n  1 d   
5 475 475
475
 an 
99  4n
Note that an is maximum if 99  4n  0 and 99  4n is least
99
 n  n  24
4
Thus, an is maximum for n  24 .
Also, an  0 if 99  4n  0
99
 n  n  25
4
Thus, least value of n for which an  0 is 25.
45. C
46. B
Sol. (for Q 45 & Q. 46)
The normals at A and B are perpendicular. Hence, AB is a focal chord. Use
(1) The directrix is perpendicular to the line joining the mid-point of a focal chord and the
point of intersection of tangents or normals at the ends of the focal chord.
(2) The focus is the foot of the perpendicular from the point of intersection of tangents to
the focal chord.
SECTION – D
47. 00001.62
Sol. 2  x2  3  x   x
2 2
  x 2   x 2  2
Also, 2x 3
1 1 1
or  
3 x 2
1 1
  
x  x
1
Hence, x2  2 
x
or x 3  2x  1  0
or 
 x  1 x 2  x  1  0 
1 5
 x  x  0 
2
48. 00008.00
Sol. For x  0 , sin x  x
sin x
 1
x
For x  0 , sin x  x
sin x
 1
x
  100x   99 sin x  
Hence, lim       100  98  198
x 0
  sin x   x  
49. 00005.24
 xy 
Sol. Given, f  x   f  y   f  
 1  xy 
Putting x = 0, y = 0, we get f (0) = 0 ………………..(i)
and putting y = –x, we get
f  x   f  x   f  0   0
 f  x   f   x  ……………….(ii)
f  x  h  f  x 
Now, f '  x   lim
h0 h
f  x  h   f  x 
 lim [from Eq. (ii)]
h 0 h
 xhx   h 
f
 1   x  h  x  f 2 
 lim    lim  1  x  xh 
h 0 h h 0  h 
 2
 1  x  xh 
 2
 . 1  x  xh 
2  f x 
 f ' x   lim  2 
1  x2 
x 0 x 
2 2
 f '  2   
1 4 5
and f  x   2 tan1 x  c
f 0   0  c  0
 c=0
 f  x   2 tan1 x
2
 f  3   2 tan 1
3
3
50. 00001.00
x
Sol. sin    1  x 2  2x  2
 2
x 2
 sin    1   x   
2
LHS  0 and RHS  0 .
Then solution is obtained if LHS = RHS = 0 and x   satisfies both.
51. 00007.00
Sol. The given expression can be interpreted as the square of the distance between the
points  tan A, cot A  and  cosB, sinB  .
The minimum value of this distance is the minimum distance between the curves xy  1
and x 2  y 2  1.
52. 00002.33
Sol.   
a x 2  x  1  x2  x  1  0 
 a
x2  x  1
or a 

x 2  x  1  2x 
x2  x  1 x2  x  1
2x 2
 a  1 2 or a  1 
x  x 1  1
x   1
 x
1 5
Now, for x  2 , the minimum value of x  is .
x 2
7
 a
3
53. 00007.00
Sol. x1  x 2  x3  12
t1  t 2  t 3  9 Total solutions  t i  xi  1
y1  t 2  t 3  3 Extra solutions  y1  t 1  6 
54. 00006.12
Sol. Total number of ways in which papers of 4 students can be checked by seven teachers
= 74
Now, number of ways of choosing 2 teachers out of 7 is 7 C2  21
Number of ways in which 4 papers can be checked by exactly two teachers  24  2  14
 Favourable ways   2114 
 Required probability 
 2114  
6
.
4
7 49
FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 2
correct option.
for wrong answer.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. In the given circuit, initially the charge on capacitor is Q 0 . At C

t = 0 switch S is closed. Which of the following statement(s)
is/are correct?
Q0 
(A) Maximum current through the inductor is L S
LC

(B) Charge on the capacitor is zero at t  LC
2

(C) Current through the inductor is maximum at t  LC
2
Q20
(D) Maximum magnetic energy can be stored in the inductor is
2C
2. The positive charge Q is placed in the cavity of the spherical

conductor.
(A) the induced charge at the surface 1 is Q and on the surface 2 + Q
is +Q
1
(B) the surface charge density at inner surface is uniform
(C) the surface charge density at the outer surface is uniform
(D) the charge Q does not experience electric force if it is placed at
2
the centre of the spherical cavity.
3. In case of earth:
(A) Potential is minimum at the centre of earth
(B) Potential is same, both at centre and infinity but not zero
(C) Potential is zero, both at centre and infinity
(D) Field is zero, both at centre and infinity
4. In the given figure, the block is attached with a system of three ideal
A
springs A, B, C. The block is displaced by a small distance x from its
equilibrium position vertically downwards and released. T represents k
the time period of small vertical oscillations of the block. Then (pulleys
are ideal)
11m
(A) T  2 B k
2k
(B) the deformation of the spring A is (2/11) times the displacement of
the block.
(C) the deformation of the spring C is (1/11) times the displacement of C
the block. 2k
(D) the deformation of the spring B is (4/11) times the displacement of m
the block.
5. In an interference arrangement, similar to Young’s double slit S1
experiment, the slits S1 and S2 are illuminated with coherent
microwave sources, each of frequency 106 Hz. The sources d/2

are synchronized to have zero phase difference. The slits are
separated by distance d = 150.0 m. The intensity I() is d/2
measured as a function of , where  is defined as shown in S2
the figure. If I0 is maximum intensity, then I() for 0    90 is
given by
(A) I( )  I0 for  = 0° (B) I( )  (I0 / 2) for  = 30°
(C) I( )  (I0 / 4) for  = 90° (D) I() is constant for all values of 
6. A particle is projected from origin with velocity y  ˆj 


 
u  î  ˆj  2kˆ m/s. Horizontal surface lies in X – Y plane,
then (take g = 10 m/sec2)
2
(A) Time of flight = sec
5 0 X î
 
2
(B) horizontal range = m
5
1 z  kˆ 
(C) Maximum height m
10
1
(D) Maximum height = m
5

This section contains FOUR questions. Each question has TWO matching lists: LIST‐I and
LIST‐II. FOUR options are given representing matching of elements from LIST‐I and
LIST‐II. ONLY ONE of these four options corresponds to a correct matching.
7. List-I shows four situations of standard young’s double slit arrangement with screen
placed far away from the slits S1 and S2. In each of these cases S1P0 = S2P0, S1P1 -
S2P1 = /4 and S1P2 – S2P2 = /3, where  is the wavelength of the light used. In the
cases B, C and D, a transparent sheet of refractive index  and thickness t is pasted on
slit S2. The thickness of the sheets are different in different cases. The phase difference
between the light waves reaching a point P on the screen from the two slits is denoted
by (p) and the intensity by I(p). Match each situation given in List-I with the statement(s)
in List-II
List - I List - II
(P) S2 P2 (1)  P0   0
P1
P0
S1
(Q) S2 (2)
   1 t   / 4 P2  P1   0
P1
P0
S1
(R) S2 (3)
   1 t   / 2 P2 I P1   0
P1
P0
S1
(S) S2 (4)
   1 t  3 / 4 P2 I P0   I P1 
P1
P0
S1
(5) I P2   I P1 

The correct option is:
(A) P→1,4 ; Q→3 ; R→5 ; S→3,5 (B) P→1,3 ; Q→4 ; R→5 ; S→3,4,5
(C) P→1,4 ; Q→2 ; R→3 ; S→3,4,5 (D) P→1,2 ; Q→5 ; R→4 ; S→1,5
8. One mole of a monatomic ideal gas is

taken through a cycle ABCDA as shown in
the P-V diagram. Column II gives the
characteristics involved in the cycle. Match
them with each of the processes given in
Column I.
(P) Process A  B (1) Internal energy decreases
(Q) Process B  C (2) Internal energy increases
(R) Process C  D (3) Heat is lost
(S) Process D  A (4) Heat is gained
(5) Work is done on the gas
(A) P→1,3,5 ; Q→1,3 ; R→2,4 ; S→3,5 (B) P→1,2,5 ; Q→1,2 ; R→4 ; S→3,5
(C) P→1,5 ; Q→1,3 ; R→2,4 ; S→4,5 (D) P→3,5 ; Q→1,4 ; R→2,3 ; S→2,4
9. Average speed of a bus measured by six different students is given as follows:

Student
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
number
Speed
12.5 m/s 12.3 m/s 11.8 m/s 12.4 m/s 12.2 m/s 12.6 m/s
(m/s)
List -I List -II
(P) Mean absolute error (1)  0.2
(Q) Mean value (2) 12.3 m/s
(R) Relative error (3)  0.0163
(S) Percentage error (4)  1.63 %
(A) P→3 ; Q→1 ; R→2 ; S→4 (B) P→1 ; Q→2 ; R→3 ; S→4
(C) P→1 ; Q→3 ; R→4 ; S→2 (D) P→1 ; Q→4 ; R→3 ; S→2
10. In the circuit shown in figure A B

two coils are arranged as
shown. In List-I, some
operation which is carried
out in circuit I is mentioned
and in List-II
X Y
S
R E R1
about its effect. Match the entries of List  I with the entries of List–II.
List  I List  II
(P) Switch S is closed (exclude small (1) Current in R1 is form X to Y.
switching time)
(Q) Switch S is closed for long time then it (2) Current in R1 is form Y to X
opened for this transition time.
(R) If coil A is move, perpendicular to B, (3) No current is flowing through R1.
switch S is closed.
(S) The battery of constant emf is replaced (4) Current in R1 can be from X to Y
by a varying emf and switch S is closed. or form Y to X.
(5) Coil B will attract coil A
(A) P→2 ; Q→1, 3 ; R→5 ; S→4 (B) P→3 ; Q→2 ; R→2, 5 ; S→3,4
(C) P→3 ; Q→4 ; R→1, 2 ; S→4 (D) P→1 ; Q→2, 5 ; R→2, 5 ; S→4
SECTION – D
11. Two blocks of masses 2kg and 5kg are connected by a light string passing over
a frictionless pulley. Find the tension (in Newton) in the cord connecting the masses. (G
= 9.8 M/S2)
12. A bullet losses 19% of its kinetic energy when passes through an obstacle. Find the
fractional change in its speed
13. A 10 m wide spacecraft moves through the interstellar space at a speed 3 × 10 6 m/s.
A magnetic field B = 3 × 10–9 T exists in the space in a direction perpendicular to the
plane of motion. Treating the spacecraft as a conductor, calculate the emf induced
across its width. (in volt)
14. The refractive index for water w.r.t. air for a sound wave if the velocities of sound in
water and air are 1440 ms-1 and 340ms-1, is approximately,
15. Two glass plates are separated by water. If surface tension of water is 75 dynes per cm
and area of each plate wetted by water is 8 cm2 and the distance between the plates is
0.12 mm, then the force (in newton) applied to separate the two plates is
16. An organ pipe P1 closed at one end vibrating in its first overtone and another pipe P2
open at the both ends vibrating in its third overtone are in resonance with a given tuning
3
fork. The ratio of the length of P1 to that of P2 is then n = ?
n

17.  
Gravitational filed in a region is given by E  3iˆ  4 ˆj N/kg. Find out the work done (in J)
in displacing a particle of mass 1 unit by 1m along the line 4y = 3x + 9?
18. Figure shows a uniform disc of radius R from which a hole Y

of radius R/2 has been cut out from left of the centre and is
placed on right of the centre of disc. The centre of mass of
resulting disc is at a distance R/n from centre of uniform
disc. Find the value of n
(-R/2,0) (-R/2,0)
SECTION – A
19. The paramagnetic species out of the following is/are

(A) O 2 (B) N2
(C) O 22 (D) N22
20. The following data are given for the reaction

X  g   Y  g  
 Product
No. of Initial concentration of Initial concentration of Rate of reaction in
expt. ‘X’ in ‘M’ ‘Y’ in ‘M’ M s–1 unit
1. 0.1 0.1 2  10–8
2. 0.2 0.2 4  10–8
3. 0.4 0.2 8  10–8
Choose the correct statement(s) from the following
(A) The order of reaction w.r.t X is one
(B) The overall order of reaction is one
(C) The rate constant of the reaction is 2  10–7 s–1
(D) The half-life of ‘Y’ does not depend on its concentration
21. In which of the following compound(s) the C – Cl bond is shorter than that in C2H5Cl?
Cl
(A) (B) CH2 = CH – Cl
NO2
Cl
CH3 CH3
(C) H3C C Cl (D)
CH3
NO2
22. CH3
CH3 C O - CH3
CH3
Which of the following reaction(s) form the above compound?
CH3 CH3
CH2N2
(A) CH3 C Cl  NaOCH3  (B) CH3 C OH 


CH3 CH3
CH3
 3 2 Hg OCOCH ,CH OH
CH3 - C = CH2  3

(C) CH3Cl CH3 C OK (D) NaBH4
CH3
CH3
23. Which of the following statements is/are true about an azeotropic mixture?
(A) An azeotropic mixture boils at constant temperature
(B) The composition of an azeotropic mixture changes on distillation
(C) An azeotropic solution of two liquids has a boiling point lower than that of either of
them when it shows positive deviation from the Raoult’s law
(D) An azeotropic solution of two liquids has a boiling point higher than that of either of
them if it shows positive deviation from Raoult’s law
24. Which of the following statements is / are correct

(A) The coordination number of each type of ion in CsCl crystal is 8
(B) A metal that crystallizes in bcc structure has a coordination number of 12
(C) A unit cell of an ionic crystal shares some of its ions with other unit cells
(D) Length of the unit cell in NaCl is 552 pm ( rNa  95pm;rCl  181pm)

25. Match the bases mentioned in List - I with their properties mentioned in List - II.
(P) LiOH (1) Undergoes dehydration on heating to
produce normal oxide
(Q) NaOH (2) Used as an antacid
(R) KOH (3) Used to prepare soft soaps
(S) Mg(OH)2 (4) Absorbs CO2 to form a compound
which hydrated form is called
washing soda
(A) P → 3; Q → 4; R → 1; S → 2 (B) P  1; Q  3,4; R  3; S  1, 2
(C) P → 2,3; Q → 1; R → 3; S → 4 (D) P → 1; Q → 3,4; R → 2; S → 2,4
26. Match the alkyl chlorides mentioned in List-I with the nature of their elimination reaction
products mentioned in List- II.
(P) C2H 5 (1) One product shows geometrical
isomerism if formed through E2
CH3 - CH - CH - CH 3 mechanism
Cl
(Q) C2H5 (2) One product shows geometrical
CH3 - CH - CH2 - CH2 - Cl mechanism
(R) C2H5 (3) One product shows optical
CH3 - C - CH2 - CH3 mechanism
Cl
(S) C2 H5 (4) One product shows optical
isomerism if produced through E1
Cl - CH2 - CH - CH 2 - CH3 mechanism
(A) P → 3; Q → 4; R → 1; S → 2, 3, 4
(B) P  2,3; Q  1,4; R  3; S  1, 2
(C) P → 1,2,3,4; Q → 2,3,4; R → 1,2; S → 2
(D) P → 1; Q → 3,4; R → 2; S → 2,4
27. Match the compounds mentioned in List -I with their characteristics mentioned in List-II
(P) CH3COCl (1) Forms CH3COOH as only or one of
the products on hydrolysis
(Q) CH3COOC2H5 (2) Forms two organic compounds on
hydrolysis
(R) (CH3CO)2O (3) Hydrolysis is irreversible in both
acidic and basic medium
(S) CH3CONH2 (4) Undergoes the easiest nucleophilic
substitution reaction among the four
compounds
(A) P → 3; Q → 4; R → 1; S → 2 (B) P  2,3; Q  3,4; R  3; S  1, 2
(C) P → 1,3,; Q → 1,,4; R → 1,2; S → 2 (D) P → 1, 4; Q → 1,2; R → 1; S → 1,3
28. Match the precipitates of the compounds listed in List -I with the solvent(s) listed in
List-II.
(P) Zn(OH)2 precipitate dissolves in (1) Potassium cyanide
(Q) Cr(OH)3 precipitate dissolves in (2) Ammonia solution
(R) AgCl precipitate dissolves in (3) Sodium hydroxide
(S) CuS precipitate dissolves in (4) Hydrochloric acid
(A) P → 1, 2, 3, 4; Q → 2, 3, 4; R → 1, 2; S → 1
(B) P  2,3; Q  1, 2; R  3; S  1, 2
(C) P → 1,3,; Q → 1,,4; R → 1,2; S → 2
(D) P → 2, 3, 4; Q → 3; R → 1; S → 4
SECTION – D
29. The following two reactions attain equilibrium in a container by taking in initially only
FeSO4, and O2 gas is passed then


2FeSO 4  s   2
 Fe 2O3  s   SO2  g  SO3  g  ;K P  900 cm of Hg1


2 SO2  g  O2  g  1
 2SO3  g  ;K P2  25  10 cm of Hg
4
What is the equilibrium partial pressure of O2(g) in cm of Hg unit?
30. The molar mass of the salt MX2 is 208.3 g. The solubility product of MX2 is 4  10-3. How
many gram of the salt should be dissolved in water to form 10 litre saturated solution?
31. KO2  s   CO 2  g  
 P  s   Q  g
H2O
 R  soln  S  so ln  Q  g
KI  soln  /H
 Blue solution
Starch
What is the molar mass in g of the heaviest unknown product (out of P, Q, R and S) in
above reactions?
32. KOH
P   Br /CCl
  Q   2
 R 
4
Alcohol, 
(Alkyl chloride)
  KOH 1 eq   KOH 1 eq
CH3  CH  CH2 
 Br 
 S  
H2 O, SN 1
O
How many grams of (P) is required to form one mole of 2, 3-dimethylbutane upon
treatment with sodium metal in dry ether?
33. 2 
HO  CH2  CH  CH2COOH   Product
SOCl excess
OH
What will be the molar mass in gram of the organic product of above reaction?
34. Cr(III) forms an octahedral complex with NH3 and Cl ligands. The van’t Hoff factor of the
complex is 2 when it is 100% ionized in water. The complex ion shows geometrical
isomerism. What is the molar mass of the complex in gram unit?
35. Calculate the reversible work done at 5000 K in joule unit by compressing one mole of
 1
an ideal gas to one-tenth   of its original volume in an isothermal process?
 10 
36. The molar conductance at infinite dilution of CaCl2, Ca(CH3COO)2 and HCl are
respectively 271.6, 200.8 and 425.95 S cm2 mol–1. What will be the molar conductance
of CH3COOH in S cm2 mol–1 unit?
SECTION – A
 2 4 8
37. The value of the expression tan  2 tan  4 tan  8cot is equal to:
7 7 7 7
2 2  
(A) cos ec  cot (B) tan  cot
7 7 14 14
2  2
sin 1  cos  cos
(C) 7 (D) 7 7
2  2
1  cos sin  sin
7 7 7
38. Which of the following pair(s) of function have same graphs?

sec x tan x cos x sin x
(A) f  x    ,g  x   
cos x cot x sec x cos ec x
   
 
(B) f  x   sgn x 2  4x  5 , g  x   sgn  cos2 x  sin2  x    where sgn denotes
 3 

signum function.
(C) f  x   e

ln x2  3 x  3  ,g x  x 2  3x  3
 
sin x cos x 2cos2 x
(D) f  x    ,g  x  
sec x cos ec x cot x
39. 
Let f  x   cos1 2x 2  1 then: 
(A) f  x  is continuous in  1, 1
(B) f  x  is derivable in (–1, 1)
(C) range of f  x  is 0, 
1
(D) derivative of f  x  w.r.t. sin1 x at x  is 2
2
 /2  /2  /2
 cos   sin x  dx; I  cos  2 sin x  dx

2 2
40. Suppose I1 
0
2 
0
and I3   cos   sin x  dx, then
0
(A) I1  0 (B) I2  I3  0
(C) I1  I2  I3  0 (D) I2  I3
2
41.
 
Consider the function f  x   cos tan1 sin cot 1 x      . Which of the following is

correct?
(A) Range of f is (0, 1)
(B) f is even
(C) f '  0   0
(D) The line y = 1 is asymptotes to the graph y  f  x 
dy sin2 x
42. A function y  f  x  satisfying the differential equation
 sin x   y cos x  2  0 is
dx x
such that, y  0 as x   then the statement which is correct is:
 /2

(A) lim f  x   1
x 0
(B)  f  x  dx
0
is less than
2
 /2
(C)  f  x  dx
0
is greater than unity (D) f  x  is an odd function

43. Match the following

List-I List-II
(P) If m and n are positive integers satisfying (1) 9
1  cos 2  cos 4  cos 6  cos 8  cos10
cosm .sin n
 , then  m  n  is equal to
sin 
(Q) 9x 2  sin2 x  4 (2) 10
The minimum value of the expression
x sin x
for x   0,   is
(R) Let f  x   11  8 sin x  2 cos2 x . If the maximum and (3) 11
minimum value of f  x  are denoted by M and m
M8
respectively, then has the value equal to
m
(S) 3  (4) 12
If tan 9  (where 0    ), then the value of
4 18
 3 cos ec 3   4 sec 3   is equal to
(5) 13
(6) 10
(A) P → 3; Q → 4; R → 1; S → 2 (B) P  1; Q 4; R 3; S  4
(C) P → 1; Q → 1; R → 3; S → 6 (D) P → 1; Q → 1; R → 5; S → 4

List-I List-II
(P) Let f be a real valued differentiable function on f such (1) 4
that f ' 1  6 and f '  2   2 . Then
f  3 cosh  4 sin h  2   f 1
lim is equal to
h 0
 
f 3eh  5 sec h  4  f  2 
(Q) For a  0 , let f :  4a, 4a  R be an even function (2) 5
such that f  x   f  4a  x   x   2a, 4a  and
f  2a  h   f  2a  f h  2a   f  2a 
lim  4 then lim is
h 0 h h 0 2h
equal to
(R) Suppose f is a differentiable function on R. Let (3) 3
F  x   f e x and G  x   ef  x  . If f ' 1  e3 and
 
G'  0 
f  0   f '  0   3, then is equal to
F ' 0 
(S) Let f  x   Max.  cos x, x,2x  1 where x  0 . Then (4) 2
number of points of non – differentiability
(5) 1
(6) 0
(A) P → 1; Q → 1; R → 3; S → 6 (B) P  1; Q 4; R 3; S  4
(C) P → 1; Q → 1; R → 3; S → 6 (D) P → 1; Q → 1; R → 6; S → 2
45. Consider f  x   ln x  kx 2 , x  0 . Match the column – I with the value of k in column – II

List-I List-II
(P) f  x   0 has two distinct solutions (1) k=0
(Q) f  x   0 has four distinct solutions (2) 1
k
2e
(R) f  x   0 has six distinct solutions (3)  1 
k  , 
 2e 
(S) f  x   has no solution (4) k   , 0 
(5)  1 
k   0, 
 2e 
(6) 1
k
e
(A) P → 2; Q → 3; R → 5; S → 4 (B) P  3; Q 5; R 4; S  5
(C) P → 1; Q → 2; R → 5; S → 4 (D) P → 1; Q → 1; R → 5; S → 2

List-I List-II
(P) Let f :R  R defined as f  x   e
sgn  x  x2
 e , where sgn (1) Odd
x denotes signum function of x, then f  x  is

(Q) 1 (2) Even
Let f :  1, 1  R defined as f  x   x  x 4  
2
1 x
where [x] denotes greatest integer less than or equal
to x, then f  x  is
(R) Let f :R  R defined as (3) Neither odd nor
even
f  x 
 4

x  x  1 x  1  2x  x  2 4 2
, then f  x  is
2
x  x 1
(S) Let f :R  R defined as (4) One – One
3 5 101
f  x   x  3x  5x  .....  101x then f  x  is
(5) Many – one
(6) Constant
(A) P → 2, 3; Q → 3,4; R → 5,1; S → 4, 2 (B) P  3, 2; Q 5. 4; R 3, 4; S 5, 6
(C) P → 1, 2; Q → 2, 6; R → 5, 4; S → 2, 4 (D) P → 3, 5; Q → 2, 5; R → 3, 5; S → 1, 4
SECTION – D
47. If solution of  x cos y  y sin y  dy   x sin y  y cos y  dx  0 is

n  x sin y  y cos y  sin y   4kx  c then k is
48. Given sequence of numbers x1, x 2 , x 3 ,......x 2005 which satisfy,

x1 x2 x3 x 2005 1005
  ........ where x1  x 2  .......x1005  2010 then x 21
x1  1 x 2  3 x 3  5 x 2005  2009 164
is
1 121
49. If roots of x 3  ax 2  bx 
9
 0 are in A.P. the
64

2a3  9ab  1 is _______. 
50. A bag contain N marbles (N < 200) of 4 colours: Red, White and Green. Following
events are equally likely
(i) Selection of 4 Red marbles
(ii) Selection of 1 White and 3 Red marbles
(iii) Selection of 1 White, 1 Blue and 2 Red marbles
(iv) Selection of 1 marble of each color
7S
If S is sum of digits of maximum possible value of N then is
500
51. Let A and B be two non singular matrices of order 2 such that
  2 3   3 0  10 A
9A 2B  6AB  B  9 B     . If B    and Trace (A)  A   then is
  2 1    1 1 3 4
100
 k  100 
a 2100  b  a  b  c  .
52. If   
k 0  k  1
C k 
c
where a,b,c  N, then find the least value of
670
53. If the sum of an infinite geometric series, whose first term is the limit of the function
 9 7 
f  x   9
  as x  1 and the common ratio is the limit of function
 1 x 1  x7 
tan x  sin x 7S
g x  3
as x  0 , is S then is
ln 1  x  100
54. If f :R  R be an injective mapping and p, q, r are non – zero distinct real quantities
p p  q  q r
satisfying f    f   and f    f  
r  qr  r p
q
If the graph of g  x   px 2  qx  r passes through M (1, 6) then find the value of .
32
FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. ABCD
Sol. Charge on capacitor at time t is
q  Q0 cos t
1
Where  
LC

At t  ,q  0
2

 t LC
2
By conservation of energy
Q20 1 2
 Limax
2C 2
Q
 imax  0
LC
2. ACD
Sol. Apply Gauss law and property of conductor.
3. AD
GM
Sol. V [3R2  r 2 ], inside the earth.
2R3
4. ABCD
Sol. Let elongation in spring A, B and C be x1, x2 and x3 respectively.
Considering spring forces and constraint relations
x2 = 4x3 …(i)
x2 = 2x1 …(ii)
and x1 + 2x2 + x3 = x …(iii)
2
  4 1
 x1    x ; x 2    x ; x 3    x
 11   11   11 
 x
Also, F = 2K  
 11 
11m
 T  2
2k
5. AB
Sol. For microwaves,
c 3  108
  = 300 m.
f 106
x = d sin 
2 2
= d sin  = (150 sin ) =  sin 
 300
  sin  
I  I0 cos2  
 2 
6. ABC
2 2 2 2
Sol. T=  ; R= (1)2  (1)2 T =
10 5 5
2
H=
 2 
1
2g 10
7. C
Sol. Optical path difference at any point P on the screen, (P) = S2P–S1P – ( – 1)t and the

intensity on the screen, at point P = 4Io × cos2  P .

8. A
Sol. (A) A  B : V , P constant  T, U and W is –ve, Q < 0, U < 0
(B) B  C : V is same, P  T , U, Q < 0, U < 0
No work is done.
(C) C  D : V   T, U > 0, Q > 0, W > 0
(D) D  A : V decrease so W < 0
 TD = T A  U = 0
and then Q < 0
9. B
12.5  12.3  11.8  12.4  12.2  12.6
Sol. Mean value  = 12.3
6
x1  .......  x 6
Mean absolute error =
6
Mean absolute error
Relative error =
Mean value
10. D
Sol. According to Lenz’s law induced current flows in such a way that it is opposing the
change in magnetic flux.
SECTION – D
11. 00028.00
2m1m2 g 2  2  5  9.8
Sol. T=  = 28 N
m1  m2 7
2kg
5kg
12. 00000.10
1 1 1
Sol. Given, mv 2  mu (1  0.19)  mu2 (0.81)
2 2 2
 v = 0.9 u
v
  0.10
u
13. 00000.09
Sol.  = vB = 3 × 106 × 10 × 3 × 10–9 = 9 × 10–2  0.09 V
14. 00000.23
velocity in air
Sol. 
velocity in medium
15. 00001.00
Sol. The shape of water layer between the two plates T
is shown in the figure.
Thickness d of the film = 0.12 mm = 0.012 cm. d
2R
d
Radius R of cylindrical face  .
2
T
F = T(2l) = P  l  2R 
T
P
R
T 2T
Pressure difference across the cylindrical surface   .
R d
Area of each plate wetted by water = A.

Force F required to separate the two plates is given by
2T 2  75  8
F = pressure difference  area  A  1N
d 0.012
16. 00008.00
4 1 2 2
Sol. 
3 4
17. 00000.00
 
Sol. dw  E.dr  0
18. 00004.00
2 2
2 R R R  R
R (O)      ( )     
Sol. Xcm = 2 2 2  2
2 2
2 R R
R      ( )  
2 2
SECTION – A
19. ABD
Sol. O2 contains unpaired electron in -antibonding M.O and N2 in 2p orbital N22 contains
unpaired electron in -antibonding M.OS.
20. ABC
Sol. Rate = k[X][Y]0  2  10-8 = k[0.1] [0.1]0  k = 2  10–7s–1.
21. ABD
Sol. When Cl is directly attached to benzene, +R effect of chlorine is observed. Which
increases the bond order of C – Cl bond.
22. BCD
Sol. Elimination takes place in option(A).
23. AC
Sol. Azeotropic mixture has fixed composition.
24. ACD
Sol.  
a  2 rNa  rCl  2  95  181  552pm
25. B

Sol. 2LiOH   Li2O  H2O
26. C
Sol. In E2 mechanism, loss of Hydrogen takes place from that carbon atoms which are
adjacent to the carbon atoms that hold chlorine. Carbocations are formed in E1
mechanism.
27. D
Sol. H2O/H


 CH3 COOH  NH4 H O
CH3CO 2 O   2 CH3COOH
2
CH3CONH2

H2 O/OH
  CH3 COO   NH3
28. A
Sol. Fact based
SECTION – D
29. 00400.00
Sol. K P1  pSO2  pSO3  900
pSO2  pSO3  30 cm of Hg
p2SO3 30
K P2  2
  25  10 4
p SO2  p O2 30  pO2
1
pO2   400 cm of Hg
25  104
30. 00208.30
Sol. Ksp = 4s3 = 4  10–3
 s = 10-1 = 0.1 mol L–1
In 10 L  1 mole dissolves
Mass of 1 mole = 208.3 g
31. 00138.00
Sol. P = K2CO3, Q = O2, R = KOH, S = H2O2. Heaviest product is K2CO3.
32. 00157.00
Sol. Cl
P = CH3 - CH - CH3
33. 00175.50
Sol. The product is Cl  CH2  CH  CH2COCl
Cl
34. 00226.50
Sol. The complex is [Cr(NH3)4Cl2]Cl.
35. 95735.71
V2 1/ 10
Sol. W = -2.303nRT log = -2.303  1  8.314  5000  log = 95735.71
V1 1
36. 00390.55
Sol.  0
CH COOH 
 0
m Ca  CH3 COO 2  2 m0 HCl   m0 CaCl2 
m 3
2
200.8  2  425.95   271.6
  390.55
2
SECTION – A
37. ACD
 2 4 8 
Sol. tan  2 tan  4 tan  8 cot  cot tan
7 7 7 7 7

tan   2 tan 2  4 tan 4  8 cot 8  cot  [ when   ]
7
1  cos 2  
(a) cos ec 2  cot 2   cot   cot (where   )
sin 2 7 7
  
(b) tan  cot  2cot
14 14 7
2  
sin 2 sin cos
(c) 7  7 7  cot 
2  7
1  cos 2 sin2
7 7
 2    
 1  cos   cos 2cos2  cos

 7  7 7 7
(d)   cot
      7
2 sin cos  sin 2 sin  cos  1
7 7 7 7 7 
38. ABCD
sec x tan x cos x sin x
Sol. (a) We have f  x    , g x  
cos x cot x sec x cos ec x
k
Clearly both f  x  and g  x  are identical functions as x  k I .
2
2
(b) As x 2  4x  5   x  2   1  0
Hence f  x   1 x  R .
 
Also cos2 x  sin2  x    0
 2
Hence g  x   1 x  R g.
 f  x  and g  x  are identical.

ln x 2  3x  3 
(c) f  x   e
2
 3 3
As x 2  3x  3   x     0  x  R .
 2 4
2
Hence f  x   x  3x  3  x  R
 f  x  k is identical to g  x 
sin x cos x 2 cos2 x
(d) We have f  x    , g x 
sec x cos ec x cot x
k
Clearly both f  x  and g  x  are identical functions as x  k I .
2
39. AC
Sol. Differential coefficient of f  x  w.r.t. y
x 1 
sin1 x  2 at x  it is –2
x 2
 
f 0   2;f ' 0   2  
 f is not derivable at x = 0
x
–1 1 O 1 1
2 2
40. ABC
/ 2
 cos   sin x  dx
2
Sol. I1 
0
b b
 f  x  dx   f a  b  x  dx
a a
/ 2
 cos   cos x  dx
2
I1 
0
On adding
/ 2
 cos   sin x   cos   cos x  dx

2 2
2I1 
0
/ 2
  
  2 cos  2  .cos  2 cos 2x  dx  0
0
I1  0 ……..(i)
 /2  /2
 
I2   cos   1  cos 2x  dx    cos   cos 2x  dx 
0  0 

1
 cos   cos t  dt [Put 2x  t ]
2 0
 /2
2
 cos   cos t  dt  I3
2 0
 I2  I3  0 …….(ii)
Hence, I1  I2  I3  0
41. BCD
Sol. Domain is x  R
2
Also f  x   cos  tan1  sin    
 
where cot   x
2
   1  
 cos  tan 1    
 2
   1 x   
 1  x2 
2 y
2 1
  cos   where tan    
1  x2  2  x 2  (0, 1)

1  x2 1
g x  2
 1
2x 2  x2
1  2x
(0, 1/2)
Range is  , 1 ; f '  x   2
 2  
2  x2  x
Hence f '  0   0 0
Also lim f  x   1
x 
Hence (B), (C), (D)
42. ABC
sin x
Sol. f x 
x
43. A
Sol. (P) Let S  cos   cos 2  cos 4  .....  cos10
2 sin .S  2 sin  cos   cos 2  .....  cos10
2 sin 6 cos 5 sinn cosm
S 
2 sin  sin 
 n  6 and m  5
4
(Q) E  9x sin x 
x sin x
[Note that x sin x  0 in  0,   ]
2
 2 
E   3 x sin x    12
 x sin x 

 Emin  12 which occurs when 3x sin x  2
2
 x sin x 
3

[Note that x sin x is continuous at x = 0 and attains the value which is greater
2
2  2
than at x  , hence it must take the in  0,   ]
3 2 3
 2 1
(R) f  x   2   sin x  2   
 2
 M  19 and m  3
M  8 19  8
Hence  9
m 3
3
(S) tan9 
4
3 4
sin9  ; cos 9 
5 5
3 4
Now given 
sin3 cos 3
2
 3 cos 3  4 sin 3 
2 sin 3 cos 3
3 4 
10  cos   sin 3 
 5 5 

sin 6
 sin 9 3  cos 9 sin 3  sin  9  3 
 10    10  10
 sin 6  sin 6
44. B
f  3 cosh  4 sin h  2   f 1  0 
Sol. (P) lim  0 form 

h 0 f 3eh  5 sec h  4  f 2
    
 3 sin h  4 cosh  f '  3 cos h  4 sinh  2  4 f ' 1 4  6
 lim    4
h 0
3e h
 5 sec h tan h f ' 3e  5 sec h  4  h
 3 f ' 2 3  2
f  2a  h   f  2a 
(Q) f '  2a    lim  4 (Given)
h0 h
f  2a  h   f  2a 
Now f '  2a    lim
h 0 h
f  2a  h   f  2a 
 lim ( f is even function)
h 0 h
f  2a  h   f  2a 
 lim
h 0 h
 f ' 2a   4  
 f  x   f  4a  x   x   2a, 4a 
Put x  2a  h, we get f  2a  h   f  2a  h 
(R) We have F  x   f e x  
 F'x  e x
f ' e  x
And G  x   e 
f x
G '  x   e  f '  x 
f x

f ' 0  e 
f 0
G'  0 
 
F ' 0  e0 f ' e0  
f 0 
f ' 0 e 3e3
  3
f ' 1 e3
(S)  Number of points of non – differentiability =2 y  2x  1 y = x
(0, 1)
(1, 1)
y = cos x
x
O (0, 0) x=x1 x=1 
2
f(x) is non – derivable at
2 points x=x1 and x=1
45. C
Sol. f  x   ln x  kx 2  0
ln x
k 
x2
n x
Consider g  x   as shown
x2
y
1
y
2e
x
1 e
 e –1
46. D
2 y
Sol. (P) f  x   e sgn x  e x
When x0 f 0  2
2
When x0 f  x   e  ex
1 2
When x0  ex
f  x  (0, 1+e)
e
(0, 2)
Hence, f  x  is many – one and neither odd nor
even.  1
 0, 1  
 e
(0, 0) x
O
(Q) Df :1  x 2  0
x 2  1  0  x   1, 1
 x 4  when x   1,1 is equal to 0.
1
 f x 
1  x2
Hence, f  x  f is even and many – one.
 x 4  x 2  1
(R) f  x   x 4  1   2 
 x  x 1 
 x 4  1  x2  x  1

 x 4  x2  x  2  x x3  x  1  2 
Hence, f  x  is many – one and neither odd nor even.
(S) f  x   x  3x 3  5x 5  .....  101x101
Clearly f  x  is an odd function.
Now, f '  x   0  x  R
 f 'x  0 x R
Hence, f  x  f is one – one function
SECTION – D
47. 00000.25
Sol. Put x sin y  y cos y  t and after rearrangement put sin y  z
48. 00000.50
Sol. Above sequence is in A.P.
x1  1 x 2  3 x  2009
  ..................... 1005 k
x1 x2 x1005
k 
 x1  1   x 2  3   ......  x1005  2009 
x1  x 2 .............x1005
2
1005  x 21  41
k  1 
2010 x 21
82
 x 21 
1005
49. 00007.56
Sol. Let   d, ,   d are roots
 3  a (1)
3 2  d2  b (2)
1
 
  2  d2  (3)
9
a2
From (1) and (2), d2  b
3
Put d2 in (3) to get
2a3  9ab  1  4
50. 00000.22
Sol. Let number of marbles are
Red = a, White = b, Blue = c, Green = d
C4 b  C3  b  c   C4  abcd
a a a
   
T T T T
abc  d
where T  C4
a3 a2 a 1
solving, b  ,c ,d
4 3 2
N is max when a = 95
 Nmax  196
51. 00000.50
 6 27  1
Sol. 9A 2  6A  I   B
 10 1
2
  3A  I  81
 3A  I  9 (1)
a b 
Let A   
c d 
 g  ad  bc   18 or 0 (using equation 1)
Since A  0
 ad  bc  2  A  2
52. 00000.30
100
 k  100
Sol. Let S     Ck
k 0  k  1 


100  k  1  1
 100 C   100 100  100 100 Ck
k  Ck   
k 0  k  1  k 0  k 0 k  1
1 100  101 100 
 2100   Ck 
101 k  0  k  1 
100
1
 2100   101
Ck 1
101 k  0
 2101  1  101 2100  2101  1 99 2
2100    
100
1  

 101  101 101


a 2100  b (Given)
c
So, a  99, b  1, c  101

Hence,  a  b  c least  99  1  101  201 .
53. 00000.14
 9 7 
Sol. Let l  lim   ……(i)
x 1 1  x

9
1  x7 
1  9x 9 7x 7 
Put x  , we get l  lim    ………(ii)
y x 1 1  x 9 1  x7 

 On adding equation (i) and (ii), we get
2l  9  7  2
l1
tan x  sin x
Common ratio  lim 3
x 0 ln 1  x 
tan x  sin x
 lim 3
x 0
3 ln 1  x  
x  
 x 
tan x 1  cos x  1
 lim 2

x 0 x 2
54. 00000.25
p pq
Sol. Since f is injective Sp 
r qr
 pq  pr  rp  rq
 2pr  q p  r  ………..(i)
q r
Also,   p,r,q are in G.P.
r p
So, let r  pa, q  pa2 , where a is the common ratio of G.P.
Therefore from equation (i), we get
2.p.pa  pa 2  p  pa 
 2  a2  a
 a2  a  2  0
  a  2  a  1  0
 a  2,1
So,  p,  2p, 4p  and (p, p, p)
(But common ratio = a= 1, is not possible as p, q, r are non – zero distinct quantities.)
Also, p  q  r  6 [As g  x   px 2  qx  r passes through M (1, 6)]
 p  4p  2p  6
 p2
Hence q  4p  4  2   8
FIITJEE
CONCEPT RECAPITULATION TEST – III
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 1
for wrong answer
for wrong answer.
negative marking.
AITS-CRT-III (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
(More Than One Correct Type)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for
its answer, out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct.
1. Consider an elliptic disc having uniform distribution of mass Y

M as shown in figure. (0, b)
The moment of inertia (M.I.) about the major and minor
1 1
axis are mb 2 and ma2 respectively. Then
4 4 X
(-a, 0) O (a, 0)
(0, -b)
(A) The M.I. about a line, in its plane, passing through its centre and inclined at an angle  to the
1

major axis is m b 2 cos2   a 2 sin2 
4

(B) The M.I. about a chord of length 2r passing through O and lying in plane of elliptic disc is
1 Ma 2 b 2
4 r2
(C) The M.I. about a line perpendicular to the plane of elliptic disc and passing through the centre
1

O is M a 2  b 2
4

(D) The M.I. about a line, in its plane, passing through its centre and inclined at an angle  to the
1

minor axis is m b 2 sin2   a 2 cos2 
4

2. Two equal uniform rods of length l are joined at one end so that the A
angle between them is  and they rest in a vertical plane on a smooth 
sphere of radius r which is fixed to the ground.
(A) The rods are in stable equilibrium if l  4r cos ec  l l
(B) The rods are in stable equilibrium if l  4r cos ec 
r
(C) The rods are in unstable equilibrium if l  4r cos ec  o
(D) The rods are in unstable equilibrium if l  4r cos ec  B C
3 AITS-CRT-III (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19
3. In the circuit shown below, the capacitor is initially uncharged.

Immediately after the key K is closed, the reading of the 4R 4R
C
ammeter is I. A
(A) The Emf of battery is 8 IR K
(B) The Emf of battery is 10 IR 36R 6R
25
(C) The steady state charge on capacitor is CIR
7
4
(D) The steady state current through 6 R is I
21
4. Which of the following is correct for Fission Nuclear Reactor?

(A) Slower neutrons are more effective in causing fission than faster neutrons in case of 235 U.
(B) Cadmium rod increase the reactor power when they are inserted and decrease when they
are pulled back
(C) The kinetic energy of fast neutrons decreases when passed through heavy water
(D) Cadmium is a very good neutron absorber
5. A string is tied at one end to a vibrating blade, and the other end is passes over a fixed pulley as
shown in figure. A sphere of mass m hangs on the other end of the string. The string is vibrating
in its n1 harmonic. A container of water is raised under the sphere so that the sphere is
completely submerged. In this configuration, the string vibrates in its n2 harmonic.
Vibrating blade
Sphere
  n 2 
(A) The magnitude of buoyant force is mg 1   1  
  n2  
2
 n  
(B) The magnitude of buoyant force is mg 1   2  
  n1  
1/3
 3m
   n 2  
(C) The radius of the sphere is  1   1   
 4water   n2   

1/3
 3m
   n 2  
(D) The radius of the sphere is  1   2   
 4water   n1   

6. One mole of an ideal monochromatic gas in an initial state a P

with pressure Pi and Volume Vi is to be taken to a final state d b (P 1, V 1) d (Pf, Vf)
2
with Pf  B Pi and Vf  Vi / B through the path a  b  c  d
[T=T 0]
as shown in figure below for a particular values of B   1 . Here
c (P 2 , V 2 )
a  b and c  d are adiabatic paths while b  c is an a (P i , V i )
isothermal with temperature T0 . States b and c correspond to

V
 P1, V1  and  P2 , V2  respectively.
V2
(A) The ratio of is B
V1
V2
(B) The ratio of is B3
V1
RT0 3
(C) Work done by the gas ln B  Pi Vi 1  B 
2 2
RT0 3
(D) Work done by the gas ln B   RT0  B Pi Vi 
2 2
7. An electron initially at rest at point O (lying on the cathode) is acted upon by a magnetic field
 
B  B0 k and electric field E  E0 i . This electric field results due to the potential difference V
between the cathode and anode separated by a distance d as shown in figure. Dimension of
anode & cathode plates are very large compared to ‘d’.
z
y
x V
anode
cathode
 mE0
(A) The electron will not reach the anode if B0 
2 2qd
 mE0
(B) The electron will not reach the anode if B0 
2 qd
m
(C) The electron will just reach the anode in time t 
2qB
2md
(D) The electron will just reach the anode in time t 
qE
(Matching Type)
Answer 8, 9 and 10 by appropriately matching the information given in the three columns
of the following table.
M
The Time period of spring-mass system executing SHM is given by T  2 . Column–1 shows the
Keff
spring mass system executing SHM. Column–2 shows the force constant (spring constant) of
combination while column–3 represents the time period of the oscillation.
Column–1 Column–2 Column–3
K1
1 4 4  1 1 
(I) (i)   (P) T  2 4M   
K K1 K 2  K1 K 2 
K2 m
K1
1 4 1  4 1 
(II) (ii)   (Q) T  2 M   
K K1 K 2 K
 1 K 2 
K2 m
K1
K2
1 1 5  4 5 
(III) (iii)   (R) T  2 M   
K K1 K 2 K
 1 K 2 
m
K2
K2
1 4 5  1 5 
(IV) K1 (iv)   (S) T  2 M   
K K1 K 2  K1 K 2 
m
K2
8. If the time period of the combination of spring mass-system shown in column I

6M
(III)  if k1  k 2  K  is 2 ] The correct matching for the system is
K
(A) (III) (iii) (S) (B) (IV) (iii) (S)
(C) (I) (iii) (S) (D) (II) (iii) (S)
9. If spring constant for the combination shown in the column I (II) becomes twice if K1 & K 2
becomes twice. Then correct matching shown for the spring-mass system is
(A) (I) (i) (P) (B) (II) (i) (P)
(C) (II) (i) (Q) (D) (I) (ii) (Q)
10. Which of the following is correct matching?

(A) (I) (i) (P) (B) (II) (ii) (Q)
(C) (III) (iv) (R) (D) (III) (iii) (S)
Answer 11, 12 and 13 by appropriately matching the information given in the three
Every figure in column 1 shows a YDSE Apparatus with two slits of equal width emitting coherent light of
equal intensity I and wavelength '  ' in phase. Distance between midpoint of slits and midpoint of screen
8.82
(which are in same horizontal line) is D  107 . The distance between slits is d   104 . The plane

containing slits and the plane of screen are vertical except for figure in column 1, Row 4 where, the plane
 1 
of slits is tilted at an angle of 1    with the vertical but the plane of screen is here also vertical.
 60 
Column 2 represents the intensity of light.

Column 3 depicts [n] where [.] is a greatest integer function and ‘n’ represents number of fringes shifted
through ‘O’ when the apparatus are formed with a standard YDSE apparatus. A standard YDSE
apparatus is the one shown in column 1, row 4, with plane of slits vertical or   0 as shown in figure.
Column–1 Column–2 Column–3

(I) (i) 0 (P) 0
c o
52

33
5.5
(II) (ii) I (Q) 3

15 
  1.2
c o
  1.5
12
(III) (iii) 3I (R) 8
c o
4

3
(Water is filled below line oc)
(IV) (iv) 4I (S) 33, 33, 333

 I'
c o
11. For setup in Column 1, Row 4, which of the following options from Column 2 & 3 are correct
match?
(A) (IV) (ii) (Q) (B) (IV) (iii) (Q)
(C) (IV) (iii) (R) (D) (IV) (ii) (R)
12. Which of the following is a correct match?

(A) (I) (ii) (R) (B) (III) (ii) (S)
(C) (III) (iii) (P) (D) (I) (iii) (R)
13. For setup in Column 1, Row 2, which of the following options from Column 2 & 3 are correct
match
(A) (II) (i) (Q) (B) (II) (iv) (P)
(C) (II) (i) (P) (D) (II) (iv) (Q)
SECTION – C
14. If we model the electron as a uniform sphere of radius re spinning uniformly about an axis
passing through its centre with angular momentum Le  2 and demand that the velocity of
rotation at the equator cannot exceed the velocity c of light in vacuum. Then the minimum value
n
of re is . Find n?
mc
15. At normal incidence, a beam of light propagating in vacuum reflects off an interface with a
2
 n  1
medium of refractive index n=2.0. The fraction of energy reflected R is given by R    If the
 n  1
fractional error in the value of n is 3%, the fractional error in the estimation of R is.
16. A light beam from a laser pointer, on normal incidence creates a circular spot of diameter
2  10 3 m on a perfectly reflecting surface. If the radiation pressure P on the surface due to totally
2
reflected beam is  10 5 N / m 2 , the time averaged power of laser beam (in mW) is n. Find n?
3
 k
17. The electric field due to unknown charge distribution is given by E  2 exp  4r  r , where k is a
r
constant. The total charge in overall space is equal to
18. A spherical planet of radius R has a uniform density  and does not rotate. If the planet is made
2n g 2 2
up of some liquid, the pressure at any point r from the centre is
9
 
R  r 2 . Find n?
SECTION – A
19. O
h
Product
(H2O)
Ph Ph
The product is/are
OH
OH
Ph
(A) (B)
Ph
Ph
Ph
O
O
OH
(C) (D)
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
20. Which of the following is/are optically active?

3 3
(A) Co  en 3  (B) Co  ox 3 
 
(C) cis  CoCl2  en 2  (D) trans  CoCl2  en  2 
21. Which is/are true about the N – N bond length among the following speices?
+
1. H2N – NH2 2. N2 3. HN - NH2 4. N2O
(A) N – N bond length is shortest in 2
(B) N – N bond length in 1 is shorter than that in 3
(C) N – N bond length in 3 is shorter than that in 1
(D) N – N bond length in 4 is intermediate between 1 and 3
22. By which of the following structure may Cl2O6 be represented?

O O O
(A) ClO ClO  
(B) Cl
2 4 Cl
O O O
O O O
(C) Cl (D) ClO3 ClO3
Cl
O O O
23. Consider the following statements. Pick the correct one.

(A) All mono saccharides are reducing sugar
(B) Sucrose is a disaccharide and is a non – reducing sugar
(C) A solution consisting of equimolar glucose and fructose is dextrorotatory
(D) A solution consisting of equimolar sucrose and glucose in water dextrorotatory
24. Which of the following statements is/are correct?

(A) First dissociation constant of maleic acid is higher than that of first dissociation constant of
fumaric acid
(B) Second dissociation constant of fumaric acid is higher than that of second dissociation
constant of maleic acid
(C) pKa value of salicylic acid is higher than that of benzoic acid
(D) pKb of aniline is lower than that of o - toluidine
25. The Al(OH)3 is involved in the following two equilibria,



Al  OH  s   3
 Al  aq.  3OH  aq.;K sp

3


Al  OH3  s   OH  aq. 

 Al OH  4  aq ;K c
Which of the following relationship is correct at which solubility is minimum?
1 1
  K sp  3 
K 4
(A) OH     (B) OH    c 
K
 Kc   sp 
1
 K 4
(C) OH    sp 

(D) None of these
 Kc 
(Matching Type)
Match the following

Column – 1 Column – 2 Column – 3
(I) H3C H (i) Compound show optical (P) 1 mol CH3MgX is
C C activity consumed
H3C H
C
COOH
CH3
(II) OH (ii) CO2 liberated with (Q) 2 mols CH3MgX is
NaHCO3 consumed
HOOC C CH
(III) H3C CH2 CHO (iii) Pink colour of KMnO4 is (R) 3 mols CH3MgX is
decolorized consumed
H3CO OC C CH
EtOOC
(IV) CHO (iv) Given precipitate with (S) 5 mols CH3MgX is
O Tollen’s reagent consumed
26. Correct combination is

(A) II iii  Q  (B) Iiv P 
(C) IIIiv  S  (D) IV  i R 
27. Incorrect combination is

(A) I i P  (B) II iv R 
(C) IIIii  Q (D) III iv P 
28. Correct combination is

(A) I iii Q  (B) II ii  S 
(C) IV  iv P  (D) Iii P 
Match the following

(I) P4  s  NaOH  H2O  (i) Disproportionation reaction (P) An atom in the product is in
1 mol the highest oxidation no.
(II) 
FeS2  s  O 2   (ii) 3 (Q) An atom in the product is in
1 mol mol of gas is formed in the lowest oxidation no.
5
the product
(III) 
H3PO3   (iii) 2 mol of gas is formed in (R) An atom in the product has
1 mol the product zero oxidation no.
(IV) ClO 3  Cl  H  (iv) 1 mol of gas is formed in (S) One of the product in water
1 mol the product behaves as an acid
29. Which of the following is the only correct combination?

(A) I iv R  (B) IIi  S 
(C) IV  ii  R  (D) IIIiii P 
30. Which of the following is the only INCORRECT combination?

(A) III i P  (B) IIIiv  Q
(C) II iii  S  (D) I iv  Q 
31. Which of the following is the correct combinations?

(A) I i Q  (B) IIiv P 
(C) III iiR  (D) IV iii S 
SECTION – C
32. 1 gm of complex Cr  H2 O 5 Cl Cl2 .H2 O  Mol.Wt.  266.5  was passed through a cation exchanger
to produce HCl. The acid liberated was diluted to 1 litre. The normality of acid solution is
7.5  10  x N . The value of x is
33. The density of steam at 270C and 8.314  10 4 pascal is 0.8 kg/m 3. The compressibility factor
a
would be . The value of a + b = ?
b
34. H O O H
(2) (1)
(4)
H
O
O
CH
H O
(3) OH
Identify the most acidic H in ascorbic acid (vitamin C)
35. Dark gray material (A) when it is heated at high temperature in air gives gas (B). Gas (B) is
colourless and odourless which can not decolourize acidified K2Cr2O7 solution. One of the
allotropic forms of (A) is (A’), however (A) is the thermodynamically more stable than (A’). (A) on
oxidation by hot concentration HNO3 gives an acid (C), whereas (A) is unaffected by
concentrated acids.
How many COOH groups are present in one molecules of acid (C)?
36. The figure given below shows three glass chambers that are connected by valves of negligible
volume. At the outset of an experiment, the valves are closed and the chambers contain the
gases as detailed in the diagram. All the chambers are at the temperature of 30 K and external
pressure of 1.0 atm. What will be the work done by N2 gas when valve -2 is opened and valve -1
remaining closed? What will be the work done by N2 gas when valve – 2 is opened and valve -1
remaining closed?
valve 1 valve 2
4.1 atm 0.82 atm 0 atm

H2 N2 He
4.0 L
6.0 L
(C)
(A) 10.0 L
(B)
SECTION – A
x2  x  1
37. Let f  x   and g  x   2f 3  x   9f 2  x   12f  x   5. In which of the following interval(s)
x2  x  1
is g(x) increasing?
 1
(A)  2,  1 (B)  1,  
 2 
 2 
(C)   , 0  (D) 1,  
 5 
sin2 x co s2 x
1  
38. Let f  x    sin t dt   co s1 t dt , x   0,  . Then the value of f(0) equals:-
0 0  2
 1
(A) f 1 (B) 2f  
2
 1
(C) f   (D) 2f 1
 2
39. Let S be set of all value (s) of ‘a’ which the inequality x 2  x  a  3  0 is satisfied by at least
one negative ‘x’. Which of the following can be subset of S?
(A)  3, 2  (B)  0, 3 
(C)  4, 1 (D)  2, 3 
 
40. The vector a  i  2 j  k is rotated through right angle such that a crosses through the Y- axis,

while undergoing rotation. In the new position a is given by:-
(A) 2 i  j  k
  (B) 2 i  j  k  
(C) 3  i  k  (D) 3  i  k 
41. Consider the lines L1 : x  y  z and L2 : 2x  y  z  1  0  3 x  y  2z  2. Which of the following

is (are) correct?
(A) The shortest distance between L1 and L2 is 2
(B) The shortest distance between L1 and L2 is 1/ 2
(C) The plane containing L2 and parallel to L1 is y  z  2  0
(D) The plane containing L2 and parallel to L1 is x  y  1  0
42. Let P(A) and P(B) be the probabilities of occurrence of two events A and B respectively. If
3 2
P  A   and P  B   then which of the following is (are) correct?
5 3
1 2

(A) P A  B  3
(B) P  A  B  
3
4 3 A 3
(C)  P A  B  (D) P   
15 5 B 5
43. If z1  a  ib and z2  c  id are two complex numbers such that

 
z1  z2  1 and Re z1 z 2  0,  a, b, c, d  R  . Then for the pair of complex numbers
1  a  ic and 2  b  id, which of the following is (are) correct?
(A) 1  1  
(B) Re 1, 2  0

(C) Re 1, 2  1  (D) Re   ,    1
1 2
(Matching Type)
Answer Questions 8 -10 by appropriate matching the information given in the three columns of the
following table.
Column 1, 2, 3 contains equations of hyperbola, co-ordinates of a point & value of ‘a’

(I) 2 2
x y 4 (i)  a  1, a  2  (P) 5
2
(II) xy = 4 (ii) 1  a, a  (Q) 1
6
(III) x2 (iii)  2a, a  1 (R) 2
 y2  1
4
(IV) y2 (iv) (4a, a) (S) 0
x2  1
4
44. The tangents to suitable hyperbola (column I) from the point (column II) are on both branches for
the value of a (column III). Which of the following options is the only correct combination.
(A) (I) (ii) (S) (B) (I) (iii) (S)
(C) (II) (iv) (R) (D) (IV) (i) (R)
45. Suitable point (column II) lies on director circle of hyperbola (column I) for the value of ‘a’. Which
of the following options is the only correct combination.
(A) (I) (ii) (P) (B) (II) (i) (R)
(C) (II) (iv) (S) (D) (IV) (iii) (Q)
46. Suitable point (column II) lies on hyperbola (column I) for the value of ‘a’ (column III). Which of the
following options is the only correct combination
(A) (III) (i) (R) (B) (II) (iv) (P)
(C) (I) (iii) (Q) (D) (IV) (i) (R)
Column 1, 2, 3 contain Trigonometric Function, Maximum Value and Minimum Value respectively
(I) 2
7  6 tan x  tan x    (i) 1 (P) 1
f(x)  2
, x  , 
1  tan x  2 2 4
(II)  π (ii) 1 (Q) -2
f(x) = 4cosx + 3cos  x+  + 3, x  R
 2
(III) 6 6
f(x) = sin x + cos x , x  R (iii) 8 (R) 1
-
4
(IV)  π  π (iv) 2 (S) 1
f(x) = cosx.cos  x+  .cos  x-  , x  R
 3  3 4
47. Which of the following option is the only CORRECT combination?

(A) (I) (iii) (Q) (B) (II) (iii) (P)
(C) (III) (ii) (P) (D) (IV) (ii) (R)

(A) (I) (iii) (P) (B) (II) (iii) (Q)
(C) (III) (iv) (P) (D) (IV) (i) (Q)

(A) (I) (iii) (S) (B) (II) (iii) (R)
(C) (III) (iv) (S) (D) (IV) (i) (R)
SECTION – C
50. Consider two circles C1 : x 2  y 2  4 x  4 y  1  0 and C2 : x 2  y 2  6 x  2y  7  0. The line

L1 : x  2y  3  0 intersects C1 at points A and B and the line L2 : 2 x  3 y    0 intersects C2
at point C and D. The value of  2  1 such that points A, B, C and D are concyclic, is:
51. If M is a 3  3 matrix, such that det  M   2 and M T M  I, ( M T is the transpose of matrix M).
Then, the value of det  M  I  is:
52. The coefficient of x 70 in the product  x  1  x 2  2  x 3  3  ..........  x 12  12  is:
53. If ‘z’ is a complex number satisfying the equation 11z10  10 iz 9  10 iz  11  0, then the value of
3 z is:
54. The largest integer value of ‘k’ for which the equation e x  1  k tan1 x  0, possess only one real
root, is:
FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 1

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. ABC
Sol. We know that
IPQ  I x cos2   I y sin2   I xy sin2 Y
1 1
IPQ  mb2 cos2   m a2 sin2  I xy  0  P (rcos rsin)
4 4 r
The equation of ellipse is  X
x2 y 2
 1
a2 b 2 Q
r2 2 r2
cos   sin2   1
a2 b2
a2b2
a 2 sin2   b 2 cos2   2
r
1 1 a2b2
4

IPQ  m b2 cos2   a 2 sin2   m 2
4
 r
2. AD
Sol. AB  AC  l
z  GN  OG sin 
  AO  AG  sin 
  l 
  r cos ec  cos  sin 
 2 2 2
d 
 0  cos   0 i .e;  
dt 2
AITS-CRT-III (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
d 2z  l   A 
2
  r cos ec  cos for   E
d 2 2 2 2 
G M
d 2z D
Stable equilibrium : 2  0  l  4r cos ec  r C
d

d 2z H N o
Unstable equilibrium : 2  0  l  4r cos ec 
d
B
3. BC
Sol. Applying KCL, we get
x
4R 4R
o C v
36R 6R
x
x v x x x v x1
   0
4R 4R 36R 6R 4R 4R
3
x v C
5 o v
2 36R
 4IR  v 6R
5
x2
4  5IR
v  10IR
2
In steady state:
x1  v x v
 1  0  x1 
4R 4R 2
x2  v x 6v
 2  0  x2 
6R 36R 7
25
change on capacities  CIR
7
4. ACD
5. AC
Sol. T1  mg (1)
T2  mg  B (1)
n1 T1 n1 T2
f 
2l  2l 
2 2
n  n 
T2   1  T1   1  mg
n
 2  n2 
2
n    n 2 
B  mg   1  mg  mg 1   1  
 n2    n2  
1/3
 3B 
r  
 4 g 
3 AITS-CRT-III (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19
6. AC
Sol. ab : pi v i   p1v 1 (i )
 
cd : pf v f  p2v 2 (ii )
bc : p1v1  p2v 2 (iii )
Dividing (2) by (1), we get
2 
v2  5
 B  1  B    
v2  3
work done by the gas
W  Wab  Wbc  Wcd
RT0 3
 ln B  pi v i 1  B 
2 2
7. ACD
qB
Sol. 
m

The electron will not reach the anode only when it turns by by the time it comes near anode.
2
Let time taken be t.
  t
 qB m
 tt 
2 m 2qB
qE
Acceleration due to electronic field a 
m
Horizontal distance curved in time t=d
1 2  mE
at  d  B
2 2 2qd
8. B
Sol. 1 1 4
 
K1 K1 K eq K 2 K1
K1 K2 K2 1 4 4
 
K eq K1 K 2
K1
1 4 5
 
K2 m m m m K eq K1 K 2
K2 K2 K2
1 1 5
 
K eq K1 K 2
9. B
Sol. 1 1 4
 
K1 K1 K eq K 2 K1
K1 K2 K2 1 4 4
 
K eq K1 K 2
K1
1 4 5
 
K2 K2 K2
1 1 5
 
K eq K1 K 2
10. C
Sol. 1 1 4
 
K1 K1 K eq K 2 K1
K1 K2 K2 1 4 4
 
K eq K1 K 2
K1
1 4 5
 
K2 K2 K2
1 1 5
 
K eq K1 K 2
11. C
Sol. For figure Column 1, Row1,
52
 x at 0     1  5.5     1 5.5 
 33 
Path difference 19 19
  5.5   
33 6
19  1  19
Hence,  n      3
 6  6
2 19 
  x  
 3
8
Intensity at 0  4 cos2    3
2
For figure Column 1, Row2,
 x at 0  1.5  112    1.2  115    3 
 1
Hence,  n   3     3
 
2
  x   6 

Hence, Intensity at 0  4
4 107
 x at 0     1 D    1  107   
3  3
107 
Hence,  n      33,33,333
 3 
2 2   107
  x  
 3
Hence, Intensity at 0  
8.82  1  
 x at 0  d sin   d    10 4     
  60 180 
882 49
  
108 6
49 2 49 
n      8,    x  
6   3
12. B
52
 x at 0     1  5.5     1 5.5 
 33 
  5.5   
33 6
19  1  19
Hence,  n      3
 6  6
2 19 
  x  
 3
8
Intensity at 0  4 cos2    3
2
 x at 0  1.5  112    1.2  115    3 
 1
Hence,  n   3     3
  
2
  x   6 

4 107
 x at 0     1 D    1  107   
3  3
107 
Hence,  n      33,33,333
 3 
2 2   107
  x  
 3
8.82  1  
 x at 0  d sin   d    10 4     
  60 180 
882 49
  
108 6
49
n      8
6 
2 49 
  x  
 3
13. D
52
 x at 0     1  5.5     1 5.5 
 33 
  5.5   
33 6
19  1  19
Hence,  n      3
 6  6
2 19 
  x  
 3
8
Intensity at 0  4 cos 2    3
2
 x at 0  1.5  112    1.2  115    3 
 1
Hence,  n   3     3
  
2
  x   6 

4 107
 x at 0     1 D    1  107   
3  3
107 
Hence,  n      33,33,333
 3 
2 2   107
  x  
 3
8.82  1  
 x at 0  d sin   d    10 4     
  60 180 
882 49
  
108 6
49
 n      8
 6
2 49 
  x  
 3
SECTION – C
14. 5
Sol. Le  2
2
mR 2   2
5
2
mRv  2
5
5
R
mv
5 5
Rmin  
mv max mc
n  5 
15. 8
2
 n  1
Sol. R 
 n  1
log R  2log  n  1  2log  n  1

Differentiating
dR 2dn 2dn
 
R n 1 n 1
DR  1 1   4n  n
 2   n   n 2  1  n
R  n  1 n  1  
8
  3%  8%
3
16. 1
2E
Sol. Radiation pressure P 
cA
1
E PCA
2
 m  n  1
17. 0

  n ds  4qe
4 r
Sol.  E
Change enclosed
 n
Q  E  n ds
0  er
 4  0 qe 4r
r
Total change over all space  r   
Q lim
r  4  0 qe
4 r
0
18. 3
P r
4G 2
Sol.  dP    rdr
0 R 3
2G 2 2

3
R r2  n  3 
SECTION – A
19. ABCD
20. ABC
Sol.
Cl Cl
en Co en en Co en
Cl Cl
Superimposable mirror images

Optically inactive
21. ACD
22. AB
Sol. Cl2 O6 in solid state ClO2 ClO 4
O O
Cl O
In the gaseous O
Cl
O O
23. ABD
Sol. Fact
24. ABD
Sol. Salicylic acid is more acidic than benzoic acid due to o-effect.
o-toluidine is less basic than aniline due to SIP.
25. D

Sol. Dissolved Al(OH)3 present in solution as Al3+(aq.) as well as  Al  OH  4   aq.

 S   Al3   aq.    Al  OH 4  aq. 
 
K sp
S 3
 K c OH 
OH 
For minimum solubility
dS
0
d  OH 
K sp  3
or  4
 Kc  0
OH 
1
 3K  4
OH    sp 
 Kc 
26. C
27. C
28. D
29. C
30. B
31. A
P4  3NaOH  3H2 O  PH3  g   3NaH2PO2
4Fes2  11O2  2Fe2 O3  8SO2  g 

4H3PO3   3H3PO 4  PH3  g 
 3Cl2  g  3H2 O
ClO3  5Cl  6H 
SECTION – C
32. 3
1
Sol. Mole of complex =
266.5
1 mole of complex produce 2 mole of HCl
2
 Cr  H2 O 5 Cl Cl2  Cr H2 O 5 Cl   2Cl
1
Mole of HCl = 2
266.5
2
NHCl   7.5  103
266.5  1
33. 7
PV PM 8.314  104  18  10 3 18  10 3
Sol. Z      0.75
nRT dRT 0.8  8.314  300 300  0.8 4
34. 2
Sol. H O O H -
O H
O
H
H
O + O
O -H
HC O
HC
H O CH2OH
H O CH2OH
35. 6
Sol. C6  COOH 6 mellitic acid is produced
36. 0
Sol. Pext  0
 Total work done  Pext  V 
 Pext  0
 Work done  0
SECTION – A
37. ACD
x2  x  1
Sol. f x  and g   x   6 f   x  f  x   1 f  x   2 
x2  x  1
Draw graph of f(x) and analyse.
38. AC
Sol. f   x   sin1  sin x   2 sin x cos x  co s1  co s x  2sin x cos x   0
Hence, f(x) is a constant function.
39. ABD
Sol. x2  x  a  3  0
or x  a  3  x 2
y=|x-a|
(0,3)
y=|x-a|
0
2
0
y=3-x 2
y=3-x
13
Hence, a  
4 Hence, a  3
40. AB

Sol. a  i  2 j  k
 
Let a in new position be b  xi  y j  zk
 
a  b  x 2  y 2  z2  6
 
a  b  0   x  2y  z  0
 
And a, b and j are coplanar
1 2 1

 x y z 0  b   2 i  j  k
 
0 1 0
41. B
Sol. L1 : x  y  z
x 1 y 1 z
L2 :  
1 1 1
Shortest distance=1/ 2
Equation of plane containing L2 and parallel to L1 is y  z  1  0
42. ABCD
3
Sol. Max            
5
4
Min                  1 
15
19
                         
15
3
 
              
5
    
   
   
 
         3
 1     
       2
 
43. AB
Sol. z1  a  ib  cos   i sin 
z2  c  id  cos   i sin 

 
Re z1 z 2  0  cos       0      
2
1  cos2   cos 2   1
Similarly, 2  1
 
Re 1 2  cos  sin   cos  sin 
1
  sin2  sin 2
2
 sin      co s       0
Similarly, Re 1 2  0 
44. B
45. C
46. D
In each of these questions, check options one by one.
47. A
48. B
49. D
7  6 tan x  tan2 x   
f x  2
;x    , 
1  tan x  2 2
7  6 t t 2
or y  ;t   ,  
1 t2
Hence, y   2, 8
 
f  x   4 cos x  3 cos  x    3; x  R
 2
 4cos x  3 sin x  3
Hence, f  x    2, 8
f  x   sin6 x  cos6 x; x  R
3 3

 sin2 x   cos x  2
3
 1  sin2 x 
4
1 
Hence, f  x    , 1
4 
   
f  x   cos x  cos  x    cos  x   ; x  R
 3  3
cos 3 x

4
 1 1
Hence, f  x     , 
 4 4
SECTION – C
50. 7
Sol. Let C0 be the circle passing through points A, B, C and D.
Radical axis of C0 and C1 : x  2 y  3  0 1 2 3
Radical axis of C0 and C2 :2 x  3 y    0 2 3  04
Radical axis of C1 and C2 : x  y  3  0 1 1 3
51. 0
T
Sol. M  I   MT  I
T
 M  I  M  MT M  M
T
 M  I  M  I  M   M  I 
T
 M  I  M    M  I 
T
 M  I  M   M  I
 M I 2   M I
 M I  0
52. 4
Sol. Coefficient of x 70
   8    1 7    2  6    3  5    1 2  5    1 3  4  
  8  7  12  15  10  12   4
53. 3
11  10iz 2
Sol. z9  Let z  a  ib  a, b  R  : z  a 2  b 2
11z  10i
z 
9 
112  220b  10 2 a 2  b 2 
2

11 a  b 2 2
  220b  10 2
2
Clearly , z  a2  b 2  1 or  1 is not possible.
Hence z  1
54. 1
Sol. e x  1  k tan 1 x  0
or , e x  1  k tan1 x
y 1  e x  1 and y 2  k tan1 x
Draw graphs and analyse.
FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 2

answer.
for wrong answer.
negative marking.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
(Single Correct Choice Type)
This section contains 3 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D)
out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
1. A particle of mass 2 kg is moving along x-axis with a F(N)

velocity of 5 m/s. It crosses the origin at t = 0. A time
varying force whose variation is as shown starts acting F is along
20
on a particle at t = 1 sec. For this situation, mark out
the correct statement.
(A) the particle will come to rest instantaneously at
t = 6.8 sec
(B) the final velocity of the particle will be 18 m/s. t (sec)
(C) work done by the force F on the particle is 375 J. 1 2 4
(D) all of the above
2. A liquid is filled in a rectangular vessel of dimension 4 m  3 m  2 4

m. Now the container starts to move with uniform acceleration 1.25 a
m/s2 at t = 0. The volume of liquid in vessel is 18m 3. The speed of
liquid coming out from a very small orifice made at bottom of right
side wall at t = 4s is 2
(A) zero (B) 30 m / s
(C) 5 m/s (D) 10 m/s
3. One end of a rope is bound to a vertical wall. The other end is 10

pulled with a horizontal force of 30 N. An additional force of 10 N is Q
P A
applied to the right at the point A in the middle of the rope. Which of 30
the following is true about tensions at points P and Q
(A) TP  TQ  40N (B) TP  TQ  20N
(C) TP  TQ  10N (D) TQ  20N, TP  40N

4. With regard to sound waves, mark out the correct statement(s).

(A) the phase difference between incident & reflected displacement waves from the fixed end is
zero.
(B) the phase difference between incident & reflected pressure waves from the fixed end is zero.
(C) the phase difference between incident & reflected pressure waves from the fixed end is .
(D) the phase difference between incident & reflected pressure waves from the free end is .
5. A small block mass m is fixed at upper end of a massless

4mg
vertical spring of spring constant K = and natural length
L
10 L. The lower end of spring is free and is at a height L from
fixed horizontal floor as shown. The spring is initially 10
unstretched and the spring block system is released from rest
in the shown position.
(A) When the speed of block is maximum the magnitude of
force exerted by spring on the block is mg. L
3
(B) The maximum speed attained by the block is gL . Horizontal floor
2
(C) The maximum compression of the spring is L/8.
(D) The time taken by the mass to move from the equilibrium
position to the maximum compressed position of the
 L
spring is
4 g
6. A ray OP of monochromatic light is incident on the face AB of

prism ABCD near vertex B at an incident angle of 60º as shown
in figure. If the refractive index of the material of the prism is 3 ,
which of the following is(are) correct ?
(A) The ray gets totally internally reflected at face CD.
(B) The ray comes out through face AD.
(C) The angle between the incident ray and the emergent ray is 90º
(D) The angle between the incident ray and the emergent ray is
120º
7. One mole of an ideal gas has an internal energy given by U = U

Uo + 2 PV, where P is the pressure and V the volume of the
A B
gas, Uo is a constant. this gas undergoes the quasi-static U1
cyclic process ABCD as shown the U-V diagram. choose the
correct statement (s) :
(A) The work done by the ideal gas in the process AB is D C
U1  U0
ln 2 .
2
(B) The gas must be monoatomic
(C) The gas must be diatomic. V0 2V V
(D) The molar heat capacity of the gas at constant pressure is
3R
8. In the circuit shown in Fig. the cell is ideal, with e.m.f. = 2V. The C
resistance of the coil of the galvanometer G is 1. Then C2=5F
(A) No current flows in G
(B) 0.2 A current flows in G A
G 1
(C) Potential difference across C1 is 1V B
(D) Potential difference across C2 is 1.2 V C1=4F
+ 2V
Paragraph type (One Option Correct)

This section contains 1 paragraph each describing theory, experiment, data etc. Two questions relate to
the paragraph. Each question of a paragraph has Only One correct answer among the four choices (A),
(B), (C) and (D).
Paragraph for Questions 9 & 10
One mole of an ideal diatomic gas is contained in the lower part of the cylinder
beneath a piston of area 50 cm 2 as shown in the figure. The piston has negligible vacuum
mass but a block of mass M = 100 kg is kept on the piston. Initially the gas is
maintained at a temperature of 300 K and piston is at a height h from the bottom
M
of the cylinder. The gas is now heated to raise the weight by 10 cm. [Take g = 10
m/s2, atmospheric pressure = 105 N/m2]
gas h
9. The thermal energy supplied to the gas in the process is

(A) 249 J (B) 348.6 J
(C) 99.6 J (D) 100 J
10. If a small hole has been created in the upper part of the cylinder, then the value of h before
heating the gas is
(A) 1.66 m (B) 2.49 m
(C) 1.40 m (D) none of these
SECTION – C
This section contains 10 questions. The answer to each question is a Single Digit Integer ranging from
11. A container filled with air under pressure P0 contains a soap bubble of radius R. When the air
pressure is reduced to half isothermally, the bubble radius becomes (5R/4). If the surface tension
 RP 
of the soap water solution is S, then find  o  .
 12S 
12. A glass tube of 1.0 m length is filled with water. The water is drained out very slowly from the tube
through a hole in the bottom while a vibrating 500 HZ tuning fork is held near the open upper end
of the tube. If the speed of sound is 320 ms-1, find the number of resonance that can be obtained.
13. A 50  resistor is connected in series with a coil and a sinusoidal ac–source of effective voltage
50 V. If the effective voltage drop across the resistor is 20 V and across the coil is 40 V, Find the
power developed in coil in watt?
14. The upper end of the uniform chain of linear mass density 2 kg/m is lowered
with a speed 1 m/s as shown in diagram. The normal reaction offered by the v=
ground after the chain fall through a distance 5 cm is given by k newton. Find
the value of k.
15. Bottom of glass beaker is made of a thin equi-convex lens having bottom
side silver polished as shown in the figure. Now the water is filled in the O
beaker upto a height of h = 4 m. The image of point object floating at
middle point of beaker at the surface of water coincides with it. The value
 3 4
of radius of curvature of lens is  g  ,  w   h
 2 3 
16. A block is attached to the ceiling by a spring that has a force constant
K = 200 N/m. A conducting rod is rigidly attached to the block. The
K
combined mass of the block and the rod is m = 0.3 kg. The rod can slide
without friction along the two vertical parallel rails, which are a distance = 1
m
m apart. A capacitor of known capacitance C = 500 F is attached to the
rails by the wires. The entire system is placed in a uniform magnetic field B
= 20 T directed inwards as shown. Neglect the self inductance and electrical
resistance of the rod and all wires. The angular frequency (in rad/s) of the
vertical oscillations of the block is 4 . Find the value of  ?
c
l
17. A uniform spherical shell of mass m and radius R starts from rest with m, R
pure rolling on a long inclined plane as shown in the figure. If angular
momentum of shell about point of contact after 1 sec of its starting is
2
KmR, find K [Take g = 10 m/s ] …………
30o
18. The force of interaction between two co-axial current loops having radii
R & r (r<<R), separated by a distance x carrying currents I1 & I2 R
No R 2r 2I1I2 x x r
respectively is given by the expression, F  5
. Find ‘N’ I1
2 R  x 
2 2 2
I2
 2 
19. The minimum deviation suffered by a ray emerging through a prism     is equal to half the
 3
refracting angle of the prism. Find the value of C if the refracting angle of the prism is  2 / C  .
20. Young’s double slit experiment is conducted with white light P

(4000Ao –7000Ao). As shown in the diagram, the slit S1
 1 y
separation d    mm, and the screen slit distance, D = 1
2
m. The upper slit is covered with a film of thickness, t = 1 d
3
m having a refractive index,   . Find the number of
2
wavelengths which will form a maxima at y = 3mm S2
D
SECTION – D
This section contains 3 questions. The answer to each question is a NUMERICAL VALUE. For each
question, enter the correct numerical value (in decimal notation, truncated/rounded‐off to the second
decimal place; e.g. xxxxx.xx).
21. A homogeneous aluminium ball of radius r = 0.5 cm is suspended y

x
on a weightless thread from an end of a homogeneous rod of mass
M = 4.4 g. The rod is placed on the edge of a conditioner with
water so that half of the ball is submerged in water when the
system is in equilibrium as shown. The densities al and w of
aluminium an water are 2.7  10 3 kg/m3 and 1 103 kg/m3
respectively. Determine the ratio y/x of the parts of the rod to the
brim, neglecting the surface tension on the boundaries between
the ball and water.
22. A parachutist jumps from the top of a very high tower with a siren of frequency 800 Hz on his
back. Assume his initial velocity to be zero. After falling freely for 12s, he observes that the
frequency of sound heard by him reflected from level ground below him is differing by 700 Hz
w.r.t. the original frequency. What was the height of tower. Velocity of sound in air is 330 m/s, and
g = 10 m/s2.
23. A radionuclide with disintegration constant  is produced in a reactor at a constant rate

   2  nuclei per second. At t = 0, there are no nuclei present in the reactor. During each decay
energy E0 is released. 20% of this energy is utilized in increasing the temperature of water. Find
the increase in temperature of m mass of water in time t = T1/2 if specific heat of water is s.
Assume that there is no loss of energy through water surface. (Given E0 = 100 times the energy
required to raise the temperature of mass m of water from 00 to 1000C).
SECTION – A
24. Number of S–S bond in H2SnO6

(A) n (B) (n–1)
(C) (n–2) (D) (n + 1)
25. Which one of the following statements is True:
(1) (2)
(A) PhLi adds to both compound with equal ease

(B) PhLi does not add to either of the compound
(C) PhLi react readily with 1 but does not add to 2.
(D) PhLi react readily with 2 but does not add to 1.
26. One mole of Argon is heated using PV5/2 = constant. By what amount heat is absorbed during the
process, when temperature changes by T = 26 K.
(A) 100 J (B) 200 J
(C) 180 J (D) 208 J

27. Select the correct statement(s).

(A) For equilibrium, pressure is constant.
(B) For equilibrium, temperature is constant.
(C) For equilibrium, concentration is constant.
(D) For equilibrium, pressure & temperature is variable.
28. A2On is oxidised to AO3¯ by MnO4¯ in acid medium. If 1.5 × 10–3 mole of A2On requires 60 ml of
0.03 M-KMnO4 solution for complete oxidation, which of the following statement(s) is/are correct?
(A) The value of n = 2
(B) Empirical formula of oxide is AO.
(C) 0.15 mole of A2On would require 0.15 mole of acidified K2Cr2O7 solution
(D) 'A" may be a metal from second group of periodic table.
29. Select the correct statement for the following species.

Me
Me Me
(I) (II)
Me
Me
Me
(III) (IV) Me
Me
(A) I and III are Geometrical isomers. (B) I and II are Conformational pairs
(C) III and IV are Conformational pairs (D) II and IV are Geometrical isomers
30. Among the following orbital interactions which represents hyper-conjugation interaction?
PZ
 •
H
H C
C H H H
(A) H H H (B)
free radical

CH3–CH2 (CH3–CH2)

+
H H
C CH C
(C) (D) H H

(H2C – CH = CH2)
31. Which of the following statements is/are false

(A) In [PtCl2(NH3)4]2+ complex ion, the cis-form is optically active, while trans-form is optically
inactive
(B) In [Fe(C2O4)3]3–, geometrical isomerism does not exist, while optical isomerism exists
(C) [Mabcd]n± square planar complexes exhibit both optical as well as geometrical isomerism
(D) In [Mabcd]n± tetrahedral complexes, optical isomerism cannot be observed

(B), (C) and (D).
Complex compounds which have same molecular formula but have different structural arrangements of
ligands around central metal atom or ion are called structural isomers and phenomenon is named as
structural isomerism.
32. Which of the following compounds is/are polymerisation isomer of [Fe(NO2)3(NH3)3].

(I) [Fe(NO7)(NH3)5] [Fe(NO2)5(NH3)] (II) [Fe(NO2)2(NH3)4]2 [Fe(NO2)5(NH3)]
(III) [Fe(NO2)(NH3)5] [Fe(NO2)4(NH3)2]2 (IV) [Fe(NO2)2(NH3)4] [Fe(NO2)4(NH3)2]
Choose the correct code :
(A) II, III (B) II, III, IV
(C) I, IV (D) I, II, III, IV
33. Select incorrect match

(A) [Co(NO2)(H2O)(en)2)]Cl2, [CoCl(NO2)(en)2] Cl . H2O – Hydrate isomerism
(B) [Cu(NH3)4][PtCl4], [CuCl2(NH3)2] [PtCl2(NH3)2] – Coordination isomerism
(C) [Ni(CN)(H2O)(NH3)4]Cl, [NiCl(H2O)(NH3)4]CN – Ionization isomerism
(D) [Cr(NCS)(NH3)5] [ZnCl4], [Cr(SCN)(NH3)5] [ZnCl4] – Linkage isomerism
SECTION – C
34. How many more coordination isomers are possible of the following complex compound.
[PtCl2 (NH3)4] [Pt (SCN)4]
35. 3/
O
Zn / H 2O
How many different species are formed?
(i)O3
36. C6H4 
(ii) Zn/H2 O
C3H2 O3
 X
no of pi-bond present in X is
37. Number of possible spectral lines which may be emitted in bracket series in H atom, if electrons
present in 9th excited level returns to ground level, are
38. 15 g of a solute in 100 g water makes a solution freeze at –1°C. 30 g of a solute in 100 g of water
will give a depression in freezing point equal to
39. The enthalpies of neutralization of a weak acid HA & a weak acid HB by NaOH are
- 6900 Cal/equivalent & - 2900 Cal/equivalent respectively. When one equivalent of NaOH is
added to a solution containing one equivalent of HA & one equivalent of HB, the enthalpy change
was - 3900 Calories. If base distributed between HA & HB in X : Y then find value of X+Y.
40. 50 mL of 0.1M CuSO4 solution is electrolyzed with a current of 0.965 A for a period of 200 sec.
The reactions at electrodes are:
Cathode : Cu2+ + 2e-  Cu(s) Anode : 2H2O  O2 + 4H+ + 4e.
Assuming no change in volume during electrolysis, calculate the decimolar concentration of SO42-
at the end of electrolysis.
41. If the radius of Mg2+ ion, Cs+ ion, O2– ion, S2– ion and Cl– ion are 0.65 Å , 1.69 Å, 1.40 Å, 1.84 Å,
and 1.81 Å respectively. Calculate the average of co-ordination numbers of the cations in the
crystals of MgS, MgO and CsCl.
42. Which of the following statements is (are) true about resonance.

(a) Resonance is an intramolecular process.
(b) Resonance involves delocalization of both s and p electrons.
(c) Resonance involves delocalization of p electrons only.
(d) Resonance decreases potential energy of a molecule.
(e) Resonance has no effect on the potential energy of a molecule.
(f) Resonance is the only way to increase molecular stability.
(g) Resonance is not the only way to increase molecular stability.
(h) Any resonating molecule is always more stable than any nonresonating molecule.
(i) The canonical structure explains all features of a molecule.
(j) The resonance hybrid explains all features of a molecule.
(k) Resonating structures are real and resonance hybrid is imaginary.
(l) Resonance hybrid is real and resonating structures are imaginary.
(m) Resonance hybrid is always more stable than all canonical structures.
43. How many moles of Grignard reagent will be required by one mole of given compound?
O
SH
HO C – OEt
C – Cl
CH2–CH2 O
Cl
SECTION – D
44. KF has NaCl structure. What is the distance between K + and F– in KF in angstrom if density of KF
is 2.48 gm/cm3.
45. In a chemical reaction A(g) is converted to B(g), following observation is made.

PB
8
Pressure (atm)
6
4
PA
2
10 20 30 time (min.)
Time of completion for the reaction (in min) is
46. A current of 0.5 A is passed through molten AlCl3 for 40 min. Calculate the mass of aluminium in
gram deposited at cathode.

SECTION – A
1
47. Let f(x) be defined on [0, 1] such that f(x) = min x  ; n = 0, 1, 2……..then area under f(x) is
2n
1 1
(A) (B)
12 24
1 1
(C) (D)
6 36
48. Consider the region R defined as

 x 2  y 2  100 
R   x, y  
 sin  x  y   0 
What is the area of R;
(A) 25 (B) 40
(C) 50 (D) 32
log 1  x   log2   3.4 x 1

 3x 
49. The lim 1 1
is
x 1  
  7  x   1  3x   sin x
3 2
 
2  1 4  2
(A) log 4   (B) log 4  
3   2 
3  3
9 4  2
(C)  log4  1 (D) log2  
4 3  3

 
50. ˆ b  î  ˆj  kˆ and c  4iˆ  3ˆj  7k.
Let a  2iˆ  k, ˆ Let r  xiˆ  yjˆ  zkˆ be a vector such that
    
r  b  c  b and r.a  0. The magnitude of x + y + z is
(A) 3 (B) 5
(C) 7 (D) 9
x2 y 2
51. If  is one of the angle between normal to the ellipse   1 at the point whose eccentric
a2 b2
 2cot 
angle  &  . then is
2 sin2
e2 e2
(A)  (B)
1  e2 1  e2
e2 e2
(C) (D)
1  e2 1  e2
52. If the point p on the parabola y 2  4ax for which PR  PQ is maximum. Where
R   a, 0  , Q  0, a  is represented as (k1a, k2a) then find the value of (k1 + k2).
(A) 3 (B) 2
(C) 4 (D) 6
53. Let two tangents 3x  4y  20  0 & x  y  3  0 of a parabola intersect the tangents at point
P(0, 5) and Q(3, 0) respectively, then
(A) length of latus rectum is 24 / 34
(B) Equation of axis is 3x  5y  33  0
(C) focus is (6, -3)
(D) Equation of tangent at vertex 5x + 3y = 15
54. If f  x   ecot x , where [y] denotes the greatest integer less than or equal to y, then
1
(A) lim f  x   1 (B) lim f  x  
x

x
 e
2 2
1
(C) lim f  x   (D) lim f  x   1
x
 e x

2 2

(B), (C) and (D).
A B C
In a ABC, suppose that tan , tan , tan are in harmonic progression.
2 2 2
B
55. What is the minimum possible value of cot ?
2
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 3 (D) 2
56. What is the maximum possible value of angle B?

 
(A) (B)
6 4
 
(C) (D)
3 2
SECTION – C
57. The no of values of z satisfying z  2i  2 and z  1  3i  z  1  3i  2 2 is
58. The minimum value of f  x  where

6
 1  6 1 
x    x  6   2
x  x 
f x   3
 1  3 1 
x  x   x  3 
   x 
59. If A is 3  4 matrix and B is 4  3 matrix and det(AB) = 3, then find det(BA)
60. A variable circle S of radius r cuts a rectangular hyperbola H in four distinct point A, B, C and D. If
O is the centre of H then the value of
OA 2  OB 2  OC2  OD2
 is
r2
61. Let S be the sum of all x in the internal  0, 2 such that 3 cot 2 x  8 cot x  3  0 . Then the value
S
of is

62. Let A be n  n matrix with A  4. B is the adjoint of the matrix 2A such that B  1024. What is
the value of n.
63. The graph xy = 1 is reflected in y = 2x to give the graph 12x 2  r.xy  sy 2  t  0 r  s  t  is
64. If the straight line joining origin to the point of intersection of straight lines 4x + 3y = 24 and the
curve (x- 3)2 + (y – 4)2 = c2 are at right angle then find the value of c .
2
65. The value of   x   x   x   dx where [.] is greatest integer function.
0
2
66. If f is real valued differentiable function satisfying f  x   f  y    x  y  , x, y  R and f(0) = 0 then
f(1) is equal to
SECTION – D
n n  n  1n  2  n
2008
67. If T r
 then lim  is
r 1 3 n
r 1 Tr
68. Word of length 10 are formed using the letters A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J. Let X be the number of
such word where no letter is repeated and y see the number of such word where exactly are
letters is repeated twice and no other letter is repeated then y/9x =
69. Find the minimum value of the sum of real no. a 5 , a 4 ,3a 3 ,1, a8 and a10  a  0 .
FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 2

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. C
4
Sol. Use  Fdt  mv  m  5 
0
1 1 2
work F  mv 2  m  5 
2 2
2. D
a y1  y 2
Sol. tan θ  
g 4
 y1  y 2  0.5 ........  i a
Volume of water is q
y1
4  y1  y 2 
 3  18 y2
2
 y1  y 2  3 ........ ii
4
2.5
 y2 
2
 speed of liquid coming from orifice is
 at  2gy 2  10m / s
3. C
Sol. TP  40 N
TQ  30N
TP  TQ  10 N
4. BD
Sol. When a displacement wave strikes a fixed end, it gets inverted after reflection and when a
pressure wave strikes a fixed end, compression pulse gets reflected as compression pulse.
5. ABD
Sol. Speed will be maximum when the block passes through the equilibrium position. F
Fspring = mg Spring
 A is correct
(B) From conservation of energy
1 1
mg(  x)  Kx 2  mv max
2
(1)
2 2
mg mg 
Where x   
K 4mg 4 mg

putting x  in equation (1)
4
3
Vmax  gl
2

(C) is incorrect as in equilibrium compression is  which is more than
4 8
T 1 m
(D) Time taken is  2
4 4 K
 D is correct
6. ABC
Sol. Applying Snell’s law at face AB, we get
1  sin 60º  3  sin r
3 1
 3 sinr or sin r 
2 2
 1 
r  sin1    30º
 2
1
sin  c 
3
(where, c is the critical angle)
 1 
 c  sin1  or c  35º
 3 
From geometry, angle of incidence at Q is 45º. At face CD angle of incidence is greater than c .
Therefore, the rays gets totally internally reflected at face CD. Hence, option (a) is correct. From
geometry, angle of incidence at R is 30º. At face AD angle of incidence is less than c
So, the ray comes through face AD. Hence option (b) is correct.
Applying Snell’s law at face AD, we get
 3
e  sin1    60º
 2 
The angle between the incident ray and the emergent ray is 90º.
Hence, option (c) is correct and option (d) is incorrect.
7. AD
Sol. WA B  nRT1 ln 2
U1  U0
W A B  In 2
2
dv
 2R
dT
dv  2RdT
C V  2R
CP  3R
8. BCD
Sol. Current through resistances remains constant.
9. B
 PV 
Sol. Q  nCP T  CP  
 R 
10. A
Mg/A
Sol. Po
Pgas
SECTION – C
11. 8
3
 4S  3  4S  5R 
Sol.  Po   R   0.5Po  0.8   
 R   R  4 
96S
P 
R
12. 4
C
Sol. Lmin   16 cm
4f
so resonance for length 16 cm, 48 cm, 80 cm i.e 3 cases.
13. 5
Sol. VS2  VR2  VC2  2VR VC cos 
VR
i
R
PC  i VC cos 
14. 3
Sol. each falling link collides with the fallen links with a relative velocity

v imp   vj F imp
  dm1
f imp  v rel m'
dt

f imp  v 2 j N m'g
from equation on heap
N  mg  fimp  0

N   v 2  gy 
 2 1 2
 10  0.05 
 2 1  0.5 
 3N
15. 5
Sol. PM  2P2  PM
1 1
P2  
f2 4R
1 1 2 5
  2  
fm 4R R 2R
2
fm   R
5
h  2 fm
2R
h  2 4
5
R  5m
16. 5
1 1 q2
Sol. E mv 2  kx 2 
2 2 2c
q
e  Bv  
c
1 1
 
E  m  B 2 2c v 2  kx 2
2 2
as E = constant
dE
0
dt
dv  k 
  x
dt  m  B 2 2c 
 = 20 rad/sec
17. 5
Sol. Angular momentum about P = t = mgsin30o R 1   N
f
o
mg sin 30
P o
mg cos 30
18. 3
Sol.

 P.E., U  .B    

I2 r 2  oI1R 2 
3
2 R 2  x2 2  
2 2
du 3o R r I1I2 x
F     5
, N  3
dx

2
2 R x 2 2

19. 3
 A
A 2 
sin  
 A  m 
sin    2 

Sol.    2  2   
A 3 A
sin   sin  
2 2
 3A 
sin  
2  4  , Let A  
 
3 A 4
sin  
2
 
2 sin3 3 sin   4 sin3  3  4 sin2 
   
3 sin2 2sin .cos  2cos 
 4 3 cos 2   4cos   3  0
1 2 3  1 
 cos    ,  
2 3 2  2 3
A 
   30o   30o 
4 6
2
A , C  3
3
20. 1
Sol. For maxima at P, path Diff.  n, n  int eger
d
  s2P  s1P      1 t  n  y     1 t  n
D
10 6
 n  106 m  n 

106 10 6
nmax   2.5& nmin
  1.42
4000  1010 7000  1010
 n  2, only one wavelength will give max ima at P for n  2
SECTION – D
21. 00001.53
Sol. The centre of mass of the rod is at distance

y  x from the brim.
2
 V y  x
 al gV   w g 2  x  mg 2
 
4
  1.53
x
22. 01057.50
Sol. Let the sound observed by the parachutist at t0 = 12s be produced

at t1s. Velocity of source at the instant of emitting sound = gt1 and 1 / 2  gt12
velocity of observer at the instant of observing same sound = gt0.
Hence the relation between apparent frequency f’ and original 1/ 2  gt20
frequency f will be h
 v  gt 0 
f'  f 
 v  gt1  Reflected
Here f = 800 Hz, g = 10 m/s2, v = 330 m/s Incident sound
Sound
T0 = 12s and f’ = 800 + 700 = 1500 Hz
Putting these, we get
T1 = 9s
Now the distance traveled by sound in (t0 – t1) sec
 1   1 
is v  t 0  t1    h  gt 02    h  gt12 
 2   2 
Putting the values, we get
H = 1057.5 m
23. 00772.00
Sol. Rate of formation of nuclei at time t is
dN
   N, where N = number of nuclei at that time
dt


N  1  et



Number of nuclei disintegrated in time t, Nd = t  1  e t

 
  
 Energy released till time t, E = E0Nd = E0 t  1  et  
  
20% of this energy is used for heating water,
  
0.2E0 t  1  et    ms
  
  
 

0.2E0  t  1  e t 


 
ms
At t = T1/2
 2  1 
0.2E0 2T1   1  
 2
  2 
 
ms
0.2E 0 0.386 
  772K
ms
SECTION – A
24. B
Sol. O O
HO S (S)n-2 S OH
O O
No. of S-S bond = (n-1)
25. C
Sol.
-
PhLi
-
(1) Aromatic
CH3
PhLi
-
CH3
(2) Anti Aromatic
26. C
Sol. pv 5 /2  const ; n  5 / 2 (Polytropic process)
no. of moles  1
3
Cv of Ar  R
2
q  nC  T
 R 
 n  Cv   T
 1 n 
3 R 
 1 R    26
2 1 5 / 2 
5
 R  26
6
5
  8.314  26  180 J
6
27. ABC
Sol. (a) Mechanical equilibrium
(b) Thermal equilibrium
(c) Chemical equilibrium
28. ABC

H
Sol. A2On  MnO4  AO3  Mn 2
Eq. of A2On  Eq. of MnO4
1.5  10 3  10  2n   60  0.03  10 3  5
no. of moles   n  factor 

n  2
formula  A2O2
Empirical formula  AO
29. ABCD
Sol. ABCD
I=Trans form but both methyl on equational position
IV=III=cis form one methyl on axial position and one on equational position
II=Trans form but both methyl on axial position
30. AB
Sol. In hyper conjugation  electron interact with vacant orbital.
31. ACD
Sol. (A) NH3 Cl
NH3 NH3
Cl NH3
Pt Pt
NH3 Cl NH3
NH3
NH3 Cl
cis trans
Plane of symmetry optically in active Plane of symmetry optically in active
(B)
ox
-3
- Optically active
ox Fe
- no geometrical isomerism
ox
(C) a n
d
Square planer
Plane of symmetry
M
Optically inactive
c b - GI occurs
(D) If ligand is optically active then complex is optically active.
32. D
Sol. In polymerisation isomerism; ratio of metal and different ligand should be same.
33. B
SECTION – C
34. 8
Sol. PtCl 2  NH3  4  PtCl 2 SCN 4  c
PtCl  SCN  NH3   PtCl SCN 3 


ambidentate ligand
so two isomer possible
 
Total SCN  ligand  4
Total isomer  4  2  8
35. 3
Sol. O
O
O3/ C H
H +
+
Zn/H2O O C H
O O H
O
O
C H
= 2CH 3CHO +
C H
O
O
O3/ O O C H
+
Zn/H2O H3C C C CH3
C H
O
So, no. of different pdt are
O O O O
H3C CHO + H3C C C CH3 + H C C H
36. 3
Sol. 1.03 O
2.Zn/H2O 2 CHO C CHO

(X)
No. of  bond = 3
37. 6
Sol. 10  4
9  4 
8  4 
Total 6 spectral lines
7  4
6  4

5  4 
38. 2
15 / m
Sol. f  K f m  kf   1000
100
15
1  kf   10   (1)
m
if mass of solute  30g
30 / m
f  K f   1000
100
15
 2  kf   100
m
 21  2
39. 4
Sol. HA  NaOH  NaA  H 2O;   6900 cal / eg
HB  NaOH  NaB  H 2O;   2900 cal / eg
Let x eq of NaOH react with HA and y eg NaOH react with HB
x y 1
6900 x  x   2900  y  3900
 x  1/ 4
y 3/4
x : y  1: 3
x  y  1 3  4
40. 1
Sol. SO42 ion is present in solution; no electrolysis of SO42
[ SO42 ]=0.1 M
Decimolar concentration of SO42  1
41. 6
rMg 2 0.65
Sol.   0.35
rS 2 1.84
Co-ordination no.=4
rMg 2 0.65
  0.464
rO 2 1.4
Co-ordination no.=6
rCs  1.69
  0.933
rCs  1.81
Co-ordination no.=8
Co  ordination no.
r
0.225   0.414 4
r
r
0.414   0.732 6
r
r
0.732  1 8
r
42. 7
Sol. a, c, d , g, j , l , m
43. 7
Sol. 1 2
SH O
HO C OEt
1 O O
C Cl
H2C CH2 O
Cl 2
1
SECTION – D
44. 00002.68
Z M
Sol. Density 
NA  a3
Z M
a3 
NA  d
a
Dis tan ce between K  and F  
2
45. 00040.00
  6  8 2
Sol. Rate after 10 minutes = 
10 8
  4  6 2
Rate after 20 minutes = 
10 8
Reaction of 1st order
At = Ao – kt
0=8–kt
8
t=
k
6 = 8 – k  10
2
 k
10
8 8
t= =  40 min
k 2
10
46. 00000.11
0.5  40  60
Sol. no of equivalent of Al =
96500
0.5  40  60 1
No of moles of Al = 
96500 3
0.5  40  60 27
Mass of Al deposited =   0.11 g
96500 3

SECTION – A
47. A
1
1 1 1  16 1
Sol. A 1   2  .....    sq. unit
16  4 4  1 1 12
4
48. C
Sol. Area of required region is half of the area of circle.
49. C
Sol. x  1  h, h0
log  2  h  log2  3.4h
 3  3h 
lim 1 1
h 0  
  8  h    4  3h     sin h 
3 2
 
1  h
 2 log  1  2    4h  1 
3    1
4 
  h 
 2 
lim  
h 0  1 1
1 1 
 8  h  3  8 3
3  4  3h  2  4 2   sin h 
     
 h 3h  h 
 
1 3
3    log4  1  log4  1
 2  2
1 1 1 1 
 3 . 4  3  2  2     4
3
 
9
 log 4  1
4
50. C
     
Sol. r  c  b  r  c  b

 a.c   8  7 
r.a  0         5
a.b 2  0  1
  
  
r  c   b  4iˆ  3 ˆj  7kˆ  5 î  ˆj  kˆ 

r   î  8ˆj  2kˆ
 x  y  z  7
51. C
 1 
 tan   
m  m2 a tan  
Sol. tan    1   2
1  m1m2 b a
1 2
b
cot   
a 2

 b2 sin .cos 
a.b

2cot 


a  b2  a  2
 
e2 
b
sin 2 a2   1  e2
52. A
Sol. The line x – y + a = 0 tangent at P. then PR  PQ will be maximum   RQ 
53. ACD
Sol. focus  6,  3  and equation of tangent at vertex is 5x  3y  15.
30  9  15 24
 Length of latus rectum  4 
34 34
54. BD


Sol. As x  ,  cot x is positive  being in I quadrant  
2
thus cot x   0 lim f  x   e0  1

x
2
f  x   ecot xas cot x is negative in 2nd quadrant


and cot  0  cot x   1
2
1
lim f  x  
x
 e
2
55. C
A C
cot  cot
Sol. A G 2 2  cot B  3
2 2
B
cot  3
2
56. C
B 1 
Sol. tan  B
2 3 3
SECTION – C
57. 1
Sol. Ellipse in internally tangent to the circle at point of intersection.
58. 6
3
 1 1
Sol. Let  x    a and x 3  3  b
 x x
3
a2  b 2  1 1
f x   a  b   x    x3  3
ab  x x
1
3 x  6.
x
59. 0
Sol. use property
60. 4
2 2  c
Sol. H  xy  c 2 , S   x      y     r 2 let P  ct, 
 t
S 1  t12  t 22  t 32  t 24  2
 2
 2   2 
c2
1 1 1 1
S2  2  2  2  2  2
2   2   2  
t1 t 2 t 3 t 4 c2
c2 c 2 4r 2
2  1
 S  S2   2  2
r r c
61. 5
Sol. Let y  cotx; 3y 2  8y  3  0, y1, y 2 be roots
8
y1  y 2   , y1y 2  1
3
y  cot x is a bijection on  0,   R
and also  , 2   R
    3 
cot x  0 when x   ,     , 2 
2   2 
   3 
 x1, x 2   ,   &  x 3 , x 4    , 2 
2   2 
y1  cot x1  cot x 3 , y 2  cot x 2  cot x 4
y1y 2  1  cot x1 cotx 2  cot x 3 .cot x 4  1
 x1  x 2  x 3  x 4  5 
62. 3
n 1
Sol. B  adj  2A   B  2A
n n 1
1024  4n 1  2
2
210  2n n  2
n3
63. 6
Sol. Let  h, k  lies on hyperbola
h  x1 k  y1 2  2h  k 
   hk  1
2 1 5
12x 2  7xy  12y 2  25  0.
64. 5
Sol. Use Homogenization.
65. 3
Sol. Properties of G.I.F.
66. 0
Sol. Use L.M.V.T
SECTION – D
67. 02008.00
Sol. t n   t n   t n 1
68. 01008.00
Sol. Use fundamental principle of counting.
69. 01210.00
Sol. (AM > GM)
FIITJEE
CONCEPT RECAPITULATION TEST – IV
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 1

for wrong answer
for wrong answer.
negative marking.
AITS-CRT-IV (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A massless spool of inner radius r, outer radius R is placed against a

vertical wall and a tilted split floor as shown. A light inextensible
thread is tightly wound around the spool through which a mass m is g R
r
hanging. There exists no friction at point A, while the coefficient of  B
C
friction between the spool and point B is  . The angle between the
A
two surfaces is  .  
O
m
(A) The magnitude of the force on the spool at B in order to maintain equilibrium is
2 2
mg  r/R  + 1-r/R  1/tan 2 θ
(B) The magnitude of the force on the spool at B in order to maintain equilibrium is
mg 1-r/R 1/tanθ
(C) The minimum value of  for the system to remain in equilibrium is cotθ/  R/r  -1
(D) The minimum value of  for the system to remain in equilibrium is tanθ/  R/r  -1
2. A small sphere of mass m is connected by a string to a nail at u

O and moves in a circle of radius r on the smooth plane 90  A
inclined at an angle  with the horizontal. If the sphere has a B
velocity u at the top position A. Mark the correct options. O θ=37°

C
(A) Minimum velocity at A so that the string does not get slack instantaneously is 3/5gr
(B) Tension at B is 9mg/5 if the sphere has the required velocity as in option (A).
(C) Tension at C is 18mg/5 in situation of option (B)
(D) None of these
3 AITS-CRT-IV (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19
3. A string of length 3l is connected to a fixed cylinder whose

top view is shown in figure. The string is initially slack. The 10m/s
other end of the string (connected to a marble) is moving at a
constant velocity of 10 m/s as shown. The string will get 3l
stretched at some instant and impulsive tension occurs in the  θ
string. If hinge is exerting a force of 40000 N for 0.25 ms on m=2kg
the cylinder to bear up the impact of impulsive tension, then
mark the correct statements. (Take string to be light, breaking
5
tension of the string is 2×10 N )
(A) The angle made by the velocity of marble with the length of string when it is just stretched
is 60
(B) The marble will move in a circular path of varying radius with constant speed of 5 3 m/s,
after the string is taut
(C) To answer above two options, the value of  must be given
(D) The string will break is impulse duration is less than 0.05 min
4. A rod AC of length l and mass m is kept on a horizontal

smooth plane. It is free to rotate and move. A particle of same B l/4
mass m moving on the plane with velocity v strikes the rod at
A 37 C
point B making angle 37° with the rod. The collision is elastic.
After collision. V
(A) The angular velocity of the rod will be 72/55 v / l
(B) The centre of the rod will travel a distance  l / 3 in the time in which it makes half rotation
(C) Impulse of the impact force is 24m v/55
(D) None of these
l
5. A rectangular vessel of dimension  l  b  h  and mass M contains a
liquid of density  . The vessel has an orifice at its bottom at a h F
distance c from the rear wall as shown in the figure.
c
(A) The maximum volume of the water that can be stored when the vessel is accelerated is
hcb / 2
(B) The maximum volume of the water that can be stored when the vessel is accelerated is
hlb / 2
 
(C) Force F that must be applied when maximum water stored is M  hcb  / 2 hg / c
(D) Force F that must be applied when maximum water stored is  M  hcb  / 2 lg / c
6. A circular cylinder of radius R and height H is filled with water to

 2
a height   H . It starts rotating about its axis with constantly
 3 H
2
H
increasing angular speed. Choose the correct alternatives. 3
(A) At all speeds, shapes of the free surface is parabolloid

(B) The free surface touches first the brim of the cylinder and then the base of the cylinder.
(C) The free surface cannot touch the base without spilling water.
(D) The free surface touches the brim as well as the base at the same instant.
7. A tunnel is dug along a chord of the earth at a perpendicular distance R/2 from the earth’s centre.
The wall of the tunnel may be assumed to be frictionless. A particle is released from one end of
the tunnel. The pressing force by the particle on the wall, and the acceleration of the particle vary
with x (distance of the particle from the centre) according to:
Pressing Pressing
force force
(A) (B)
x
x=R/2 x=R x=R/2 x=R
Acceleration Acceleration
(C) (D)
x x
x=R/2 x=R x=R/2 x=R
(Matching Type)
Column – 1 gives the continuous charge arrangement, Column – 2 gives the electric field at any
arbitary point P inside the cavity and Column – 3 gives the potential at the same arbitary point P:
Column –1 Column –2 Column –3
Uniformly charged non-
conducting sphere having a
cavity
  
(I)
 (i) E in non- (P)
Potential is constant at
every point
   P uniform

 

charge density 
A charged conductor having
cavity
Q
E is uniform Potential is zero at every
(II) (ii) (Q)
 P and non zero point
Charge conducting sphere

A uncharged conductor with
a V cavity having spherical
Q at its centre. 
E is
P unidirectional at Potential is varying at
(III) Q (iii) every point with (R)
every point
 varying
magnitude
A conducting sphere having

charge Q
P  Potential cannot be
(IV) (iv) E is zero (S)
defined

8. Which of the following is correct combination if the given matrix?

(A)  I   ii   R  (B)  I   ii   P 
(C)  I   iv   P  (D)  II   iii   P 

(A)  I   ii   P  (B)  II   iv   P 
(C)  I   iv   P  (D)  II   iii   P 

(A)  I   ii   P  (B)  I   iii   P 
(C)  III   i   R  (D)  II   iii   P 
For one mole of a monoatomic gas match the following:

Column –1 Column –2 [Bulk Column –3
[Thermodynamics modulus] [Slope of P-V graph]
Process]
RT
(I) Isothermal (i) Infinity (P) 
V2
5RT
(II) Adiabatic (ii) (Q) Zero
3V
RT
(III) Isobaric (iii) (R) Infinity
V
5 RT
(IV) Isochoric (iv) Zero (S) 
3V 2
11. Pick correct combination for the given matrix:
(A)  I   ii   P  (B)  I   iii   P 
(C)  I   iv   P  (D)  II   iii   P 

(A)  II   ii   S (B)  II   i   S
(C)  II   ii   P  (D)  III   ii   S

(A)  IV   ii   R  (B)  IV   iii   R 
(C)  IV   i   R  (D)  IV   iv   R 
SECTION – C
14. A non-conducting non-magnetic rod having circular cross

section of radius R is suspended from a rigid support as
shown in figure. A light and small coil of 300 turns is
wrapped tightly at the left end of the rod where uniform
magnetic field B exists in vertically downward direction.
Air of density  hits the half of the right part of the rod with
velocity V as shown in the figure. What should be current
in clockwise direction (as seen from O ) in the coil so that
rod remains horizontal? Give answer in mA. Given
2  PB 1 -1/2
 A [Assume air stops after collision]
LV  5
15. An elevator carrying a charge of 0.5C is moving down with q 

3 1
a velocity of 5 10 ms . The elevator is 4m from the
bottom and 3m horizontally from P as shown in fit.2.202.
4m
What magnetic field (in T ) does it produce at point P ?
v
P
3m
16. A long coaxial cable consists of two thin-walled conducing cylinders with inner radius 2cm and
outer radius 8 cm . The inner cylinder carries a steady current 0.1A, and the outer cylinder
provides the return path for that current. The current produces a magnetic field between the two
cylinders. Find the energy stored in the magnetic field for length 5m of the cable. Express answer
in nJ (use In 2  0.7 ).
17. A capacitor of capacity 2 F is charged to a potential difference of 12V . It is then connected

across an inductor of inductance 6 H . What is the current (in A) in the circuit at a time when the
potential difference across the capacitor is 6.0V ?
18. Variation of voltage with time is shown in Figure. The V

2 4
rms voltage is found to be N V . Find N .
3 2
0 t  ms 
1 2 3
2
4
SECTION – A
19. Which of the following process is/are associated with change of hybridization of underlined
compounds?
(A) Al  OH 3 ppt. dissolved in NaOH
(B) B2 H 6 is dissolved in THF
(C) SiF4 vapours is passed though liquid HF
(D) Solidification of PCl 5 vapour.
20. Which of the following statement is/are true? (lp – lone pair and Bp-bond pair)
(A) At 102° bond angle in H 2 O , p-p<p-Bp<Bp-Bp  Repulsion 
(B) At 104.5° bond angle in H 2 O , p-p=p-Bp=Bp-Bp  Repulsion 

(C) At 106 bond angle in water, p-p>p-Bp>Bp-Bp  Repulsion 
(D) Maximum number of hydrogen bonds H 2 O molecule can form are 3.
21. 40 mL 0.05 M solution of sodium sesquicarbonate dihydrate  Na 2CO3 .NaHCO3.2H2O  is

titrated against 0.05M HCl solution, x mL of acid is required to reach the phenolphthalein end
point while y mL of same acid were required when methyl orange indicator was used in a
separate titration. Which of the following is/are correct statement?
(A) y-x=80 mL
(B) y+x=160 mL
(C) If titration is started with phenol phthalein indicator and methyl orange is added at the end
point, 2x mL of HCl would be required further to reach the end point.
(D) If same volume of same solution is titrated against 0.10 M NaOH, x/2 mL of base would be
required.
22. The incorrect statements are?

(A) The molar volume of every gas at STP is 22.4L
(B) At critical point, compression factor is unity
(C) A gas with large ‘b’ has high critical pressure.
 PV 
(D) For real gas, lim   =1 where symbols have their usual meaning.
p 0
 RT 
23. When 0.5 mL of a 1.0 M HCl solution is mixed with 5.0 mL of a 0.1M NaOH solution,
temperature of solution increases by 2°C . Which of the following(s) can be predicated accurately
from this observation?
(A) If 10mL of same HCl is mixed with 10 mL of same NaOH , temperature rise will be 4°C
(B) If 10mL of 0.05 M HCl is mixed with 10 mL of 0.5 M NaCl, the temperature rise will
be 2°C
(C) If 5mL of 0.1 M HCl is mixed with 5 mL 0.1 M NH3 solution, the temperature rise will be less
than 2°C
(D) If 5 mL of 0.1 M CH3COOH is mixed with 5 mL 0.1 M NaOH, the temperature rise will be less
than 2°C
24. At a certain temperature  T1  , some hydrazine  N 2 H 4  gas is placed in a sealed flask where the
following equilibrium is established.

3N 2 H 4  g  
1
K
 4 NH 3  g   N 2  g  H   0
If the temperature is increased to T2, some ammonia gas also decomposes as

k2
2 NH 3  g   
 N 2  g   3H 2  g  H   0
What would be observed as temperature is increased from T1 to T2 ?
(A) Some more hydrazine would decompose.
(B) If K1 <K 2 , concentration of NH3 would decrease.
(C) Partial pressure of N2 would be doubled.
(D) All of these would be observed.
25. The yellow precipitate is obtained when:

(A) Lead acetate solution is treated with K 2 CrO 4
(B) Pb  NO3  2 solution is treated with K 2 CrO 4
(C) AgNO 3 solution is treated with KI
(D) H 2S is passed through a solution of CdSO 4
(Matching Type)
Column –3 (Double
Column –1 Column –2
bond equivalent in
(Reaction) (Intermediate)
product)
CHCl3 , KOH
(I) + 
 
(i) Carbocation (P) 0
Br
Ph  Li
(II) 
 (ii) Carbonion (Q) 1
Br
Cl O
Na
(III) Cl C C OH 

 (iii) Free Radical (R) 2
Cl
OH
(IV) 
(iv) Carbene (S) 3
H



(A)  II   iv   R  (B)  I   ii  iv   R 
(C)  II   ii  iv   R  (D)  III   iii   P 

(A)  IV  i  R  (B)  I   iv   R 
(C)  III   iv   P  (D)  I   ii  iv   S
28. Which of the following is used for extraction of copper?

(A)  IV  i  R  (B)  IV  i   Q
(C)  III   ii  iv   P  (D)  III   iv   Q 

 N 2  g  +3H 2  g 
2NH3  g   Introduction of H2(g) at
(I) (i) constant volume shift (P) Kp=K C  RT 
equilibrium back.
 PCl3  g  +Cl2  g 
PCl5  g    increases on 2
(II) (ii) increasing (Q) Kp=K C  RT 
temperature
 H 2  g   I 2  g 
2HI  g   On increasing the
pressure, 2
(III) (iii)
concentration of all the
(R) Kp=K C  RT 
reactants increases
 NH 3  g   H 2S  g 
NH 4 HS  s    is independent of
(IV) (iv) (S) Kp=K C
equilibrium pressure

(A)  III   i  iii  iv   S  (B)  III  i  ii  iv   S
(C)  IV   ii  iii   Q  (D)  IV   ii  iv   Q 

(A)  I   i  ii  iii  iv   Q  (B)  III   i  ii  iii  iv   S
(C)  III   i  ii  iii   S  (D)  I   ii  iii  iv   Q 

(A)  I   i  ii  iii   Q  (B)  II   ii  iii  iv   P 
(C)  II   i  ii  iii   P  (D)  I   iii  iv   Q 
SECTION – C
32. The solubility product constant of a metal carbonate MCO3 is 2×10-12 at 25°C. A solution is 0.1 M
in M(NO3)2 and it is saturated with 0.01M CO2. Also the ionization constant of CO2 are Ka1 =
4×10-7 and Ka2 = 5×10-11 at 25°C. The minimum pH that must be maintained to start any
precipitation is?
33. 2.0 moles of an ideal gas of unknown heat capacity are in a piston fitted cylinder at 300K. The
piston has a mass on the top of it that supplies a constant pressure. The piston is then brought
into contact with a thermostal. Heat flow into the system causing the gas to both expand and
change temperature. After the temperature has equilibrated, the work done by the gas on
surrounding was found to be 3.32 kJ. Also 14.94 kJ of heat flows into the system. What is the
atomicity of the gas. Assume R = 8.3 jK-1 mol-1.
34. The standard reduction potential of silver chloride electrode (metal – sparingly soluble salt
electrode) is 0.209 V and for silver electrode is 0.80 V. If the moles of AgCl that can dissolve in
10 L of a 0.01 M NaCl solution is represented as 10-y, then find the value of y?
35. Consider the following reversible system:

 AB2  g  1
A  g   2B  g   KC =
4
The above equilibrium is established in a 1.0 L flask and at equilibrium 2 moles of each A and B
are present. If 2 moles of B is added further, how many moles of AB2 should be added so that
moles of A does not change?
36. Which of these statements are correct?

(i) 1, 3, 5-cycloheptatriene is not acidic while 1, 3-cyclopentadiene is acidic in nature.
(ii) p-chlorophenol is less acidic than p-fluorophenol
(iii)  N  O shows both +M and -M effect.
(iv) singlet halo-carbene are more stable than triplet halo-carbene
(v) conjugated acid of pyridine remains aromatic but pyrrole does not remain aromatic.
 vi  Dipole moment of is greate than
(vii) energy needed for homolytic bond fission is less than that required for the heterolytic bond
fission.
SECTION – A
  and satisfying the equation sin x  cos y  6 sin x cos y  8 . If   x  y

3 3
37. Let x, y  0, 2
and m  x  y , then:
 5
(A) least value of  is (B) largest value of  is
2 2
 
(C) least value of m is (D) largest value of m is
2 2
1        
38. If sin  tan  sin     cos 1  cot  cos     , then value of sin can be:
 2   2  2 3
1
(A) 0 (B)
2
1 3
(C) (D)
2 2
39. Let  ,  and  be three real numbers. Suppose that cos   cos   cos   1 and
p q
sin   sin   sin   1 , then smallest possible value of cos  
r
(where p, q, r   )

(A) p  q  r  12 (B) p  q  r  10
(C) p  q  r  4 (D) p  q  r  2
4 3 2
40. Consider an equation 8 x  16 x  16 x  8 x  a  0 then the sum of all the non-real roots of the
equation can be a    
(A) 1 (B) 2
1
(C) (D) None of these
2

41. The vector(s) which is/are coplanar with vectors iˆ  ˆj  2kˆ, iˆ  2 ˆj  kˆ and perpendicular to the c ,

where c is unit vector perpendicular to the plane of vectors of vectors
iˆ  ˆj  kˆ and iˆ  2 ˆj  3kˆ is/are:
3 ˆ 5 ˆ
(A) 3iˆ  4 ˆj  5kˆ (B) i  2 2 ˆj  k
2 2
 4 ˆ 5 ˆ 4 ˆ
(C)   iˆ  j k (D) 3iˆ  j  5 3kˆ
 3 3  3
1 1 k
42. On xy -plane, the path defined by the equation m
 m n
 0 is
x y  x  y
1
(A) a parabola if m  , k  1, n  0 (B) a hyperbola if m  1, k  1, n  0
2
(C) a pair of lines if m  k  n  1 (D) a pair of lines if m  k  1, n  1
 2 1 10 a b 
43. Let A    be a matrix if A    , then
 0 3 c d 
(A) a  d is a multiple of 13 (B) b is an even integer
(C) Number of factors of d  b is 11 (D) Number of factors of a  b  c  d is 22
(Matching Type)
Column – 1: Real valued function

Column – 2: Domain of the function
Column – 3: Range of the function
Match the following column(s) (where [.] denotes greatest integer function and {.} denotes
fractional part function)
Number of integers in Set of all non positive
f1  x    log 2  x  1   x  3 
3 3
(I) (i) (P)
  the domain of f(x) is 2 integers  1
    4x2    4x2 
f2 x log 2 sinln cosln 
Number of integers
Set of all non-
(II)     1x    1x  (ii) not in the domain of (Q)
      negative integers
f(x) is 2
 x5 2  Number of integers in Set of all positive

(III) f3  x    2  (iii)
the domain of f(x) is 3
(R)
integers
 x  10 x  21 
  Number of integers in
1  1
(IV) f4  x     (iv) the domain of f(x) is (S)  0, 
 ln cos 1 x 
   infinite  2
44. Which of the following combination is correct?

(A)  I   iv   P  (B)  I   iv   R 
(C)  II   ii   R  (D)  III   i   S

(A)  IV  i   P (B)  III   ii   S
(C)  IV   i   Q  (D)  II   iii   S

(A)  II  iv   P (B)  IV  i  P
(C)  II   i   P  (D)  IV   i   R 
If three planes are given

P1 :2 x  3 y  4 z  9
P2 : 4 x  5 y  6 z  15
P3 : y  az  b
And two lines are given

  
L1 : r  iˆ  a1 ˆj  kˆ   b1iˆ  b2 ˆj  kˆ 

L : r    iˆ  ˆj  kˆ 
2
Where line L1 is contained in P1 ,P2 and P3 :

Then,
Acute angle between Image of point  0, 0, 0 
(I) b1  b2 is  3 (i)  11  (P)  6 12 
P1 & P3 is cos1   w.r.t. P3 is  0, ,
 145  
 5 5
Acute angle between
Image of point  0, 0, 0 
(II) a1  a is 3 (ii)  31 (Q)
L2 & P3 is cos   w.r.t. line L1 is 1,1,1
 5
Distance of point  0, 0, 0 
Distance between L1 and from P1 measured parallel
(III) b  b1  b2 is 2 (iii) (R)
L2 is zero 9
to L2 is
29
b1
1 Distance of a point
  x dx
b2
is
2 Acute angle between
1,0, 0 from P3
(IV) (iv) 3 3 (S)
(where {.} L2 & P1 is sin  1
 measured parallel to L2 is
represents  29 
fractional part 3
function)
47. Which of the following is correct?

(A)  I   iii   Q  (B)  II  iii   P 
(C)  III   ii   S (D)  IV   iv   R 

(A)  III  iv  S (B)  III   ii   P 
(C)  IV   i   P  (D)  II   iii   R 
49. Which of the following is incorrect?

(A)  II  i  P  (B)  III   iii  S
(C)  III   iv   R  (D)  III   iii   P 
SECTION – C
50. A special deck of cards contains 49 cards, each labeled with a number from 1 to 7 and coloured
with one of seven colours. Each number – colour combination appears on exactly one card.
Mokshika will select a set of eight cards from the deck at random. Given that she gets atleast one
card of each colour and atleast one card with each number, the probability that Mokshika can
discard one of her cards and still have atleast one card of each colour and atleast one card with
p
each number is , where p and q are relatively prime positive integers. Find p  q :
q
n
e n  y  e  1 1
51. If f  y   lim  then the value of  f  x dx is:
n 
n 1 e n
 1 e n 1  1 0
52. Let y  f  x  f :     be an explicit function defined by the implicit equation
x 3  y 3  3  x 2  y 2   3  x  y   14 and g be the inverse of f. If

d 2/3
dx
 
f  x  g  x   .g  x  f  x   at x  1  3 15 is equal to  15  , where    , then find
the value of  .
1.2 2.3 3.4 2011.2012

53. The remainder when 2 2  2 2  2 2  .......  2 2
Is divided by 7 is_______
1
  1  2
 2 cos  cot 1
x  
x
sin  cot 1
x  
 1 
54. Evaluate:  x   4  
  cot  cos ec x   tan  cos ec x   x 
1 1
   
FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 1
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. AD
Sol. f
N2
 mg
N1
mgr  fR    i 
N1 sin   f  mg    ii 
N1 cos   N 2     iii 
Solve  i  ,  ii  &  iii  to get N 2 and f
So, force at B f 2  N 22
For minimum value of N, use f   N2
2. ABC
3g
Sol. Use g eff  g sin 37  instead of g in all standard vertical circle cases
5
AITS-CRT-IV (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
3. ABD
Sol. The impulse exerted by the string on the cylinder is equal and opposite to the impulse exerted by
the cylinder on the string.
10sin 
10

10 cos 

J  40000  0.25  10 3  10 ms along the string
For marble,
J  0   2 10cos  
 final velocity along the string is zero.
Putting J  10ms, we get   60
4. ABC
Sol. The ball has v’ component of its velocity perpendicular to the length of rod immediately after
collision u is the velocity of CM of the rod and  is the angular velocity of the rod just after
collision.
Write velocity of separation = velocity of approach for the point of collision.
u


D v'
D
Use, conservation of linear momentum perpendicular to the rod and conserve angular momentum
about point D
5. AC
h a
Sol. tan   
c g h
6. ABC

 2r 2
Sol. The equation of free surface is y   y0 y
2g
y0
3 AITS-CRT-IV (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19
7. BC
x N
Sol. Net force towards the centre of the earth  mg '  mg and
R  
mg θ R/2
N  mg 'sin   
2
8. A
9. B
10. C
11. B
12. A
13. C
SECTION – C
14. 2
3L
Sol. Balancing torque about point O, NI  R 2  B   LRV 2
4
 L 
[ force exerted by air on rod    2 R   2   L0 RV 2 ]
 2 
15. 6
Sol. Use Biot-Savart Law:-
0 qV sin 
B
4 r 2
16. 7
Sol. At any distance r from the axis
r dr
 a
b
0 i
B
2 r
B2 0 i 2
4B  
20 8 2 r 2
[Magnetic energy density]
b
 du B   uB dv
a
17. 8
1 2 1 2 1
Sol. Using energy conservation Cv0  Cv  L0 I 2
2 2 2
Putting all given values
I=6A
18. 4
Sol. Make two separate equations, one f V  t  from 0 to 1 ms and the other from 1 to 2 ms
V1  4, for 0  1ms
And V2  4t  4, for t  1  2 ms
SECTION – A
19. ACD
Sol.
Al  OH 3  NaOH 
 Na  Al  OH 4 
sp 2 sp 3
SiF4  2 HF 
 H 2 SiF6
sp 3 sp 3d 2
 PCl4  PCl6
2PCl5 
sp 3d sp3 sp3d 2
20. ABC
Sol. At 104.5 angle, p  p  p  Bp  Bp  Bp
At 102 angle, i.e. bond angle is decreased so, Bp  Bp  Bp  p  p  Bp similarly at 106
angle, is bond angle is increased, p  p  p  Bp  Bp  Bp  Bp
Water can form maximum of 4 hydrogen bonds.
21. ABCD
Sol. Salt has equal moles of Na2CO3 and NaHCO3 when phenol phthalein indicator is used, only
reaction occur till end point is
Na2 CO3  HCl 
 NaHCO3  NaCl
40 mL 40 mL
0.05M 0.05M
x  40 mL
When methyl orange is used in an independent titration, 2x mL of HCl would be required for
Na2CO3 and x mL for original NaHCO3.
 y  3x  3  40  120 mL
Hence y  x  80 and y  x  160
If methyl orange is added subsequently at phenol phthalein end point, x mL of HCl would be
required for NaHCO3 produced from Na2CO3 and x mL for original NaHCO3 i.e. a total of 2x mL of
HCl would be required further.
NaOH  NaHCO3 
 Na2CO3  H 2O
2m mol 2m mol
2 x
Volume of NaOH required   20 mL  mL
0.10 2
22. ABC
Sol. (A) Molar volume of ideal gas at STP is 22.4 L
(B) AT critical point, z = 3/8
2
(C) Pc  a / 27b , hence large ‘b’ implies low critical pressure.
(D) As p  0, gas approaches ideal behaviour hence PV=const. and PV/RT = 1 .
23. CD
Sol. Weak acid and weak base gives less heat in neutralisation hence smaller temperature rise than in
cane of strong acids and bases if all other conditions are same.
24. AB
Sol. (A) As some ammonia is removed by 2nd reaction, some N2H4 would decompose to restore 1st
equilibrium.
(B) As K1 <K 2 , less ammonia will be formed than it is decomposed.
(C) Partial pressure of N2 will increase but it cannot be predicated with guarantee that it would be
doubled.
25. ABCD
Sol. Pb  CH 3COO  2 +K 2 CrO 4 
 PbCrO 4 +K CH3COO
 Yellow 
Pb  NO3  2 +K 2 CrO 4 
 PbCrO 4 +KNO3
 Yellow 
AgNO3 +KI 
 AgI+KNO3
 Yellow 
H 2S+CdSO 4 
 CdS+H 2SO 4
 Yellow 
26. C
27. D
28. C
29. C
30. B
31. A
SECTION – C
32. 4
Sol.  H + +HCO3-
H 2 CO3  Ka1  4.0 107
 H + +CO32-
HCO3-  Ka 2  5  1011
On adding above two equilibria
 2H + +CO32- Ka=2.0×10-17    1
H 2 CO3 
K sp =  M +2   CO32- 
2- K sp 2×10-12
 CO3  minimum
= = =2×10-11M
 M +2  0.1
For equation (1)
2
 H +  CO32- 
Ka =
 H2CO3 
2
 H +  ×2×10-11
2×10  -17
0.01
  H   10
+ 4
pH=4
33. 3
Sol.  w  3320  p0 V  nR T
3320
 T   200
2  8.3
 q  14.94 kJ  nC p T
19.94  1000
And C p   37.35 jK 1 mol 1
2  200
3 
Also C p    x  R, where x = atomicity.
2 
C p 3 37.35
x    1.5  3
R 2 8.3
34. 7
Sol. 0.0591
ECl  / AgCl / Ag  E Ag


/ Ag
 10 g K sp
1
0.0591
0.209  0.80  10 g K sp
1
 K sp  1010
Let solubility of AgCl in 0.01 M
  Ag   Cl  
AgCl    
1010  x  x  0.01
x  108
Moles of AgCl dissolved in 10 L = 10-8×10=10-7
y 7
35. 6
Sol. KC 
 AB2   1  x  1  x  x  2
 A B 2 4 2   2 2 4 2  4
 AB 2  2
Now let y moles of AB2 is added
 KC 
2  y 
1
2
2  2  2 4
2 y 1
 2

2   4 4
2 y
 1
8
y 82
y6
36. 6
SECTION – A
37. ABD
3
Sol. sin 3 x  cos 3 y   2   3.sin x cos y  2 
 sin x  cos y  2  0
 sin x  cos y  2
sin x  1 & cos y  1

x and y  0, 2
2
38. AD
   
Sol. tan  sin    cot  cos  
2  2 
    
tan  sin    tan   cos  
2  2 2 
  
 sin   n   cos 
2 2 2
 sin   cos   2n  1
 sin   cos   1,  1
  1
 sin      
 4 2
 n 
   n   1
4 4
 3
  0, ,  , , 2
2 2
 3
But   & are not in domain
2 2
 3
 sin  0,
3 2
39. ACD
Sol. a  cos   i sin 
b  cos   i sin 
c  cos   i sin 
then a  b  c  1  i
Where a, b, c are complex numbers on the unit circle. Now to minimise cos  , consider a triangle
with vertices a,1  i and the origin. We want a as far away from 1  i as possible while
maintaining a nonnegative imaginary part. This is achieved when b and c have the same
argument, so b  c  1  i  a  2 .
Now a, O and 1  i form a triangle having side lengths 1, 2, 2
 cos  
12   2  22
2 1  2
1

2 2
 
and cos   cos    
4 
 
 cos cos   sin sin 
4 4
1  7

4
40. AB
1
Sol. Substituting x  y 
2
4 3 2
 1  1  1  1
8  y    16  y    16  y    8  y    a  0
 2  2  2  2
 3
 8 y 4  4 y2   a    0
 2
2
Let y  z
 3
8 z 2  4 z   a    0
 2
Case I:
3
If a 
2
All roots are non-real
sum  2
Case II
3
If a 
2
2
8z  4 z  0
 2z2  z  0
1
 z  0; z  
2
1
 y 2  0; y 2  
2
2 2
 1  1 1
  x    0;  x   
 2  2 2
1 1
 x  , ; 2 non real roots
2 2
1 1
sum  2     
2 2
    1
Case III
3
a
2
Let z  k1 &  k2
 y 2  k1  y   k1
1 1
x y   k1 
2 2
1
x    k1
2
1  1 
 sum  2    k1     k1     
2  2 
   1
41. ABC
Sol.

c

iˆ  2 ˆj  kˆ 
6
 ˆ ˆ 
Let a  i  j  2kˆ and b  iˆ  2 ˆj  kˆ
  
 A vector coplanar to a and b and perpendicular to c
        
   
  a  b  c   a  c b  b  c a  


6
   
 1  2  2  i  2 ˆj  kˆ   1  4  1 iˆ  ˆj  2kˆ 
 ˆ

6

3i  4 ˆj  5kˆ 
6
For    6,    3 and  
3
42. ABCD
Sol. (A) x  y 1
 x  y  2 xy  1
 x 2  2 xy  y 2  2 x  2 y  1  0 is a parabola
1 1
(B)   1  xy  x  y  0 is a hyperbola
x y
1 1 1
(C)    0  x 2  3 xy  y 2  0 pair of straight lines
x y x y
1 2
(D) x  y   0   x  y   1  0 pair of straight lines
x y
43. ACD
n 2n
3n  2 n 
Sol. As A   
0 3n 
a  d  210  310  45  95 multiple of 13
10 10
Also d  b  2 , a  b  c  d  2  3
44. B
45. C
46. C
3
(I)
 3  1 3 3
 x 1  x  3  
4
  4  x2     4  x2  
(II) u  sin  ln     cos  ln  
  1 x    1 x  
     
4  x2
0  
1 x
 4  x2 
  ln  
 1 x 
 
So,  2  u  2
 1 1
(III) Let x  5  t ; g  t    0,    
 2 4
t 2
g t  
 t  2  t  2
1
(IV) 0  cos x 
  ln  cos 1 x   ln   2
47. B
48. A
49. C
Point 1, a1 ,1 lies on P1 and P2
2  3a1  4  9  a1  1
 b1 , b2 ,1 is  to normal of planes P1 , P2 & P3
2b1  3b2  4  0
4b1  5b2  6  0
 b1  1, b2  ... a  2, b  3
SECTION – C
50. 5
Sol. First note that out of the 8 selected cards, one pair of cards have to share the same number and
another pair of cards have to share the same colour. Now, these 2 pairs of cards cannot be the
same or else there will be 2 cards which are completely same.
Then WLOG let the numbers be 1,1, 2,3, 4,5, 6 and 7 and the colours be
a, a, b, c, d , e, f and g . We therefore obtain only 2 cases:
Case I: 1a 1b 2a ,3c, 4 d , 5e,6 f , 7 g . In this case, we can discard 1a
There are 2  6  12 situation in this case
Case II: 1b,1c, 2 a ,3a , 4 d ,5e, 6 f and 7g . In this case, we cannot discard. There are
6
C2  15 situations in this case.
12 4
Probability    pq 5
12  15 9
51. 1
  e n 1  1   e n  1 
n
y
Sol. f  y   e lim   n 
n 1   e  1 e 
n 1
n   1 
 
n
1 1 
 e y lim   n  n 1 
n
n 1  e e 1 
ey

e 1
1 1
1
  f  x dx   e x dx  1
0 e 1 0
52. 0
3 3
Sol.  x  1   y  1  16
3 1/3

y  1  16   x  1   f  x
3 1/3
x  1  16   y  1 
3 1/3
 f  x   1  16   x  1   g  x 
1
 f  x  g  x
  
f 1  3 15  g 1  3 15  0 
2
 f  x  g  x   .g  x  f  x    f  x  f  x    
d 2

dx

f  x  f  x    2 f  x  f  x   . f '  x  f  x   . 1  f '  x  
d 2
dx

f  x  f  x   at x  1  3 15  0
53. 1
Sol. Since 23  1 mod 7 
1.2 2.3 3.4 2011.2012
2 2 2 2
Let S  2  2  2  ........  2
  2  20  20  21  ........  20  21   mod 7 
1
 2010 1 0 

 3
 2  2  20   21   mod 7 

  670  4  2  mod 7 
 1 mod 7 
54. 1
1
  x 1 1  2
     
 x2  1  x
2 x  1  x2  1 
Sol.
  1  x4 
  x2 1   
  x2 1 
 
1
2
  4  2
x  1 1
 x 
2
  
  x3  x 4 
   
1
 x4  2
 4
x 
1
FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 2

answer.
for wrong answer.
negative marking.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A mass m is hung on an ideal massless spring. Another equal mass is connected m

to the other end of the spring. The whole system is at rest. At t = 0, m is released
and the system falls freely under gravity. Assume that natural length of the spring is
L0, its initial stretched length is L and the acceleration due to gravity is g. What is
distance between masses as function of time? k
g
2k k
(A) L0 +(L-L 0 )cos t (B) L 0 +(L-L 0 )cos t
m m m
2k 2k
(C) L 0 -2(L+2L 0 )cos t (D) L 0 +(L-L 0 )sin t
m m
2. Wedge is fixed on horizontal surface. Triangular block A of mass M is F

pulled upward by applying a constant force F parallel to incline of the
B m
wedge as shown in the figure and there is no friction between the wedge M
and the block A, while coefficient of friction between A and block B of wedge
A 
mass m is  . If there is no relative motion between A and B then
frictional force developed between A and B is
 F+(m+M)g sinθ 
(A)   m cos θ (B)  mg
 (m+M) 
 F-(m+M)g sinθ 
(C)   m cosθ (D)  mg/2
 (m+M) 
3. Assuming only translational motion of blocks A and B.

Find the acceleration of B.

(A) 6m/s2
2 12m/s2 
(B) 2m/s 
2 A
(C) 4m/s
(D) None of these 

4. When object ‘O’ moves towards a fixed lens mirror combination, select correct choice/choices:
(A) Image moves towards negative x-axis

(B) Speed of image and object may be same
(C) Image may move faster than object
(D) Image may come closer to arrangement
5. Two point charges  q and q are fixed on diametrically opposite +q

point on the uniform ring, such that q is at bottom and is in contact
E
with a perfect insulator incline plane. Total mass is equal to m. It
remains in equilibrium on the rough inclined plane in the presence of -q

uniform vertical electric field E . Then
(A) The value of friction force is mg sin  
(B) The value of friction force is less than mg sin 
mg
(C) The value of electric field is
2q
mg tan 
(D) The value of electric field is
2q
6. Quarter non–conducting disc of radius 4R having uniform surface y

charge density  is placed in xz-plane then which of the following is
the correct:
R 4R
(A) Electric potential at (0, 3R, 0) is x
4 0
R 
(B) Electric potential at (0,0,0) is z
2 0
(C) Electric field at (0, 3E, 0) is symmetric with x and z axis
(D) Electric field intensity at (-4R, 0, -4R) is equally inclined with x and z axis
7. A positive charge q is placed inside a neutral hollow conducting sphere of

radius R, as shown in figure. Whole system is placed in uniform external E
P
vertical electric field pointing downward (line PCQ is also vertical) then 
select the correct statement(s) about electric field at point P. Point P is a
point of the material inside the conductor.
(A) Electric field due to outer surface of sphere at point P is zero
(B) Magnitude of electric field due to inner surface of sphere at point P is C
2
q / 9 0 R R/2
(C) Magnitude of electric field at point P, due to hollow sphere is less Q
than E
(D) Direction of resultant electric field at point P due to charge q and
hollow sphere is vertically upward
8. The particle displacement of a travelling longitudinal wave is represented by S = f (x, t). The
midpoints of a compression zone and an adjacent rarefaction zone are represented by the letter
‘C’ and ‘R’. Which of the following is true?
S S
(A) 
x C x R
S S
(B)  0
t C t R
S
(C) (pressure) C -(pressure) R  2 .(bulk modulus of air)
x C
(D) Particles of air are stationary mid-way between ‘C’ and ‘R’.

(B), (C) and (D).
Two fixed and horizontal cylinders A and B having pistons (both massless) of cross sectional area 100
cm2 and 200 cm2 respectively, are connected by massless rod. The piston can move freely without
5 2
friction. The cylinder A contains 100 gms of an ideal gas (  = 1.5) at pressure 10 N/m and temperature
T0. The cylinder B contains identical gas at same temperature T0 but has different mass. The piston are
–2 3
held at the state such that volume of gas in cylinder A and cylinder B are same and is equal to 10 m .
The walls and piston of cylinder A are thermally insulated where as gas in cylinder B is maintained at
constant temperature T0. The whole system is in vacuum. Now the pistons are slowly released and they
move towards left and mechanical equilibrium is reached at the state when the volume of gas in cylinder
–4
A becomes 25×10 m3 .
A B
9. The mass of gas in cylinder B is

(A) 200 gms (B) 600 gms
(C) 500 gms (D) 1 kg
10. The change in internal energy of gas in cylinder A is :

(A) 2000 J (B) 1000 J
(C) 500 J (D) 3000 J
SECTION – C
11. A liquid of specific gravity 0.5 is filled in a large container A

shown in figure. Area of cross section of tube is 
negligible as compare to the area of cross section of
container then the magnitude of gauge pressure at point 3m
1m
x
A is given by atm then x is :
20
4m
12. Two sound sources shown in the figure vibrate in phase. By L2

S2  P
moving S1 along PS1 consecutive minima are heard when
L1 -L 2 has values, 20cm, 60cm and 100 cm. If the frequency
L1
1700
of sound source is Hz . Then find the value of n:
n S1 
[Speed of sound is 340 m/s]
13. A cylindrical rod of uniform cross section, is attached at O in

a water tank. The linear mass density of rod is 0 x , where
x is distance of the element of the rod, from end O as
shown in figure. If the tension in string is given by
104
N then P is (Length of rod 1m, radius of area of cross
P
1
section is m, water =1000kg m -3 , g=10ms -2 ,λ 0 =103 in

S.I. unit)
14. A steel ball falling vertically strikes a fixed rigid plate A with v0
velocity v0 and rebounds horizontally as shown. Assuming
surface to be same and the effect of gravity on motion of
ball to be neglected. If the coefficient of the restitution for v1
1 A
the ball is ‘e’ then the value of is:
e
30°
15. 2 kg block is kept on 1 kg block as shown. Both 2kg   0.1

blocks are initially at rest. The friction between 1 kg
block and fixed surface is absent and the coefficient F=4N
1kg Smooth
of friction between 2kg block and 1 kg block is
 = 0.1. A constant horizontal force F=4 N is applied
on 1 kg block. If the work done by the friction on 1 kg
block in 2s is – XJ, then find the value of X.
16. A force F is applied to a uniform, thin rod of mass 4 kg and

length   50 cm . The rod has pure translational motion in the
vertical plane along a smooth, horizontal surface as shown. If
F = 60 N, the angle  for translation of rod in the given orientation
F 
2 -1
comes to be θ=tan   . Find X.
X
17. Inner surface of a cylindrical shell of length  and of material of thermal T1

conductivity k is kept at constant temperature T1 and outer surface of the
cylinder is kept at constant temperature T2 such that  T1 > T2  as shown
in figure. Heat flows from inner surface to outer surface radially outward.
Inner and outer radii of the shell are R and 2R respectively. Due to lack
of space this cylinder has to be replaced by a smaller cylinder of length
l
 R
inner and outer radii and R respectively and thermal conductivity
2 4
of material nk. If rate of radially outward heat flow remains same for
same temperatures of inner and outer surface i.e. T1and T2 , then find
the value of n.
18. In a certain hypothetical radioactive decay process, species A decays into species B and species
B decays
in to species C according to the given reactions.
A2B + particles + energy
B3C + particles + energy
–1 –1
The decay constant for species A is λ1 =1 sec and that for species B is λ 2 =100 sec . Initially
4
10 moles of species of A were present, while there were none of B and C. It was found that
species B reaches its maximum number at a time t0 = 2 ln (10) sec. Calculate the value of
maximum number of moles of B.
19. Two uniform identical rods of same mass are tied

together with the help of a string and balanced as shown
in the figure. The minimum coefficient of friction for
which the system will remain in equilibrium in the
2 37° 37°
position is . The value of ‘x’ is
x
20. Distance between two images formed by upper and
lower part of the point object placed at 30 cm from
given lens is (60 + x) cm, then the value of x is:
SECTION – D
21. A commander fires a shell at certain angle of projection

from ‘A’ which clears the building (cuboid) of
dimensions 20 × 15 × 12.5 m3 in its diagonal plane.
Shell just clears the roof diagonally at points P and Q 12.5 m
and falls on the other side of the building at B, and
makes 45° angle with horizontal at P and Q as shown
in the figure. If the range AB of the shell is N× 3
2
metre then find N. (g = 10 m/s )
22. If angular acceleration of the uniform disc just after release from
8πg
rest position shown in figure is , then calculate N. (C is centre C
NR
2
of semi-circular disc.) ( π = 10 )
sm ooth
23. In the show circuit, all three capacitor are identical and have R
1
R R
capacitance CμF each. Each resistor has resistance of RΩ . An
C C
ideal cell of emf V volts is connected as shown. If the magnitude of
a C
potential difference across capacitor C3 in steady state is V then
b 3
R 2 R R
value of a  b is:
4
V
SECTION – A
2
24.  Ni  H 2O  6  complex typically absorbs at 600 nm. It is allowed to react with ammonia where
2
a new complex  Ni  NH 3 6  is formed, this complex should have absorption nearly at:
(A) 800 nm (B) 550 nm
(C) 650 nm (D) 600 nm
25. Which of the following statements is correct about behaviour of radicals?

(A) All radicals are very selective in their attack on other species.
(B) Radical reaction occur only in gas phase
(C) Radical may be produced by polar molecules like R – X in gas phase but not in aqueous
phase.
(D) Radical can only be generated by non-polar molecules like alkanes
26. An amount of 1 mole each of A and D is introduced in 1L container, simultaneously the following
two equilibria are established:
 B  C
A   A
K C  106 M 2 & B  D  K C  106 M 1
The equilibrium concentration of A will be:
-6 -3
(A) 10 M (B) 10 M
-12 -4
(C) 10 M (D) 10 M

 i  PhMgBr
27. N  C-CH 2  OCMe3 
 ii  H 2O , HI
The major product(s) of above reaction ore:
O
(A) (B) CH 3OH
Ph CH2 Ph
O
(C) CMe3I (D)
Ph CH 2 OH
28. The correct statement(s) regarding the iodination of ketones is (are):

-
O O

R C CH2 
OH
R 
 R C CH R
I
 II  X X
O
R C CH R
X
(A) Step (I) is slow and rate determining
(B) The reaction exhibit kinetic isotopic effect i.e. k H >k D
(C) Step (II) is slow and rate determining
(D) -
O O
R C CH D2 O
R   R C CH R
D
this occurs at similar rate as step (II)
29. Two moles of an ideal gas    5 / 3 is subjected to following changes in state:

reversible Isochoric Single stage
A  500k ,5bar  
Isothermal exp ansion
B 
cooling
 C  250k ,1bar  
adiabatic compresion
D  3 bar 
The correct statement(s) is (are):
(A) The pressure at B is 2.0 bar (B) The temperature at D is 450 bar
(C) ΔH CD  1000R & H AB  U AB (D) U BC  375 R & H ABCD  0
30. A concentrated solution of H2SO4 is added to saturated solution of sodium dichromate as:
Na2 Cr2O7  H 2 SO4   ' A ' Na2 SO4  H 2O
Which of the following statement(s) regarding ' A ' is/are correct?
(A) ' A ' is an orange solid and is an acidic oxide
(B) ' A ' is a green solid and is an amphoteric oxide
(C) ' A ' dissolves in alkalies forming a yellow coloured solution
(D) On heating ' A ' loses oxygen & forms a green coloured compound.
31. Which of the following property(ies) are identical for body centered & face centered cubic crystal
with same unit cell edge length.
(A) Distance between the nearest neighbours in BCC and distance between a tetrahedral void
and octahedral void in FCC
(B) Coordination number of corner atom in FCC (if all tetrahedral voids are filled) and BCC
(C) Number of octahedral voids in FCC and number of tetrahedral voids in BCC
(D) Distance between second nearest neighbour in FCC & BCC

(B), (C) and (D).

O
NH C OR
Isocyanates can undergo polymerisation with alcohols to form polymers containing group
and are called urethanes – hybrids between carbonates and urea i.e. half esters & half amides of
carbonic acid. Consider the following polymerisation between diaryl diisocyanate with long chain aliphatic
diol is:
O
OCN NCO
+ HO OH P
3  Urethane polymer 
 X
32. Which of the following is incorrect about the polymerisation reaction?
(A) It involves nucleophilic addition of alcohol on isocyanate.
(B) It involves nucleophilic addition elimination.
(C) On adding an amine RNH2 to the polymer, the new functional group is urea rather than
urethane.
(D) The amine added attack terminal isocyanate of the polymer.
33. The diol (X) can be synthesized by which of the reaction?

O H 2O O
(A) 4   (B) 4 CH 3CH 2OH

excess
O H2O O H2O
(C) 4   (D) 4  
limited HCl
SECTION – C
34. The total energy of an electron in H-atom is given by

e 2
En  where n – shell number , a0 – Bohr radius, 0  Permittivity of the medium
8 0 a0 n 2
e 2
An electron in a shell in H-atom has total energy E  .
72 0 a0
One of the subshell of this shell is described by radial part of wave function as
3/ 2
1 1 r 2  r /3 a0
 r    e . The degeneracy of this subshell is:
81 2  a0  a02
35. How many of the following species contain one or more lone pair(s) on central atom, that is
present in an orbital having contribution from d-orbital.
SOF4 SeOCl2 SeF3
XeF5  BrF6 TeF5 ICl4
36. The enthalpies of combustion of formaldehyde & paraformaldehyde (a cyclic polymer of

formaldehyde) are 112 and 356 k cal/mol, respectively. The enthalpy of polymerisation of
paraformaldehyde is 92 k cal per mole. If the molecular formula of paraformaldehyde is
represented as  CH 2 O  n then the value of n is:
37. O

CH 3 MgBr H 3O

Cu 
  'P'
Number of OH groups in P is(are)?
38. Total number of molecules that can be hydrolysed at room temperature are:
XeF4 NCl3 NF3 CCl 4 PCl3 SF6 TeF6 SeBr4
39. Dibromoacetic acid  CHBr2 COOH  is oxidised to CO 2 , H 2O & Br2 by 12 equivalents of an

oxidising agent. Same amount of acid can be neutralised by ' y ' moles of NaOH. The value of
'y' is:
40. Number of optically active isomers formed by the given reaction is(are):
OH
O 
H

+ OH OH
H3C H
41. Number of sugars that give same osazone as given by D-glucose.

D-Mannose, D-Fructose, D  galactose, Starch, D  aldopentose
42. In a certain polluted atmosphere containing O3 at a steady state concentration of 2×10-8M, the
hourly production of O3 by all sources was estimated as 7.2×10-15M. If only mechanism for the
destruction of O3 is of second order, the rate constant (in ml mol-1 s-1) for the destruction reaction
is:
43. Among the following, number of sols containing negatively charged colloidal particles is/are:
Soap solution of sodium stearate, sol of AgCl obtained by adding excess AgNO3 to KCl solution,
gold sol, Fe(OH)3 sol, silcic acid sol, Basic dye, metal sulphide sol, acidic dye.
SECTION – D
44. Fumaric acid C4H 4O 4 present in 1g sample of mushroom was titrated using phenolphalein as
 
indicator against OH ions which were obtained by electrolysis of water. As soon as OH ions
are produced, they react with fumaric acid & at complete neutralisation immediately a pink colour
is obtained. If electrolysis was done for 8685 seconds using 50mA current to reach end point,
what was percentage of fumaric acid in mushroom.
45. The acid ionisation of hydrated alluminium ion is:

3 2
  Al  H 2O  OH   aq.  H 3O   aq.
 Al  H 2O  6   aq.  H 2 O      5 
5
K a  1.0 10
How many milligrams of AlCl3 should be dissolved in sufficient water to get 400 ml of solution of
pH, 3.0.
46. Two weak acids HA1 & HA2 each with same concentration & having pKa values 3 & 5 are placed
in contact with hydrogen electrode (1 atm 25°C) & are interconnected through a salt bridge. Emf
RT
of the cell in volt is: [Take  2.303 =0.06 ]
F

SECTION – A
  x2 y2
47. If P   and Q     are two points on the ellipse 2  2  1, locus of the mid-point of PQ
2  a b
is:
x2 y 2 1 x2 y2
(A)   (B)  4
a 2 b2 2 a 2 b2
x2 y2
(C) 2  2  2 (D) None of these
a b
 sin B  sin C 
48. If A, B, C are acute positive angles, then  sin A  sin B  sin A  sin C  is:
sin A sin B sin C
(A)  8 (B)  8
(C)  2 (D) None of these
z 
49. If k  0, z    k , and   , then Re   is equal to:
k 2  z
(A) 2k (B) k / 2
(C) k (D) 0

50. L1 and L2 are two lines whose vector equations are


L1 : r  ((cos   3 ) î  ( 2 sin  ) ˆj  (cos  3)k)
ˆ

 
L 2 : r   aiˆ  bjˆ  c kˆ , where  and  are the scalars and  is the acute angle between L1 and
L2. If the angle  is independent of θ , then the value of  is
 
(A) (B)
6 4
 
(C) (D)
3 2
51.
2
The graph of f  x   ax  bx  c is  b D
 , 
 2a 4a 
(A) ac  0 (B) bc  0 
(C) ab  0 (D) abc  0
52. If P and Q are represented by the complex number z1 and z2 such that
1 / z 2  1 / z1  1 / z 2  1 / z1 then
(A) OPQ (Where O is the origin) is equilateral
(B) OPQ is right angled
1
(C) The circumcenter of OPQ is  z1  z2 
2
1
(D) The circumcenter of OPQ is  z1  z 2 
3
2 n4
n
53. 
Let 1  x
2
 1  x    a x k
k
. If a1 , a2 and a3 are in arithmetic progression, then the possible
k 0
value/values of n is/are
(A) 5 (B) 4
(C) 3 (D) 2
x2 y2
54. Consider the ellipse   1 . If f  x  is a positive decreasing function

f k 2  2k  5 
f  k  11
then
(A) The set of values of k for which the major axis is the x  axis is (-3,2)
(B) The set of values of k for which the major axis is the y  axis is  , 2 
(C) The set of values of k for which the major axis is the y  axis is  , 3   2,  
(D) The set of values of k for which the major axis is the y  axis is  3,  

(B), (C) and (D).
A box has 10 coins. Five have heads on both sides. Three have tails on both sides; two are fair. A coin is
chosen at random and tossed.
55. Probability that head appears is

4 2
(A) (B)
5 5
3 1
(C) (D)
5 5
56. Probability that the coin is fair given that head has appeared is
5 1
(A) (B)
6 6
3 5
(C) (D)
8 8
SECTION – C
57. In equilateral triangle ABC of side p, a square is inscribed in its incircle. If area of the square is
p 2 / k then value of k is
58. f is a function such that f ( x)  2 f (1  x)  x 2  1 . Value of f (3) is
59. Degree of differential equation of family of ellipses of same size having minor axis along a given
line is
60. Coefficient of x 6 in the expansion of (1  x  x 2  x 3 ) 3 is
61. If the line 3 x  4 y  12 intersects the hyperbola at P & P  and its asymptotes at Q and Q then
PQ PQ
value of  is
PQ PQ
3  4
62. Let A    , if let ( A  A 2  A3  A 4    A n )  64, then value of n is
1  1 
 x x n
63. If the number of the positive integral solution of equation      is n, then
 9  11 3
is  [  ] denotes GIF  .
64. f(x)  max 2 sin y  x Where y  R then minimum value of f(x) is
 /2
1 sin 2 n f(15)  f(3)
65. If f(n)   2
d , ( n  N ) , then the value of is
 0
sin  f(15)  f(9)
5 7 1 11
66. The sum to infinity of the series 2
 4  3  5  ..... is K/9 then K is
3 .2 3 .2 3 .4 3 .20
SECTION – D
1 1
67. The points of discontinuity of y  g  u   2
, where u  are x1 , x2 , x3 find the
u u 2 x 1
value of x1  x2  x3  ?
1
xb  1
68. If 0 ln x dx  ln 12.4 , where  b  0  then value of ' b '
69. Three students appear in three examinations. The number of possible ways in which we can have
result such that any students fails in all examinations nor neither these is a examination which is
not cleared by any student is
FIITJEE
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 2

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A
Sol. In CM frame both the mass execute SHM with
k 2k
  SHM
 m
Initially particles are at extreme
2k
Distance = L0  ( L  L0 ) cos t
m
2. C
Sol. a=  
 (m+M) 
So, f=ma cos
a= 
(m+M)  m cos 
 
3. B
Sol. a B =2m/s 2 ()
   x3    x2  x3   k1
& x3  3 x4  k2
a2 12
a2  2a3  0  a3    6m / s 2
2 2
[a3  acceleration of P1 pulley]

a 6
 a3  3a4  0  a4  3   2m / s 2
3 3
[a4  acceleration of block B]
4. ABCD
Sol. The above lens mirror combination is an equivalent converging mirror.
5. AC
Sol. f=mg sinθ and PE sin =mg sin .R
q 2 R Esinθ=mg sinθ R
mg
E=
2q
6. ABCD

4r
K rdr R
Sol. (A) v=  2 
0 2
r  (3R) 2 4 0

K rdr
4r
2 R
(B) v=  
0 r 2 0
7. BD
Sol. External electric field and induced charge on outer surface of the sphere will produce a net zero
field inside it. Net field at P must be vertically upward.
8. ACD
Sol. PC -PR =2BAK S=A sin(kx- t)
9. D
10. A
Sol. (for Q. 9 to Q.10)
Let the initial temperature, pressure and volume of gas in ‘A’ be
T0 , P0 ,V0 and the area of the position A and B be a, 2a. Now gas in chamber ‘A’ undergoes
adiabatic compression whereas gas in chamber ‘B’ undergoes isothermal expansion.
Now solving for gas in ‘A’
γ γ
P1A V1A  P2A V2A  P0 V0γ =P2A (0.25V0 )  P2A =8P0
Solving for gas in ‘B’
P1B V1B =P2B V2B  P1B V0 =P2B ×2.5V0  P2B =0.4P1B
Also (P2A ×a)=(P2B ×2a) for gas is chambers 'B'
 8P0 a  P2  2a  P2  4 P0
 0.4 P1 =4P0  P1  10P0
Now comparing the moles of gas in A and B
P0 V0
nA =
RT0
10P0 V0
nB = =10n A
RT0
m B =10m A =10×100gm=1kg
Again for gas is A,ΔQ=ΔU+ΔW
 0  ΔU+ΔW
 V0 
0 0  8 P0 
 PV
 0  ΔU   4

 (  1) 
 
 ΔU=2P0 V0 =2×105 ×10-2 =2000J
F=8P0 a=8×105 ×10-2 =8000N
SECTION – C
11. 7
 v12  v2
Sol. P0   0  PA   gh  2
2 2
 V2  2g  5  10  V1 
 ρv12 ρv 22 
 -  -ρgh=  PA -P0 
 2 2 
ρv2
 PA -P0   -ρgh- 2
2
3
10 103 10  10 7
  10  2      104
2 2 1 2
7 7
 - ×105 N/m 2   atm
20 20
12. 2
Sol. The minima will be heard at P when a crest from S1 and a trough from S2 reach there at the same
time. This will happen if L1 – L2 is λ/2 or λ+  λ/2  or 2λ+  λ/2  and so on. Hence, the increase
in L1 between consecutive minima is 1 and from the data we see that λ=0.40m .
Then λ=v/f  f=340/0.40=850Hz .
13. 6
Sol. X CM 
 dm.x  2 L
 dm 3
Mass of rod;
L 10 3
M   0 x dx 
0 2
Torque about ‘O’;
L 2L
FB cos37 o -Mg cos 37o =TL cos 37o
2 3
1 1 104 2
103 π   ×10 - × =T
π 2 2 3
10 4
T= N
6
14. 1
Sol. V0sin30o =V1cos30 o (i )
o o
eV0 cos 30 =V1sin 30 (ii )
Dividing (i) & (ii)
1 1 1
tan30o = =3
e tan30o e
15. 8
Sol. f=2N
a1Kg=2m/s 2
1
S= ×2×4=4m
2
Wfriction =-2×4=-8J
16. 4
Sol. Since the rod is in translation so   0
 about O,
 
F sin   N cos   0
2 2
 F sin   N cos 
N
 tan        (1)
F
Also, N  Mg    (2)
Mg 40 2
So,  tan    
F 60 3
2
  tan 1  
3
X 3
17. 4
dT
Sol. H   K .2 r /
dr
R2 Hdr T2 2 lk  T1  T2 
   K  dT  H  Hi  H f
R1 2 rl T1 R2
ln
R1
18. 2
dN A dN
Sol.  1 N A , B  21 N A  2 N B
dt dt
dN B
N B  maximum  0
dt
2
 21 N A  2 N Bmax  N Bmax  1 N A
2
21
 N Bmax  N 0 e  1t  2
2
19. 3
Sol. T the FBD of any one rod is T
T   N        (1)
mg  N        (2) N
Taking torque of any one rod is mg 37 0
L N P
mg cos37 o =TLsin37 o
g
mg 4 2mg
T= =
2 3 3
2mg 2
=μmg   =
3 3
20. 6
1  3  1 1 
Sol. = -1 - 
f L  2 
 20 20 
 FL  20cm
1 1 2 1
= - =-
f -10 20 5
1 1 1 1 1 1
    
v 30 5 v 30 5
1 1 1
For lens  
v 30 20
SECTION – D
21. 00025.00
Sol. PQ  152  202  25m

V 2 sin2(45)
25= P ÞVP =5 10m/s
g
2
 VA2 sin 2θ-2×10×12.5= 5 5    VAsinθ=5 15m/s
VA cosθ=VP cos45o =5 5m/s and θ=60o

VA2 sin2θ
 AB= =25 3
g
22. 00030.00
Sol. Consider equation of torque about C
 4R  mR 2
 mg 3π  = 2 α
8g 8πg 8πg
α= = 2 =
3πR 3π R 30R
23. 00018.00
Sol. No current passes through capacitors in steady state. Assume
potential at point '4' to be zero.
2V
Then points '1' and '2' are at same potential
3
Hence C1and C 2 can be taken in parallel
V
The potential at point 3 is
3
 Equivalent circuit of all three capacitors is shown Hence potential
difference across capacitor C3 is
2C  2V V  2V
= × - =
2C+C  3 3  9
SECTION – A
24. B
Sol. NH3 is a stronger field ligand than H2O & causes greater crystal field splitting.
25. C
Sol. Radical are generally non-selective in their attack & readily combine with any species having
unpaired electron & these can be produced by polar species like R – X in gas phase or in non
polar solutions.
26. A
Sol.  B  C
A  K C  106
1 x x x
 0  1M  1M
B D  A
 K C  10 6
1 x 1 x x
x
1 1  106  x  106
11
27. CD
Sol.
PhMgBr
Me3CO  CH 2  C  N  Me3CO  CH 2  C  NMgBr
Ph
H 2O
O
HI
Ph C CH2 + Me3C  I Me3CO-CH 2  C  O
OH
Ph
28. ABD
Sol. First step involving formation of carbanion is slow & second is fast. Once the carbanion is
formed, it undergoes rapid attack by an electrophile
29. ABC
Sol. U BC  nCV T2  T1   750 R, H CD  nC p  T2  T1 
BC
PB PC
  PB  2 bar
TB TC
CD
nCV  T2  T1    Pex V2  V1 
H ABCD  0 as the whole process is not cyclic
H AB  U AB  0 T  0
30. ACD
Sol. ' A ' is CrO3
CrO3  NaOH 
 Na2CrO4  H 2O
yellow solution
heat
CrO3 
 Cr2 O3  O2
31. ABD
Sol. Distance between nearest neighbours in BCC = Distance between test & octahedral void in FCC
= 3a / 4 and distance between second nearest neighbours in both is a
32. B
Sol.  O 
+ HO

OH
 +
OCN N C N NCO
O C
O
O O

RNH 2
O  
N O O N N
OCN
H H C
 Urethane polymer  O
O O
O
OCN N O O N
O
H H
RHN C N
urea group H
33. C
Sol. O OH
OH 2
  HO
O
3
O
HO OH
3
SECTION – C
34. 5
Sol. n=3
The subshell of this shell contains no radial node as described by wave function
So it is 3d .
35. 3
3
Sol. SOF4 is sp d hybrid but contains no lone pair.
SeF3 & SeOCl2 contains lone pairs in sp3 orbitals (no d - character)
XeF3  is pentagonal bipyramidal with one lone pair.
BrF6 is perfectly octahedral containing lone pair in pure s-orbital
TeF5 & ICl4 are sp3d2 hybrid with one & two lone pairs respectively.
36. 4
Sol.  CO2  H 2O H1  112     1
CH 2O  O2 
 nCO2  nH 2O H 2  356     2 
nCH 2O  nO2 
  CH 2 O n H 3  92 k Cal      3
nCH 2O 
Equation (1)× n – equation (2) = equation (3)
37. 0
Sol.
O
-
O

CH 3 Mg Br

Cu 

CH3
+
In presence of Cu 1,4-addition occurs.
H 3O 
CH3
38. 5
Sol. XeF4 , NCl3 , PCl3 , TeF6 , SeBr4 are hydrolysed at room temperature but NF3 , CCl4 & SF6 are
either not hydrolysed or require drastic conditions for hydrolysis.
39. 2
Sol. n f reaction
6
40. 4
Sol. CH3 CH3
O O
OH
O O +
O 
H
 OH OH
+ OH OH
H3C H 4 optical isomers optically inactive
41. 2
Sol. Sugars differing around C1 & C2 only give same osazone.
42. 5
Sol. 2
r=k  O3 
d  O3  2
  k O3 
dt
2
 k  2 108 
43. 5
Sol. Soap solution, acidic sols, sulfide sols, metal sols & acidic dyes are negatively charged.
SECTION – D
44. 00026.10
Sol. electrolysis
2 H 2O  2e   H 2  2OH 
50  8685
millimoles of OH  produced   4.5
96500
Milimoles of acid present  2.25
Mass present  0.261g
Percentage  26.100
45. 05340.00
Sol.  H 3O    CK a
3
Milligram of AlCl3  C  0.4  M AlCl3  10
46. 00000.06
Sol. H   HA1  
 H   HA2  & H   Ka.C
0.06 10 5.C
Ecell  0  log
1 103.C
SECTION – A
47. A
Sol.  P   a cos  , b sin  
    
And Q   a cos     , b sin     
 2  2 
Q   a sin  , b cos  
Let midpoint of PQ is (x, y), then
2x
  cos   sin  
a
2y
  sin   cos  
b
Squaring and adding equation (iii) and equation (iv), we get
x2 y 2 1
 2 2 
a b 2
48. B
Sol. Since A.M .  G.M .
 sin A  sin B  2 sin A.sin B
Similarly, sin B  sin C  2 sin B.sin C
And sin C  sin A  2 sin C .sin A
  sin A  sin B  sin B  sin C 
 sin C  sin A   8sin A.sin B.sin C
49. D
z 
Sol. 
k 2  z
2
But z z    k , thus
k2 k2

 z     z  
k k 2 z  k 2
2
k2 
z 
    0
 Re    0
50. A

Sol. Both the lines passes through the origin. Line L1 is parallel to the vector V1 .

   
V1  cos   3 î  2 sin  ˆj cos   3 kˆ


And L2 is parallel to the vector V 2 .
 
V1.V 2
 cos     
   
a cos   3  b  2 sin   c cos   3  
V1 V 2 a2  b2  c 2 (cos   3 )2  2 sin 2 (cos   3 )
(a  c)cos   b 2 sin   (a  c) 3
=
a2  b2  c 2 2  6
For cos to be independent of , we get
a + c = 0 and b = 0
2a 3 3 
 cos    or  
a 2.2 2 2 6
51. ABD
Sol. From the graph it is clear that a < 0 and c > 0.
b
Now since vertex is in first quadrant  > 0.
2a
b  0  b  0
52. BC
1 1 1 1
Sol.     z1  z2  z1  z2
z2 z1 z2 z1
 cos(1 – 2) = 0 where 1 and 2 are arguments of z1 and z2.
53. BCD
Sol. Equating coefficients of x, x 2 and x3 both sides we get,
n(n  1) n(n  1)(n  2)
a1 = n, a2 =  2, a3   2n .
2 6
Now 2a2 = a1 + a3 gives n3 – 9n2 + 26n – 24 = 0
54. AC
Sol. f(x) is a decreasing function and for the major axis to be the x-axis.
f(k2 + 2k + 5) > f(k + 11)
or k2 + 2k + 5 < k + 11
or k (–3, 2)
Then for the remaining values of k, i.e., k  ( ,  3)  (2, ) k, the major axis is the y-axis.
55. C
5 1
C1  2 C1 3
Sol. 2 
10 5
56. B
PF  PH / F 
Sol. pF / H  
 P  Hi   P  Hi / F 
F  fair coin
H  head appears
1 1

5 2 1
PH / F   
1 1 4 5 6
  
5 2 5 8
SECTION – C
57. 6
Sol. A
B C
a P
R 
2sin A 3
A B C R
r  4 R sin sin sin 
2 2 2 2
P
r
2 3
P
 side of  r 2 
6
2
P
Area = K 6
6
58. 0
Sol. f  x   2 f 1  x   x 2  1 ..... 1
Replace x by (1-x)
2
f 1  x   2 f  x   1  x   1 ....  2 
(2) – (1)
2
3 f  x   2 1  x   2  x 2  1
f  3  0
59. 1
Sol. Let equation of line along minor axis is
lx  my  n  0
2 2
 x   
y
1
a2 b2
l  m  n  0
 only one arbitary constant will be left (size is same)
 degree of differential equation will be ‘1’
60. 9
3
Sol. 1  x  x 2
 x3 
3
 1  x4  4 3 1
   1  x  1  x 
 1 x 
n
Coefficient of x in expansion of 1  x 
r n  r 1
is Cr
61. 2
Sol. For any line in case of hyperbola we know that PQ  PQ
PQ PQ PP  PQ P
  1 2
PQ PQ PP  PQ
P
Q
62. 8
k k
3  4   1 0   2  4 
Sol.       
1  1   0 1 1  2 
2
1 0  2  4  2 – 4 

   k 1  2  as 1  0
0 1     – 2 

1  2k  4k 

 k 1  2k 
n n  n(n  1)  2n(n  1) 
k
 k 1
A   n(n  1)


n  n(n  1)
 2 
n
 k 2
 Let   A   n  64
 k 1 
 n8
63. 8
Sol.  x/9 =  x/11 =I
 I  x / 9  I  1, I  x / 11  I  1, Solution is possible only when 11I  9I+9
9
 0 I 
2
4
Total number of solution  (9-2I)-1=24
I 0
64. 2
Sol. f ( x)  2  x x0
2 x x  0
Hence minimum value of f ( x)  2
65. 3
1  / 2  sin 2 (n  1)  sin 2 n 
Sol. f (n  1)  f (n)     d
 0  sin 2  
/2 /2 / 2
1 sin(2n  1) 1 sin 2n cos d 
  d     0 cos 2 n d 
 0
sin    0
sin  

/2 /2
1 sin 2n cos d 1
   2  (cos   cos 3   cos(2n  1)) cos d
 0
sin   0
/2
1
  (1  cos 2)  (cos 2  cos 4)    (cos(2n  2)  cos 2n)d
 0
/2
1 1
  d  2
 0
1
 f ( n  1)  f ( n ) 
2
n 1
 f ( n)  (as f(1)= )
2 2
f (15  f (3)
Hence, =3
f (15)  f (9)
66. 3
2r  3
Sol. General term Tr 
3r 1.r(r  1)
1 1
 Tr  r
 r 1
3 .r 3 .(r  1)
1 1
 T1  
3  1 32  2
1 1
 T2  2
 3
3 2 3 3
1 1
 Tn  
3n  n 3n 1  (n  1)
1 1
Let Sn = T1 + T2 + …………+ Tn =  n1
3 1 3  (n  1)
1 k 1
lim Sn  0   k3
x 3 9 3
SECTION – D
67. 00003.50
1
Sol. The function u  f x 
is discontinuous at the point x  1 . The function
x 1
1 1
y  g u   2  is discontinuous at u  2 and u  1
u  u  2  u  2  u  1
1 1
When u  2,  u  2  x 
x 1 2
1
When u  1,  1  x  2 . Hence, the composite function y  g  f  x   is discontinuous at
x 1
three points x  1/ 2,1, 2 .
68. 00011.40
1 1 1
xb  1 x b ln x
Sol. Let I  b   0 ln x dx  I'  b   b
0 ln x dx  0 x dx
1
 xb 1  1 db
Or I'  b       I b     ln  b  1  c
 b  1 0 b  1 b 1
If b  0, then I  b   0  c  0. Hence, I  b   ln  b  1
69. 00265.00
Sol. The number of ways when number student falled in any examination =(23 -1)3
The number of ways when out of above cases atleast are subject was not cleaned by any
students  3C1 (3) 3
The number of ways when out of above cases atleast any two subjects were not cleaned by any
3
student  3C 2 (1)
3 3 3
So required cases  ( 2  1)  3C1 3  3C 2 = 265
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – I
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER –1
 Each Part is further divided into Three Sections: Section-A, Section-B & Section-C.
Section–A (01 – 10, 21 – 30, 41 – 50) contains 30 multiple choice questions which have one or
more than one correct answer. Each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and –2 marks
for wrong answer.
Section–B (11 – 12, 31 – 32, 51 – 52) contains 6 Match the following Type questions. Each
question having 4 statements in Column I & 5 statements in Column II with any given statement
in Column I having correct matching with one or more statement (s) given in Column II. Each
statement carries +2 marks for correct answer and –1 mark for wrong answer.
Section–C (13 – 20, 33 – 40, 53 – 60) contains 24 Numerical based questions with answers as
negative marking.
AITS-FT-I (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
(One OR More Than One Choice Type)
This section contains 10 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D)
for its answer, out of which only one or more than one is/are correct
1. A positive charged particle of charge q and mass m is suspended from a O

point O by a string of length . In the space a uniform horizontal electric field
E exists. The particle is drawn aside so that the string becomes vertical and E
then it is projected horizontally with velocity v such that the particle starts to
move along a circle with same constant speed v. g
2 2
(A) tension in string is mg   qE 
  qE 2 
(B) tension in string is mg 1    
  mg   v
q2 E 2 
(C) kinetic energy of mass is
2mg
5 q2E2
(D) kinetic energy of mass is m  g2  2
2 m
2. One mole of a diatomic gas is taken through a process A  B as P

shown in the figure. The gas obeys the relation
Q A B  WA B  O 6P o
B
(A) the molar heat capacity for process AB is 5R/4
(B) the heat supplied in the process is (5/2) PoVo
(C) for A to B, temperature initially decreases and then increases
(D) the temperature goes on increasing from A to B Po A
V
Vo 4Vo
3 AITS-FT-I (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19
3. In the arrangement shown in the figure, initially the

m1
block of mass m, is in limiting equilibrium. The
coefficient of friction between the block of mass m 1
and floor is . Now the particle of mass m 2 is given

a horizontal velocity v0. The initial distance of the
block of mass m 2 from the pulley is . The masses
of pulley and threads are negligible. Choose the
correct option(s): m2 v0
   v 02
(A) Acceleration of m 1 just after the velocity given is  
 1   
   v 02
(B) Acceleration of m 1 just after the velocity given is  
 1    2
(C) Radius of curvature of path of m2 just after the velocity given is  1  
(D) Radius of curvature of path of m2 just after the velocity given is 2 1  
4. In the circuit shown there is steady state with the switch closed. 3
The switch is opened at t = 0. Choose the correct option(s).
 Given :   24 V, C1  3F and C2  2F  9 C1

(A) The voltage across C1 before the switch is open, is 12V S
(B) The voltage across C1 after a long time after the switch is
open, is 12V
(C) The voltage across C2 after a long time after the switch is C2 6
open, is 24V
(D) The voltage across C2 before the switch is open, is 8V
5. Energy liberated in the de – excitation of hydrogen atom from 3rd level to 1st level falls on a photo-
cathode. Later when the same photo – cathode is exposed to a spectrum of some unknown
hydrogen like gas, excited to 2nd energy level, it is found that the de – Broglie wavelength of the
fastest photoelectrons, now ejected has decreased by a factor of 3. For this new gas, difference
of energies of 2nd Lyman line and 1st Balmer line found to be 3 times the ionization potential of the
hydrogen atom. Select the correct statement(s):
(A) The gas is lithium
(B) The gas is helium
(C) The work function of photo – cathode is 8.5 eV
(D) The work function of photo – cathode is 5.5 eV
6. The switch S is closed at t = 0 as shown in the figure. C

R2 = 6
(A) the current as function of time in the inductor is R1 = 3
-4t
3(1 – e )A.
(B) the current through R1 just after closing of switch A B
is 8A 1H
(C) the power supply by the battery as function of
time is 36(9 – e-4t)
R3 = 6 R4 = 3
(D) the current through R2 after long time closing of
switch is 3A D
S
36 V
7. A uniform thin rod AB, 12 m long weighing 24 kg, is supported at

end B by a flexible light string and a lead weight (of very small
size) of 12 kg is attached at end A. The rod floats in a river with B
C
one-half of its length submerged. For this situation, mark out the
correct statement. [Take g = 10 m/s2, density of water = 1000
kg/m3] A
(A) the tension in the string is 36 g
(B) the tension in the string is 4 g
(C) the volume of the rod is 60000 m 3
(D) the point of application of the buoyancy force is passing
through C (centre of mass of the rod).
8. Mark the correct statement(s).

(A) when a sound wave strikes a wall, the compression pulse is reflected as compression pulse.
(B) when a sound wave strikes a wall, the compression pulse is reflected as rarefaction pulse.
(C) when a sound wave is coming out after passing through a narrow pipe, then reflection would
be there at open end.
(D) when a sound wave is coming out after passing through a narrow pipe, then compression
pulse is reflected as rare fraction pulse.
9. A t = 0, two particles B & C are located at the origin of the coordinate system. Then they start
moving simultaneously. B moves under a constant acceleration of 2kˆ m / s2 with an initial velocity

of 8ˆjm / s . Particle C moves with constant velocity V o in such a way that B & C collides at t = 4
sec. Then mark the incorrect statement(s).

(A) v o  8ˆj  4kˆ m / s
(B) position vector of location where two particles collide is 16iˆ  32kˆ m.
(C) both (A) & (B) are correct 
(D) It is not possible that B & C collide with each other for any value of V o
10. A transverse wave travelling on a taut string is represented by:

y = 0.01 sin2 10t  x   y and x are in meters and t in seconds. Then
(A) The speed of the wave is 10 m/s
0
(B) Closest points on the string which differ in phase by 60 are (1/6) m apart
(C) Maximum particles velocity is  /4 m/s
(D) The phase of a certain point on the string changes by 1200 in (1/20) seconds
SECTION – B
Matrix – Match Type
This section contains 2 questions. Each question contains statements given in two columns, which have
to be matched. The statements in Column I are labelled A, B, C and D, while the statements in Column II
are labelled p, q, r, s and t. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with ONE OR
MORE statement(s) in Column II.
11. A disc of radius R is rolling without slipping with an angular


acceleration , on a horizontal plane. Four points are marked at 
the end of horizontal and vertical diameter of a circle of radius r y R 1
(<R) on the disc. If horizontal and vertical direction are chosen as 4 2
x and y axis as shown
  
in the figure,

then acceleration of points 1, r
2, 3 and 4 are a1, a 2 , a3 and a4 respectively, at the moment x 3
when angular velocity of the disc is . Match the following
Column – I Column - II

(A) a1 (p) R  r  i  r2 ˆj
ˆ  

(B) a2 (q) R  r  î  r2 ˆj
 

(C) a3 (r) R  r  î  r  ˆj
2

(D) a4 (s) R  r  î   r  ˆj
2
(t) None of these
12. A cube of volume 1 m 3 and specific gravity 2 is very slowly T

being lowered in to a lake with help of a massless string tied
to one of its vertices as shown. A
Initially the vertex B is just touching the surface of water and
finally, vertex A is just beneath the surface of water. For the
process of immersion, match the columns: (Ignore change in
-2
KE of water). (g = 10 ms ).
Column – I Column - II
(A) Work done by gravity on water + (p) 3 3
cube system  10 4 Joule
2
(B) Work done by tension on the cube (q) 3 3
 10 4 Joule
2
(C) Work done by gravity on water (r) 3
 104 Joule
2
(D) Work done by gravity on the cube (s) 2 3  104 Joule
(t) 40 3  10 4 Joule
SECTION – C
(One Integer Value Correct Type)
This section contains 8 questions. Each question, when worked out will result in one integer from 0 to 9
(both inclusive).
13. A rod is kept at an angle of 600 with the horizontal by A

the help of a string in vertical plane. The string is now
cut at t = 0. Find the force (in N) applied by upper
C String
half section of the rod AC on the lower half section of
the rod BC just after t = 0. (Take mass of the rod = rod
16 2 16
 kg and g = 10 m/s ) m kg
9 9 B
14. A man crosses a river of width d. Current flow speed is v. Speed of swimmer relative to water is v.
Man always heads towards the point exactly opposite to the starting point at the another bank
(relative to water). If radius of curvature of the path followed by the swimmer just after he start
swimming is n 2d, then the value of n is.
15. The following measurement are obtained on a single phase load V = 220 V 1%. I = 5.0 A 1%
and W = 555 W 2%. If the power factor is calculated using these measurements, the worst case
error in the calculated power factor in percent is______________. (Give answer up to one
decimal place.)
16. A small ball of density 4o is left from the surface of liquid. The density of liquid varies as
  o 1  ay  , where y is height of liquid from the surface and o, a are constants. The time-
2
period of oscillation of ball is found to be sec. Find K [a = 2 m-1, g = 10 ms-2]. Neglect
K
viscosity]
17. The volume of glass vessel is 1000 cc at 200C. What volume of mercury should be poured into it
at this temperature so that the volume of the remaining space does not change with temperature
is 10 n cc. Coefficient of cubical expansion of mercury and glass are 1.8  10 4 / 0 C and
9.0  106 / 0 C respectively. Find the value of n?
18. A smooth narrow semicircular tube (in vertical plane) contains a

small ball of mass m at its top as shown. System is initially at rest
and now ball is slightly pushed to its right such that system starts R
moving. If the acceleration of the tube just before the ball hits the
4g
floor is , find . (Take mass of tube = 2 m and neglect the smooth

break-off of the tube from floor)
19. A gas containing hydrogen like ions with atomic number z, emits photons in transition (n + 2) 
n, where n = z. These photons fall on a metallic plate and eject electrons having minimum de-
broglie wavelength  of 5 Å. Find the value of ‘z’ if the work function of metal is 4.2 eV. [Take h =
6.625  10-34 J-s, mass of electron = 9.1  10-31 kg]
20. A ray is incident on a glass sphere as shown. The opposite

surface of the sphere is partially silvered. The net deviation of o
the ray transmitted at the partially silvered surface is 1/3rd of the 60
net deviation suffered by the ray reflected at the partially silvered
surface (after emerging out of the sphere). The refractive index
of the sphere is n . Find n.
SECTION – A
21. The distribution of molecular kinetic energy at two temperature is as shown in the following graph.
300 K
Relative number of
particular energy
molecules with a
500 K
Ea (Energy)
Which of the following conclusions are correct ?
(A) The number of molecules with energy Ea or greater is proportional to the shaded area for
each temperature.
(B) The number of molecules with energy Ea or less is proportional to the shaded area for each
temperature.
(C) The number of molecules with energy Ea is the mean of all temperatures.
(D) The graph follows the Maxwell – Boltzmann energy distribution law.
22. How much charge must be supplied to a cell for the electrolytic production of 245 gram NaClO4
from NaClO3 ? Because of the side reaction, the anode efficiency for the desired reaction is 60 %.
5
(A) 6.43 10 C (B) 6.67 F
6
(C) 6.43 10 C (D) 66.7 F
23. In which of the following pairs of solutions will the values of the van’t Hoff factor be the same ?
(A) 0.05 M K 4  Fe  CN 6  and 0.10 M FeSO4
(B) 0.10 M K 4  Fe  CN 6  and 0.05 M FeSO4  NH 4 2 SO4 .6 H 2 O

(C) 0.20 M NaCl and 0.10 M BaCl2
(D) 0.05 M FeSO4  NH 4 2 SO4 .6 H 2 O and 0.02 M KCl. MgCl2.6H2O
24. Which of the following crystals have 8 : 8 coordination ?

(A) NH4Cl (B) AlFe
(C) MnO (D) NH4Br
25. On treatment of hard water with zeolite, sodium ions get exchanged with
2 
(A) Ca ions (B) H ions
2 
(C) Mg ions (D) OH ions
26. Which of the following statement/s is/are correct?

(A) Boric acid is a hydrogen – bonded molecule.
(B) Boric acid combines with CuO to give metaborate in the borax bead test.
(C) Al2O3 is more acidic than B2O3.
(D) Al2O3 is amphoteric and B2O3 is acidic.
27. Nitrous oxide is prepared by

(A) Heating a mixture of NH4Cl and NaNO3
(B) Heating a mixture of NH4Cl and NaNO2
(C) The hydrolysis of Mg3N2
(D) Heating a mixture of nitric oxide and sulphur dioxide
28. 1. Hg
2
CH CH + 2CH3COOH
2.  (300 - 4000C)
Products
(A) CH3 CH(OCOCH3)2

(B) CH3CHO
(C) O
CH3 C O CH3
(D) O O
CH3 C O C CH3
29. Benzoic acid may be prepared by the oxidation of

(A) Et (B) OH
(C) O (D) OH
Me
Et
30. The final product of the reaction is

CH2
1. PCl5
(CH2)5 C=O
2. KOH/
CH2
(A) CH2 OH (B) C
(CH2)5 C (CH2)5 C
OH
CH2 CH2
(C) CH (D) The starting compound is recovered
(CH2)5 C
CH
SECTION – B
31. Match the Column – I with Column – II.

Column I Column II
(A) Molten PbCl2 using inert electrode (p) Metal of salt will reduced
(B) NaCl solution using inert electrode (q) 2 H 2O  2e  
 H 2  g   2OH 
(C) Silver nitrate solution using Ag electrode (r) Solution becomes basic after
electrolysis
(D) Sodium nitrate solution using inert electrode (s) Solution becomes acidic after
electrolysis
(t) Solution becomes neutral after
electrolysis
32. Match the Column – I with Column – II.

Column I Column II
(A) 4 (p) Outer orbital complex
Cr  CN 3  NO2 3 
(B) 3 (q) Inner orbital complex
Co  C2O4 3 
(C)  (r)   2.83BM
 Fe  EDTA  
(D)  Ni  en 3   NO3 2 (s) Shows optical activity
(t)  0
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
33. Find number of basic radicals among the following cations, which can form soluble complex on
adding excess of NH3 solution.
Pb2aq  , Cd 2aq  , Mn2aq  , Ni2aq  , Fe3aq  , Zn2aq  , Agaq 
34. In the following molecule

O O O
S S O
O
O O
S
O O
If x is the total number of dπ – pπ bonds and y is the total number of sp3 hybridized atoms. Find
x
the value of ?
y
35. How many moles of CH3MgBr will consume when it reacts with following compound
O
C O CH3 O
HO C Cl
O O O
HS C Br
CN O
36. Calculate total number of aromatic species in following

- -
, , ,
,
-
37. O O
KOH(aq)
CH3 C CH3 + CH3 CH2 C CH3

Calculate total number of aldol condensation product (s) including stereoisomers.
238 214
38. The total number of α & β particles emitted in the nuclear reaction 92 U 
82 Pb
10
39. In 1 litre saturated solution of AgCl  K SP  AgCl   1.6  10  , 0.1 mol of CuCl [Ksp(CuCl) =
x
1.0  10-6] is added. The resultant concentration of Ag+ in the solution is 1.6  10 . The value of
“x” is.
1
40. A gas diffuse times as fast as hydrogen. If its molecular mass is 10 y. What is the value of y.
5
SECTION – A
3 2
41. A square matrix ‘A’ of order 3, satisfies the relation A – 6A + 7I = 0, where I is unit matrix of
order 3. Which of the following are correct
(A) trace of the matrix A is 6 (B) det(A) = 6
(C) trace of the matrix A is – 7 (D) det(A) = –7
42. From a variable point P, normal are drawn to the hyperbola xy = 16. If sum of slopes of normal is
equal to the sum of ordinates & abscissas of feet of normal, then the locus of point P is the curve
‘C’. Which of the following are correct.
(A) ‘C’ is a parabola of length of latus rectum 16
(B) ‘C’ is an ellipse of length of latus rectum 16
(C) ‘C’ is a hyperbola of length of latus rectum 16
(D) focus of ‘C’ is at (8, 0)
43. Five fair dice are tossed. Which of the following are true
(A) mean of no. of dice showing even nos. is 2.5
(B) varience of no. of disc showing even nos. is 1.25
1
(C) probability that same nos. appeared on all the 5 dice is
64
(D) probability that atleast two dice show even number, if atleast one die show even number is
26
31
44. Solution of the differential equation x  y ln x  y ln y  x  y  dy  y  x ln y  x ln x  y  x  dx ; y(1)=e

x y
is ay ln    bx ln    ce  d where a, b, c & d are integers. Which of the following are correct
y x
(A) a + b = 2 (B) ab + c + d = 1
(C) ab + bc + cd + ad + bd + ac = 0 (D) a + b + c + d = 2
 2018 2019

45. If g  x   lim n  x n  x n  ; x  0 then choose the correct option(s)
n 
 
2
(A) the number of solution(s) of the equation g  x   e 2019 x is 2
2
(B) the number of solution(s) of the equation g  x   e 2019 x is 2
(C) the number of solution(s) of the equation g  x   e 2018 is 1
(D) the number of solution(s) of the equation g  x   e 2018 is 1
46. For fixed positive  the locus of the point z satisfying the equation |3z – i| = |z + 2| can be
(A) a straight line (B) a circle
(C) a rectangular hyperbola (D) an ellipse
47. If g  x, y   2x 2     1 xy   y 2 be an orthogonal pair if straight lines and a point (h, k) (h, k  z)

lies on the curve g(x, y) = 7, then
(A) value of  is – 2 (B) value of  is 2
(C) possible value of h + k is – 4 (D) possible value of h + k is 4
48. N is the number of ways in which 8 different books can be distributed among 3 students, if each
student receives at least 2 books. Then N is divisible by
(A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 4 (D) 5
49. Six people  P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6  are going to sit in a row on a bench. P1 & P2 are adjacent. P3 doesn’t
want to sit adjacent to P4 . P5 and P6 can sit anywhere. Number of ways in which these six people
can be seated, is less or equal to
(A) 200 (B) 144
(C) 120 (D) 56
50. Plane '  ' meets the co-ordinate axes (X, Y & Z axes respectively) at A, B & C. If areas of
OAB, OBC & OCA are 3, 6 & 4 units respectively. Now which of the following are correct.
(A) Area of ABC  61 Square unit
(B) Equation of plane '  ' may be 6 x  4y  3z  12
(C) Equation of plane '  ' may be 6 x  4 y  3z  12
(D) Volume of tetrahedron OABC is 2 unit
SECTION – B
51. Match the following:-

Column – I Column – II
  
Let P  2i  j  k and q  iˆ  3kˆ . If r is an unit vector and  is
ˆ ˆ ˆ
(A)    (p) 1
the maximum value of  p q r  . Then the value of  2  57 is
The

value of t  R for which the vectors
(B) a  1, 2,3  , b   2,3, 4  , c  1, 1; t  form a linearly (q) 2
dependent system
If the area of the parallelogram whose diagonals are 3iˆ  jˆ  2kˆ
(C) (r) 3
and iˆ  3 jˆ  4kˆ is  3 sq. unit, then the value of  is
   
Let p  iˆ  jˆ; q  iˆ  jˆ and r  iˆ  2 jˆ  3kˆ if x is an unit vector
(D)       (s) 4
such that p.x  0 and q.x  0 then r .x is equal to
(t) 5
52. Match the following:-


-1
(A) If I  4
sin3 x.cos3 x dx , then I is divisible by (p) 1

0
2
(B) If I   2sin x  dx , then |[I]| is divisible by ([.] is GIF)
0
(q) 2
2
If I   sgn  x  1 dx , then I + N can be equal to (N be a natural
(C) 2 (r) 4
no., sgn(.) is signum function)
3
1 x 1
(D) I dx ; then  2I  ln16 is divisible by ([.] is GIF) (s) 8
0 x 1
(t) 16
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
53. A variable point ‘p’ moving inside a square whose co-ordinates of vertices are (1, 1), (-1, 1),
(-1, -1) & (1, -1) in such a way that ‘p’ is closer to the diagonals of square compare to the co-
ordinate axes. If A is the area of the region transversed by p the [A] is ([] is GIF)
e x 3 ln x  2 e2  a
54. If 
1 3
x ln x  x
dx 
b
 
 ln e 2  1 where a & b are positive integers. Then value of a + b is
4 4
55. The number of real roots of  6  x    8  x   16 is
x2 y 2
56. Number of points on the ellipse   1 from which perpendicular tangents can be drawn to
2 10
x2 y 2
the hyperbola   1 is
6 2
57. Number of principal solution(s) of the equation sin x  cos x  sin 2 x  cos 2 x  sin3 x  1 is
58. ‘K’ is a three digit number which is no. of ways of distributing 10 identical balls in 5 different boxes
such that no. two adjacent boxes remain empty. ‘P’ is prime number by which sum of digits of ‘K’
is divisible. The value  Pmax  Pmin  is
59. The sum of the coefficients of all the even powers of x in the expansion of (2x 2 – 3x + 1)11 is
P1m P2n where P1 & P2 are prime numbers, P1 < P2 and m & n are positive integers. The value of
P1  P2
is
nm
2 
60. I(, r) is the intercept made by the circle z   z   z  r  0 on the real axis on complex plane,
5 
where r is a real number and  may be real. The value of I   i ,4  is
 2 
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – I
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER –1

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. BD
Sol. T cos  mgeff ..... i
m 2
T sin  ...........  ii
 sin
By (i)
mgeff cos  mg   qE 2 
T   mg 1    
cos2  g2   mg  
 2  qE 2 
g    
  m  
By (i) & (ii)
mgeff m 2 qE 
sin     geff sin   tan 
cos  sin m g
2
1  qE   q2E 2 
 K.E  m  
2  m  g 2mg
2. ABD
Sol. By first low of thermodynamics
Q = W + U
 2Q = U ……………. (i)
5R

 2 n C TB  TA  n
2
TB  TA  
5R
C 
4
AITS-FT-I (Paper-1)-PCM (Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
By (i)
1 1 5  5
Q  U    6Po Vo  4Po Vo    Po Vo
2 2 2  2
sinceU = -2W, therefore temperature goes on increasing from A to B
3. AC
Sol. a
P
m1
m2 v0
m1g  m 2 g
m2 a

m1
Lets observe the motion of m2 from an observer fixed at P (point on string)

T
m2 a
v 20
m2 

m2 g
m2 v 02
T  m2 a  m2 g  .............. 1

for m1
T  m1g  m1a ...............  2 
m 2 v 02
from 1 and m1a  m1g  m2 a  m2 g 

v 20
m2
    v 20
a 
 m1  m2   1    
ROC of m2
 m1  v 02
T  m2 g  m1g     m2 g
 1   
 m1  v 20 v 20
   m 2
 1    R
m 
R   2  1       1   
 m1 
3 AITS-FT-I (Paper-1)-PCM (Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19
4. BD
24 4
Sol. i  A
396 3
4
V1   9  12V
3
4
V2   6  8V
3
at t  
V2  V1  24
5. BC
 1  1 1
Sol. E0 z 2  1    E0 z 2     3E0
 9  4 9
z2
1 /  2  3
 1
KE1  E 0 1    
 9 
 1
KE 2  E0 z 2  1    
 4
1
KE   8.5 eV
2
6. ACD
Sol. using Kirchhoff’s loop law
di
3i  1  3i  36  0
dt
di
  36  6i ..............  i
dt
3i  6  i  i1   36  0
 3i  2i1  12 ........ ii 
di1
 12  4i1
by (i) and (ii) dt
on solving
i1  3 1  e 4 t 
i  2 1  e 4t   4
from (ii)
power supply by battery = 36(2i – i1) = 36(9 – e-4t)
7. C
 T
Sol. U = up thrust = A   Pw g
2 U B
T + U = 12 g + 24 g C q
Taking torque about B,
   
U    cos   12g   cos   24g  cos   A
2 4 2  24
12
8. BC
Sol. Use x = n (for maxima)

 1
& x   n    (for minima
 2
9. BCD

Sol. vB  8ˆj  2tkˆ
 
v C  v o  v x î  v y ˆj  v zkˆ

rB  8tjˆ  t 2kˆ

rC  v x tiˆ  v y tjˆ  v z tkˆ
 
At 4 sec, rB  rC  v x  0,v y  8m / s & v z  4m / s

 
 v o  8ˆj  4kˆ m / s
10. AB
2
Sol.    x  and

2
   t 

SECTION – B
11.  A   q; B   r;  C  p; D  s.

Sol. For (B): a 2  rˆj  2r î  R î  R  2r  î  rˆj

For (C): a3  r î  2rjˆ  R î  R  r  î  2rjˆ

For (D): a 4  rˆj  2r î  R î  R  2 r  î  rˆj
12.  A   p; B   q;  C   r; D  s.
Sol. C.M. of the cube comes down through a height of 3 m while C. M. Of displaced water goes up
3
by a height of m.
2
 Loss in PE of cube = 2000  10  3 Joule.
 2 3  10 4 Joule.
3 3
Gain in PE of water = 1000  10    104 Joule
2 2
Using work energy theorem:
W r + W Gravity = 0
SECTION – C
13. 5
 m 2
Sol. mg  
4 3
3g

4
m 3 3g
F . .
2 4 4
9mg
F  5N
32
14. 2
dr
Sol.  v
dt
rd
v
dt
2
dv vd v v
dv  vd  a    v  v   
dt dt  d d
B
d
r
d
v v
v
A
v
2v
a v
450
ar  a sin 45 
a

v2

 2v     2 2d
2 2d 
15. 4
Sol. V  220  1%
I  5  1%
W  555  2%
W  VI.cos   
W
 p.f  cos    
V.I
555  2% 555
p.f  cos       4%
 220  1% 5  1%  220  5
p.f  cos     0.5  4%
16. 5
dv
Sol. Fnet  mg  B  m  mg  vg
dt
dv ga  3 2 2
      y    SHM, T   sec
dt 4  a ga 5
4
K  5
17. 5
0 0
Sol. Let volume of glass vessel at 20 C is Vg and volume of mercury at 20 C is Vm
So volume of remaining space is = Vg - Vm
It is given constant so that
Vg  Vm  Vg'  Vm'
Where V0' and Vm' are final volumes.
Vg  Vm  Vg 1   g   Vm 1  Hg   Vg  g  Vm Hg
100  9  10 6
 Vm   Vm  50 cc.
1.8  10 4
18. 6
Sol.
a v
2
v r /R
a
g
vr
a = acceleration of tube just before the ball hits the floor
v r = velocity of ball w.r.t. tube
v = velocity of tube w.r.t. ground
as floor is smooth, acceleration of CM of the system in horizontal
direction is zero
 v2 
 m  a  r   2m a  0
 R
1 1
using ME conservation for the system in ground frame, mgR  m vr2  v 2   2m  v 2
2 2
 
4g
on solving, a 
6
19. 2
 1 1
Sol.  E    13.6  2
 2  z 2 eV
  n  2  n 

 z2  4  z  1  13.6
 E     13.6  2
 1  2
eV
  z  2    z  2
 energy of electron,
h2  h 
K  2  6eV    
2 m  2mK 
 Energy E   6  4.2  eV
4  13.6  z  1 z 1 3 2
 2
 10.2  2
  z  2,   
 z  2  z  2 16 3
z  2
20. 3
Sol. 1st ray
60o
r
r
ray r 60o
r
60o ray
   
1  60 o  r  60 o  r  2 60o  r  
nd
2 ray
 2   60o  r      2r    60o  r     2  60o  2r 
 2  31  r  30o
sini sin60o
   3
sinr sin30o
n  3
SECTION – A
21. AD
Sol. Facts
22. AB
Sol. ClO4  2 H   2e   ClO3  H 2O
23  35.5  64
Eq. mass of NaClO4   61.25
2
245
No. of equivalents of NaClO4   4  4.0 F
61.25
The anode efficiency = 60 %
4.0
No. of faradays   100  6.67 F
60
23. BD
Sol. Both pairs in (b) and (d) produce the same total number of ions after dissociation.
24. ABD
Sol. Such coordination is exhibited by compounds which have BCC Lattice structure.
25. AC
Sol. Fact based.
26. ABD
Sol. Facts
27. AD
Sol. Facts
28. BD
Sol. 1 Hg 2
+ 300°C +
CH CH 2CH3 CH3CH(OOCH3)2 CH3COOCOCH3 CH3CHO
2. C
29. AB
Sol.
COOH
+ KMnO4 + +
6 CO 2 2H2
OH
COOH
+ KMnO4 +
2 2H2
30. BC
Sol. The gem – dihalide is obtained initially.
SECTION – B
31. (A) → (p,t); (B) → (q, r); (C) → (p,t); (D) → (q, t)
2
Sol. (A) Cathode : Pb  2e  
 Pb  s 
 
 Cl2  g   2e
Anode : 2Cl 
 
 H 2  g   2OH
(B) Cathode : H 2O  2e 
 
 Cl2  g   2e
Anode : 2Cl 
 
 Ag  s 
(C) Cathode : Ag  e 

 aq   e 
Anode : Ag  s  
 Ag

 H 2  g   2OH 
(D) Cathode : 2 H 2O  2e 
 
Anode : 2 H 2O 
 O2  4 H  4e
32. (A) → (q,r); (B) → (q,s,t); (C) → (q,s); (D) → (p,r,s)

Sol. Fact based
SECTION – C
33. 4
Sol. Cd2aq  , Zn 2aq  , Agaq  , Ni2aq 
34. 1
Sol. x = 6, y = 6
35. 9
Sol. CH3MgBr acts as both base and nucleophile.
36. 3
Sol. -
+
, ,
37. 9
Sol. O
O
, ,
O
(E & Z) (E & Z)
O
O O
(E & Z)
38. 8
Sol. Facts
39. 7
Sol. Solubility of CuCl is higher than AgCl
 Cl   Cl   K sp of CuCl  103 M
CuCl
 K sp of AgCl   Ag  Cl 

1.6  10 10   Ag   10 3
 Ag   1.6  10 7 M
x  7
40. 5
1
Sol. rg  .rH 2
5
2
Mg  rH  2
  2    5  25

M H 2  rg  
M g  2  25  50
10 y  50
y 5
SECTION – A
41. AD
Sol. Tr(A) = sum of the roots
det(A) = product of the roots
42. AD
4

 4 t  t2
Sol. Let P   ,   & foot of normal   4t ,  so,
 t   4t
 4t 4   t 3  t   4  0
Let t1, t2, t3 & t4 are roots
4
then  4t1     t12
t1
2
  
16
Locus of P is x2 = 16(x + y)
43. ABCD
Sol.
X = no of dice showing even no. P = probability
0 5 5
3  1
1    
2 6
   2
4
3 5  1  1 5
4 C1.   .    5
2
   2 2
5 5
5  1 10
C2 .    5
2
  2
5
5  1 10
C3 .    5
2
  2
5
5  1 5
C4 .    5
2
  2
5 5
 1  1
   
2
   2
5
5 10 10 5  1
  1. 5
 2. 5  3. 5  4. 5  5.  
2 2 2 2 2
1 80 5
 5 5  20  30  20  5     2.5
2 32 2
1 25
2 
25
5  40  90  80  25  4
240 25 240  200 40 5
    
32 4 32 32 4
5
 1 5
1    5
2
  2 32  1  5 26
5
 
 1 32  1 31
1  
2
44. ABCD
 x   y 
Sol. ln x  ln y  y  1 dy  ln y  ln x  x  1  dx 
   
x y y  x
ln   dy  dx  dy  ln   dx  dy  dx
y  x x y
  x   y
d  y ln     d  x ln 
  y   x
So, a = 1, b = 1, c = 1, d = -1
45. CD
 2018 2019

Sol. g  x   lim n  x n  x n   .0 
n 
 
1
Let n  as n  , t  0
t
x 2018 t  x 2019 t  0 
g  x   lim  
t 0 t 0
Apply L’ hospital Rule
g(x) = -ln(x)
46. AB
i
Sol. 3z  z2
3
For  = 3, it’s a straight line, else circle
47. BCD
Sol. orthogonal straight lines  2 -  = 0,  = 2
2h 2  3hk  2k 2  7
 2h  k  h  2k   7
48. ABCD
Sol. Groups  2, 2, 4  or  2, 2, 3 
 8! 8! 
   3!
 2!2!4!2! 2!3!3!2! 
49. AB
Sol. Total ways
3! 2! 4C2  2!  144
50. ABCD
2 2 2 2
Sol. ar  ABC    ar  OAB    ar  OBC   ar  OCA 
Z
C
4
0
3
2
A
X B
Y
x y z
If A & C are on positive axes & B is on negative axis then equation plane is   1
2 3 4
x y z
If A & B are on positive axes & C is on negative axis then equation of plane is   1
2 3 4
SECTION – B
51. ( A)  (q ), (B )  ( p ), (C )  (t ), (D )  ( r )
Sol. (A).

Let r  ai  b j  ck

r  1  a2  b2  c 2  1
  
   p q r   3a  7b  c
59
2 
10
  max
   

(D). X   p  q & X  1 
52. ( A)  ( p, q, r , s ), (B )  ( p, q, r ), (C )  ( p, q, r , s, t ), (D )  ( p, q )
 
1 3 3 1
Sol. (A). I   4
sin3 x  cos3 xdx  sin xdx 
0 16 0 24
 5 7 11
 4
6
(B). I   0dx   6 1dx  5 0dx   6
1dx  76 2dx  11 1dx
0 
6 6 6 6
1
(C). I   sin xdx  2
3
1 x3  1 2 1 2 
(D). I   dx    x 2  x  1   dx
0 x 1 0
 x  1
SECTION – C
53. 2
Sol. A required area is the shaded region = 4 2  
2 1
y
(-1,1) (1,1)
o
1
22
2
(-1,-1) (1,-1)
54. 5
e e e
x 3 lnx  x 2  x 2  2 x2  2
Sol. 1 x 3 ln x  x dx  1 xdx  1 x 3 ln x  xdx
1 2
e e 
xdx  x x 3 dx
1 1 1
ln x  2
x
55. 2
Sol. put 7 – x = t
then given equation becomes
t 4  6t 2  7  0  t  1
 7  x  1
So x = 6 or 8
56. 4
Sol. Solve director circle of hyperbola with ellipse
57. 6
Sol. cos x  sin x  sin 2 x  cos 2 x  sin3 x  1
  sin x  sin3 x    cos x  sin 2x    1  cos 2 x 
 4 sin x  4 sin3 x  cos x 1  2 sin x   2cos 2 x
 
 4 sin x 1  sin2 x  2cos 2 x  cos x 1  2sin x   0

 2cos 2
x  cos x  1  2sin x   0
1 1
So, cosx  0,  , sin x  
2 2
58. 2
Sol. K = 771
Pmax = 5, Pmin = 3
59. 5
11 11
Sol. Sum =
2  1 2
 3  1 1   2
 2  1  3  1  1 
2
= 3  610 = 210.311
60. 3
2
Sol. I  , r        4r
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – I
JEE (Advanced)-2018-19
PAPER –2
more correct answer. Each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and –2 marks for wrong
answer.
Section–A (09 – 12, 29 – 32, 49 – 52) contains 12 paragraphs with each having 2 questions with
one or more than one correct answer. Each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and –2
marks for wrong answer.
negative marking.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
its answer, out of which only one or more than one is/are correct
1. A body dropped over a fixed rough inclined plane of inclination 45

from height h. If after collision velocity of body becomes horizontal h
then co-efficient of restitution if co-efficient of friction is 1/2.
1 1
(A) (B) o
2 3 45
1
(C) (D) 1
4
2. A body is moving along straight line such that it velocity represented through x and velocity
gradient is represented through y then relation between x and y for movement under constant
acceleration may be
(A) xy=const (B) x 2  y 2  const
(C) x 2  y 2  const (D) y 2  4ax
3. A block having mass m is placed over a inclined plane of same mass m

and inclination 45 if co-efficient of friction between all surface is same
and it is . Now system set free to move then
m
(A) For   1 block over incline will move but wedge don’t 45
o
(B) For 0.2    1 block will move but wedge will not
(C) For   0.15 both will move
(D) It is not possible to move wedge without moving block over wedge
4. Let 1.0 kg of super cooled water at temp 10 C kept in a container and crushed ice at temp
  20 C kept in another container. How much ice have to add the water so that whole water
freezes. Specific heat of water Sw  4.2  103 J / kg  k . Specific heat of ice
Si  2.1 103 J / kg  k . Latent heat of meeting ice L  336 kJ kg 1 meeting point   0 C.
Neglecting Heat capacity of vessel and surrounding.
(A) 14 kg (B) 7 kg
(C) 5 kg (D) can’t find
5. A Beam of light having wavelength 0 and wattage  falls

over a surface separating two medium of refractive index  o
3 and 2 respectively as shown in figure. Force exerted 45
0
by beam of light over and along surface are F and fll 3
(A)
 3 1 F

6 C
2

(B) Fll  2 3
C
(C)
 3 1  F
r
6 C
(D) Fll  0
6. An equiconvex lens of focal length 20 cm having a glass of

refractive index 3/2 is used in a medium air on left side and
another medium having refractive index  on a right side of Air Medium having R.I 
lens as shown in figure.
(A) Character of lens will be diversing for   2
(B) Focal length of lens will be 40 cm for   4 and
character will be diversing
(C) Object distance and image distance with respect to lens
will be same for   2
(D) Character of lens can’t be explained
7. A solid metal cylinder rotates with angular speed  about its axis of symmetry. The cylinder is in a
region having uniform magnetic field B along its axis then
(A) Electric field inside cylinder will be proportional to  r distance from axis of rotation if
eB

m
eB
(B) Electric field, inside cylinder is radially away from axis of rotation of  
m
(C) Charge density inside the cylinder may be positive, negative or zero accordingly  and
direction of magnetic field
eB  
(D) For   and B   charge density inside cylinder is zero.
m
8. A quarter circular conducting ring of large


radius R with centre at origin y
where a magnetic dipole of moment m is placed as shown in figure.
When the ring rotates at angular velocity  about the y axis A
electromotive force induced between its end is
 m
(A) Zero (B) 0 
2r
m
 m  m B x
(C) 0 (D) 0
4r 8r
(Paragraph Type)
This section contains TWO paragraphs. Based on the paragraph, there are TWO questions of each
paragraph. Each question has FOUR options (A), (B), (C) and (D). One OR More than One of these four
options is/are correct.
A small insect having mass m is in rest at one end of a horizontal platform placed
inside a circular cage as shown in figure. Circular cage is pivot about its centre and
cage inner surface is smooth. Now insect start its motion on platform such that x
platform and cage is in rest. Radius of cage is R.
h
A B
C
9. Time taken by insect to move from A to B on platform

h h
(A)  (B) 2
g g
1
 R 2  h 2  2
(C)   (D) can’t find
 g 
10. Speed of insect when it passes is

gh
(A) (B) 2gh
2
g g
(C) h (D) R 2  h2
h h
A charged spherical shell of radius r is connected to a capacitor of capacity C through two resistances
R1 and R2 as shown in figure. Initially charged on sphere is Q0 .
11. Charge on capacitor C after long time as

switch k gets closed. r
R1 K R2
(A) zero C
(B) Q0
cQ0
(C)
c  4 0 r
(D) can’t find
12. Heat energy developed across resistor R1 after long time interval as switch gets closed.
Q0 2c  R1  R1Q0 2 4 0 r
(A)   (B)
8 0 r  c  4 0 r   R1  R2  c  R1  R2  c  4 0 r 
Q2 Q0 2 R1c
(C) 0 (D)
2c 4 0 r  c  4 0 r  R1  R2 
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
13. If a tap above empty rectangular basin able to fill it in time t1=3 min and small hole at bottom able
to make it completely empty from filled stage in time t2=2 min. Now both tap and hole are opened
simultaneously (At initial stage basin is completely empty). The maximum height up to which
H
liquid may filled in basin is 0 find n H0  Height of ba sin
n
14. A non uniform sphere of radius R=50 cm accelerating over a rough horizontal surface with
a  10 m s 2 and angular velocity   5 2 rad s 1 such that it rolls without slipping over surface. If
1
minimum coefficient of friction for given motion is   . Then k (position of C.O.M is given in
k
figure) is
OO'=R/2
O' O
a 
O=Geometric centre
O’=C.O.M
15. One mole of monoatomic gas undergoes a linear process AB P

shown in P-V diagram. Volume of gas from where process turn from
n P0 A
an endothermic to an exothermic is V find n.
 2n  2  0
b
V0 V
16. A small positively charged ball of mass m is suspended by insulator thread of negligible mass.
Another similar positively charged small ball moved very slowly from large distance until it is in
original position of first ball. As a result first ball rises by height h. Work done in this process is
nmgh then n is
17. An observer moving with uniform velocity towards a stationary sound source observes frequency
f=170 Hz over a distance of x=80 m. If frequency of sound is f 0=160 Hz and sound travel with
speed c  340 ms 1. Then duration of beep emitted by source is n. Find n.
18. Water drop is stuck between two plates of glass. Distance between plates of glass is d where
diameter of water drop disc D>>d. If surface tension of water is T and angle of contact is 0 .
 D 2  1
Force between plates is T  x . Find K.
 d  K
19. One night a person of height h=1.8 m is standing on the bank of a straight canal. There is no wind
and no ripples on water surface. On the opposite bank a lamp is installed at height H=5.4 m on a
lamppost. Light emanated from the lamp, appears as a bright spot after reflection from the water
surface. When a person starts walking along the bank the spot appears to him moving at constant
speed u0 relative to ground. Speed of person is

 n  1 u . Find n.
0
n
20. Let current I uniformly distributed uniformly over circumference of hollow cylinder of L and radius
 I2
R. If L>>R then force enerted by one half of cylinder on other is 0 2  L. Find K.
K R
SECTION – A
21. Select the correct matches.

(Ions) (Reagents) (Colour/Precipitate
obtained)
Violet colour which
(A) Cu2  (I) Na 2S2 O3 (X)
disappear slowly
(B) Fe3  (II) K 4 Fe  CN 6  (Y) Blue
(C) Fe2  (III) K 3 Fe  CN 6  (Z) Chocolate brown
(A) A – (I)- Y, B-(II)-Z, C-(III)-Y (B) A –(III)-Z, B-(I)-X, C-(III)-Y

(C) A-(II)-Z, B-(II)-Y, C-(III)-Y (D) A-(III)-Y, B-(III)-Y, C-(II)-Y
22. Consider the molecules

H3C H3C Br
H
C C C C
Br H H
H
(I) (II)
Which of the following is/are true regarding (I) and (II).

(A) Dipole moment: I > II (B) Melting point: I > II
(C) Solubility is H2O: I > II (D) Stability: I > II
23. The possible product formed is/are OH

(A) PhCOONa conc. NaOH
Products
(B) PhCH2OH Ph 
CCl 3
(C) HCOONa
(D) Ph  C  CH3
||
O
14 SOCl2
24. CH2  CH  CH2 OH  Major product is
14
(A) CH2  CH  CH2  Cl (B) CH2  CH 14 CH2  Cl
14
(C) (A) and (B) are in equal ratio (D) CH3  CH CH3
|
Cl
High T & P
25. A  3B is a first order reaction. If A is a strong monoprotic acid and B is strong diprotic
acid and reaction kinetic is studied by using a standard solution of NaOH required to neutralise
reaction mixture at different instant of time, when initially we had taken some concentration of A.
Now, it was observed that volume required after 970 sec was double that required initially, then
half life of reaction is
(A) 485 sec (B) 1942 sec
(C) 3010 sec (D) 971 sec
26. Which of the following is/are true about the salt bridge?
(A) doesn’t participate chemically in the cell reaction
(B) ensures mixing of the two electrolytic solution
(C) the ionic mobility of cation and anion of salt in salt bridge must be same
(D) in IUPAC cell notation, it is not written if the electrolyte is same in both half cell having equal
concentration
27. Which of the following overlapping can be of two types either  ,   or  ,   or  ,   with
appropriate internuclear axis as per the requirement of overlapping?
(A) dx2  y2  dx2  y2 (B) s  p x
(C) dxy  dxy (D) pz  p z
28. Adsorption isotherms of three gases A, B and C are shown in 1

the following figure, where  is the percentage of surface area A
 B
of adsorbent (powdered charcoal) covered by the gas and P is
the partial pressure of the gas over the adsorbent, then which C
of the following statement(s) is/are correct? (Consider only
monolayer formation)
(A) At any finite value of pressure, A shows the highest extent
of adsorption
(B) At any finite value of pressure, C shows the highest extent 1
of adsorption P
(C) Gas A has the highest critical temperature
(D) Gas C has the highest critical temperature
(Paragraph Type)
All the boron trihalides except BI3 may be prepared by direct reaction between the elements. Boron
thrihalides consist of trigonal – planar BX3 molecules. Unlike the halides of the other elements in the
group they are monomeric in the gas, liquid and solid states, BF3 and BCl3 are gases, BBr3 is a volatile
liquid and BI3 is a solid. Boron trihalides are Lewis acids because they form Lewis complexes with
suitable bases.
BF3 g   NH3 g  F3B  NH3 g
However, boron chlorides, bromides and iodides are susceptible (sensitive) to protolysis by mild proton
sources such as water, alcohols and even amines for example BCl3 undergoes rapid hydrolysis.
BCl3 g  3H2 O   B  OH3 aq.  3HClaq.
It is supposed that the first step in the above reaction is the formation of the complex Cl 3B  OH2
which then eliminates HCl and reacts further with water.
29. Which is correct about the hydrolysis of BX3?

(A) All BX3 undergo hydrolysis to produce B(OH)3(aq.) and HX(aq.)

(B) BF3 does not undergo complete hydrolysis due to formation of H BF3 OH
(C) BBr3 does not undergo hydrolysis at all because it can not form H-bonds with water
(D) All of the above are correct

(A) B(OCH3)3 is much weaker Lewis acid than BBr3
(B) B(OH)3(aq.) behaves as a triprotic acid

(C) H2BO3 aq. is a conjugate base of H3BO3(aq.)
(D) BF3 does not react with ethers
The structure of unit cell of perovskite - a salt of lanthanum (La), manganese (Mn) and oxygen (O), has
Mn+2 at each corner, oxide on every edge centre and lanthanum ion at the body centre.
31. What are the coordination numbers of Mn, La and O respectively?

(A) 6, 2, 8 (B) 6, 4, 12
(C) 8, 4, 8 (D) 6, 12, 2
32. Considering the closed packed arrangement of ions, which of the following statement regarding
the ionic radius is the most appropriate?
(A) rLa4  rO2 (B) rLa4  rMn2
(C) edge length of unit cell = rMn2  rO2 (D) None of these
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
33. Consider the following list of reagents:

Acidified K2Cr2O7, alkaline KMnO4, CuSO4, H2O2, Cl2, O3, FeCl3, HNO3 and Na2S2O3. The total
number of reagents that can oxidise aqueous iodide to iodine is:
34. Assuming covalent radii to be additive property. What is the iodine – iodine distance in p-di-iodo
0
benzene. Given the C – C bond length in C6H6 are 1.40 A and covalent radius of iodine and
0 0
carbon atom are 1.33 A and 0.77 A .
35. Consider the statements:-

(a) Inversion temperature (Ti) = x  Boyle’s temp (Tb)
(b) Boyle’s temp is determined by Virial equation when the value of 2nd viral coefficient = y
z
(c) The value of compressibility factor (Z) at critical condition =
w
Find the value of z + w – x – y.
36. 2 mols of an ideal gas of unknown heat capacity are in a piston fitted cylinder at 300K. The piston
has a mass on the top of it that supplies a constant pressure. The piston is then brought into
contact with a thermostat. Heat flows into the system causing the gas to both expand and change
temperature. After the temperature has equilibriated, the work done by the gas on the
surrounding was found to be 3.32 kJ. Also 14.94 kJ of heat flows into the system. What is the
atomicity of the gas. Take R = 8.3 J K-1 mol-1
0
37. At 25 C, ksp of AgCN is 4  10 16 while ka of HCN is 4  10 10. The value of molar solubility of
AgCN in 0.01 M HNO3 is 10 x. The value of x is..........
38. A certain hydrocarbon effuses 2 times slower as compared to N2 gas under identical
conditions. The number of carbon atoms in one molecule of hydrocarbon is ‘p’ and index of
hydrogen deficiency is ‘q’. Find the value of 'p  q'.
39. Consider the following sequence of reaction:


PO HO Br /P AgOH
 CH3 2 CH  C  NH2 

 A 
4
 B 
10 3
 C  2 
 D  E
||
O
The no. of O-atoms in final product ‘E’ = x
The no. of geometrical isomer of final product E = y
Find the value of x + y.
40. If n is the total number of pentasachharides of D – glucose obtained by C1 – C4 glycosidic linkage

between successive pyranose from of D – glucose, then the value of n divided by 4 is equal to
............
SECTION – A
2
1  2x  1 1  1  x 

41. The value of f  x   tan  sin1  2   2 cos  2 
is
 2  1 x   1  x 
2x 2x
(A) f  x   , If x   0, 1 (B) f  x   , If x   , 1
1 x2 1 x2
2x
(C) Not finite, if x > 1 (D) f  x   , If x > 1
1 x2
42. Which of the following statement(s) is./are true?

z2
(A) If  R then z either lies on a circle x 2  y 2  2x  0 or on real axis excluding the point (-
z 1
1, 0)
(where z = x + iy)
(B) If z  4 5, then the points representing the complex number 3  5z will lie on a circle of
radius 20
(C) If z   2  a   i 3  a2 , where a  R & a2  3, then locus of z for different value of a is a semi-
circle with centre (2, 0)
1  iz a  ib
(D) If z 1  a   b  ic & a2  b2  c 2  1, then  , where a, b, c  R & z = x + iy
1  iz 1  c
  
43. If a, b & c are three vectors such that
    2  2  2
a.a  b.b  c.c  3 & a  b  b  c  c  a  27 then,
  
(A) a, b & c are necessarily coplanar
  
(B) a, b & c represent sides of triangle
     9
(C) a. b  b.c  c.a has the least value 
2
  
(D) a, b & c represent orthogonal triad of vectors
2
44. If  f  x   1  x 2
  
 x  1   f  x   1 x 4  x 2  1  0 is true for all x  R  0 , then which of the
following statement(s) is/are true?
(A) f  x   2, x  R  0
(B) f(x) has local maxima at x = -1
(C) f(x) has local minima at x = 1

(D) The value of definite integral   cos x  f  x  dx  0

45. Let a, b, c, d be non – zero distinct digits. The number of 4 digit numbers ‘abcd’ such that ab + cd
is even is divisible by
(A) 3 (B) 4
(C) 7 (D) 11
46. In a triangle ABC, if tan A = 2sin2C & 3cosA = 2sinB. sinC then possible value of C is/are
 
(A) (B)
8 6
 
(C) (D)
4 3
47. Let the function f(x) be trice differentiable and satisfies f  f  x    1  x  x  0, 1
1
4
If J   f  x  dx and f ''    0
0 5
Then which of the following is(are) trure?
 1  2 
(A) f    f    1
3 3
1
(B) J 
2
1 3
(C) f ''  x   0 has at least one root in x   , 
4 4
1 4
(D) f ''  x   0 at least one root in x   , 
2 5
x2 y2
48. If P is any point on the ellipse   1, whose foci are S1 & S2. Let PS1S2   & PS2S1  
a2 b2
then,
(A) PS1  PS2  2a, if a > b
(B) PS1  PS2  2b, if a < b
  1 e
(C) tan .tan 
2 2 1 e
  a2  b2 
(D) tan .tan  a  a2  b2 
2 2 b2  
(Paragraph Type)
x 1
Let g  x   x C .eCx & f  x    te 2t 1  3t 2  2 dt
0
f ' x 
If L  lim is non – zero finite number.
x  g'  x 
49. The value of C is

3
(A) 7 (B)
2
(C) 2 (D) 3
50. The value of L is,.

2 1
(A) (B)
7 2
3 3
(C) (D) 
4 2
y  f  x  is parabola of the form f  x   x 2  bx  1, b is a constant. The tangent line is drawn at the point
where f(x) cuts y – axis, also touches x 2  y 2  r. It is also given that at least one tangent can be drawn
from point P to y = f(x), where D is a point at which y  x   is non – differentiable   R.
51. For maximum value of b, the area of circle is

 
(A) (B)
10 5
(C)  (D) 5
52. The value of L is,.

(A) y  1  x 2 x   1, 1, y   1, 0  (B) y  1  x 2  x   2, 2 , y  0, 1
(C) y  1  x 2  x   2, 2, y   3, 1 (D) y  1  x 2  x   1, 1, y  0, 1
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
dy y
53. Let y  f  t  be a solution to the differential equation  2ty  t 2 , then 16 lim is
dt t  t
1 1
54. If   & 2     ,   0  are the roots of the quadratic equation x 2  2  a  1 x  a  3  0,
 
then the sum of integral value of ‘a’.
55. If A & B are points on the parabola y 2  4ax with vertex O such that OA is perpendicular to OB
4 4
r13 r23
and having length r1 & r2 respectively, then find the value of
 2 2

2  r13  r23  a2
 
56. Let P(a, b, c) be any point on the plane 3x  2y  z  7 then find the least value of

2 a2  b2  c 2 . 
57. If f(x) is continuous function and
x 2
 
F  x      2t  3  . f  x  dx  dt,
0 t 
Then F||  2  / f  2  is..............
58. Let A and B be two 3  3 invertible matrices such that A is an idempotent matrix and
12 13 14
det  adj B   det  A   det A  A T    det  adjA  I  L
sin2 x
  
In 1  t 3 dt
0
where L  lim
x  x
 e 
t
 1  t  tan t  t 1  cos t  dt
0
Then the value of det(B)
59. Let r be the positive real zero of P  x   9x5  7x 2  9. If the sum

a
S  r 4  2r 9  3r14  4r19 .......... can be expressed as the rational number   in the lowest
b
term, then the sum of digits in (a + b)
60. T1, T2 & T3 are three different taxies, each having 3 duly numbered seats for the passenger.
Seven passenger are to accommodated in these taxies. If probability that taxies T1 & T2 are used
m
to their full capacity is , m, n  N, then the least value of  n  4m  is............
n
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – I
PAPER –2

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. B
N
Sol.  Ndt  mv 1  e Cos 
0 (1)
  Ndt  m V  V sin   (2)
x 0 fr
Vx  V0 sin   V0 1  e  Cos 
eV0 cos  1 e
tan    q
Vx 1 e
2. AB
Sol. Graph must be hyperbolic.
3. BCD
Sol. N
N Fr
m
fr  
m
 mg fr mg N
N   mg  N cos   sin 
N sin   fr cos 
(for inclined plane to move over horizontal surface)
4. B
Sol. Heat taken from water to freeze

 
mLf  mSi 0  10 c    
Heat taken by crushed ice = mi si 0  20 c 
5. AD
 hc hc 
Sol. f  n  cos60  cos 45 
 2 1 
f11  0
6. ABC
Sol.
1 2 3
3 1 3  2 2  1
  
V U R2 R1
7. ABCD
Sol. eVB  eE
ex B  eE
E  Bx
Ex
8. C
/ 2
20 m 20 m
Sol. E .m.f ()   m 3  Rd  4 R 3
0 4 R
 0 m sin 
q 4 R 3
m
o
9. A
Sol. Motion of insect will be S.H.M as Plank is always horizontal N1 N2
fr h  N x (1) h
fr  ma (2) fr
N1
mg
x
10. D
Sol. Motion of insect will be S.H.M as Plank is always horizontal N1 N2
fr h  N x (1) h
fr  ma (2) fr
N1
mg
x
11. C
Sol. R.C circuit
12. A
Sol. R.C circuit
SECTION – C
13. 9
 dx  1  dx 
Sol.       k x
dt
 in T1  dt out
 dx   dx   dx 
     
 dt net  dt in  dt out
14. 6
Sol.
O R/2
O
For pure Rolling  a  Rh

Vertical line equation Lo sphere
 Rh a 
N  mg  macmy acmy   
 2 2
ma
N  mg 
2
for not sliping
R  a
m2    mg  m 
2  2
15. 5
Sol. Process will turn from endothermic to exothermic at point where slope of P-V graph satisfy the
slope of adiabatic curve for same gas.
Y P P0 P
i.e.  and P   0  V  P0
V V0 V0
16. 3
Sol. Total  g  Electro  External    
{Final state is also in equilibrium}
17. 4
 v  v ob 
Sol. fab    fo
 v 
v f
1 ob  ob
v fo
f f 
v ob   ob o  v
 fo 
   o   ob fLo fLob
fob  fo
 
fo  fob
Difference in time interval of beep observed and produced is no. of oscillation multiplied by  .
t
t   
 ob
Hence beep produced for interval
t  t   4 sec
18. 2
Sol. Air 
Air Water Air
Air
2T
Po  Pw 
R
 2T 
Pw   Po  
 R 
 2T 
Fnet  Po A   Po  A
 R 
19. 3
Sol. BD  l 2
F
CD  l1
CDF and BB D are similar 2
BB  BD
 C
CF CD G
l h D
 2  1 1
l1 h
ACB and BDE are similar A B
E
AC DE

l1  l 2 l2
B'
20. 4
0  2
Sol.  Magnetic Pr essure
2
 2
Force  0  Pr o sec tion area
2
I

2R
SECTION – A
21. BC
3 4
Sol. Fe 2  Fe  CN6   Fe3   Fe  CN 6  

Fe 4 Fe  CN6  Blue precipitate
3
4
3
Fe  Fe  CN  6   Fe 4 Fe  CN 6  Blue precipitate

3
2 4
Fe  Fe  CN 6   Fe2 Fe  CN6  White precipitate
3
Fe3   Fe  CN6   Fe Fe  CN 6  Brown colour
4
Cu2   Fe  CN6   Cu2 Fe  CN6  Brown colour

1
Fe3   S 2 O32   Fe  S 2 O3   
 Fe2   S 4 O26 
violet colour
22. ABCD
Sol. (I) has higher dipole moment than (II).
H3C H
C C
H Br
23. ABC
Sol. H OH
O
O - H2O 3OH-
OH - CHCl 3 C OH
Ph C H + CCl 3 H
Ph CCl 3 HO
NaOH
(cannizaro reaction) -H2O
H C OH
PhCH2OH + PhCOONa
O
-
OH
HCOONa
24. B
Sol. (B) is major due to 6-membered cyclic transition state.
25. C
Sol. A 
 3B
a 0 initially
ax 3x time' t '
v 0  a and v t  a  5x
2.303  5v 0 
k log  
t  6v 0  v t 
Putting v t  2v 0 and at t  970 sec

2.303  5  2.303
k log     0.0971  2.303  104
970  4  970
0.693
 t1   3010 sec
2 2.303  10 4
26. ACD
Sol. Fact
27. ACD
Sol. (A) dx2  y2  dx2  y2 can do  or  overlap
(B) s + px can do  overlap
(C) dxy  dxy can do  or  overlap
(D) pz  p z can do  or  overlap
28. BD
Sol. Gas having higher critical temperature, shows higher extent of adsorption.
29. B
Sol. BF3 forms addition product with water
H2 O  
 H BF3 OH 
BF3  H2 O   H3 O  BF3 OH
30. A

Sol. H3BO3 is monobasic and B  OH4   is conjugate base of H3BO3. Also BF3 (electron deficient)
reacts with ether as:
R2 O  BF3  R2 O  BF3 
31. D
Sol. In the nearest neighbour of Mn2+(0), there are six oxides (x) at the adjacent six edge centre,
hence CN of
Mn2+ = 6.
The nearest neighbour points to the body centre is the 12 edge centres where oxide ions (x) are
present, hence CN of Ln4+ = 12.
In the nearest neighbour of O2-(x) there are only two Mn2+ on the adjacent corners, hence CN of x
= 2.
32. B
a
Sol.   
r O2   r Mn2    2
i 
a
  
r O2   r Ln4    2
ii 
From  i  and ii  ,
      
r O2   r Ln4   r O2   r mn2  
r  Ln   r  Mn 
4 2
SECTION – C
33. 7
Sol. K 2Cr2 O7 ,CuSO4 , H2 O2 ,Cl2 ,O3 ,FeCl3 ,HNO3
K 2Cr2 O7  7H2SO 4  6KI  4K 2 SO4  Cr2  SO4 3  3I2  7H2O
2CuSO 4  4KI  Cu2I2  I2  2K 2SO 4
H2 O2  2KI 
 I2  2KOH
Cl2  2KI  2KCl  I2
O3  2KI  H2 O 
 2KOH  I2  O2
2FeCl3  2KI  2FeCl2  I2  2KCl
8HNO3  6KI  6KNO3  2NO  4H2 O  3I2
2KMnO4  KI  H2O  KIO3  2MnO 2  2KOH
34. 7
Sol. I A
P
Q
or
O
I B
AB  OA  OB  2OA  2  OP  PA 
 2 PQ  PA   OP  PQ; OPQ is equilateral 
 2 PQ  covalent radius of C  covalet radius of I
0
 2 1.40  0.77  1.33   7.0 A
35. 9
Sol. x = 2, y = 0, z = 3, w = 8.
36. 7
Sol. w  3320  Pext V  nRt
3320
 T   200
2  8.3
 Q  14.94kJ  nCp T
14.94  1000
 Cp   37.35 Jk 1mol1
2  200
3 
Also, Cp    x  R where x  atomicity
2 
Cp 3 37.35
x    1.5  3
R 2 8.3
37. 3
Sol. k sp
AgCN 

 H  
 Ag  HCN; k eq 
ka
0.01  x x x
k sp x2
k eq   10 6 
ka 0.01  x
 keq is sufficiently small, 0.01 –x  0.01
 x  10 4 M
38. 4
Sol. Hydrocarbon is C4H8
rHC 1 MN2
 
rN2 2 MHC
MHC  28  2  56
24  2 8
DBE / DU  1
2
39. 4
Sol. O
Me O Me
Final product E is
x = 4 and y = 0 Me Me
O
O
40. 8
Sol. OH
O
H O
O H
HO OH
OH 5
pentasachharides derived from D - glucose
Each of the five monosachharides may be either  -D-glucose or  - D – glucose, thus total
pentasachharides possible = n = 25 = 32
32
Answer is 8
4
SECTION – A
41. AC
Sol. Use formula of 2 tan1 x
42. ABCD
z2 z2
Sol. (A)   zz  z  z  0 or z  z
z 1 z 1
(B) z  4 5 let   3  5z
  3  5  4 5  20
(C) z   2  a   i 3  a 2  x  iy
x  2  a & y  3  a2
2
  x  2  y2  3
(D) z 1  a   b  ic & a2  b2  c 2  1
1  iz a  ib
 
1  iz 1  c
43. ABC
  2 2 2 2 
Sol. a  b  c  a  b  c  2 a.b  0
  27
9  9  9  2 a.b  0   a.b  
2
2 
2 a  2 a.b  27 
 27
  a.b  2
44. ABCD
x2  1 1
Sol. f x  x ,x0
x x
45. ABD
Sol. Four odd  Four even   Three even  Three odd    Two even  Two odd
5 C4 .4! 4 C4 .4! 4 C3 .5 C1.4! 4 C2 .5 C2  4  4
 1584
46. CD
Sol. 3 cos A  coa  B  C   cos B  C   cos B  C   cos A
2cos A  cos B  C    cos  A  2C 
2   tan A.sin2C  cos2C 
47. ABCD
Sol. f  f  x    1  x   f  t   1  f 1  t 
f  t   f 1  t   1
 f  x   f 1  x   1
48. ABC
Sol. Facts
49. C
50. D
Sol. (for Q. 49-50)
1
L  lim

xe 2x 1  3x 2  2
C 1
x 

C xex  e x
 xe x 
51. B
52. D
Sol (for Q. 51-52)
1
bmax  2, r 
1  b2
SECTION – C
53. 8
Sol. 1st order linear DE
54. 5
Sol. f  x   x 2  2  a  1 x   a  3 
f  0   0 & f  2   0.
55. 8
4 4
r13 r23
Sol.  16
 32 2
3
 2
1r  r2 a
 
56. 7
Sol. 3iˆ  2ˆj  kˆ . a î  bjˆ  ckˆ   a2  b 2  c 2 9  4  1
57. 7
2
Sol. F'  x    2x  3   f  x  dx
x
58. 5
Sol. Newton Leibnitz’s Rule
59. 4
Sol. Sum of AGP
60. 8
Sol. Facts
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – II
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER –1
for wrong answer
for wrong answer.
negative marking.
AITS-FT-II (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C)
and (D) for its answer, out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct.
1. Three identical cylinders each of mass M and radius R '0 '0

are in contact and kept on a rough horizontal surface,
F   mgt m m m
coefficient of friction between any cylinder and surface   
is  . A force F   Mgt acts on the first cylinder.
Mark the correct statement: 
(A) The cylinders will start pure rolling and keep on rolling without sliding
(B) At t = 9 second slipping will start
(C) Velocity of centre of mass of each sphere will keep on increasing
(D) After a certain value of F angular velocity of each sphere will become constant
2. A soap bubble of radius r is formed inside another soap bubble of

radius R(>r). The atmosphere pressure is P0 and surface tension of the
soap solution is T. Now the bigger bubble bursts. Assume that the  r
excess pressure inside a bubble is small compared to P0 . For the
R
smaller bubble choose the correct options:
(A) The bubble shrinks (B) The bubble expands
4Tr 3Tr
(C) Change in its radius is (D) Change in its radius is
3P0 R 4 P0 R
3. A rod bent at right angel along its centre line, is placed on a rough A
horizontal fixed cylinder of radius R as shown in figure. Mass of rod is
2m and rod is in equilibrium. Assume that friction force on rod at A and R
B are equal in magnitude. Then:  B
(A) Normal force applied by cylinder on rod at A is 3mg/2
(B) Normal force applied by cylinder on rod at B must be zero
(C) Friction force acting on rod at B is upward
(D) Normal force applied by cylinder on rod at A is mg
3 AITS-FT-II (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19
4. A uniform conducting rectangular loop of sides  , b and

T1 T2
mass m carrying current i is hanging horizontally with
the help of two vertical strings. There exists a uniform
b
horizontal magnetic field B which is parallel to the longer
side of loop. Choose the CORRECT option(s)
B

mg mg-2ibB
(A) The value of T1 =T2 = (B) The value of T1 =
2 2
mg+2ibB
(C) The value of T2 = (D) The value of T1 <value of T2
2
5. A bob of mass M is rotating on smooth horizontal table with constant angular speed 
on a circular path with the help of an elastic wire of mass m  m<<M  , length  , specific
heat s , area of cross-section A and young’s modulus Y. Then:

(A) The increase in length of wire
 YA 
 -1
 Mω 
2

(B) The increase in length of wire
 YA 
 -1
 2Mω 
2
2
 
YA  1 
(C) If the bob snaps then the rise in temperature of wire is  YA  (ignore
2ms  1 
 2 M  2 
radiation loses)
2
 
YA  1 
(D) If the bob snaps then the rise in temperature of wire is  YA  (ignore
2ms  1 
 M  2 
radiation loses)
6. n number of identical equilateral

2 4
prisms are kept in contact as 1 3 5 n
shown in figure. If deviation
through a single prism is . Then
(n, m are integers)
(A) if n = 2m, deviation through n prism is zero.
(B) if n = 2m + 1, deviation through system of n prisms is .
(C) if n = 2m, deviation through system of n prism is 
(D) if n = 2m + 1 deviation through system of n prisms is zero
7. In the circuit shown R1  R2  10 and resistance per unit length R
of wire PQ  1 / cm and length PQ  10cm . If R2 is made 20

R1 R2
the to get zero deflection in galvanometer. S is midpoint of
12V
wire PQ ?
(A) The jockey at P can be moved towards right 2 cm. P S Q
(B) The jockey at Q can be moved towards right 2 cm. G
(C) The jockey at S can be moved towards left a distance 5/3 cm.
(D) The jockey at all positions fixed and R1 should be made 20
(Matching Type)
This section contains SIX questions of matching type. The section contains TWO tables (each
having 3 columns and 4 rows). Based on each table, there are THREE questions. Each
question has FOUR options (A), (B), (C), and (D). ONLY ONE of these four options is correct.
In the column – I below, we have four bodies of uniform mass densities. Mass of each
body is M. Column II gives their centre of mass distance from origin. Column three gives
moment of inertia of respective bodies about an axis passing through the centre of mass
and either along x-axis or parallel to x-axis:
Column I Column II Column III
x
solid R 2
(I) 2R cone (i) (P) MR 2
2 3
 R
O y
y
2R
 R 4R 3
(II) x O (ii) (Q) MR 2
3π 10
A disc of radius 2R from which a

smaller disc of R has been cut.
y
 9π 2 -64 
2R  2 
MR 2
(III) (iii) (R)  36π 

3
R x
Hemispherical shell
y
R 15MR 2
(IV) (iv) (S)
 3 12
x
R
Semi circular disc
8. Which of the following cases is true for the solid cone?

(A)  I   iii   Q  (B)  I   i   Q 
(C)  I   iii   P  (D)  I   ii   R 
9. Which of the following options hold true for the semicircular disc?
(A)  IV   ii   P  (B)  IV   iii   P 
(C)  IV   ii   R  (D)  IV   iv   Q 
10. Which one of the following combinations is true for the disc from which a circular disc
has been cut off:
(A)  II   i   P  (B)  II   iii   S
(C)  II   ii   P  (D)  II   iv   S
The table below gives different situations of vertical circular motion. Select the
appropriate combination. Column I gives the situation of motion. Column II gives the
minimum velocity required at the equilibrium position to complete the loop. Column III
gives the velocity at the point which is diametrically opposite to the equilibrium position:
Column I Column II (m/s) Column III
(I) String (i) 50 (P) Zero

  1m

g


String
(II) (ii) 40 (Q) 10
30°
Cabin accelerating upward
the plane with g & = 3m
(III)  (iii) 150 (R) 5

rod
  1m
(IV)  (iv) 25 (S) 30

O
30°
11. Which of the following combinations is true for entry (II) of column (I)
(A)  II   i   P  (B)  II   iii   S
(C)  II   ii   Q  (D)  II   iii   Q 
12. Which one is true for entry (III) of column (I)

(A)  III   ii   Q  (B)  III   iii   S
(C)  III   i   P  (D)  III   i   Q 
13. The combination which is true for entry four of column (I)
(A)  IV   iv   R  (B)  IV   iii   Q 
(C)  IV   iv   P  (D)  IV   ii   Q 
SECTION – C
This section contains FIVE questions. The answer to each question is a single Digit integer
ranging from 0 to 9, both inclusive.
14. An insect jumps from ball A onto ball B, which are suspended from
inextensible light strings each of length L = 8 cm. The mass of L L
each ball and insect is same. What should be the minimum relative
velocity (in ms-1) of jump of insect w.r.t ball A, if both the balls
manage to complete the full circle?
A B
15. An electric charge distribution produces an electric field

 rˆ 1
E=C 1  e r  2 where C= & α are constant. If the net charge within the radius
r 4πε 0
1
r  is 1-e -N  , then find the value of 'N' ?

16. A ring of mass m and radius r and made of an insulating m,r   

material carries uniformly distributed charge. Initially it   
rests on a frictionless horizontal tabletop with its plane v0 B
vertical. The charge on the ring so that it starts rolling    
on entering completely into the region of the magnetic   
Nmv 0
field is ,then find the value of 'N'
rB
17. A composite object is formed by combining a uniform

rod of circular cross-section with thermal conductivity
2r
k and a frustum of same length with thermal r k 2k
conductivity 2k as shown in the figure. The equivalent
Nk  
thermal conductivity of the object is given as ,
5
find 'N' .
  
18. Consider the circuit shown in figure. With switch S1
closed and the other two switches open, the circuit has a     
S3

S1 S2
time constant 0.05 sec. With switch S2 closed and the
other two switches open, the circuit has a time constant
2 sec. With switch S3 closed and the other two switches L R
C
open, the circuit oscillates with a period T. Find T (in
sec). (Take pie2 = 10)
SECTION – A
19. The correct statements about some of the ions of 3d-series in aqueous solution
(A) Cr2+ is better reducing agent than Fe2+
(B) Co3+ is better oxidising agent than Fe3+.
(C) When Fe3+ is used as oxidising agent, it attains 3d6 electronic configuration
(D) Cu is the only metal in 3d series, which is not having ability to displace hydrogen as
H2 from acid (consider thermodynamic aspect).
20. An unknown carbohydrate, formula C12 H 22 O11 reacts with Tollen’s reagent to form a
silver mirror. An  - glycosidase has no effect on the carbohydrate but a
β- galactosidase hydrolyzes it to D-galactose ( C4  epimers of D-glucose) and D-
mannose ( C2  epimers of D-glucose). When the carbohydrate is methylated (using
methyl iodide and silver oxide) and then hydrolyzed with dilute HCl, the products are
2,3,4,6-tetra-O-methyl galactose and 2,3,4 tri-O-methyl mannose. Which of the following
is correct structure of unknown carbohydrate?
OH
OH
OH O
O OH
O
(A) HO OH
HO
OH
H H
OH
OH
O
O
HO CH2
(B) OH O
H HO OH
HO H
OH
OH
OH
O
O
HO CH2
(C) OH O
H HO OH
HO OH
H
OH
OH
O
H
HO
OH
O
(D)
CH2
O
HO OH
HO OH
21. Which of the following solution will show negative deviation from ideal behaviour
(Raoult’s law)
(A) HNO 3 +H 2 O (B) Benzene+toluene
(C) Acetone+chloroform (D) Octanol+water
22. The standard electrode potentials of some of the alkali metals are
+
(i) Li /Li  3.05 V
Na + /Na  2.71V
K + /K  2.93V
(ii) Alkali metals react with water according to the following reaction. (M = alkali metal)
2M  H 2O  2MOH  H 2 It is found Li reacts gently with water whereas potassium
reacts violently with water.
Which of the following statement (s) is/ are correct about the above experimental facts?
(A) ΔG values related with the kinetics of a reaction
(B) The metal having large standard oxidation potential will have lesser reactivity.
(C) K has a low melting point, and the heat of reaction is sufficient to make it melt or
even vaporize. This leads to exponential increase in its surface area thus it reacts
violently.
(D) Lithium is the best reducing agent due to its high hydration enthalpy.
23. O
COOD
Δ
CH2 CH3 
H2O
 P
Which is possible for P is

O OD
CH2CH3 CH2CH3
(A) (B)
O O
CH2CH3
(C) (D)
OH
24. Which of the following are the correct statement(s) about the reaction given?
+
i Li/Liq. NH H3 O KOH,Δ
 3
t-BuOH 1,4 reduction 
 Q 
tautomerism
 R  S
N
H 2 +Pd-C
P  Degree of unsaturation=1
'P' is 'Q' is
(A) (B)
N N
H H
O
O O
CH3
(C) 'R' is (D)
'S' is

(A) SO3 and NSF3 has pπ-d bonding
(B) (CH 3 )3 NO has higher dipole moment than (CH 3 )3 PO
(C) The bond angle in F2O is smaller than H2O
(D) The Cl-P-Cl bond angle is smaller in POCl3than PCl3.
(Matching Type)
Column I Column II Column III (Process involved in

(Ores) (Type of Ore) extraction/refining)
(I) Dolomite (i) Chloride (P) Self reduction
(II) Cassiterite (ii) Carbonate (Q) Carbon reduction
(III) Chalcopyrite (iii) Sulphide (R) Fused electrolysis
(IV) Cuprite (iv) Oxide (S) Poling
26. Which of the following is suitable for calcium?

(A)  I   ii   P  (B)  I   ii   R 
(C)  I   ii   S  (D)  III   ii   R 
27. Which is correct for tin:

(A)  II   iii   P  (B)  II   iv   R 
(C)  II   iv   Q  (D)  IV   ii   Q 
28. Which of the following is used for extraction of copper?

(A)  III   iii   R  (B)  IV   iii   Q 
(C)  III   iii   P  (D)  II   iv   Q 
Consider X as leaving group and Y as a nucleophile or base :

Column I Column II Column III
(Activated complex of initial (Mechanism) (Effect)
substrate)
δ+ SN 2
(I) Y R Xδ+ (i) (P) Large decrease
δ-
(II) Y R Xδ+ (ii) E2 (Q) Large increase
Y δ+
(III) H
δ-
(iii) SN1 (R) Small decrease
C C X
Y
δ-
(IV) H (iv) E1 (S) Small increase
C C δ+
X
29. A neutral nucleophile attacks on a substrate containing neutral leaving group. Which of
the following represent the correct combination of effect of increased solvent polarity on
reaction rate?
(A)  I   i   R  (B)  II   i   P 
(C)  I   iii   Q  (D)  II   iii   S
30. A negatively charged nucleophile attacks on a substrate containing neutral leaving

group. Which of the following represent the correct combination of effect of decreased
solvent polarity on reaction rate?
(A)  I   iii   R  (B)  II   i   P 
(C)  II   i   Q  (D)  I   iii   S
31. A neutral base attacks on a substrate containing an anion as leaving group. Which of the
following represent the correct combination of effect of increased solvent polarity on
reaction rate?
(A)  IV   iv   P  (B)  III   iv   Q 
(C)  III   ii   S (D)  III   ii   R 
SECTION – C
32. The solubility of Ag 2 C 2 O 4 in acidified water of pH=5 is 2.46  10 x . The value of ' x '
-2 -5 11 1/3
( Ka1 =5×10 , K a 2 =5×10 , K sp  5  10 , 120.004   4.93 )
33. The CFSE E in octahedral field -E symmetric field  for octahedral complex for d6 electronic
x
configuration is ' x ' kJ/mol , the value of
10
[ Δ 0 =75 kJ/mole, Pairing energy=90 kJ/mole ]
34. Number of plane (s) of symmetry in the product B is/are
3  3
CHCl 1eq.  KOH CHCl 1eq. ,KOH
   A     B
35. Ice crystallizes is an hexagonal lattice. At the low temperatures at

which the structure was determined, the lattice constants were
a  4.53 Å and b  7.41 Å as shown in the figure. How many H2O
molecules are contained in a unit cell? (Given that density of 90
3
ice  0.92 g / cm )?
120
36. O
CH O
4 moles of PCC
 A  
CH O
O
Maximum number of moles of Ac2 O consumed by reactant  A  is?
SECTION – A
1
37. 1
e x3 3

 e  x dx is less than
2
(A) 2 (B) 2e 
e
1
(C) e+ +2 (D) 2e
e
x
1 2

x2
38. Let f(x)=e   1  sin tdtx  (0, ) then-
0
(A) f’ exists and is continuous x  (0, )

(B) f’’ exists x  (0, )
(C) f’ is bounded
(D) There exists   0 such that f ( x)  f ' (x) x  ( ,  )
39. Let x, y , z are positive real numbers and 1 is the least value of
4 1
2 x 4  2 y 4  4 z 4  8 xyz and  2 is the least value of x 4 y  xy 4  2
3
 3 2  8 , then-
x y x y
(A) 1  1 (B)  2  1
(C)  2  10 (D)  2  10
4 3 2
40. Consider the equation in x, 8 x  16 x  16 x  8 x  a  0 , then sum of all the non-real
roots of equation can be (a  R)
(A) 1 (B) 2
1
(C) (D) None of these
2
40 160 200 320

41. For the equation     6 x 2  27 x
x 1 x  4 x  5 x  8
(A) Number of real solution of above equation is 3
(B) If E denotes the product of non-zero or complex roots of equation, then sum of
divisors of E is 2904
(C) It S denotes the set of all real roots of equation then, sum of elements of S taken two
at a time is 81
(D) If 1 ,  2  R be two roots of equation such that log  2 (21 ) is defined it must be 1.
42. Let a, b, c be the positive integers such that a<b<c. If the two curves
y  x  a  x  b  x  c and 2 x  y  2003 have exactly one point in common, then-
(A) least possible value of c is 1002 (B) greatest possible value of b is 1001
(C) least possible value of b is 1002 (D) greatest possible of a is 1000
th
43. Three are 5 boxes numbered from 1 to 5. There is 1 Red and 2k black balls in k box,
k  1, 2, 3, 4,5 . From each box either one red ball is taken or one or more than one black
balls are taken. But from each box both coloured balls are never taken (ball of same
coloure are all alike). Now which of the following holds good?
(A) Total number of ways selecting odd number of red balls is 4725
(B) Total number of ways of selecting even number of red balls is 5670
(C) Total number of ways selecting odd number of red balls is 5670
(D) Total number of ways of selecting even number of red balls is 4725
(Matching Type)
Col
Column I Column II
. III
The value of
  
  tan 1  2 
 n  ( 1) n 
(I) The value of 2
n 0
is (i) 
n0  n  2  n  n  2 n  n
  
n  2 
 (P) 2
(where [.] denotes greatest
integer function) is
Number of solutions of If a, b, c are sides of a triangle,
equation 2  a 2 +b 2 +c 2 
(II) 3 3 (ii) then is always (Q) 3
16sin x  14  sin x  7 in ab+bc+ca
[0, 4 ] is less than
Number of solutions of If a, b, c are distinct real
equation numbers such that
(III) tan 1 (2sin x )  cot 1 (cos x ) in (iii)
a 2 (b  c )  b 2 (a  c)  2 , then (R) 4
2
[0,10 ] is the value of c (a  b) is
If the sum of roots of the If P=sinA sin B,Q=sinC cos A,
quadratic equation R=sinA cosB
(IV) (a  1) x 2  (a 2  a  4) x  2a  3  0 (iv) (S) 5
S=cos A cos C , then the value
is minimum, then the value of
a(a>1) is 
of 5 P 2 +Q 2 +R 2 +S2 is 
44. Which of the following options is the only CORRECT combination?
(A)  I   ii   R  (B)  II   iv   S
(C)  III   i   Q  (D)  IV   iv   S 

(A)  II   i   P  (B)  I   iii   R 
(C)  II   ii   P  (D)  IV   iii   Q 

(A)  IV   i   P  (B)  III   iii   R 
(C)  II   iii   P  (D)  I   iii   Q 
Column I Column II Col
. III
If S={Z: Z  Z +2 Z  Z =4 If the Point
and Z is minimum}
 sec α,cosec α  moves in the
2 2
plane of circle x  y  3 and
(I) 25 (i) (P) 2
then A is (where A is area the minimum distance of this
8 point from circle is
of polygon formed of all points
in S taking as vertices) a  b ( a , b  N ) then a  b
Two circles
1
x 2  y 2  2n1 x  2 y   0 and
Let 2

S= Z ZZ  (3  4i) Z  (3  4i) Z  21  0  x 2  y 2  n2 x  n2 y  n1 
1
If M and m be maximum 2
(II) value and minimum value of (ii) (Q) 3
intersect each other
Z Z 1 1 orthogonally where n1 , n2 are
then  is
i (Z  Z ) M m integers then the number of
possible ordered pairs
 n1 , n2  is
If
2 2
Let x is the minimum value of  1  1
2 2 2 an  1   1    1   1  
Z  Z  3  Z  6i then  n  n
(III) (iii) (R) 4
x , then the value of
is  20 1 
10
   3 is
 n=1 a n 
Consider a triangle formed by The
ea n 9 x 3  9 x 2 y  45 x 2  4 y 3  4 xy 2  20 y 2
the points
 π  5π  represents 3 straight lines two
 2 i(π/2)   2 -i 6    2 -i 6  
(IV) A e  ,B  e  ,C  e  (iv) of which pass through origin (S) 5
 3   3   3
 

 1
Let P(Z) is any point on it’s in- then (Area of triangle
2 2 2 10
circle, then AP +BP +CP is
formed by these lines)

(A)  I   ii   R  (B)  II   iv   S
(C)  III   i   Q  (D)  IV   iv   S 

(A)  II   i   P  (B)  I   iii   R 
(C)  II   ii   P  (D)  IV   iii   Q 
49. Which of the following options is the only INCORRECT combination?

(A)  IV   i   P  (B)  III   iii   R 
(C)  II   iii   P  (D)  I   iii   Q 
SECTION – C
50. On a normal standard die one of the 21 dots from any one of the six faces is removed at
random with each dot equally likely to be chosen. The die is then rolled. If the probability
p
that the top face has an odd number of dots is where p and q are in their lowest form,
q
find
p  q
4
51. A function f is defined on the complex number by f ( z )  (a  bi) z , where ‘a’ and ‘b’ are
positive numbers. This function has the property that the image of each point in the
complex plane is equidistant from that point and the origin. Given that a  bi  8 and that
u
b2  where u and v are coprimes. Find the value of (u + v)-250.
v
n
1 2 a  1 18 2007 
(n+a)
52. If  0 1 4  =  0 1 36  then find the value of .
 100
 0 0 1   0 0 1 
4 3 2
53. If the polynomial f ( x)  4 x  ax  bx  cx  5 where a, b, c  R has four positive real
r1 r2 r3 r4
roots say r1 ,r2 ,r3 and r4 , such that +  +  1 .Find the value of (a-10).
2 4 5 8
2
54. All the three vertices of an equilateral triangle lie on the parabola y  x , and one of its
sides has a slope of 2. The x-coordinates of the three vertices have a sum equal to
p
where p and q are relatively prime positive integers. Find the value of (q-p)
q
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – II
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER –1
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. BCD
Sol. f max   Mg  friction  f 
f max R 2  g
 max  
I R
At the five of slipping
F  3 f max
 max R  a 
3M
2. BC
Sol. For the bubble, PV=const.
dV dP
 
V P
dV 3dr 4T
 , dP   , P  P0  according to the question 
V r R
4Tr
 dr 
3P0 R
3. AC
Sol. AA  f B  2mg
fa
NA f B  2mg
NB
AITS-FT-II (Paper-1)-PCM (Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
NB  fA
mgR  f A R  f B R  0
 mg  f A  f B
Solve to get the ans.
4. BCD
Sol. Taking torque about R.H. side of loop

mg -T1  ibB=0
2
 -πnir 2 Bkˆ
5. AD
T/A 
where T  M    x    x 
2
Sol. Y
x/  YA 
  1
 M 
2

And ms    U
2
 
YA  1 
   YA 
2ms   1 
 M  2 
6. AB
Sol. As the prism are identical so deviation will be zero for even number of prism and  for
odd number of prism.
7. AC
Sol. Equivalent diagram is as shown in P is moved 2 cm right them R1=12, R3=3
R1 R 2
=  Hence wheat stone will be balanced 
R2 R4
5 20 R R
If s is moved left cm then R4  hence 1  2 (hence wheat stone will be
3 3 R3 R4
balanced)
8. A
9. C
10. D
11. B
12. C
13. A
Sol. (for Q. 11 to 13)

Take effective value of g :
For entry (II) g eff  3 g
For entry (IV) of column (I)
g eff  g sin 30  g / 2
3 AITS-FT-II (Paper-1)-PCM (Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19
SECTION – C
14. 8
u
Sol.  2 g   8m / s
2
L L
A B A B
u u
u/2
15. 1
Sol. As the electric field is radial, by applying gauss law, we can write
  Q 
 E.ds   0 E
1  rˆ
For r  , E  C 1  e  1/  2
 1 /   
  2
r=1/α
 E.ds  C 1  e1   2  4 1 /  
Q
  4 C 1  e 1   Q  1  e 1   N  1
0
16. 2
2q 
Sol. mr 2    d vBr cos 
0 2
dw qUB sin  v
      1 dα
dt  mr rω
 q 
ma   2 d rwB cos  
0 2 x
dv qrwB sin  dF
a      2
dt  m
w v
dw v
  2  r 2  wdw    v dv
dv r w 0 v0
x=r-rcosθ
v0
v dx=rsinθdθ
2
vdv qrwB sin 

dx m
v0 / 2 
vdv qrB
   sin 2  d
v0 v02  v 2 m 0
2mv0
q
Br
17. 6
Sol. Consider the object as two portion ‘A uniform rod’ and ‘A frustum’ with thermal resistance
R 1 and R 2 respectively then
1 
R1  
k1 A1 k  r 2
And R2   2  


k2 A2  2k  r1r2  4k r 2
 Equivalent thermal resistance Req  R1  R2
5
 Req  ....................... 1
4k  r 2
Now if we consider the same lamina with equivalent thermal conductivity K eq , then
keq
 
  3
Req  R1  R2    ........  2 
keq  2 r  2keq r
2 2 2
keq r
By equating the terms of Req from eqn. (1) & (2), we get
5 3
2

4 k r 2keq r 2
6k
keq 
5
N  6
18. 2
Sol. t1 = RC; t2 = R/L
LC = t1t2 = 0.1 sec -> T = 2pie
T = 2 sec.
Chemistry PART – I
SECTION – A
19. ABCD
0 0 0
Sol. ECr 3
/ Cr 2
 EFe3
/ Fe 2
 ECo 3
/ Co 2
20. BC
Sol. Hydrolysis requires a   galactosidase, showing that galactose and mannose are linked
by a   galactosidic linkage. For sugar to be reducing, one of the hexoses must have
free hemiacetal form.
The methylation /hydrolysis procedure shows the point of attachment of the glycosidic
bond to mannose. C1 is anomeric carbon on mannose ring and both    forms satisfy
the above conditions.
21. AC
Sol. Octanol and water are insoluble.
22. CD
Sol.  G is the thermodynamical concept
23. AB
Sol.  -Keto acid on heating shows de-carboxylation on heating, through enol form
24. ABC
Sol. Na/EtOH Li / NH 
3 
 
N H3C N CH3 H3C N CH3
H H
P  Q
H 2 O/H +

H 3C N CH3
H
H 2O

OH
H3C O H3C N
NH2 CH3
H
Tautomerism
O
NH
H 3O +
O
O
R 
OH 
 Aldol reaction 
O
CH3
S 
25. ABC
Sol. F O
N S S
F O
O
F
H3C H3C
+ - + -
P O N O
H3C H3C
H3C H3C
(pπ-dπ back bonding is possible)


 O    
O
F 
F H H
(Less space is available for lone pairs)
26. B
27. C
28. C
29. A
30. C
31. C
Increasing in polarity of the solvent will increase the rate if T.S. has more charge density
in comparison to reactant.
SECTION – C
32. 4
Sol.  2Ag + +C 2O 4-2
Ag 2 C 2O 4 
C 2 O4 -2 +H 2 O 
 OH - +HC 2O -14
HC2 O-14 +H 2 O 
 OH - +H 2C 2 O 4
 Ag  
C2O42     C2O42    H 2C2O4    H 2C2O4 
0 2
2
 H   C2O42  C 2O4 2   H  
 C2O     
2
4 
Ka2 Ka1 Ka2
 105 1010 
 C2O42   1  
 5 10
5
25 107 
[Ag + ] K sp
= 1.20004
2 [Ag + ]2
[Ag + ]3 =2  K sp  1.20004 
[Ag + ]3 =2  5  1011  1.20004 
[Ag + ]3 =10 10  1.20004
[Ag + ]3 =1012  120.004
[Ag + ] =104   4.932
[Ag + ] 4.932
solubility = =104   104  2.46
2 2
33. 3
Sol. CFSE  Eligand field  Eisotopic field
0.6 0
0.4  0
  -2   3  
=  4×  Δ 0  +  2× Δ 0  +P  -P
 5   5  
2
= 0
5
2
  75  x  30
5
x
 3
10
34. 2
Sol.   CCl2
CHCl3 +OH - 
H
 CCl Cl
2
C OH 
Cl
Cl
 CCl
2
Cl
OH - C
Cl Cl Cl
Cl
It has two plane of symmetry
35. 4
Sol. 3
Volume of unit cell= ×(4.53) 2 ×7.41×10-24 cm3
2
so mass=1.211×10 -22 g
1.211×10-22
molecules of H 2 O=  6.023 10 23  4
18
number of H atom=4
36. 4
Sol. OH
CH2OH
(A)
CH2OH
OH
SECTION – A
37. BCD
1
Sol.  3
I   e x  e x dx  2
1
3

Graph is concave upwards
 I  f (0)  f (1)
38. ACD
1

x2
2  x
Sol. f '( x)  e . 3
 1  sin
x 2 2
1

x2
e
lim
3
0
And x 0 x
Also lim f ( x )  
x 
f’’(x) does not exist for x=3, 7, 11….
39. AD
2 x4  2 y 4  4 z 4  1
Sol.  2 xyz
4
4 4 4 1
And x y  xy  2 3  3 2  8  5  2
x y x y
  2  10 (equality cannot hold)
40. AB
1
Sol. (Put x  y  )
2
41. AB
2
 1   4   5   8  6 x  27 x
Sol.   1 
   1 
   1 
   1  
 x 1   x  4   x  5   x  8  40
x0
2x  9 2x  9 3
Also   (2 x  9)
( x  1)( x  8) ( x  4)( x  5) 40
And x=9
42. ABD
Sol. Condition is satisfied for (a, b+c-2a)
 b  c  2003
43. AD
Sol. Let
x: Total No of ways of selecting even number of red balls
even number of red balls
y: Total No of ways of selecting
odd numbers of red balls
(2-1)(4-1)(6-1)(8-1)(10-1)=x-y (2+1)(4+1)(6+1)(8+1)(10+1)=x+y
44. D
45. A
46. C

 1 1   1 1  1
(I)  2   3  .......    2  4  ....  (i)  tan n  2  tan 1 n
 2 2  2 2  n 0
1
(II) f (t )  f (t ) (t  sin x ) (ii) a  b 2  c 2  2( ab  bc  ca )
2
(t=1) (iii) (ab  bc  ca)(a  b)  0

  ab  bc  ca  0
(III) x  2n 
4 (iv) P 2  Q 2  R 2  S 2  1
4
(IV)     a  1  1  5
a 1
47. D
48. A
49. C
 2 4 (i) Minimum
(I) x  2 y  2 and points are   ,  distance
 5 5 2
2
(II)  x  3  ( y  4) 2  4 required minimum and
4   tan   cot    3  2  3
maximum slopes of target from origin 1
(ii) n2  1 
(III) 3[( x  1) 2  ( y  2) 2  10] 1  n1
(IV) Points are on (0 ,0) and (-2, 2)
2 n 2  (n  1)2  n 2  (n  1)2
Z  (iii) Tn
3 4
2 2 2 2
AP 2  BP 2  CP 2  3 Z  Z1  Z 2  Z 3 (iv) ( x  y  5)(3x  2 y)(3x  2 y)  0
 Z ( Z1  Z 2  Z 3 )  Z ( Z1  Z 2  Z 3 )
4
 1  3  5
3
SECTION – C
50. 8
Sol. E1 : Dot removed from odd face.
9
P  E1  
21
E 2 : Dot removed from even face.
12
P  E2   E: Die shows odd numbers of dots.
21
11
P  E   P( E  E1 )  P( E  E2 ) 
21
51. 9
Sol. Z  a  bi   Z  (a  bi )Z
1
a
2
2 2
a  b  64
52. 2
n 1
 
1 2n na+8 k 
k 0
 
Sol. 0 1 4n 
0
 0 1 
 
53. 9
Sol. A.M.=G.M.
r1 r2 r3 r4
= = = =k
2 4 5 8
54. 8
Sol. t1 +t 2 =2
2-m 2
= 3
1+2m 2
m3 -2
and = 3
1+2m3
p 3
t 1  t 2  t3  
q 11
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – IX
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 1
TEST DATE: 28-04-2019

correct option.
for wrong answer.
AITS-FT-IX (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
2
1. A particle starts moving in a plane with constant tangential acceleration at = 2 m/s and normal
acceleration an = t4. Then choose the correct option(s).
(A) The acceleration of the particle is 2 5 m/s2 after having covered a distance S = 2m.
(B) The acceleration of the particle is 2 2 m/s2 after having covered a distance S = 2m.
(C) The radius of curvature of its trajectory is 4m after having covered a distance S = 1m.
(D) The radius of curvature of its trajectory is 2m after having covered a distance S = 1m.
2. A solid sphere of mass m = 2.4 kg and radius R = 0.5

m is placed on a rough horizontal surface. A uniform
rod AB of mass m0 = 2.5 kg and length  = 1m hinged
at one end ‘A’ is resting on the sphere as shown. The C
rod makes an angle ‘2’ = 74 with the horizontal
A 
surface initially and then the system is released from

rest. There is no slipping between the sphere and
horizontal surface and there is no friction between the
rod and sphere. Then choose the correct option(s).
(A) The acceleration of sphere just after release is (approx) 1 m/s2.
(B) The acceleration of sphere just after release is (approx) 2 m/s2.
(C) The normal force between the rod and sphere just after release is (approx) 6.5 N.
(D) The normal force between the rod and sphere just after release is (approx) 3.5 N.
3. A tunnel is dug across the earth along a chord AB as shown. 3g0R

A particle is projected inside the tunnel from end ‘A’ with an v0 
2
3g0R v0
initial velocity v 0  , there is no friction between the B
2 A
30
tunnel and the particle. Then choose the correct option(s). R
(where g0 = gravitational acceleration on the surface of Earth,
R = radius of earth)
(A) The time taken by the particle to move from end ‘A’ to other end ‘B’ of the tunnel is
 R
.
3 g0
(B) The time taken by the particle to move from end ‘A’ to other end ‘B’ of the tunnel is
2 R
.
3 g0
(C) The maximum speed of the particle inside the tunnel is g0R .
(D) The maximum speed of the particle inside the tunnel is 2g0R .
3 AITS-FT-IX (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19
4. Two strings of equal radii but mass per unit length 1 = 0.9 kg/m and 1 2
2 = 0.1 kg/m are joined together and stretched between two rigid P O Q
supports as shown. A sinusoidal wave pulse of amplitude 3 cm is
incident from end ‘P’ and transmission and reflection both take place
at the joint ‘O’. There is no loss of power during propagation of the
wave. Then choose the correct option(s).
(A) The amplitude of the reflected wave is 1.5 cm.
(B) The amplitude of the transmitted wave is 4.5 cm
(C) The percentage of incident power transmitted to the second string is 60%.
(D) The percentage of the incident power reflected to the first string is 25%.
5. Two hemispherical thin shells made of insulating materials are concentrically 2Q

arranged in a free space as shown. The radii of the smaller and larger
hemispheres are ‘R’ and ‘2R’ and they carry positive charges ‘Q’ and ‘2Q’ Q
respectively. The charges are uniformly distributed over the surfaces of the R
shells. Then choose the correct option(s). 2R
Q2
(A) The electrostatic force between the hemispherical shells is
80R2
Q2
(B) The electrostatic force between the hemispherical shells is
160R 2
Q
(C) The net electric potential at the centre ‘O’ of the shells is
20R
3Q
(D) The net electric potential at the centre ‘O’ of the shells is
20R
6. A parallel circuit consists of the two ideal inductances ‘L’

and ‘2L’ and a resistance ‘R’ as shown. At t = 0, the same
current ‘I0’ is flowing in both the inductances in the same
direction. Then choose the correct option(s). L 2L R
LI20
(A) The energy stored in inductance ‘L’ in steady state is .
18
(B) The energy stored inductance ‘2L’ in steady state is zero.
3LI02
(C) The net heat dissipated in the resistor is
2
4 2
(D) The net heat dissipated in the resistor is LI0
3
(Paragraph Type)
This section contains TWO paragraphs. Based on the paragraph, there are TWO questions. Each
question has FOUR options (A), (B), (C) and (D). ONLY ONE of these four options is correct.
Charge ‘Q’ is uniformly distributed on the non conducting surface of

a thin uniform long hollow cylinder of mass ‘m’ radius ‘R’ and length
‘’. It is placed on two stationary rough horizontal planks. A string is
wound over the cylinder whose other end is attached to a block of
same mass ‘m’. When the system is released from rest, the cylinder
starts rolling without slipping relative to the planks. Now answer the
 Q2
following questions. (Take 0 m)
4
7. The acceleration of the hollow cylinder is

(A) 2g
3g
(B)
4
g
(C)
2
g
(D)
4
8. The tension in the string is

3mg
(A)
4
3mg
(B)
2
mg
(C)
4
mg
(D)
2
Two moles of an ideal mono-atomic gas is taken through a cyclic process V

ABCA as shown in the V-T diagram. In the process BC, VT = constant. The C
9V0
temperature at A is T0 = 300 K. [take n(3) = 1.1]
3V0
Then answer the following questions. B
A
V0
T0 3T0 T
9. The work done by the gas during the process ‘BC’ is

(A) 600 R
(B) 900 R
(C) 1200 R
(D) 1500 R
10. The efficiency (in percentage) of the cycle is

(A) 12
(B) 18
(C) 24
(D) 36
SECTION – D
This section contains EIGHT questions. The answer to each question is a NUMERICAL VALUE. For
each question, enter the correct numerical value (in decimal notation, truncated/rounded‐off to the
second decimal place; e.g. xxxxx.xx).
11. A small block of mass m = 2 kg is placed on a smooth horizontal v0

surface. A massless inextensible string of length  = 1.5 m with one
end attached to the block is initially held in horizontal position. With
what constant velocity v0 (in m/s) the free end of the string is moved 
in vertical upward direction so that the block will leave the horizontal
surface, when the string makes an angle  = 37 with the horizontal m
surface. (take g = 10 m/s2 and tan 37 = 0.75)
12. A solid sphere of mass m = 3 kg and radius R = 10 cm is projected m, R

up an inclined plane of inclination  = 30 with an initial velocity v0 =
v v0
15 m/s and initial angular velocity 0  0 as shown. The coefficient v0/3R = 0  = 2tan 
3R
of friction between the sphere and inclined plane is  = 2 tan . Then
find the velocity (in m/s) of the sphere, when it will start rolling
without slipping relative to the inclined plane.  = 30
13. An open rectangular tank of base area (3m  4m) and height
5 m filled with water upto height 4m is accelerated up an a = 4 m/s2
inclined plane of inclination  = 37 with an acceleration

a = 4 m/s2. Find the volume (in m3) of water that will spill over
the tank. (take g = 10 m/s2)
5m 3m
 = 37
14. In the adjacent circuit the switch ‘S’ is closed at t = 0. Then find L = 2m H R1 = 2
the current (in amp) through the battery at t = 1  103 sec.
(take e1 = 0.37, e0.5 = 0.60)
C = 500 F R2 = 4
S
 = 8V
15. A conductor ACDG consists of a straight segment AC = 0.5 m and M

B B B
B
a semicircular arc CDG of radius a = 20 cm. A uniform vertical
magnetic field B = 5 Tesla is existing in the region. Now the  D
conductor is rotated with a constant angular velocity  = 10 rad/s 60
C G
about a vertical axis MN parallel to the magnetic field as shown. a O a
Then find the emf (in volt) induced between the points A and D of
the conductor as shown. a
A
N
16. The pitch of a screw gauge is 1 mm and its cap is divided into 100 divisions. When nothing is
placed between its studs, the zero of circular scale is 4 divisions above the reference line. When
a wire is placed between its studs, the main scale reading is 2 mm and 46th division of circular
scale coincides with the reference line. The length of wire is 4.76 cm. Find the curved surface
area (in cm2) of the wire in true significant figures.
17. Charge q = 0.5 coulomb is uniformly distributed over B B B = 5T B

the surface of a non conducting circular disc of mass
m = 0.2 kg and radius R = 0.5 m. The disc is mounted
C 
at one end of a uniform rod of mass m0 = 1 kg and
length  = 2m so that the plane of disc is perpendicular D
to the length of rod and the rod is placed on a rough
horizontal surface with  /4 length of the rod is /4
protruded over the edge of the surface as shown.
A uniform vertical downward magnetic field B = 5T is existing in the region. Find the minimum
counter clockwise (when viewed from right side of the disc) angular velocity ‘’ (in rad/s) with
which the disc is rotated about its horizontal axis so that the rod will topple about the edge (at
point D) of the horizontal surface.
18. When an -particle with kinetic energy K = 11 MeV collides with a stationary lithium nucleus, the
following nuclear reaction takes place
4
He 7 Li 10 B  n
If Q – value of this reaction is E = 2.86 Mev. Find the kinetic energy (in MeV) of the neutron
outgoing at right angle to the incoming direction of -particle.
SECTION – A
19. For a real gas obeying van der waal’s equation which of the following are true?
(A) Internal energy of gas is dependent on temperature only
(B) If Z > 1 then forces of repulsion are dominant
 Pb 
(C) At high pressure Z  1  
 RT 
(D) Work done in expansion of a real gas is more than for an ideal gas under isothermal
conditions.
20. Which of the following compounds give carbylamine when reacted with CHCl3 and ethanolic
KOH ?
NH2
(A)
NH CH3
(B)
(C) CH2 NH2

CH3 CH3
N
(D)
21. CH3 O CH3
 HO C 2 H5  P   Q

Ph NH2
H
 R  form   R  S, racemic mixture 
The correct statement regarding compound (P) & (Q) is/are:
(A) Both are optically active in nature
(B) (P) & (Q) are diastereomers
(C) (P) & (Q) are meso compounds
(D) Out of (P) & (Q) one is optically active and other is optically inactive
22. Which of the following order is/are incorrect ?

(A) H3PO4 > H3PO3 > H3PO2 (reducing character)
(B) N2O < NO < N2O3 < N2O5 (oxidation state of nitrogen atom)
(C) NH3 > PH3 > AsH3 > SbH3 (Basic)
(D) SbH3 > NH3 > AsH3 > PH3 (reducing character)
23. Following two equilibria are simultaneously established in a container

PCl (g)5
PCl3(g) + Cl 2(g) ; CO(g) + Cl2(g) COCl2(g)
If some Ni(s) is introduced in the container establishing another equilibrium
4CO(g) + Ni(s) Ni(CO)4(g)
Which among the following statements is/are definitely true about this system?
(A) COCl2 concentration decreases as the new equilibrium is established.
(B) As Ni is a solid it will not have any impact on the existing two equilibrium reactions.
(C) PCl3 concentration decreases to re-attain the equilibrium.
(D) PCl5 concentration increases to attain the new equilibrium.
24. Which of the following molecules is/are planar?

(A) F2C = C = CF2
(B) F2B – CH = CH – BF2
(C) (SiH3)3N
(D) H2N – NH3
(Paragraph Type)
This section contains TWO paragraphs. Based on each paragraph, there are TWO questions. Each
When H3PO4 solution is titrated against NaOH reactions

occurs in three steps F
H3PO4 + NaOH → NaH2PO4 + H2O
E
NaH2PO4 + NaOH → Na2HPO4 + H2O 
Na2HPO4 + NaOH → Na3PO4 + H2O p D
If 0.1M of 300ml H3PO4 is titrated using 0.1M NaOH then H C

titration curve pH vs volume of NaOH is given below B
Ka1 (H3PO4) = 10–3 Ka2(H3PO4) = 10–8 A
–13 
Ka3(H3PO4) = 10
Volume of NaOH
25. What will be the pH of the solution when 50ml of NaOH is added to 0.1M, 300ml
H3 PO4 solution (MNaOH = 0.1)?
(A) 3
(B) 2.3
(C) 3.36
(D) 4.6
26. What is the composition of solution at point C?

(A) Buffer of NaH2 PO4 + Na2 HPO4
(B) Buffer of NaH2 PO4 + H3 PO4
(C) Only NaH2 PO4
(D) Only Na2 H PO4.
The glycine as well as other amino acids, is amphoteric, means it contains an acidic functional group and
+
a basic functional group. The –NH3 is an acidic functional group and basic functional group is –COO . In
–
+
–NH3CH2COOH
a strongly acidic medium the species present is R as pH is raised, a proton is removed
from this species. Amino acids are crystalline solids it does not melts but on being heated it decomposes.
These are practically soluble in water but insoluble in non polar organic solvents. These properties are
attributed to fact that the stable form of amino acids is a Zwitter ion or inner salt.
27. In following reaction chain

O pKa1 = 1.9 O
–
HO–C–CH2–CH–COOH HO–C–CH2–CH–COO
NH3 NH3
+ + (Zwitter ion)
(Aspartic acid)
pKa2 = 3.7
O
– –
O–C–CH2–CH–COO
NH3
+
pKa3 = 9.60
O
– –
O–C–CH2–CH–CHCOO
NH 2
The isoelectric point of aspartic acid is
(A) 2.8
(B) 4.8
(C) 5.75
(D) 1.9
28. When glycine is dissolved in a solution having pH = 9; at 25°C; it will move towards — in
electrolytic cell combination
(A) Anode
(B) Cathode
(C) Will not move towards any electrode
(D) None of above
SECTION – D
29. When fluorine reacts with 2-methyl propane in presence of light gives 14% tert-butyl fluoride and
86% isobutylfluoride. What will be the ratio of relative reactivity of a tertiary hydrogen to primary.
30. If a water tank of 10000 Ltr. contains 55.5 g of CaCl2, 47.5 g of MgCl2, 84 g of MgSO4 and 81.6 g
of CaSO4, then what will be the degree of hardness for 1 ltr. of water from this tank? (Assuming
density of solution in tank = 1 g/ml)
31. Biacetyl, the flavouring that makes margarine taste "just like butter,” is extremely stable at room
temperature, but at 200°C it undergoes a first order break down with a half-life of 12.0 min. An
industrial flavour enhancing process requires that a biacetyl flavoured food be heated briefly at
200°C. How long (in minutes) can the food be heated and retain 85% of its butter flavour? (log
1.176 = 0.0706)
32. An element crystallises in fcc lattice. If the effective number of atoms of the element per unit cell
in the crystal is decreased by 0.25% due to Schottky defect then the density of crystal is (At. Wt.
= 50 gm and edge length = 0.50 nm)
33. A thin circular-disk earrings 5.0 cm in diameter is plated with a coating of gold 0.20 mm thick from
an Au3+ bath. How many days (approx.) does it take to deposit the gold on one side of one
earring if the current is 0.02 A (MW. of Au = 197 g, density of Au = 19.3 g/cm, 1 F = 96500 C)?
0
34. 3129 kJ of heat is liberated when 60 grams of ethane is completely burnt in oxygen. H f for
CO 2 and H 2O    are 395kJ and 286kJ respectively. The magnitude of heat of formation
of ethane is
35. 0.5 g mixture of K2Cr2O7 and KMnO4 was treated with excess of KI in acidic medium. Iodine so
liberated required 100 ml of 0.15 N solution of sodium thiosulphate for titration. The percentage of
K2Cr2O7 in the mixture is ( MW of K2Cr2O7 = 294 and KMnO4 = 158)
36. At 800°C, the following equilibrium is established as:

F2(g) 2F(g)
The composition of the equilibrium may be determined by measuring the rate of effusion of the
mixture through a pinhole. It is found that at 800°C and 1 atm the mixture effuses 1.6 times as
fast as SO2 effuses under similar conditions (At. wt. of F = 19). The value of KP for the equilibrium
is

SECTION – A
 4
37. In a plane rectangular co-ordinate system xRy there are three points A  0,  , B(–1, 0) and
 3
C(1, 0). The distance from point P to line BC is the geometric mean of the distances from this
point to lines AB and AC. Then the locus of point P is
(A) 2x2 + 2y2 + 3y – 2 = 0
(B) 2x2 – 2y2 – 3y + 2 = 0
(C) 8x2 – 17y2 + 12y – 8 = 0
(D) 8x2 + 17y2 – 12y – 8 = 0
38. Let S = {1, 2, 3, 4, ....., 2070} and A be the number of subsets of S whose sum of elements in S is
divisible by 9. If A 

2a 2b  1 
, then
c
(A) c=9
(B) b = 1840
(C) a = 233
(D) b = 1837
39. If the lines az  az  b  0 and cz  cz  d  0 are mutually perpendicular, where a and c are non-
zero complex numbers and b and d are real numbers, then
(A) aa  cc  0
(B) ac is purely imaginary
a 
(C) A rg    
c 2
a c
(D) 
a c
40. Of the following statement which of the below are correct, when n is natural number
1
(A) probability nC7 is divisible by 7 
7
n 91
(B) probability C7 is divisible by 12 =
144
n 13
(C) probability C7 is divisible by 7 
49
n 77
(D) probability C7 is divisible by 12 
144
41. Let  be an acute angle such that the equation x 2 + 4x cos  + cot  = 0 involving variable x has
multiple roots. Then the measure of  in radians is/are

(A)
6

(B)
12
5
(C)
12
7
(D)
12

42. Im, n   cosmx  sinnx dx where, m, n are integers, then which of the following is/are correct?
0
(A) I16, 2  0
10
(B) I 8, 5   
39
4
(C) I 5, 2  
21
(D) I 3, 7  0
(Paragraph Type)
Read the following write up carefully and answer the following questions:
Let 1 denotes the equation of the plane to which the vector (1, 1, 0) is normal and which contains the line
 
L whose equation is r  î  ˆj  kˆ   î  ˆj  kˆ and 2 denotes the equation of the plane containing the line
L and a point whose position vector (0, 1, 0)
43. The vector along a normal to the plane 2 is

(A) î  2ˆj  kˆ
(B) î  2jˆ  kˆ
(C) î  2ˆj  kˆ
(D) î  ˆj  2kˆ
44. The acute angle between 1 and 2 is

(A) tan1 1  tan1  2  1
(B) tan1 1  tan1 2  3 
(C) tan1 1  tan1  2  1
(D) tan1 1  tan1 2  3 
Let z1 and z2 are two complex numbers such that |z1| = a and |z2| = b satisfying the equation
z 2
3z12  2z1z 2  2z12  0 and also Re  1   0 . Also P, Q and O are points in complex plane
 z1  2 
corresponding to z1, z2 and origin respectively
x2 y2
45. Eccentricity of the ellipse   1 , is
a2 b2
1
(A)
2
1
(B)
3
1
(C)
2
1
(D)
3
46. Area of triangle OPQ is

(A) 5
(B) 2 5
(C) 3 5
(D) 4 5
SECTION – D
1
n
2
47. The value of lim n
n  1  2019 sin x  2021cos x  x dx is equal to

n
48. Given a2 + b2 + c2  16 and S = 3a + 4b + 10c where a, b, c  R. If the maximum value of S is

N , then the value of N is equal to
8
49. There is a point A(x1, y1) on the curve f(x) = x 2 and a point B(x2, y2) on the curve g  x   
x
where x1 > 0 and x2 > 0. If the line AB is tangent to both these curve at these points respectively,
then the value of (x1 + y1 + x2)
50. If all the roots of the equation x1008  a1x1007  a2 x1006  .....  a1006 x 2  1008x  1  0 are real, then
a2
is
a1
51. The diagram shows a maze used for testing and training mice. A A
mouse begins at A and at each junction as represented by a dot has M
equal chances of choosing any of the new path available. The mouse B E
can move in any direction but cannot travel along any path more than
once, the probability of the mouse reaching point, C after passing K
K
through more than 3 junctions is (where K and L are relatively
L L
C D
coprime. Then the value of L – K
6
k 
52.  sin 7  (where  , m are relatively coprime), then   m is equal to
k 1 m
xn
53. If y2 = x2 – x + 1 and In   2
dx & AI3 + BI2 + CI1 = x y for all x R. Then the value of A + B + C is
y
2
54. For any real number be denote by f(b) is the maximal value of sin x   b . The minimal
3  sin x
p
value of f(b) is , where p and q are relatively co-prime positive integers. Then the value of p + q
q
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – IX
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 1
TEST DATE: 28-04-2019

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A, C
Sol. at = 2 m/s2
1 1
S  ut  a t t 2  0   2t 2  t 2
2 2
 S = t2
v 2  u2  2at S  2  2S  4S
 an = t4 = S2
an = S2
 a  a2t  a2n  4  S4
At S = 2m
2
a  4  16  2 5 m/s
Radius of curvature of its trajectory
v 2 4S 4
r  
an S 2 S
At S = 1m, r = 4m,
AITS-FT-IX (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
2. A, D
Sol. 0Rcot  = v sin 2 B
cos  2
0R  2v sin  cos 
sin 
N1
0R  2v sin2  R
C
Just after release  a
0R = 2asin2 A  R N2
9 
 0R  2a  (since,  = 37, initially)
25 0 0 fs rough
18a
 0R  …(i) a = R
25
N1 sin 2  f s = ma …(ii)
2
fsR  mR 2 
5
2
fs  ma …(iii)
5
From (ii) and (iii), we get
7
N1 sin 2 = ma
5
24 7
N1  ma  N1 = 3.5 a …(iv)
25 5
For the rod,
 m 2
m0 g cos 2  N1Rcot   0  0
2 3
m0 g 7 4 m0 m 36a
  N1  0.5   0  0 
2 25 3 3 3 25
2
3.5  N1  1.2 a
3
2
3.5  3.5a   1.2a
3
7a
 1.2a   3.5
3
10.5 2
a  1 m/s
10.6
From (iv)
N1 = 3.5 a = 3.5  1 = 3.5 N
3. A, C
d2 x GMr cos   GM  g  3g0R
Sol.    3  x   0  x v0 
dt 2 R3  R  R 2
g0 v0
 B x
O A x
R r 30
Now, x = A sin (t + ) R
at t = 0, x = +R/2
R
 A sin  …(i)
2
Vx = A cos (t + )
3 AITS-FT-IX (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19
3g0R
at t = 0, v x  
2
3g0R g0
  A cos 
2 R
3
 R  A cos  …(ii)
2
Solving (i) and (ii), we get
5
A = R,  
6
 g 5 
 x  R sin  0 t  
 R 6 

R  g 5 
  R sin  0 t  
2  R 6 

7 g0 5
 t
6 R 6
 R
 t
3 g0
vmax = A
g0
v max  R  g0R
R
4. A, B, D
 F F 
  
 v  v1   2 1     2   3  1
Sol. Ar   2 A
 i  Ai   1  Ai   3  1.5 cm
v
 2  v 1 F F        3  1 
    1 2 
  1 
 2
 F   
 2     
 2v 2   2   2A i   2  3 
At    Ai   Ai       4.5 cm
 v 2  v1  F F   1  2   1  
1
  
  1   1   3
 2  i
2 2
P A   1.5  1
Now, r   r     
Pi  A i   3  4
1
 The percentage of incident power reflected to the first string = 100  25 %
4
The percentage of incident power transmitted to the second string = 100  25 = 75%
5. B, C
Sol. The electrostatic force between the hemispherical shells is
  R2 Q 2Q R 2 Q2
F 1 2  
20 2R 2 8R2 20 160R2
The net electric potential at the centre ‘O’ of the sells is
KQ 2KQ 2KQ Q
V0    
R 2R R 20R
6. A, D
di di
Sol. L 1  2L 2
dt dt
i1 i2
L  di1  2L  di2 L 2L R
I0 I0
i1  I0  2(i2  I0 ) i1 i2 i
2i2  i1  I0 …(i)
di
Now, L 1  iR  0
dt
di1
L  (i1  i2 )R  0
dt
di  3i  I 
L 1   1 0 R  0
dt  2 
i1 t
di1 R  3i  I  3Rt
 (3i1  I0 ) 2L  dt
   n  1 0 
I0 0  4I0  2L
I0   3Rt 
 i1   4e 2L  1
3  

3Rt
I   
i2  0 2e 2L  1
3  
2
1  I0  LI2
The energy stored in inductance ‘L’ in steady state = L   0
2 3 18
2
1  I0  LI2
The energy stored in inductance ‘2L’ in steady state = 2L    0
2 3 9
1  LI2 LI2  4
The net heat dissipated in the resistor =  3LI02   0  0   LI02
2  18 9  3
7. D
8. A
Sol. (for Q.7-8)
Current over the surface of cylinder is
Q
I
2 fs
 I  Q
B 0  0
 2  a
Electric field induced on the surface of the cylinder is T
R dB R 0 Q d
E 
2 dt 2 2 dt fs

0 QR 0 Qa
E  …(i) T
4 4
mg  T = ma …(ii) m a
2
TR  2fsR  QER = mR 
T  2f s  QE = ma …(iii) mg
2fs = ma …(iv)
Adding (iii) and (iv), we get
T  QE = 2ma …(v)
From (ii) and (v), we get
mg  QE = 3ma
 Q2 a
mg  0  3ma
4
mg  ma = 3ma
 a = g/4
Now from equation (ii)
mg  T = ma
mg 3mg
T  mg  
4 4
9. C
10. D
Sol. (for Q.9-10)
5R
QAB = nCPT = 2  (900  300)  3000R
2
In the process ‘BC’,
VT = constant
PV2 = constant
R 3R R R
 C  CV    
1 x 2 1 2 2
2R
 QBC = nCT = (300  900)  600R
2
nRT 2R(300  900)
WBC    1200R
(1  x) (1  2)
 V   1
QCA = nRT0n  0   2R  300n    1200Rn(3) = 1200R  1.1 = 1320 R
9V
 0 9
 Wcycle  Qcycle  Q AB  QBC  QCA  3000R  600R  1320R  1080R
Wcycle 1080R
 Efficiency of cycle,    100   100  36%
Qsupplied 3000R
SECTION – D
11. 00003.20
Sol. v cos  = v0 sin  v0 90
v = v0 tan  …(i)
d 
a  v 0 sec 2  
dt 90
T
 v cos   v sin   v 0 
a  v 0 sec 2   0  sec (v 0  v tan )
    v
m a
v0
a sec v 0 (1  tan2 )

v2
a =  0 sec 3  …(ii)

T sin  = mg …(iii)
T cos  = ma …(iv)
From (iii) and (iv)
g = a tan 
v02
g sec 3  tan 

2
g 4 10  1.5  5
v0  3
   3.20 m/s
sec  tan   5  3
v0 = 3.20 m/s
12. 00011.25
Sol. N = mg cos  m, R
fk  N  2 tan mgcos  v = R
fk  2mgsin  N   = 2tan 
fk  mgsin 
a  3gsin  …(i) v0
m
CM = ICM 0
 mg cos 
2 mg sin  fk
fkR  mR 2   = 30
5
2
 2mgsin   m R
5
5gsin 
 …(ii)
R
When pure rolling starts
v = R
v0  at = (0 + t)R
v0  3g sin t = 0R + 5g sin t
v0  0R = 8 g sin t
v0
 t
12gsin 
v0 v 3v
 v  v 0  at  v 0  3gsin    v0  0  0
12gsin  4 4
3v 0 3  15
 v   11.25 m/s
4 4
13. 00010.50
a  gsin  a  gsin 
Sol. tan    a = 4 m/s2
gcos  gcos 
y
3 
4  10 
5y 5  5y  5

3 4 3 4
10  5m 3m
5
 y = 1.25 m
Volume of water remained in the container
 = 37
1 3
V  (5  1.25)  3  4  6.25  6  37.50 m
2
 volume of water spilt over the tank
V = V0  V
3
= (3  4  4)  37.50= 10.50 m
14. 00003.72
Sol. The current through the resistor ‘R1’ is L = 2m H R1 = 2

R1t
  L

i1
i1  1  e 
R1   C = 500 F R2 = 4
t
  3 
i1  4 1  e 10  …(i) i2
  i
The current through the resistor ‘R2’ is
t
  R 2C  = 8V
i2  e
R2
t

i2  2e 2103 …(ii)
The current through the battery
I = i1 + i2
t t
 3
  3

I  4 1  e 10    2e 210 
   

At t = 1  103 sec
I = 4(1  e1) + 2e0.5
I = 4(10.37) + (2  0.60) = 3.72 amp
15. 00005.25
Sol. Emf induced in the straight segment AC is AC = 0
Emf induced in the circular arc CD is
5a/ 2 5a
1 21
CD   Brdr  B r 2  2  Ba2
a
2 a 8
21
  5  10  (0.2)2 = 5.25 volt
8
  AD   AC  CD  0  5.25  5.25 volt
16. 00003.74
1 mm
Sol. Least count of screw gauge, L.C.   0.01 mm
100
Diameter of the wire, d = 2 mm + 46  L.C. + 4  L.C.
= 2mm + 46  0.01 mm + 4  0.01 mm = 2.50 mm = 0.250 cm
The length of wire,  = 4.76 cm
 The curved surface area of the wire, S = d
22 2
=  0.250  4.76  3.74 cm
7
17. 00025.60
Sol. The magnetic moment of the disc is B B B = 5T B
q mR 2  qR 2
M   …(i)
2m 2 4 A C 
Magnetic torque on the disc
D
q R 2 B
  MB  …(ii)
4
For toppling of the rod about the edge at ‘D’ /4
/4
qR2B g
 (m0  m)
4 4
(m0  m)g

qBR2
 > 25.60
min = 25.60 rad/s
18. 00003.40
Sol. Using conservation of momentum y
P = P2 cos  …(i)
P1 = P2 sin  …(ii) P1
Squaring and adding, we get P
P2  P12  P22  x
2mk + 2m1k1 = 2m2K2
4k + k1 = 10k2 P2
10k2  k1 = 4k
 10k2  k1 = 44. …(iii)
Also, k1 + k2 = k  |Q|
k1 + k2 = 11.  2.86
k1 + k2 = 8.14 …(iv)
Adding (iii) and (iv), we get
11k2 = 52.14
 k2 = 4.74 MeV
 k1 = 8.14  4.74
k1 = 3.40 MeV
SECTION – A
19. B, C, D
dU an 2
Sol. (A) For real gas  i.e. internal energy is volume dependent also.
dV V 2
(B) Z > 1  Vreal > Videal so forces of repulsion are dominant.
(D) For ideal gas U = 0 but for real gas U  0 .
20. A, C
Sol. 10 amines give carbylamines reaction
21. A, B
Sol. CH3 O CH3 CH3 O CH3
Ph CH NH2 OH C C C 2H5 Ph CH NH C C C 2H5 (R R)
H H (P)
CH3 O C2 H 5
Ph CH NH C C CH3 (R S)
H (Q)
22. A, D
Sol. (D) The reducing character of hydrides of 15 group elements increases from NH3 to BiH3.
23. A, C, D
Sol. As Ni is added, CO will be consumed to attain the third equilibrium. As concentration of CO
decreases, COCl2 will decompose to a higher extent and hence Cl2 concentration increases
which in turn decreases the concentration of PCl3.
24. B, C
Sol. In F2C = C = CF2
Terminal C-atoms are sp2 hybridised, one sp2 hybridised orbital comes in the horizontal plane and
other sp2 hybridised orbital appears on the vertical plane.
In N2H4, the nitrogen atoms are sp3 hybridised.
25. B
Sol. Meq of H3PO4 = 300  0.1 = 30
Meq of NaOH = 50  0.1 = 5
H3 PO4 + NaOH = NaH2 PO4 + H2O
30 5 0 0
25 0 5 5
Solution is buffer
ka1 5
pH = P + log  3 + log 1/5
25
 2.3010
26. A
 2
Sol. At point ‘C’ a buffer of H2 PO 4 & HPO4 exists.
27. A
pKa 1  pKa 2
Sol. pI 
2
pK a1  pK a2
Isoelectric point (PI) 
2
1.9  3.7 5.6
   2.8
2 2
28. A
+
NH 3–CH 2–COOH (will move towards
2
=
cathode)
H
Cationic
p
Sol. H2N–CH2–COOH p H
=
9
–
H2NCH2COO will move
Anionic towards anode
SECTION – D
29. 00001.46
Sol. Suppose relative reactivity for 3° H is x
and suppose relative reactivity for 1° H is Y
So with the given information
9y x
 0.86  0.14
9y  x 9y  x
9y x
So 
0.86 0.14
x 9  0.14
Hence,   1.46
y 0.86
30. 00023.00
Sol.
230 g
Degree of hardness   23 mg / litre  23 ppm. .
10, 000 t
31. 00002.81
0.693
Sol. K
12
2.303 1
t  t1/2 log
0.693 0.85
t = 2.81 mins.
32. 00002.64
4  0.25
Sol. z  4  3.99
100
zM
 3 g / cc
a  N A 10 30
3.99  50
 3
g / cc
 500   6.023 1023 10 30
 2.64 g / cc
33. 00006.44
Sol.
 6.44 days
34. 00083.50
Sol.  4CO 2  g   6H 2O    H  3129KJ

2C2 H 6  g   7O 2  g  
H   H f  Pr oduct    H f reac tan ts 
3129   4   395   6    286     2  H f C 2 H 6  7  0 
H fC2H 6  83.5KJ
35. 00014.64
Sol.
36. 00001.48
Sol.
X = 0.3158
2
KP 
 0.6842P   1.48 atm  P  1
0.3158P

SECTION – A
37. A, C
4
Sol. Equation of AB  y   x  1
3
4
AC  y    x  1
3
BC  y = 0
1
Distance of P from AB = d1  4x  3y  4
5
1
Distance of P from AC = d2  4x  3y  4
5
Distance of P from BC = d3  y
According to question d1d2 = d23

 |16x2 – (3y – 4)2| = 25y2
 Circle S: 2x2 + 2y2 + 3y – 2 = 0 and hyperbola T: 8x 2 – 17y2 + 12y – 8 = 0
38. A, C, D
Sol. Let f(x) = (1 + x)(1 + x 2) ..... (1 + x 2070)
Then A must be the sum of coefficient of x 9k where k is non-negative integer
22070  8.2230
A
9
39. B, C
a1 c1
Sol. Let a = a1 + ia2; c = c1 + ic2, then   1
a2 c 2
 a1c1 + a2c2 = 0
 a  a  c  c   a  a   c  c 
     0
 2  2   2i   2i 
 ac  ac  0
 ac is purely imaginary
a a
Also  
c c
a
 is purely imaginary
c
a 
 arg    
c
  2
40. A, B
n n  n  1 n  2  n  3 n  4 n  5  n  6 
Sol. C7 
7!
Obviously one of the seven numerator factors must be divisible by 49.
 nC  7 1
Of any 49 consecutive integer exactly seven satisfy the condition P  7   
 7  49 7
n n  n  1 n  2  n  3 n  4 n  5  n  6 

C7 
7!
n
C7
So for to be divisible by 12
7
6 3
S = n(n – 1)(n – 2)(n – 3)(n – 4)(n – 5)(n – 6) must be divisible by = 64.27  2 ·3
Any one of the seven factors must be divisible by 9. So, here only 7 favourable choices
Also, if n is even then S is divisible by 64 and if n is odd then one after the (n – 1), (n – 3), (n – 5)
must be divisible by 16
So we have 13 favourable choices out of 16 consecutive numbers
7  13
Required probability that nC7 divisible by 12 =
144
41. B, C
Sol.  = 16 cos2  – 4 cot  = 0
or 4 cot (2 sin 2 – 1) = 0
2 sin 2 – 1 = 0
n n 
   1
2 12
 5
 ,
12 12
42. A, B, C, D
 
1 1
Sol. I   2cosmx  sinnxdx =  sin  m  n  x  sin  n  m  x  dx
20 20
mn n m
1    1  1   1 1   k
=       for k  I  cosk   1 
2  m  n nm m  n n  m 
   
 2n
 If n  m is odd
 I   n2  m2
 0 If n  m is even

43. A
44. B

Sol.  
(43.-44.) xiˆ  yjˆ  zkˆ  î  ˆj  2  n1  î  ˆj
x + y = 2 ..... plane 1 L
î ˆj kˆ 
  
AB  V  n2  1 0 1 A(1, 1, 1)

x  î  ˆj  kˆ   î  ˆj  kˆ 
1 1 1

n2  î  2ˆj  kˆ
 
n1  n2
cos    
n1 n2
cos  
 î  ˆj    î  2jˆ  kˆ   3

3
2 6 2 6 2
3 
   cos1  
2 6
45. B
46. A
Sol. (45.-46.) |z1| = 2
2
z  z 
3 1   2 1   2  0
z
 2 z
z1 2  20 1  5 i
 
z2 6 2
z1 6 2
   z2  6
z2 3 3
a = 2, b  6
b2 1
e  1 2

a 3
z1 1 5 6  1 5 
Let   i  i
z2 3 3 3  6 
5
sin  
6
1 1 5
OPQ  z1 z 2 sin    2  6   5
2 2 6
SECTION – D
47. 02021.00
1 1
n n
Sol. lim n2 1  2019 sin x  2021cos x  x dx = lim n2  4042 x cos x dx
n  n 
0

n
1  1  1 
4042  cos     2 
n  n  n 
=  2021
2
n3
48. 02000.00
 
Sol. Let   3iˆ  4ˆj  10kˆ and   aiˆ  bjˆ  ckˆ
     
S        cos      2000
49. 00021.00
2 8 y
Sol. y = x and y   2
x f(x) = x
8
 y1  x12 and y 2   A(x1, y1)
x2
dy 8
Equality at A and B, we get 2x1  2 x
dx x2
 x1x 22  4
8 B(x2, y2)
x12 
x2
mAB  2x1  8
x1  x 2 g x  
x
 x1 = 4 and x2 = 1, y1 = 16  x1 + y1 + x2 = 21
50. 00503.50
Sol. From the relation between the zeros and the coefficient we obtain
 x1x2 .....x1007  1008 and x1x2 ..... x1008 = 1
1008
1
Hence, x  1008
i 1 i
So we have the equality case in the A.M. – G.M. inequality
So x1 = x2 ..... = x1008 = 1
10082  1008
 a2  ; a1 = –1008
2
a
So 2  503.50
a1
51. 00008.00
Sol. Possible path mouse can reach C
A A
M M
1/3
K (ii) 1/3
(i) 1/3
L K
1/2 1/3
L
C D C 1/2 1/2 D
1/2
A A
M M
(iii) 1/3 (iv) 1/3

K K
1 1/3 1/2 1 1/2 1/3
L L
C 1/2 D C 1/2 D
Hence the required probability
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
=            1     1
3 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 2 2
1
=
9
52. 00071.00
 2 3 4 5 6
Sol. sin sin sin sin sin sin
7 7 7 7 7 7
2
  2 4 
  sin sin sin 
 7 7 7 
Let 7 = 
 3 + 4 = 
 4 =  – 3
 sin 4 = sin( – 3)
 sin 4 = sin 3
3
 4 sin  cos (cos 2) = 3 sin  – 4 sin 
2 2 2 2
 16 cos (cos 2) = (3 – 4 sin )
 16(1 – sin2 )(1 – 2 sin2 )2 = (3 – 4 sin2 )2
 –64 sin6  + 80 sin4  – 80 sin2  + 16 = 16 sin4  + 9 – 24 sin2 

 64 sin6  – 66 sin4  + 56 sin2  – 7 = 0
2
  2 3  7
  sin sin sin  
 7 7 7  64
53. 00002.50
dy
Sol. y2 = x2 – x + 1  2y  2x  1
dx
2
AI3 + BI2 + CI1 = x y
Ax 3  Bx 2  Cx
  dx  x 2 y
y
Ax 3  Bx 2  Cx dy
  x2  2xy
y dx
5x 2
 Ax3 + Bx2 + Cx = 3x 3   2x
2
5
 A = 3, B =  ,C=2
2
So, A + C = 5
54. 00007.00
2
Sol. Substitute t = sin x and g  t   t  b
3t
Since g(t) is an increasing function in the interval [–1, 1]
 3
It follows that f(b) = max(|g(–1)|, |g(1)|) = max  b , b  
 2
 3 3
From the graph we conclude that min f(b) = f    
 4 4
So p + q = 7
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – IX
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 28-04-2019

correct option.
for wrong answer.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A bead B of mass m = 0.5 kg which can slide along a smooth B

horizontal rod is attached to one end of a light inextensible
string of length  = 1m as shown. The other end ‘A’ of the 
string is pulled with a constant speed v 0 = 2 m/s always
directed along the length of the string. Then choose the

correct option(s).
(A) The velocity of the bead at  = 60 is 4 m/s.
(B) The velocity of the bead at  = 60 is 1 m/s. A
(C) The tension in the string at  = 60 is 24 N. v0
(D) The tension in the string at  = 60 is 12 N.
2. Two smooth triangular wedges A and B of masses

m1 = 9 kg and m2 = 16 kg and inclination 1 = 53 and m
2 = 37 respectively are placed on a smooth
horizontal surface touching each other at their bottom
edges. A horizontal cylinder of mass m = 25 kg is A
B
placed on the triangular wedges and then released m1
from rest. When the centre of mass of the cylinder m2
 1 = 53  2 = 37
falls through height h = 0.4 m, then at this instant
which of the following statements is/are correct.
(A) The velocity of the wedge ‘A’ is 2 m/s.
(B) The velocity of the wedge ‘B’ is 1 m/s.
(C) The velocity of the cylinder is 1 m/s.
(D) The velocity of the cylinder is 2 m/s.
3. A uniform circular disc of mass M = 4 kg and radius R = 25 cm is M, R

suspended in a vertical plane and hinged at its centre ‘O’. It is free
to rotate about a horizontal axis passing through its centre and  P u
perpendicular to its plane. A particle of mass m = 0.5 kg moving = 60 m
horizontally with a velocity u = 20 m/s collides with disc at point ‘P’
and gets stuck to it as shown. Then choose the correct option(s). O
(g = 10 m/s2)
(A) The angular velocity of the disc just after collision is 4 rad/s.
(B) The angular velocity of the disc just after collision is 8 rad/s.
(C) The force on the disc due to hinge at its centre when the particle reaches the highest
point is 38 N.
(D) The force on the disc due to hinge at its centre when the particle reaches the highest
point is 44N.
4. Two vertical parallel rectangular glass plates are partially submerged in

water. The separation between the plates is d = 0.1 mm and the width of
each plate is  = 10 cm. Assuming that the water between the plates h
does not reach the upper edges of the plates and the contact angle is  =
0. The surface tension of water is T = 7  102 N/m and the density of
water is  = 103 kg/m3. Then choose the correct option(s). (g = 10 m/s2) d
(A) The water rises upto height h = 14 cm between the plates.

(B) The water rises upto height h = 28 cm between the plates.
(C) The force of mutual attraction between the plates is 4.9 N.
(D) The force of mutual attraction between the plates is 9.8 N.
5. A long current carrying cylindrical conductor of radius ‘R’ has a uniform current
density ‘j’ over its cross section inside it. If we consider the two halves that are j
obtained by dividing the conductor by a plane containing the axis of the conductor.
Then choose the correct option(s).
R
  j2R3 
(A) The force of interaction per unit length between the two halves is F   0  .
 6
 
  j2R3 
(B) The force of interaction per unit length between the two halves is F   0 .
 3 
 
'R '  jR
(C) The magnetic field inside the conductor at a radial distance from its axis is B  0 .
2 4
'R ' 0 jR
(D) The magnetic field inside the conductor at a radial distance from its axis is B  .
2 2
6. Consider an arrangement of two thin equiconvex lenses made 10 cm 10 cm
of glass (g = 3/2) and each of focal length in air 10 cm are

separated by a distance 10 cm. The space between the two A
0.2 cm
lenses is filled with water of refractive index w = 4/3. A small B O1 O2
linear object ‘AB’ of size 0.20 cm is placed perpendicular to the a = 1 a = 1
 w = 4/3
optic axis at a distance 10 cm from the first lens in air as
shown. Then choose the correct option(s).
(A) The position of the final image formed is 25 cm right to the second lens.
(B) The position of the final image formed is 40 cm right to the second lens.
(C) The size of the final image formed is 0.40 cm.
(D) The size of the final image formed is 0.60 cm.

This section contains FOUR questions. Each question has TWO matching lists: LIST‐I and LIST‐II.
FOUR options are given representing matching of elements from LIST‐I and LIST‐II. ONLY ONE of
these four options corresponds to a correct matching.
7. List –I represents the different spring mass systems. All springs and pulleys are ideal. List-II
represents their time periods of small oscillations about equilibrium position. Match the systems
mentioned in List-I with the corresponding time periods in List-II.
LIST–I LIST–II
k k 2k
m
P. 1. 
m
2k
k 2k
k k
5m
Q. 2. 
2k
m
k
light rigid
rod
13m
R. 3k  3. 2
k
/3
hinge
k k
M = m /2
m, R m, R m
S. Rough surface 4. 4
Cylindrical There is no k
slipping at any
rollers
contact point
(A) P → 4; Q → 1; R → 3; S→2
(B) P → 3; Q → 1; R → 4; S→2
(C) P → 3; Q → 4; R → 1; S→2
(D) P → 4; Q → 1; R → 2; S→3
8. List – I represents the longitudinal vibration of metallic rods each of length 1 m and each rod is
rigidly clamped at two points A and B. List – II represents their frequency and wavelength of
longitudinal vibration in the fundamental mode of vibration. Then match the options of List-I
correctly with the options of List-II.
LIST–I LIST–II
A B
P. 10 cm 80 cm 10 cm 1. f = 40 kHz
11 2 3
Y = 2  10 N/m ,  = 8000 kg/m
A B
Q. 30 cm 40 cm 30 cm 2. f = 12.5 kHz
11 2 3
Y = 1.6  10 N/m ,  = 2500 kg/m
A B
R. 10 cm 60 cm 30 cm 3. f = 20 kHz
11 2 3
Y = 2  10 N/m ,  = 8000 kg/m
A B
S. 15 cm 60 cm 25 cm 4.  = 0.4 m
11 2 3
Y = 1.6  10 N/m ,  = 2500 kg/m
5.  = 0.2 m
(A) P → 1, 5; Q → 3, 4; R → 2, 5; S → 1, 5
(B) P → 2, 5; Q → 3, 5; R → 2, 4; S → 2, 5
(C) P → 3, 4; Q → 3, 5; R → 2, 4; S → 2, 5
(D) P → 2, 4; Q → 3, 4; R → 2, 4; S → 1, 5
9. Two moles of an ideal monoatomic gas is P

B C
taken through a cyclic process ABCDA as
shown in the P-T diagram. List –I contains
the four thermodynamic processes of the
A
given cyclic process and List-II contains the D
quantities related to these thermodynamics
processes. Match the options of List-I
correctly with the options of List-II. TA TB TD TC T
(300 K) (600 K) (900 K) (1800 K)
(Q = Heat supplied to the gas, W = Work
done by the gas)
LIST–I LIST–II
P. In the process AB 1. Q = 900 R
Q. In the process BC 2. Q < 0
R. In the process CD 3. W = 2400 R
S. In the process DA 4. W < 0
5. W = 0
(A) P → 2, 5; Q → 3; 4; R → 2, 5; S → 2, 4
(B) P → 1, 5; Q → 3; 4; R → 2, 5; S → 2, 4
(C) P → 1, 5; Q → 3; R → 2, 5; S → 2, 4
(D) P → 2, 4; Q → 3, 4; R → 2, 4; S → 1, 5
10. List –I contains different AC circuits with rms voltage of ac sources as shown. List –II contains the
corresponding rms currents supplied by the ac voltage sources. Then match the options of List-I
correctly with the options of List-II.
LIST–I LIST–II
XL = 8 R = 3
XC = 4
P. 1. Irms = 25 A
~
100 V
XL = 6
XC = 3
R = 8
Q. 2. Irms = 5 A
~
120 V
XL = 6
R = 8
R. XC = 3 3. Irms = 10 5 A
~
50 V
XL = 6 R1 = 8
S. XC = 4 R2 = 3 4. Irms = 20 A
~
100 V
(A) P → 4; Q → 1; R → 2; S → 3
(B) P → 2; Q → 3; R → 1; S → 4
(C) P → 3; Q → 2; R → 4; S → 1
(D) P → 1; Q → 4; R → 2; S → 3
SECTION – D
11. A string of mass 5 gram and length 50 cm is fixed at both ends. A pipe closed at one end has a
length of 85 cm. When the string vibrates in its third overtone and the air column in the pipe in its
first overtone, they produce a beats frequency of 4 Hz. It is observed that increasing the tension
in the string increases beats frequency. Neglect the end correction in the pipe. The velocity of
sound in air is 340 m/s. Find the tension (in Newton) in the string.
12. Two moles of an ideal monoatomic gas is enclosed in an adiabatic vertical

cylinder fitted with a smooth adiabatic massive piston initially at rest. The whole
system is placed inside a highly evacuated chamber. If the piston is imparted an
initial velocity u = 8 m/s in vertical downward direction, after making a large u
number of oscillations, the piston finally comes to a complete stop. Find the
displacement (in meter) of the piston. (Take g = 10 m/s2)
13. In young’s double slit experiment two thin films are placed in
front of two slits and the coherent parallel beam of light is P
S1  1, t1
incident at an angle  = 30 with the normal to the plane of 1 cm
slits as shown in the figure. If 2 = 1.8, 1 = 1.5 t2 = 3 mm 
d O
and the central maxima is formed at a distance 1 cm above
 2, t2
point ‘O’ as shown. Find the thickness ‘t1’ (in mm) of the S2
upper thin film.
D=1 m
screen
d = S1S2 = 2 mm
14. When a light of wavelength 5000 Å is incident on a metal surface of work function 1.9 eV,
photoelectrons are emitted. When the emitted photoelectrons are passed through a region
containing He2  atoms, a fastest photoelectron combines with He2  atom to form He  atom and a
photon is emitted. The He  atom thus formed is in its third excited state. Then find the energy
(in eV) of the photon emitted during the combination of the fastest photoelectron.
15. In the circuit shown, the switch ‘S’ is closed at t = 0. 8 F

4 2m H
4
Then find the energy (in milli Joule) stored in 5F
capacitor in steady state.
2
2 4
5 F
S
 = 32V
16. A thin conducting spherical shell of radius ‘R’ is given

charge ‘2q’. Two point charges ‘q’ and ‘3q’ are placed R
at distances 0.8 R and 4R from the centre ‘C’ of the 3q C B
shell respectively as shown. If the shell is earthed, find A q
the charge (in C) that will flow from conducting shell 0.8 R
to the earth. (Given q = 2C)
4R
17. In the circuit shown, each capacitor has capacitance C = 10 F and C C

the inductor has inductance L = 2mH. The switch ‘S’ is opened for a
long time. Find the maximum current (in ampere) through the S
inductor after the switch ‘S’ is closed.
1 = 36V 2 = 18V
18. A composite cylinder is made by joining two coaxial hollow cylinders as

shown. The thermal conductivity of the material of the cylinder from
radius ‘a’ to ‘2a’ is K1 = 2K and that for the cylinder from radius ‘2a’ to
‘4a’ is K2 = 3K. The temperature of the innermost wall is maintained at
1 = 84C and the outermost wall is maintained at temperature
2 = 32C. Find the temperature  (in degree Celsius) of the k1 k2
intermediate cylindrical wall of radius ‘2a’. a
1  2
2a
4a
SECTION – A
19. In which of the following cases enol content will be higher than the keto content in n-hexane?
O O
(A) || ||
CH 3  C  C  CH 3
O
(B)
O
O
(C)
O
O O
(D) || ||
CH 3  C  CH 2  C  CH 3
20. In which of the following cases a mixture of optically active compounds with opposite optical
rotation will not form when solutions are separated by semipermeable membrane
(A) 0.1 M D(+)–glucose & 0.1 M D(-) – fructose
(B) 0.2 M D(+)–glucose & 0.1 M D(-) –fructose
(C) 0.1 M D(+)–glucose & 0.2 M D(-) –fructose.
(D) 0.2 M D(+)–glucose & 0.2 M sugar
21. Which of the following compounds does not undergo complete hydrolysis?
(A) SiCl4
(B) BiCl3
(C) NF3
(D) CCl 4
22. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct ?
(A) SiH3 3 N is a stronger base than  CH 3 3 N
(B) BF3 is a weaker Lewis acid than BI3
(C) Solid N 2O5 is ionic in nature
(D) Phosphine is more basic than ammonia
23. Which of the following hydroxides dissolves in excess of NaOH?
(A) Zn  OH  2
(B) Al  OH 3
(C) Sn  OH 2
(D) Fe  OH 3
24. Decomposition of 3A(g)  2B(g)  2C(g) follows 1st order kinetics. Initially only A is present in
the container. Pressure developed after 20min and infinite time are 3.5 and 4 atm respectively.
Which one is correct?
(A) t50% = 20 min
(B) t75% = 40 min
(C) t99% = 64/3 min
(D) t87.5% = 60 min

25. Match the following :

List I (Complex) List II
P. 2 1. 3
 NiCl4  sp hybridization
Q 2 2. dsp 2 hybridization
 Ni  CN 4 
R Ni  CO 4 3. Paramagnetic
S. 2 4. Diamagnetic
 Pd  NH 3 4 
5. Tetrahedral geometry
(A) P  1, 3, 5; Q  2, 4; R  1, 4, 5; S  2, 4
(B) P  3, 4; Q  1, 4, 5; R  1, 2, 3, 4, 5; S  3, 5
(C) P  2, 5; Q  1, 4, 5; R  1, 2, 3, 5; S  3, 5
(D) P  3, 5; Q  1, 2, 3; R  1, 2, 3, 4, 5; S  2, 4
26. List -I have mixture of solutions and List – II shows pH of the resulting solution. Now, match the
column.
P. A saturated solution of Mg(OH) 2 1. pH =7
-12
[KspMg(OH)2 = 4  10 ]
Q. 300 ml of 0.1 M BOH + 100 ml. of 0.1 M 2. pka2  pka3
HCl (Kb (BOH) = 104) pH =
2
R. 300 ml. of 0.1 M BOH + 300 ml. of 0.1 M 3. pH = 10 + log 2

HA [Ka = Kb = 104]
S. 0.01 M aqueous solution Na2HPO4 4. 1 1 1
[Given that : pka1 ( H 3 PO4 )  4.3 ; pH = pK w  pka  pkb
2 2 2
pka2 ( H 3 PO4 )  8.102 ;
pka3 ( H 3 PO4 )  12.5 ]
5. [H+] = 10-7

(A) P  2; Q  1, 2, 3; R  1, 2, 3, 5; S  2, 4
(B) P  3; Q  1, 4, 5; R  1, 2, 3, 4, 5; S  3, 5
(C) P  2; Q  1, 4, 5; R  1, 2, 3, 5; S  3, 5
(D) P  3; Q  3; R  1, 4, 5; S  2, 3
27. Match the following List I with List II

P. N 2(g )  3H 2(g)  2NH 3(g) ; H = –ve 1. Low pressure favours the yield of the
product
Q. N 2(g)  O 2(g)  2NO (g) ; H = +ve 2. Addition of He at constant pressure

decreases the yield of the product
R. NH 4 HS(s )  NH 3(g)  H 2S(g) ; H= 3. Rate constant of forward reaction

increases more than the increase of
+ve the rate constant of backward reaction
with increase of temperature.
S. 2NO 2(g)  N 2 O 4(g) ; H = –ve 4. High temperature favours consumption

of product.
5. Homogeneous equilibrium

(A) P  2, 4, 5; Q  3, 5; R  1, 3; S  2, 4, 5
(B) P  3, 4; Q  1, 4, 5; R  1, 2, 3, 4; S  3, 5
(C) P  2, 5; Q  1, 4, 5; R  1, 2, 3, 5; S  3, 5
(D) P  3, 5; Q  1, 2, 3; R  1, 2, 4, 5; S  2, 4
28. Match the following and choose the correct option.

P. PF5 1. Trigonal bipyramidal
Q. PCl5 2. Zero dipole moment
R. PH5 3. All atoms surrounding central atom are at

same distance
S. PCI3F2 4. Solid state contains tetrahedral cation and

octahedral anion
5. Does not exist

(A) P  1, 2, 3; Q  1, 4; R  5; S  1, 2, 3
(B) P  1, 2, 3; Q  1, 2, 4; R  5; S  1, 2
(C) P  1, 3; Q  1, 2, 5; R  5; S  1, 2, 3
(D) P  2, 3; Q  1, 2, 4, 5; R  5; S  1, 2, 3
SECTION – D
29. 20 g of naphthoic acid (C11H8O2) dissolved in 50 g of benzene(Kf=1.72 K kg mol1) shows a

depression in freezing point of 2K. The Van't Hoff factor is
30. A fuel cell develops an electrical potential from the combustion of butane at 1 bar and 298 K
C4H10(g) + 13/2 O2(g)  4CO2(g) + 5H2O    G= 2746 KJ /mole
The Ecell of the fuel cell is
31. The equilibrium constant for the following reaction will be:
HClO + CN HCN + ClO
Given Ka(HOCl)=3108
Ka(HCN) = 4.8 x 1010
32. Boiling point of an aqueous solution is 100.5oC. Given latent heat of fusion and latent heat of
vapourisation of water are 80 cal g-1 and 540 cal g-1 respectively. The freezing point depression
of the solution is nearly
33. Potassium dichromate in acidic medium reacts with H2S to oxidize it as per given unbalanced
equation. How much kg of K2Cr2O7 must be required if 1000 kg of sulphur is to be produced by
following reaction? (Molar mass of K2Cr2O7 = 294 g/mol.)
K2Cr2O7 + H2SO4 + H2S  K2SO4+Cr2(SO4)3+S+H2O
34. 100 ml of 0.05 M CuSO4(aq) solution was electrolysed using inert electrodes by passing current
till the pH of the solution was 2. The solution after electrolysis was neutralized and then treated
with excess of KI and the I2 formed is titrated with 0.04 M Na2S2O3. The volume of Na2S2O3
required is
35. A steel vessel of volume one litre is filled with a mixture of CH4 and O2 in 1: 2 mole ratio at a total
pressure of 1 atm at 270C. The gas mixture is exploded for complete reaction. What would be the
final pressure of the gaseous product at 1270C.
36. A certain acid–base indicator is red in acid solution and blue in basic solution. 75% of the
indicator is present in the solution in its blue form at pH = 5, calculate the pH at which the
indicator shows 90% red. [given log 3 = 0.477]
SECTION – A
2 2
37. If the roots of the equation x – px – 1 = 0 and x – qx – 1 = 0 form (in a suitable order) an
arithmetic progression with four members then
2 2
(A) p ,q
3 3
4 4
(B) p ,q
3 3
4 4
(C) p ,q
3 3
2 2
(D) p ,q
3 3
d2 y
38. For the curve sin x + sin y = 1 lying in the first quadrant L  lim x  , where L exists and is non
x 0 dx2
zero. Then
5
(A) 
2
3
(B) 
2
1
(C) L
4 2
1
(D) L
2 2
39. Let M(–1, 2) and N(1, 4) be two points in a plane rectangular coordinate system XOY. P is a
moving point on the x-axis. When MPN takes its maximum value, then which of the following is
true
(A) P(–7, 0)
(B) Area of triangle PMN is 4 units
(C) Equation of circumcircle of triangle PMN is (x + 7)2 + (y – 10)2 = 100
(D) P(1, 0)
40. The plane 7x – 2y + z + 21 = 0

(A) contains the point (–1, 7, 0)
x  2 3  y z 1
(B) contains the line  
1 2 3
x y 2
(C) is perpendicular to the line  
7 2 1
(D) is parallel to the plane 7x – 2y + z + 5 = 0
41. Given A(0, 2) and two point B and C on the parabola y2 = x + 4 such that AB  BC. Then the
y-coordinate of point C may belongs to
(A) y  (–2, 2)
(B) y  (–, 0] [4, )
(C) y  [5, )
(D) y  (–, –3]

42. If principal argument of z0 satisfying |z – 3|  2 and arg  z  5i   simultaneously, is , then
4
identify the correct statements
(A) |z0| = 17
8
(B) tan2 
15
1
(C) tan   
4
(D) |z0 – 5i| = 4 2

n
43. If Sn   r ! , then for n > 6 (where [.] denotes the greatest integer function)
r 1
  S     S     S  
1  sin1  sin  Sn  7  n    ;  2  cos1  cos  Sn  7  n    ;  3  tan1 tan  Sn  7  n   ;
   7       7      7 
 S  
 4  cot 1 cot  Sn  7  n   , then which of the following is correct
  7 
P. Value of 1 1. 5
Q. Value of 2 2. 5  2
R. Value of 3 3. 6  2
S. Value of 4 4. 2  5
(A) P → 2; Q → 4; R → 3; S → 1
(B) P → 2; Q → 4; R → 2; S → 1
(C) P → 4; Q → 2; R → 4; S → 1
(D) P → 4; Q → 2; R → 2; S → 3
x2 y2
44. Consider an ellipse (E)   1 , centred at point ‘O’ and having AB and CD as its major and
a2 b2
minor axes respectively. If S1 be one of its foci, radius of incircle of triangle OCS1 be 1 unit and
OS1 = 6 unit
P. The length of the major axis of E is 1. 4
13
Q. The maximum distance of normal from centre of E is 2.
2
169
R. The distance between the directrix of E is 3.
12
25
S. The length of the latus rectum of E is 4.
13
(A) P → 2; Q → 1; R → 3; S → 4
(B) P → 1; Q → 2; R → 4; S → 3
(C) P → 2; Q → 1; R → 4; S → 3
(D) P → 1; Q → 3; R → 4; S → 2
30
m 1
45. N1 be the number of zero’s at the ends of  m  .
m 5
N2 be the number of three digit numbers of form xyz such that x < y and z  y.
 2009! 2006! 
N3 be the value of   , (where [.] denotes the greatest integer function).
 2008! 2007! 
N4 be the number of positive integral pairs (x, y) satisfying the equation xy = 3370
LIST - I LIST - II
P. The number of divisors of N1 1. 8
Q. The number of divisors of N2 2. 12
R. The number of divisors of N3 3. 2
S. The number of divisors of N4 4. 4
(A) P → 3; Q → 2; R → 1; S → 4
(B) P → 3; Q → 4; R → 1; S → 2
(C) P → 4; Q → 2; R → 3; S → 1
(D) P → 4; Q → 3; R → 2; S → 1
46. Each of the following function is defined to be zero at x = 0

f1  x   x 2 sgn  x 
x
 1
f2  x    t 2 sin   dt
0
t
1

f3  x   x 3 sin x
3
f4  x   x  x 
where sgn(x) denotes signum function and [.] denotes the greatest integer function
LIST - I LIST - II
P. The function f1 is 1. continuous but not differentiable at x = 0
first derivative exists at x = 0 but second derivative does
Q. The function f2 is 2.
not exist
second derivative exists at x = 0, but it is not continuous
R. The function f3 is 3.
there
S. The function f4 is 4. second derivative exists at x = 0 and is continuous
(A) P → 2; Q → 3; R → 4; S → 1
(B) P → 2; Q → 3; R → 1; S → 4
(C) P → 1; Q → 3; R → 4; S → 2
(D) P → 1; Q → 3; R → 2; S → 4
SECTION – D
47. The real numbers ,  satisfy the equation 3 – 32 + 5 – 17 = 0; 3 – 32 + 5 + 11 = 0.

Then  +  is equal to
48. If log4(x + 2y) + log4(x – 2y) = 1. Then the minimum value of |x| – |y| is k . Then k is equal to
49. The value of tan 1º·tan 2º + tan 2º·tan 3º + ..... + tan 88º·tan 89º is equal to cot2 1º – n, then the
value of n2 is _____
1
50. Locus of a point P which divides all chords of slope of parabola x2 = 4y in the ratio 1 : 2
2
a b c
internally is another parabola with vertex  ,  and length of latus rectum , then value of
 9 9  9
2 2
ab c is

k2
51. If  3k  p , then the value of p is
k 1
10 9
52. A room contains a single bulb and 22  22 identical switches. A man can switch on or switch off
any number of switches at a time. Find the minimum numbers of attempts required to identify the
correct switch for that bulb (Initially all the switch are either on or off)
1 1 1 1
53. If S  1    .....
, then [S] is equal to
2 3 4 1000000
(where [.] denotes the greatest integer function)
54. Let S be the sum of digits of all the real coefficients of (1 + ix)2015. If log2 S = N, then N is equal to
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – IX
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 28-04-2019

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A, C
Sol. v cos  = v0 B v
v = v0 sec  …(i)
m 
at  = 60,
v = 2 sec 60 = 2  2 = 4 m/s
v = v0 sec  T
dv d 
 v 0 sec  tan 
dt dt
v sin  A
a  v 0 sec  tan 
 v0 = 2 m/s
v 20
a tan2  sec 

T cos  = ma
mv02
T = ma sec  = tan2  sec 2 

0.5  4  3  4
T  24 N
1
T = 24 N
2. A, D
3
Sol. v x = v2 sin 2 = v2 sin 37 = v 2 …(i) m
5
4
vy = v1 sin 1 = v1 sin 53 = v1 …(ii)
5 A vy vx B
using conservation of momentum of system m1
along horizontal direction v1 m2 v2
m2 v 2  m1v1  m(v x sin 2  v y sin 1 )  0 1 = 53 2 = 37
 9 16 
16v 2  9v1  25  v2  v1  0
 25 25 
25v 2 = 25 v 1
 v1 = v2
v1
Velocity of cylinder, v  v 2x  v 2y (3)2  (4)2
5
 v = v1 = v2 …(iii)
Now, using conservation of energy of the system
1 1 1
mgh  m1v12  m2 v 22  mv 2
2 2 2
1
mgh  (m1  m2  m)v 2
2
1
25gh =  50v 2
2
 v  gh  10  0.4  2 m/s
 v = v1 = v2 = 2 m/s
3. B, C
Sol. Using conservation of angular momentum of the system about a M, R
horizontal axis passing through centre O.
 P u
 MR2 
muR cos     mR2  0 = 60 m
 2 
 M  O
muR cos 60    m  R 2 0
2 
1 1
0.5  20   2.5   0
2 4
 0 = 8 rad/s
Now, using conservation of energy of the system
1  MR2 
mgR(1  cos )  
2 2
 mR2  20  2  

R 1M 
mg    m  R 2 20  2
2 2 2 
 
10 5 1 2
0.5 
2
  0  2
4 4
 
2 2
 0    8
2  20  8  64  8  56
  56 rad/s
2R
Now, (M + m)g  F = (M + m)
9
9 0.25
45  F =  56 
2 9
 F = 38 N (vertically upward)
4. A, D
Sol. 2T = dhg
2T 2  7  102
h  3  14  10 2 m  14cm h
gd 10  10  1 10 4
Force of mutual attraction between the plates is
h
gh2
F   gydy 
0
2 d
3 2 2
10  10  0.10  (14  10 )
 = 19.6/2= 9.8 N
2
5. B, C
Sol. When 0  r  R
B2r = 0jr2 dr
1 r
B  0 jr
2 j O
 jR
Magnetic field at r = R/2, B  0
4
The linear current density i = jdr
The force of interaction per unit length between two halves is
R R
  jr 
F   iB2r   jdr  0  2r
0 0  2 
R
 0 j2  r 2 dr
0
  j2R3 
F 0 
 3
 
6. A, C
Sol. For the image formed by the first lens 10 cm 10 cm
3 1  2  1   3  2 
    A
v u  R1   R2  0.2 cm
B O1 O2
3  4 3 a = 1 a = 1
4 1  2  1  3  2   w = 4/3
    
3v  10  10 10
4 1 1 1
  
3v 10 20 60
4 1 1
  
3v 15 10
 v = 40 cm
1 v 1 3  40 
Lateral magnification, m1    3
3 u 4  10 
For the image formed by the second lens

3 1  2  1   3  2 
   
v u  R1   R2 
3 4  3
1 4  2  3   1 2 
    
v 3( 50)  10   10 
   
   
1 2 1 1
   
v 75 60 20
1 1 2
  
v 15 75
 v = + 25 cm
The position of final image formed is 25 cm right to the second lens. Lateral magnification,
 v 4  25  2
m2  1  
 3 u 3  1  50  3
 2
Overall magnification, m = m1  m2 = (+3)       2
 3
The size of the final image formed = 2  0.2 cm = 0.4 cm
7. B
Sol. (P) x1 + 2x2 + 2x3 + 2x4 + 2x5 = x
F 4F 4F 4F 4F
    x
k1 k 2 k 3 k 4 k 5
F 4F 4F 4F 4F
    x
k k k 2k 2k
13F kx d2 x kx
 x F   2 
k 13 dt 13m
13m
T  2
k
d2 x d2 x  8k 
(Q) m 2
 8kx  2     x
dt dt m
m m
 T  2 
8k 2k
(R) Since rod is light k(x) k k(x)
m
k   
3  K(x  ) Smooth
3 3  surface
3k x
k
  kx  k k /3
3 hinge
3x

4
2
d x  3x 
m 2  k(x  )  k  x 
dt  4 
d2 x kx
2

dt 4m
4m m
 T  2  4
k k
ma a x
(S) 2kx  2f1  Ma  …(i) k k
2 M = m /2
ma a/2  a/2 
f1  f2  …(ii)
2 m, R m, R
mR2 a/2 = R
(f1  f2 )R  
2
m R ma
(f1  f2 )   …(iii)
2 4
Adding (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
5ma 8kx
2kx   a
4 5m
d2 x  8k  5m 5m
   x  T = 2 8k   2k
dt 2  5m 
8. D
Sol. (P) n1 : n2 : n3 = 1 : 2 : 3 = 10 : 80 : 10 = 0.5 : 4 : 0.5
5
  1  = 0.4 m
2
Y 2  1011
v   5000 m/s
 8000
v 5000
f   12500  12.5 kHz ’
 0.4
(Q) n1 : n2 : n3 = 1 : 2 : 3 = 30 : 40 : 30 = 1.5 : 2 : 1.5
5
  1  = 0.4 m
2
Y 1.6  1011
v   8000 m/s
 2500
v 8000
f   20000  20 kHz
 0.4
(R) n1 : n2 : n3 = 1 : 2 : 3 = 10 : 60 : 30 = 0.5 : 3 : 1.5
5
  1  = 0.4 m
2
Y 2  1011
v   5000 m/s
 8000
v 5000
f   12500  12.5 kHz
 0.4
(S) n1 : n2 : n3 = 1 : 2 : 3 = 15 : 60 : 25 = 1.5 : 6 : 2.5
10
  1  = 0.2 m
2
Y 1.6  1011
v   8000 m/s
 2500
v 8000
f   40000  40 kHz
 0.2
9. C
3R
Sol. Q AB  nC V T  2   300  900 R
2
WAB = 0
5R
QBC  nCP T  2   (1800  600)  6000 R
2
WBC = PV = nRT = 2R(1800  600) = 2400 R
3R
QCD  nCV T  2   (900  1800)  2700 R
2
W CD = 0
5R
QDA  nCP T  2   (300  900)  3000 R
2
W DA = PV = nRT = 2R(300  900) = 1200 R
10. A
Sol. (P) z  R  (XL  XC )i  3  (8  4)i  3  4i
z  (3)2  (4)2  5 
rms 100
Irms    20 A
z 5
1 1 1 1 1 1 1  1 1 1 1 1
(Q)         i =  i
z XL i  XCi R 6i 3i 8  3 6  8 8 6
48
 z
(6  8i)
48(6  8i)
 z
100
48
 z   10
100
 |z| = 4.8 
 120
Irms  rms   25 A
|z| 4.8
1 1 1 1 1  1 1 i
(R)      i   
z  XL i  XCi 6i 3i  3 6  6
6
z   6i
i
z = R + z = 8  6i
| z | (8)2  (6)2  10 
rms 50
Irms    5A
| z | 10
rms 100
(S) z1  R1  XL i  8  6i  I1(rms)    10 A
| z1 | 10
rms 100
z2  R2  XCi  3  4i  I2(rms)    20 A
| z2 | 5
2 2
 Irms  I1(rms)  I2(rms)  (10)2  (20)2  500  10 5 A
SECTION – D
11. 00057.76
Sol. The frequency of vibration of air column in the pipe
3v 3  340
f0    300 Hz
4 0 4  0.85
fs  f0  4
fs  f0  4  300  4
4 F
 304
2 
4 F  0.5
 304
2  0.5 5  10 3
F
 76
102
 F = 57.76 (Newton)
12. 00001.28
Sol. Let the vertical upward displacement of the piston before coming to a v=0
complete stop is ‘x’. m x
In initial and final equilibrium of the piston
nRT0 nRT
PA    mg u 
 (  x)
nRT0 = mg …(i)
nRT = mg( + x) …(ii)
Now, nRT = mgx …(iii)
1 2
mu  nC v T  mgx
2
1 n3R
mu2  (T  T0 )  mgx
2 2
1 3nRT
mu2   mgx
2 2
1 5
mu2  mgx
2 2
u2 88
x   1.28 meter
5g 5  10
 vertical upward displacement of the piston = 1.28 meter.
13. 00002.84
Sol. Since the central maxima is formed at point ‘P’
d sin  + (1  1)t1 = (2 1)t2 + d sin   1, t1 P
S1
1 M 1 cm
2  103  sin30  (1.5  1)t1  (1.8  1)3  10 3  2  10 3   
100 O
 1  103 + 0.5t1 = 2.4  103 + 0.02  103 N
 2, t2
 t1 = 2.84  103 S2
 t1 = 2.84 mm
D=1 m
screen
14. 00003.98
Sol. Energy of each photon of light incident on the metal surface
hC 1240
E   2.48 eV
 500
Kinetic energy of fastest photoelectron emitted
Kmax = E   = 2.48  1.90 = 0.58 eV
z2
 En = 13.6 2
n
(2)2
E 4  13.6   3.40 eV
44
Energy of the photon emitted during combination
E = Kmax  E4 = 0.58  (3.40) = 3.98 eV
15. 00001.44
Sol. The equivalent circuit in steady state is shown. 8 F 4
The current through the battery in steady state is
32 2
Is   4A 2
8
Potential drop across 5 F capacitor in steady state, 5 F
V0 = 4 (2 + 4) = 24 Volt
 Energy stored in 5 F capacitor in steady state
1 IS
U   5  10 6  (24)2 = 1.44 milli Joule  = 32V
2
16. 00007.50
Sol. Let the charge on the conducting shell after being Q
earthed is Q. q
KQ 3kq R
 0 3q
R 4R C B
3q A q
Q 0.8 R
4
 Total charge that will flow to the earth is
 3q  15q 15 4R
Q  3q     4  4  2  7.50 C
 4 
17. 00002.70
Sol. Charge on each capacitor, when switch S is opened
C 10
Q   1  2    18  90 C
2 2
Charge on the capacitor when the current through the inductor is maximum after closing the
switch ‘S’.
Q1 = C1 = 10  36 = 360 C
Q2 = C2 = 10  18 = 180 C
+Q Q +Q Q +Q1 Q1 Q2 +Q2
C C C C
imax
1 = 36V 2 = 18V 1 = 36V 2 = 18V
1 1  1 C 2 1 2
Now, Q11  Q2 2   C12  C22     1   2   Limax
2 2  2 2 2
106  270  36   106 (270  18)
1 1 1  1
 106   10  (36)2   10  (18)2   5  (18)2    2  10 3 imax
2
2 2 2  2
14580  (8100  810)  1 103  imax
2
103  imax
2
 7290
imax  7.29  2.70 ampere
18. 00052.80
Sol. Thermal resistance of the cylinders are
2a
dr 1
R1    n2
a
2K1r 2K 1
4a
dr 1
R2   2K 2r  2K 2  n2
2a
Heat current flowing between the innermost and outermost cylindrical walls is
  2
i 1
R1  R 2
 1   = iR1
   2 
 1     1  R1
 R1  R2 
1
(1  2 )
k1
 1   
 1 1 
  
 k1 k 2 
(  2 )k 2
 1    1
 k1  k 2 
 k11  k 2 2  (2k  84)  (3k  32) 168  96
     52.8C
 k1  k 2  (2k  3k) 5
SECTION – A
19. B, D
20. A, B, C, D
Sol. Through SPM only migration of solvent particle is permissible and hence none will be able to
make a mixture.
21. B, C, D
Sol. SiCl4  4H 2 O 
 H 4SiO 4  4HCl
BiCl3  H 2O 
 BiOCl  2HCl
22. B, C
Sol. (A) SiH3 3 N is a weaker base than  CH 3 3 N
(B) BF3 is weaker Lewis acid than BI3 due to back bonding in BF3
 
(C) Solid N 2O5 is ionic in nature. It exist as NO 2 NO 3
(D) PH 3 is less basic than NH3
23. A, B, C
Sol. Zn  OH  2  2NaOH 
 Na 2 ZnO2  2H 2O
Al  OH 3  NaOH 
 NaAlO2  2H 2 O
Sn  OH 2  2NaOH 
 Na 2SnO 2  2H 2O
24. A, B, D
Sol. 3A(g)  2B(g)  2C(g)
t=0 P0
2x 2x
t = 20 P0 – x
3 3
2P0 2P0
t 0
3 3
4P0
4 P0 = 3 atm
3
x
P0   3.5  t50% = 20 is the half life
3
x = 1.5 t75% = 2 × 20 = 40 min
t87.5% = 3 × t50% = 3 × 20 = 60
2
t99% =  t 99.9%
3
2 400
=  10  t 50% 
3 3
25. A
Sol. NiCl24  sp3 and two unpaired e– – Tetrahedral
2
Ni  CN 4 dsp2 and no unpaired e– – Square planar
Ni  CO  4 sp3 and no unpaired e– – Tetrahedral

2
 Pd  NH 3 4  dsp2 and no unpaired e–. – Square planar.
26. D
2+
Sol. (P) Mg(OH)2(s)  Mg + 2OH
s 2s
Ksp = 4s3 = 4  10-12
s = 10-4
[OH] = 2  10-4
 pH = 10 + log 2
(Q) Basic buffer is formed. Hence,
1
pOH = pkb  log = 4 – log 2
2
pH = 10 + log 2
(R) A salt of weak acid and weak base is formed in which ka = kb
hence, pH = 7 or
1 1 1
pH = pk w  pka  pkb
2 2 2

(S) H3PO4  H+ + H 2 PO4
H 2 PO4  H   HPO4
HPO4  H   PO4
pka2  pka3 8.102  12.5
pH of 0.01 M Na2HPO4 = =
2 2
20.602
pH =  10.301
2
Hence, q and r.
27. A
Sol. Application of Le Chatelier’s principle
28. B
SECTION – D
29. 00000.50
Sol.
30. 00001.09
Sol.
31. 00062.50
Sol.
= 62.50
32. 00001.81
Tb T 2  Lf
Sol.  b2
Tf Tf  L v
0.5 373  373  80

Tf 273  273  540
Tf  1.81
33. 03062.5
Sol. K2Cr2O7 + 4H2SO4 + 3H2S  K2SO4 + Cr2(SO4)3 + 7H2O + 3S
Every 294 g K2Cr2O7 gives 96 g of S, so 3062.5 kg of K2Cr2O7 is required to produce 1000 kg of
sulphur.
34. 00112.5
Sol.
35. 00001.33
Sol. CH4 + 2O2   CO2 + 2H2O at 1270C the no of gaseous mole will remain same because
H2O will be in vapour form. These for the pressure change will be due to change in temperature
P1 P2

T1 T2
1 P

300 K 400 K
400 4
P   1.33 atm
300 3
36. 00003.56
[In – ]
Sol. pH = pk In  log
[InH]
75
5 = pk In  log pkIn = 4.523
25
10
pH = 4.523 + log = 4.523 – .954 = 3.56
90
SECTION – A
37. A, D
Sol. x2 – px – 1 = 0 roots x1 < 0 < x2 (assume)
2
x – qx – 1 = 0 roots y1 < 0 < y2
So (i) x1, x2, y1, y2  not possible as x2 > 0 and y1 < 0
(ii) x1, y1, y2, x2 are in A.P. then x1 + x2 = y1 + y2  p = q, not possible
(iii) x1, y1, x2, y2, then x2 – x1 = y2 – y1  p 2  4  q2  4
2 2
i.e. p = q  p = –q  0
x  x2 p p2 pq
Also, y1  1    1 0
2 2 2 2
Since p = –q
4 2
 p2  ; p  
3 3
 2 2   2 2 
Hence, (p, q) =  , ,  , 
 3 3  3 3
38. B, D
d2 y sin x cos 2 y  sin y cos 2 x
Sol. Differentiate equation to get, 
dx 2 cos3 y

Let sin x = t then sin y = 1 – t. Also cos x  1  t 2 and cos y  1  1  t 2  t  2  t  
d2 y 3/2 1  t  t
2
Then,  t
dx 2 2  t
3/2
t 3 d2 y 1
Since lim  1 . So,   that gives L  lim x  2 
x 0 x 2 x 0 dx 2 2
39. B, C, D
Sol. Centre of circle will lie on perpendicular bisector of MN. Let the centre be S(a, 3 – a)
Equation of circle (x – a)2 + (y – 3 + a)2 = 2(1 + a2)
MPN reaches maximum value when the circle through M, N and P will be tangent to the x-axis
at P
So, 2(1 + a2) = (a – 3)2  a = 1, –7
So the points are P(1, 0) and P(–7, 0)
MPN > MPN then P is (1, 0)
40. A, B, C, D
Sol. Based on basic concepts
41. B, C, D
y
Sol.  
Suppose B y12  4, y1 and C y 2  4, y  
1 A(0, 2)
m AB  B
y1  2
mBC = –(y1 + 2) x
(–4, 0)
   
So, y – y1 =   y1  2   y 2  4  y12  4  and (y  y1)
C
We get, (2 + y1)(y + y1) + 1 = 0
And that is y12   2  y  y1   2y  1  0

For D  0 we obtain y  0 and y  4
42. B, D

Sol.  arg  x  i  y  5     (0, 5) arg(z – 5i) = 

4 4
 y 5 
 tan1    z0(x0, y0)  (4, 1)
 x  4

y – 5 = –x  x + y = 5 
(3, 0) 4 
Also, z  3  2
2 2
4
 (x – 3) + y  2
Let z0 is point of contact of line and circle
 z0 = 4 + i
1 8
tan   ; tan2  and z0  17 & z0  5i  4 2
4 15
43. B
S 
Sol. Sn  7  n   5
7 
44. A
1
Sol. Area of  OCS1 =  b  6  3b
2
ab6
Semi-perimeter =
2

Inradius =  1  5b = 6 + a
S
Also, b2 + 36 = a2
13 5
Solving, we get a  , b
2 2
13  5
Maximum distance of normal from centre = |a – b| = 4
2
25
2
2b2 4  25
Length of latus rectum = 
a 13 13
2
a2  b2 12
e 2
=
a 13
13
2
2a 2  169
Distance between directrix = 
e 12 12
13
45. A
Sol. (P) N1 = 137
(Q) N2 = 276
(R) N3 = 2008
(S) N4 = 8
46. B
 x 2 x  0
Sol. (P) f1  x   x 2 sgn  x   
2
  x x  0
2x x  0
f1  x    , f1  0   0
2x x  0
 2 x  0
f1 x   
2 x0
So first derivative exists at x = 0 but second derivative does not exist there
x
 1
(Q) f2  x    t 2 sin   dt  f2  0   0
0
t
1
f2  x   x 2 sin , x  0, g(0) = 0
x
f2  0   0 but lim f2  x  does not exist
x 0
1

(R) f3  x   x 3 sin x , f3 0  0 , lim f3  x   0
x 1
1

x 3 sin x
f3  0   lim does not exist
x0 x
 0 1  x  0
(S) f4  x    3
 x 0  x 1
Second derivative exists and continuous at x = 0
SECTION – D
47. 00002.00
Sol. Average value of –17 and 11 is –3
Let f(x) = x3 – 3x2 + 5x – 3
 (x – 1)3 + 2(x – 1)
The graph of f(x) is odd w.r.t to x = 1
The if the root of x 3 – 3x2 + 5x – 17 = 0 is  = 1 + x1
Then the root of x3 – 3x2 + 5x + 11 = 0 is  = 1 – x1
So,  +  = 2
48. 00003.00
 x  2y  0

Sol. From  x  2y  0
 2 2
 x  4y  4
 x  2 y  0
We obtain  2 2
 x  4y  4
In view of x > 0 and y  0, we have to find the minimum value of x – y
Let x – y = u substituting into x2 – 4y2 = 4
We obtain 3y2 – 2uy + (4 – u2) = 0
 = 4u2 – 12(4 – u2)  0
 u 3
4 1
If x  and y  , we get u  3
3 3
Therefore, minimum value of |x| – |y| = 3
49. 07921.00
tan  r  1  tanr
Sol. tan1º 
1  tanr  tan  r  1
Then tan1º  tan2º  tan 2º  tan3º.....  cot 2 1º 89
50. 00512.00
t12  t 22 1
Sol. 
2  t1  t 2  2 (h, k)
 t1 + t2 = 1
 2t , t 
1
2
1
4t  2t 2 2t 2  t 2  2t , t 
2
2
2
Also, h  1 ; k 1 2
3 3
2
 3h = 4t1 + 2(t2 + 1); 3k  2t12  1  t1 
3h  2
t1  ; 3k  3t12  2t1  1
2
2
 3h  2   3h  2 
3k  3    2  1
 2   2 
2
 8 4 2
  h     k    a = 8, b = 2, c = 4
 9 9 9
51. 00001.50
1
Sol. 1 + x + x2 ..... = infinite G.P. sum
1 x
Differentiate w.r.t. x
1
1 + 2x + 3x 2 ..... =
1  x 2
Multiply with x and differentiate, we get
2
2 2 2
1 + 2 x + 3 x + 4 x ..... =
2 3  x  1  2x  x  1
4
 x  1
1 
k2 3
Multiply with x and put x =
3
, we get  3k 
2
k 1
So p + q = 5
52. 01025.00
Sol. Let x be the number of switches then the minimum number be attempts required can be found by
n n+1
using. Such that if 2 < x  2
Then n + 1 will be the answer
53. 01998.00
1 y
Sol. Consider y  (1, 1)
x 1 6 1
2, 10 – 1,
106
dx 2 106  1
So, S   1 1
6
1 x 1 10 ,
y
S < 1999 x 106
106 1
dx x
Also,  S
1 x
 1998.001 < S
So, [S] = 1998
54. 01007.00
1
Sol. So the sum of real coefficients is equal to S 
2
 
1  i 2015  1  i 2015  21007
log2 21007  1007  N
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – V
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 1
TEST DATE: 27-01-2019

correct option.
for wrong answer.
AITS-FT-V (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A non conducting uniform thin shell of mass m and radius R is y

having uniform charge density + on one half and  on
another half as shown in figure. It is placed on a rough non
conducting horizontal plane. At t = 0 a uniform electric field
 53
E  E0 ˆj N/C is switched on and the solid sphere starts rolling
without slipping. Then which of the following is/are correct.
O
2
36 E0R
(A) The acceleration of the topmost point of the hollow sphere at t = 0, is .
25 m
18
(B) The magnitude of frictional force at t = 0 is E0R2 .
25
2
12 E0R
(C) The acceleration of centre of mass of the hollow sphere at t = 0, is .
25 m
9
(D) The magnitude of frictional force at t = 0 is E0R2 .
25
2. A large cubical vessel contains two immiscible liquid of density 20

and 30. A solid sphere of volume V0, radius H/10 and density 0 is
 9H  20
tied to one end of a string of length   and other end tied to the
 10 
bottom of the vessel at centre of the base of the container as shown 30
in the figure. The sphere is immersed with half of its volume in the
liquid of higher density and remaining in the liquid of lower density.
The entire system starts accelerating toward right side with an
4
acceleration g . Then which of the following is/are correct.
3
(A) The angle made by the string with the horizontal is 37.
(B) The solid sphere moves towards right with respect to the vessel.
5
(C) The tension in the string in the equilibrium is V0 0 g
2
5
(D) The tension in the string in the equilibrium is V0 0 g
3
3. One mole of an ideal gas undergoes through the process T = T0 + V3 where T0 is a positive
constant and V is molar volume. Then which of the following is/are correct.
1/3
(A) The volume for which pressure will be minimum is (T0/2) .
(B) The volume for which pressure will be minimum is (T0/2)2/3.
3
(C) The minimum pressure attainable is 21/3 RT02/3 .
2
3 AITS-FT-V (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19
3
(D) The minimum pressure attainable is RT02/3 .
22/3
4. A point source of light S is placed on the axis of the lens of f = 20 cm

screen
focal length 20 cm as shown in the figure. A screen is
placed normal to the axis of the lens at a distance x from it.
Treat all rays as paraxial. Then which of the following is/are S 2 cm
correct regarding the intensity of the image produced on
the screen of the point source.
25 cm x
(A) As x is increased from zero, intensity continuously decreases.
(B) As x is increased from zero, intensity first increases then decreases.
(C) Intensity at centre of screen for x = 90 cm and x = 110 cm is same.
(D) Radius of bright circle obtained on screen is equal to 2 cm for x = 300 cm.
5. In a photoelectric effect experiment. If f is the frequency of radiations incident on the metal

surface and I is the intensity of incident radiations, then which of the following is/are correct.
(A) If ‘f’ is increased keeping ‘I’ and work function constant, stopping potential and maximum
kinetic energy of photoelectron increases.
(B) If distance between cathode and anode is increased, stopping potential remains same.
(C) If ‘I’ is increased keeping ‘f’ and work function constant, saturation current increases and
stopping potential remains same.
(D) If the work function is decreased keeping ‘f’ and ‘I’ constant then stopping potential will
increase and maximum kinetic energy of photoelectrons also increases.
6. The resistance of wire PQ is 410 , which A P

is tapped with the external wire as shown
in the figure. The value of R is not known. If
the potential difference between AB is 400 /10
volts and the net current through the
source battery is 6 ampere, then which of
the following is/are correct. 
R

180 

160 
 120 
25 
Q
B
(A) The resistance of unknown resistor R is 200 .
200
(B) the equivalent resistance across AB is 
3
2
(C) The current in 25  resistor is ampere.
5
(D) The potential drop across 120  resistor is 60 volts.
(Paragraph Type)
Two conducting rod OM and ON each of mass m and length  can            

rotates about centre of the ring O, with its other end sliding          
smoothly on a circular conducting ring, as shown in the figure. A           
constant and uniform magnetic field ‘B’ acts into the plane of the        0   N
 
ring. At t = 0 rod ON is given an angular velocity 0 as shown in          M  
figure. Assume that the space is gravity free and that there is      O   rod P
  Q 
electrical contact between the ring and the rod. The resistance of
the ring is negligible and each rod is having resistance R. There is           
a small gap in the ring between P and Q, so that the current flows       ‘B’
    
along a unique path (assume that time to rotate one complete           
revolution is infinite). Then,          
7. Find the angular velocity of rod OM as a function of time ‘t’

3B2 2 
0   t
(A) 1  e 4mR 
2  
 
2 2
 
t
3B

(B) 0  1  e 4mR 
 
 
3B2 2 
0   t
(C) 1  e 4mR 
2  
 
3B2 2 
0   t
(D) 1  e 4mR 
4  
 
8. The total heat produced in the system is

1 2 2
(A) m  0
6
1
(B) m 2 20
12
1
(C) m 2 20
24
1
(D) m  2 20
48
In a cylindrical container of sufficiently large height, two

movable piston enclose certain amount of same ideal gas in
two chambers as shown in the figure. The upper piston is at a
Upper chamber
height 20 cm from bottom and lower piston is at a height 8 cm
from the bottom. The mass of each piston is m kg and cross-
2 mg
sectional area of each piston is A m , where  P0 and P0
A
20 cm
is the atmospheric pressure = 1  105 N/m2. The cylindrical
8 cm
container and piston are made of conducting material. Initially
the temperature of gas is 27C and whole system is in
equilibrium. Now if the upper piston is slowly lifted by 16 cm
and held in that position with the help of some external force.
Lower chamber
Then
9. The lower piston will rise by

(A) 2 cm
(B) 4 cm
(C) 8 cm
(D) 6 cm
10. The ratio of volume of gas in upper chamber to that of in lower chamber in final state.
(A) 2:1
(B) 1:2
(C) 4:2
(D) 1:4
SECTION – D
11. There is a parabolic shaped bridge across the river of width 10 4 m/s
meter. The highest point of the bridge is 4 meter above the level
4m
of bank. A car of mass 952 kg is crossing the bridge at a constant
speed of 4 m/s. Find the force (in Newton) exerted on the bridge
by car when it is at the highest point ‘P’ of the bridge. 5m 5m
(take g = 10 m/s2)
12. A wire of infinite length carrying current ‘I’ lies y

along the z-axis. A square loop of side ‘’ is placed
such that the plane of the loop makes an angle 74 C
with the positive x-axis at (, 0, 0) and side AB
touches the x-axis and parallel to z-axis as shown
in the figure. The magnetic flux passing through the D
k0  B
loop is . Find the value of k. [take I = 10 amp, 74

(, 0, 0) x
n(1.6) = 0.47 and tan 37 = 3/4]
I A
13. When an inductor coil is connected to an ideal battery of emf 15 volts, a constant current 2.5 amp
flows if it is left connected for a long time. When the same inductor coil is connected to an AC
source of 20 volts and 25 Hz then the current is 2 ampere. The inductance of the inductor is
k
Henry. Find the value of k.

14. The excitation energy of a hydrogen like ion to its first excited state is 43.8 eV. Find the
magnitude of energy (in electron volts) needed to remove the electron from the ion in the ground
state.
15. One end of copper rod of uniform cross section and length 13.5 m is kept in contact with ice and
other end with water at 100C. At what distance ‘x’ (in meter) from 100C water along its length
should a temperature of 400C be maintained so that in steady state, the mass of ice melting be
equal to that of the steam produced in same time interval of time? Assume that whole system is
insulated from surrounding. Latent heat of fusion of ice and vaporization of water are 80 cal/gm
and 540 cal/gm, respectively.
O
16. A rod of length ‘’ can rotate freely in a horizontal plane about 
vertical axis OO passing through one of its ends with angular  2
velocity . The mass per unit length linearly increases from 
to 2  from the axis of rotation to other end as shown in the

figure. Find the tension (in Newton) in the rod at the middle
point. (take  = 2 rad/sec,  = 4 kg/m,  = 3.6 meter and
O
neglect the gravity)
17. The moment of inertia of a circular disc of radius R about its

P
diameter is 2  102 kg-m2. Then find the moment of inertia (in
kg-m2) of given lamina made up from same material and same R
thickness as that of above mentioned disc about line PQ which 22 R
passes through C and parallel to plane of lamina as shown in C
figure.
18. A uniform thin rod and circular arc of radius 10 meter are situated as
shown in the figure. The mass of the circular arc is 37 kg and mass
10 m
per unit length of the rod and the circular arc is same. The net
gravitational intensity at the centre O is KG newton/kilogram where 30
44
G is gravitational constant. Find the magnitude of K. (take tan 37 =
3/4)
O
SECTION – A
19. When CO2 is passed into aqueous

(A) Na2CrO4 solution, its yellow colour changes to green
(B) K2MnO4 solution, it disproportionates to KMnO4 and MnO2
(C) Na2Cr2O7 solution, its orange colour changes to green
(D) KMnO4 solution, its pink colour changes to colourless solution
20. Which of the following compound(s) is/are capable of producing H2 on addition of active metal like
(Na/K)?
(A) HC CH
(B) Ph Ph
Ph Ph
(C) OCH 3
NO 2
(D) CH3CH2SH
21. Which of the following statements is/are correct provided solutes are not to suffer dissociation or
association?
(A) The magnitude of osmotic pressure is not dependent on the nature of the membrane
provided it is perfectly semipermeable.
(B) Equimolecular quantities of different solutes dissolved in the same volume of a solvent
exert equal osmotic pressure at the same temperature.
(C) Equal volumes of different solutions which are at the same temperature and exert same
osmotic pressure contain an equal number of solute molecules.
(D) The osmotic pressure of a substance in a dilute solution is the same as it would exert if it
exists as a gas in the same volume as that occupied by the solution at the same
temperature.
22. Which of the following is/are correct related to hydrogen bonding?

(A) The H-bond in the X – H ---Y may be linear or bent.
(B) Bifurcated X H hydrogen bonds are not possible.
(C) Symmetrical hydrogen bonding is present in HF2 . i.e. the H-atom is midway.
(D) Hydrogen bond is an extreme of dipole – dipole attraction and therefore the force is
inversely related to the cube of distance between the dipoles.
23. OH
CO 2 H
Correct set of reagents required for above conversion is/are
+
(A) Conc. HI; KCN; H3O
(B) Conc. H3PO4; HBr in presence of peroxide, Mg-dryether; CO2, H3O+.
(C) Anhydrous ZnCl2/HCl, Mg. dry ether, CO2, H3O+.
+
(D) Conc. H2SO4, HCl in presence of peroxide, KCN, H3O .
24. Consider the reaction

2CO  g  O2  g  2CO2  g  heat
Under what conditions shift is undeterminable or no change
(A) Addition of O2 and decrease in volume
(B) Addition of Ar at constant pressure
(C) Addition of CO and increase in temperature at constant volume
(D) Increase in temperature and decrease in volume
(Paragraph Type)
A tertiary alcohol H upon acid catalyzed dehydration gives a product I. Ozonolysis of I leads to
compounds J and K. Compound J upon reaction with KOH gives benzyl alcohol and a salt of carboxylic
acid, L. Whereas K on reaction with KOH gives only M.
O
H3C Ph
M=
Ph H
25. Compound H is formed by the reaction of

(A) O
 PhMgBr
Ph CH3
(B) O
 PhCH 2 MgBr
Ph CH3
(C) O
 PhCH 2 MgBr
Ph H
(D) O Me

Ph H Ph MgBr
26. The structure of compound I is:

(A) Ph CH3
H Ph
(B) H3C Ph
H Ph
(C) Ph CH3
H CH2Ph
(D) H3C CH3
Ph H
Cl
AgClO3  2
90o C
 AgCl  O2  X
Excess O
X 
3
 Y  O2
27. Y on dissolving NaOH produces

(A) Chlorite and chlorate salts
(B) Chlorate and perchlorate salts
(C) Only perchlorate salts
(D) Hypochlorite and perchlorite salts
28. Which is wrong statement related to X and Y?

(A) Both X and Y are mixed anhydride i.e. on treatment with water producing two acids
(B) Y is a dark red liquid at room temperature
(C) X is a paramagnetic
(D) Y can be obtained by dehydrating perchloric acid with P4O10
SECTION – D
29. The pH of a solution formed by mixing 10 ml 0.1 M NaH2PO4 and 20 ml 0.1 M Na2HPO4 would be
(Given pK1  2.2, pK 2  7.2 , log2 = 0.3)
30. Among the following compounds

(i) the compounds that will not form enamine with R2NH is ‘a’.
(ii) the compounds which can involve in Cannizzaro reaction (including intramolecular) is ‘b’.
O O O O
|| || || ||
HCHO, PhCHO, C 2H5  C  CH3 , CH3  C H, H  C  C H
O O
O O
|| ||
, , Ph  C C H
Then what would be the value of a + b?
31. X = C4H10O
(A) Isomers of compound X give positive iodoform test (excluding stereoisomer) = a
(B) Isomers of compound X do not give H2 on treatment with Na metal (excluding stereoisomers)
=b
(C) Isomers of compound X give red colour in Victor Mayer test = c
abc
Then would be?
2
32. If time required when a current of 9.65 amp is passed through 80 ml of 0.1 M NaCl solution in
order to make its pH = 12 is x sec. and time required when a current of 965 amp is passed
through an aqueous solution of CuSO4 to produce 0.28 litres of oxygen gas at STP is y sec. then
x
the value of would be
y
33. 6 mol of a mixture containing same number of moles of NaNO3, NH4NO3, LiNO3, Ca(NO3)2,
Pb(NO3)2 and AgNO3, was heated strongly. Total number of moles of O2(g) evolved is:
34. Among the following acids, if number of acids stronger than H3PO4 is x and number of monobasic
acids is y. then x/y would be?
H2CO3, H3PO3, CH3CO2H, H2SO4, H3PO2, H4P2O7, HClO4, H3BO3, HNO3.
2
35. The overall formation constant of Co  NH3  6  in aqueous solution is 105 and the standard
3
potential for reduction of Co3+ (aq) and Co NH3  6   aq  are as follows
Co3   aq  e Co2   aq Eo  1.90
3 2
 Co  NH3 6   aq  e Co NH3 6   aq Eo = + 0.1 V
3
If the nearest overall formation constant of the Co  NH3  6  ion is 10x. Then the value of x would
be (Given : Ecell = Eocell  0.06logQ ]
36. The activation energy for a reaction is 30.8 × 298 × 4.606 cal/mol. If the increase in the rate
constant when its temperature is increased from 298 K to 308 K is x % then ‘x’ would be

SECTION – A
37. The number of codes of 20 digits which can be formed using digits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 such that
difference of consecutive digit is one is N, then
(A) total number of positive integers which divides N is 40
(B) N is divisible by 38
(C) N is divisible by 7
(D) the number of ordered pair (a, b) such that a  b = N and a, b  I+ and gcd (a, b) = 1 is 4
38. Person A randomly selects 4 distinct numbers from the set {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9} and arrange
them in descending order to form a 4 digit number and person B randomly selects 4 distinct
numbers from set {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8} and also arranges them in descending order to form a 4
digit number. Then which of the following is/are correct?
(A) probability that person A’s 4 digit number is greater than person B’s number is
8
C3 1  1 
  1  9 
9
C4 2  C4 
1
(B) probability that person A and B have same 4 digit number is 9
C4
(C) probability that person A’s 4 digit number is greater than person B’s number is
2  8 C3  8 C4  1
2  9 C4
8
C4
(D) probability that person A and B have same 4 digit number is 9
C4
39. A rabbit begins at the origin and runs up the positive y-axis with speed 5 m/s. At the same time, a
dog runs at speed 10 m/s from the point (20, 0) in pursuit of rabbit. Which of the following is/are
correct?
 40 
(A) the dog meet rabbit at the point  0, 
 3 
(B) the dog meet rabbit at the point (0, 10)
3
2 80
(C) the equation of the path followed by dog 2y  x    x 2  2 20  x 
3 20 3
(D)  
the dog will pass the point 4, 20 during his run
40. Let f : R  (0, 1) be a continuous function, then which of the following function has/have the
value zero at some point in the internal (0, 1)?
 /2
(A) f x   f  t  tan tdt
0
(B) x11 – f(x)
x
(C) e x   f 2  t  dt
0
x
(D) e x   f  t  dt
0
x2 y 2
41. The normal at a variable point P on ellipse   1 , (a > b) meets axes of the ellipse in Q and
a2 b2
R. Then which of the following is/are correct statement(s)
(A) the locus of mid-point of QR is ellipse
(B) the locus of mid-point of QR is conic whose eccentricity is same as of given ellipse
(C) The locus of mid-point of QR is hyperbola
(D) The locus of mid-point of QR is conic with its eccentricity half of the eccentricity of given
ellipse
42. Two fixed points P and Q are 4 units apart and are on same side of a variable line L. Let PM and
QN are perpendicular distance of P and Q from line L satisfy equation PM + 3QN = 4, then line L
always touches a circle C
(A) the centre of circle C lies on line PQ
(B) the radius of circle is 1
(C) the radius of circle is 2
(D) the centre of the circle C lies on perpendicular bisector of PQ
(Paragraph Type)
Let L be a straight line passing through (1, 1, 1) which is parallel to x + y + z = 1 and intersect the line
x + 2y + z = 1, x + y + 2z = 3
43. The line L is parallel to the line

x 1 y 1 z 1
(A)  
4 3 1
x y z
(B)  
4 3 2
x y z
(C)  
4 7 2
x y z
(D)  
4 3 1
x y z x y z
44. The equation of line which intersect the line L and   & parallel to   is
1 9 17 1 2 3
x 1 y 1 z  2
(A)  
1 2 3
x 1 y  2 z  2
(B)  
2 4 3
x y z
(C)  
7 14 21
x 1 y 1 z 1
(D)  
1 2 3
2 3 2.4 5 2.4.6 7
Let f  x   x  x  x  x  .....  x  (0, 1)
1.3 1.3.5 1.3.5.7
 1 
45. The value of f   is
 2

(A)
2

(B)
3 2

(C)
2 2

(D)
4 2
46. Let g  x   1  x 2 f  x  for  x  (0, 1). The range of g(x) is

(A) (0, 1)
1 
(B)  2 , 1
 
 1
(C)  0, 2 
 
 
(D)  0, 2 
 
SECTION – D
2r 1
n
 cos 2 
is  for   (cot 2, cot 1), then the value of [  ] is equal to _____ (where
–1 –1
47. If lim 
n  2r  1
r 1
[.] denotes the greatest integer function)
n 3 3
C1  n  1  n C3 n  3   .....
,
48. If the value of n2  n  3   2n where n = 10, is  , then 16  is equal to _____
49. In ABC let the value of a3 cos 3B + 3 a2b cos(A – 2B) + 3 ab2 cos(2A – B) + b3 cos 3A is  , then

the value of 3 is equal to _____
c
2
50. The value of

1

 nx  is equal to _____
2  x 1  x 2 dx
0
 d2  1
n
51. Let an = 8 + (n – 1)d, n  N. If lim
n 
  1  a2   4 , then the value of d is equal to _____
r 1  r 
52. Let P(x) be a polynomial whose coefficient are integer satisfies P(1) = 5 and P(2) = 7. The
smallest possible positive value of P(10) is equal to _____
53. Let ‘O’ be centre of circle as shown in figure and AE be a chord from E
A the diameter AP is drawn and M is foot of perpendicular drawn
from E on AP. A circle is drawn such that it touches EM, AP at D and
AE
circle whose diameter is AP, then the value of is _____ A P
AD O M D
54. Let f : A  A where A = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7}, then number of functions f such that f(f(f(x))) = x,
 x  A is _____
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – V
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 1
TEST DATE: 27-01-2019

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A, B
Sol. Q  PEsin37 y
3
 
 2R2 R  E0
5
6 5  53
 R3E0   mR2  
5 3 
O
18 RE0

25 m
x
Q
2. A, B, D
Sol. When the vessel starts accelerating then 2V00g
the sphere gets completely immersed in
the liquid of density 20.
So,
5 V00a 2V00a
T  V0  20  0  a2  g2  V0 0 g .
3
H 53
53
(3/5)H T
V00g
3. A, C, D
Sol. PV = nRT
AITS-FT-V (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
3
nRT nR(T0  V )
P 
V V
1/ 3
dP T 
 0, V   0 
dV  2 
R(T0  T0 / 2) 3
Pmin  1/3
 RT02/3 21/3 .
 T0  2
 2 
 
4. B, C, D
1 1 1 90 cm
Sol.  
v u f
v = 100 cm
100 cm
110 cm
5. A, B, C, D
Sol. On increasing frequency stopping potential and maximum kinetic energy of photoelectrons
increases.
Kmax = hf   = eV0
If  is decreased, Kmax and V0 both will increases.
With increases in distance between cathode and anode ‘f’ remains unchanged.
6. A, B, C, D
Sol. Equivalent resistance between P and Q = 100  6 amp 2 amp
400 A 4 amp
So current towards P =  4 ampere
100
10 
Current through R = 6  4 = 2 ampere
400
So, R =  200 
2 100 
R
100 
180 
100  160 
120 
100  25 
7. A
8. B
By the conservation of angular momentum about ‘O’
I1  I2  I0
Induced emf in the loop
3 AITS-FT-V (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19
1            
 B  1  2  2
2          
Torque on the rod OM about ‘O’           
  N
 B 2 (1  2 )  B2 4        1   
     dr  B  r = =  0  22           M  
0 4R 
  8R  P
     O    2  Q 
B 2  4  0            
I    2 
4R  2        ‘B’
    
3B2 2            
0 
2 t
d2 3B 2 2  t
=    dt  2 = 1  e 4mR           

0  0  4mR 0 2  
  2   
 2 
1 1 1
Heat produced = I02  I02  m 2 20
2 4 12
9. B
10. A
Let P2 is the initial pressure in upper chamber
mg
P2  P0   2P0
A
V2 = A  12  102 m3
Let P2 and V2 are final pressure and volume of upper chamber and lower piston moved by  cm.
3
V2  A(28   )102 m
P2 V2  P2 V2
 24P0 
 P2   
 28   
Let P1 is initial pressure in lower chamber
2mg
P1  P0   3P0
A
3
V1  A  8  102 m
Let lower piston moved by ‘’ cm and P1 and V1 are final pressure and volume of lower chamber
mg 24P0  52   
P1  P2    P0    P0
A 28    28   
3
V1  A(8  )102 m
P1V1  P1V1
 52   
3P0 A  8  102  P0   A(8   )10
2
 28   
Solving this  = 4 cm
 52  4  5 2
P1    P0  2P0  2  10 N/m
 28  4 
24P0
P2   P0
28  
V2 28   24
  2
V1 8 12
SECTION – D
11. 04645.76
Sol. equation of parabola N
2
y = kx
y = h = ka2 v
 h  x
k 2 mg h
a 
 h  2
y 2 x a
a 
3/ 2
  dy 2 
1     y
  dx  
R
d2 y
dx 2
 1 
R(x  0)   
 2k 
mv 2
mg  N 
R
mv 2
N  mg   m(g  v 2  2k)  4645.76 N
R
12. 00002.35
Sol. Flux passing through the loop ABCD
(8/5) 
 I  I  8 
   0 dr  0 n   (C, D)

2 r 2 5 (8/5)
D
     0.47  10    37
   0    2.35  0 
   2     37 74
I (A, B)

13. 00000.16
Sol. When DC source is connected resistance of inductor
15
R  6
2.5
When AC source connected
20
Z  10
2
Z2  R2  XL2
XL  8 
2fL = 8
8 0.16
L 
2  25 
14. 00058.40
Sol. E2  E1  43.8
E1
 E1  43.8
(2)2
43.8  4
E1   58.40 eV
3
15. 00001.35
 400  0  13.5 m
Sol. Qice = KA  t
 13.5  x  Ice Water
Q KA(400  0)t (0C) x (100C)
So ice melt, m ice = ice  …(i) 400C
LF 80(13.5  x)
(400  100)
Qwater = KA t
x
Q KA(400  100)
msteam  water  t …(ii)
Lv 540x
mice  msteam
400 300

80(13.5  x) 540x
6(13.5  x)  54x
6  13.5  (54x  6x)
6  13.5
x  1.35 m
60
16. 00138.24
T / 2 O
  x  2 
Sol.  dT     1    dx x
0   2
2 2 2 2
T     4  (3.6)2  (2)2  138.24
3 3 x dx
O
T + dT T
17. 00006.08
mR2
Sol. Idisc = I0 =  kR4
4
mR2
I0 
4
4
R
   
IPQ  k (3 2)R   I0  I0  2 I0  m( 2R)2 
 
 320  4mR2  320I0  16I0  304I0
18. 00002.16
 2G   
Sol. I  2 sin   
 R  2 
Putting all values 
I = 2.16 G newton/kilogram
SECTION – A
19. B
Sol. 2Na2CrO 4  H2O  2CO 2  Na2Cr2O7  2NaHCO3
3K 2MnO4  2H2O  4CO2  2KMnO 4  MnO2  4KHCO3
20. A, B, D
21. A, B, C, D
22. A, B, C, D
23. B
24. C, D
25. B
26. A

H O Zn
H 
Dehydration
   I  K  
2
Aldol condensation
3o Alcohol O
H3C CH3
Ph  CH2  OH  L 
Ph  M H
OH OH 2 Ph CH3

H
  OH2
CH3 Dehydration CH3  
Ph Ph H Ph
Ph Ph
Ph H3C Ph
H3C O
O3 /Zn
Ph H 
O O Ph I H

O O KOH
Ph C H  H3C C Ph Aldol condensation
 J K 
O
KOH Cannizzaro ' s reaction H3C Ph
Ph  CH2OH  PhCOOK Ph M H

L 
27. B
28. D
Sol. 2AgClO3  Cl2 
90o C
2AgCl  2ClO2  O2
x
2ClO2  2O3  Cl2O6  2O2
 y
Cl2 O6  2NaOH  NaClO3  NaClO4  H2 O

4HClO 4  P4O10   2Cl2O7  4HPO3
SECTION – D
29. 00007.50
Sol. This is a buffer solution where H2PO 4 acts as the acid and NaH2PO4 is the salt.
HPO 4 
 pH  pK 2  log 
H2PO4 
 7.2 + log 2
 7.50
30. 00009.00
Sol. (a) 5
O
O O
|| ||
(Except C2H5  C CH3 , CH3  C H, ,
(b) 4
31. 00003.50
Sol. a = 1; butan-2-ol
b = 3 (ethers)
c = 3 (1o alcohols)
32. 00001.60
Sol. pH = 12, pOH = 2
 OH   10 2
Equivalents of  OH   102  80  10 3

= 8 × 10-4
9.65  x
8  10 4 
96500
x = 8 sec
0.28
Equivalents of oxygen   0.05
5.6
965  y
0.05 
96500
y=5
33. 00002.25
Sol. 6 compounds has 1 mole each
NH4NO3 do not give O2
1
2LiNO3 
 Li2 O  2NO2  O2
1 mole  2 0.25 mole 
2Ca NO3  2  2CaO  4NO2  O2
1 mole   0.5 mole 
2Pb NO3  2  2PbO  4NO2  O2

1 mole   0.5 mole
2AgNO3 
 2Ag  2NO2  O2
1 mole   0.5 mole 
2NaNO3 
 Na2 O  O2  NO  NO2
1 mole  0.5 mole 
Total number of moles of O2 evolved = 2.25
34. 00001.20
Sol. x = 6; (except H2CO3; CH3CO2H; H3BO3)
y=5
35. 00035.00
Sol. Co 2  6NH3 Co NH3 6 
2
K 1  105
3
Co 3   6NH3 Co NH3  6  K 2  10 x
Co3   e 
 Co2  Eo  1.9 V
2 3
Co  NH3 6   Co  NH3 6  e E o  0.1 V
2 3
Co 3    Co NH3  6  Co 2   Co NH3 6  Eo  1.8 V
0.06 K
Eo  log 2 (at equilibrium)
1 K1
K2
1.8  0.06log
105
K2
30  log
105
K 2  1035
36. 00900.00
k 2 30.8  298  4.606  308  208 
Sol. log   
k1 2.303  2  308  298 
k
log 2  1
k1
k2
 10
k1
k 2  10k1
10k1  k1
% increased (x)   100
k1
= 900.00

SECTION – A
37. A, B, D
Sol. Let An denotes number of codes which ends with 0 or 4, Bn denotes number of codes which ends
with 1 or 3 and Cn denotes number of codes which ends with 2
An + 1 = Bn = Cn + 1, Bn + 1 = An + 2Cn, N = 23·39
38. B, C
8
C4 1
Sol. For same number probability is 9
 8
C4 C4
39. A, C
dy y  5t
Sol. Let (x, y) be the point on the path followed by dog, then 
dx x
xy – y = –5t ..... (1)
On differentiating equation (1), w.r.t. x
dt 1  y 2
xy = –5 =
dx 2
40. B
Sol. Use IVT
Let h(x) = x11 – f(x)
h(0) < 0 and h(1) > 0
41. A, B
x2 y2
Sol. Locus of the mid-point is  1
 a4e4   a4 e4 
 2   2 
 4a   4b 
42. A, B
Sol. Let P, Q be (2, 0) and (6, 0) respectively
43. D
x 1 y 1 z 1
Sol. Equation of L is  
4 3 1
44. D
x y z
Sol. Required line passes through (1, 1, 1) and parallel to  
1 2 3
45. C
 /2
sin1 x
 
3
Sol. f  x  x sin t   x sin t   ..... dt 
0 1 x2
46. D
 /2
sin1 x
  x sin t   x sin t  
3
Sol. f  x   ..... dt 
0 1 x2
SECTION – D
47. 00000.00
2r 1
n
 cos 2 
Sol. lim   ncot 
n 
r 1 2r  1
48. 00001.00
Sol. Expanding (ex + 1)n – (ex – 1)n in two ways
49. 00001.00
Sol. (ae–iB + beiA)3 = (c + i(b sin A – a sin B))3 = c3
50. 00002.00
Sol. Use integration by parts, then use expansion
51. 00006.00
n 
d2   8  d   8  nd  8  d
Sol. lim   1  2   lim 
n  ar n  8   8   n  1 d  8
r 1  
52. 00023.00
Sol. P(x) = Q(x)(x – 1)(x – 2) + 2x + 3
P(10) = 72n + 23
53. 00001.00
Sol. From similar AEM and APE
AE AM

AP AE
 AE2 = AM·AP = (AD – r)AP ..... (1)
AB both circles touches each other (R – r)2 = r2 + OD2 = r2 + (AD – R)2
AE = AD
54. 00351.00
7
Sol. C7  7C1 10  2  2  7C4  2
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – V
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 27-01-2019

correct option.
for wrong answer.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. The length of sonometer wire between two fixed ends is 100 cm. Three bridges be placed so as
to divide the wire into four segments whose fundamental frequencies are in the ratio of 1 : 2 : 3 : 4
from the left end. Then which of the following is/are correct.
(A) The position of the first bridge from the left fixed end is 48 cm
nd
(B) The position of the 2 bridge from the right fixed end is 28 cm
rd
(C) The position of the 3 bridge from the left fixed end is 88 cm
rd
(D) The separation between the first bridge and the 3 bridge is 40 cm
2. Two surface OABC and OCDE lies in the plane of xy and yz y

as shown in the figure. A charged particle ‘q’ lies in the
space at a point P, if (0, a, 0) C B
(a, a, 0)
D
(0, a, a)
(a, 0, 0)
O(0, 0, 0) A x
(0, 0, a)
E
(A) coordinates of ‘P’ is (a  r, a  r, r) and a >> r, then flux passing through surface
7q
OABC is .
240
(B) coordinates of ‘P’ is (a  r, a  r, r) and a >> r, then flux passing through surface
q
OCDE is .
240
(C) coordinates of ‘P’ is (a + r, a + r, r) and a >> r, then flux passing through surface
q
OABC is .
240
(D) coordinates of ‘P’ is (a + r, a + r, r) and a >> r, then flux passing through surface
q
OCDE is .
240
3. U- (U  internal energy of the gas and   density of the gas) U

A
plot of an ideal mono-atomic gas undergoing a cyclic process is C
shown in the figure. A  B is part of a rectangular hyperbola.
Then which of the following graphs in options below crosspond to
the process given in adjacent diagram?
B

P
P
C
C
(A) (B)
A B
B A
T
V
T 
C A B C
(C) (D)
B A
V V
4. A uniform rod of mass ‘m’ and length ‘’ is held

horizontally by two vertical strings ‘A’ and ‘B’ of
negligible mass and a small block of mass ‘m’ is also
A B
placed on the top of the rod as shown in the figure.
Then which of the following is/are correct.
m
/4
4
(A) The tension in the string ‘A’ immediately after the string ‘B’ is cut, is mg .
7
2
(B) The tension in the string ‘A’ immediately after the string ‘B’ is cut, is mg .
7
(C) The acceleration of centre of mass of the rod immediately after the string ‘B’ is cut, is
3
g.
7
(D) The acceleration of centre of mass of the rod and the block immediately after the string
5
‘B’ is cut, is g .
7
5. A small charged particle ‘q’ lies at the centre of two concentric

conducting hollow spheres of inner radii R and 5R and outer
radii 3R and 7R respectively. Then which of the following 5R 3R
is/are correct.
R
q
7R
kq2
(A) The energy stored in the space between 3R to 5R (cavity) is .
15R
kq2
(B) The energy stored in the space between 3R to 5R (cavity) is .
30R
(C) The amount of work has to be performed to slowly transfer the charge ‘q’ from center
29 kq2
through the orifice to infinity is .
210 R
(D) The amount of work has to be performed to slowly transfer the charge ‘q’ from center
38 kq2
through the orifice to infinity is .
105 R
6. A source ‘S’ of sound wave of fixed frequency ‘f’ and an observer ‘O’ are located in air initially at
the space point A and B, a fixed distance apart. State in which of the following cases, the
observer will not see any Doppler effect and will receive the same frequency ‘f’ as produced by
the source
(A) Both the source ‘S’ and observer ‘O’ remains stationary but wind blows with constant
speed in arbitrary direction.
(B) The observer ‘O’ remains stationary but the source ‘S’ moves parallel to and in the same
direction and with the same speed as wind.
(C) The source ‘S’ remains stationary but the observer ‘O’ and the wind have same speed
away from the source.
(D) The source ‘S’ and the observer ‘O’ move directly against the wind but both with the
same speed.

7. A tank of mass 20m (including shells) fires shells of mass 2m, 4m and 8m with velocity v 0 relative
to the tank after firing, in the horizontal direction. The tank is placed over a smooth horizontal
surface. Randomly any shell is fired from the tank and all the shells are fired. Then match the
following.
LIST–I LIST–II
The magnitude of velocity of tank with respect to 29
P. 1. v0
ground after firing all shell, may be equal to 30
The magnitude of velocity of tank with respect to 4
Q. 2. v0
ground after firing all shell, may be equal to 5
The magnitude of velocity of shell of mass 4m with 59
R. 3. v0
respect to ground may be equal to 60
The magnitude of velocity of shell of mass 2m with v0
S. 4.
respect to ground may be equal to
9v 0
5.
10
(A) P → 4; Q → 3; R → 1; S→2
(B) P → 3; Q → 1; R → 2; S→5
(C) P → 3; Q → 5; R → 4; S→2
(D) P → 4; Q → 3; R → 5; S→1
(1)
8. All identical capacitor plates each of area A are arranged such
that adjacent plates are at d distance apart. Plates are (2)
(3)
connected to a source of emf V volts as shown in figure. Match (4)
the quantities in List –I with their respective answer in List-II. A (5) B
(6)
(dielectric constant in each shaded region is k = 2) (7)
(8)
(9) V
(10)
(11)
(12)
F
LIST–I LIST–II
 AV
P. Charge on plate 3 (multiple of 0 ) 1. 4/3
d
130 AV 2
Q. The heat rejected by the system (multiple of ) 2. 1
d
13A 0
R. Equivalent capacitance between AB (multiple of ) 3. 1/3
d
Potential difference between the plates 4 and 7 (multiple of
S. 4. 2/3
V/2)
5. 5/3
(A) P → 4; Q → 3; R → 1; S→5
(B) P → 5; Q → 2; R → 4; S→3
(C) P → 4; Q → 5; R → 1; S→2
(D) P → 5; Q → 3; R → 4; S→1
9. In List –I a constant force F is applied on the rod of mass m and length ‘’ such that in each case
rod moves. A transverse pulse is created at the end point P in each case. The time to move the
pulse from P to Q is given in List –II. Then match the following.
LIST–I LIST–II
P (m, ) Q
F
P. =0 1. 12 sec
(m = 4 kg,  = 20 m, F = 5 N)
P (m, ) Q
F
Q.  = 1/20 2. 20 sec
(m = 9 kg,  = 32 m, F = 8 N)
F
Q
R. (m, ) 3. 8 sec
P
(m = 7 kg,  = 14 m, F = 2 N)
Q F
(m, )
 = 1/10
S. P 4. 14 sec
30
(m = 10 kg,  = 20 m, F = 2 N)
5. 18 sec
(A) P → 4; Q → 3; R → 1; S→2
(B) P → 5; Q → 3; R → 1; S→4
(C) P → 3; Q → 1; R → 4; S→2
(D) P → 5; Q → 3; R → 4; S→1
10. Some rigid body or block connected with springs are shown in List – I. All the rigid body or block
shown are in equilibrium and their time periods of oscillation are given in List – II.
2k
2k
(9/16)k
2k
3 m
(P) 6k (1)
2k 2 5k
R/2 12k
0
There is sufficient friction between the disc and horizontal
surface such that pure rolling exist. All the springs and
pulleys are ideal and massless. If the disc is displaced
(rotated anticlockwise) towards left and then released, then
the time period of oscillation of the disc is (mass of the disc
and its radius is m and R respectively, springs constant of
each springs are shown in figure) (In the shown position all
the springs are at their natural length)
S1 S2 S2 S
1
30
30 4k 30
4k 30
g
7m
(Q) (2) 2
k
16k
All the springs and pulleys are ideal and massless. If the
block is slightly pulled vertically downward from its
equilibrium position, then the time period of oscillation of
the block is (assume strings are taught all the time)
k/32
k/16
k/4
k/8
m
(R) (3) 
2k
m
All the pulleys and strings are massless and frictionless.
Find the time period of oscillation of the block as shown in
the figure. (Springs and strings are also massless)
P B 4K
/2 /2
4K 8K
5 3m
(S) m
C2
(4)
C1 x 12 k
/2 /2
8K A
Q
In the figure shown arrangement is placed on horizontal
frictionless plane. The mass of rod PA and QB are
negligible and they are free to rotate about hinge point P
and Q respectively in the horizontal plane. The block of
mass ‘m’ is attached to springs. Springs are light and their
stiffness are shown in the figure. The block is slightly
displaced along x–axis then released. Then the time period
of oscillation of the block is
m
(5) 2
2k
(A) P → 3; Q → 4; R → 1; S→2
(B) P → 4; Q → 3; R → 1; S→5
(C) P → 4; Q → 3; R → 2; S→1
(D) P → 5; Q → 3; R → 4; S→1
SECTION – D
(A)
11. A ball is projected with speed 20 2 m/s at an angle of 45 (B)
with horizontal it collide with the wall and after two
successive collision it comes at the projection point. Then
find the coefficient of restitution between ball and wall B.
e = (1/2)
20 2
45
5m 10m
12. A wire is made by attaching two segments together end to end. One segment is made of
aluminium and other is steel. The effective linear expansion of two segment is 17  106/C. The
fraction length of aluminium is (linear coefficients of thermal expansion of aluminium and steel are
23  106/C and 11  106/C respectively).
13. Two identical potentiometer P 1 and P2 of equal P1 R1

length , resistance R1, R2 are connected with a S1
battery of emf 0 and internal resistance 1, 1
through two switches S1 and S2. A battery of emf  0

is balanced on these potentiometer wires one by S2
one. If resistance of wire R 1 is 3.68  and
 P2 R2
balancing length is on it, when S1 is closed and 
2
S2 is open. On closing S 2 and opening S 1 the G
2
balancing length on P2 is found to be , then the resistance of wire R2 is k  102 . Find the
3
value of k.
14. Two charged particles P and Q of same mass ‘m’ having charge q 45
    
and q are projected with same magnitude of velocity v into P    
Q  B
magnetic field B as shown in the figure. Find the maximum v
   
separation (in meter) between the charged particles when they are     
inside the magnetic field. Ignore electric and magnetic effect due to     
charges on themselves. [take (mv/qB) = 3.14]
15. Two charged particles (m, q) and (2m, –2q) are placed in a E
gravity free space where a uniform electric field E exists as
shown in figure. After the particles are released they stay at
(2q, 2m) (q, m)
a constant distance from each other. What is the distance
between them in meter? (Neglected the gravitational
kq 27
interaction). (K is electrostatic constant and take  )
E 8
16. All the pulleys and strings are ideal and

massless. At t = 0 system is released from rest
on the fixed wedge. Find the frictional force
acting between the block of mass 86.44 kg and
2
the wedge in Newton. (take g = 10 m/s ) s = 2 86.44 kg
3
k = 30 wedge
2 60 kg 30 kg
17. The main scale of vernier calipers reads in millimeter and its one division is equal to one
millimeter. Its vernier is divided into 6 divisions, which coincide with 15 divisions of main scale.
Further more when a cylinder is tightly placed along its length between two jaws, it is observed
that the zero vernier scale lies just right to 25th division of main scale and fifth division of vernier
scale coincide with the main scale. Then find the measured value in millimeter.
18. The minimum value of ‘d’ so that there is a dark fringe at O P

is dmin. For the value of dmin, the distance at which the first O
bright fringe is formed is ‘x’ and if the value of ‘x’ is k × 10-3 d
x
meter. Then find the value of k. (Given D = 1 m and  =
1800 Å) S O
O
D D
SECTION – A
19. O
N NH2
NH2NH2

The correct statements regarding this conversion is

(A) The rate of the reaction is very low at pH = 1
(B) Elimination of water become rds when pH of the reaction mixture is approximately 7
(C) Addition of nucleophile become rds when pH of the reaction is < 4.5
(D) Hydrazine is more nucleophilic than a regular amine in nucleophilic addition reaction of
carbonyl compounds
20.
H O
O
3
 A B
A and B can be distinguished by
(A) Acidified K2Cr2O7 solution
(B) NaOI
(C) Benedict’s solution
(D) Brady’s reagent
21. Identify the correct statement(s) given for the reduction of the following compounds:
(x) HO 2 C
H
NH N COOCH3 (w)
(y) O 2 N
O
(z) C6 H5
O
(r)
(A) LiAlH4 reduces x, y, z, w, r
(B) NaBH4 reduces ‘r’ only
(C) Na/C2H5OH reduces x, r and w only
(D) (CH3)2CHOH + [(CH3)2CHO–]3Al,  reduces only ‘r’
22. In the Froth Floatation process, ZnS and PbS can be separated by
(A) using xanthates
(B) adjusting the proportion of oil to water
(C) using NaCN
(D) using cresols
23. The correct statement (s) about SO2 is/are

(A) It contains discrete bent molecules in both gaseous and solid state
(B) It can act both as a Lewis acid and as well as Lewis base
(C) It can be prepared by the reaction of dilute H2SO4 with metal sulphides
(D) It acts as bleaching agent in moist conditions
24. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct?

(A) Each sp3 hybrid orbital has two lobes of unequal size, making the electron density greater on
one side of the nucleus than the other
(B) Extent of overlapping in hybrid orbitals is more than that of atomic orbitals
(C) A molecule adopts a particular shape not because of hybridization but to have the lowest
possible energy
(D) Hybridization of s and p orbitals to form effective sp2 hybrids requires that they have
comparable radial extent

25. Match the following List – I with the List - II

LIST–I LIST–II
Molecules have two different oxidation
P. Bleaching powder 1. states of same element
Fertilizer
Q. Sodium thiosulphate 2.
Oxidizing agent
R. Carbon sub oxide 3.
Anhydride of malonic anhydride
S. Ammonium nitrate 4.
Antidote to cyanide poisoning
5.
(A) P → 1, 2; Q → 1, 5; R → 1, 4; S → 1, 2
(B) P → 1, 3; Q → 1, 4; R → 1, 5; S → 1, 2, 3
(C) P → 1, 3; Q → 1, 5; R → 1, 4; S → 1, 2, 3
(D) P → 1, 2; Q → 1, 4; R → 1, 5; S → 1, 2

LIST–I LIST–II
P. DMG 1. O is donor atom
Q. Dien 2. Bidentate ligand
R. Acetylacetonate 3. Ambidentate ligand
S. Glycinate 4. N is donor atom
5. Tridentate ligand
(A) P → 2, 4; Q → 3, 4, 5; R → 2, 1; S → 1, 2
(B) P → 2, 3, 4; Q → 4, 5; R → 2, 1; S → 1, 2, 4
(C) P → 2, 3; Q → 3, 4, 5; R → 2, 1; S → 1, 2
(D) P → 2, 4; Q → 4, 5; R → 2, 1; S → 1, 2, 4

LIST–I LIST–II
CH2 OH
P. 1. Nucleophilic substitution
NO2
Br
Q. 2. Nucleophilic addition
NO2
CHO
R. 3. Esterification with (CH3CO)2O

OH
Br
Dehydrogenation on treatment with Cu at

S. 4.
300oC
O
5. Dehydrohalogenation
(A) P → 1, 3, 4; Q → 1; R → 2, 3; S → 1, 5
(B) P → 1, 3; Q → 1, 4; R → 2, 3; S → 2, 5
(C) P → 1, 4; Q → 1; R → 2; S → 1, 2
(D) P → 1, 2, 4; Q → 1, 3; R → 2, 3; S → 1, 2

LIST–I LIST–II
P. PTFE 1. Used in preparing gaskets
Q. Neoprene 2. Biodegradable
R. PHBV 3. Thermoplastic
S. PVC 4. Produced by free radical polymerization
5. Vulcanisation improve physical properties
6. Polyster
(A) P → 3, 4; Q → 1, 5; R → 2, 5, 6; S → 3, 4
(B) P → 1, 3, 4; Q → 1, 4, 5; R → 2, 3, 6; S → 3, 4
(C) P → 3, 4, 5; Q → 1, 4; R → 2, 6; S → 1, 3, 5
(D) P → 1, 3; Q → 1, 4, 5; R → 2, 5, 6; S → 1, 3, 4
SECTION – D
29. Chandreyi went to beauty parlour to bleach her hair by H2O2 solution. Requirement of oxygen for
a good bleach is 10% by mass of hair. Knowing mass of her hair to be 520 g, what concentration
of H2O2 (in M); she should be looking at the beauty parlour (if each bottle contains 500 ml of H2O2
and fully consumed during the bleach)?
30. Wave length of first line of Balmer series of He+ ion is x times of that of its last line. Then the
value of x would be:
31. Among the following if number of linear molecules are x and number of angular molecules are y.
then value of x/y would be?

O3, N2O, NO2, SO2, CO2, SnCl2, Cl2O, HCN, NO2
32. If number of electrons present in 1990 mg of perchlorate ion is a ×1023. Then the value of a would
23
be? (NA = 6.02 × 10 )
33. In a crystalline solid, atoms of X forms FCC packing and the atoms of Y occupy all octahedral
voids. If all the atoms along one body diagonal are removed, then the simplest formula of the
crystalline solid will be XaYb, the value of (a/b) is:
34. The number of following amines, which are relatively more basic than benzyl amine is/are a and
the amines which can be easily prepared by Gabriel’s phthalimide synthesis is/are b then the
value of a/b would be:
H3C CH3 NH2
NH2 N
H3C NH2 , , C2H5 2 NH , ,
CH3
CH2 CH2 NH2  CH3 3 N

, , ,
N N
H
35. A chain silicone polymer containing 7 Si atoms is prepared by hydrolysis of (CH3)2SiCl2 and
(CH3)3SiCl. The ratio of (CH3)2SiCl2 units to (CH3)3SiCl units required to prepare that polymer that
cannot take part in further condensation reaction, would be?
36. A solution contains 0.6 g urea and 18 g glucose in 100 cc water at 27oC. If the osmotic pressure
of the solution is p bars; then find the value of p. (R = 0.083 L bar mol-1 K-1)
SECTION – A
1 1
 e 
g x 
37. I dx dy , then which of the following is/are correct statement(s)?
0 f y
e 1
(A) for f(y) = y and g(x) = x2 the value of I =
2
3 e 1
(B) for f(y) = y and g(x) = x the value of I <
2
2e
(C) for f(y) = y2 and g(x) = x the value of I <
3
2e
(D) for f(y) = y2 and g(x) = x the value of I >
3
50
2r  1
38. Let p be  , then which of the following is/are correct
r 1 2r
1
(A) p
15
1
(B) p
10
1
(C) p
151
1
(D) p
2
39. Let the complex number z be root of the equation 11z10 + 10iz9 + 10iz – 11 = 0, then which of the
following statement(s) is/are correct?
(A) |z|2 + |z| + 1 = 3
2
(B) |z| – |z| + 1 = 1
2
(C) |z| + |z| + 1 = 7
2
(D) |z| + |z| + 1 = 8
40. The number of positive integers of n digits chosen from set {2, 3, 7, 9} which are divisible by 3 is
(A) 22 for n = 3
(B) 23 for n = 3
(C) 86 for n = 4
(D) 342 for n = 5
41. Let f : [0, 1]  R be a function with continuous second derivative and f(x)  (0, 1]  x  [0, 1]. Let
x x
2 3
 f  t  dt  g  x  , g(0) = f(0),  f  t  dt  h  x  , then for x  [0, 1]
0 0
(A) h(x)  g(x)
(B) h(x)  g(x)
–1
(C) f(x)  x + tan x
–1
(D) f(x)  x + tan x
42. Let ABCD be a rectangle with A(0, 0), B(4, 0), C(4, 4) and D(0, 4). Rectangle is folded in such a
way that corner B always lies on line AD, then which of the following statement(s) is/are correct?
(A) As the point B moves on AD the crease thus formed will touch a fixed parabola whose
focus is at (4, 0)
(B) As the point B moves on AD the crease thus formed will touch a fixed parabola whose
3 
focus is at  , 0 
2 
(C) As the point B moves on AD the crease thus formed will touch a fixed parabola whose
equation is y2 = 8(x – 2)
(D) As the point B moves on AD the crease thus formed will touch a fixed parabola whose
equation of directrix is y = 2x

43. Match the following List-I with List-II

LIST–I LIST–II
P. A 43 B34 is equal to 1. 1
If A and B are non-zero square matrices of same order such 1

Q. 2.
that AB = 0, then the value of |A| + |B| + 5 is equal to 9
Let A be an 3  3 orthogonal matrix such that AB = BA, then

R. 3. 0
|ABT – BTA + 2I| is equal to
Let A and B be square matrices of order 3  3 such that |A| = 1
S. 4. 23
and |B| = 3, then the value of |2A2B–3| is equal to
5. 5
8
6.
27
(A) P → 4; Q → 6; R → 2; S → 1
(B) P → 3; Q → 4; R → 5; S → 6
(C) P → 4; Q → 6; R → 5; S → 2
(D) P → 3; Q → 5; R → 4; S → 6

LIST–I LIST–II
2 2
Any chord of conic x + y + xy = 1 passing through origin is bisected
P. 1. 1
at point (p, q), then p + q is equal to
The base BC of ABC passes through the point P(1, 1) and its sides are
bisected at right angles by x + y = 0 and x + 2y = 0. The locus of the
Q. 2. 5
5
vertex A is circle with radius equal to r, then is
r
2 2
The circle x + y – 4x – 4y + 4 = 0 is inscribed in a triangle which has
R. two of its sides along the coordinate axes. If the locus of circumcentre 3. 3
of triangle is x + y – xy +  x 2  y 2  0 , then  is equal to
Let P be a point in xy plane, then minimum value of


S. PA + BP + CP + DP is equal to  , then is equal to (where A(0, 0), 4. 0
3
B(4, 3), C(3, 4) and D(–2, 11)
5. 7
6. 8
(A) P → 4; Q → 6; R → 2; S → 1
(B) P → 1; Q → 4; R → 2; S → 3
(C) P → 4; Q → 3; R → 1; S → 2
(D) P → 6; Q → 5; R → 6; S → 6
2 2
45. Let C be curve represented by equation 5x + 5y – 8xy – 9 = 0, match the following List-I with
List-II
LIST–I LIST–II
P. Area enclosed by curve C is equal to _____ square unit 1. 1
Let a tangent drawn at point P (other then vertex) on ellipse. If a line
Q. AP intersect the line passing through B perpendicular to above tangent 2. 3
at Q, then AQ is equal to (where A(–2, –2), B(2, 2))
If normal drawn at P(lying on C) cuts major axis at G and
R. 3. 6
perpendicular from origin cuts normal at F, then PG·PF is equal to
S. Let the line y  x  2 touches C at P(, ), then 8(2 + 2) is equal to 4. 5
5. 4
6. 8
(A) P → 4; Q → 6; R → 2; S → 1
(B) P → 2; Q → 1; R → 3; S → 6
(C) P → 4; Q → 6; R → 5; S → 2
(D) P → 2; Q → 3; R → 1; S → 6
46.     
Let the vertices of tetrahedron ABCD be A î  ˆj  kˆ , B î , C 2iˆ  ˆj and D î  ˆj respectively, 
match the following List-I with List-II
LIST–I LIST–II
The position vector of the foot of perpendicular drawn from A  1 ˆ ˆ ˆ
P.
to the plane BCD is
1.
 

 2  3i  j  k 
1
Q. Volume of tetrahedron ABCD is 2.
2
The position vector of circumcentre of circum sphere of î  ˆj
R. 3.
tetrahedron ABCD is
 1 ˆ
S. Shortest distance between the lines AB and CD is 4.
 
ˆ ˆ
 2  i  2j  k 
1
5.
6
6. î  2jˆ

(A) P → 4; Q → 6; R → 2; S → 1
(B) P → 3; Q → 5; R → 1; S → 2
(C) P → 4; Q → 6; R → 5; S → 2
(D) P → 3; Q → 5; R → 2; S → 1
SECTION – D
n 4
47. Let f  x   lim

3n sin x   2 cos x  2   2n cos x  
, then the value of  lim f  x   is equal to ____
n
n
3n  cos x  2 cos x  2   x 
 4


 
m2 n  1
48.   4m is k, then   is equal to _____ (where [.] denotes the greatest integer
m1 n 1 n  4m
m4n
 k 
function)
49. For each positive integer K, let the point P with abscissa K on curve y2 – x2 = 1 such that dK
2
represents shortest distance between P and line y = x, then 4 lim KdK  K 
 is equal to _____
6
  k 
50. The value of  cos  21  7 
 is  , then the value of 1024 is equal to _____
k 0
3 ab  r1r2
51. In ABC let a = 6, b = 3 and tan(A – B) = , if the value of   , then the value of
4 r3
3  5   is equal to ______ (where r1, r2 and r3 are ex-radii of ABC)

6
100A
52. If the area enclosed by the curve x 4 + y4 = 2xy is equal to A square unit, then the value of

is equal to _____
 
2
1  a b2 c 2 
53. The largest positive integer n such that      n holds for all
a  b  c   b  c c  a a  b 
 11 13 11 13 11 13 
positive real numbers a, b, c is _____
54. Let  be smallest positive root satisfying cos3 3x + cos3 5x = 8 cos3 4x·cos3 x, then cos  is equal
to _____
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – V
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 27-01-2019

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A, B, C, D
Sol. 1   2   3   4  100 cm A C E
Let n1, n2 , n3 and n4 are fundamental frequencies of these segments B D
respectively.
1 2 3 4
n1 1 n2 2 n3 3 n2 2 1
 ,  ,  ,  
n2 2 n3 3 n4 4 n4 4 2
1 T
n  n = constant
2 
n1 1  n2  2  n3  3  n4  4
n2 n n
1  2, 3  2  2, 4  2  2
n1 n3 n4
1 + 2 + 3 + 4 = 100 cm
2 
2 2   2   2  2  100
3 2
2 = 24 cm
So, 1 = 48 cm
3 = 16 cm
4 = 12 cm
2. A, B, C, D
q P2
Sol. Using symmetry if charged particle lies at P1 then OCDE =
240
P1
 q q 
  
 8 0  7q
and OABC =  0 
3 24 0
If the charge particle lies at P2 then
q
OCDE =
240
q
and OABC =
240
3. A, B, C
Sol. AB  U = constant
PM
nCv T  constant
RT
P = constant
Isobaric process
BC   = constant
PM
 constant
RT
PT
Isochoric process
CA  U = constant
U = nCvT = constant
T = constant
Isothermal process
4. A, C, D
Sol. Just after cutting the string B, block looses the contact with the rod.
taking torque about P
  m 2 m  2 
mg    
4  12 16 
12 g  3
 , acm    g
7  4 7
mg  T = macm
4
T = mg
7
5. A, D
3R 7R
1 1 kq2 kq2
Sol. Work performed =  0E2 dV   0E2 dV  
2 2 3R 35R
R 5R
6. A, D
Sol. In both case (A) and (D) the source and observer are relatively at rest. Thus there is no change in
the frequency.
7. B
Sol. If first 8m, then 4m, then 2m fired, then velocity of tank
 8 4 2 59 20 m
v    v0  v0
 20 12 8  60
If first 8m, then 2m, then 4m fired, then velocity of tank
 8 2 4  29
v    v0  v0
 20 12 10  30
4v 0 4
If only shell 4m is fired first velocity of shell = v 0   v0
20 5
2v 9v
If only shell 2m is fired first velocity of shell = v 0  0  0
20 10
8. D
(2) (1)
Sol. Apply Kirchoff’s Law on the equivalent circuit B
A
shown in the diagram.
(2) (3)
(5) (4) (4) (3)
(7) (8)
(9) (8)
F
(11) (12)
9. C
Sol. In each case
F
T x

T F x Fx
v  
  m/ m
dx Fx

dt m
 t
dx F m
  dt , t2
0 x m 0 F
10. C
Sol. (P) Case (i)  13k 
Torque about ‘P’  4  2R
 
3
mR2   18kR2  3
2 4k   R
 36k   2
    3
 3m  4k   R
P 2
 3m t2
t1 
6 k
Case (ii)
k(2R)
3
mR2   8kR2 
2
k(4R) 
 16k 
   
 3m 
P
 3m
t2  t2
4 k
5  3m
T  t1  t 2 
12 k
(Q) K eq 1  2(8k cos2 30)  2(8k cos2 60)  12k  4k  16k
(16.16)
So, K eq  k  8k
32
x  x3 x 4  x 5
(R) x  x1  2 
2 4 X4 X5
T T T 2T T 2T
    
k eq k k k k k X2
k
k eq  X3
7
7m
T  2
k
x1
T
X m
(S) Block is displaced by ‘x’ along P B 2x2 4K

x–axis.
Torque about P
 m
8k  2x1    4k  x  x1  4K 8K x2  x
2
x1 x
x
x1 
9
8K 2x1 Q
Torque about Q

4k.2x2 .  8k  x  x2 
2
x
x2 
3
80 P B 2x2 4K
ma = – kx
9
 80k 
a=   x m
 9m  4K 8K x2  x
x1 x
9m 3 m
T  2 
80k 2 5k
8K 2x1 Q
SECTION – D
11. 00000.25
2u sin 
Sol. T  4 sec
g
When the ball collide with the wall B, time elapsed
10 15
   2 sec
20 10
So remaining time = 2 sec
5
Velocity of the ball after the collision with ball =  2.5 m/s
2
2.5
e  0.25
10
12. 00000.50
Sol. 1   2   1 2
11T   2  2 T  (1   2 )T
1 2
 2 
   2
1
  1   2  …(i)
1   2 1
1 2
Let  x , so  1 x …(ii)
1   2 1   2
  (1  x) 2
x
1
1x     2   2 x
    2  17  106  11 106 6
x  6 6
  0.50
 1  2  23  10  11 10 12
13. 00143.75
Sol. When S1 is closed and S2 is open
Current through R1
0 
I1 =  0
1  3.68 4.68
   
Potential difference across length =  0   1.84  
2  4.68 
Similarly in the second case
0 468
I2 = 
R2  1 184(R2  1)
2 2 2 468R2
Potential difference across length of R2  R2 .I2 = 
3 3 3 184(R2  1)
2 468R2
 
3 184(R2  1)
64 R2 = 92
 R2 = 1.4375 
14. 00006.28
Sol. Negatively charged particle exit from magnetic field first

and at the time separation is maximum
 2m   / 2 m
tQ     C1
45
 qB  2 2qB
Angle rotated by positively charged particle in the same 2R
time = /2 P
So, separation between A and B= 2R
90
= 2  3.14 = 6.28 C2 2R
15. 00002.25
Sol. On releasing the particles, if their acceleration is

same, they will stay at a constant distance E
Acceleration of charged particle a a
F  2qE qE  F F F qE
a and a  2qE (q, m)
(2q, 2m)
2m m
r
So, F – 2qE = 2qE – 2F
3F = 4qE
4qE
F=
3
When they stay at a constant distance from each other
k.q.2q 4qE 3kq
2
 r 
r 3 2E
16. 00367.80
Sol. Block on the wedge remains in rest

600  300 10
a60  a30   m/s2
90 3
So tension in the rope which is connected with 86.44 kg
T = 800 N
f = 800  864.4 sin 30 = 367.80
17. 00025.50
Sol. 6 V = 15S 25 38
V = 2.5 mm 13 mm
So, 5V = 12.5 mm
X = 13 mm  12.5 mm
= 0.50 mm x
1 2 3 4 5 6
So, measured value = 25.50 mm 0
12.5 mm
18. 00000.60
Sol. If at O there is dark fringe, then

d2
x = SOO - SOO = 2 D2  d2  2D 
D
d2 
 for dmin.
D 2
D
dmin = …(i)
2
The bright fringe is formed at P. So,
x  SOP  SOP
2
 D  D2  x 2  D2  d2  D2   x  d  
D
x 
d
x for dmin
D D -3
x   2D = 0.6 ×10 .
dmin D
2
SECTION – A
19. A, B, C, D
20. A, B, C
Sol.
3 H O
O  H3C CH2 C H  H3C C CH3
O B  O
A
21. A, B, D
Sol. Na/C2H5OH can not reduce acid.
22. B, C
23. A, B, D
24. A, B, C, D
25. C
26. D
27. A
28. B
SECTION – D
29. 00006.50
Sol. 2H2 O2  2H2 O  O2
32 g O2 is obtained from 68 g H2O2
68
52 g O2 is obtained from  52g
32
M  34 68
  52
2 32
68  52  2
M = 6.50
32  34
30. 00001.80
31. 00000.80

Sol. N2O, CO2, HCN and NO2 are linear.
32. 00006.02
Sol. ClO4  35.5  16  4
= 99.5 g
1990  103
Number of moles 
99.5
-3
= 20 × 10
-3
Number of moles of electron = 20 × 10 × 50 = 1
33. 00001.25
Sol. Number of atoms of X in FCC packing (at corners and face centres of cubic unit cell)
1 1
= 8 8  6 2  4
Number of atoms of Y at octahedral voids = 4
Along one body diagonal there are two X atoms and one Y-atom.
1 15
No. of effective atoms of X after removal  4  2  8  4
No. of atoms of Y after removal = 4 – 1 = 3
15
x:y :3
4
=5:4
Simplest formula = X5Y4
a = 5, b = 4, a/b = 1.25
34. 00002.50
Sol. Stronger base than benzyl amine (a) = 5.
Amines can be prepared by Gabriel’s phthalimide method (b) = 2.
CH2 CH2 NH2

H3C NH2 and
35. 00002.50
36. 00004.98
6 18
Sol. Concentration per litre    0.2
60 180
  0.2  0.083  300
= 4.98 bar
SECTION – A
37. A, B, C
Sol. Using integration by part
38. A, B, C
n
2r  1 1
Sol.  2r  3n  1
r 1
39. A, B
Sol. |z| = 1
40. A, C, D
4n  2
Sol. Such n digit number will be sum of coefficient of x3k in (x2 + x3 + x7 + x9)n =
3
41. B, C
x x
Sol. P  x    f 3  t  dt   f 2  t  dt
0 0
P(x) = f 3(x) – f(x)2 = f 2(x)·(f(x) – 1) < 0
42. A, C
Sol. B(4, 0) is focus and x = 0 is directrix of parabola
43. D
1
Sol. |2A2B–3| = 8  12 
27
(P) A 43 B34 is 0
(Q) |A| = 0 and |B| = 0
(R) ABT = BTA
44. C
Sol. Equation of circle 3x2 + 3y2 + 2x + 4y = 0 and minimum value of PA + BP + CP + DP = 15
45. D
 x  y 2  x  y  2
Sol.  1
18 2
46. B
1
Sol. Volume of tetrahedron =  base area  height
2
SECTION – D
47. 00004.00


Sol. When x is then 2 cos x  2  3
4
48. 00010.00
Sol. Inter change m and n
49. 00000.50
Sol. lim KdK = lim

K  1 K 2
K 
K  K  2
50. 00008.00
n 1
 k  cosn
Sol.  cos    n   n 1 n 1 if n odd
k 0
 1 2  2
51. 00001.00
ab  r1r2  
Sol. = and C =
r3 s 2
52. 00050.00

Sol. Put x = r cos  and y = r sin  will give area =
4
53. 00005.00
   
Sol. pq  p q
54. 00000.95
Sol. cos3 3x + cos3 5x = (cos 5x + cos 3x)3
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – X
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 1
TEST DATE: 05-05-2019

correct option.
for wrong answer.
AITS-FT-X (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
  
1. Three vectors A , B & C are such that
      
  
A B  C  A  C B  0 
Then which of the following may be correct.
 
(A) A || B
 
(B) B || C
 
(C) C || A
  
(D) Either A or B or C is null vector.
2. Two small stones are thrown simultaneously with the same projection speed v 0 from the top of a
pole of height h. One of the stone is thrown towards right horizontally and other stone is thrown
at an angle  above horizontally towards left. After time t two stones and top point of pole are
lying on same line & x component & y component of relative velocity of first stone w.r.t. second
 uy 
stone are ux & uy. It is given that t =   T ; here T is having the dimensions of time
 ux 
Pick the correct options:
(A) T is independent of 
(B) T is independent of v0
2 2
 uy  v 02  uy  2v 20
(C)   <h<  
 ux  g  ux  g
2
 uy  2v 02
(D)   h
 ux  g
3. A cylinder of mass M is placed in such a way that it is free to

rotate about its axis. A ball of mass m is attached in one end A of
the string and second end of the string is fixed in diametrically
opposite end B of the cylinder. A spring of spring constant k is B A
C
attached at point C (nearest to B ) in cylinder whose other end D
is fixed on ground. If m < M then pick the correct options. (Initially
system is in equilibrium and T is time period)
3M
(A) T < 2
2k D
3M
(B) T > 2
2k
3m
(C) T > 2
2k
3m
(D) T < 2
2k
3 AITS-FT-X (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19
4. A circuit 1 is shown in which a capacitor of capacitance C, a 

resistor of resistance R and a battery of emf  are connected
together. Switch x can be shifted to position y for changing the Circuit- 1
connections. After one time constant of circuit 1, key x is shifted
to position y at this time, charge on C is Q1. After one time x R C
constant of circuit 2 from this moment charge in capacitor 2C is
Q2. Pick the correct options:
–1 y Circuit- 2
(A) Q1 = C [1 – e ]
2C[1  e1 ] R
(B) Q1 =
3
2C
2
(C) Q2 = C  e1 ]
3
2
(D) Q2 = C[1  e 1 ]2
3
5. PQ is an infinitely long current carrying conductor R

AB & CD are smooth conducting rods on which a
P A C
conductor EF which is a rod in case I an angle in
case II& an arc in case III moves with a constant
velocity V away from resistance R. Pick the correct
options I F
E
Case-I Case-II
a
Case-III
B
D
Q b
(A) Maximum force is needed to maintain constant velocity of EF in case III
(B) Force needed to maintain constant velocity of EF is same in all cases.
(C) In case II force needed maintain constant velocity of EF is less than the force needed in
case I.
2I2 v  b 
(D) Force needed to maintain constant velocity of EF in case I is given by F = 0 2 ln   .
4R a
6. Pick the correct options:

(A) In Young’s double slit experiment, if the width of the source slit is increased, the fringe
pattern becomes indistinct.
(B) On refraction energy carried by refracted light is reduced.
(C) Young’s double slit experiment can be performed using a source of white light.
(D) In 3D movies 2 projectors are used to project 2 images on screen.
(Paragraph Type)

A listener moving with uniform velocity towards a stationary sound source hears a beep of sound of
frequency 165 Hz over a distance of 100 m. The actual frequency emitted by the source is 155 Hz and
the speed of sound is 330 m/s.
7. Duration of beep emitted by source is

(A) 4s
(B) 5s
(C) 6s
(D) 7s
8. If listener would move perpendicular to the line joining the listener and stationary source then
duration of beep emitted by source would be
(A) definitely less than time taken in first - case
(B) definitely more than time taken in first - case
(C) definitely equal to time taken in first – case exactly
(D) may be less than or more than time taken in first case.
A non conducting semi circular ring of radius r having charge E

distributed over its circumference according to the formula  = 0 sin
is placed in a uniform electric field E in such a way that plane of the R
semi circular ring is parallel to electric field E as shown in figure. 
Consider that polarizability of the semi circular ring is equal to zero.
A B
Answer the following questions.
9. Potential at the midpoint of line AB in the absence of electric field E (consider that potential at
infinite is zero).
0
(A)
0
0
(B)
20
20
(C)
0
0
(D)
40
10. Potential difference between point A and point B

0
(A)  E.R
20

(B)  E.R
0

(C)
20
(D) E.R
SECTION – D
11. A weightless inextensible rope rests on a A

stationary wedge forming an angle  with the
horizontal. One end of the rope is fixed to the wall B
at point A. A small load is attached to the rope at
point B. Wedge start moving to the right with a a
constant acceleration a and same is the 
magnitude of acceleration of load.  (in degree) is
12. A disc of radius 10 cm is placed on a wire parallel to y axis in y
such a way that it is in equilibrium. AB is the diameter of the

disc. Density of the disc linearly increases from A to B starting
from zero density at A. Distance of the wire from end A is (in x
cm)
A B
O
13. A container of height 96 cm is filled with mercury up to the brim. The container is sealed airtight
and a hole of small area nth part of the area of container is punched in its bottom. Time taken upto
which mercury come out from the bottom hole is 5 sec. Atmospheric pressure is equal to 76 cm of
mercury. n is
14. 9 resistors of resistance 11  are connected in the

network shown below. Equivalent resistance between
A and B is A B
15. One train is approaching an observer at rest and another train is receding from him with the same
speed 2 m/s. Both trains blow whistles of same frequency 332 Hz. The speed of sound in air is
332 m/s. Beat frequency in Hz as heard by the observer is
16. A biconvex thin lens is prepared from glass of refractive index 3/2. The two bounding surfaces
have equal radii of 35 cm each. One of the surfaces is silvered to make it reflecting. An object is
placed infront of his lens in such a way that the image coincides with the object. Distance of
object from lens is (in cm)
r 
17. The electric potential between a proton and an electron is given by V = V0 n   , where r0 is a
 r0 
constant. Assuming Bohr’s model to be applicable, the magnetic dipole moment of the electron is
x
proportional to n , n is principle quantum number. x is equal to
18. A uniform thin rod of mass 1 kg and length 65 cm is standing on a smooth horizontal table. It slips
on the smooth surface and rod starts falling. Velocity of the centre of mass of rod in (m/s) at the
instant when it makes an angle 30 with horizontal
SECTION – A
19. (1) As 2 S3  3 NH4 2 S  2 NH4 3 AsS 4

(2) Fe  CN2  4KCN 
 K 4Fe  CN 6
Which of the following option(s) is/are correct?
(A) Acids → As2S3 KCN
(B) Base → (NH4)2S, Fe(CN)2
(C) Acids → As2S3, Fe(CN)2
(D) Base → (NH4)2S, KCN
20. Which of the given compound is strongest acid?
1 2 3
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 2 and 3
21. Total number of plane of symmetry present in the given compound is

Cl Cl
Cl Cl
(A) 3
(B) 4
(C) 5
(D) 6
22. Increasing order of equilibrium constants for the formation of a hydrate:

O O O O
H3C
HO
O 2N
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
(A) iv < iii < ii < i
(B) iv < iii < i < ii
(C) i < ii < iii < iv
(D) ii < iii < i < iv
23. Choose the correct options regarding orthoboric acid?

(A) Orthoboric acid is white crystalline solid with soapy touch.
(B) Orthoboric acid on strong heating gives B2O3.
(C) It can be prepared by hydrolysis of borax.
(D) It is monobasic Lewis acid.
24. Select correct statement(s) about the oxoacid H4P2O6:

(A) It is tetrabasic acid
(B) It has 1 P–O–P linkage
(C) P atoms show their maximum covalency
(D) P atoms are in highest oxidation state
(Paragraph Type)
Aqueous solution of salt (A)

(Yellow)
dil H2SO4 dil H2SO4 + H2S NaOH (Excess)
Colour of solution
Green solution (U) + (V)
is not changed
Turbidity of sulphur
25. Inorganic salt (A) is

(A) CrCl3
(B) K2CrO4
(C) FeCl3
(D) AlCl3
26. Which observation is correct regarding (V)?

(A) Brown ppt
(B) Yellow ppt
(C) Brown solution
(D) Yellow solution
Stereoisomeric complexes have same molecular formula, same constitution they differ only with respect
to the spatial orientation of ligand in space around the metal ion.
2+
27. How many geometrical isomers are possible for the complex [Pt(bn)2] [where bn is
H3C CH(NH2) CH(NH2) CH3
(A) 4
(B) 5
(C) 6
(D) 7
28. How many total stereoisomers are possible for the same complex [Pt(bn)2]2+?
(A) 4
(B) 5
(C) 6
(D) 7
SECTION – D
29. A vessel of volume 10 lit. contains 2.8 g of nitrogen gas at a temperature of 1805 K. Find the
pressure of the gas ( if 50% of its molecules are dissociated into atom at this temperature, [Given:
R = 0.082 atm-litre/mol K)
30. 25 ml of a solution of ferric alum Fe2(SO4)3.(NH4)2SO4.24H2O containing 1.25 gm of the salt was
boiled with iron when the reaction Fe + Fe2(SO4)3  3FeSO4 occurred. The unreacted iron was
filtered off and solution treated with 0.107 N KMnO4 in acidic medium. What is volume of KMnO4
solution used?
31. The total number of possible co-ordination isomers of the complex [CuII(NH3)4] [PtIICl4] is x then
 x 
value of   is:
 3.2 
32. The dissociation constant of Acid HA and base BOH at 25°C in aqueous solution is same. The
pH of 0.01 M solution of HA is 5. The pH of 0.1 M solution of BOH is
33. In given curve  t1/2 vs log a0 

(where t1/2 is half-life and a0 is initial concentration.)
The value of rate constant is K unit (where unit of K is 
according as order of reaction). The value of 250 K is: 45o
log t1/2
loga0 
34. Carbon atoms occupy fcc lattice points as well as alternate tetrahedral voids in diamond. If edge
length of the unit cell is 360 pm then the diameter of carbon atom in pm is:
P
35. A monoatomic gas follow the relation  K then molar heat capacity of gas is x, [Assuming
V2
there is no vibrational degree of freedom]. What is the value of x in calorie [Given : R = 1.98
cal./mol K]
36. The total number of stereoisomers obtained in
the product of the following reaction is x. The
x
value of is.
5 D i O 1eq
3

ii Zn/H O P
2
Me iii Excess PhMgBr
iv  H3O
SECTION – A
aex  bln 1  x   5
37. If lim = L(finite), then
x 0 x2
(A) a=5
(B) b = –5
(C) a+b=0
(D) b + L – 2a = 10
n
  3
38. Let lim
n 
  1  tan4 2k   m
, then ‘m’ is greater than
k 3
(A) 8
(B) 16
(C) 28
(D) 36
39. Let a1, a2, a3, ....., an are in A.P., and a3, a5, a8, b1, b2, b3, ..... bn are in G.P. and a9 = 40, then
9
(A)  ai2  6144
i 1

1 1
(B) b 
18
i 1 i
9
(C)  ai2  6278
i 1

1 1
(D) b 
28
i 1 i
40. Let A = C1C3 + C2C4 + C3C5 + C4C6 + ..... + Cm – 2Cm, (where Cr = mCr), then
(A) A  2m Cm 2
2m
(B) A Cm 2
m
(C) A   Cr2
r 0
m
(D) A   Cr2
r 0
15
41. Let number of values of ‘r’ for which Cr is an odd integer, be ‘k’, then k is greater than
(A) 7
(B) 11
(C) 9
(D) 5
z  z1
42. Let A(z1), B(z2), C(z3) lies on a circle |z| = r and forms an acute angled triangle, and   ,
z2  z3
where P(z) is the point where altitude from A to BC meets the circumcircle, then
(A)  is purely real
(B)  is purely imaginary
(C) Arg() = 0
(D) Arg() = 
(Paragraph Type)
Let (x3 + x5)(2x6 + 3x4 – 1)20 = a0 + a1x + a2x2 + ..... + a125x125
a2 a4 a6 a
43. The a0    .....  124 is equal to
3 5 7 125
(A) 241
240
(B)
63
1
(C)
256
(D) none of these
44. Which of the following is incorrect?

(A) a0 = a2 = a4 ..... = a124
(B) a125 = 220
(C) a0 + a1 + a2 = 0
(D) a1 + a2 + a3 = 0
2 x
2f
Let I  f  x     2f  x   2 f  x  dx , where f(x) is real valued function
0
 1 
45. The value of I   is equal to
 ln2 
222e
(A)
22e  1
  22e
(B)
22e  1
2e2
(C)
e2  1
e2
(D)
e2  1
46. The value of I(sin x) is equal to


(A)
2
(B) 
(C) 2
(D) 4
SECTION – D
x2 y2
47. In an ellipse   1 . If focal chord PSP and QSQ are at right angles to each other, then
10 6
1  e2 1  e2 N
  , then value of [N] (where [.] denotes the greatest integer function)
 SP  SP   SQ  SQ  15
 4 1 4 1   4 1
 1    3   .....   2n  1   1
48. If  4  4  4  , then k1 – k2 + k3 equal to
2
 4 1  4 1    4 1  k 1n  k 2n  k 3
 2   4   .....  2n  
 4  4  4
y x
49. Let (x, y) be a pair of real numbers satisfying 56x  33y  2 2
and 33x  56y  . If
x y x  y2
2
p
x y  (where p and q are relatively prime), then (6p – q) is
q
50. The equation x4 + ax3 + bx2 + ax + 1 = 0 has atleast one real root and if the minimum value of
p
E(a, b) = a2 + b2 can be expressed as (p and q are relatively prime), then (p2 + q2) is
q
51. A bag contains (2n + 1) coins. It is known that ‘n’ of these coins have tail on both sides, whereas
the remaining (n + 1) coins are fair. A coin is randomly drawn from bag and tossed. If the
31
probability of that the toss results in a tail is , then value of n is
42
a1 a2 a3
52. Let   b1 b2 b3 , where D1, D2, D3 are cofactors of c1, c2 and c3 respectively such that
c1 c 2 c3
D12  D22  D23  16 and c12  c 22  c 32  4 , then maximum value of  is
2 1 0 3
  x  2x  1 3 dx    x  1 2  1dx be I, then [I] is equal to (where [.] denotes

4 2
53. Let the value of
1 1
the greatest integer function)
2e5x  e4 x  4e3x  4e2x  2ex  ex  1

54. Let  dx  tan1    c (where a, b, c are constants),
 e2x  4  e2x  1 2
 a  b  e2x  1
then the value of a + b is equal to
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – X
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 1
TEST DATE: 05-05-2019

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. B, D
    
Sol.   
A B C  A C B  0 
         
       
C.B A  CA B  B.C A  B.A  0
    
   
B.A C  CA B  0
  

A  BC  0 
2. A, D
Sol. Uy  V0 sin 
Ux  V0  V0 cos 
Uy 
 tan
Ux 2
When throwing point and two stones are collinear
y1 y 2 2V0 
 t tan (where top point of pole is origin and x1, x2, y1, y2 are measured
x1 x 2 g 2
from there)
1
and h  gt2
2
AITS-FT-X (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
3. A, C
Sol.    kx  R  kR2 
I  kR2 
 MR2 
  mR2    kR2 
 2 
M
m
T  2 2
k
4. A, D
Sol. Basic concept of charging and discharging.
5. B
Sol. Shape of conductor does not make any difference.
6. A, B, D
Sol. Theory of wave optics
7. B
8. B
Sol. for (7-8)
660
v m/s
31
If duration of beep is t
then
 330t  100
 v  330   v
 
9. B
10. D
Sol. for (9 – 10)
Total charge in an element = Rd  0 sin
Rd 0 sin 
On revolving this ring we get a sphere of charge density = which is a constant.
2R sin Rd
Basic concept of potential
VA  VB  E.R
SECTION – D
11. 00060.00
Sol. a2  a2  2a2 cos 180     a
 = 60
12. 00012.50
Sol. For equilibrium centre of mass should be on the wire.
13. 00025.02
dh 2g  h  76 
Sol. 
dt n2  1
3 AITS-FT-X (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19
0.76 5
dh 2g dt

0.96
h  76
 
0 n2  1
14. 00015.00
Sol. Calculate by potential method.
15. 00004.00
Sol. fBeat  f1  f2
 c   c 
 f f 
c v  c v 
2fv
fbeat 
c
16. 00017.50
Sol. Object must be at 2f distance of combination
1 2 1
 
fnet fL fM
17. 00001.00
 edV eV r
Sol. F  00
dr r
mv 2 eV0r0

r r
v = constant
nh
mvr =
2
rn
evr
M Mn
2
18. 00001.50
Sol. Constraint at contract point 
 /2
cos30  v v
2
energy conservation 30
 1 1
mg  mv 2  I2
4 2 2
g
v g
26
SECTION – A
19. C, D
Sol. As per Usanovich concept, in the first reaction As2S3 will behave as a acid and (NH4)2S will
behave as a base. Similarly in second reaction Fe(CN)2 is acid and KCN is base.
20. B
Sol.
 
H
Aromatic
21. A
Sol.
Cl Cl
xy plane
yz plane
Cl Cl zx plane
22. C
Sol. Equilibrium constant for the formation of a hydrate  electron deficient nature of the carbon of
carbonyl group (C = O). In the fourth compound the carbon of carbonyl group will be more
electron deficient.
23. A, B, C, D
Sol. Properties of orthoboric acid.

H3BO3   B2 O3
24. A, C
Sol. O O
HO P P OH Hypophosphoric acid
OH OH
It is tetrabasic
No P–O–P linkage
P atoms show maximum covalency
O. S. of P is 4
25. C
26. A
Sol. FeCl3  Yellow solution and does not react with dil H2SO4

2Fe3   H2S 
H
2Fe2   S
U

Fe3   3NaOH  Fe  OH3  3Na
(excess)

Brown ppt ( V )
27. B
28. D
Sol. N N CH3 N N CH3
H3C H3C
2+ 2+
Pt Pt
N N CH3 N N CH3
H3C H3C
Optically inactive Optically active
N N CH3 N N CH3
H3C H3C
2+ 2+
Pt Pt
N N CH3 N N CH3
H3C H3C
Optically inactive Optically active
N N CH3
H3C
2+
Pt
N N CH3
H3C
Optically inactive
SECTION – D
29. 00002.22
Sol. 

N2 
 2N
2.8
0
28
2.8 50 2.8 50
  2
28 100 28 100
3
Total moles =
20
PV = nRT
3
P  10   0.082  1805
20
P = 2.22
30. 00036.36
Sol. Fe + Fe2(SO4)3  3FeSO4
1.25 gm ferric alum produces 0.5913 gm FeSO4
Meq of FeSO4 = Meq of KMnO4
0.5913
 1000  0.107  V
152
V = 36.36 ml
31. 00001.25
Sol. There are four co-ordination isomers are possible for the given complex. These are
Cu NH3 4  PtCl4 , Cu NH3 3 Cl PtCl3NH3 ,
Cu NH3  Cl3  Pt NH3 3 Cl , CuCl4  Pt NH3 4 
32. 00009.50
Sol. 
HA  
H  A

H   CK a
Ka  108
BOH  
 
 B  OH

 OH   CK b  K a  K b 
= 10 9
1014
H   9

10 2
= pH = 9.50
33. 00001.25
Sol. As we know,
t1/2  a10 n
1 n
 t1/2  c.  a0  c  constant 
log t 1/2  log c  1  n  log a0
 1  n  tan 45o  1  n  1  n  0
Now, for K,
As we know for zero order reaction,
a0
t1/2 
2K
a  1
 log t1/2  log  0   loga0  log … (1)
 2K  2K
From graph,
1
log 2
2K
1
K moll1 sec 1
200
1
 250 K  250   1.25 mol / l / sec
200
34. 00155.88
a 3
Sol.  2r
4
2r = 155.88 pm
35. 00003.63
Sol. For a polyprotic process:
x
PV = K [x  1,  ]
R
C = CV,m +
1 x
3 R
C R
2 3
11R 11 1.98
   3.63
6 6
36. 00001.60
Sol. P is:
Ph
D
HO Ph
Me
OH
Total number of stereo isomers in P is 8.

x 8
   1.60
5 5
SECTION – A
37. C, D
 x x2   x 2 x3 
x  a 1    .....   b  x   .....   5
ae  bln 1  x  5
Sol. L  lim 2
 L  lim  1! 2! 
2
 2 3 
x 0 x x  0 x
 a = –5, b = 5, L = –5
38. A, B, C
3
n
    n    
Sol. Let lim   1  tan4 k   L  L  lim cos   cos  k  
n 
k 3  2  n  4 k 3   2 
 
sin x  x  sin x  x 
As   cos  k     cos  k 
x k 1 2  x  x  k 3 2 
x cos   cos  
2 4
3
sin x 
 x  
 x  2 2 1    3
 lim  lim  cos  k    cos  2k   L   
x  x x x 
k 3 2  k 3  22 2  32
x cos   cos  
2 4
39. A, B
Sol. Let a1 = a and b2 – a1 = d  (a + 4d)2 = (a + 2d)(a + 7d)  a = 2d
9
Also, a9 = 40  a + 8d = 40  a = 8, b = 4   ai2  6144
i 1

b2 3 1 1
Also, b1 = 54, 
b1 2
 b 
18
i 1 i
40. B, D
m m
Sol. A = Coefficient of xm – 2 in 1  x   x  1  m C0  m C2  A  2m
Cm  2  m C2
41. A, B, C, D
Sol. Exponent of ‘2’ is same in 15!, 14!·1!, 13!·2!, .....
 Number of values of ‘r’ = 16  k = 16
42. A, C, D
 z  z1 
Sol. Arg    0 or 
 z2  z3 
43. D
x x
20
  a0  a1x  a2 x  .....  a125 x  dx    x  x   2x  3x  1
2 125 3 5 6 4
Sol. dx
0 0
21
x2 x3 x4 x126  2x6  3x 4  1  1
 a0 x  a1  a2  a3  .....  a125 
2 3 4 126 252
 2x 6  3x 4  121  1
In the expansion of , we have only even powers of ‘x’
252
 a0 = a2 = a4 = ..... = a124 = 0
44. D
Sol. a0 = a2 = a4 = ..... = a124 = 0

20
Also, a1 = 0 and a125 = 2
45. C
46. B
Sol. (for Q.45.-46)
2 2
 1  2log2 e e
I   I  log2 e   I  log2 e    2log2 e  2 log2 e dx  I  log2 e    1 dx
 ln 2  0 0 e
e
2 sin x 2
2e 2
2 2 sin x
 I  log2 e   2  I  sin x    sin x dx  I  sin x    dx
e 1 0 2  2 sin x 0 2
 sin x
 2sin x
Adding both
 2I(sin x) = 2  I(sin x) = 
SECTION – D
47. 00004.00
Sol. P  (ae + r cos , r sin ) Q
2 P
 10e  r cos   r sin   2
 1
10 6 S
 cos2  sin2   10e2  10 2 10er cos 
r2     0
 10 6  10 10
Q
P
r1 r2
10e2  10  60
r1r2 
10   6cos2   10 sin2  
1  e2  60 1  e2 6 cos2   10 sin2 
SP  SP   
6 cos2   10 sin2  SP  SP 60
Similarly for Q coordinate replace  by 90º – 
10 cos2   6 sin2  1  e2
It gives 
60 SQ  SQ
1  e2 1  e2 6cos 2   10 sin2  10cos 2   6 sin2  16 4 N
    =  
SQ  SQ SQ  SQ 60 60 60 15 15
N=4
48. 00005.00
n 4
4  2k  1  1
Sol. P
k 1 4  2k   1
4
4 4 2 2 2 2
4a + b = ((a + b) + a )((a – b) + a )
n 4k 2   2k  12     2k  2 2   2k  12 
P
k 1   2k    2k  1    4k   2k  1 
2 2 2 2
n 2k  2 2   2k  12
P 2 2
k 1  2k    2k  1
02  12 22  32 42  52  2n  2  2   2n  12
P   .....
22  32 42  52 62  72  2n 2   2n  12
1 1
P 2
 2  k1 = 8, k2 = 4, k3 = 1
 2  8n  4n  1
4n  2n  1
 k1 + k3 – k2 = 5
49. 00001.00
iy x
Sol.  56x  33y  i  2 2
, 33x  56y  (z = x + iy)
x y x  y2
2
x  iy
56iz  33z 
x2  y2
1 1 1 7  4i
56iz  33z   z2   z 
z 33  56i 7  4i 65
11 p
x y    6p – q = 66 – 65 = 1
65 q
50. 00041.00
1  1 1
Sol.  x2  2  b  a  x    0  x   t
x  x x
t2 + at + b – 2 = 0  at + b + t2 – 2 = 0, t2  [4, )
This represents equation of line in a-b plane and a2 + b2 represent square of distance of a point
on this line from O (origin)
t2  2 2
d  t2  [4, ), dmin  at t2 = 4
2 5
1 t
2 4 p 2 2
dmin    p + q = 41
5 q
51. 00010.00
n n  1 1 31
Sol. P(tail) = 1    n = 10
2n  1 2n  1 2 42
52. 00008.00

Sol. Let a  a1î  a2 ˆj  a3kˆ

b  b1î  b2 ˆj  b3kˆ

c  c1î  c 2 ˆj  c 3kˆ
 
a  b  D1î  D2 ˆj  D3kˆ
 
a  b  D12  D22  D32  4
c  c12  c 22  c 32  2
     
Maximum value of a b c   a  b c  4  2  8
53. 00001.00
Sol.   x
2
4
1

 2x 2  1 3  1 dx 
0

3
 x  1 2  1dx  1
1 1
2 1 0 3
 x  2x 2  1 dx 
4 3  x  1 2  1dx  1  2  1  I  2
 
1 1
54. 00004.00
Sol. Put ex = t  ex dx = dt
2e5x  e4 x  4e3x  4e2x  2ex 1  e
x
 1
  dx  tan   c
 e2x  4  e2x  12  2  2  e2x  1
a+b=4
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – X
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 05-05-2019

correct option.
for wrong answer.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A block of mass m is released from height h from a fixed h m

smooth inclined plane. At the foot plank of mass m is kept
on smooth surface. Friction coefficient between plank and
block is  and block just fails to leave the plank of length
. Pick the correct options for the work done by friction on
the block and the plank. m
mgh
(A)  
4
mgh
(B) 
2
3mgh
(C) 
4
mgh
(D) 
4
2. A thin hoop of mass 5 kg and radius 10 cm is placed on a horizontal plane. At the initial instant,
the hoop is at rest. A small washer of mass 4 kg with zero initial velocity slides from the upper
point of the hoop along a smooth groove in the inner surface of the hoop. Speed of the centre of
the hoop at the moment when the washer is at a certain point of the hoop, whose radius vector
forms an angle 60 with the vertical downward direction is (The friction between the hoop and the
plane should be neglected)
1
(A) 2 m/s
3(5  2 3 )
52 3
(B) 2 m/s
21
1
(C) m/s
6
(D) 6 m/s
3. Which of the following is correct about a black body?

(A) A black body in thermal equilibrium must emit radiation at a rate lower than as it absorbs.
(B) Objects around room temperature radiate mainly in the infrared region of spectrum.
(C) At very high temperature (10000 K or more); an iron object is seen blue.
(D) At temperature 2898 K, the wavelength of maximum intensity is 1 m.
4. Two hemispherical shells having uniform mass distribution M2, R2

are kept as shown in figure. Force exerted by one
M1, R1
hemisphere on the other is 6.67  1011 Newton. Pick the
correct options:
(A) Masses and radii are 2 kg, 4 kg and 2 m, 2 m respectively.
1
(B) Masses and radii are 1 kg, 2 kg and m, 1 m respectively.
2
(C) Masses and radii are 2 kg, 2 kg and 1 m, 2 m respectively.
1
(D) Masses and radii are 1 kg, 1 kg and m, 1 m respectively.
2
5. Pick the correct options out of the following.

(A) Coercivity is measure of the reverse field needed to drive the magnetization to zero after
being saturated.
(B) Remanence is measure of the remaining magnetization when the driving field is dropped
to zero.
(C) For ferromagnetic materials, relative permeability is very close to 1.
(D) Earth has a magnetic field very much like that of a bar magnetic, directed from the
geographic south pole to geographic north pole.
6. A ring of thin wire with active resistance R and inductance L rotates with constant angular velocity
 in the external uniform magnetic field perpendicular to the rotation axis. In this process the flux
of magnetic induction of external field across the ring varies with time as  = 0 cos t. Pick the
correct option(s).
20 2
(A) Power developed in the circuit due to rotation is given by sin2 t .
2 2
(L)  R
(B) The mean mechanical power developed by external forces to maintain rotation is equal to
2 2
1  0 R
P
2 (R2  2L2 )
1 L
(C) The mean power developed in the circuit is equal to P = e0I0 cos  , where tan  
2 R
and I0 is peak current.
(D) The mean mechanical power developed by external forces to maintain rotation is equal to
12
I0R , where I0 is peak current.
2

7. A cylinder is sandwiched between two planks shown M

2F
in the figure. Two constant horizontal forces 2F and M
3F are applied on the planks at t = 0 as shown.
P
There is no slipping at the top and bottom of
cylinder. Surface below the plank is smooth. R
3F
2M
LIST–I LIST–II
Acceleration of Centre of mass of cylinder 20F 21F
P. 1. a
at t = 0 13M 13M
19F 20F
Q. Acceleration of top plank at t = 0 2. a
13M 13M
F 2F
R. Acceleration of bottom plank at t = 0 3. a
13M 13M
17F 18F
S. Acceleration of point P of cylinder at t = 0 4. a
13M 13M
(A) P → 3; Q → 2; R → 4; S→1
(B) P → 2; Q → 4; R → 3; S→1
(C) P → 3; Q → 1; R → 4; S→2
(D) P → 2; Q → 4; R → 1; S→3
8. In the given circuit two batteries of emf E and E and 3 C1 C2

M
capacitors of capacitance C1, C2 and C2 are connected.
Below is a List – II for the different set of values of potential
C
difference between M and N and value of E with 1 are C2
C2
given in List-I.
N
E E
LIST–I LIST–II
C1
P.  2; E = 100 Volt 1. 0 Volt
C2
C1
Q.  1; E = 200 Volt 2. 100 Volt
C2
C1
R.  3; E = 100 Volt 3. 25 Volt
C2
C1
S.  4; E = 200 Volt 4. 40 Volt
C2
(A) P → 3; Q → 2; R → 4; S→1
(B) P → 3; Q → 1; R → 4; S→2
(C) P → 4; Q → 3; R → 2; S→1
(D) P → 4; Q → 1; R → 2; S→3
9. A block A of mass 2m is hanging by the pulley fixed m

on a block D of mass 8m. Another block B of mass B
m is placed on D whereas a third block C of mass
m is on the ground passing by a pulley fixed on the D
block D. Given that m = 1 kg and angle  shown in
2m A 8m m
the figure is 60. The system (maintained in 
equilibrium) is made free at time t = 0. Answer the C
following questions in MKS.
LIST–I LIST–II
200
P. Acceleration of block D at t = 0 is 1.
61
680
Q. Tension in the slant string attached to C is 2.
61
820
R. Tension in the string joining A and B 3.
61
60
S. Acceleration of block A at t = 0 4.
61
(A) P → 3; Q → 2; R → 4; S→1
(B) P → 3; Q → 1; R → 4; S→2
(C) P → 4; Q → 2; R → 3; S→1
(D) P → 4; Q → 1; R → 2; S→3
10. An ideal mono atomic gas is confined by a

spring loaded massless piston of cross section
4.0  103 m2. Initially the gas is at 400 K and
occupies a volume of 4.8  103 m3 and the
spring is in its relaxed state. The gas is heated
by an electric heater until the piston moves out
slowly without friction by 0.1 m. Force constant
of the spring is 10000 N/m and atmospheric
pressure is 1.0  105 N/m2. The cylinder and
the piston are thermally insulated.
LIST–I LIST–II
P. Heat supplied by the heater is 1. 2100 J
Additional amount of heat required to
Q. 2. 2010 J
compress the spring by additional 0.1 m is
Internal energy change of the gas when
R. 3. 2500 J
piston moves 0.1 m from start
Internal energy change of the gas when
S. 4. 4320 J
pistons moves 0.2 m from start.
(A) P → 4; Q → 1; R → 2; S→3
(B) P → 2; Q → 3; R → 1; S→4
(C) P → 3; Q → 2; R → 4; S→1
(D) P → 1; Q → 3; R → 2; S→4
SECTION – D
11. A rod of mass 1 kg and length 2 m is suspended from

the ceiling with the help of two light inextensible cords
each of length 1 m so that the rod is horizontal. The rod
is given an angular velocity 2 rad/sec about its center b
vertical axis. Tension in a string immediately after the 
rod is given angular velocity is 7K Newton. K is
12. An equilateral triangular lamina of mass 1 kg and side length 10 cm is rotating with constant
angular velocity 4 rad/sec about an axis passing through centroid O of the triangle and
perpendicular to the plane of lamina. The axis is rotating with constant angular velocity 3 rad/sec.
Rate of charge of angular momentum of triangular lamina is
13. A rod of length 1 meter has variable coefficient of thermal expansion

 = (1.67 + 1.67x  1.67x2)  104 (in MKS). The rod is uniform throughout and its Young’s
modulus is same throughout the rod. Rod is rigidly fixed between two vertical walls. Find the
distance x (in MKS) of the point of the rod from corner x = 0 which is not displaced from its
position on heating the rod by 1C. (Given that x is neither 0 nor 1)
14. A light beam of diameter 3 3 cm in the shape of a hollow cylinder is incident symmetrically
around the radius of symmetry on a glass hemisphere of radius 3 cm and refractive indices 3
and 1.7 for violet and red colours. Distance between the red and violet colour of light in flat face of
hemisphere is (in cm)
15. According to Moseley’s Law, the ratio of the slope of graph between  and z (here  and z are
3
n2
frequency of radiation and atomic number respectively) for K and K is given by . n is equal
2
to
16. A magnetic field of 3.0  103 T along z-axis exerts a force (3iˆ  4ˆj)  1010 N on a particle having
a charge 2  109 C and moving in x-y plane. Here î and ĵ are unit vectors for x-axis and y-axis
respectively. Velocity of particle is given by (xiˆ  yj)
ˆ m/s. (x  y) is equals to
17. A solid sphere of radius 14 cm rolls without slipping in a cylindrical curve of radius 70 cm. The
time period of small oscillations is equal to (in sec) (given that g = 10 m/s2)
18. A solid sphere of radius 3 cm made of material of bulk modulus 2  109 N/m2 is surrounded by a
liquid in a cylindrical container. A massless piston of area 8  103 m2 (area of the container is
also same) floats on the surface of liquid. A mass of 5 kg is placed on the piston to compress the
liquid, change in radius of sphere (in Å) is
SECTION – A
19. What is the pI (iso-electric point) of the following amino acid:

H5C2 CH NH 3 (PKb = 4.6)
COOH
(PKa = 2.4)
(A) 3.5
(B) 5.9
(C) 2.3
(D) 4.6
20. Which of the following compounds give positive test with Tollen’s reagent:
O
O
O
H C OH H3C CH OC2H5
OH H3C C H
OH
(1) (2) (3) (4)
O H3C OC2H5 OH O
Ph C H C H3C C H3C C CH3
H3C OC2H5 H3C OC2H5
(5) (6) (7) (8)

(A) 1, 2, 3
(B) 3, 4, 5
(C) 6, 7, 8
(D) 1,3, 5
21. Which of these properties is/are correct for Beryllium?

(A) Exhibiting amphoteric nature in their oxides
(B) Forming polymeric chloride by forming (3c, 4e–) bond
–
(C) Forming polymeric hydride by forming (3c, 2e ) bond
(D) Forming co-valent halides
22. P4 + NaOH(aq)  ? + ?
Select correct statement(s) about the reaction:
(A) One of the product is PH3
(B) It is disproportionation reaction
(C) One of the product is NaH2PO3
(D) This reaction is not given by red phosphorous
23. What is the IUPAC name of the following compound:

CH2CH2CH2CH3
(A) Butylcyclobutane
(B) Cyclobutylbutane
(C) Butanecyclobutane
(D) Cyclobutanebutane
24. Which of the following reaction(s) produce(s) Cr2O3 along with O2?
(A) Heating (NH4)2Cr2O7
(B) Heating CrO3
(C) Heating K2Cr2O7
(D) Reaction of Al2O3 with Cr

25. Match the following List – I with List - II:

P. [Ni(CN)4]2– 1. Paramagnetic and number of unpaired electrons(s)
is/are same as the free metal ion
Q. K3[Fe(CN)6] 2. Paramagnetic but number of unpaired electron(s)

is/are less than the free metal ion
R. [NiCl4]2– 3. Free metal ion is paramagnetic but complex is

diamagnetic
S. [Ni(NH3)6]SO4 4. d-orbital(s) is/are involved in hybridization
5. Metal in +2 oxidation state
6. Metal in +3 oxidation state.

(A) P  2, 4, 5, Q  3, 4, 6, R  1, 4, 5, S  1, 5
(B) P  3, 4, 5, Q  2, 4, 6, R  1,5, S  1, 4, 5
(C) P  1, 5, Q  3, 4, 6, R  2, 4, 5, S  1, 5
(D) P  2, 4, 5, Q  1, 4, 6, R  3, 4, 5, S  1, 5

2+ st
P. Zn 1. 1 group cation
+
Q. Ag 2. Precipitated by Na2S
2+
R. Pb 3. Yellow precipitate with KI
3+
S. Bi 4. Produce precipitate on dilution with water
5. Produce amphoteric hydroxide
(A) P  2, 5, Q  1, 2, 3, R  1, 2, 3, 5, S  2, 4
(B) P  3, 4, Q  1, 4, 5, R  1, 2, 3, 4, 5, S  3, 5
(C) P  2, 5, Q  1, 4, 5, R  1, 2, 3, 5, S  3, 5
(D) P  3, 4, Q  1, 2, 3, R  1, 2, 3, 4, 5, S  2, 4
27. Match the list:

P. H3C H 1. Chiral
H C2H5
Q. H3C C2H5 2. Achiral
H H
R. D 3. Geometrical isomerism
H3C C2H5
H
H H
S. CH3 4. Containing plane of symmetry
H3C CH3
H
H H
5. Compound containing even number of chiral
centers
(A) P  2, 3, 4, Q  1, 3, 5, R  2, 3, 4 S  1, 3
(B) P  1, 3, 5, Q  2, 3, 4, R  1, 3, S  2, 3, 4
(C) P  1, 3, 5, Q  1, 3, 5, R  2, 3, 4, S  1, 3
(D) P  1, 3, 5, Q  1, 3, 5, R  1, 3, S  2, 3, 4

P. 1. Dichloro aromatic compound
CHCl3 /KOH CHCl3 , KOH
   
Q. 2. Monochloro aromatic compounds

CHClBr2


KOH
R. 3. Monobromo aromatic compound

CHCl2Br

KOH

S. 4. Carbine formation
CHCl3

KOH
5. Ring expansion takes place

(A) P  1, 4, 5, Q  2, 4, 5, R  2, 4, 5, S  2, 4, 5
(B) P  2, 4, 5, Q  3, 4, 5, R  3, 4, 5, S  2, 4, 5
(C) P  2, 4, 5, Q  3, 4, 5, R  3, 4, 5, S  1, 4, 5
(D) P  1, 4, 5, Q  3, 4, 5, R  3, 4, 5, S  1, 4, 5
SECTION – D
29. Calculate the pressure exerted (in atm) by 2 mole of CO2 gas at 300 K, if volume occupied by
2 –2
CO2 molecules is negligible. a = 3.592 atm lit mol .
30. What is the percentage purity of concentrated H2SO4 solution (Specific gravity 1.8 g/ml) if 5 ml of
this solution is neutralized by 84.6 ml of 1 N NaOH.
31. Calculate the accelerating potential (in volts) that must be imparted to a proton beam to give it an
effective wavelength of 0.01 nm.
Given : mass of proton = 1.6  10–27 kg
Charge on proton = 1.6  10–19 Coulomb
Plank’s constant h = 6.6  10–34 J/sec
32. An oxide of metal m (at wt = 64) contains 20% oxygen by weight. The oxide was converted into
chloride by treatment with HCl and electrolysed. Calculate the amount of metal (in gm) that would
be deposited at cathode if a current of 1 ampere was passed for a period of 3.2 hr.
33. The following reaction follows 1st order kinetics at 150oC:

A (g)  B(g) + C(g)
On starting with pure A, at the end of 20 min, the total pressure was found to be 300 mm of Hg.
After a long time the total pressure of the system was 500 mm of Hg. Calculate the half-life period
of the reaction in minutes. (log 1.25 = 0.09691)
34. Calculate the heat of dissociation (in Kcal) for NH4OH if

HCl + NH4OH  NH4Cl + H2O H = –12.27 Kcal
H+ + OH–  H2O H = –13.7 Kcal
35. At 470 K partially dissociated vapours of PCl5 are 60 times as heavy as H2. Calculate the
% dissociation of PCl5.
36. A gas present in a cylinder fitted with a frictionless piston expands against a constant pressure of
1 atm from a volume of 3 lit. to a volume of 7 lit. In doing so, it absorbs 750 J heat from
surroundings. Determine increase in internal energy of the gas. [Take 1 L atm = 101.3 J]
SECTION – A
3
37. Let f(x) = x – 3x + 1, then
(A) f(f(x)) = 0 has 7 solutions
(B) f(f(x)) = 0 has 4 solutions
(C) f(f(x)) = –1 has 7 solutions
(D) f(f(x)) = –1 has 4 solutions
38. If the system of linear equations (cos )x + (sin )y + cos  = 0, (sin )x + (cos )y + sin  = 0,
(cos )x + (sin )y – cos  = 0 is consistent, then the possible values of   [0, 2] is/are

(A)
2
3
(B)
4
3
(C)
2
7
(D)
4
4 9 a
39. Suppose x, y  (–2, 2) and xy = –1 then the least value of u  2
 2
is (where a and
4x 9y b
b are coprime), then
(A) a + b = 17
(B) a + b = 19
(C) a–b=7
(D) a–b=5
1 D
40. As shown in the diagram, the volume of tetrahedron DABC is .
6
AC C
also ACB = 45º and AD  BC   3 , then
2 45º
(A) CD  3 A
(B) AD = 1
(C) BC = 2
(D) AC = 2 B
41. The number of natural numbers n such that there exists an integers number x for which
499(1997n + 1) = x2 + x, is/are less than
(A) 2
(B) 3
(C) 4
(D) 5
 3  3  3
42. If cot 1  12    cot 1  22    cot 1  32    ..........  is equal to tan–1 k, then k is
 4  4  4
(A) prime
(B) even
(C) multiple of three
(D) odd


LIST – I (Number of solution of) LIST - II
x
P. sin x  is 1. 1
2
3
Q. e x  e x  x is 2. 2
R. sin5 x + cos3 x = 1 in (0, 2] is 3. 4
  
S. cos x  2 x  1 in   ,  is 4. 3
 2 2
(A) P → 4; Q → 1; R → 3; S → 2
(B) P → 4; Q → 3; R → 1; S → 2
(C) P → 4; Q → 1; R → 2; S → 3
(D) P → 3; Q → 1; R → 4; S → 2
 xf  x   4 
44. Let f: R+  R be an increasing function such that xf(x) + 2 > 0 and f  x   f    1 . Match
 x 
the following List-I with List-II
LIST - I LIST - II
The value of [f(1)] is (where [.] denotes the
P. 1. 2
greatest integer function)
Q. Number of points of inflection of f(x) are 2. 1
The value of [1 – f(1)] is (where [.] denotes
R. 3. 0
Number of solutions of sin x = f(8) in the
S. 4. 4
interval [–, 2] are
(A) P → 2; Q → 3; R → 1; S → 4
(B) P → 4; Q → 3; R → 1; S → 2
(C) P → 2; Q → 3; R → 4; S → 1
(D) P → 2; Q → 1; R → 3; S → 4
45. Consider two circles S1  (x – 3)2 + (y – 1)2 = 9 and S2 = x2 + (y – 1)2 = 9.

Match the following List-I with List-II
LIST – I LIST - II
P. Length of common tangent to S1 = 0 and S2 = 0 is 1. 9
Q. Length of common chord to S1 = 0 and S2 = 0 is 2. 3 3
Maximum distance between two points, one on S1
R. 3. 6
= 0 and other on S2 = 0, is
S. Angle between S1 = 0 and S2 = 0 is , then 9 is 4. 3
(A) P → 2; Q → 4; R → 3; S → 1
(B) P → 4; Q → 2; R → 1; S → 3
(C) P → 4; Q → 3; R → 2; S → 1
(D) P → 4; Q → 3; R → 1; S → 2

LIST - I LIST - II
 /2
5 3  8
P.  sin xdx is 1.
12
0
 /4
8
Q.  tan4 xdx is 2.
0
15
1
5 1
R.  x 1  x  dx is 3.
120
0
 /2
7
1
S.  sin x cos5 x dx is 4.
56
0

(A) P → 1; Q → 2; R → 3; S → 4
(B) P → 2; Q → 1; R → 4; S → 3
(C) P → 4; Q → 3; R → 2; S → 1
(D) P → 3; Q → 4; R → 1; S → 2
SECTION – D
f  x
47. Let f(x) and g(x) are polynomial of degree 4 such that g() = g() = g() = 0. If lim 0,
x  g x
then number of different real solutions of equation f(x)g(x) + g(x)f(x) = 0 is equal to
48. Consider a cube whose faces are given by x  y  z  3 3 , x  y  z  2 3 , 4x  5y  z  42 ,

4x  5y  z  2 42 , 2x  y  3z  14 and 2x  y  3z  2 14 & a triangle whose vertices are
(2, 1, 3), (1, 1, 1), (3, 1, 0), then the number of point of intersection of cube and triangle is
 5 1 7 
 
49. Let A  aij  is a square matrix of order 3 such that adj A   1 7 5  and det(A) < 0,
3 3
 7 5 1
1 3 3
then  aij is equal to
3 i1 j1
1
50. If the value of sin 1º sin 3º sin 5º ..... sin 179º = , then ( – 82) is equal to
2
51. A1 and A2 are the vertices of the conic C1 : 4(x – 3)2 + 9(y – 2)2 – 36 = 0 and point P is moving in
the plane such that PA 1  PA 2  3 2 , then the locus of P is another conic C2. If D1 denotes the
distance between foci of conic C2. D2 denotes the product of perpendicular distances from the
points A1, A2 upon any tangent drawn to the conic C2 and D3 denotes length of tangent drawn
2
D D 
from any point on auxiliary circle of conic C1 to the auxiliary circle of the conic C2, then  1 2 2 
 D3 
is equal to
52. If (h, k) be a point on the axis of parabola 3y2 + 4y – 6x + 8 = 0 from which three distinct real
normals could be drawn to the parabola, then [h]least is equal to (where [.] denotes the greatest
integer function)
x x x N
53. If N denotes the sum of all values of x satisfying equation       , then is equal to
2 3 7 7
sin A sinB sinC

54. For any acute angle ABC, let M denotes the maximum value of   , then
A B C
 2M 
 3  is equal to (where [.] denotes the greatest integer function)
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – X
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 05-05-2019

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. C, D
Sol. From initial to final instant v  2gh
Conservation of momentum gives : v
v
mv = 2mv
(i) (f)
2gh
 v 
2
Work energy theorem on block + Plank:
1  2gh  1 mgh
Wf  (2m)    m(2gh)  
2  4  2 2
Work energy theorem on block:
1  2gh  1 3
Wf  (2m)    2 m(2gh)   4 mgh
2  4 
mgh  3  mgh
  Wf plank      mgh   
2  4  4
2. C
Sol. Conservation of momentum give: 
Mv  m(v r cos60  v)
v
mvr cos60
v …(i) 60
(m  M) m
Energy conservation vr
3 1 1
mgR  Mv 2  m (v r cos 60  v)2  (v r sin60)2  …(ii)
2 2 2
Solve (i) and (ii) for v
3. B, C, D
Sol. Based on blackbody radiation.
4. A, B, C
G(2M1 ) M2 GM1M2 M2, R2 M2
Sol. FN   dFcos    dA cos   dm = dA = dA
R 22 2R 22 R 22 dF 2R22

GM1M2 dF cos 
 The force extended by half shell (M1, R1) will be
2R 22 2M1, R1
So, A, B, C are Correct.
5. A, B, D
Sol. Based on magnetism
6. B, C, D
Sol. From the concept of power in A.C. circuit.
7. C
Sol. Equations are : a1
f1  f2  MaC …(i) M
2F
MR2 f1
(f1  f2 )R   …(ii) f1
2 M
2F  f1 = Ma1 …(iii)
aC
3F  f2 = 2Ma2 …(iv) R 
Constraints are
Lower point: R  aC = a2 …(v) f2
Upper point : R + aC = a1 …(vi) f2
3F
Solve for required quantities. 2M
a2
8. B
Sol. KVL in L1 and L2 gives C1 Q Q
M
 Q  Q1  Q1 (Q  Q1) (Q  Q1) C2
E  …(i)
 C1  C2
Q1
Q Q1 (1) C2 (2)
E  …(ii) Q1
C2 C2
Solving above
N
 C  C1  E E
VMN  E  2 
 2C2  C1 
9. C
Sol. Draw FBD and use LOM to solve
10. D
Sol. From Work energy theorem, A
Wgas   P0 Adx   kxdx  0
1 2
 Wgas  P0 V  kx  90 J , where x = 0.1 m
2
Using Q = U + W gas
P
= nCv T  Wgas P0
3 dx
= PV  P0 V0   Wgas
2
3
 PV  P0 V0   Wgas  2010  90  2100J
2
Calculate the other values similarly
SECTION – D
11. 00001.00
Sol. Use constraint that length of thread is constant always.
12. 00000.01
Sol. 1  angular velocity of lamina about ICM. ICM
2  angular velocity of axis ICM.
 2
dL  
  2  L
dt

dL 1
  12ICM
dt
13. 00000.50
Sol. Using  =  T
For no displacement, compare the stress on both side of section.
14. 00000.02
3 P
Sol. At P, sinr  60
2
Q
3 3 r
 3 du 60 y
 dr  2
2 2 cosr O
In OPQ,
y 3
 …(i)
sinr sin(150  r)
Differentiate (i) and put r = 30 for  = 3
2
 |dy| = d = 0.2133
3
15. 00001.33
3R
Sol. For K;   (z  b)
4
8R
K;   (z  b)
9
8
3/ 2
K 9 4 1
    n = 1.33
K 3 3 2
4
16. 00016.67
  
Sol. F  q(v  B)
(3iˆ  4ˆj)  1010  2  109 (x î  yj)
ˆ  3  103 kˆ
400 300 100
Solve: x   ; y  |x + y| =  16.67
6 6 6
17. 00001.76
Sol. mg sin   f = ma …(i)

2
fr  mr 2  …(ii) 
5 
5 mg sin 
 a  gsin 
7 f a
5  5g 
For small ; a  g   x
7  7(R  r)  mg
7(R  r)
 T  2
5g
18. 00312.50
dP dV dP R  dP 
Sol. B    dR  
dV / V V B 3  B 
3 50 1
dR     312.5 Å
100  3 8  10 3 2  109
SECTION – A
19. B
PKa1  PKa2
Sol. pH 
2
2.4  14  4.6 

2
= 5.9
20. A, B, D
21. A, B, C, D
Sol. Properties of Baryllium.
22. A, B, D
Sol. P4  3NaOH  3H2O 
 PH3  2NaH2PO2
 White 
23. A
24. B, C
Δ
Sol. NH4 2 Cr2O7   N2  4H2 O  Cr2 O3
Δ 3
2CrO3   Cr2O3  O2
2
Δ 3
2K 2 Cr2O7   2K 2 CrO 4  Cr2 O3  O2
2
Al2O3  Cr  No reaction
25. B
Sol. (P) [Ni(CN)4]2–
O. S of Ni is +2
Ni2  3d8  Paramagnetic
3d 4s
In presence of ligand
Ni2  3d8  Diamagnetic
3d 4s 4p
dsp2
(Q) K3[Fe(CN)6]
Oxidation state of Fe = +3
Fe3  3d5 4s0  Paramagnetic
3d 4s
Paramagnetic low spin

3d 4p
4s
d2 sp3
(R) Ni2  
3d 4s
Paramagnetic
sp3
(S) [Ni(NH3)6]SO4
sp3 d2 paramagnetic
26. A
Sol. Ag+ - Ag2S 
- AgI  yellow
- 1st group
Zn - 4th group
2+
- ZnS 
- Soluble in KI
- form Amphoteric Oxide
Pb2+ - Pbs 
- PbI2  yellow
- 1st and 2nd group
- form Amphoteric oxides
Bi3+ - Bi2S3 
- BiI3  Black
- BiO+X– (white ppt on dilution with water)
nd
- 2 group
27. D
Sol. P – Chiral, G. I., 2 chiral centers
Q – Chiral, G.I., 2 chiral centers
R – Chiral, G. I., 3 chiral centers
S – Achiral, G. I., plane of symmetry
28. A
Sol. (P)
CHCl3 CHCl3

KOH

KOH
Cl Cl
(Q) Cl
CHClBr2

KOH

(R) Cl
CHCl2Br2

KOH

(S) Cl
CHCl3

KOH
SECTION – D
29. 00042.22
Sol. For n mole
 n2 a 
 P  2   V  nb   nRT for negligible volume b  0
 V 
PV – nRTV + n2a = 0
2
Quadratic in V thus,
nRT  n2R 2 T 2  4an2P
V
2
V has one value at given pressure and temperature thus discriminant = 0
n2R2T2 = 4a n2P
P = 42.22 atm.
30. 00046.06
Sol. Meq of H2SO4 = Meq of NaOH
84.6
N of H2SO4 =
5
84.6
Weight of H2SO4 in 1 lit =  49
5
84.6  49
Weight of H2SO4 in 1 ml =
5  1000
84.6  49  100
Purity =  46.06%
5  1.8  1000
31. 00008.50
h 6.6  10 34
Sol. u  27 9
 4.125  104 m / s
mλ 1.6  10  0.01 10
QV = 1/2 mu2
Putting all values we get V
V = 8.50 volt.
32. 00003.82
Sol. Equivalent of oxygen = Equivalent of metal
20 80

8 E
E = 32
64
N.f = 2
32
2F charge is required for 64 gm metal
1F charge is required for 32 gm metal

60  60  3.2 32  60  60  3.2
Coulomb charge is required for gm metal
96500 96500
= 3.82 gm
33. 00062.10
Sol. A  g  B  g  C  g
At time t  0 p 0 0
At time t  20 min px x x
At time t   0 p p
p + x = 300
2p = 500
p = 250
x = 50
2.303
K log1.25
20
0.693
t1/2   62.10 min
K
34. 00001.43
Sol. HCl + NH4OH  NH4Cl + H2O H = –12.27
H+ + Cl– + NH4OH  NH4 + Cl– + H2O H = –12.27 …1
 –
NH4OH  NH + OH H = x4 …2
From equation (1) and (2)
H+ + OH–  H2O H = –12.27 – x
We know that
–12.27 – x = –13.7
X = 1.43 Kcal
35. 00073.75
Sol. 
PCl5 
 PCl5  Cl2
1 0 0
1 α α α
Meq 1

Minitial 1 α
208.5
 1 α
120
 = 0.7375
Or 73.75%
36. 00344.80
Sol. Work is done against constant pressure and thus irreversible.
V = 4 lit
P = 1 atm
w = –1  4 lit-atm = - 1 × 4 × 101.3 = - 405.2 Joule
 E  a  w
 E  750  405.2
E  344.80 J
SECTION – A
37. A, D
Sol. f(x) = 3(x – 1)(x + 1)
 f is strictly non-decreasing in (–, –1] and [1, ) and non-increasing in [–1, 1]
f(–1) = 3, f(1) = –1, f(2) = 3
f(x) = 0 has three distinct roots x 1, x2, x3 i.e. –2 < x1 < –1 < x2 < 1 < x3 < 2
So f(x) = x1 has one solution
f(x) = x2 = has 3 solution
f(x) = x3 has 3 solution
38. A, C
Sol. =0
cos  sin  cos 
 sin  cos  sin   0
cos  sin   cos 
 cos ·cos 2 = 0
  3 5 3 7
  , , , , ,
4 2 4 4 2 4
 3 5 7
But   , , , (rejected)
4 4 4 4
Because line are parallel, so system is inconsistent
39. A, C
4 9x 2 35x 2 35
Sol. (i) We have u    1  = 1
4  x 2 9x 2  1 9x 4  37x 2  4  2
2

37    3x    12 
 x 
 
 1  1  12 2
Since x   2,     , 2  . So u reaches minimum value , when x  
 2  2  5 3
(ii) Using A.M. and G.M.
4 9
u2 
4  x 9  y2
2
12 12 12 12
 =  
2 2
36  9x  4y   xy 
2 2
37  9x  4y 2 2 5
37  2 36  xy 
40. A, B
1 1  1 D
Sol. AD  BC  AC  sin 45º   VABCD 
3 2  6
AC C
So, AD  BC  1
2 45º
AC AC
3  AD  BC   3 AD  BC  3 A
2 2
AC
Equality holds if and only if AD = BC = 1 B
2
So AD is perpendicular to the face ABC. DC  AD2  AC2  3
41. A, B, C, D
2 n 2 2
Sol. (2x + 1) = 1996(1997) + 1997 for n = 1, we get (2x + 1) = 1997
So 2x + 1 =  1997  x = 998, –999
42. A, B
n
 3
Sol. Tr   cot 1  r 2  
r 1  4
 
4 
1  1
 1 
Tr  tan  2   tan  
 4r  3   r 2  3 
 4
 
 1 
Tr  tan1  
  2 1
 1  r  4  
  
 1  1
Tr  tan1  r    tan1  r  
 2   2 
 1   1 
Sn  tan1  n    tan1  
 2 2
 1  1
lim Sn  tan1   tan1   =  tan1 = tan–1 2
n   2 2 2
43. C
3
Sol. e x  e x  x
3 3
Let f  x   e x  e x  f   x   e x  3x 2  e  x  0
f(–) = , f() = 0  f(x) = x has one solution
sin5 x  sin2 x; cos3 x  cos2 x
 sin5 x + cos3 x  sin2 x + cos2 x  sin5 x + cos3 x  1
Equality holds if sin5 x = sin2 x and cos3 x = cos2 x
 sin x = 0, cos x = 1 or sin x = 1, cos x = 0

 x  , 2
2
44. A
1  17 17  1
Sol. f  x   f x 
2x 2x 2
45. B
9
Sol. Length of common chord = 2 9  3 3
4
 9  9  9  2
Angle between circles =   cos1  
 233  3
46. B
 /2
n n 1
Sol. Let In   sin xdx  In   In2
0
n
 /4
n 1
Let Pn   tan xdx  Pn  Pn 2 
0
n 1
1
n 1 1
Let In   x 1  x  dx  In  
0
n 1 n  2
SECTION – D
47. 00002.00
f  x
Sol. g() = g() = g() = 0  g(x) = a(x – )3(x – ) and lim 0
x  g x
4
 f(x) = b(x – )
d
h(x) = f(x)g(x) + g(x)f(x) =  f  x  g x 
dx
d
=
dx
 7
 7 6
ab  x     x    = ab((x – ) + 7(x – )(x – ) )
= ab(x – )6(x –  + 7x – 7) = ab(x – )6(8x –  – 7)

 h(x) has two different real solutions
48. 00002.00
Sol. A(3, 1, 0) inside cube B
B(1, 1, 1) outside cube
C(2, 1, 3) outside cube
Number of intersection point is 2
A
49. 00006.00
Sol. |A| = –18
A adj(A) = –18 I
 a11 a12 a13   5 1 7   18 0 0 
 a21 a22 a 23   1 7 5   0 18 0 
a31 a32 a33   7 5 1  0 0 18 
1
 3 aij  3 18    aij  6
3
50. 00007.00
sin 1º sin 2º sin 3º ..... sin 179º
Sol. = sin 1º sin 3º sin 5º ..... sin 179º
sin 2º sin 4º ..... sin 178º
2
 1 1 
 44  sin2º sin 4º.....sin88º 
 2 2  1
=   = 89
 sin2º sin 4º.....sin88º 2 289
51. 00036.00
2
 x  3 2  y  2 
Sol. C1 :  1
9 4
 A1 = (6, 2), A2 = (0, 2)
(0, 2) (3, 2) A(6, 2)
 PA 1  PA 2  3 2
Clearly locus of P is hyperbola for which
A1A2 = 2ae = 6 and 2a  3 2  e  2
 Locus of P is rectangular hyperbola
2 2 9
Equation of conic C2 : (x – 3) – (y – 2) =
2
Now D1 = 2ae = 6 P
2 9
D2 = b =
2 Q
O
9 3
D3 : L  9  
2 2
2 Auxiliary circle of C1
D D 
  1 2 2   36 Auxiliary circle of C2
 D3 
52. 00002.00
2
 2  10 
Sol.  y    2 x  
 3  9 
Clearly for three distinct normal x-coordinate > 2a
10 1 19
 x  2  h   [h]least = 2
9 2 9
53. 00003.00
Sol. x = 6q + r where 0  r  5
x x x  r   r  9 r
        
2 3 7  2 3  7 7
for r = 0, we get q = 0  x = 0
for r = 1, we get q = 1  x = 7
for r = 2, we get q = –5  x = –28
for r = 3, we get q = 3  x = 21
for r = 4, we get q = –3  x = –14
for x = 5, we get q = –2  x = –7
N
 N = sum of all value = –21  3
7
or Put x = 7k where k  I
54. 00005.00
sin x   x cos x  sin x  x  tan x   
Sol. f  x  for x   0,  ; f(x) = 2
= cos x  2   ve for x   0, 
x  2 x  x   2
 
 f(x) is decreasing function for x   0, 
 2
2
  x sin x  2x cos x  2sin x 
f   x    
 x3 
Let h(x) = –x2 sin x – 2x cos x + 2 sin x

2  
h(x) = –x cos x = –ve for x   0, 
 2
   
 h(x) is decreasing function for x   0,  ; h(x) < h(0) for x   0, 
 2  2
2  
 –x sin x – 2x cos x + 2 sin x < 0  x   0, 
 2
   
 f(x) < 0  x   0,   f(x) is concave down on  0, 
 2  2
 
 for any x1, x2, x3   0, 
 2
 x  x 2  x3 
f  x1   f  x 2   f  x 3 
We can write f  1 
 3  3
x1 = A. x2 = B, x3 = C
 A  B  C  sin A sinB sinC
sin    
 3  A B C
A BC 3
3
9  sin A sinB sinC 9 3  2M  
sin    , M    3 3   5
 3 A B C 2  3 
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – XI
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 1
TEST DATE: 13-05-2019

correct option.
for wrong answer.
AITS-FT-XI (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. Velocity time graph of a particle moving along V(m/s)

straight line is shown in figure. Choose correct
option(s). 10
40
0
20 6 t(s)
10
(A) Average velocity of the particle through out motion is zero.
(B) Average speed of the particle is 5 m/s.
(C) Distance travelled by the particle in 40 sec is 200 m.
(D) Displacement of the particle during first 20 sec is 100 m.
2. A particle is projected horizontally from an inclined plane 10 m/s

with speed 10 m/s as shown in figure. (g = 10ms–2)
choose correct option(s)
30
(A) Range along inclination is 10 m

2
(B) Time of flight is sec
3
(C) Speed of particle when it strikes inclined plane is 15 m/s
(D) Time of flight is 3 sec.
3. A sphere of mass 10 kg is kept stationary on a rough inclined

plane as shown in figure. String is massless and inextensible. At
equilibrium string remains horizontal. Choose correct
statement(s) : (g = 10 ms–2)
45
100
(A) Tension in string is N
 2 1 
 100 
(B) Friction force acting on sphere is  N
 2  1
(C) Minimum value of coefficient of friction for equilibrium is 1
(D) Normal reaction between sphere and inclination is 50 2 N.
3 AITS-FT-XI (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19
4. The given plot shows the variation of potential energy of U

interaction between two particles with distance between
them. (Particles are placed in isolated space).
x1 x2 x
(A) Mutual force acting on the particles is zero when distance between then is x1
(B) Mutual force acting on the particles is zero when distance between then is x 2
(C) Mutual force between the particles is repulsive when distance between them is more than
x1 but less than x2.
(D) Equilibrium is stable at x1.
5. Electrons having de-Broglie wave length  are incident on target in X-ray tube. Minimum
wavelength of X-rays generated is 1. Then choose INCORRECT statement(s).
(A) If  is increased the value of 1 decreases.
(B) If  is increased the value of 1 increases.
(C) The value of 1 will not change if target metal is changed.
(D) The value of 1 does not depend on .
6. Two waves having same wavelength  in vacuum are in phase initially. First wave travels a path
length L1 in medium of refractive index n1 and second wave travels path length L2 in medium of
refractive index n2. They are now combined in vacuum. Based on above information choose
correct option(s).
2
(A) Phase difference between waves after combination is (n1L1  n2L 2 ) .

(B) Frequency of both waves remains unchanged when they travel through different medium.
2  L1 L2 
(C) Phase difference between waves after combination is   
  n1 n2 
(D) Frequency of wave in medium with more refractive index will be more.
(Paragraph Type)
A circular loop of radius R is kept in x–y plane with centre at origin. Magnetic field in region is given by

B  B0 î  2B0 ˆj  3B0kˆ . Based on above information, answer the following questions.
7. If loop starts rotating with angular velocity  about x–axis. Then value of average induced emf
during the time loop changes its plane from x-y plane to x–z plane for the first time is
(A) 2B0R2
2B0 R2
(B)

(C) B0R2
B0 R2
(D)

8. If a current i is flowing in loop when it was in x–y plane and at rest. The direction of current is
such that when an observer situated at positive z-axis looks at loop he finds direction of current
clockwise. The value of net torque about centre of loop is
 ĵ 
(A) 2iR2B0  î  
 2 

(B) 
iR2B î  2ˆj
0 
 ĵ 
(C) 2iR2B0  î   kˆ 
 2 
 
(D) 2 ˆ
 ˆ
iR B i  2 j  k
0
ˆ

An experiment is performed to calculate the focal length of a convex mirror using convex lens. The setup
consists of two pins, optical bench, one convex lens and one convex mirror.
When only convex lens is placed at a distance 60 cm from pin (object) its image is formed at a distance
30 cm from the lens as shown in figure (i) Now. Convex mirror is also kept right to the lens without
changing distance between pin (object) and lens. The mirror is kept at a distance 10 cm from lens such
that position of image of object pin and position of object pin coincides as shown in figure (ii)
60 cm 30 cm 60 cm
10 cm
Figure (i) Figure (ii)
Now answer the following questions.
9. Focal length of convex lens used is

(A) 20 cm
(B) 40 cm
(C) 60 cm
(D) 30 cm
10. Focal length of convex mirror is

(A) 10 cm
(B) 30 cm
(C) 20 cm
(D) 60 cm
SECTION – D
11. A uniformly charged ring is placed in x – y plane with its centre at origin. Total charge on ring is
(10 nC) and radius of ring is 1 cm. The magnitude of potential difference between points having
co–ordinate (0, 0, 2 2 cm) and (0, 0 2 6 cm) is (in volts)
12. The magnetic field in a certain cylindrical region of radius 5 cm is varying with time according to
law given by B = (4t2 – 3t) where B is in Tesla and t is in second. The value of induced electric
field at 3 cm from centre is E1 and at 6 cm from centre is E2. The value of product of magnitude of
E1 and E2 (at t = 1 sec) is k × 10–5 V2/m2. The value of k is
13. A battery of emf 48 V unknown internal resistance is P(W)

connected to a rheostat whose resistance can be varied in a
long range. A graph is plotted between power developed 200 W
across rheostat and resistance of rheostat which is shown in
figure. The internal resistance of the battery in  is
R (ohm)
14. Moment of inertia of a uniform equilateral triangular lamina of mass 20 kg and side length 75 cm
about an axis perpendicular to plane and passing through centroid (in kg–m2) is I. The value of
100 I is
15. If pressure inside a spherical bubble of radius 0.2 mm just below the surface of water is k  104
N/m2 then the value of k is ……... (Given surface tension of water = 7  102 N/m and
atmospheric pressure 1.013  105 N/m2)
16. Gravitational field intensity at the centre of the base of a uniform hollow hemisphere of mass 2 kg
and radius 50 cm is E  1011 N/kg. The value of E is
 x
17. A harmonic pulse given by y(in cm)  (0.9 cm)sin  t   . x in meter and t in second is travelling
 4
in a uniform tight string. Same pulse is transmitted onto another string where speed of wave
becomes 2 m/s. The amplitude of transmitted wave in (cm) is
18. P-V graph of an ideal di-atomic gas undergoing P (Nm–2)

adiabatic process is shown in figure. At certain
point A, tangent is drawn slope of tangent is 1
5
(N/m ). The volume of the gas at point A is V 
10 m3. The value of V is
4
A
105
V0 V (m3)
SECTION – A
19. Which of the following statement(s) regarding alkaline earth metals is/are correct?
(A) Only BeF2 behaves as a Lewis acid while other fluorides of alkaline earth metals don’t act
as Lewis acid.
(B) Be doesn’t react directly with fluorine hence BeF2 is prepared by heating (NH4)2BeF4.
(C) In solid state the geometry of BeCl2 is tetrahedral.
(D) All metals of alkaline earth metals show characteristic colour in flame test.
20. Which of the following complex(es) is/are diamagnetic as well as show(s) optical isomerism
(A) [PtCl2 (MeNH –CH2 – CH2 – NHMe)]
3
(B)  Co  C2O 4 3 
 
(C) K Cr H2O 2  C2O4 2 
(D) Ni  en 2 Cl2 
21. Which of the following halogen react(s) with water at room temperature to give hypohalous acid
(HOX)
(A) F2
(B) Cl2
(C) Br2
(D) I2
22. The correct statement(s) pertaining to colloids is/are

(A) The process of converting freshly prepared precipitate into colloidal sol by shaking it with
dispersion medium in the presence of excess amount of electrolyte is called peptization.
(B) Lyophilic colloids are also called as reversible sols.
(C) Sulphur sol is an example of multimolecular colloid.
(D) Sols are those colloids in which dispersion medium is liquid phase while dispersed phase
is solid phase.
23. The Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution for molecular speeds of a gas is shown in the figure at given
temperature T
L
In the figure H is the height of the peak, L is the location of the maximum and W is the width at
half height. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct regarding this graph:
(A) For a given gas, as the temperature decreases, H decreases, L increases and W
increases.
(B) At a given temperature as the molar mass decreases H increases, L decreases and W
decreases.
(C) For a given gas, as the temperature decreases, H increases, L decreases and W
decreases.
(D) At a given temperature as the molar mass decreases H decreases, L increases and W
increases.
24. The reaction(s) leading to the formation of Benzene is/are

(A) n  hexane Cr2 O3 or V2 O5

773 K, 10  20 atm
(B)
 i hot KMnO , OH


 ii  H O 
4

3
 iii HI/Red P
(C) O
 2
i Br , NaOH

 ii  H O

3
 iii  Sodalim e, 
O O
(D) Br
 i Mg,dry ether

ii  O2 
iii H3 O
iv  Zn, 
(Paragraph Type)
A hydrocarbon ‘P’ (C8H10) on oxidation gives a dicarboxylic acid which reacts with ethylene glycol produce
a polymer Glyptal. The compound ‘P’ on reaction with CrO3/Ac2O followed by acidic hydrolysis give a
compound Q. Q undergoes the following sequences to furnish S via R. The compound Q also undergoes
another set of reaction to produce T.
1. KOH 1. KMnO4 , H 1. NaOH, CaO

2. H3 O ,  2. NH3 ,  2. Ac 2O/Py
T 
3. NH3 , 
 Q 
3. Strong heating
 R 
3. Br2 /Ac 2O
S
4. LiAlH4 4. KOH, Br2 4. H3O 
5. Ac 2O, Py
25. The compound S is

(A) NH2
O
Br
(B) NH2
O
Br
(C) NH2
Br
(D) O
NH CH3
Br
26. The compound T is:

(A)
OH
NHAc
O
(B)
N Ac
(C)
N Ac
O
(D)
O Ac
NH2

o
A 3 alcohol P upon acid catalysed dehydration gives a product Q. Ozonolysis of Q leads to only
compound R which upon heating with KOH gives a compound S.
O
S
3o alcohol ‘P’ is synthesized by the following route:

 i CH2  COOC2H5 /Zn
|
Br  3 i CH Li
H 
 ii H O , 
I 
 ii H , 
P
3
 iii CH3Li 2 equiv 
 iv  H3O 
Molecular formula of H is C8H8O and it gives positive iodoform test.
27. The compound ‘P’ is:

(A)
OH
(B) OH
(C)
OH
(D)
OH
28. The compound ‘H’ on reaction with CH3MgBr followed by hydrolysis gives:
(A) OH
(B)
OH
(C) OH
(D) OH
SECTION – D
29. The density of solid XY having Rock salt type structure is 90 mg/cm 3. If the distance between X
and Y is n  10 10 meter. The n is (given atomic mass of X and Y are 42 and 66 gm mol-1
respectively and NA = 6 × 1023)
30. The equilibrium of the reaction



N2  g   3H2  g  
 2NH3  g 
is set up at 300 K by mixing N2(g) and H2(g). If the standard free energy of formation of NH3(g) is
– 15.53 kJ/mol. If after one hour of mixing the partial pressure of N2, H2 and NH3 are 50, 2 and
200 bar respectively and the enthalpy change of reaction is – 4.2 kJ, what is the entropy change
of the reaction. (in J K-1) [Given: n100  4.6,RT  2500 JK 1 ]
31. 4-amino butanoic acid is an important neurotransmitter. The plot given below shows the titration
curve for 20 ml of 0.1 M of 4-aminobutanoic acid hydrochloride against 0.1 M of NaOH
D
C
pH 10.7
B
A
4.82
10 30
Volume of NaOH (ml)
The pH of the solution when 20 ml of 0.1 M of 4-aminobutonoic acid hydrochloride is titrated with
25 ml of 0.1 M NaOH solution is [Given: log103 = 0.48]
32. The resistance of Ba(OH)2 is 4000 times greater than KCl if measured in the same conductivity
2
cell. The molar conductivity of BaCl2, NaOH and NaCl at infinite dilution are 2x, 4x and 3x Scm
-1 -2 -2
mol respectively. If the degree of dissociation of 10 M Ba(OH)2 is a × 10 . The value of ‘a’ is:
[Given: specific conductivity of KCl is 0.002x Scm -1]
33. The rate expression for the following reaction

A  g   2B  g   C  s   D  g 
is r  k  A  at 500 K and at constant volume.
The pressure of system after 10 second and after a very long time was found to be 21 and 27 bar
respectively. If the conc. of A after 20 second was 2 mol/litre, then rate of reaction (in mol. Litre-1
minute-1) after 20 minute is [Given n3  1.1 ]
34. The solubility product of AgBr is 1  10 13 at 298 K. If standard reduction potential of half cell,
EoAg/ AgBr  s /Br  is 0.0725 V, the standard reduction potential, EoAg / Ag  in volt  is:
 RT 
 Given : F  0.025, n10  2.3 
 
35. Number of carbonyl groups present in the final product of the following reaction sequence is P
P
then is:
5
O O O
i  O ,H O
O  
3 2 2
 ii  H3 O ,
O O O
x
36. Total number of compounds in which central atom have only two lone pair is x then is:
2
ClF4 ,SeF2 , XeOF2 , XeO3 ,ClF2 ,SNF3 ,I3 ,SOCl2 ,SO32
SECTION – A
2 cos A  cosB  cosC

37. In a ABC, if all angles are less than and S  , then which of the
3 sin A  sinB  sinC
following values of S is/are possible
1
(A) 
3
1
(B) 
2
1
(C)
3
1
(D)
2
38. Consider a pyramid built on a square base of side 2 such that the lengths of the line segments
joining its apex to the 4 corners of the base are equal and the height of the structure is equal to
the length of a side of its base. Then which of the following statements is/are true
8
(A) volume of the pyramid is
3
2
(B) the angle between the base and any other face is sin1
5
(C) the angle between two faces with common edge which passes through the apex is
1
cos1
5
(D) volume of the largest tetrahedron that can be inscribed in the pyramid is 1
n
xu
39. Consider the function F  x    du (n > 1), then which of the following statements is/are true
1
u
(A) F(x) has a local maxima at x = 2
(B) lim F  x   0
x 1
(C) lim F  x   lnn

x 1
(D) lim F  x   lnn

x 1
 x x , x  0  x  x  , x  0
40. Two functions f(x) and g(x) are defined as f  x     and g  x     ,
 0 , x0  0 , x 0
(where [.] and {.} refer to the greatest integer function and the fractional part function
respectively). Then which of the following statements is/are true (where n  N)
n 1 n
n 1
(A)  f  x  dx   f  x  dx  lnn
0 0
n 1 n
1
(B)  g  x  dx   g  x  dx 
0 0
n1
t t
 
(C)  f  x  dx   g  x  dx has at least one solution in t   0, 2 
0 0
n
(D) e  lim  g  x  dx  e2
n 
0
41. Consider f(x) = sin–1(sin x) – cos–1(cos x), then which of the following statements is/are true
 
(A) f(x) = 0 for x   0, 
 4
  3 
(B) f(x) < 0 for x   , 
2 4 
 5 
(C) f(x) > 0 for x   , 
 4 
 3  
(D) f(x) < 0 for x   , 
 4 
42. Consider a mirror made out of hyperbola x 2 – y2 = 2 such that its exterior surface is reflecting. A
ray of light passes along x – y = 2 from the exterior of the hyperbola, then the reflected ray travels
along which of the below lines.
(A) 3y – x + 3 = 0
(B) 3y + x = 0
(C) y + 7x + 2 = 0
(D) 7y + x + 2 = 0
(Paragraph Type)
Finding the area or the length of boundary of the shape enclosed by a set of curves requires the use of
definite integration between limits defined by their points of intersection. Quite often it is easier to do the
integration using polar coordinates
3 3
43. The area enclosed by the curve x + y = 3xy is
3
(A)
2
1
(B)
2

(C)
2
3
(D)
2
44. The length of the curve defined by r = , where 0    1, is

1
(A)
2

(B)
2
1
(C)  ln 1  2
2

(D)  ln 1  2 
2
Let ABC be a triangle such that origin is its circumcentre & its base, BC, always passes through the point
(4, 5). If the lateral sides (AB and AC) have x + y = 0 and x – 9y = 0 as their perpendicular bisectors, then
the locus of A is a circle .
45.  passes through which of the below points

(A) (0, 0)
(B) (1, 41)
 4 3
(C)  , 
 5 5
(D) (–1, –2)
46. The centre of  lies on the line

(A) x + 5y = 7
(B) x–y=0
(C) x=0
(D) y=0
SECTION – D
47. If P is the probability of choosing two squares on a 8  8 standard chess-board such that two
 1
bishops on these squares cannot attack each other in one move, then   is (where [.] denotes
P 
the greatest integer function).
x x 2 1  yz
48. Let x, y, z be three distinct complex numbers such that xyz = 5 and y y 2 1  zx  0 , then
z z2 1  xy
1 1 1
  is equal to
x y z
49. Let A be a 3  3 orthogonal matrix and  be a non-zero, real number such that
|adj(adj A)| = 16|adj A|, then 2] is equal to (where [.] denotes the greatest integer function)
1 n
xk 13k  9 
50. Let L   lim
n 
 k!
dx , then ln L  is equal to (where [.] denotes the greatest integer
 2 
0 k 0
function)
51. An unbiased dice with numbers {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} on its faces is rolled once. An observer, A, sees
1
the number shown on the dice and reports it. The probability that A speaks the truth is and the
3
2
probability that he lies is . Assume that the number he reports is always from the set {1, 2, 3, 4,
3
5, 6}. If p is the probability that the actual number on the dice is even given that A reports that the
number was 2, then p is equal to
n
1 1
52. If an   n and L  lim , then L is equal to
r 0 Cr n  an

1
53. If S   k 51 , then S is equal to
k 1 Ck
54. A parallelogram is drawn to circumscribe the curve x 2 + 4y2 = 4 such that two of its vertices are
 3, 2   
and  3,  2 . If L is the sum of distances of the other two vertices from the centre
1
of the curve then is equal to
L2
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – XI
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 1
TEST DATE: 13-05-2019

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A, B, C, D
Sol. Total displacement is zero.
1 
Total distance travelled =   10  20   2  200m
2 
2. B
Sol. Equation of motion perpendicular to inclination
10 sin 30 – g cos 30 t = 0
10  1 
t=  t  
10 3  3
2
Time of flight T = 2t = sec
3
3. A, B
Sol. Torque about centre must be zero N fr
 T = fr
T cos 45 + fr = mg sin 45
45
T
 2 1   100
2 2 T
100
T
 2 1 
mg
AITS-FT-XI (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
4. A, B, D
dU
Sol. F= 
dx
5. A, D
Sol. The maximum energy of photon depends on the energy of electrons incident.
6. A, B
Sol. Optical path difference =  n1L1  n2  2 
2
  x

7. A
8. A
Sol. (for Q.7-8)
  R2  3B0  2B0   B0 R2
 
t  t
2 2
2
 20 R 

t 
  
   B
9. A
10. A
Sol. (for Q.9-10)
1 1 1
 
f v u
1 1
 
30 60
1 1
   f  20cm
f 20
Focal length of convex mirror
1
f   30  10   10cm
2
SECTION – D
11. 01200.00
1 q
Sol. V1  
4 0 x  R2
2
9  10 9  10  109
V1   3000
3  102
9  109  109  10
V2   1800
5  10 2
V  1200 V
3 AITS-FT-XI (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19
12. 00781.25
r dB
Sol. E1 =
2 dt
R2 dB
E 2= .
2r dt
3 25
  5  10 2   5  102
2 2 6
25  25  3  104
 = 78.125  10–4 = 781.25  10–5
46
13. 00002.88
V2 V2 48  48
Sol. P R =  2.88
4R 4P 4  200
14. 00093.75
m 2 3 3 1 180
Sol. I=  20    =
12 4 4 12 192
15. 00010.20
Sol. Excess pressure
2T 2  7  102 2
P    700 N/m
R 0.2  103
Pressure inside bubble = 1.013  105 + 700
= 10.13  104 + 0.07  104 = 10.20  104 N/m2
16. 00026.68
GM 6.67  10 11  2
Sol. E   6.67  4  1011  26.68  10 11 N/kg
2R2  1
2
2 
2
17. 00000.60
2v 2 2  2  0.9
Sol. A t  Ai  = 2  0.3 = 0.6
(v 1  v 2 ) 6
18. 00014.00
dP P
Sol. Slope 
dV V
7 5
 10  V
5
70 3 4 3
V  104 m = 14  10 m
5
SECTION – A
19. A, C
Sol. Be also reacts directly with fluorine Except Be and Mg, other alkaline earth metals give flame test.
20. A, B
Sol. 3-
H3C H
ox
Cl
N K Cr H2O 2  C2O 4 2 
Co ox
Pt paramagnetic
Cl N
CH3 ox Ni  en 2 Cl2 
H
diamagnetic d2sp2 paramagnetic
diamagnetic dsp2
21. B, C
Sol. F2  H2O  HF  O2
I2  H2O 
 No reaction
Cl2  H2O 
 HCl  HClO
Br2  H2O 
 HBr  HBrO
22. B, C, D
Sol. Peptization is the process of forming colloidal sol by freshly prepared precipitate in the presence
of small amount of electrolyte.
23. B, C
Sol. As temperature decreases or molar mass decreases
H increases
L decreases
w decreases
24. A, C, D
Sol. O O O O
O O

Br2 , NaOH H3 O
 
NaOH,CaO

O O O
Br MgBr OMgBr OH
Mg, dry ether O2 

H3 O
   
   Zn, 
 
COOH

hot KMnO4 / OH HI/Red P
 H
  
COOH
25. C
26. B
Sol. CH3 COOH
 O HO CH2 CH2 OH

   Glyptal
CH3 COOH
'P '
1 CrO3 , Ac 2O
 2 H3O O
CHO COOH C NH2
KMnO 4 ,H NH3 , 
 
CHO COOH C NH2
'Q '
O
Strong 
O
COOK
Ac 2O/Py KOH, Br2 N H
 
NaOH,CaO
   

NH2 Br NH2
Br
O
HN Ac

H3O

Br2 /Ac 2 O
  
'S'
NHAc NH2
CHO CH2OH
KOH 
  H3 O , 
  O
CHO COOK
O
NH3 , 
Ac O, Py LiAlH
N Ac 
2
 N H 
4 N H
'T' O
27. C
28. B
Sol. O
i  CH2 COOC2H5 / Zn O
|
Br
 ii H3O ,  C CH C OH
'H' CH3
i CH3Li
ii H3O O
OH C CH
 i CH3Li CH3
C CH C CH3 
 ii  H3 O
 CH3
CH3 CH3
'P '
H3 O 
 3
i O O
  
ii  H2 O/Zn
CHO
OH
KOH
SECTION – D
29. 00010.00
Z m
Sol. d
NA  a 3
4  108 20  10 10
90  10 3  Distance between X & Y 
6  10 23 a 3 2
 10  10 10 m
4  108
a3 
6  9  1021
a  8  10 21
3
a  2  10 7 cm
a  2  10 9 m
a  20  10 10 m
30. 00051.20
2
 200 
Sol. QP  3
 100
 2  50
G  Go  RTnQ
2500
 31.06   4.6
1000
 31.06  2.5  4.6
 31.06  11.5
 19.56
G  H  TS
19.56  4.2  TS
15.36  TS
15.36
S   1000 JK 1
300
 51.2 JK 1
31. 00010.22
Sol.
H3N COOH  NaOH  H3N COO
2mmol 2.5 mmol
2.5  2 2mol
22
H3N COO  NaOH  H2N COO
2  0.5 0.5  0.5 0.5
pH  pK a2  log
C.B
 Acid
0.5 / V
 10.7  log
15 / V
1
pH  10.7  log
3
= 10.7 – 0.48
= 10.22
32. 00001.25
Sol.    2x  4xx 2  3xx 2 = 4x
k1 G1 R 2
  k1 for Ba  OH2 k 2 for KCl
k 2 G2 R1
k1 1 k2 0.002x
  k1  
k 2 4000 4000 4000
k  1000 0.002x  1000 0.2x 2x x
 cm  1  2
  
M 4000  10 4 40 20
c
 x 1
  m    10 1  0.125  101
M 20  4x 8
 1.25  102
33. 00013.20
Sol. A  g   2B  g   C  s   D  g 
Po
10 min Po  P 2P P
Po  Po 2Po Po
3Po  27 1 60 9
k ln
Po  9 bar 10 96
 6n3
PT  Po  P  2P  P
 6  1.1
PT  Po  2P  6.6 min1
21  9  2P
r  k  A
2P  12
P  6atm  6.6  2
-1
=13.2 mole/litre min
34. 00000.82
Sol. 

AgBr  s   
 Ag  Br

G1o  RT nK SP


Ag  e  
 Ag Go2  nFE1o


AgBr  e 
 Ag  Br

Go3  nFE o2
Go3  G1o  Go2
1FEo2  1FE1o  RTnK SP
RT
Eo2  E1o  nK SP
F
0.0725  E1o  0.025  29.9 
0.0725  E1o  0.7475
E1o  0.0725  0.7475

= 0.82
35. 00000.80
Sol. O O O O O O O O
O
i  O ,H O HO 
 ii H3O
O 
O  
3 2 2


HO
O O O O O O O O O
36. 00001.50
Sol.
F F O F
Xe
Cl F Se F Xe F Cl F
O O O
F F
F
F O
S Cl S
N S F I I I
Cl O O O
F
SECTION – A
37. B, C, D
2 2 2
Sol. Consider ABC, where A     A , B    B , C   C
3 3 3
1
Now apply triangle inequality to get S  
3
38. A, B, C
Sol. Take base as the x – y plane with one vertex as origin. A, B be vertices along the x, y-axes
respectively
  
OA  2iˆ , OB  2ˆj , OC  î  ˆj  2kˆ , where C is the apex
     
 OA  OB  4kˆ ; OA  OC  2kˆ  4ˆj ; OB  OC  2kˆ  4iˆ
1 8
Volume is  parallelopiped =
3 3
4
Tetrahedron with half of pyramid’s base and the pyramid’s apex has volume =
3
39. C, D
n
xu xu
Sol. Fx   du ; u  [1, n]  is strictly monotonic in x
1
u u
 F(x) is strictly monotonic
n n u n n n u n
du x du du x du
x   du  xn  as x  1+ and x    du  xn  as x  1–
1
u 1
u 1
u 1
u 1
u 1
u
 lim F  x   ln n
x 1
40. A, B
n 1 n n 1 n 1
1  nx  n 1
Sol.  f  x  dx   f  x  dx   nx n dx    
0 0 n nn  lnn n ln n
n 1
n 1
n 1 n n 1
n  x  n  1
 g  x  dx   g  x  dx    x  n  dx 
n1



n 1
0 0 n
n
t t
  
t  (0, 1)   f  x  dx  0 , t  1, 2    f  x  dx  2  1
0 0
t
t = 1   g  x  dx  1
0
n n
1
lim  g  x  dx  lim  i  1  Divergent series
n  n 
0 i0
41. A, B, D
 
Sol. For x   0,  , f(x) = 0
 2
 
For x   ,   , f(x) = – x – x =  – 2x < 0
2 
 3 
For x   ,  , f(x) =  – x – (2 – x) = – < 0
 2 
  
for x   ,  , f(x) = –( + x) – (–x) = – < 0
 2 
42. D
Sol. Incident ray, if extended, passes through one focus (2, 0). So reflected ray will follow the path to
pass through the other focus (–2, 0)
43. A

1 9 cos2  sin2 
4
3
Sol. Area = 2   d 
2 0  cos3   sin3   2 2
44. C
1 2 1 1
 dr   1  1 1
Sol. Length =  r 2    d   2  1d   1  2  ln   1  2  = ln 1  2  
0
 d  0
 2 2  0 2 2
45. A
46. C
Sol. (for Q.45.-46)
Let A(h, k), C(x 0, y0), B(x1, y1)
1 1
h + x0 = 9(k + y0) and h2 + k2 = x 20  y02  x 0   40h  9k  , y 0   9h  40k 
41 41
h  x1    k  y1  and h2  k 2  x12  y12  x1  k, y1  h
5  y1 5  y 0
  4h2 + 4k2 + 41k = 0
4  x1 4  x 0
SECTION – D
47. 00001.00
Sol. Two bishops attack each other if they are in squares along the same diagonal. The number of
ways of choosing two squares along the same diagonal on a 8  8 chessboard is
2 2 2
C2  3 C2  .....  7 C2  8 C2   = 2 8
C3  9 C3 
 P  1
2  8
C3  9 C3   1  280  2 1
   1
64
C2 64  63 P 
48. 00000.20
x x 2 1  yz
Sol. y y 2 1  zx   x  y  y  z  z  x 1  xy  yz  zx 
z z2 1  xy
49. 00002.00
Sol. |adj A| = |A|2 = 6|A|2 = 6 (as A is orthogonal)
2 12
|Adj(adj A)| = |adj A| = 
12

 6   6  16  [2| =  3 16   2

50. 00003.00
1 1 1 1 1
n
xk 1 3k n
xk 3k 3x xe3x e3x 2e3  1
Sol.  lim
n 
 k! dx   nk0 k!
x lim dx   xe dx 
3

9

9
0 k 0 0 0 0 0
51. 00000.60
1 1 1
Sol. Probability that (i) Dice shows 2 and A reports it correctly,
 
6 3 18
5 2 1 1
(ii) Dice did not show 2 and A reported it as 2,   
6 3 5 9
2 2 1 2
(iii) Dice showed 4 or 6 and A reported it as 2,   
6 3 5 45
1 2

3
P  18 45 
1 1 5

18 9
52. 00000.50
1 1  1 1   1 1  n2 1
Sol.   a         
Cn   n C1 n Cn1  i2 n C2
n n  nC
C0 n Cn  0
n
53. 00000.02
51!  1 1 
Sol. Tk    
50   k  1 ..... k  50  k  2  k  3  ..... k  51 
1
S
50
54. 00000.05
Sol. Other 2 vertices lie on the director circle
L= 2 5
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – XI
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 13-05-2019

correct option.
for wrong answer.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A light rod of length  is free to rotate about one of its end in vertical plane. A ring of mass m can
slide freely without friction on the rod. Initially rod is kept horizontal and ring is situated at a
distance 3/5 from fixed end. Now, rod is released choose correct statement(s).
8g
(A) Velocity of ring when it leaves contact with rod is.
5
(B) Angular momentum of the ring about point of suspension of rod when it looses contact
72g3
with rod is m .
125
(C) Angular velocity of the rod remains constant through out the motion.
(D) Acceleration of the ring is uniform.
2. A piston of negligible mass is fitted with a cylinder and connected to spring of

spring constant k as shown in figure. An ideal mono-atomic gas is filled in
cylinder and piston is in equilibrium. Now gas in heated slowly. Which of the
following graph(s) can be correct representation of process? (Initial pressure
of gas is greater than atmospheric pressure).
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
3. A car is moving towards a stationary observer with speed 10 m/s. The car blows a horn of
frequency 640 Hz for 10 seconds. If speed of sound in air is 330 m/s, then
(A) Frequency of horn heard by stationary observer is 660 Hz
(B) The time duration during which observer hears the horn is 12 s.
(C) Frequency of horn heard by driver of car is 640 Hz
(D) The time duration during which observer hears the horn is 10 s.
4. In an LC circuit shown in figure C = 2F and L = 2H. At t = 0 charge on

capacitor is 4 3 C and at same instant is increasing at a rate of 6 C/s.
Choose the correct statement(s):
(A) Maximum charge on capacitor 8 3 C.
(B) Maximum current through inductor is 4 3 A.
(C) Total energy stored in circuit 48 J.
(D) Total energy stored in circuit is 24 J.
5. A ring of radius R is made up of thin wire of linear mass density  having cross section area A
and Young’s modulus Y is made to rotate about its axis with angular velocity  then,
(A) Tension in ring 2R2
22 4R5
(B) Elastic potential energy stored in ring is
YA
 2 2
(C) Tension in ring is  R
2
(D) Kinetic energy of the ring is R32
6. An infinitely long straight wire is carrying a constant current i.

There is a square closed loop made of conducting wire which
is placed near the wire as shown in figure. Choose correct
statement(s) for above situation.
i
2a
(A) If loop is taken away from wire the current in the loop will be clockwise.
0 a
(B) Mutual inductance of the system for the situation shown in figure will be ln2
4
(C) If loop is taken away from the wire the current in the loop will be anticlockwise.
 aln 2
(D) Mutual inductance of the system for the situation shown in figure will be 0
2

7. Different geometrical constructions of density  are tied to string such that they are floating in a
liquid of density 3 with half of their volume outside liquid as shown in List –I and the value of
tension in the string is given in List-II.
LIST–I LIST–II
P. 1. a3 g
A cube of side 2a
Q. 2. 4 a 3 g
A cylinder of height 2a
and radius a
R. 3. 9 a3 g
A cone of height 3a and

base radius a
a3 g
S. 4.
2
A solid hemisphere of
radius 3a
(A) P → 4; Q → 1; R → 3; S→2
(B) P → 2; Q → 1; R → 4; S→2
(C) P → 3; Q → 4; R → 1; S→2
(D) P → 2; Q → 1; R → 4; S→3
8. Three long wire carrying current are placed along axis. y

The magnitude and directions of current are also shown in
figure. List- I contains the coordinates of certain points
and List-II contains magnetic field at points listed in List-I,
not necessarily in same order. i/2
i/2
x
i
z
LIST–I LIST–II
 0i ˆ i ˆ
P. (2a, 0, 0) 1. ( i)  0 (k)
8a 16a
0 i ˆ i ˆ
Q. (0, a, 0) 2. ( i)  0 ( k)
4a 8a
0 i ˆ  i
R. (0, 0, 4a) 3. (k)  0 ( ˆj)
16a 8a
0 i i
S. (0, 2a, 0) 4. ( î)  0 (ˆj)
32a 32a
(A) P → 4; Q → 1; R → 3; S→2
(B) P → 3; Q → 2; R → 4; S→1
(C) P → 3; Q → 4; R → 1; S→2
(D) P → 4; Q → 1; R → 2; S→3

9. Electric field in a region is given by E  (2xy)iˆ  (x 2 )jˆ  V/m. Electric potential at origin
 
is 5V. Match the following two columns.
LIST–I LIST–II
P. Potential at point (5 m, 2m, 1m) 1. 4V
Q. Potential at point (1m, 1m, 1m) 2. 1V
R. Potential at point (2m, 1m, 1m) 3. 3V
S. Potential at point (1m, 2m, 1m) 4. 45 V
(A) P → 4; Q → 1; R → 3; S → 2
(B) P → 3; Q → 1; R → 4; S → 2
(C) P → 3; Q → 4; R → 1; S → 2
(D) P → 4; Q → 1; R → 2; S → 3
10. In a YDSE setup a transparent film of refractive index 1.5 is placed on one of the slit. Different
values of t are given in column I. Column II contains the ratio of intensity at central line on screen
after inserting the slab and before inserting the slab. Wavelength of light used in experiment is
600 nm. Then
LIST–I LIST–II
P. 400 nm 1. 3/4
Q. 200 nm 2. 1/4
R. 300 nm 3. 1/2
S. 600 nm 4. 0
(A) P → 4; Q → 1; R → 3; S → 2
(B) P → 2; Q → 1; R → 3; S → 4
(C) P → 3; Q → 4; R → 1; S → 2
(D) P → 2; Q → 1; R → 2; S → 3
SECTION – D
11. A container filled with water is suspended with the help of a spring of spring constant
500 N/cm. A small orifice is made in container and water starts flowing out. The variation of
elongation in spring with time is shown in graph calculate the flow rate of water in cm3/sec.
[Neglect any oscillations]
x (cm)
30 t (min).
12. A circular plane mirror is kept on a horizontal surface, an opaque sphere of radius R = 20 cm is
placed symmetrically on the circular plane mirror. An insect lies on the sphere at a vertical height
of 36 cm from the circular mirror. Find the minimum radius of mirror so that image is formed by
the mirror.
13. An R-C series circuit having resistance R = 100  i Ampere

is switched on at t = 0. The graph of current v/s
time is shown in figure. The value of initial
10
potential difference across capacitor is (in Volts)
t (sec)
14. An open organ pipe is vibrating in air and it is vibrating in 3rd overtone with maximum pressure
amplitude 3 N/m-2 the value of maximum volumetric strain at a distance (1/12)m from any end is
-5 2
k  10 . The value of k is (Adiabatic Bulk modulus of air = 100 kN/m , length of organ pipe = 1m)
15. Total mass of a system of particles is 20 kg. To apply Newton’s law from the centre of mass

frame on a particle of mass 5 kg one has to apply pseudo force F  (10iˆ  20ˆj)N on it. The
magnitude of net force acting on system of particle in Newton is F1. The value of F12 is
16. What will be mean life (in hours) of a radioactive sample, if it is known that its activity decrease at
the rate of 19 % per hour? [Given ln(0.9) = –0.10].
17. A man can jump over 4 m wide trench on earth. Mean density of an imaginary planet is twice that
of earth, calculate maximum possible radius of that planet (in m) so that same man can escape
from planet by jumping. (Radius of earth = 6400 km, use 10 = 3.16)
18. Find the velocity (in cm/s) of the car C as appeared by the observer shown in the figure. There
are several parallel slabs of different medium placed between the car and the observer.
water Glass Glycerine oil Glycerine Glass Air

(1 = 4/3 (2 = 2 (3 = 1.6 (4 = 1.7 (5 = 1.6 (6 = 2 (7 = 1
C
8 cm /s Observer
20 cm 30 cm 32 cm 34 cm 17 cm 16 cm
SECTION – A
19. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct regarding Cu2+ ion and Cd2+ ion (M = Cu or Cd)
(A) Only CdS is soluble in yellow ammonium sulphide.
2+
(B) Only Cu ion form K3[M(CN)4] complex when treated with excess of KCN.
(C) Only Cd2+ ion form [M(NH3)4]2+ complex when treated with excess of NH3.
(D) Cu2+ ion gives back ppt. of CuS with H2S gas in presence of HCl.
20. Which of the following reagent(s) is/are correct regarding the following conversion of (P) into (Q)
CH C(CH3)2  CH CH(CH3)2

OH
'P ' 'Q'
Major 
(A) (i) Sia2B – H, THF
(ii) H2O2 - OH
(B) (i) Hg(OAc)2 – THF – CH3OH
(ii) NaBH4/ OH
(C) (i) Conc. H2SO4
(ii) H2O
(D) (i) HBr, peroxide
(ii) Aq. KOH
21. Which of the following is/are stronger acid than C OH

O
(A)
COOH
O H
(B)
OH
NO 2
(C) HO O
HO O
(D) COOH
NO2
22. If intermolecular force of attraction between the atoms of a real gas is zero, which of the following
graphs is/are correct regarding that gas (Z = compressibility factor, V = Potential energy, r =
intermolecular distance between gas particle)
(A)
Z
1
P
(B)
V
0
r
(C)
Z
1
P
(D)
V
0
r
23. Which of the following is/are reducing sugar?

(A)
H OCH3
H OH O
H OH
HO H
H
CH 2OH
(B) HOH2C O CH2OH

OH H
OH H
H OH
(C) CH2OH CH2OH
H O H H O OH
H H
OH H OH H
OH O H
H OH H OH
(D) OH
H H OH
HO OH
HO H O
24.
O O
Very dil. NaOH
  'P ' Major 
H
H3C
Br
The configuration of product ‘P’ is/are:
(A)
O O
H
H3C
OH
(B)
O O
OH
H3C
H
(C)
O O
HO
CH3
H
(D)
O O
H
CH3
HO

25. Match each coordination compound in List – I with an appropriate pair of characteristics from
List – II and select the correct answer using the code given below the list [Atomic number
Co = 27, Cr = 24, Ni = 28, Pt = 78, Ox = oxalate ion]:
3 2
P. [Co(NH3)4(H2O)Cl]Br 1. sp d hybridization
Q. K3[Cr(Ox)2Cl2] 2. Geometrical isomerism
R. [Ni(H2O)6]Cl2 3. Optical isomerism
S. [Pt(NH3)2Cl2] 4. Ionization isomerism
5. Diamagnetic
6. dsp2
(A) P  1, 2; Q  2, 5; R  1, 4; S  2, 6
(B) P  1, 2, 4; Q  2, 3; R  1; S  2, 5, 6
(C) P  2; Q  2, 3, 4; R  4, 5; S  2, 3
(D) P  4, 5, Q  1, 5; R  4; S  2, 5
26. Atomic orbitals of two elements combine to form molecular orbitals. The axis which connect the
nucleus of two elements is y axis then match each sets of atomic orbitals of List – I with List – II
showing shape of molecular orbital.
P. pz + pz 1. Form  bond and shape of bonding
molecular orbirtal is
Q. py + py 2. Form  bond and shape of bonding
molecular orbital is
R. px + py 3. Form  bond and shape of
antibonding molecular orbital is
S. s + py 4. Don’t form any molecular orbital

5. Form  bond and shape of
antibonding molecular orbital is

(A) P  1, 5; Q  3; R  2, 5; S  4
(B) P  5; Q  1, 2; R  4; S  5
(C) P  3; Q  1, 5; R  4; S  2
(D) P  2, 5, Q  3; R  1, 2; S  4
27. Match the chemical conversions in List – I with appropriate reagent(s) which is/are required for
conversion in List-II and select the correct answer using the code given below:
List – I List – II (Reagents)
P. NH2 OH 1. (i) Oleum
(ii) NaOH fused
CH2 OH
(iii) H+
Q. O 2. HCHO / OH
OH
H
O
O
R. NH2 3. (i) HCN / OH
(ii) H , 
S. CHO 4. (i) OH

O (ii) H , 
CHO
O
5. (i) NaNO2|HCl (0 – 5oC)
(ii) H2O
(A) P  1, 3; Q  4, 5; R  1; S  3
(B) P  2, 5; Q  2, 3; R  5; S  4
(C) P  2; Q  3, 4; R  4; S  1, 3
(D) P  2, 5; Q  3; R  1, 2; S  4, 5
28. Match each set of orbitals from List-I with their properties given in List-II (  n,,m is wave function
depends upon spherical polar coordinate (r, , ) of electron, z = atomic number, a0 = Bohr’s
radius)
P. 3pz 1. One nodal surface
Q. 3d 2 2. Probability density is maximum at nucleus.
z
R. 2s 3. 3/2  Zr 
 Z  
 n,,m    r2e  3a0 
 3 cos 2

 
 a0 
S. 1s 4.
n,,m
 r 
 
 a0 
5. 3/2 Zr
 Z 
3a0
 n,,m   e
 a0 

(A) P  3; Q  2, 3; R  4; S  2, 5
(B) P  1; Q  3; R  1, 2, 4; S  2, 5
(C) P  5; Q  1, 3; R  1, 5; S  2, 3
(D) P  1, 3, Q  3; R  1, 4, 5; S  2, 5
SECTION – D
X
29. The total number of species which having at least two unpaired electrons is X, then is:
2
2 2 2
Ni NH3 6  , Ni  CN4  , PtCl4  ,O2 ,S,NO,C2 , Co NH3 4 NO3 2  NO3
 
2
 Ti H2O 5 Cl NO 3 , S 2  vapour phase  , Mn H2O 6  ,Se
   
(Atomic number Ti = 22, Co = 27, S = 16, Ni = 28, Pt = 78, O = 8, N = 7, Se = 34 and Mn = 25)
30. A tetrapeptide made up of natural amino acid has Leucine as the N-terminal residue which is
coupled to a chiral amino acid upon complete hydrolysis, the tetrapeptide gives alanine,
phenylalanine, glycine and leucine. The number of possible sequences of the tetrapeptide is P,
P
is:
5
31. Consider an electrochemical cell A  s  | A n   aq, 2M || B2n   aq, 1 M | B  s  .

The value of standard free energy change of the reaction is – 9.5 kJ per mole of formation of B at
103
300 K and the EMF of the cell is volt. The value of n/2 is:
F
(Given RT = 2500 J/mol, n2  0.7, F is Faraday charge)
32. For the reaction, at 4 atm and 300 K equilibrium established.



A 3B 6  g 
 3AB 2  g 
The vapour density of equilibrium mixture is half of the vapour density of A3B6. If the r Go of the
system is – x Joule per mole of the dissociation of A3B6. what is x. [Given RT = 2500 J mol-1,
n3  1.1 ]
33. 3L of a mixture of O2 and O3 having pressure 8.21 atm at 27oC is treated with 800 ml of 2M KI
solution buffered with a borate buffer of pH 9.2, the iodine so liberated is titrated with 200 ml of
2M hypo solution. The mole % of ozone in the mixture (Assuming ideal behaviour of gaseous
mixure and there is no reaction between oxygen and hypo solution) [Given: R = 0.0821 L atm
mol-1 K-1]
34. One mole of an ideal gas is taken reversibly 4.0 A E

from state A to C through path ABC as shown
below. If the gas return back to state A
through the path CDBEA as shown in the
figure, the net heat given by the gas (in Joule) P (atm)
in complete cycle is (Only magnitude of heat D
change) [Given: 1 L atm = 100 J, n2  0.7 ] 2.5
B
1.0 C
0.5 0.8 2.0

V(L)
35. At 300 K the half life for first order decomposition of H2O2 is 180 minutes. If 6 moles of H2O2 is left
for 360 minute at 300 K, what will be the volume of O2 at S.T.P. (in litre) produced?
36. The total number of compounds given below can discharge the pink colour of acidic solution of
x
KMnO4 is x, then .
5
Mohr’s salt, Glauber’s salt, Oxalic acid, Ferrous oxalate, Sodium nitrite, Sodium thiosulphate,
Ethyl alcohol, Sodium sulphates, Hydrogen sulphide, Stannous chloride.
SECTION – A
n
n
37. Consider S   r Cr , where n and r are natural numbers, then which of the following
r 1
statements is/are always true
(A) S  2n/2 n
(B) S  2n1n3
(C) S  2n/2 n
(D) S  2n1n3
n
38. Let a1, a2, ....., an represent real numbers such that  ai  1 and ai  0  i  {1, 2, ....., n}.
i 1
n 1
If S =  aiai1 , then S can take which of the following values
i 1
(A) 0
1
(B)
4
2
(C)
3
(D) 1
39. An equilateral triangle is constructed such that the origin is one of its vertices while the other two
x3 y2
vertices lie on the line   z  2 , then which of the following statements is/are correct
2 3
(A) area of the equilateral triangle is 3
1
(B) inradius of the equilateral triangle is
3
2
(C) circumradius of the equilateral triangle is
3
 2 2 2 
(D) centroid of the equilateral triangle is  , , 
 3 3 3
40. In ABC, if AD is a median and AD is perpendicular to AC, then which of the following statements
is/are correct
2  c 2  a2 
(A) cos A cos C 
3ac
b2  c 2  a2
(B) cos A cos C 
ac
(C) tan A + 2 tan B = 0
(D) tan A + 2 tan C = 0
41. If f(x) satisfies the differential equation xf(x) = f(x) + x2 + 9(f(x))2 and f(1) = 0, then which of the
following statements is/are true
f  x
(A) lim 0
x 1 x  1
f  x
(B) lim 1
x 1 x  1
f 1  x   f 1  x 
(C) lim 0
x 0 x2
f 1  x   f 1  x 
(D) lim 2
x 0 x2

dx
42. Consider In   n
where n > 1, then which of the following statements is/are true
0
 x  1 x2 
2
(A) I2 
3
2
(B) I2 
5
(C) I10  I5
(D) I10  I5

 x  
 1 1

–1  ; if x  1  x  1 e  x x  ; if x  0
43. Let f 1(x) = x tan x, f2(x) =  ln2 , f 3(x) =  and
 1 ; if x  1  0 ; if x  0
 
2 tan   x 
f 4(x) = 4  if x  
cot 2x 4
LIST - I LIST - II
P. Number of critical points for f1(x) over its domain is 1. –1
Q. Derivative of f 2(x) at x = 1 is 2. 0
Number of points of discontinuity for f 3(x) in the interval
R. 3. 1
[–2, 2] is

Value of f4   such that the function is continuous
 4
S. 4. 2
  5 
everywhere on interval  , is
 6 6 
5. 3
6. none of these

(A) P → 4; Q → 6; R → 2; S → 2
(B) P → 3; Q → 6; R → 5; S → 3
(C) P → 3; Q → 6; R → 3; S → 3
(D) P → 2; Q → 1; R → 4; S → 1
44. Let four curves C1, C2, C3 and C4 in the Argand plane be defined as below
2
C1 is z2  z 2  z  z  2 z ; C2 is 1  i  z   2  i  z   3  i   0 ;
C3 is 1  i  z  1  i  z  5  2 z  5  2i ; C4 is  3  4i  z   3  4i  z  6  20 z  3  3i
LIST - I LIST - II
P. Shape defined by C1 is 1. point circle
Q. Shape defined by C2 is 2. circle
R. Shape defined by C3 is 3. ellipse
S. Shape defined by C4 is 4. hyperbola
5. parabola
6. pair of straight lines
(A) P → 2; Q → 1; R → 5; S → 3
(B) P → 2; Q → 6; R → 4; S → 6
(C) P → 5; Q → 6; R → 5; S → 3
(D) P → 5; Q → 1; R → 4; S → 6
45. Consider four conics defined as follows

x2 y2 x2 y2 y2
C1 :   1; C2 :   1 ; C3 :  x2  1 ; C4 : x 2  16y
10 4 3 4 2
LIST - I LIST - II
P. One of the tangents to C1 is 1. y = 2x + 9
Q. One of the tangents to C2 is 2. y = 2x + 7
R. One of the normals to C3 is 3. y = 2x + 4
3
S. One of the normals to C4 is 4. y  2x 
5
5. y = 2x + 6
6
6. y  2x 
7
(A) P → 5; Q → 3; R → 6; S → 1
(B) P → 2; Q → 4; R → 1; S → 3
(C) P → 5; Q → 3; R → 4; S → 1
(D) P → 5; Q → 1; R → 6; S → 3

LIST - I LIST - II

1  1
P.  2k tan 2k  2 1. ln2 
2
k 1

 3 1
Q.  cot 1  k 2  4  2. tan1
2
k 1

1 
R.   2k  1 2k  2k  1 3.
2
k 1

1 1 
S.   4k  1 4k  1 4. 
2 8
k 1
4
5. 1

6. tan–1 2
(A) P → 5; Q → 6; R → 1; S → 4
(B) P → 5; Q → 3; R → 3; S → 4
(C) P → 4; Q → 6; R → 1; S → 5
(D) P → 4; Q → 2; R → 6; S → 1
SECTION – D
47. The number of parabola(s) that can be drawn, with x  3y as directrix and passing through both
 
the points 4 3, 2 and (2, 0), is equal to
48. In a given circle if n chords are drawn, where n  2, such that no three chords are concurrent
inside the circle and m is the number of points of intersection of the chords inside the circle, then
the number of line segments obtained by dividing the chords through these m points of
 f  8, 8  
intersection is f(n, m). Then   is equal to (where [.] denotes the greatest integer function)
 f  6, 3  
49. The area enclosed by the curve (x 2 + y2)3 = 16x2 is equal to
1   1 x   1
50. If L  lim  ln    2 tan x  , then is equal to
x 0 x5   1 x   L
2
51. Let C be the curve z   2 on the Argand plane. If a and b represent the maximum and
z
2 2
minimum modulus of the complex numbers on C, then a + b is equal to
 /2
n I4
52. If In   cos x cosnxdx , then is equal to
0
I8
53. The minimum distance of the curve |z – (2 + 4i)| – |z – (2 – 4i)| = 6 from the point 2 + i in the
Argand plane is equal to
54. Let a1a2a3a4 be the decimal representation of a 4-digit number. This number is said to be “non-
adjacent” if for any pair (i, j), where 1  i, j  4 and i  j, |ai – aj| > 1. Let P be the probability that a
4-digit number chosen randomly is “non-adjacent”, then P is equal to _____
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – XI
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 13-05-2019

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A, B, D
Sol. There will be no normal reaction between rod and ring, because rod is 3/5
massless. The motion of ring will be free fall under gravity.
Velocity of ring when it leaves contact with rod
4 8g 4/5
 2  g  
5 5
Angular momentum
3 8g 72g3
=m m
5 5 125
2. C, D
Sol. P0A + kx0 = PiA P0A
P0A + k(x0 + x) = PA
k
P  P0  (x0  x)
A
Volume = v 0  (x  x0 )A
k PiA kx0
P  P0  (V  V0 )
A2 P0A + kx0 = PiA
kV  kV 
P  2   P0  20 
A  A 
P = mV + C
2
nRT = mV + CV
3. A, D
330
Sol. f  640
(330  10)
330
  640  660 Hz
320
4. A, B, C
 
Sol. q  q0 sin  t  
 6

i  q0  cos
6
q0 3 24
  q0  8 3
2 2 3
Alternatively
q02 1 (4 3 )2 1
   2  (6)2
2C 2 2 2
q0  8 3
2
1 2 q0
Li0   i0  4 3
2 2C
5. A, D
Sol. Td = dm2R
Td = 2R2
1
K.E. = (.2R)R2 2 T T
2
=  R32
Elastic potential energy d
1 (stress)2
=   volume
2 Y
1 2R2  2R2
= .A  2R
2 YA 2
2 4R5
=
yA
6. A, D
0 i
Sol. d = adr
2r
 ia
 = 0 ln2
2
7. D
V
Sol. 3g  Vg  T
2
V g
T
2
8. B
 i
Sol. Magnetic field due to long wire is given by B  0 nˆ , where n̂ is determined by right hand thumb
2r
rule.
9. D
Sol. V   x2 y  5
V(5, 2 1) = 45 V
V(1, 1, 1) = +4 V
V(2, 1, 1) = 1 V
V(1, 2, 1) = 3 V
10. B
Sol. ( - 1)t = x
t
= x
2
2
 = x


 = t
600
SECTION – D
11. 00000.11
Sol. kx = mg + m 0g – Av2
dx dm dv
k.  .g  A.2v.
dt dt dt
500  (5  1) 1 dm
 
30  60 10 dt
2000 1
= =  0.11 .
30  60  10 9
12. 00060.00
R A
Sol. sin 53 = 530
OA
5R
OA =
4
9R
AB = 53
0
4 O
BC
tan53 =
AB R
9R 4
 BC = 
4 3 B C
 BC = 3R = 60 cm
13. 01000.00
Sol. Potential difference across resistor = iR = 10  100 = 1000 V
Which is equal to potential difference across capacitor.
14. 00001.50
4
Sol. 
2
3 P0
P = P sin /3 =
2
v 3 p 3 3
 =  103
v 2B 2  100
3 -5
 105 = 1.5  10 .
2
15. 08000.00

Sol. acm  (2iˆ  4ˆj)

F1 = m acm
F12 = 20  400
= 8000
16. 00005.00
Sol. A = A0 (1 – 0.19)
A = A0e t
0.81 = et
 = ln(0.81)
= 20.10 = 0.20
1 1
  5hours
 0.20
17. 02528.00
u2 2
Sol.  4  u = 4g
g
2GM
v 2c 
R2
4
Ve2  241. R
3
GM 4
u2 = 4. = 4.G R3
R2 3
 R2 = Re
18. 00006.00
2 1
Sol. Velocity of image : 8    6cm / s
4/3 2
SECTION – A
19. B, D
2
Sol. Cu2  4NH3 
 Cu NH3 4 
2
Cd2  4NH3  Cd NH3  4 
CdS and CuS both are insoluble in yellow ammonium sulphide.
20. A, C, D
Sol. CH3 CH3
CH C Sia 2B H,THF
  CH HC

H2O2 , OH
 Q
CH3 CH3
BSia 2
CH3 CH3
Hg OAc 2  THF  CH3 OH NaBH4 /OH

 CH C CH3  CH HC
HgOAc CH3
OCH3 OCH3
21. A, C, D
22. B, C
Sol. Since intermolecular forces are zero hence potential energy increases with decreasing distance,
while Z increases by increasing pressure.
23. B, C, D
Sol. -hydroxy ketones and aldehydes give +ve Tollen’s test hence are reducing sugar.
24. A, C
Sol. SNNGP path hence retention of configuration.
25. B
Sol. [Co(NH3)4(H2O)Cl]Br → shows cis-trans isomerism, paramagnetic.
sp3d2 hybridization, shows ionization isomerism.
K3[Cr(Ox)2Cl2] → shows cis-trans isomerism, paramagnetic,
2 3
shows optical isomerism d sp hybridization
3 2
[Ni(H2O)6]Cl2 → sp d hydridization, paramagnetic
[Pt(NH3)2Cl2] → Geometrical isomerism, dsp2 hybridization, diamagnetic
26. C
27. B
Sol. NH2 OH OH
CH2OH
 i NaNO2 /HCl
 ii H2O
HCHO/ OH
 

O O
OH OH
CN
H 
HCHO /OH H
  HCN, OH
 

H H  COOH

CH2OH
CH2OH CH2OH
OH
O
NH2
NaNO 2/HCl
0 - 5o C
CHO COO COOH

OH

  H 
  O
CHO CH2OH CH2OH
O
28. B
SECTION – D
29. 00003.50
2 2
Sol. Ni NH3 6  ,O2 , Ti H2O 5 Cl NO3 ,S2 ,Se, Mn H2O 6  ,S
     
30. 00000.80
Sol. Leucine form N-terminal then possible combination
Leu – Ala – Phe – gly Leu – Phen – Ala – gly
Leu – Ala – Gly – Phe Leu – Phen – Gly – Ala
31. 00001.50
Sol. 2A  s   2A n  2ne 
B2n  2ne  
B
2A  s   B2naq 
 2A naq

  B s
Go  nFEo
9.5
Eo 
2nF
n 2
RT  A 
EE  o
n 2n
nF B 
103 9.5  103 2500
   2  0.7
F 2nF 2nF
2n  6, n  3
32. 08250.00
Sol. 

A 3B6  g  
 3AB 2  g 
1
1- 3
nT  1  2
VD1 n2

VD2 n1
2  1  2
 = 1/2
1
3
PAB2  2  4  3 atm
2
1
4
PA 3B6  2  1 atm
2
3
3  3
KP   3 
1
3
r G  RTn  3 
o
= - 2500 × 3 × 1.1 = - 8250 J.
33. 00020.00
Sol. PV = nRT
8.21 × 3 = n × 0.0821 × 300
n=1
2KI  O3  H2O  2KOH  I2  O 2
I2  2Na2S 2O3  2NaI  Na2S 4O 6
1
Moles of O3  moles of hypo solution
2
1 200  2
   0.2
2 1000
0.2
Mole %   100  20
1
34. 00140.00
P1
Sol. WABC  PVn WCDBEA  WDB  WEA
P2
 2n4 = 1.2 × 2.5 + 0.3 × 4
= -2 × 2 × 0.7 = - 2.8 atm L = 4.2 L atm
W net = -2.8 + 4.2 = 1.4 L atm
= 140 J
U  q  W
W=-q
q = - 140 J.
35. 00050.40
Sol. 1
H2O2     H2O     O2  g
2
a
ax x x/2
2.303 a
K log
t ax
0.693 2.303 a
 log
180 360 ax
a
4
ax
3a = 4x
3 3 9
x a   6   4.5
4 4 2
Volume of O2 at S.T.P. = 4.5 × 11.2 L = 50.4 litre.
36. 00001.60
Sol. Mohr’s salt, Oxalic acid, Ferrous oxalate, Sodium nitrite, Sodium thiosulphate, Ethyl alcohol,
Hydrogen sulphide, Stannous chloride.
SECTION – A
37. D
2
 n n   n  n 
Sol.  r Cr     r 2   n Cr 
 r 1   r 1  r 1 
38. A, B
2
  ai  1
Sol. S   a1  a3  ..... a2  a4  .....   
 2  4
 
39. A, B, C
Sol. Let the foot of the perpendicular from origin to the line be P(2 + 3, 3 + 2,  + 2)
2(2 + 3) + 3(3 + 2) + ( + 2) = 14 + 14 = 0
  = –1
 P(1, –1, 1)
 length of perpendicular is 3
2
 side (a) = 3  2
3
3 2
Area = a  3
4
2 2 1 1  2 2 2 
Circum radius =  3  , inradius =  3  , Centroid is  , , 
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
40. A, B, D
2b a2  b2  c 2
Sol. cosC    3b2 = a2 – c2
a 2ab
41. B, D
1
Sol. f  x  x tan3  x  1
3
42. A, C
1
  t
dx 1 t dt (Put t  x  1  x 2 )
Sol. In   n
  tn 2t
0
x  1 x 2
 1
 
1 t2  1 1  t n 1 t n1  n
=  dt     
2 1 tn  2 2  n  1 n  11 n2  1
43. C
 0 if x  0
x 
Sol. f1  x   tan1 x   0 if x  0
1 x2 
 0 if x  0
f 2(x) is not continuous at x = 1
  x  1 ; if x   2, 0 

f3  x    0 ; if x  0

2
 
 x  1 e x ; if x   0, 2
lim f4  x   1

x
4
44. D
2
Sol. C1 reduces to  z  z    z  z   –4y2 = 2x
C2 reduces to (3x – 2y + 3) + i(–y + 1) = 0  point where 3x – 2y + 3 = 0 and –y + 1 = 0 intersect
C3 is simply 2  distance from fixed line = distance from fixed point
C4 is similar interpretation as above however fixed point lies on the fixed line
45. A
Sol. Use slope form
46. A
x x
Sol. tan  cot  2cot x
2 2
1  2 3  2k  1  1  2k  1 
cot  k    cot 1    cot  
 4  2   2 

1 1   1 1 2 
  2k  1 2k  2k  1  2   2k  1  2k  1  2k 
k 1 k 1
   1 1 
1 1  1 1  1 1 
  4k  1 4k  1  2   4k  1  4k  1  2    x 4k 2  x 4k  dx = 
20
1  x 2
 x 4k 2 dx
k 1 k 1 k 1 0 k 1
SECTION – D
47. 00000.00
Sol. Distance of directrix from 4 3, 2 is   3 and from (2, 0) is 1
2 2

d2  4 3  2   22   3 1 
48. 00002.00
Sol. f(n, m) = n + 2m, each chord defines one segment, with each point of intersection creating 2
additional segments
49. 00008.00
Sol. The curve is symmetric in all 4 quadrants. Confining to first quadrant, curve is r2 = 4 cos 
 /2  /2
1
A  4  r 2 d  8  cos d  8
0
2 0
50. 00007.50
2 2 2
Sol. Use series expansion, L   2 
5 15 15
51. 00008.00
Sol. z max  3  1 and z min  3  1
52. 00004.00
 /2
n
Sol. In1   cos x cosnx  sin  n  1 x sin x  dx
0
 /2  /2
cosn1 x n 1
= In  sin  n  1 x   cos x cos n  1 xdx
n1 0 0
 2In + 1 = In
53. 00004.00
Sol. Curve is one arm of hyperbola with foci (2, 4) and (2, –4)
54. 00000.08
Sol. Non-adjacent numbers with 0 = 6C3·3·3!
6
Non-adjacent numbers without 0 = C44!
3  3! 6 C3  4! 6 C4 2
P 
9000 25
FIITJEE
OPEN TEST
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 1
TEST DATE: 03-02-2019

correct option.
for wrong answer.
AITS-OT-(Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A gas of hydrogen like atoms can absorb radiations of 68 eV. Consequently, the atoms emit
radiations of only three different wavelength. All the wave lengths are equal or smaller than that of
the absorbed photon. Then choose the correct statement(s) (hc = 12400 eV-Å)
(A) The Ionization energy of the atoms is 489.6 eV.
(B) The atomic number of atoms is 6.
(C) The minimum wavelength of emitted radiation is 28.49 Å
(D) Initially the atom was in first excited state.
2. Six capacitors and four ideal batteries are connected in a circuit as shown in the figure. Initially all
capacitors are uncharged and all switches were open. Now, all switches are closed
simultaneously. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct for the circuit shown in figure?
1F 2F 3V 2F 4V
A C
‘X’
3V 2F 1F 2V 4F
S1 S2 B S3 S4 S5
(A) Work done by 4V battery is 8J.
19
(B) The potential difference between point A and B is V.
7
32
(C) Charge flow by 3V battery from ‘C’ to ‘A’ is C.
7
(D) Charge stored in capacitor ‘X’ is 3 C.
3. A concave mirror forms real image of a point object ‘O’ lying on the optical axis at a distance of 60
cm from the pole of mirror. The focal length of mirror is 30 cm. Now, the mirror is cut into two
halves symmetrically. In figure-1 both halves are shifted at a distance of 2 mm apart in a direction
perpendicular to the optical axis. In figure-2 both halves are rotated (before being separated)
about ‘O’ with reference to original position. Let I1 and I2 are the image formed by both halves in
both figure. Charge the correct statement(s).
2 mm 2 mm
O 2 mm O 2 mm
Figure 2
Figure 1
3 AITS-OT-(Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19
(A) In figure-2 I1 and I2 are coincide.

(B) In figure-1 I1 and I2 are separated.
(C) In figure-1, the distance between I1 and I2 is 8 mm.
(D) In figure-2 the distance between I1 and I2 is 4 mm.
  
4. A particle is moving in space. Let r , v and a are the position vector, velocity vector and
acceleration vector of a particle at a given instant. Then
 
(A) If v  a  0 then magnitude of velocity must be increasing
 
(B) If r  v  0 then magnitude of position vector must be increasing
 
(C) If r  a  0 then magnitude of velocity must be increasing
 
(D) If r  a  0 then magnitude of velocity must be decreasing
5. A string PQ of length 3L is fixed at its both ends. A

standing wave is formed in the string with the help P Q
of a tuning fork of frequency f 0. The points A and B A B
are node. Regarding the standing wave formed in
the string, pick the correct statement(s). L L L
L 3L 5L
(A) The positions of antinode from the end P are , and .
2 2 2
T
(B) The phase difference between two points on the string is either zero or  at a instant ,
3
where ‘T’ is the time period of particle.
(C) When particles reach at their extreme positions, then potential energy of the particles is
maximum which are near the end A and B.
(D) When particles cross their mean position then kinetic energy of the particles at antinode
is maximum.
6. A liquid of density ‘’ is filled in a cubical container Y

OABCDEFG. The point ‘O’ is assumed to be origin. A
b b b E F
small ball of density 0 is kept at  , ,  as shown
 2 2 2
in figure and an acceleration 2giˆ  gjˆ is given to D G
container. Uniform gravity exists along negative y-
axis. Now, choose the correct option(s).
b
O X
A
C B
(A) If  = 0 then acceleration of small ball is 5g .

(B) If  = 20 then small ball will hit the mid of edge GF.
(C) If  = 30 then small ball will hit the mid of edge GF.
(D) If  = 0 then net force on the small ball is zero.
(Paragraph Type)
7
A toothed wheel of mass 2 kg and radius m is
44
connected with fixed support via a massless rod
A B fixed
AB. The total number of teeth on the circumference support
of wheel is 1000, and they are closely packed. A
conveyor belt is kept just below the toothed wheel.
1
Conveyor belt is moving with a constant velocity
2
m/s. P and Q are fixed support for the conveyor
belt. The coefficient of friction between teeth of
wheel and conveyor belt is 0.4. The moment of P Q
inertia of toothed wheel about an axis passing
98
through A and perpendicular to the plane is kg-m2. Toothed wheel is free to rotate about A and rod
121
AB is also free to rotate about B. Assume normal force acts between teeth and conveyor belt is
perpendicular to the surface of conveyor belt. At t = 0, toothed wheel is at rest and brought in contact with
the conveyor belt. Now answer the following questions.
7. Total number of teeth that are touched with conveyor belt till the time toothed wheel attain
maximum angular velocity is
(A) 1000
(B) 1500
(C) 500
(D) 250
8. Let ‘x’ be the distance moved by a particular tooth to attain maximum angular velocity of toothed
y
wheel and ‘y’ be the distance moved by a fixed point on the conveyor belt for same time then
x
is given by
(A) 1/4
(B) 1
(C) 2
(D) 1/2
In a motor cycle engine, when combustion occurs then there is an alternate compression and expansion
of the gas product inside the engine of cylinder. In the expansion stroke, the mixture of gaseous product
in the cylinder undergoes an adiabatic expansion. Assuming that the gauge pressure immediately after
combustion is 20.0 atm in the cylinder, initially volume is 50 cm 3 and the volume of mixture after
expansion is 400 cm3. Assume that adiabatic exponent of gas involved in the cylinder is 4/3.
9. Pressure of the engine chamber after expansion is

(A) 1.2500 atm
(B) 0.65625 atm
(C) 1.3125 atm
(D) 0.62500 atm
10. Work done by the gas during expansion is

(A) 142.5 Joule
(B) 157.5 Joule
(C) 47.50 Joule
(D) 95.0 Joule
SECTION – D
11. AB is stationary curved surface blade. A stream line water impinges A

on the curved surface. The speed of stream line water is ‘u’, both

before and after it strikes the curved surface of the blade. The mass u
flow rate of water per unit time is ‘’. Find the force exerted by water

on the blade in Newton (Given u = 2.2 m/s,  = 200 gm/sec) u
12. A planet is revolving around the sun in elliptical orbit with a semi-major axis of 4  108 km. Find
the speed of the planet , in km/sec, when it is at a distance of 2 × 108 km from the sun. Given that
N.m2
mass of sun is 2  1030 kg and universal gravitational constant is 6.67  10–11 .
kg2
13. A vernier calipers is used to measure the diameter of a cylinder. When jaws of vernier are
brought close to each other then zero of vernier scale is slightly left to the zero of main scale, and
6th division of vernier scale is exactly coincide with the one of the mark of main scale. Total
number of division on vernier scale is 10 which is equivalent to 9 mm. When cylinder is fixed
between the jaws then it is found that zero of the vernier scale lies between 6 mm and 7 mm of
the main scale and 7th division of vernier scale exactly coincide with one of the main scale
division. Find the diameter (in mm) of cylinder.
14. A non-conducting solid sphere has a charge density given by   0r n , where 0 , n are constant
and ‘r’ is the distance from the centre of sphere. If the magnitude of electric field at half of the
1
radius is times that of the surface of non-conductor then find the value of n.
16
15. APQ is a rough surface. The portion AP is Q

parabolic given by equation x 2  16y . The
point ‘A’ assumed to be origin. The portion
PQ is a straight line of length 20 3 m. the
coefficient of friction between block and P
y
1
surface (APQ) is . A block of mass 3 kg 12 m
3
is moved on surface APQ by applying a x
force on it. The direction of force is always A
tangential to the surface APQ. The line PQ
is tangent on the curve AP at P. If the block
moves very slowly on the surface then find
the work done by applying force in joule.
16. A hydrogen like atoms are kept in a closed container. All atoms are at same excited state initially.
A photons of energy 3.4 eV are incident on the container then atoms get excited at some higher
excited state. During de-excitation of atoms, they emits maximum six types of wavelength of
photons, some of them have energy 3.4 eV, some of them have more than 3.4 eV and some less
than 3.4 eV. It is assumed that electrons remain in orbit for a finite time during de-excitation. Let
a1 is the maximum acceleration in a given orbit during de-excitation and a2 is the minimum
acceleration in a given orbit. Assuming Bohr’s theory is applicable, find ratio of a1/a2.
17. A container of mass 200 Kg is moving towards

Flexed cone
right by applying a constant horizontal force 100
N. Initial velocity of container is zero. Sand is
falling in container with a constant rate of 1
kg/sec with the help of a fixed cone as shown in
the figure. Find the velocity of the container (in
m/s) at t = 100 sec.
100 N
18. A rod OA of uniform linear mass density and length ‘L’ is O

hinged at O in a vertical plane. Another square plate of same
mass is attached with a point A of the rod as shown in the
figure. In case (i) square plate is free to rotate about point A
and in case (ii) square plate is fixed at point A. Now, system
is allowed to oscillate in vertical plane such that axis of L/4
rotation is horizontal and passing through point O. Let T1 and A L/2
T2 are the time periods in case (i) and case (ii) respectively. If
6
T1/T2 is m . Find the value of m.
11
SECTION – A
19. For the following geometry, which of the inequality is/are correct?
F F
F F
S 1  2 O S 1 2
F F
F F
(A) 1  1
(B) 2  2
(C) 1  1
(D) 2  2
20. Two moles of a monoatomic ideal gas is taken through a reversible cyclic process starting from
“A” as shown in figure.
D C
VD
Volume (V)
VB B
45o
VA
A
TA TB
Temperature (T)
VB V o
The volume ratio  2 and D  4 . If temperature TA at ‘A’ is 27 C, then choose the correct
VA VA
option(s)
(A) Temperature of the gas at point ‘B’ is 600 K.
(B) Work done in cyclic process (ABCDA) is -1200 cal.
(C) Work done in the process (C → B) is – 1663.68 cal.
(D) Work done in the process (A → D) is – 1663.68 cal.
21. Choose the reaction(s) with correct major products:

(A) O
O
N3 NH
H2N 
 
O N O
H
(B) O
O

H /
 
O
O O
(C) O
C Cl
C Cl
i  , anhyd. AlCl3
O

 ii Conc. OH , 

 iii H
HO C
OH
O
O
(D)
O O HC NO 2
Magnesium mono peroxy phthalate MMPP 
H3C C C CH3 
   O 2N CH CH COOH
CH3 COONa /CH3 COOH
22. Identify the substrate (s) which on acidic hydrolysis produces the same major product?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
23. Choose the only incorrect statement(s) among the following

(A) All boron halides are ionic halides.
(B) Anhydrous aluminium chloride is an ionic compound.
(C) Coordination number of Al in AlCl3(s) is 4.
(D) BI3 is the least acidic among all boron halides.
24. For which of the following complexes, IUPAC names is/are correctly matched?
(A) Na Pt NH3  BrCl NO 2   -Sodiumamminebromidochloridonitrito-N-platinate (II)
(B)
 
CuCl2 O  C NH2 
2    Dichloridobis(dicarboxidotetraamine)copper II
2

(C) PtCl3
 2
 C2H4  -Trichlorido    ethene  platinate II ion.
2
4
(D) FeCl  CN 4  O2   -Chloridotetracyanosuperoxoferrate(II) ion
(Paragraph Type)
The periodic system of the elements in our three dimensional world is based on the four quantum
numbers n = 1, 2, 3,……………;
1
  0,1, ……….n -1; m  0, 1, 2........  ; and ms  
2
Let us move to flatlandia. It is a two dimensional world where the periodic system of elements is based on
three quantum numbers.
1
n = 1, 2, 3………..; m = 0, 1,  2,  3,..........   n  1 ; and ms   . ’m’ plays the combined role of  and
2
m of the three dimensional world (for example s, p, d….level are related to ‘m’). Some tasks and basic
principles, related to this two dimensional flatlandia where the chemical and physical experience obtained
from our common three dimensional world, is applicable. Assume Auf-Bau rule, Hund’s rule of maximum
multiplicity and Pauli’s exclusion principle which are obeyed in three dimensional world, are also obeyed
in 2-dimensional world as such. Energy order of various orbitals for filling up the electrons in multi
electron atoms in flatlandia is governed by (n + |m|) rule which is analogous to the (n + l) rule in three
dimensional world.
Now, answer the following questions:
25. Total number of elements in the first four periods of flatlandia periodic table in two dimensional
world will be:
(A) 36
(B) 27
(C) 24
(D) 18
26. Identify the only incorrect statement among the following: (‘n’ represents valence shell and ‘z’
represents atomic number)
(A) In flatlandia, the maximum covalency of an element with atomic number 5 is 3.
(B) sextet rule corresponds to the octet rule in flatlandia.
(C) Total number of lone pair of electrons in all the simple binary compounds of the elements
(n = 2) with the lightest element (z = 1) are four.
(D) In flatlandia, if elements with atomic number 1 and 5 are denoted by H and C respectively
then the number of -bonds in C2H2 molecule is 1.
A white crystalline solid (X) exhibits the following observations:

(i) The flame of bunsen burner is intensely yellow coloured.
(ii) An aqueous solution is neutral; dropwise addition of sulphurous acid (an SO2 solution) leads to a
deep brown solution which is decolourised in the presence of excess of sulphurous acid.
(iii) If AgNO3 solution is added to the discoloured solution in (ii) and acidified with HNO3, a yellow
precipitate that is insoluble on addition of NH3, but that can be readily dissolved by adding CN  or
S2 O 32  , is obtained.
(iv) If an aqueous solution of the solid (X) is treated with KI and dilute H2SO4, a deep brown solution
is formed that can be decolourised by addition of sulphurous acid or Na2S2O3 solution.
(v) An amount of 0.1000 g of the solid (X) is dissolved in water, 0.5g KI and a few mL of dilute H2SO4
are added. The deep brown solution formed is titrated with a 0.1000 M Na2S2O3 solution until the
solution is completely decolourised; the consumption, 37.40 mL. (Atomic mass : Na = 23, K = 39,
Cl = 35.5, I = 127, O = 16)
Based on the above paragraph, now answer the following questions:
27. % by mass of ‘Cl’ in the solid (X) is

(A) 59.34%
(B) 29%
(C) 40.27%
(D) 0%
28. On the basis of the observations given in the above paragraph, solid (X) can be:
(A) NaI3
(B) NaClO3
(C) NaIO4
(D) NaClO4
SECTION – D
29. When light of suitable frequency is incident on a mixture of gaseous chlorine and hydrogen,
hydrogen chloride is formed. The mixture is irradiated with a mercury UV-lamp ( = 253.6 nm).
The lamp has a power input of 10 watt. An amount of 2% of the energy supplied is absorbed by
the gas mixture (in a 10 litre vessel). Within 2.5 seconds of irradiation, 65 millimoles of HCl is
formed. If the quantum efficiency of this reaction is found to be x × 104, then find th value of ‘x’.
(Quantum efficiency is defined as the number of product molecules formed per absorbed photon)
(Take Avogadro’s number = 6.02 × 1023, Plank’s constant = 6.6 × 10-34 Js)
30. An organic compound (P) has molecular formula, C8H11NO and it can be resolved into
enantiomers. (P) does not decolourise bromine water solution. ‘P’ on refluxing with dilute H2SO4
yields another resolvable compound Q (C8H12O3) which give effervescence with NaHCO3. ‘Q’ on
treatment with NaBH4 yields R(C8H14O3) which on heating with conc. H2SO4 yields S(C8H12O2).
Compound (P) on reduction with LiAlH4, followed by treatment of H2SO4 yields the compound
which is given below
H
N
Let the sum of degree of unsaturation in P, Q, R and S be ‘x’; the sum of the number of rings in P,
Q, R and S be ‘y’ and the sum of distinct functional groups in P, Q, R and S be ‘z’ (if the same
functional group appears in two or more compounds count it once only).
xyz
Then find, the value of .
yz
31. For an ideal gas, temperature varies as:

T = K + V2
Where K and  are positive constants and ‘V’ is the molar volume of the gas, if the minimum
pressure (Pmin) of one mole of an ideal gas is expressed as:
Pmin  nRabK c
nab
Then find the value of
nabc
32. If ‘’ is the angle between two bonds on the same central atom, then fraction of s-character of the
bond can be calculated as:
s
cos   (where 90o <  < 180o)
s 1
Let fraction of s-character of each orbital having lone pair in water be ‘x’ and fraction of s-
character of the lone pair in NH3 be ‘y’, then find the value of (x + y).
(cos 104.5o = - 0.25 and cos 107o = - 0.30)
33. Some aqueous solutions are given below. If ‘x’ be the number of solution(s) whose pH does not
change appreciably by adding small amount of H2SO4 and ‘y’ be the number of solution(s) whose
y
pH changes rapidly by adding H2SO4, then find the value of .
x
(a) 0.1 M NH4CN
(b) 0.1 M NH4OH + 0.1 M NH4Cl
(c) 100 mL, 0.1 M HCl + 100 mL, 0.5 M Ca(OH)2
(d) 100 mL, 0.1 M HCl + 100 mL, 0.2 M NaCN
(e) 100 mL, 0.1 M Ca(OH)2 + 100 mL, 0.4 M H2S
(f) 100 mL, 0.1 M NaOH + 100 mL, 0.2 M HCl
(g) 100 mL, 0.1 M NaOH + 100 mL, 0.2 M K2SO4
(h) 100 mL, 0.5 M CH3COOH + 100 mL, 0.1 M Ba(OH)2
(i) 100 mL, 0.5 M Ca(OH)2 + 100 mL, 0.1 M HCl
34. Consider the following ions:
S 2O22 ;S2O32 ;S 2O 42 ;S 2O52 ;S2O 62 ;S 2O 72 ;S 2O82 ;
If the number of ions having S – S or S = S linkage be ‘x’ and the number of ions having
S – O – S linkage be ‘y’, the number of ions having peroxy linkage b ‘ z’,. Find the value of
 x 
 .
 yz
35. o-aminobenzaldehyde is heated with acetone in dilute NaOH solution to produce the major
organic product (A), which on treatment with catalytic amount of H2SO4, produces another major
organic product (B).
Let, the degree of unsaturation of (A) be ‘x’; the degree of unsaturation of (B) be ‘y’; the number
y p
of rings in (A) be ‘z’ and the number of rings in (B) be ‘p’, then, find the value of  .
xz
36. How many milliliters of 2.0 M NaOH solution must be added to 100 mL of 0.1 M H3PO4 solution in
order to obtain a buffer solution with pH about 7.2?
(The pKa values of H3PO4 are pK a1  2.1 ; pK a2  7.2 and pK a3  12.0 )
Assume the temperature of reaction mixture to be 298 K.

SECTION – A
x
37. Let (x, y) be the ordered pair satisfying the inequalities sin  cos y  2 and x > 1, where x,
2
y  N. Choose the correct statement(s).
(A) if xy – yx is divisible by 8 remainder can be 1.
y x
(B) if x + y is divided by 8 remainder can be 1.
y x
(C) if x + y is divided by 8 remainder can be 3.
y x
(D) if x – y is divided by 8 remainder can be 5.
38. f : R  R, be a twice differentiable function such that f(x)f(x)  0,  x  R. Choose the correct
option(s).
(A) y = f(x)f(x) is a strictly increasing function.
(B) if f(x) = 0 for some x  R, then it is always point of inflection.
(C) f(x)f(x) > 0  x  R
(D) if f(x0) = 0 and f(x0) < 0 then it is point of local maxima.
39. The roots of the equation az4 + bz2 + cz + d = 0 are vertices of a convex quadrilateral in argand
plane (a, b, c, d  C). Choose the correct option(s).
(A) The intersection point of diagonals is necessarily origin.
(B) If the quadrilateral is a parallelogram then point of intersection of diagonals is origin.
(C) If the quadrilateral is a rhombus then it is necessarily a square.
d
(D) If the quadrilateral is rhombus then its area is 2 .
a
40. Let N  {0}  N  {0}, fk(x) be a function such that fk(x) is equal to remainder when xk is divided
by 10. (k  N) choose the incorrect option(s).
(A) y = fk(x) is periodic function with period 3.
(B) f 2019 (f 2017(x) – x) = f 2019(f2013(x) – x) has infinitely many solutions.
(C) f 2019(f2018(f 2017(..... f1(x))) )) = x is only true when x has 0, 1, 5 at unit place.
(D) y = fk(x) is non periodic function.
n
41. Let f(x) = ex + 1 – 1, g(x) = p|f(x)| –  f  xk  , (n  N). It is given that g(x) is differentiable function
k 1
over the real numbers. Choose the correct option(s).
(A) p can assume the value 99.
(B) if p is 100 then n can have two different values.
(C) if p is 100 then sum of possible values of m is 39.
(D) p can assume the value 36.
3
42. The line y = t intersects y = x – 3x + 2 at three points (f1 (t), t)(f 2 (t), t)(f 3 (t), t) such that
f 3(t) > f 2(t) > f 1(t). Define a function g(t) = t(f3(t) – f 1(t)). Choose the correct option(s).
(A) g(2) = 4 3
2
(B) g(2) =
3
(C) g(2) = 2 3
2
(D) g(2) = 
3
(Paragraph Type)
Let P be a point in X-Y plane and P is a point such that OP·OP = r2, where O, P and P are collinear and
O divides P and P externally. (O is the origin)
43. If point P lies on the circle (x – 1)2 + (y – 5)2 = 4 and P also satisfy the same circle, then value of
2
r is
(A) 30
(B) 22
(C) 4
(D) none of these
44. If the point P lies on the line x + y = 1, then P traces

1
(A) A straight line of slope
r
r
(B) A circle of radius
2
r2
(C) A circle of radius
2
2
r
(D) A circle of radius
2

Let y = f(x) be an odd cubic polynomial function such that f(x) = f() has all the roots real and
y = |f(x) – f()| is non differentiable at x =  only. Let y = g(x) be another cubic polynomial such that
y = f(x) – g(x) is quadratic expression and |g(x)|  M,  |x|  , then minimum value of M is f().
45. If f(0) = 6, and  = 2, then f(x) is equal to

(A) x3 + 2x
(B) x3 – 2x
(C) x3 + 3x
(D) x3 – 3x
46. If |4x3+ ax2 + bx + c|  M for  |x|  1, then minimum value of 4M is

(A) 4
(B) 1
(C) 2
(D) 3
SECTION – D
k r 
i   
4 2019
e 3 2
47. Find the minimum value of  z
1010
.
k 0 r 0
48. ABCD is a regular tetrahedron with side length  

2  1 units. A point P is taken on the edge AB
AP
such that  2  1 . Q is the point in the plane of triangle BCD such that PQ  AB. If d is
BP
perpendicular distance of P from plane BCD and d1 is minimum distance between P and Q, then
4
d 
find the value of  1  .
 d
2 2  1
49. f : R  R is a differentiable function satisfying 2(f(x)) f(x) = (f(2x + 1)) f(2x + 1), f     1 ,
 8
2
f(6) = 2 find the value of 3
.
 f  1 
 3
50. y = f(x) is a parabola having  0,  and (0, 0) as vertex and focus respectively, find the number
 2
1 1 6
of roots of the equation   2 0.
2f  x   3 2f  x   3 x
51. Out of 10 tokens, numbered from {1, 2, ....., 10}, first person X chooses a token then person Y
chooses the token (without replacement in both cases). A person is winner if he gets a prime
number and in the next draw other person get a non prime. If both gets prime in successive draw,
game is a draw. Game continuous till some one wins or game is drawn. If P(x) is probability of X
winning, P(y) is probability of Y wining and P(d) is probability of draw, then the value of
21P(x) + 126P(y) – 7P(d) is _____
 e t  e t et  e t 
52. A point P  ,  traces a locus S = 0 in X–Y plane (t being a non negative
 2 2 
parameter). A fixed point P0, having parameter t0, lies on the curve S = 0. The area bounded by
the curve, line OP0 and x-axis in 240 sq. units (O being the origin), find the value of t0.
53. Given that cos  cos  + sin2  sin  – cos2  sin  = 1, 0 < , ,  < .
Find the value of sin( +  – ) + sin( +  – ) + sin( +  – ).
54. Ten points are given in a plane such that no three points are collinear and no four of them form a
trapezium. From every point, all the possible lines are drawn which are parallel to lines formed by
taking any two points out of remaining points. Find the total number of points of intersection of
these lines. (excluding the given ten points)
FIITJEE
OPEN TEST
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 1
TEST DATE: 03-02-2019

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A, B, C, D
n
Sol. C2  3, n  3
So initially atoms was in n = 2.
E3  E2  68 eV
Hence Z = 6
12400
min   28.49 Å
E 3  E1
2. A, B, C, D
Sol. Let potential of point A is x and potential of point B is zero. Consider charge flown through 3V
battery is q0.
2  3  x   q0   0  x  2  0 …(1)
q0   x  3   1   2  x  3  2  0 …(2)
3. A, B, C
Sol. In figure-1
1 1 1
 
v u f
1 1 1
 
v 60 30
V = – 60
v
Hence m    1
v
In figure-2, images will not separated.
AITS-OT-(Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
4. A, B
   
Sol. If v  a  0 , then there must be a component of a along v
   
If r  v  0 , then there must be a component of v along r
5. B, C, D
Sol. Phase difference between two particles in standing wave is either zero or  at any instant of time.
Potential energy depends upon strain. Particle near to nodes will experience more strain.
6. A, B, C

Sol. a0  (2giˆ  gj) ˆ
  
FB  V(a0  g)  2Vg(iˆ  ˆj)
  
Fnet  FB  mg  2Vg(iˆ  ˆj)  0 Vgjˆ
 2 ˆ ˆ
anet  g(i  j)  gjˆ
0
  
arelative  anet  a0
7. C
8. C
ft = mg = 8N …(i)
f f = I
11
 rad/s2 …(ii)
7
v 22
  ad/sec …(iii)
R 7
2  02  2
 =  rad …(iv)
 = 0 + t
t = 2 sec …(v)
1
y   2  1m …(vi)
2
1
x   R  m …(vii)
2
9. C
10. B
P1(V1) = P2(V2)
 4/3
V   50 
P2 = P1  1   21 
 V2   400 
1
 21
16
= 1.3125 atm
Work done =
P1V1  P2 V2
=
 21 50  1.3125  400 105  10 6 = 157.5 Joule
 1 4
1
3
3 AITS-OT-(Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19
SECTION – D
11. 00000.88
dp P m
Sol. F   u.  
dt t  t 
200
  2  2.2  
1000
= 0.88 Newton
12. 00031.63
1 2 GmM GmM
Sol. mv – = 
2 r 2a
 2 1 
v 2  GM   
 r a
 2 1
= 6.67  10–11  2  1030     1011 =10.005  108
 2 4
v = 31.63 km/sec
13. 00007.10
Sol. 1 MSD = 1 mm
1 VSD = 0.9 mm
L.C. = 0.1 mm
ve error = 4  0.1 mm = 0.4 mm
Reading = 6 mm + 7  0.1 mm = 6.7 mm
Diameter = 6.7 + 0.4 = 7.1 mm
14. 00003.00
R
Sol. q0   dv   0 r n 4 r 2 dr
0
R/2
n
q   dv   0 r .4r 2 dr
0
kq0 kq
 16.
R2 R 
2
 
2
So n=3
15. 01800.00
Sol. x 2  16y Q
16dy
2x 
dx 20 3 30 m
dy x 60°
  3 P
dx 8
10 3
  60 
12 m
W  K
WF  Wff  Wg  WN  0
WF   Wff  Wg 8 3

 mg 8 3  10 3  mg  42  
= 1800 J
16. 00256.00
1
Sol. a 4
n
where, a is acceleration of electron and ‘n’ is no. orbits.
17. 00033.33
100  v
Sol. Acceleration of container a 
200  t
v 100
dv dt
 100  v   200  t
0 0
100
v m/ s.
3
18. 00001.33
I1 mL2
Sol. T1  2 , I1   mL2
mgd 3
2
I2 mL2  m L / 2  
T2  2 , I2    mL2 
mgd 3  6 
T1 I 4 6
 1  ,
T2 I2 3 11
SECTION – A
19. A, B
Sol. In first molecule, lone pair of electrons lie in equatorial position, hence decreases 2 more rapidly
the 2 . In second molecule, -electron cloud lie closer to axial bonds and pushes them more, so
1  1 .
20. A, B, D
Sol. Since AB is an isobaric process, so
VB TB T
  2  B  TB  600K
VA TA 300
WABCDA  WAB  WBC  WCD  WDA
WAB  nRT  1200 cal
VC V
WBC  2.303nRTB log  2.303nRTB log B  as VC  VD 
VB VD
VB VA
WBC  2.303  2  2  600  log 
VA VD
= 2.303 × 2 × 2 × 600 × log 2/4
= - 1663.68 cal.
WCD  0
VD
WD A  2.303nRTA  log
VA
= 2.303 × 2 × 2 × 300 × log4
= 1663.68 cal.
WA BCD A  1200  1663.68  0  1663.68
= - 1200 cal
21. A, B, C, D
Sol. A → Curtius degradation type reaction
B → Hydration + deprotonation + tautomerisation
C → Friedel-Crafts reaction followed by benzylic acid rearrangement
D → Baeyer-Villiger + Perkin condensation reaction.
22. A, B, C, D
Sol. All substrates give the same major product which is given below
OH
23. A, B, C, D
Sol. Coordination number of Al in AlCl3(s) is 6.
Anhydrous AlCl3 is covalent but becomes ionic when dissolved in water.
BI3 is the strongest Lewis acid among all boron halides.
All BX3 are covalent in nature.
24. A, C, D
Sol.
 
CuCl2 O  C  NH2 
2    Dichloridodicarbamidocopper II
2
25. C
Sol.
2
1 1s2
1s1
3 4 5 6 7 8
[ ] 2s1 [ ] 2s2 2s22p1 2s22p2 2s22p3 2s22p4
9
[ ] 3s1 10 11 12 13 14
[ ] 3s 2 3s23p1 3s23p2 3s23p3 3s23p4
15 16 17 22 23 24
18 19 20 21
[ ] 4s1 [ ] 4s2 4s 3d1
2 2 4 1 2 4 2 4s23d44p3 2 4 4
4s2, 3d2 4s , 3d3
2 2 4
4s , 3d 4s 3d 4p 4s 3d 4p 4s 3d 4p
26. C
Sol. Lewis structures 3 – 1; 1 – 4 – 1;
1
5 ; 6 ; 7 1
1 1 1
1
27. D
28. C
(i) The solid must contain Na and I. The yellow colouration of the flame indicates the presence of
Na+ ion; a yellow silver salt that is dissolved only by strong complexing agent such as CN  or
S2 O 32  must be AgI.
(ii) Reaction (i) to (iv) indicates a sodium salt of an oxygen containing acid containing iodine.
Both SO2 and I– are oxidized, while in the first case I  is formed with an intermediate of I2 or
I 3 (brown solution) and in the second I2 or ( I 3 ) is formed. As the solution is neutral NaIO3 or
NaIO4 come into consideration.
(iii) Conditions given in observation(v) proves that solid (x) is NaIO4.
2
1 mole of NaIO4 = 213.90 g NaIO4 = 8 moles of S2 O3 .
0.1000  8
 0.1000 g NaIO4   3.740  10 3 mol of S 2O32
213.90
   
IO4  7I  8H 
 4I2  4H2O 
SECTION – D
29. 00006.11
30. 00002.20
Sol. O O O
OH O
N OH O O
C C
C OH
P  Q R  S 
31. 00003.50
Sol. PV = RT (for 1 mole of ideal gas)
PV = R(K + V2)
RK
P  RV
V
For minimum pressure
dP d2P
 0 and 2   ve
dV dV
So, Pmin  2R  K
32. 00000.61
Sol. H2O
s
cos104.5o   s  0.20
s 1
So, fraction of s-character of lone pair in H2O = 0.30
Similarly, fraction of s-character of lone pair in NH3 = 0.31
33. 00001.25
Sol. x = 5 and y = 4
Only a, b, d, e and h will form buffer.
34. 00002.50
Sol. O S O O O O
O S S ; S ; S S O ; O S S O;
O O O
O O
O O O O O O
O S S O ; O S O S O; O S ;O O S O
O O O O O O
x = 5, y = z = 1
35. 00001.80
Sol. NH2
O
CH CH C CH3
N CH3
(A) (B)
36. 00007.50
Sol. Let, x ml of 2.0 M NaOH solution be added, then
H3PO 4  NaOH  NaH2PO 4  H2O
millimoles 10 2x 0 0
0  2x  10 
NaH2PO 4  NaOH  Na2HPO 4  H2O
10  2x  10  0
10   2x  10  0 2x  10
= 20 – 2x
2x  10
So, 7.2  7.2  log , on solving x = 7.5
20  2x

SECTION – A
37. A, B
Sol. x = 4k + 1, y = 2m (k1m  N)
yx = (2m)4n + 1 (it is divisible by 8)
y 2m
x = (4n + 1) (it leave remainder 1)
38. A, C, D
Sol. As f(x)f(x) > 0  x  R
For y = f(x)f(x); y = (f(x))2 + f(x)f(x) > 0
If f(x)0 < 0 then f(x0) < 0
39. B, D
Sol. If it is parallelogram z1 + z3 = z2 + z4 = 0 (in some order)
d
 If it is rhombus then area is 2|z1||z2| where |z1|2|z2|2 =
a
40. A, C, D
Sol. y = fk(x) is periodic with period 10 and fk(f4k + 1(x) – x) = 0
41. B, C, D
Sol. R.H.D. at x = –1 is (p – m2) where n = 2m or 2m – 1
L.H.D. at x = –1 is (m2 – p) for differentiability m2 = p
42. A, C
Sol. x3 – 3x + 2 = 2; x = 0,  3
3(f 2(t) – 1)f(t) = 1
43. B
Sol. x2 + y2 = r2 and (x – 1)2 + (y – 5)2 = 4 must be orthogonal
44. C
Sol. OP·OP = r2
Using P(r1 cos , r1 sin )
Locus of P is
mr 2 r2
x 2  y2  x y 0
c c
45. D
46. A
3 2
ax + bx = 8a + 2b  (x – 2)(ax + 2ax + 4a + b) = 0
3
D = 0  3a + b = 0 as a = 1  f(x) = x – 3x
Similarly for g(x) = 4x + ax + bx + c, f(x) = (4x3 – 3x) and f(1) = 1
3 2
SECTION – D
47. 00010.00
Sol. Minimum will occur at z = 0
4 2019
1
  1010  10
k 0 r 0
48. 00009.00
Sol. Let ABCD have coordinates P
O, (i + j), (j + k), (i + k) respectively
d1  d1
 cosec   3
d d
Where  is angle between AB and normal of BCD

B Q
49. 00002.25
3 3
Sol. 4f (x) = f (2x + 1) + c
1 3 5
By taking x   , , and 6, we get
8 4 2
3 5 3 5
f 3    c  4 , f 3    c  4f 3   , 4f 3    f 3  6   c
4 2 4 2
8 8
So, we c  i.e., 4f 3(x) = f 3(2x + 1) +
3 3
50. 00002.00
Sol. The given equation reduces to 4f2(x) + x2 = 9, an ellipse.
As in the figure it has two solutions
51. 00035.32
4 k
C1 4 C2  2! 6 C2k 2 2k  2! 10  2k! 8
Sol. P x    and P(d) = 0.4
k 1 10! 21
52. 00480.00
1  eto  e to  e to  e to  to P0(to)
Sol.      ydx
2 2  2  0
2
1 2to
e  e 2to
to e t  e  t

  dt 
to
 240 O
8 0
4 2
to = 480
53. 00003.00
Sol. I = cos  cos  + sin2  sin  – cos2  sin   cos  cos  + sin  sin  = cos( – )
  –  = 0 & cos  = 0, sin  = 1

===
2
54. 57060.00
Sol. For point of intersection we take say two points A and B, from each we can draw 9C2 lines cut of
which 8C2 are parallel. So total number of intersection points are
10
 2
C2  36   28  57060
FIITJEE
OPEN TEST
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 03-02-2019

correct option.
for wrong answer.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
Bird
1. A bird is flying downward with constant velocity 6 cm/s towards a fixed
container filled with a liquid of refractive index 4/3. A fish is moving upward
with constant speed 4 cm/s towards the surface of liquid. Surface of liquid is
also moving downward with constant velocity 2 cm/s as shown in the figure.
The bottom of container is silvered. Then Fish
(A) Speed of fish as seen by bird only after refraction is 9 cm/sec

(B) Speed of fish as seen by bird only after refraction is 8.5 cm/sec
(C) Speed of fish as seen by bird after reflection and then refraction is 3 cm/sec
(D) Speed of fish as seen by bird after reflection and then refraction is 2.5 cm/sec
2. Two ideal gases A and B are kept in a closed container at room temperature. Consider collisions
takes place between the molecules of A and B. Let KA and KB are the kinetic energies of
molecule A and B respectively after collision and KA and KB are the kinetic energies of molecule A
and B respectively before collision. Then choose the possible option(s)
(A) K A  K A , K B  K B
(B) K A  K A  , K B  K B
(C) K A  K A , K B  K B
(D) K A  K A  , K B  K B
3. OO and AA are two vertical walls. A particle is projected from O with O A
speed 10 m/s at an angle 15 from the horizontal. All collisions with each
walls are perfectly elastic. Then choose the correct statement(s).
10 m/s
15
O 1/2 m A
(A) The horizontal component of velocity will change after each collision.
(B) Particle will land on the ground between points O and A.
(C) The total number of collisions with walls is 9 till particle reaches ground again for the first
time after projection.
(D) Time taken by particle to reach the ground is 2 sin 15 seconds.
4. Two cars ‘A’ and ‘B’ are moving along y-axis and in a y
circle of radius 30 m respectively. Initial co-ordinate of
cars ‘A’ and ‘B’ are (0, 0) and (60, 0) respectively. Car ‘A’
starts from rest and moves with constant acceleration Car ‘A’
Car ‘B’
20/3 m/s2 and Car ‘B’ moves with constant speed. Time
taken by car ‘B’ to complete the circle is 12 sec. Choose x
the correct option(s).
(A) The magnitude of average velocity of car ‘A’ with respect to car ‘B’ is 10 m/s in time
interval 0 to 3 sec.
(B) The magnitude of average velocity of car ‘A’ with respect to car ‘B’ is 10 m/s in time
interval 0 to 6 sec.
5  20 2
(C) The magnitude of average acceleration of car ‘A’ with respect to car ‘B’ is m/s
3
in time interval 0 to 6 sec.
5
(D) The magnitude of average acceleration of car ‘A’ with respect to car ‘B’ is m/s2 in
3
time interval 0 to 6 sec.
5. Two plane mirrors are placed in such a way that they make Normal
an angle 50° as shown in figure. A ray of light falls on one
mirror and it reflects from each mirror once. For the given
situation mark the correct statement(s).

50°
(A) The value of  must be less than 40°.

(B)  can have any value ranging from 0° to 90°.
(C) Total deviation produced in light ray is independent of value ‘’.
(D) Laws of reflection are valid for only plane and spherical mirrors.
6. A hemisphere of radius ‘R’ is kept fixed on a horizontal surface. A nail is ‘O’ Fixed nail
also fixed at ‘O’ exactly above the centre of hemisphere at some height. A
small ball of mass ‘m’ is slowly pulled by an external force F on the
surface of hemisphere. String is massless and friction force between ball F
and hemisphere is negligible. Then
(A) As ball moves up tension in the string decreases.
(B) As ball moves up tension in the string increases.
(C) As ball moves up normal between ball and sphere decrease. R
(D) As ball moves up normal between ball and sphere increase.

7. A parallel beam of light is incident on a fixed surface PQ at an

angle ‘’ with the vertical as shown in the figure. The intensity of
light is I and area of surface PQ is A. In List –I nature of 
reflection are given and in List-II force and generated radiation
pressure are given. Then match List-I with suitable option List-II.
(Given that I = 500 W/m2, A = 1.5 m 2,  = 37)
P Q
LIST–I LIST–II
If all the incident energy is absorbed by surface
2
P. PQ then force on the surface and radiation 1. 3.2  106 N, 2.13  106 N/m
pressure generated are respectively.
If all the incident energy is reflected by surface

2
Q. PQ then force on the surface and radiation 2. 2.24  106 N, 1.38  106 N/m
pressure generated are respectively.
If 30% incident energy is reflected by the
2
R. surface then force on the surface and pressure 3. 2.74  106 N, 1.81  106 N/m
generated are respectively.
If 70% incident energy is reflected back then
S. force on the surface and radiation pressure are 4. 2  106 N, 1.06  106 N/m2
respectively.
5. 4.2  106 N, 3.13  106 N/m2
(A) P → 4; Q → 1; R → 3; S→2
(B) P → 3; Q → 2; R → 1; S→4
(C) P → 3; Q → 5; R → 4; S→2
(D) P → 4; Q → 1; R → 2; S→3
8. Some electric circuits with an A.C. source is given in List-I. In List-II instantaneous current and
average power delivered by A.C. source are given. Then Match List-I with List-II.
LIST–I LIST–II
1 1
xL = Ω xC = Ω
2 2 R = 10 10    1 
I= sin t   tan1    ,
4  4  2 
P. 1.
15
P= watt
~ 4
10sint
R1 = 10 XC = 10
R2 = 20 XL = 20
Q. 2. I = 2 2 cos t , P = 200 watt
~
10sint
XC = 20 XL = 10
R = 10
R. 3. I = sin t, P = 5 watt

~
10sint
XL = 100
XC = 50
1   5
S. 4. I= sin  t   , P  watt
R = 100 2  4  2
~ ~
1002 sint 1002 cost
10    7
5. I= sin  t   tan1 (2)  , P  watt
4  4  2
(A) P → 4; Q → 4; R → 1; S→4
(B) P → 3; Q → 3; R → 1; S→3
(C) P → 3; Q → 1; R → 4; S→2
(D) P → 4; Q → 3; R → 4; S→1
9. In List -I electrical circuits are given. In each circuit perpendicular inward magnetic field (B) exist
and an initial velocity v0 is imparted to the rod (PQ towards right. Rod is conducting and has
negligible resistance. ‘m’ is the mass of rod and  is the length of rod. Both rails xy and wz are
frictionless and has negligible resistance also. In List -2, velocity of rod and current in the circuit
are given. Match the circuit in List – I to the velocity and current in List – II.
LIST–I LIST–II
X P
Y
R R B
Minimum magnitude of velocity of rod
P. 1. mv 0
PQ is .
Z m  2B2 2 C
W Q
Two resistors ‘R’ in parallel

X P
Y
C C
B
Maximum magnitude of velocity of rod
Q. 2.
is v 0.
Z
W Q
Two capacitor ‘C’ in parallel

X P
Y
L L
B
Velocity of rod oscillates with
R. 3.
maximum magnitude of velocity v0.
Z
W Q
Two inductors ‘L’ in parallel

X P
Y
R R
B
Minimum magnitude of velocity of rod
S. 4.
is zero.
C C
Z
W Q
5. Current oscillates in the circuit.
(A) P → 2, 4; Q → 1, 2; R → 2, 3, 4, 5; S → 1, 2
(B) P → 2, 3; Q → 1, 2; R → 2, 3, 4, 5; S → 1, 3
(C) P → 2, 4; Q → 1, 2; R → 1, 2, 3, 5; S → 2, 4
(D) P → 2, 1; Q → 1, 2; R → 2, 3, 4, 5; S → 2, 5
0
10. A solid sphere of mass m = 80 kg and radius r = 0.2 m is
released from height h = 5/4 meter. Sphere is initially rotating
about horizontal axis passing through its centre of mass. It hits
with a stationary cart of mass M = 200 kg exactly at the centre
h
of cart. The cart can move smoothly on the horizontal surface.
The collision between sphere and cart occurs in such a way
that sphere reaches at same vertical displacement after
Cart
collision and falls back onto it again. It is found that sphere
starts pure rolling at the end of first collision. The coefficient of
friction between sphere and cart is  = 0.1. Match the statement
given in List-I to the values given in List-II.
LIST–I LIST–II
The minimum length (in meter) of cart to occur second
P. 1. 172
collision with the sphere
Initial angular velocity ‘0’ (in rad/sec) of sphere for
Q. 2. 2.8
minimum length of cart.
Magnitude of work done (in Joule) by sphere on the
R. 3. 156
cart during the process.
Magnitude of work done (in Joule) by cart on the
S. 4. 19.5
sphere during the process
5. 16
(A) P → 2; Q → 4; R → 5; S→1
(B) P → 1; Q → 3; R → 1; S→3
(C) P → 3; Q → 5; R → 4; S→2
(D) P → 4; Q → 3; R → 4; S→1
SECTION – D
11. Two large plane mirrors M1 and M2 are kept at an angle of 120 Y
as shown in figure. The co-ordinate of intersection of plane
mirror is (0, 2 meter). A man moves along x-axis. Find the length 60 60
(in meter) on x-axis for which man can see both the images of M2 M1
A
point A formed by mirrors simultaneously. (take 3  1.73 and
height of man is negligible) man (0, 0) x
12. A small block of mass m = 200gm is projected from point A

‘O’ on a rough curved surface. The coefficient of friction B
between particle and surface is 0.4. Assume particle is
always in contact with the surface. A and B are local
4H
peaks of curved surface. Find the minimum kinetic energy 2H
(in Joule) given to the small block to reach at B. (Given H O
= 4 meter)
H 2H H H
13. A disc of mass m and radius 2R has another disc of mass 2m and
0
radius R/2 kept on it at O. The system is given an angular velocity 0 2R
about a vertical axis passing through O. The friction between discs is
R/2
negligible and smaller disc is free to rotate about O. Find the angular
 O O
momentum (in M.K.S unit) of system at t = about a vertical axis
0 R
passing through O.
(Given that m = 300 gm, 0 = 8 rad/s and R = 1/2 m)
14. A monochromatic light of wavelength 0 and intensity I0 is

incident on YDSE experiment. The distance between slits
S1S2 is ‘d’ (d<<D). The angle made by parallel beam light S1
 3 
with the normal to the plane of slits is Sin1   . Now, if a d O
 2d 
3 S2
transparent glass slab of thickness is kept infront
2(  1)
of one of the slits, where ‘’ is refractive index of glass slab.
Find the intensity (in W/m2) at the geometrical centre ‘O’ of D
screen
the screen. (Given, d = 1 mm, D = 2 m,  = 4/3,  = 4000Å
and I0 = 4.16 W/m2)
15. A perfectly reflecting rectangular plate ABCD is kept in y

horizontal (x–y) plane. The dimension of rectangular 2m
plane is (2  1)m2 as shown. Rectangular plate can B
C
rotate about y–axis and gravity due to earth is along
negative Z direction. An impulsive laser is kept below 1m
the point E which emits the pulses periodically. A laser E
beam of diameter 0.2 microns is directly incident at E.
The time interval between two pulse is 0.01 ms, and A
D x
has a total energy of 20 Jules. If the metallic plate
ABCD remain in equilibrium then find the mass of plate
in gram.
Laser
beam
16. A screw gauge is used to measure the thickness of a thin sheet of copper. The pitch of screw
gauge is 0.2 mm and total number of division on circular scale is 200. When two jaws are brought
th
in contact then 160 division of circular scale is exactly coincide with the main scale line, and that
the zero of main scale is barely visible. When thickness of sheet is measured with screw gauge
th
then main scale reading is 0.6 mm and 100 division coincide with the main scale line. Find the
thickness of copper sheet in mm.
17. A dense liquid is completely filled in a closed large container and kept at rest
on a horizontal surface. A steel ball is moving downward with a constant
speed of 0.5 cm/sec. Find the momentum of dense liquid in C.G.S unit, if its
density is 3 gm/cm 3. Given that volume is steel ball of 1.5 cm3.
18. A small body of mass ‘m’ is projected from the surface of a given
planet as shown in the figure. If small body has velocity which is just
sufficient to get out from the gravity of planet then time taken by small
2R 3
body to reach at height of 3R from the surface of planet is K .
GM
Find the value of K.
R
Planet of mass M
and radius R
SECTION – A
19. Consider a hexagonal unit cell as shown in figure (A). It can be considered to consist of three
identical unit cells with a rhombus base as shown in figure (B).
(II)
(II)
(I) (I)
(A)
(B)
Now, identify the correct statement(s) regarding (B):
1
(A) contribution of lattice point (I) per unit cell is .
6
1
(B) contribution of lattice point (I) per unit cell is .
3
1
(C) contribution of lattice point (II) per unit cell is .
12
1
(D) contribution of lattice point (II) per unit cell is .
4
20. Identify the correct statement(s) about the product “A and B” formed in the following reactions:
(Assume carbocations do not rearrange)
H2C
CH2  HCl  Product  A 

(i) Excess
H2C
H2C
(ii)
CH2  HCl  Product B 
Excess 
(A) In reaction (i), two geometrical isomers of (A) are possible.

(B) In reaction (i), two optical isomers of (A) are possible.
(C) In reaction (ii), two geometrical isomers of (B) are possible.
(D) In reaction (ii), three stereoisomers of (B) are possible.
21. Hoope’s process of purification of aluminium involves formation of layers during electrolysis. It
involves:
(A) The 3 layers have same densities but different materials.
(B) The 3 layers have different densities.
(C) The upper layer is of pure aluminium which acts as cathode.
(D) The bottom layer is of impure aluminium which acts as an anode and middle layer consist
of cryolite and fluorspar.
22. Suppose your weight is 80 kg and you want to fly in the sky with the help of balloons each
o
containing 50 moles of H2 gas at 0.5 atm and 27 C. How many balloons do you need to attach
with yourself to fly. Given density of air = 1.25 g/L and it remains constant throughout (Neglect the
weight of balloon).
(A) 25
(B) 27
(C) 30
(D) 20
23. Identify the correct statement(s) regarding the reductive ozonolysis of 2-pentene.
(A) A maximum of 10 ozonides can be formed.
(B) One of the intermediate that can be formed is
O O
H3C CH3
O O
O
O O
(C) One of the intermediate that can be formed is
H3C CH CH CH3
O O
(D) One of the intermediate that can be formed is H3C CH2 CH3
O O
24. Identify the reaction(s) with correct major product?
(A) Cl
Br
 
Mg, ether 1 eqvt
N
 
N
H
(B) O O
NaN3 /CH3 SO3H
C CH3   NH C CH3
(C) O OH
 
Conc. HBr 1 eqvt

Br
NH NH2
(D) O O
Ca OH2 , I2
H3C C CH2I    H3C C CH3

25. Match the polymers in List-I with their characteristic in List-II and choose the correct option from
the codes given below:
List-I List-II
(P) Bakelite (1) Natural polymer
(Q) Natural rubber (2) Addition polymer
(R) Buna-N (3) Linear polymer
(S) Cellulose (4) Co-polymer
(5) Thermosetting plastic
Codes:
(A) P  4, 5; Q  1, 2, 3; R  2, 3, 4; S  1, 3
(B) P  1, 2, 3; Q  4,5; R  2, 3, 4; S  1, 3
(C) P  4, 5; Q  2, 3, 4; R  1, 2, 3; S  2, 4
(D) P  1, 4; Q  1, 2; R  2, 3, S  3, 4
26. Match the solids in List-I with their corresponding characteristics in List-II and choose the correct
option from the codes given below: (where ‘a’ is the edge length of unit cell)
List-I List-II
(P) NaCl type solid (1) Distance of an atom/ion from 6th nearest
neighbour is 1.22a
(Q) CsCl type solid (2) Distance of an atom or ion from 4th nearest
neighbour is 1.65a
(R) FCC type of metallic solid (3) 4th nearest neighbour of an atom or ion is 24
th
(S) BCC type of metallic solid (4) 6 nearest neighbour of an atom or ion is 24
(5) 2nd nearest neighbours of an atom or ion are 6
(6) 3rd nearest distance between the neighbour is
1.22a
Codes:
(A) P  1, 4, 5, Q  2, 3, 4; R  5, 6; S  2, 3, 5
(B) P  4, 5; Q  2, 3; R  4, 6; S  2, 4, 5
(C) P  1, 4; Q  2, 3, 5; R  5, 6; S  2, 3, 5
(D) P  1, 4; Q  2, 3, 5; R  4, 5; S  2, 3, 5
27. Match the inequality given in List-I with corresponding property in List-II and choose the correct
option from the codes given below:
List-I List-II
(P) C>N (1) Order of first electron affinity
(Q) O>F (2) Order of first ionisation energy
(R) Mg > Na (3) Order of atomic radii
(S) F > Cl (4) Order of second ionisation energy
(5) Order of number of valence electrons

Codes:
(A) P  2, 3; Q  3; R  2, 5; S  4
(B) P  1; Q  3; R  4; S  5
(C) P  1, 3; Q  3, 4; R  2, 5; S  2, 4
(D) P  1, 3; Q  3, 4; R  4; S  1, 4
28. Match the reaction product(s) in List-I with corresponding test which they give positively in List-II
and choose the correct option from the codes given below:
List-I List-II
(P) O (1) Carbylamine test
i MCPBA

ii dil. H SO

2 4
(where MCPBA is m-chloroperoxy

benzoic acid)
(Q) O (2) NaHCO3 test
H 
dil. OH
  
O
(R) O (3) Product with Hinsberg’s reagent is insoluble in

aq. KOH solution
+  3
i CH Cl
NK  
 ii Dil. H
(S) Na/C H OH (4) Bromine water test

CH3NC 
2 5

(5) Gives ceric ammonium nitrate test

(6) Gives a yellow liquid with CS2 which do not
give a black colour with HgCl2.
Codes:
(A) P  2, 5; Q  4; R  1, 2; S  3, 6
(B) P  1, 5; Q  2, 4; R  1, 2; S  3, 6
(C) P  2, 5; Q  4; R  1, 2; S  2, 6
(D) P  1, 4; Q  2, 5; R  1, 3; S  3, 6
SECTION – D
29. If volume occupied by CO2 molecules is negligible and ‘P’ is the pressure exerted by one mole of
P
CO2 gas at 300 K, then find the value of in atm.
16
(R = 0.08  atm mol-1 K-1, a = 3.6 atm 2 mol-2)
30. If the wave function '  ' is studied in one dimension that is along X-axis only then '  ' can be
 2x 
written as   x   A sin   , here ‘A’ and ‘  ’ are constants. If the following equation can be
  
written as Schrodinger’s wave equation for the above mentioned wave function    :
dn  x mp
   0, where n, m, p and q are some constants. (Where n cannot have its value
dxn q  x
nmpq
greater than 2). Find the value of
m  4p
31. Sum of the spin only magnetic moment (in the units of B.M.) of the following complexes:
2 3 2 3
 Cu NH3  4  ; Fe  CN6  ; NiCl4  ; CoF6  ; Fe H2O 5 NO   SO 4
[Given 2  1.41, 3  1.73; 5  2.24; 7  2.64; 15  3.87; 24  4.90
32. Let’s assume some statements:

(i) The rate constants of two parallel reactions are 10-2 sec-1 and 3 × 10-2 sec-1. If their
respective activation energy (Ea) values are 15 and 25 kJ mol-1, then let the Ea of the
overall reaction be ‘x’ kJ mol-1.
(ii) Rate constant of a first order reaction is 0.0693 min-1. If initial concentration of the
reactant is 20 M, then in y minutes, its concentration is reduced to 2.5 M.
(iii) Half-lives of a first order and zero order reactions are same. Assuming initial
concentration to be same in both. Let ‘z’ times of 0.693 be the ratio of their initial rates
(initial rate of 1st order to that of zero order).
Now, calculate the value of (x + y + z).
33. Both gold and silver are extracted by cyanide process. Gold in nature is frequently alloyed with
silver, which is also oxidized by aerated NaCN solution, similar to gold. 500 L of a solution of
0.002 M [Au(CN)]– and 0.003 M [Ag(CN)2]– was evaporated to half of the original volume and
treated with 78 g zinc (atomic mass = 65).
Assume that elevation from standard conditions is unimportant and that the redox reactions go to
completion. Given:
2
 Zn  CN4   Zn  s   4CN ;
 2e   Eo  1.26 V

 Au  CN2   e  
 Au  s   2CN ; Eo  0.60 V

 Ag  CN2   e   Ag  s   2CN ; E o  0.31 V
– -1
If the concentration of [Au(CN)2] in the solution after addition of zinc in it, be x mole l , and let,
the concentration of cyanide ion solution to keep 90% mole of the gold in solution in the form of
cyanide complex be ‘y’ mol/litre? (Given: formation constant Kf of [Au(CN)2]– = 4 × 1028)
x
So, if  A  10 11, then find the value of ‘A’:
y
34. Pure oxygen is manufactured by the following sequential reactions, where MnO2 is acting as a
catalyst. The yield in each step of reaction is 50%.
(i) MnO2  s   2KClO3  s    K 2MnO 4  s   Cl2  g   2O 2  g  ;
(ii) K 2MnO4  s   Cl2  g   2KCl  s   MnO2  s   O 2  g  ;
How much mass of KClO3 in gms is required to liberate 60 g of O2 gas at STP?
(Atomic mass : K = 39, Cl = 35.5, O = 16)
35. A 0.001 molal solution of Pt(NH3)4Cl4 in water had a freezing point depression of 0.00558oC. If ‘x’
2x
be the number of moles of ionisable Cl ions per mole of the complex, then find the value of .
5
(Given : Kf of water = 1.86 K kg mol-1, and complex is assumed to be 100% ionized).
36. If the total number of geometrical isomers formed by the square planar complex [Mabcd] are ‘x’, the
total number of geometrical isomers formed by the complex [Mabcdef] are ‘y’ and
 xy 
the total number of isomers of K4[Fe(CN)6] are ‘z’, then find the value of  
 z 
SECTION – A
37. A and B are two n  n matrices such that det(A)  0, A + B = (AB)2 and BAB = A + I. Choose the
correct option(s).
(A) A–1 = (A4 – I)
5 5
(B) B –A =A+B
9 4
(C) A =A +A+I
(D) A B = BA2B
2 2
1 1
38. Let f(x) be a differentiable function such that f(x) > 0,  f  x  dx  2 ,  f  x  dx  4 . Choose the
0 0
correct option(s).
(A) f(x) = 0 has exactly one root in (0, 1).
(B) f(x) = 0 has no root in (0, 1).
1
x 
(C)  f  x  .   f  t  dt  dx  1
0 0 
1 x
 
(D)  f  x  .  f  t  dt  dx  7
0 0 
x2
39. Points A and B lie on the auxiliary circle of ellipse  y 2  1. P and Q are the corresponding
4
points on the ellipse for the points A and B respectively (O is the origin). Choose the correct
option(s).
(A) The maximum value of angle AOP is tan1 2 2 .
1
(B) The maximum value of angle AOP is tan1 .
2 2
(C) If OA  OB and Q is reflection of Q in origin, then minimum value of angle POQ is
4
tan1 .
3
(D) If OA  OB and Q is reflection of Q in origin, then minimum value of angle POQ is
3
tan1   .
4
40. From the set of n number {1, 3, 5, ....., 2n–1} five consecutive numbers are removed and the
393
mean of remaining numbers is . Choose the correct option(s).
5
(A) The value of n is 80.
(B) The value of n is 75.
(C) The mean of removed number is 101.
(D) The mean of removed number is 99.
1  x 2 tan sin tan1 x  2 1  x 2 sin tansin1 x  3x

41. If lim exists finitely, then choose the correct
x 0 xp
option(s).
(A) The value of p is 3
(B) The value of p is 5
31
(C) The value of limit is
60
8
(D) The value of limit is
15
42. A is 3  3 matrix whose every entry is 1 or –1. Choose the correct option(s).
(A) The maximum value of determinant of A is 4.
(B) Total number of different values of determinant of A can take is 3.
(C) Total number of different values of determinant of A can take is 5.
(D) Total number of different matrices A, such that determinant of A is positive, is 96.

43. Let A and B are points on the line L1, L2 respectively such that d = OA + OB + AB is minimum (O
being the origin), match the following List-I with List-II
LIST - I LIST - II
z 1 z 1
P. L1 : x  1  y  1  , L2 : x  2  4  y  1. d4 2
0 0
x 1 2z
Q. L1 :  1  y  1  z , L2 : x  2  y  2  2. d2 3
2 2
R. L1 : x  y  z  2 , L2 : x  y  z  2 3. d6 2
z
S. L1 : 2x  3  6  y  , L2 : x  3  2y  z 4. d4 3
0 0
(A) P → 1; Q → 4; R → 2; S → 3
(B) P → 2; Q → 4; R → 1; S → 3
(C) P → 2; Q → 4; R → 3; S → 1
(D) P → 4; Q → 1; R → 2; S → 3
44. Let every cell of adjoining 3  3 array is filled by natural number such that x1
x1x2x3 = y1y2y3 = 233457 where xi, yj are product of numbers filled in three
cells of ith row and jth column respectively i, j  {1, 2, 3}, match the following x2
List-I with List-II
x3
y1 y2 y3
(Condition on xi, yi) (Number of filling the array)
If xi as well as yj are divisible by 2 for every
P. 1. 3·11C3(9C2·9C5 + 12C5·6C2 – 2·9C2·6C2)
i, j  {1, 2, 3}
Q. If none of yi (i = 1, 2, 3) is divisible by 27 2. (3! · 12C4 · 15C8)

R. If none of xi (i = 1, 2, 3) is divisible by 15 3. 2·35·11C3 · 15C7
If exactly two cells are assigned the value 1
S. 4. (9C6 · 10C6)9C2
and all other cells have number divisible by 5
(A) P → 2; Q → 1; R → 3; S → 4
(B) P → 4; Q → 3; R → 1; S → 2
(C) P → 3; Q → 1; R → 4; S → 2
(D) P → 2; Q → 3; R → 1; S → 4
45. The equation x 2  a  x  a has real or imaginary roots depending on values of a. List-I
represents the nature of root and List-II represents the corresponding exhaustive values of a,
match the following List-I with List-II
LIST–I LIST–II
1
P. No real root 1.  0, 1  

 4
 1
Q. One real root 2.  ,  
 4
 1 
R. Exactly two real roots 3.   , 0   1,  
 4 
 3   1
S. Atleast two real roots 4.  0,     
 4   4
 1  3 
5.   , 0   ,  
 4  4 
(A) P → 2; Q → 1; R → 3; S → 3
(B) P → 2; Q → 1; R → 5; S → 4
(C) P → 1; Q → 4; R → 5; S → 5
(D) P → 2; Q → 4; R → 5; S → 5
46. For a given n sided regular polygon, its r vertices are chosen randomly. In List-I: the value of n
and r as well as event E is defined. In List-II: P(E), probability of event (E), is given. Match the
following List-I with List-II
LIST–I LIST–II
P. n = 10; r = 3, circumcentre lies on the side of triangle itself 1. P(E) = 1
5
Q. n = 9; r = 3, orthocentre of triangle so formed lies inside it 2. P(E) 
14
R. n = 10; r = 4, quadrilateral thus formed is regular 3. P(E) = 0
n = 9; r = 4, out of four selected points, feet of perpendiculars 1
S. from one of the point to sides of triangle formed by remaining 4. P(E) 
three points is collinear 3
(A) P → 4; Q → 2; R → 3; S → 1
(B) P → 2; Q → 4; R → 3; S → 3
(C) P → 4; Q → 2; R → 3; S → 3
(D) P → 2; Q → 4; R → 1; S → 3
SECTION – D
a d 1 a b c c 3 f
47. Given that b e 1  5 , 1 2 3  3 find the value of b 1 e .
c f 1 d e f a 1 d
48. Let an + 1·an = an + 2an + 1, n  N. For a1 = a (a  0), sequence is periodic and when a1 = b, an is
undefined for every n such that n  m, m  N. Let maximum value of b is c and minimum value of
b is d and e  lim an (for the case when sequence is non-periodic and defined for all values of
n 
n  N). Find the value of (a + c + d + e).
49. f(x) = x 6 – 2x3 – 8 and g(x) = x2 + 2x + 4. Let 1, 2, ....., 6 are the roots of equation f(x) = 0, find
g(1)·g(2) ..... g(6).
2014 r
k
50. Find the remainder when    1  k  1 k  2  2019 Cr k is divided by 64.
r  0 k 0
dy y3
51. The curve f(x, y) = 0 passing through (0, 2) satisfy the differential equation  x . If the
dx e  y 2
line x = ln 5 intersect it at points y =  and y = , then find the value of 2 + 2 + .
52. P is a point on parabola y2 = 4x such that PS = 4 (S is the focus). Tangent is drawn at P to

parabola which intersects tangent at vertex at T. A point R is taken on axis of parabola such that
SR = 4 and R lies inside the parabola. The area of quadrilateral PRST is q. Find the value of
3q.
y
2
53. Find the maximum value of  x 4   y  3  y   dx , where 0  y  3.
0
54. In a triangle ABC given that a = 7, b = 3, c = 5. The value of

ab bc ac
 
 B C  A C  A C  A B  B C  A B
 tan  tan  tan  tan   tan  tan  tan  tan   tan  tan  tan  tan 
 2 2  2 2   2 2  2 2   2 2  2 2
is _____
FIITJEE
OPEN TEST
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 03-02-2019

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. B, D
Sol. Distance of image of fish as seen by bird only after refraction is Bird
 2
  (x  h)  (h  y) 2
1
z
1 x image
  (x  h)  (h  y) 1 h
4/3
Fish
Differentiate w.r.t. time y
d 3 17
 ( 6  2)  ( 2  4)   cm/sec
dt 4 2
Similarly we can calculate for 2nd case.
2. C, D
Sol. Collision takes place in ideal gases are elastic hence total kinetic energy will be conserved.
3. A, C, D
2u sin 
Sol. T  2 sin15
g
Horizontal component of velocity will reverse in each collision.
u2 sin2
R 5 m
g
4. A, C
1 2
Sol. In time interval (0 to 3) sec, S  ut  at = 30 m
2
 30
v average   10 m/s
3
In time interval (0 to 6) sec
v  u  at  40 m/s
 
 v f  vi (5  40)  5 5   20 2
aaverage    m/s
t 6 3
5. A, C
Sol. Deviation Normal
1
1    2 (Clockwise)
50°
2    2  50    (Anti-clockwise)
40°
  1   2
40°
50°
2
6. A
Sol. Ball moves very slowly hence it is in equilibrium at each instant.
7. D
 hC 
N  x
Sol. Intensity is given by I     , where
(A cos  )t  y
N  total number of photons and  
wavelength of photons  90
Px IA cos   sin 

(A) Fx  
t C P Q
Py IA cos  cos 
Fy  
t C
Fy Icos2 
pr  
A C
(B) Fx = 0
2IA cos2 
Fy 
C
2Icos2 
pr 
C
(C) and (D)
IA cos  sin 
Fx  (1  r)
C
IA cos2 
Fy  (1  r)
C
Icos2 
pr  (1  r)
C
8. C
Sol. Circuit can be solved by using Phasor diagram.
9. A
Sol. By using concept of motional emf induced in the circuit.
10. A
y
Sol.  v 0  2gh  5 m/s …(i) Jy
 Jy = Py = 2  80  5 = 800 N-s …(ii)
 Jx = Px
Jy = mv x Jx x
v0
v x = 1 m/s …(iii) f
 MvC = Jx
Jx f
vC = 0.4 m/s …(iv)
25 Cart
 t0   1 sec …(v)
10
 Lmin = 2(1 + 0.4) 1 = 2.8 m …(vi)
 At the time of second collision
R  1 = 0.4
 = 7 rad/s …(vii)

 J  L
JxR  I(  0 )
0  19.5 rad/sec …(viii)
1
 WmM  Mv C2  16J …(ix)
2
1 1 1
 WMm  I()2  mv 2x  I02  172 J
2 2 2
SECTION – D
11. 00006.92
x normal
Sol. tan 60  Y
2
x2 3m
60
Hence total length = 4 3 m. M2 3030 M1
O
man x x-axis
12. 00035.20
Sol. To reach at ‘B’ it should crosses the point ‘A’. Now from work energy theorem
W = K
W g + W f = K f  Ki
mg(4H)  (0.4)mgH = 0  ki
Ki = 44 mH = 35.20
13. 00002.40
   
Sol. L  Icm   (r  pcm )
 m(2R)2
L  0  R(2m)(R0 )
2

L  4mR2 0 = 2.40
14. 00016.64
Sol. dsin   (  1)t  x
 3  3
d   x
 2d  2
x = 3
Hence maximum intensity will occur at ‘O’.
I = 4I0 = 16.64 W/m2
15. 00002.67
2E0
Sol. (Mg)  1 = 2
tc
2  20  2 8
M 3 8
=  103 kg
10  0.01 10  3  10 3
16. 00000.74
Sol. pitch = 0.2 mm
Total division = 200
Least count = 0.001 mm
ve zero error = 40  L.C. = 0.04 mm
Reading = 0.6 mm + 100  L.C. = 0.7 mm
Thickness = 0.7 mm + 0.04 mm = 0.74 mm
17. 00002.25
Sol. In time dt shift in centre of mass of system (ball + liquid)
m ds  m2 ds2  b V  vdt    V  vdt
d SCM  1 1  …(i)
M M
dS
Momentum of system = M. cm …(ii)
dt
= (bV) v – (V ) v
Therefore momentum of liquid = (V )v
= 2.25 gm/cm 3.
18. 00002.33
2GM
Sol. Speed of projection  v 0   ...(1)
R
1 GMm 1 GMm
mv 2   mv 2  …(2)
2 R 2 r
2GM
v
r
4R t
 rdr  2GM  dt
R 0
3
7 2R
t .
3 GM
SECTION – A
19. A, C
Sol. Main hexagonal unit cell (figure A) consists of three identical smaller unit cells (B).
20. A, C, D
Sol. H3C H3C
Cl Cl
CH3 CH3
Cl Cl
H3C
Cl B 
A
21. B, C, D
22. B, C
Sol. Weight of pay load = 80 × 103 g
Let, the number of balloons required be x.
nRT
80  103  0  100x  x  1.25
P
x = 26.8
23. A, B, D
Sol. O
O O
O3
CH3  CH  CH  CH2  CH3 
 H3C CH CH CH2 CH3
O O
H3 C CH CH CH2 CH3
O
Zn / H2O
CH3  CHO  CH3  CH2  CHO
24. A, B, D
Sol. Cl Cl
Br
 
Mg 1 eqvt int ramolecular nucleophilic substitution

ether
  N
N N
H MgBr
O O O OH
H
Br
H 
 Br  Br

 

Tautomerism


NH NH2 NH2 NH2
25. A
26. C
Sol. NaCl type solid CsCl type solid
a 3a
1st nearest distance
2 2
a
2nd nearest distance a
2
3a
3rd nearest distance 2a
2
11a
4th nearest distance a
2
5a
5th nearest distance 3a
2
3a
6th nearest distance 2a
2
27. C
Sol. General property trends.
28. A
Sol. O O
OH
i MCPBA
  OH
ii dil. H2SO4
O
O
H 
dil. OH
  
O
O
O
+  3
C OH
NK 
i CH Cl
  CH3NH2
ii  Dil. H
C OH
O O
Na/C2H5 OH
CH3NC  CH3  NH  CH3
SECTION – D
29. 00002.50
 n2a 
Sol.  P  2   V  nb   nRT
 V 
n=1
 a 
 P  V 2   V  b   RT
 
If ‘b’ is negligible, then
 a  RT a
 P  V 2  V  RT , P  V  V 2
 
The equation is quadratic in ‘V’, thus
RT  R2 T 2  4aP
V
2P
‘V’ has one value at a given P and T, thus numerical value of discriminant = 0
So, R2 T 2  4aP
2 2
R2 T 2  0.08    300 
P   40
4a 4  3.6
30. 00000.50
 2x 
Sol.   x   A sin  
  
d  x  2  2x 
 A cos  
dx    
d2  x   2 
2
 2x 
2
    A sin   So, n = 2, m = -4, p = 2, q = 2
dx      
d2  x  4 2   x 

dx 2 2
31. 00015.05
Sol. Complex Magnetic moment
2
 Cu NH3 4  3  1.73 B.M.
3
Fe  CN6  3  1.73 B.M.
 
2
NiCl4  2 2  2.82 B.M.
3
CoF6  24  4.90 B.M.
Fe H2O 5 NO   SO 4 15  3.87 B.M.
32. 00054.50
Sol. x = 22.5; y = 30; z = 2
In parallel reactions the activation energy of the overall path is given by
k1Ea1  k 2Ea2
Ea net 
k1  k 2
33. 00007.50
 2
Sol. 2  Au  CN2   Zn  2Au  Zn  CN4 
Eo  0.60   1.26   0.66 V
o + +
Since E value for the reduction of complexed Ag ion to Ag is higher than that of complexed Au
+
ion into Au. So, Ag ion will be reduced first.
78
Moles of Zn added   1.2
65
–
Moles of [Ag(CN)2] = 0.003 × 500 = 1.5
Moles of [Au(CN)2]– = 0.002 × 500 = 1.0
–
Moles of Zn used to reduce 1.5 moles of [Ag(CN)2] = 0.75
–
Moles of [Au(CN)2] reduced by remaining 0.45 moles of Zn = 0.90
Moles of [Au(CN)2]– left in the solution = 0.10
– 0.10
Concentration of [Au(CN)2] left in the solution   2  10 4 M  x
500
–


  Au  CN2  , K f  4  10
Also, Au  2CN 
28
–
 Au  CN2  90  Au 
Kf    4  10 28
  2   2
 Au  CN  10  Au  CN 
CN   1.5  1014 M  y
y 1.5  10 14
So,   7.50  10 11
x 2  10 4
So, A = 7. 50
34. 00367.50
Sol. Let, the moles of KClO3 required to be ‘x’. Assuming 50% yield in each step.
x
Moles of O2 formed in step (i)  .
2
x
Moles of each of K2MnO4 and Cl2 formed in (i) 
4
x
Moles of O2 formed in step (ii) =
8
x x 5x
Total moles of O2 formed  
2 8 8
5x 60

8 32
x=3
35. 00000.80
Sol. Tf  i  K f  m
0.00558 = i × 1.86 × 0.001 i  3
i  1   y  1  1  3 y  3
So, formula of the complex Pt NH3 4 Cl2  Cl2
36. 00004.50
Sol. x = 3, y = 15, z = 10
SECTION – A
37. A, B, C, D
Sol. A + B = ABAB = A2 + A
2
B=A
BAB = A5 = A + I  A(A4 – I) = I
B5 – A5 = (A5)2 – A5 = (A + I)2 – (A + I) = A2 + A = A + B
38. A, D
x
Sol. Let f(a) = 0 and F  x    f  t  dt
0
F(x) = –f(x) 0  x < a, F(x) = f(x) a  x  1
2 2
1
x  F 1   F a 2 =  S1  S2   S 2  7
  f  x    f  t  dt  dx 
  2
   2
 2
0 0 
39. B, C
b b b
tan  
tan  1 1
Sol. tan   a = a  a  ab
b b
1  tan2  cot   tan  2 b 2 ab
a a a
A(a cos , a sin )
B(–a sin , a cos ) P(a cos , b sin )


Q 
Q(a sin , –b cos )
b b 2b
tan   cot 
a a  2ab 
tan   2
 a 2  2 2 
b b  a b 
1 2 1 2
a a
40. A, C
393  n  5 
Sol. n2  5  2n  5    n2  25
5
 73.6  n  83.6, n = 80 is only possible value
41. B, C
 x  x
1  x 2 tan  2
  2 1  x sin  3x
 2
 1 x  1 x2
Sol. lim
x 0 xp
Using expansion
 
 x x3 2 x5 
1  x2   3
 5
.....  
 1  x 2 15 
 
3 1  x2  2
1 x2 2  
 
 2x x3 x5 
2 1 x   3
 5
.....   3x
 1  x 2 
lim  
3! 1  x 2  2

5! 1  x 2 2  
x 0 xp
 
 2  2 1

2  x5
 3 15 2 2 

lim 

1 x2  
5! 1  x 2  

x 0 xp
2 2 2 31
 p = 5 and limit =    
3 15 5! 60
42. A, B, D
Sol. All the values of |A| = 4, 0 and determinant is 0 when two rows/columns are proportional
43. B
Sol. (P) d2 3
(Q) These lines are skew and O lies on shortest distance
(R) Lines are parallel and O lies mid way between them (1, 1, –1)  (A, B)
(S) Lines are coplanar and perpendicular
O
44. D
Sol. We can consider 9 cells as 9 different boxes and we have to fill these boxes by 3 identical balls
(2 written on them), 4 identical balls (3 written on them) and 7 identical balls (5 written on them)
as per given conditions
45. A
Sol. (P) x2 – a = x
x2 – x – a = 0
D<0
1 + 4a < 0
1
a
4
(Q)  a  a
a a
a > a2
2
a –a<0
a(a – 1) < 0
0<a<1 (–a, 0)
One real
 a,0   a,0 
1
a (0, –a) One real
4
(R) x2 – x – a = 0
1 + 4a > 0, –a > 0
1
a ,a<0
4
1
 a0
 a, 0 
4 (–a, 0) Two real
a   a One real
a  a , a2 > a (–a, 0)
a(a – 1) > 0, a  1
46. A
Sol. For regular quadrilateral n must be multiple of 4. Perpendiculars dropped from a plane
5
C 8C
circumcentre to side is always collinear. For one of the side to be diameter P  E   101 1 and
C3
9
C1 4 C2 5
orthocentre is inside for acute angled triangle P  E   1  9

C3 14
SECTION – D
47. 00021.00
a d 1 a d 1
Sol. b e 1  5 b e 2  3
c f 1 c f 3
a d 1 a d 1
2 b e 2  3 b e 1  21
c f 3 c f 1
a d 1
b e 1  21
c f 3
48. 00009.00
1 a1
Sol. Take an  n
, on solving, we get an  ,
 2  tn  2   2 n  n 1
a1     2 
 6 
 
 2   2 n 
for periodicity a1     2 n1  1 ,
 6 
 
n
 2   2  
for undefined a1     2 n 1  0 ,
 6 
 
lim an  0
n 
49. 01600.00
6 3
Sol. x – 2x – 8 = (x – 1)(x – 2) .....(x – 6)
6 3
(2) – 2(2) – 8 = (2 – 1)(2 – 1) ..... (2 – 6)
((2 ) – 2(22)3 – 8) = (22 – 1) ..... (2 – 6)
2 6
On multiplying (40)2 = g(1)g(2) ..... g(6)
50. 00062.00
2014 r 2014
k
Sol.    1  k  1k  2  2019 Cr k   2 2016 Cr  22017  4034
r 0 k 0 r 0
51. 00061.25
dx  x 1  x 1
Sol. e  e  3
dy y y
d x 1 1
dy
 
e y   2 , e x y   c
y y
52. 00018.00
Sol. Area PRST = PQR – QST
1 1 1 

P 3, 2 3 
= 8  2 3    4  4 sin150º 
2 2 2  T
= 8 3 2 3  6 3
30º
Q S R
53. 00009.00
y y
2 y3
Sol.   
x 4   y  3  y   dx   x 2  y  3  y  dx 
3
 y2 3  y 
0 0
3
y
f  y   y2 3  y 
3
f(y) = y2 + 6y – 3y2 = 2y(3 – y) > 0 for 0  y  3 so maximum occurs at y = 3
54. 00056.25
Sol. Given expression is r1r2 + r2r3 + r1r3 = s2 = (7.5)2
FIITJEE JEE (Advanced)-2019
PART TEST – I
Paper 1

 Pl ea s e r ea d t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s c a r ef u ll y . Yo u a r e a l l o t t ed 5 m i n u t es
s p ec i f i c a ll y f o r t h i s p u r p o s e.
 Yo u a r e n o t a l l o wed t o l ea v e t h e E xa m i n at i o n Ha l l b ef o r e t h e en d o f
t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS
A. General Instructions
1. Attempt ALL the questions. Answers have to be marked on the OMR sheets.
2. This question paper contains Three Parts.
3. Part-I is Physics, Part-II is Chemistry and Part-III is Mathematics.
4. Each part is further divided into Two sections: Section-A & Section-D
5. Rough spaces are provided for rough work inside the question paper. No additional sheets will be
provided for rough work.
6. Blank Papers, clip boards, log tables, slide rule, calculator, cellular phones, pagers and electronic
devices, in any form, are not allowed.
B. Filling of OMR Sheet

1. Ensure matching of OMR sheet with the Question paper before you start marking your answers
on OMR sheet.
2. On the OMR sheet, darken the appropriate bubble with black pen for each character of your
Enrolment No. and write your Name, Test Centre and other details at the designated places.
3. OMR sheet contains alphabets, numerals & special characters for marking answers.
C. Marking Scheme For All Three Parts.

correct option.
Each question has only one correct answer and carries +3 marks for correct answer and –1
mark for wrong answer.
XXXXX.XX and each question carries +3 marks for correct answer. There is no negative
marking.
Name of the Candidate
Enrolment No.
AITS-PT-I (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
Acceleration due to gravity g = 10 m/s2

Planck constant h = 6.6 1034 J-s
Charge of electron e = 1.6  1019 C
Mass of electron me = 9.1  1031 kg
2 2
Permittivity of free space 0 = 8.85  1012 C /N-m
Density of water water = 103 kg/m3
5 2
Atmospheric pressure Pa = 10 N/m
Gas constant R = 8.314 J K1 mol1
CHEMISTRY
Gas Constant R = 8.314 J K1 mol1

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
Avogadro's Number Na = 6.023  1023
Planck’s constant h = 6.625  1034 Js
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 Faraday = 96500 coulomb
1 calorie = 4.2 joule
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J
Atomic No: H=1, He = 2, Li=3, Be=4, B=5, C=6, N=7, O=8,

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
Atomic masses: H=1, He=4, Li=7, Be=9, B=11, C=12, N=14, O=16,
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
3 AITS-PT-I (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19
PART – I (Physics), PART – II (Chemistry), PART – III (Mathematics):
(SECTION – D)
For questions 11 to 18, 29 to 36, 47 to 54.

Numerical answer type questions with answer XXXXX. XX
If answer is 348.4 / 251.37 / 213
Correct Method :
0 0 3 4 8 . 4 0
0 0 2 5 1 . 3 7
0 0 2 1 3 . 0 0
Wrong Method :
3 4 8 . 4
3 4 8 . 4
3 4 8 . 4
3 4 8 . 4
2 5 1 . 3 7
2 1 3 .
2 1 3 . 0
2 1 3 . 0
3 4 8 . 4 0
2 5 1 . 3 7
2 1 3 . 0 0
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A

1. Bodies of mass m=0.5 kg, resting on a horizontal v0 v0

D
frictionless tabletop, are connected with an unstretched m m
spring of length L=20 cm, and of spring constant k
=16 N/m. The mass of the spring is negligible. At a certain
moment the bodies are given an initial speed of
v0=0.36 m/s, towards the wall on the right. The body at the
right collides with the wall totally elastically.
(A) The greatest compression of the spring during the motion is 9cm .
(B) The right body hit the wall again, when the spring is unstretched
(C) The change in the linear momentum of the system after all collisions will be 0.72kgm/s.
(D) Finally both the bodies will have same velocity .
2. A point like object of mass m is able to move up and down on a

vertical fixed rod. There is a vertical hole at the centre of the
object, and the rod fits into this hole, such that the object can
slide along the rod frictionlessly. Two pieces of thin light threads
are attached to the object, and initially the angle between both m
threads and the vertical is α = 45o. Each thread goes through a
pulley, which are at the same height, and at the other end of each M M
thread an object of mass M =1 kg is tied. The system is released
from rest. After releasing the system it stops at the position where
the threads attached to it are horizontal.
(A) m = 2M(2 1)
(B) The acceleration of the object of mass m when it starts to move back is zero.
(C) The acceleration of the object of mass m when it starts to move back is g.
(D) The acceleration of the other two objects of mass M, when they start to move back is g/2.
3. One end of a thread of length l = 1 m is attached to an inclined

o
plane of angle of elevation of α = 30 . A point-like body of mass
m = 1 kg is attached to the other end of the thread as shown in 
the figure. The body is released without initial speed, such that 
the thread is tight and horizontal. The coefficient of friction
between the slope and the body is µ = 0.2.
(A) The tension in the thread when the angle between the thread and the horizontal is φ is
T = (3 sin φ sin α -2µφ cos α)mg
0
(B) The tension in the string will be maximum when φ = 90 .
 2 
(C) The tension in the string will be maximum when   cos 1  
 3 tan  
(D) The maximum speed of the particle will be when φ = cos1(µcotα)
4. A small ball of mass m=0.1 kg is attached to a  =1 m-long thread and is

hung to a horizontal peg. The small ball is at rest and another small ball of

mass M=0.2 kg, is projected from the ground and collides with it, such
that the collision is totally elastic and head on, and after the collision the v0 m
ball at the end of the thread completes a whole circle around the peg. The M  
distance between the peg and the ground is 2. The value of x can be : x
(A) 0.5m (B) 1m

(C) 2m (D) 2.5m
5. Two tennis balls of mass 60 g are attached with a massless rubber thread, and held
in the vertical position as shown in the figure. In this position the unstretched length
of the rubber thread is 40 cm. The upper ball is slowly raised vertically upward, until
the lower ball just becomes unsupported by the ground. At this time the length of the
thread is 1 m. The rubber thread exerts a force which is proportional to its
extension.
(A) Work done by external agent while the upper ball was raised is 0.53J.
(B) Work done by external agent while the upper ball was raised is 0.23J.
(C) Releasing the upper ball, the speed which it hits the lower one is 5.1m/s.
(D) The time that elapses between the release of the upper ball and the collision is 0.34 sec.
6. A small rubber eraser is placed at one edge of a quarter-circle-shaped track of R

45
radius R that lies in a vertical plane and has its axis of symmetry vertical (see A
figure); it is then released. The coefficient of friction between the eraser and
B
the surface of the track is μ = 0.6. Will the eraser reach the lowest point of the
track?
0.6mgR
(A) If the particle slides from A to B work done by frictional force will be .
2
0.6mgR
(B) If the particle slides from A to B work done by frictional force will be greater than .
4 2
(C) The particle will never be able to go from A to B.
(D) If  is 2 the particle will not begin to slide.
(Paragraph Type)
A tall tower is built from alike tubes, which have thin walls, and from rectangular 20 cm
sheets, which have negligible mass with respect to that of the tubes, as shown in
the figure. rectangular sheets are numbered from bottom as S1 , S2 , S3 …..(Static
friction is big enough, such that the tubes does not slip.) The radius of each tube is
1 cm.
7. The minimum distance by which S2 should be pulled towards right so that

the tower collapses is : 5 cm
(A) 2cm (B) 3cm
(C) 4cm (D) 5cm
?
8. The minimum distance by which S6 should be pulled towards right so that
the tower collapses is :
(A) 2cm (B) 3cm
(C) 4cm (D) 5cm
A particle is suspended by three equal strings, of length a, from three points forming an equilateral
triangle of side 2b, in the horizontal plane.
9. The tension in the string will be

3mga mga
(A) (B)
3(3a2  4b2 ) 3(3a2  4b2 )
3mga mga
(C) (D)
2 2
(4a  3b ) (4a2  3b 2 )
10. If one string be cut, the tension of each of the other two strings will be changed in the ratio (i.e.
the ratio of final tension after cutting the string to tension before cutting the string):
3a2  4b2 4a2  3b2
(A) (B)
2(a2  b2 ) 2(a2  b2 )
3a 2  4b2 4a2  3b2
(C) (D)
(a2  b2 ) (a2  b2 )
SECTION – D
11. A cone with height h= 1 m and a base circle of radius r = 1 m is formed from a
sector- shaped sheet of paper. The sheet is of such a size and shape that its w
two straight edges almost touch on the sloping surface of the cone. In this
state the cone is stress-free. The cone is placed on a horizontal, slippery
table-top, and loaded at its apex with a vertical force of magnitude w = 2,
h
without collapsing. The splaying of the cone is opposed by a pair of forces of
magnitude F acting tangentially at the join in the base circle (see figure).
Ignoring any frictional or bending effects in the paper, find the value of F. r
F
F
12. The two ends of a 40 cm long chain are fixed at the same height, as
shown in the figure. Find the radius of curvature of the chain at its 45 45
lowest point in cm.
13. A student of height h jumps vertically up from the “squat” position. At the top point of the jump, the
student’s center of mass is at a height 3h/4 from the ground. Find the average force F acting on
the floor prior to the moment when the student loses contact with the floor. It is known that when
the student stands on the floor, the center of mass is at a height h/2 from the floor; in the “squat”
position, the center of mass is at a height h/4 from the floor. The mass of the student is m=
0.1kg.(take g=10m/s2)
14. Two points, A and B, are located on the ground a certain distance d = 10 2m apart. Two rocks
are launched simultaneously from points A and B with equal speeds but at different angles. Each
rock lands at the launch point of the other. Knowing that one of the rocks is launched at an angle
θ = 37 with the horizontal, what is the minimum distance between the rocks during the flight?
(given cos 37 = 3/5)
15. A semi-cylinder is cut out of a block and the block is kept on the m
horizontal surface. A small body of mass m is released at the top of
the cylinder shaped hole. (Friction is negligible.)
If the block is able to move on the horizontal surface without friction, M
then the force exerted on the block by the small body at the lowest
point is 7mg/2 . Find the ratio of M/m?
16. A projectile launched from the ground explodes into three fragments of equal mass at the top
point of the trajectory. One of the fragments lands t seconds after the explosion two other
fragments land simultaneously 2t seconds after the explosion. How high above the ground does
the projectile explode? (take t= 2/5 seconds and g= 10m/s2)
17. A vertical rod of mass 4 kg is hanging on a rope and a 3-kg cat is grasping the bottom end of the
rod. The rope is cut off and the frightened cat begins to run up on the rod. While the rod is falling
vertically, the cat remains at the same height, with respect to the ground. The acceleration of the
rod is kg/4 m/s2 where g is the acceleration due to gravity. Find k.
18. One stick leans on another as shown in Figure . A right angle is

formed where they meet, and the right stick makes an angle θ with the
horizontal. The left stick extends infinitesimally beyond the end of the
right stick. The coefficient of friction between the two sticks is µ. The 
sticks have the same mass density per unit length and are both
hinged at the ground. The minimum angle θ for which the sticks don’t
fall is 300. Find µ .
SECTION – A

19. A mixture of 2 moles of Argon and 4 moles of PCl5 (g) were introduced in a 80 litre evacuated
vessel at 527oC. The following equilibrium was established


PCl5  g  
 PCl3  g  Cl2  g
The total pressure of the gaseous mixture in the vessel at equilibrium was found to be 6.568 atm.
Which of the following statement(s) regarding the above equilibrium is/are correct?
(A) Kc for the equilibrium is 0.025
(B) KP for the equilibrium is 1.642 atm
(C) Total number of moles of gaseous species at equilibrium is 6
(D) Number of moles of PCl5 at equilibrium is 2
20. The correct statement(s) among the following is/are

(A) Bond angle in NH3 and NF3 are same
(B) Bond angle in CH4 and CF4 are same
(C) Bond angle in PH3 is greater than AsH3
(D) Bond angle in BH4 and BF4 are same
21. The correct reaction(s) among the following is/are

(A) 3B 2O3  P2O5   2P BO2 3  O2 (B) B 2O3  CoO  Co BO2  2
(C) H3BO3  3HF  2BF3  3H2 O (D) BCl3  3H2 O  H3BO3  3HCl

(A) In the solid NaHCO3 the HCO3 ions are linked by hydrogen bond forming an infinite chain.
(B) In the solid H3BO3, the B(OH)3 units are linked by hydrogen bond.
(C) In chloral hydrate there is intramolecular hydrogen bond.
(D) In solid KHCO3 the HCO3 ions are linked by hydrogen bond to form dimeric anion.
23. KMnO4 reacts with K2C2O4 and H2SO4 to form MnSO4, CO2, K2SO4 and H2O. Which of the
following statement(s) is/are correct for the reaction?
(A) One mole of KMnO4 reacts completely to produce 112 litre of CO2(g) at STP.
(B) One mole of KMnO4 requires 5 mole of K2C2O4 in presence of H2SO4 to react completely.
(C) One mole of K2C2O4 reacts completely to produce 2 moles of CO2.
(D) The ratio of stoichiometric coefficient of KMnO4 and K2C2O4 in this reaction is 1 : 2.
24. Which of the following hydroxide(s) is/are soluble in excess of NaOH solution?
(A) Zn(OH)2 (B) Al(OH)3
(C) Fe(OH)3 (D) Ni(OH)2
(Paragraph Type)
Paragraph for Question Nos. 25 to 26
The process of selectively precipitating an ion from a solution of more than one ion is called selective
precipitation. The selective precipitation of ions from a solution in the form of salt can be done by adding
precipitating agent slowly. AgNO3 solid is slowly added to one litre of a solution (without changing the
10
volume) containing 0.1 mole of Cl and 0.1 mole of PO34 . K sp AgCl  1.2  10 and
K sp Ag3PO 4  2.7  10 18. .
Answer the following questions based on the above paragraph.
25. Minimum concentration of Ag+ required for the precipitation of Ag3PO4 is

–9 –6
(A) 1.6 × 10 M (B) 3 × 10 M
–6
(C) 9 × 10 M (D) 3 × 10 – 9 M
26. The concentration of Cl in the solution when Ag3PO4 starts precipitating is
(A) 1.2 × 10 – 9 M (B) 4 × 10 – 11 M
–6
(C) 4 × 10 M (D) 4 × 10 – 5 M
Solid NH4HS was heated at 100oC in a closed container. The following equilibrium was established


NH4HS  s  
 NH3  g  H2 S  g 
KP for the equilibrium was found to be 0.36 atm 2. Answer the following question based on the above
equilibrium.
27. The total pressure of the mixture of a gases at equilibrium is

(A) 0.6 atm (B) 1.2 atm
(C) 0.18 atm (D) 0.9 atm
28. Which of the following statement is correct for the above equilibrium
(A) Addition of NH4HS (s) at equilibrium increases the concentration of NH3(g)
(B) Addition of inert gas at constant volume increases the number of moles of H2S
(C) Addition of inert gas at constant pressure increases the number of moles of NH3(g)
(D) Addition of NH3 at equilibrium increases Kp for the reaction
SECTION – D
29. At a certain temperature, the equilibrium constant (Kc) is 0.36 for the reaction


SO 2  g  NO2  g  
 SO3  g   NO  g
If 1.8 mole each of all the four gases are added in 1 litre container, the number of moles of SO3(g)
at equilibrium is
M M
30. 20 ml of H3PO4 solution is treated with 40 ml of NaOH solution pK a1 ,pK a2 and pK a3 of
10 10
H3PO4 are 2.15, 7.2 and 12.3 respectively. The pH of the resulting solution is
31. Total energy of electron in the 1st orbit of hydrogen atom is 13.6 eV/atom. Kinetic energy of
electron in the 1st excited state of Li2+ ion in eV is
32. The half-life of first order decomposition of NH2NO2 is 6.93 hrs. at 12oC. If 6.2 g of NH2NO2 is
allowed to decompose, then the time taken in hrs for 99% decomposition of NH2NO2 is
33. A catalyst decreases activation energy of a reaction from 42 kJ mol -1 to x kJ mole-1. The rate of
reaction in the absence of the catalyst at 500 K is equal to the rate of the reaction in the presence
of catalyst at 450 K. The value of x is:
34. The half-life period of a 1st order reaction is 60 min. What percent of the reactant will be left after
180 min?
35. The weight in gram of K2Cr2O7 required to produce 5.6 L of CO2 at STP from excess of oxalic
acid in H2SO4 is : (MW of K2Cr2O7 = 294)
o
36. The wavelength of radiation in A required to excite an electron in the ground state of He2+ to the
1 o

2nd energy level is:   911.7 A 
 R 
SECTION – A

n2 1! 2! ..... n!
37. If lim   , where  is a non-zero real number, then
n  n
3 1
(A)   (B)  
4 2
(C)   e 3/4 (D)   e1/2
38. Ordered triple(s) (a, b, c) of positive reals that satisfy [a]bc = 3, a[b]c = 4, ab[c] = 5 (where [.]
denotes the greatest integer function) is/are
 30 30 2 30   30 30 30 
(A)  , ,  (B)  , , 
 3 4 5   3 2 5 
 
 20 20 2 20   20 20 20 
(C)  , ,  (D)  , , 
 3 3 5   3 3 5 
 
39. The function f: R  R satisfies f(x2)f(x) = f(x)f(x2)  x  R, given that f(1) = 1 and f(1) = 8, then
(A) f(1) = 2 (B) f(1) = 4
(C) f(1) = 4 (D) f(1) = 2

sinnx
40. For n  0, we have In   1  2x  sin x dx , then

(A) if n is even, then In = 0 (B) if n is odd, then In = 

(C) if n is even, then In =  (D) if n is odd, then In = 0
Space for rough work
sin2 x 1
41. Suppose a and b are real numbers such that lim ax
 , then
x 0 e  bx  1 2
(A) a = 2, b = 2 (B) a = –2, b = –2
(C) a = 2, b = –2 (D) a = –2, b = 2
42. Let a, b be real numbers such that lim

ln  2  x    1 , then
x 1 x2  ax  b
(A) a = 2 (B) b = 1
(C) a = –2 (D) b = –1
(Paragraph Type)
dy
An equation is called variable separable if it is of the form  f  x  g  y  . In this case we formally
dx
dy
separate the variable and write  g  y    f  x  dx , which after the integration gives the solution in implicit
form.
 x f t 
43. 
Differentiable function f: R  R satisfying the equation f  x   1  x 2 1   2 
dt  is
 0 1  t 
(A) f(x) = cex(1 – x2) (B) f(x) = cex(1 + x3)
(C) f(x) = cex(1 + x2) (D) f(x) = cex(1 – x3)
44. Suppose f(x) and g(x) are differentiable functions such that xg(f(x))f(g(x))g(x) = f(g(x))g(f(x))f(x)
x
e 2x
 x  R. Moreover, f(x) is non-negative, g(x) is positive and  f  g  t   dt  1   x  R.
0
2
If g(f(0)) = 1, then g(f(4)) is
(A) e 16 (B) e8
(C) e4 (D) e2
b
If g(x) = f(x), then  f(x)dx = g(b) – g(a).
a
 2018
 ln x 
45. Evaluate   x  dx
1
2016! 2017!
(A) 2019
(B)
 2017   2018 2019
2017! 2018!
(C) 2018
(D)
 2019   2017 2019
1
2x332  x 998  4x1664 sin x 691
46. The value of integral  dx
1 1  x 666
2   2  
(A) 1 (B) 1
333  3  333  5 
2   2  
(C) 1 (D) 1 
333  4  
333  4 
SECTION – D
1 1
2
47. Let f: R  R be a continuous function with  f  x  f   x   0 and   f  x   f   x  dx  18 , then the
0 0
1
4
value of   f  x  f   x  dx is _____
0
48. Let f: R  R be a differentiable function such that f(0) = 0, f(1) = 1 and |f(x)| < 2  x  R, if a and
1
b are real numbers such that the set of possible values of  f  x  dx is the open interval (a, b),
0
then (b – a) is _____
49. Let f: R  R be a continuous function which satisfies the identity f(2x) = 3f(x)  x  R.
1 2
1
If  f  x  dx  1 , then  f  x  dx is _____
0
21
1
3 2 1
50. Let f 1(x) = f(x) and for n  1 f n1  x   f n  f  x   . If f(x) = x 3  x  x  , then f
2004
 x  dx is
2 4 0
_____
51. Let p(x) be a fourth degree polynomial, with derivative p(x),

such that p(1) = p(3) = p(5) = p(7) = 0. If x is a real number such that p(x) = 0 and x is not equal
to 1, 3 or 5, then 11x is _____
p2
52. If L = lim xp
x 
 3

x  1  3 x  1  2 3 x , where L is some non-zero real number, then
L
is _____
 
tx 1
 1 1
53. If  e f  x  dx  sin  t   , then
2   x f  x  dx is _____
2 2 
 
54. Let f: R+  R be a differentiable function such that the tangent to curve y = f(x) always meets the
y-axis at point whose ordinate is one less than the ordinate of the point of contact. If f(1) = 0, then
1 f  2
e is _____
5
1 AITS-PT-I (Paper-1)-PCM (Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19
FIITJEE JEE(Advanced)-2019
PART TEST – I
PAPER-1
Q. No. PHYSICS Q. No. CHEMISTRY Q. No. MATHEMATICS
1. A, B, C, D 19. A, B, D 37. B, C
2. A, C 20. B, C, D 38. A, B
3. A, C, D 21. B, C, D 39. A, B
4. D 22. A, B, C, D 40. A, B
5. A, C, D 23. A, C 41. A, B
6. B, C, D 24. A, B 42. B, C
7. D 25. B 43. C
8. D 26. D 44. A
9. B 27. B 45. D
10. A 28. C 46. D
11. 00001.00 29. 00001.35 47. 00097.20
12. 00020.00 30. 00009.75 48. 00000.75
13. 00002.00 31. 00030.60 49. 00002.50
14. 00002.00 32. 00046.06 50. 00000.50
15. 00004.00 33. 00037.80 51. 00089.00
16. 00002.00 34. 00012.50 52. –00012.50
17. 00007.00 35. 00012.25 53. 00000.50
18. 00003.00 36. 00303.90 54. 00000.40
AITS-PT-I (Paper-1)-PCM (Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. Immediately after 1st collision: v0 v0

Since the situation is symmetric, both will come to rest m m
simultaneously.
x0 : maximum compression
1 1
2  mv 02  kx 20
 2 2
2m
x0  v0
 K
Just before 2nd collision: v0 v0
Finally:
 m m
 P  4mv 0 ()
v0 v0
2. Applying work energy theorem from initial to final state (i to f)

2Mgx  mgy = 0 f
a
 2Mx = mg …(i) 45
Keeping length of the string constant
 2y  0  y  x  a
i
y( 2  1)  x …(ii) x x
From (i) and (ii) f f
 2My(2 1) = my
 m = 2M(2 1)
In the final state instantaneous acceleration of m has to be g as there will be only one force
(That’s mg). and the acceleration of masses M are zero at the same moment .
mv 2
3. T  mg sin  sin  = …(i)
 g sin 
dv
mg sin  cos    mg cos  = m …(ii) P
dt 
work energy theorem T f = mg cos 
v2/
1
(mg sin )  sin   (mg cos )  = mv 2 …(iii)
2 mg sin  sin 
From (i) and (iii) mg sin  cos
 T  mg sin  sin  = mg sin  sin  2(mg cos ) 
 T = mg (3 sin  sin   2   cos )
dT
 0  3 sin  cos   2 cos 
d
4. Mv 0cos  + 0 = Mv + mv
v  v
e=1= 
v 0 cos 
v0 m
2Mv 0 cos 
v   5g M  
Mm
x
Also, x = R/2 and  = H
3 10
Solving  x 
4
x  2.37 m
5. Fext = kx + mg ( x : extension at any t)

x0
 W ext =  (kx  mg)dx , where kx0 = mg

0
Releasing, total work done = W ext + mg(h), where h : natural length
6. Underestimate the work done against friction, and compare it with the initial gravitational potential
energy of the eraser.
First of all, we investigate whether the rubber eraser will start moving at all. It will do so provided
that mg sin α>μmg cos α, i.e. μ< tan α = tan 45◦ = 1. This is clearly the case, since μ = 0.6. So,
the eraser will start moving. The trouble is that the determination of how the normal force acting
on the eraser varies with position is difficult. A calculation of the work done against friction can be
carried out, to any given degree of accuracy, only by using a computer. The trouble is that the
determination of how the normal force acting on the eraser varies with position is difficult.
However, it is certain that the frictional force is always larger than its initial value of μmg cos α =
μmg cos 45◦ This is because, after the initial release, the angle with the horizontal made by the
slope on which the eraser moves decreases, and, in addition, the track has to provide a
centripetal force for the moving eraser. The path to reach the lowest point of the track would be
one-eighth of a circle, with a length of Rπ/4. The work done against friction can now be
underestimated by taking the normal force as if it always had its initial value:
 mg  R
W f  Wund   0.333mgR
2 4
The gravitational potential energy difference between the initial position and the bottom of the
track is ΔEp = mgR(1 − cos α) = mgR(1 − cos 45◦) ≈ 0.293mgR.
It can be seen that |W f| >ΔEp, i.e. the work to be done against friction is clearly larger than what
can be provided by the gravitational potential energy. So, the rubber eraser cannot reach the very
lowest part of the track.
7-8. The pipes just below and just above the sheet which is moving will move the other pipes and the
other pipes will remain in the original place. If the sheet is moved by distance greater then 5 cm
the centre of gravity of the system would fall outside the base and the system will collapse.
P
b 3 2b A
9-10. cos 30    BO =
(BO) 2 3
a
Let P be particle clearly, O
O
3Ti cos  = mg
30 2b/3
mg mga B
Ti  sec   B 2b C
3 3(3a2  4b 2 )
SECTION – D
11. Imagine the apex of the cone being depressed by Δh, and the radius of its base consequently
increasing by Δr, i.e. the perimeter of the base circle increases by 2πΔr. Then the total work done
by external forces would be:
wh  F(2r) = 0
w h
 F
2  r
However, the changes in height and base circle radius are not independent, the connection
between them being determined by the fixed length of one of the straight edges of the sheet.
Using Pythagoras’s theorem:
2 2
 r  r    h   h    2  r 2  h2
from which we have
h 2r  r r
 
r 2h  h h
So the force in question has magnitude
w r
F =1
2 h
12. The weight of the chain is balanced by the vertical components of the reaction forces at the two
suspension points. The magnitude of each of these components must be F0 = ρLg/2, where  is
the mass of the chain per unit length, and L = 40 cm. If the chain made an angle of θ with the
vertical at a suspension point, the horizontal component of the chain’s tension would be F0tan θ.
Because, in practice, θ = 45◦, the horizontal component is the same as the vertical one; it is also
constant along the chain, since there are horizontal forces acting on the chain only at its ends.
At the chain’s lowest point, the tension is purely horizontal, and, as just shown, its magnitude is
F0. So, around the lowest point, consider a small piece of the chain that subtends an angle 2 at
the centre of the osculating circle, whose radius is the value r1 we seek. The length of the piece is
2r1 and it is pulled down by a gravitational force 2r1ρg. This force is balanced by the upward net
force of 2F0sin  due to the tension in the chain. In the limit of small angles, when sin  ≈ , the
equilibrium equation
2r1ρg = 2F0 sin 
leads to
F0 = ρgr1.
Since F0 = ρLg/2, we have the simple result that r1 = L/2 = 20 cm.
13. Method 1: Even though the normal force with the floor does no physical work on the person
(energy transfers occur internally from the muscles), one can write a mathematically correct
expression as though the contact force with the floor does change the person’s energy. Hence,
we can treat the center of mass motion as Wnet = ΔKcm. Here, we are treating it as though only
gravity and the floor act onthe person, and since the person is in contact with the floor until the
h  h 
center of mass is a position h/2 from the ground, then Ffloor   mg  0
4  2 
as the student starts and ends this motion at rest. Therefore, Ffloor = 2mg.
Method 2: Since the feet come off the floor at a position h/2 from the ground, then the person
accelerates upward from h/4 to h/2 with the same magnitude as the acceleration from h/2 to 3h/4
by symmetry. Therefore, the net force on the student going upward is the same in magnitude as
the student in free fall from h/2 to 3h/4. Hence, while in contact with the floor, using Newton’s
second law, Ffloor – mg = mg ➯ Ffloor = 2mg.
d
14. xmin = d sin (5345) = 2 
5 2 v BA
xmin
5345
A B
d
15. Momentum conservation along m

x axis y
0 = mv2  Mv1 R m v2
Work energy theorem x
M v1 M
1 1
mgR = mv 22  Mv12
2 2
from (i) and (ii)
m2 2
 2mgR = mv 22  v2
M
2gRM m 2gRM
 v 2 and v 1 
Mm M Mm
Making FBD of particle with respect wedge at lowest point.
7mg m(v 1  v 2 )2 N = (7mg/2)
 mg 
2 R (v  v1 ) 2
M  2
Substituting the values, we get : 4 R
m
mg
16. Let us call h the height above the ground at which the projectile explodes and v jy (j=1, 2, 3) the y-
component of the velocity at the moment of the explosion for the three fragments. I will label with
1 the fragment which lands after t seconds.
Since the landing time depends only on the y-component of the velocity at the moment of the
explosion, we have: v3y = v2y . We then need only the equations for fragments 1 and 2, stating
that at landing time the y-coordinate will be equal to 0:
gt 2
h  v 1y t  0
2
g(2t)2
h  v 2y t  0
2
Since the masses of the three fragments are equal, and the y-component of the projectile
momentum at the moment of the explosion is equal to 0 (it explodes at the top of the trajectory),
the momentum conservation law reads:
v1y + v2y + v3y = 0.
The solution of the above equations is then:
3
v1y  gt
4
3
v 2 y  v 3 y  gt
8
The height above the ground at which the projectile explodes is then: h = 5gt2/4
17. Tension T = weigth of cat (since cat is at rest).

 Net downward force on rod = T + 4g
3g  4g
arod  = 7g/4 m/s2
4
18. Let Ml be the mass of the left stick, and let Mr be the mass of the right Ff
stick. Then Ml/Mr = tan θ. Let N and Ff be the normal and friction N
forces between the sticks. Ff has a maximum value of µN. Balancing
the torques on the left stick (around the contact point with the ground)
gives N = (Mlg/2) sin θ. Balancing the torques on the right stick 
(around the contact point with the ground) gives Ff = (Mrg/2) cos θ.
The condition Ff ≤ µN is therefore
1
Mr cos   M1 sin   tan2  

where we have used Ml/Mr = tan θ.
SECTION – A
19. 

PCl5  g 
 PCl3  g  Cl2  g 
4 x x x
Total moles at equilibrium = 4 + x + 2 = 6 + x
PV
n
RT
6.568  80
6x 
0.0821 800
6  x  8, x  2
2 2 2
PCl5   ,PCl3   .Cl2  
80 80 80
2 2

Kc  80 80  0.025
2
80
n
K P  K c  RT 
= 0.025 × 0.0821 × 800
= 1.642 atm
20. Bond angle of NH3 > Bond angle of NF3
21. B2O3  P2 O5 
 2BPO4
22. H
O
Cl
Cl C C H
Cl O
H
Chloral hydrate
23. 2KMnO4  5K 2C2 O4  8H2 SO4 

 2MnSO4  10CO2  6K 2 SO4  8H2 O
24. Zn  OH2  2NaOH 

 Na 2 ZnO2  2H2O
Soluble
Al  OH3  NaOH  NaAlO2  2H2O
 Soluble 
K sp
25.  Ag   3
PO34 
2.7  10 18
 3
0.1
= 3 × 10 – 6 M
K AgCl
26.  Cl   sp 
 Ag 
1.2  1010

3  10 6
 4  10 5
27. K p  PNH3  PH2S

0.36  PNH3  PH2S
PNH3  PH2S  0.6 atm
PNH3  PH2S  0.6  0.6  1.2 atm
28. (i) KP is constant at a given temperature.

(ii) Addition of inert gas at constant volume does not affect equilibrium.
1.8  1.8
29. K c  0.36, Qc  1
1.8  1.8


SO 2  g  NO2  g   SO3  g  NO  g 
1.8  x 1.8  x 1.8  x 1.8  x
2
1.8  x 
 Kc  2
1.8  x 
2
1.8  x  1.8  x
0.36  2
, 0.6 
1.8  x  1.8  x
 x  0.45
Number of mole of SO3 = 1.8 – 0.45 = 1.35
30. H3PO 4  NaOH  NaH2PO 4  H2 O

M.mole 2 4 0
0 2 2
NaH2PO4  NaOH  Na2HPO 4  H2 O
M.mole 2 2 0
0 0 2
pK a2  pK a3
pH of Na2HPO4 =
2
7.2  12.3
= = 9.75
2
Z2
31. KE = 13.6 ×
n2
32
 13.6   30.6 eV
22
2.303  A o
32. k log
t  A
2.303  6.93 0.1
t log
0.693 0.001
t = 46.06
Ea1 Ea 2
33. 
T1 T2
42 Ea
 2
500 450
Ea2  37.8 kJ
 x  37.80
 A o
34.  A   0.125  A o
23
0.125  A o
 % of A left   100  12.50
 A o
35. K 2Cr2 O7  4H2SO 4  3H2 C2O 4  6CO 2  7H2O  Cr2  SO4 3  K 2 SO 4
134.4 L of CO2 produced by K2Cr2O7 = 294 g
294
 5.6 L of CO2 produced by K2Cr2O7   5.6
134.4
= 12.25 g
1 2  1 1
36.  R  Z  2  2 
 1 2 
1 3
 
 R 4 
 4
1 1 1o
    911.7  A
R 3 3
o
  303.90 A
SECTION – A
1
37. ln  = lim [ln 1 + (ln 1 + ln 2) + (ln 1 + ln 2 + ln 3) + .....] –  ln n
n  n2
1 2 n n  n  1
nln   n  1 ln  .....  ln  lnn
n n n 2 n  1  2n 1 n n  1 r r
= lim 2
  lnn = lim lnn +  ln
n  n n  2n n r 1 n n
1
1 3
 
2
and ln  =  1  x  ln x dx   4
0
60
38. Let p = abc and q = [a] [b] [c]. So, q is an integer and p 
q
q  min{[a]bc, a[b]c, ab[c]} = 3  q  {1, 2, 3}
If q = 1  ab[c] < 4 but ab[c] = 5  no solution
60
If q = 3, as p  max{[a]bc, a[b]c, ab[c]} = 5 and p   no solution
q
 q = 2 and p = 30 . Since q is a product of 3 positive integer, we have 3 cases
2 120
If [a] = 2, then a  30   3  no solution
5 9
 30 30 30 
If [b] = 2, then solution is  , , 
 3 2 5 
 30 30 2 30 
If [c] = 2, then solution is  , , 
 3 4 5 
39. Let f(1) = a and f(1) = b, putting x = 1 in the given equation we get b = a2
Differentiating the equation and putting x = 1 gives 2ab + 8 = ab + 2ab  ab = 8
So, a = 2, b = 4
0 
sinnx sinnx
40. In   1  2x  sin x dx   dx
 0 1  2  sin x
x
  
sinnx sinnx sinnx
In   dx   dx =  dx [Putting –x for x in 1st integral]
0 1  2  sin x
x
0 1  2  sin x
x
0
sin x

sin  n  2  n  sinnx 
In 2  In   dn  2 cos n  1 x dx = 0 if n  N
0
sin x 0
 If n is even In = I0 = 0, and if n is odd In = I1 = 
41. Using LH-Rule twice, we get a = b = 2
42. lim
ln  2  x  1  1+ a+ b= 0
x 1 x 2  ax  b
2ln  2  x 
Using LH-Rule, we have lim  1  a + 2 = 0  a = –2, b = 1
x 1  x  2  2x  a 
43.
f  x
 1 
x
f t
dt 
 
f   x  1  x 2  f  x  2x

f  x
 f  x  
2x f  x 
 f x
2 2
1 x 2 2 2
1 x2
0 1 t
1  x  1 x
f  x 2x
 = 1  ln f(x) = x + ln(1 + x 2) + ln c  f(x) = cex(1 + x2)
f  x 1 x2
xf   g  x   g  x  g  f  x   f   x 
44. Given equation implies 
f  g x  g f  x 
d d

dx

lng  f  x    x
dx
  –2x
ln f  g  x    2x (as f(g(x)) = e ), 
2
 g(f(x)) = Ae x and g(f(0)) = 1  A = 1
45. Using integration by parts repeatedly


2018

 ln x    ln x 2018  
2018 ln x 
2017
2018 ln x 
 2017
 dx      2017x 2018 dx  dx
1 x 2018  2017x 2017  1
2017 1 x 2018
1

2018!  dx = 2018!
= ..... =  2018
 2017 2018 x
1
 2017 2019
1
2x332  x 998 4x1664 sin x 691
46. I  2 dx , (as is an odd function and rest of the integrand is even)
0 1  x666 1  x666
1 332
1  333
Put x  t 333  dx  t dt
333
332 998
1 332 1
2 2t 333  t 333 333 2 2  t2 2  
I  2
t dt =  2
dt =  1 
333 0 1 t 333 0 1  t 333  4 
SECTION – D
1
1   f  x 2 
47.  f  x  f   x  dx =  2   0  f(0) = f(1)
0
 0
1
1   f  x  3 
2
  f  x  f   x  dx = 
 3 
  18  f(1) = 3 and f(0) = –3
0
 0
48. Lines with slope 2 and passing through (0, 0) and (1, 1) are y = 2x and y – 1 = 2(x – 1)
respectively.
By the Mean Value theorem, no point of y-axis

form (x, f(x)) lies outside this parallelogram.
2x + y – 3 = 0
However, we can construct functions which
y = 2x
satisfy the given condition and are
y = –2x
arbitrarily close to the sides of the 3 3 2x – y – 1 = 0
parallelogram.  ,  (1, 1)
 4 2 x-axis
3
So, b – a = area of parallelogram = (0, 0)
4
 1 1
 , 
 4 2
1 1
2n 1 2n 1
1 Sn 1 S0
49. Let Sn  1 f  x  dx, then Sn  3 1 f  2x  dx  6  .....  6n
2n 2n
 n11 1

1 2 2n  2 1  S0
 f  x  dx  nlim

  f  x  dx   f  x  dx  .....   f  x   
 1 1 1  5
 1  S0 = 5
0
 2n 2n 1 2 
50. f(1– x) = 1 – f(x)  f k(1 – x) = 1 – fk(x)  k  N

1 1 1 1
f
2004
 x  dx   1  f 2004 1  x   dx = 1   f 2004 1  x  dx  1   f 2004  x  dx (Put 1 – x for x)
0 0 0 0
p  7  1
51. If x1, x2, x3 and x4 are the root of p then   0 (as 7 is not a root of p(x))
p 7 7  xi
1 1 1 1 89
     0  x4 
7  1 7  3 7  5 7  x4 11
  1 1/3  1 1/3 1/3

 1  1
52. L = lim xp
x 
 x  11/3
  x  1
1/3

 2x1/3 = lim t  p    1    1  2    , (putting x  )
t 0  t
  t  t   t
1 5
p 2 p 
= lim t
t0
3
1  t 
1/3 1/3
 1  t   1/n
 2 =  t 3 (using expansion for 1  x  )
9
5 2
 p ,L  
3 9
 
d tx d  1  1
53.  e f  x  dx   x etx f  x  dx   sin1  t   =
dt  
dt   2    1 
2
1  t  
 2

Putting t = 0,  x f  x  dx  2

54. The tangent at (x, f(x)) meets the y-axis at (0, f(x) –1)
1
 f(x) =  f(x) = ln x + c and f(1) = 0  c = 0
x
*****
FIITJEE JEE (Advanced)-2019
PART TEST – I
Paper 2

 Pl ea s e r ea d t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s c a r ef u ll y . Yo u a r e a l l o t t ed 5 m i n u t es
s p ec i f i c a ll y f o r t h i s p u r p o s e.
 Yo u a r e n o t a l l o wed t o l ea v e t h e E xa m i n at i o n Ha l l b ef o r e t h e en d o f
t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS
A. General Instructions
1. Attempt ALL the questions. Answers have to be marked on the OMR sheets.
2. This question paper contains Three Parts.
3. Part-I is Physics, Part-II is Chemistry and Part-III is Mathematics.
4. Each part is further divided into two sections: Section-A & Section-D.
5. Rough spaces are provided for rough work inside the question paper. No additional sheets will be
provided for rough work.
6. Blank Papers, clip boards, log tables, slide rule, calculator, cellular phones, pagers and electronic
devices, in any form, are not allowed.
B. Filling of OMR Sheet
1. Ensure matching of OMR sheet with the Question paper before you start marking your answers
on OMR sheet.
2. On the OMR sheet, darken the appropriate bubble with black pen for each character of your
Enrolment No. and write your Name, Test Centre and other details at the designated places.
3. OMR sheet contains alphabets, numerals & special characters for marking answers.
C. Marking Scheme For All Three Parts.

1. Section-A (01 – 06, 19 – 24, 37 - 42) contains 18 multiple choice questions which have one or
correct option.
matching lists: LIST‐ I and LIST‐ II. FOUR options are given representing matching of elements
from LIST‐ I and LIST‐ II. ONLY ONE of these four options corresponds to a correct matching.
Each question has only one correct answer and carries +3 marks for correct answer and –1
Name of the Candidate
Enrolment No.
Useful Data
PHYSICS
2
Acceleration due to gravity g = 10 m/s
Planck constant h = 6.6 1034 J-s
Charge of electron e = 1.6  1019 C
Mass of electron me = 9.1  1031 kg
Permittivity of free space 0 = 8.85  1012 C2/N-m2
Density of water water = 103 kg/m3
Atmospheric pressure Pa = 105 N/m2
Gas constant R = 8.314 J K1 mol1
CHEMISTRY
Gas Constant R = 8.314 J K1 mol1

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
Avogadro's Number Na = 6.023  1023
Planck’s constant h = 6.625  1034 Js
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 Faraday = 96500 coulomb
1 calorie = 4.2 joule
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J
Atomic No: H=1, He = 2, Li=3, Be=4, B=5, C=6, N=7, O=8,

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
Atomic masses: H=1, He=4, Li=7, Be=9, B=11, C=12, N=14, O=16,
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
PART – I (Physics), PART – II (Chemistry), PART – III (Mathematics):
(SECTION – D)
For questions 11 to 18, 29 to 36, 47 to 54.

Numerical answer type questions with answer XXXXX. XX
If answer is 348.4 / 251.37 / 213
Correct Method :
0 0 3 4 8 . 4 0
0 0 2 5 1 . 3 7
0 0 2 1 3 . 0 0
Wrong Method :
3 4 8 . 4
3 4 8 . 4
3 4 8 . 4
3 4 8 . 4
2 5 1 . 3 7
2 1 3 .
2 1 3 . 0
2 1 3 . 0
3 4 8 . 4 0
2 5 1 . 3 7
2 1 3 . 0 0
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A long thin uniform rod lies flat on the table as shown. One end of the
rod is slowly pulled up by a force that remains perpendicular to the rod
at all times. The rod is to be brought to the vertical position without any
slipping of the bottom end? The coefficient of static friction between rod
and ground can be:
(A) 0.2 (B) 0.3
(C) 0.4 (D) 0.5
2. Board A is placed on board B as shown. Both boards slide, without moving with respect to each
other, along a frictionless horizontal surface at a speed v . Board B hits a resting board C “head-
on.”
A A
B C B C
V=0
Before Collision After Collision

After the collision, boards B and C move together, and board A slides on top of board C and
stops its motion relative to C in the position shown on the diagram. All three boards have the
same mass, size, and shape. It is known there is no friction between boards A and B; the
coefficient of kinetic friction between boards A and C is µk.
v2
(A) The length of each board is
6k g
(B) The final speed of each board is 2v/3.
(C) Total work done by frictional force on the system is zero.
mv 2
(D) Total work done by frictional force on C is .
12
3. Two balls of masses M and m are attached to two threads of length l, M   m

such that the two threads are suspended at the same point. The balls are
both deflected to the horizontal position of the threads, released from rest
at the same time, and they collide head on. (The collision is perfectly
elastic.). If the ball of mass m reaches the maximum height which is
allowed M/m can be :
(A) 0.5 (B) 1.5
(C) 2 (D) 2.5
4. A dumbbell consists of a light rod of length r and two small masses m attached to it.
The dumbbell stands vertically in the corner formed by two frictionless planes. After the
bottom end is slightly moved to the right, the dumbbell begins to slide. At the moment
the top end loses contact with the vertical plane:
(A) The acceleration of top mass is g.
(B) Horizontal component of acceleration of bottom mass is zero.
(C) The height of the top mass will be 2r/3.
2
(D) Speed of the bottom mass will be gR .
3
5. Two small spheres of mass m each are attached to the ends of a light rigid rod pivot
bent at a right angle and pivoted in the vertical plane at the vertex of the right
angle. The vertical part of the rod is three times as long as the horizontal part.
Initially, the rod is held at rest in the position shown in the diagram. The pivot is
frictionless. Assume that mass of rods are negligible. Immediately after the
system is released.
3
(A) Horizontal component of acceleration of center of mass of the system is m/s2 towards
10
right.
1
(B) Vertical component of acceleration of center of mass of the system is m/s2 downwards.
20
3mg
(C) Horizontal component of hinge reaction is towards right.
10
19mg
(D) Vertical component of hinge reaction is upwards.
20
6. Two identical uniform cylinders of radius R each are placed on top of each
other next to a wall as shown. After a disturbance, the bottom cylinder slightly
moves to the right and the system comes into motion. Neglect friction
between all surfaces.
(A) The top cylinder will have maximum acceleration g.
(B) The speed of the bottom cylinder will first increase then decrease.
(C) Minimum acceleration of the bottom cylinder is zero.
2
(D) Maximum speed of the bottom cylinder is gR
3

7. Block a moving on frictionless horizontal plane collides vA

Block A Block B
head-on with block B initially at rest. The collision is NOT
(0 < e < 1) perfectly elastic. Match the List-I with the
related graph in List-II.
LIST–I LIST–II
1.
P. Forces exerted by the blocks

time
2.
The position of mass centre of the two
Q.
block system
time
3.
R. Velocity of blocks
time
4.
S. Position of block B
time
5.
time
(A) P → 4; Q → 4; R → 1; S→4
(B) P → 3; Q → 3; R → 1; S→3
(C) P → 3; Q → 5; R → 4; S→2
(D) P → 4; Q → 3; R → 4; S→1
8. A rectangular block of mass m = 0.3 kg is held 

stationary with the help of massless rod of length  = h
10 m in vertical plane as shown in the figure. Vertical B
wall is frictionless and coefficient of friction between
block and rod is  = 0.75. Now match the value of
physical quantities mentioned in List – I with List – II. g
A (Hinge)
LIST–I LIST–II (values of a)

The value of h in meter so that block 1.
P. 1.5
remains stationary
Magnitude of normal force in Newton 2.
Q. 5
given by wall to the block
R. Magnitude of Hinge reaction in Newton 3. 4
Magnitude of friction force acting on the 4.
S. 3
block
5. 2
(A) P → 1, 5; Q → 3; R → 2; S→4
(B) P → 1, 5; Q → 1; R → 2; S→3
(C) P → 3, 1; Q → 2; R → 3; S→4
(D) P → 3, 3; Q → 1; R → 3; S→4
9. Three identical cylinders are arranged in a triangle as shown in Figure, with (3)
the bottom two lying on the ground. The ground and the cylinders are F (1) (2)
frictionless. You apply a constant horizontal force (directed to the right) on the
left cylinder. Let a be the acceleration you give to the system.
N12 is normal reaction between (1) and (2)
List –II shows various values of a.
Match the functions in List-I with the related charge distributions in List-II.
LIST–I LIST–II (values of a)
P. N12 = 0, N13  0 1. g
2. g
Q. N12  0, N13  0
2 3
3. g
R. N12  0, N13 = 0
4 3
4. g
S. N23 = 0, N13  0
6 3
5. Never possible
(A) P → 3, 4; Q → 2; R → 5; S→1
(B) P → 3, 2; Q → 1; R → 4; S→3
(C) P → 3, 1; Q → 2; R → 3; S→4
(D) P → 3, 3; Q → 1; R → 3; S→4
10. A uniform rod of mass 6 kg and length 1m is hinged

O
at O and a small bob of mass 1 kg is attached to its A
other end. The system is kept horizontal and then
released. The quantities mentioned under Column I
are measured and their magnitudes (in SI) are given Hinge bob
in column II, but not necessarily in the proper order.
Match the quantities in List I with their corresponding
2
values in List II. Take g = 10 m/s .
LIST–I LIST–II (in SI units)

Angular acceleration of rod 1. 10
P.
3
Linear acceleration of bob 2. 20
Q.
3
Force exerted by the rod on the bob 3. 40
R.
3
Force exerted by the hinge on the rod 4. 50
S.
3
5. 160
3
(A) P → 5; Q → 3, 4; R → 1; S→2
(B) P → 3; Q → 3; R → 1, 4; S→5
(C) P → 5; Q → 3; R → 1, 2; S→4
(D) P → 4; Q → 2, 3; R → 1; S→5
SECTION – D
11. The wedge shown in the figure can slide without friction on a m
horizontal tabletop. The mass of the wedge is M and its angle of
o
elevation is α =30 . A body of mass m slides down without friction
along the wedge, the path of the body makes an angle of φ = 60o with
M
the ground. Find the ratio of the masses, m/M.
 
12. A path is made to a uniform density cube of a

mass m, and of edge a, such that when the cube m
rolls along the path without skidding, its centre v0
moves along a straight line. At the top of the path a
horizontal velocity of center of mass is v 0 and the
cube is in pure rolling. The static frictional force is
big enough, so the cube do not slide anywhere.
The speed of the centre of mass when the cube
k vo
touches the lowest point of the path is ?
2
(The moment of inertia of the cube with respect to
its centre of mass is ma2/6). Find k.
13. A block is placed on a long and wide inclined plane that makes angle  = 45 with the horizontal.
The coefficient of kinetic friction between the block and the plane is µk = 2. After a quick push, the
block acquires velocity v 0 = 62 m/s that makes angle  = 60 with the line of fastest descent.
Find the time interval t during which the block is in motion. (take g = 10 m/s2)
14. A carpet runner is placed onto a long straight inclined plane

parallel to the steepest line in the plane, from the bottom of
the slope till its top. The carpet is thin and flexible, and it
cannot slide down because of the friction, but it can easily be
lifted, it does not stick to the plane. The top end of the carpet 
is rolled, a bit, and this hoop of carpet is released. The hoop
rolls down the slope with greater and greater speed, while its
diameter increases, and finally it reaches the bottom of the
slope during a time of t1. If a solid cylinder is released at the
top of the slope, it reaches the bottom in a time of t2. The ratio
t
of 1  k . Find k .
t2
15. A ball is thrown at speed v from zero height on level ground. The angle at which the particle is
thrown is such that the area under the trajectory is maximum? If the angle of projection in /k .
Find k .
16. A mass, which is free to move on a horizontal frictionless surface, is (top view)
attached to one end of a massless string that wraps partially around a
frictionless vertical pole of radius r (see the top view in Figure). You
hold on to the other end of the string. At t = 0, the mass has speed v 0 =
1m/s in the tangential direction along the dotted circle of radius R
shown. Your task is to pull on the string so that the mass keeps moving
along the dotted circle. You are required to do this in such a way that
the string remains in contact with the pole at all times. (You will have to
move your hand around the pole, of course.) What is the speed of the hand
R
mass at time t  ?
2v 0 tan 
17. A mass M collides elastically with a stationary mass m. If M = 2m, then there is a maximal angle
of deflection of M. This maximal angle equals /k radians. Find k .
18. A uniform flexible rope passes over two small frictionless pulleys
h
mounted at the same height (see figure). The length of rope

between the pulleys is  = 23 m, and its ‘sag’ is h = 1 m. In
S=?
equilibrium, what is the length s of the rope segments that hang
down on either side?
SECTION – A
19. 

For the equilibrium SO 2  g  Cl2  g  
 SO 2Cl2  g  , the correct statement(s) is/are
(A) Addition of SO2(g) at constant volume at equilibrium increases the concentration of SO2Cl2(g)
(B) Addition of SO2(g) at constant volume at equilibrium increases the concentration of SO2(g)
(C) Addition of SO2Cl2(g) at constant volume at equilibrium increases the concentration of
SO2Cl2(g)
(D) Addition of inert gas at constant volume at equilibrium increases the concentration of
SO2Cl2 (g)
20. The incorrect statement(s) among the following is/are

(A) 2-Ethylantraquinone on oxidation in air produces H2O2.
(B) Peroxydisulphuric acid on hydrolysis produces H2O2.
(C) Acetanilide catalyses the decomposition of H2O2.
(D) H2O2 reduces sodium hypochlorite to sodium chloride.
21. The correct statement(s) among the following is/are

(A) The shape of SF3Cl molecule is tetrahedral
(B) In PCl2F3 all the three F atoms remain in the equatorial position.
(C) The shape of ICl4 is square planar.
(D) I2Cl6 is a planar molecule in the solid state.
22. The product(s) of hydrolysis of B3N3H6 is/are

(A) NH3 (B) H3BO3
(C) H2 (D) B2H6
23. Cyclic silicate among the following is/are

(A) Ca3Si3O9 (B) Mg2SiO4
(C) Be3Al2Si6O18 (D) Sc2Si2O7
24. The incorrect order among the following is/are

(A) LiH > NaH > KH (Thermal stability)
(B) MgSO4 > CaSO4 > SrSO4 (Solubility in water)
(C) Li < Na < K < Rb (Density)
(D) Be(OH)2 > Mg(OH)2 > Ca (OH)2 (Basic nature)

25. Match each set of hybrid orbital from List – I with the molecule or ion given in List - II
LIST–I LIST–II
P. sp2 1. XeF5
Q. sp3 2. NO3
R. sp3d 3. NF4
S. sp3d2 4. SF2Cl2
5. IOF4
6. F2SeO
(A) P → 2; Q → 3; R → 4, 6; S → 1, 5
(B) P → 2; Q → 3, 6; R → 4; S → 1, 5
(C) P → 4; Q → 2; R → 3, 5; S→6
(D) P → 6; Q → 3, 6; R → 4, 2; S→1
26. Match the resulting solution in List-I with one or more properties in List – II and choose the correct
option. log2 = 0.3, log5 = 0.7. pKa CH3COOH = 4.74, pKb NH4OH = 4.74,
LIST–I LIST–II
P. 10 ml 0.1 M H2SO4 + 40 ml 0.1 M NH4OH 1. Acidic buffer solution
Q. 20 ml 0.1 M CH3COOH + 16 ml 0.1 M NaOH 2. Basic buffer solution
R. 50 ml 0.1 M CH3COOH + 50 ml 0.1 M NaOH 3. pH of the solution is 8.72
S. 10 ml 0.1 M NH4OH + 20 ml 0.1 M NH4Cl 4. pH of the solution is 8.96
5. pH of the solution 9.26
(A) P → 2, 4; Q → 1, 5; R → 3; S→2
(B) P → 2, 3; Q → 1, 4; R → 3, 1; S → 2, 4
(C) P → 5; Q → 1; R → 3, 4; S → 2
(D) P → 2, 5; Q → 1; R → 3; S → 2, 4
27. Match the half-life of the reaction in List-I with the integrated rate equation in List-II(a = initial
concentration of reactant and a – x = concentration of reactant at time ‘t’.)
LIST–I LIST–II
0.586 1. x
P. t1/2  a k
k t
0.693 2. 1 1 1
Q. t1/2  k   
k t a  x a
a 3. 2
R. t1/2  k   a  a  x
2k t 
1 4. 2.303 a
S. t1/2  k log
ka t ax
5. 2 1 1 
k   
t  ax a
(A) P → 5; Q → 4; R → 1; S→2
(B) P → 3; Q → 4; R → 1; S→2
(C) P → 2; Q → 3; R → 1; S→2
(D) P → 3; Q → 2; R → 4; S→5
28. List-I contains carbides and List-II contains the type of carbide and their hydrolysis product.
LIST–I LIST–II
P. Al4C3 1. Covalent carbide
Q. Mg2C3 2. Ionic carbide
R. CaC2 3. CH4
S. SiC 4. C3H4
5. C2H2
(A) P → 2, 3; Q → 2, 4; R → 2, 5; S → 1
(B) P → 1, 3; Q → 1, 4; R → 2, 5; S → 2
(C) P → 2, 4; Q → 1, 3; R → 1, 5; S → 5
(D) P → 2, 5; Q → 2, 4; R → 2, 3; S → 1
SECTION – D
29. A first order reaction has a rate constant 5  10 2 s1 . The time required (in sec) for the reaction to
reduce 20 gram of the reactant to 2 g is
30. 20 g of CaCO3 is placed in a vessel of volume 12.315 litre at 1000 K. The following equilibrium
was established.


CaCO3  s  
 CaO  s   CO2  g 
KP for the reaction at 1000 K is 0.3 atm. The mass of CaCO3 in gram at equilibrium is
31. 100 ml of 0.1 M CH3COOH, 50 ml 0.1 M HCl and 50 ml 0.1 M Ba(OH)2 are mixed together. pKa of
CH3COOH is 4.74. The pH of the resulting solution is
32. The mass of a dust particle is 10-12 g and its velocity is 10-4 cm/sec. The error in the
measurement of velocity is 0.01%. The uncertainty in the measurement of position in A o unit is
 h 
  0.527  10 27 erg sec 
 4 
33. Vapour density of a metal chloride is 85.02. The equivalent weight of the metal is 7.01. The
atomic weight of the metal is
34. In He2+ an electron undergoes transition from 3rd excited state of to 2nd energy level. The
1 
wavelength of the light emitted in Ao is   911.7A o 
R 
35. In the thermal decomposition of NH4NO2, 50% of the compound decomposed in 34.65 min. The
time required in minutes for the 90% decomposition of the compound is
36. The equilibrium constant (KP) for a reaction at 27oC for a homogeneous gaseous reaction is 10-2.
The standard free energy change  Go  for the reaction in calorie is (R = 2 cal)
SECTION – A

m
cos x  n cos x
37. For two positive integers m and n lim , then which is true?
x 0 x2
1 3
(A) m = 3, n = 2 it is (B) m = 5, n = 2 it is
6 13
1 3
(C) m = 3, n = 2 it is (D) m = 5, n = 2 it is
12 20
ex
38. Let f  x   and g(x) = f(x), then
1 x2
(A) g(x) has two local maxima and two local minima points
(B) g(x) has exactly one local maxima and one local minima point
(C) x = 1 is a point of local maxima of g(x)
(D) there is a point of local maxima for g(x) in the interval (–1, 0)
 minf  t  , 2  t  x, 2  x  0
2

39. Let f(x) = x – 2|x| and g  x   max f  t  , 0  t  x, 0  x  2 , then g(x) is not differentiable at

 f  x  x2
(A) x = 0 (B) x = –1
(C) x = 2 (D) x = 1
40. The function f: {0, 1, 2, .....}  {0, 1, 2, .....}  R satisfying

1
 f  x  1, y  1  f  x  1, y  1  1 if x  y  0
f  x, y    2 , then which is true
0 if x  y  0
(A) f(3, 5) = 15 (B) f(5, 3) = 15
(C) f(9, 2) = 18 (D) f(2, 9) = 18
x
41. The equations of the normals to the curve f  x   at the points where the tangents make
1 x2

angle of with the positive direction of x-axis are
4
3
(A) x + y = 0 (B) x  y 
2
 3
(C) x  y  2 2 (D) x  y 
2
42. Let f be a function defined for all real x and let it satisfy the relation f(x + y) = f(x) + f(y) + xy(x + y)
if f(0) = –1, then
(A) f is differentiable for all real x
(B) f is differentiable for all real x
(C) f(3) = 8
 1  1
(D) f satisfies the relation f   x   f     f   x  f     x  0
x
  x


LIST–I LIST–II
If f: R  R is a differentiable function with the property that lim f  x 
x 
P. 1. 1
exist and is finite, and if lim x  f   x  exists, then this limit is equal to
x 
Let f and g be n-times continuously differentiable function in a

neighbourhood of a point ‘a’, such that f(a) = g(a) = ln 2.
n–1 (n – 1 n n
Q. f(a) = g(a) ..... f (a) = g (a) and f (a)  g (a), then 2. 3
e   e  
f x g x
lim is
x a f  x   g  x 
Let f: [a, b]  R be a function continuous on [a, b] and differentiable on

f b   f  c 
R. (a, b) if there exist C  (a, b) such that  0 , then there 3. 5
f  c   f a 
always exist   (a, b), then f() is equal to
x b
b
S. ea  e x 4. 7
Let a and b be positive real numbers, then  dx is
a
x
5. 2
6. 0

(A) P → 4; Q → 6; R → 2; S → 1
(B) P → 1; Q → 4; R → 2; S → 3
(C) P → 4; Q → 6; R → 5; S → 2
(D) P → 6; Q → 5; R → 6; S → 6

LIST–I LIST–II
 2
x 2 
P.  1  sin x  dx 1. tan1 

2
1  sin x  4
2
tan1 x
Q. Evaluate  2 dx 2. 0
1/2 x  x  1
 /2
x cos x  sin x 3 
R.  dx 3. tan1 
0 x2  sin x  4
1 3
x  3
S.  3 1  x  3 1 x dx 4.
18
1
3
5.
3
2 3
6.
18

(A) P → 5; Q → 6; R → 2; S → 1
(B) P → 1; Q → 4; R → 2; S → 3
(C) P → 5; Q → 6; R → 1; S → 2
(D) P → 4; Q → 2; R → 3; S → 1

LIST–I LIST–II
  
f: R  R; f  x    e x  (where [.] denotes the
P. 1. one-one
greatest integer function, and {.} denotes fractional
part function)
2
sgn x 
Let f: R  R defined as f  x   e  ex (where
Q. 2. many one
sgn x denotes signum function of x, then f(x))
 1  1
f: R  R; f  x    x     x    2  x  (where [.]
R.  2   2  3. into and periodic
denotes the greatest integer function)
x2  x
S. f: [–1, )  (0, ) defined as f  x   e , then f(x) 4. onto
is
5. periodic
6. constant

(A) P → 4; Q → 6; R → 2; S → 1
(B) P → 2; Q → 2; R → 5; S → 2
(C) P → 4; Q → 6; R → 5; S → 2
(D) P → 2; Q → 2; R → 3; S → 1

LIST–I LIST–II
–1 2
Area bounded by the curve y – sin x = x – x , and the x-axis
P. 1. 0
is equal to
The area bounded by y = x 2 – 3 and the line y = ax + 2 attains
Q. 2. 1
its minimum value than the parameter ‘a’ is equal to
The area of the region represented by the expression
R. 3. –1
2  xy  xy 2 2
If k is a positive number and the area of the region bounded

S. by the curves y = x – kx2 and ky = x2 attains its maximum 4. 6
value, then k is equal to
5. 2
6. 3

(A) P → 3; Q → 6; R → 2; S → 1
(B) P → 1; Q → 4; R → 2; S → 3
(C) P → 4; Q → 6; R → 5; S → 2
(D) P → 3; Q → 1; R → 4; S → 2
SECTION – D
1 1  1
  1 
47. If limit lim n
n 
2 n 

11  22  33 ..... nn  n2 = L, then –ln L is _____
48. The positive value of ‘a’ such that the parabola y = x2 + 1, bisects the area of the rectangle with
a
vertices (0, 0), (a, 0), (0, a2 + 1), (a, a2 + 1), then is _____
2 3
49. Let A – rational number between (0, 1), and a function f: A  R has the property that for all x  A
 1 2001 f  2007
f  x   f  1    ln x , then the value and e is _____
 x 2014
4
k
50. The value of which minimizes F  k    x  4  x   k dx _____
2 0
51. For x a real number, let f(x) = 0 if x < 1 and f(x) = 2x – 2 if x  1. If number of solutions to the
n
 
equation f f f  f  x    x is n, then
5
is equal to _____
52. For any real   1 denote by f() the real solution to the equation x(1 + ln x) = , then
1 f 
lim is _____
2    
 
 ln  
1 4
 x  x   
6
53.  x3 3
 2 3 dx =  x 6  2x3 3  c , then 2 is equal to _____
54. The differentiable function F: R  R satisfies F(0) = –1 and

F  
F  x    sin  sin  sin  sin  x      cos  sin  sin  x     cos  sin  x    cos  x  . Then  2
is _____
FIITJEE JEE(Advanced)-2019
PART TEST – I
PAPER-2
Q. No. PHYSICS Q. No. CHEMISTRY Q. No. MATHEMATICS
1. C, D 19. A, B, C 37. C, D
2. A, B 20. A, C 38. B, D
3. C, D 21. C, D 39. A, B, C
4. A, B, C 22. A, B, C 40. A, B, C, D
5. A, B, C, D 23. A, C 41. A, B, D
6. A, C 24. C, D 42. A, B, C, D
7. C 25. B 43. D
8. A 26. D 44. C
9. A 27. B 45. B
10. B 28. A 46. D
11. 00002.00 29. 00046.06 47. 00000.25
12. 00005.00 30. 00015.50 48. 00000.50
13. 00001.00 31. 00004.74 49. 00000.50
14. 00002.00 32. 00005.27 50. 00001.50
15. 00003.00 33. 00028.04 51. 00000.40
16. 00002.00 34. 01215.60 52. 00000.50
17. 00006.00 35. 00115.15 53. 00000.25
18. 00002.00 36. 02763.60 54. 00000.50
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. Since the rod is raised slowly (quasi- F cos 

F
statically), the entire system remains in
equilibrium at any moment in time. Thus, F sin 
the torque about the point of rotation of the
rod is zero about any axis, and the net
N
external forces are 0. Ffric = F sin θ 
 mg
mglcos  mgcos  fk
  Fl   0  F 
2 2 
N = mg – F cos θ
The F sin θ force causes the rod’s bottom end to slip in one direction. The friction force counters
this force to stop the slipping
when Ffric = μsN  F sin θ. Hence,
F sin  sin  cos 
s  
mg  F cos  2  cos 2 
Maximum of µs can be found by setting its derivative with respect to theta equal to zero:
d  2  cos   2cos   1  2cos  1  cos  
2 2 2 2
1 2
 2
 0 This gives sin   and min 
d  2  cos  
2
3 4
2. First consider the situation immediately after the perfectly inelastic collision between B and C but
before A has begun to slip onto C; label this as the initial configuration “i.” Clearly v Ai = v and vBi =
vCi = v/2 by momentum conservation. On the other hand, in the end (labeled “f”) all three masses
have the same final speed, so that v Af = v Bf = vCf = 2v/3 by again applying momentum
conservation. The sum of the kinetic energies of the boards thus changes by
ΔK = (KAf + KBf + KCf) – (KAi + KBi + KCi) = (mv2/12) …(1)
where m is the mass of each board. This net loss in mechanical energy is the result of the non
L
conservative “internal work” done by friction, WNC    fdx A   fdx C   0 fd  x A  x C  …(2)
where the equal and opposite internal force of friction between blocks A and C is given by
f = µkN = µk mg(xA-xC)/L …(3)
with L the length of each board. Here, xA and xC are the rightward displacements of blocks A and
C from their initial positions; the ratio (x A – xC)/L thus gives the fraction of block A, which is on top
of block C, and hence the ratio of the normal force N of A on C to the weight mg of A. Substitute
Eq. (3) into Eq. (2) to find
 mg L2 …(4)
WNC  K
L 2
It is worth pausing to note that it would have been extremely difficult to attempt to separately
calculate the two frictional work terms in the middle expression in Eq. (2)! Finally equate the right-
hand sides of Eqs. (1) and (4) to obtain the answer,
v2
L
6 k g
v1  v 2
3. e=1= …(i)
2 2g
Momentum conservative m
M
M 2g  m 2g  mv1  Mv 2 …(ii) v2 v1
2g 2g
Solving (i) and (ii) Before After
 3M  m  collision collision
v1    2gL  5gl
 Mm 
M 5 2
   1.82 =1.82
m 3 2 5
4. Since the normal force on the top mass is zero and the horizontal
acceleration of the top mass is zero at the instant it loses con-tact with N
y r
the wall, the tension in the rod at that moment must be zero. Thus, mg
free-body diagrams for the two masses are as sketched below
Therefore, the top mass has downward velocity v = – dy/dt and x
mg
acceleration g = – d 2y/dt2,
While the bottom mass has rightward velocity u = dx/dt and zero acceleration. But y = (r2-x2)1/2.
dy x dx xu
v  
dt r  x dt
2 2 y
d2 y u dx xu dy u2 xuv
g     2
dt 2 y dt y 2 dt y y
1
mg  r  y   m u2  v 2 
2
 x2  u 2r 2
 2g  r  y   u2  1  2    gy
 y  y2
2 8gr
y r  u 
3 27
5. According to Newton’s third law, the force Fsp that the system (s) exerts on the pivot (p) is
opposite to the force Fps that the pivot exerts on the system, Fsp = –Fps. Then, we can use
Newton’s second law to first deduce Fps and so to obtain the required force Fsp. The physical
situation is represented in the figure below.
y Fps
F

Fnet
x

mg D
2mg
CM  3
acm
mg
Applying Newton’s second law to the system:

Fnet = M acm , (1)
where Fnet indicates the sum of all external forces on the system, acm indicates the acceleration of
the center of mass of the system, and M is the total mass of the system that is M = 2m because
the mass of the “light rod” is neglected. In the present
case Fnet is the sum of the gravitational force on the two spheres and the force Fps that exerts
the pivot:
Fnet = M g + Fps. (2)
The force Fps can be deduced from Eqs. (1) and (2):
Fps = M acm – M g. (3)
Then, to obtain Fps it is necessary to have acm. We note that just after the system is released, the
acceleration of the center of mass is tangent to the circular trajectory that the center of mass will
follow during its oscillation around the pivot (the pivot is the suspension point and the system will
behave as a physical pendulum). It allows us to relate the magnitude of this tangential
acceleration with the magnitude of the angular acceleration a of the system:
acm = α D, (4)
where D is the distance between the pivot and the center of mass. From the figure,
10
D l (5)
2
Equation (4) is only valid just after the system is released at t = 0, because for t > 0 the system
will also have a centripetal acceleration pointing to the pivot. The angular acceleration a is
obtained by using Newton’s second law in “its rotational version.” We have:
net  I (6)
where τnet has to be measured with respect to an axis that passes through the pivot and is
perpendicular to the vertical plane when the system is contained. Since the weight of the upper
mass is the only force that produces a torque, the magnitude of this torque can be found as:
τnet = mgl (7)
Here I is the moment of inertia of the system with respect to the same axis:
I = 10 m2 (8)
where we have neglected the moment of inertia of the two arms that the light rod forms, due to
the assumption mrod << m. Combining Eqs. (6), (7), and (8) we obtain
α = g/10l (9)
g
acm  (10)
10 2
  3 1 
acm   i  j g
 10 20 
  3 1   3 19 
Fps  2mg  i j  g  2mg   j   mg  i  j
 20 20   10 20 
6. Consider a moment when the center of top the cylinder has moved

down a distance xT and the center of the bottom cylinder has moved 2R
to the right a distance xB. At this moment, the cylinders are moving 2R  xT
with speeds v T and v B, respectively. From Fig. , v T and v B,
respectively. From Fig., xB
xT = 2R(1-cosθ)
Also, energy conservation gives:
 v 2  v T2 
m B   mgxT  2mgR 1  cos  
 2 
2 2
x B 2   2R  x T    2R 
Differentiating w.r.t. time
vT = vBxB/(2R – xT) = vB tan θ.
Eliminating v T from the energy conservation equation gives v B2 = 4gR(1 – cos θ)/(1 + tan2θ).
Setting the derivative with respect to θ equal to zero gives
cos θm = 2/3
for the angle θm at which vB is maximum. At this point, the speed of the bottom cylinder is
16gR
vB  .
27
Mathematically, it appears that the speed decreases after θm. However, for this to happen, the
acceleration and, therefore, the horizontal force must be directed to the left (negative) for angles
greater than θm. But the contact force on the bottom cylinder by the top cylinder cannot be
directed to the left. Therefore, the bottom cylinder loses contact with the top one and moves off at
16gR
the maximum speed of vB 
27
7. Basic concept of collision
8. Taking torque about point A

2
N  2     h   fs    h 
2 fs
N 2     h
 fs   N
h N
2 2
      h   2    h 
2
2 fs N N

  2  2  1    h   F2

    h 
2
 1 A F1
 1 
 h   1    hmax  2m
 1  2  mg
fs = 3 N
N  4N
FH = 5 N.
g
9. (P) a   3, 4
3 3
g g
(Q) a  2
3 3 3
(R) 5
g
(S) a  1
3
  M 2  A
10. Mg  mg     m 2  
2  3  B
M  
 2  m  g 40 mg
   rad / s2 mg
M
  m   3
3 
 40 
mg  F1  m   1
 3 
40 10
i.e. F1   10 
3 3
 20   40 
Mg  mg  FH  M    m  
 3   3 
40
 40 
3
160
70  FH 
3
160 50
FH  70  
3 3
SECTION – D
11. a1 cos[90  (   )]  a2 sin 

a1 sin(   )  a2 sin  …(i)
Conservation has no acceleration x direction  90  (  )
 Ma2 = ma1 sin  …(ii)
From (i) and (ii)
m sin(   )  
 sin  
M sin 
m tan   tan 
 
M tan 
m tan 60  tan30
 2
M tan30
5v o
12. (Apply conservation of energy)
2
13. Because the block does not accelerate off the plane surface, the y
normal force N that the surface exerts on the block (of mass m) f
must balance the component of the block’s weight perpendicular to i
the plane, so that N =mg cos θ, and thus the kinetic frictional force x 
O
is f k = µk mg cos θ. On the other hand, the following sketch shows
the path of the block (between its initial position “i” and final position
“f ”) and the components of the forces acting on it in the plane of the
incline. I have chosen coordinates with x down the incline and y O
perpendicular to it. A tangent to the block’s path makes angle f with
mg sin 
respect to the x-direction, with φi = α . (It is interesting to note that φ
must be zero because the block’s final speed and hence its final
centripetal acceleration must approach zero, which can only
happen if the frictional force points up the plane, opposite the
weight component down the plane.)
Newton’s second law in the x-direction, after dividing both sides by the block’s mass, becomes
dv x
 gsin   k gcos  cos  (1)
dt
where u is the block’s speed, with initial value u0. Writing down the y-component of Newton’s
second law introduces sin , which leads to a mess. A better choice is to instead write down the
tangential component of Newton’s second law (noting that any direction other than x would give
an independent equation),
dv
 gsin  sin   k gcos  (2)
dt
Solve Eq. (1) for cos φ (which is the only time-dependent quantity on the right-hand side of these
two equations) and substitute it into Eq. (2) to get
dv dv
k  gcos   tan2    k 2   tan  x
dt dt
after simplifying. Now integrate both sides over the time t from the initial to the final point to obtain
 k  0  v 0   gcos   tan2    k 2  t  tan   0  v o cos  
v o  k  tan  cos  
t
gcos   k 2  tan2 
14. The rolled part of the carpet is a cylinder, and its mass is
proportional to x. Applying conservation of mechanical
2
 1 1  dx  x sin 
 1    x       x  g
energy,  2  2  dt  2 
2
 dx  2 2gx sin 
  v 
 dt
  3
g
acarpet 
i.e. 3.
For the cylinder,
3
mv 2  mgx sin 
4
2g
acyl 
i.e. 3
t1 acyl
  2
t2 acarpet
15. Maximum trajectory area

Let  be the angle at which the ball is thrown. Then coordinates are given by x = (v cos )t and y
gt 2
= (v sin )t  . The total time in air is 2(v sin )/g, so the area under the trajectory, A = ydx, is
2
x max 2v sin  / g
 gt 2  2v 4
0 ydx  0  (v sin  )t  (v cos  dt)  sin3  cos 
2  3g2
Taking the derivative of this, we find that the maximum occurs when tan  = 3 that is, when  =
3V 4
60. The maximum area is then A max  . Note that by dimensional analysis we know that
8g2
v4
the area, which has dimensions of distance squared, must be proportional to .
g2
16. Circling around a pole

Let F be the tension in the string. At the mass, the angle between the string and the radius of the
dotted circle is  = sin1(r/R). In terms of , the radial and tangential F = ma equations are
mv 2 dv
Fcos   , and F sin  = m …(i)
R dt
Dividing these two equations gives tan  = (Rv)/v 2. Separating variables and integrating gives
v
dv tan  t
  dt
v0 v2 R 0
1
1 1 (tan )t  1 (tan )t 
    v(t)     …(ii)
v0 v R  v0 R 
The speed v becomes infinite when
R
tT …(iii)
v 0 tan 
This means that you can keep the mass moving the desired circle only up to time T. After that, it
is impossible. (Of course, it will become impossible, for all practical purposes, long before v
becomes infinite.) The total distance d = vdt, is infinite, because this integral diverges (barely,
like a log) as t approaches T.
17. Let’s figure out what the collision looks like in the CM frame. If M has initial speed V in the lab
frame, then the CM moves with speed VCM = MV /(M +m). The speeds of M and m in the CM
frame therefore equal, respectively,
mV MV U
U = V  VCM = , and u =  VCM 
Mm Mm  u
In the CM frame, the collision is simple. The particles keep the U 
same speeds, but simply change their directions (while still moving u
in opposite directions), as shown in Figure.
The angle θ is free to have any value. This scenario clearly satisfies Vlab
conservation of energy and momentum, so it must be what happens.
The important point to note is that since θ can have any value, the tip
VCM U
of the U velocity vector can be located anywhere on a circle of radius
U. If we then shift back to the lab frame, we see that the final velocity
of M with respect to the lab frame, Vlab, is obtained by adding VCM to
the vector U, which can point anywhere on the dotted circle in Figure.
A few possibilities for Vlab are shown. The largest angle of deflection mV
is obtained when Vlab is tangent to the dotted circle, in which case we Mm
max
have the situation shown in Figure.
MV
Mm
The maximum angle of deflection, φmax, is therefore given by

U mV / (M  m) m
sin max   
VCM MV / (M  m) M
If M < m, then the dotted circle passes to the left of the left vertex of the triangle. This means that
φ can take on any value. In particular, it is possible for M to bounce directly backward.
18. s = the arc length OP. Y
T cos   T0 …(1)
s T
T sin     s  g …(2)  P(x, y) X
T0 O
dy dy  g 
 tan       s …(3)
dx dx  T0 
dy  ds sin  
Further:  …(4)
dx  ds cos  
Substituting and Solving, we get,
T  T0  gy …(5)
2
 sg 
And, T 2  T02    …(6)
 2 
Using these and T = gs, we get,
2  4h2
S  s  , y  h 
8h
Alternative Solution:
It can be shown that the difference between the tensions in the rope at two arbitrary points on it
(denoted by A and B), e.g. the centre and the right-hand pulley, depends only on the height
difference between the points and the linear mass density  of the rope. In an obvious notation:
FB − FA = g(hB − hA).
To prove this, consider the energy changes that would be involved if a small length of rope were
(notionally) cut out from the neighbourhood of point A and inserted close to point B.
Any arbitrary piece of the rope is in equilibrium, and so the horizontal component of the tension in
the rope between the pulleys is constant (equal to F1, say). The vertical component changes from
point to point; it is zero in the middle, and at the pulleys is equal to half the weight of the ‘sagging’
section, namely (/2)g, where λ is the linear mass density of the rope.
As illustrated in figure, we imagine a small F2
(g)/2
piece of the rope, of length , cut out from
the middle of the system, and re-inserted
F1
into the rope near one of the pulleys! What
energy changes are involved?
Closing the gap in the middle of the rope h F2
requires work F1Δl to be done, while the /2
work required to lift the small piece against
F1 (g)/2
gravity is λ Δl gh. Inserting it at the pulley
actually allows some energy to be 
recovered, but formally the work required
to do this is −F2 Δl.
As a result of these changes, we have done no more than return the rope to its initial state! It
follows that the total work done must be zero, and so
F1 Δl + λ Δl gh − F2 Δl = 0,
showing that
F2 − F1 = λgh.
The same thought experiment could have been carried out for any arbitrary pair of points on the
rope, and so it is generally true that ‘the difference in tension forces at two arbitrary points of the
rope is directly proportional to the height difference between those points’.
As can be seen in Fig. 1, the connection between the rope tension F2 (at the pulley) and its
components is
2
  lg 
F2 2  F12   
 2 
A third equation, one that involves s, can be established by recognising that the hanging rope
segments are each held in place by a force of strength F2:
F2 = λgs.
From equations (1) and (3), we have that F1 = λg(s − h). Substituting this into (2) gives the final
result for the length of the hanging segments as
l 2  4h 2
s
8h
SECTION – A
19. Increase in concentration of the reactant shifts the equilibrium in the forward direction and vice
versa.
20. 2-Ethylanthraquinol on oxidation in air produces H2O2.

Acetanilide retards the decomposition of H2O2.
21. SF3Cl – Seesaw

In PCl2F3, two F atoms are in axial position and one F atom in equatorial position.
22. B3N3H6  9H2O  3NH3  3H3BO3  3H2
2n
23. General formula of cyclic silicate is  SiO3 n
24. The correct order are

Li < K < Na < Rb (Density)
Be(OH)2 < Mg(OH)2 < Ca (OH)2 (Basic nature)
25. sp3 – F2SeO, NF4 ,

sp2 = NO3
sp3d = SF2Cl2
sp3d2 = IOF4 , XeF5
26. (P) 10 ml 0.1 M H2SO4 + 40 ml 0.1 M NH4OH

2 / 50
pOH = pKb + log  4.74
2 / 50
pH = 9.26 basic buffer solution
(Q) 20 ml 0.1 M CH3COOH + 16 ml 0.1 M NaOH

1.6
pH  4.74  log  5.34
0.4
Acidic buffer solution.
(R) 50 ml 0.1 M CH3COOH + 50 ml 0.1 M NaOH

4.74 1 5
pH = 7   log  8.72
2 2 100
(S) 10 ml 0.1 M NH4OH + 20 ml 0.1 M NH4Cl
2
pOH = 4.74  log  5.04
1
pH = 14 – 5.04 = 8.96
1
27. P → Order of the reaction 
2
Q → 1st order reaction.
R → zero order reaction
nd
S → 2 order reaction.
28.  4Al  OH3  3CH4

Al4 C3  12H2 O 
 2Mg  OH2  C3H4
Mg2 C3  4H2 O 
CaC2  4H2 O  Ca  OH2  C2H4
SECTION – D
2.303 a
29. t log
k ax
2.303 20
 log
5  10 2 2
= 46.06
30. Kp = PCO2
0.3  12.315
n  0.045 (n = number of moles of CO2 at equilibrium)
0.0821 1000
 Mole of CaCO3 = 0.2 – 0.045 = 0.155
Wt. of CaCO3 = 0.155 × 100 = 15.50
31. 2HCl Ba  OH2  BaCl2  2H2 O

5 5 0 0
0 2.5 5
2.5
2CH3 COOH Ba  OH2   CH3 COO 2 Ba  2H2 O
10 2.5 0
5 0 2.5
CH3 COO 
pH = pKa + log
CH3COOH
5
pH = 4.74 + log = 4.74
5
h
32. x 
4m V
6.625  10 27

4  3.14  10 12  108
 0.527  10 7  5.27  10 8 cm
o
= 5.27 A
33. Mol. Wt. of MClx = At. Wt. of M + 35.5x

2 × 85.02 = (Eq. wt. × x) + 35.5x
2  85.02
x 4
7.01  35.5
 At. Wt. = 7.01 × 4 = 28.04
1 1 1
34.  R  Z2  2  2 
  n1 n2 
1 1 1
 R 4  2  2 
 2 4 
1 3
 R 4 
  16 
1 4 4
    911.7  A o
R 3 3
o
  1215.60A
2.303  34.65 100

35. t log
0.693 10
= 115.15 min.
36. Go  2.303RT logK P

= - 2.303 × 2 × 300 × log 10-2
= 2763.60 cal
SECTION – A
mn
cosn x  mn cosm x
37. We may assume m > n  lim
x 0 x2
lim
cosn x  cosm x
 lim

cosn x 1  cosm n x 
2
x 0  mn 1 mn 1  x 0 mn x

x 2  mn cosn x

  .....  mn cosm x  

 lim 

1  cosm n x 1  cos x  1  cos x  .....  cos
m n 1

mn
 lim

1  cos x m  n

x 0 mn x 2 mn x 2 mn x  x2 2mn
 x  1  x3  3x2  5x  1 e x
38. g  x   3
x 2

1
Now, x3 – 3x2 + 5x + 1 is strictly increasing and has a root in (–1, 0)
f  x  ; 2  x   1

 f  1 ; 1  x  0
39. g x  
f  0  ; 0  x 1
f  x  ; x2

f  2, 1 f 1, 2 
40. We see that f(1, 1) = 1 and f(1, 2) = 1  and f  2, 1  1 
2 2
So, f(1, 2) = f(2, 1) = 2, then f(3, 1) = f(1, 3) = 3
 f(x, y) = x·y; xy  0
41. Since the slope of tangent is 1

1  x2 dy
We have 2
  1  x4 – 3x2 = 0  x = 0,  3
dx
1 x2

 3 3
Now, x = 0, y = 0; x = 3,y= ;x=  3 ,y=
2 2
42. Given f(x = y) = f(x) + f(y) + xyf(x + y)

Put x = y = 0  f(0) = 0
Put y = –x  f(–x) = –f(x)  f(x) is odd
f  x  h  f  x   f h  
and f   x   lim = lim   x  x  h    f(0) = 0
h0 h h 0
 h 
2
 f(0) + x
2  1  1
f(x) = x – 1  f is differentiable f(3) = 8 and f   x   f     f   x   f     x  0
x
  x
43. (P) If the lim x  f   x  exist

x 
So, the lim  x  f  x  

x 
 x   f(x) + lim x  f   x 
x 
  x f  x   x  f x
 lim  x  f  x    lim
  lim  lim f  x 
x  x  x x  x x 
So, lim f  x   lim f  x   lim x  f   x   0

x  x  x 
e      1
f x g x
e   e  
f x g x
g x   
(Q) lim ; lim e use L.H. Rule
x a f  x   g  x  x  f  x  g x
 f  x  g1
ga e   f   x   g  x  
e  ; ega  eln 2 = 2
 f   x   g  x  
(R) Replacing f by f if necessary, we may assume f(b) > f(c) hence f(a) > f(c)
So  be an absolute minimum of f on [a, b] which exists became the function is continuous
then   (a, b) and therefore f() = 0
x b
b
ea  e x ab ab ab
(S) I   dx put t   x we have dx  2 dt
a
x x t t
ab bt b t b t
a a b
e at  e ab  ab  e t  ea e t  ea
I
ab
   2  dt ; I    dt  =  t  dt  I  I = 0
b  t  b
t a
t

x2
44. (P) Let  dx (replace x by –x)
 1  sin x  1  sin2 x
 
x2 2
 1 1 
I  1  sin x  dx ; 2I  x    dx
2 2
 1  sin2 x   1  sin x  1  sin x 1  sin x  1  sin x 
  3
2 2 
=  x dx ; 2I  2 x dx ; I 
3
 0
1 1 dx dy  1
(Q) Let y  , dy   2 dx then 2  2 ; tan1 x  tan1 y  ; tan1 ; cot–1 x
x x x  x 1 y  y 1 2 x
  
2 2  tan1 y  2
1 tan1 x  dx 2 3
  2 dx   2 2  = =
 x2  x  1 18
2  1/2 x  x  1 1/2 y  y  1   4 1/2

 
cos x sin x
 /2  2
(R)  x x dx ; Put sin x  t
2
0  sin x  x
1  
 x 
2/ 
x cos x  sin x dt
 tan1 x  ; tan1 2  
2/ 
dx  dt ;  1 t2 ;  1
x2 1
 4
(S) As function is odd
45. (P) |ex| = (0, )  x  R ; {|ex|}  [0, 1) ; [{|ex|}]  f(x) is constant i.e. many one
sgn  x  2
(Q) f  x   e  ex ;
x=0 f(0) = 2
2
x>0 f(x) = e + e x
1 2
x<0 f(x) =  ex
e
 f(x) is many one
46. (P) f(x) = x – x2 + sin–1 x, x  [–1, 1]

f(x)  0,  x  [–1, 0], f(x)  0  x  [0, 1]
0 1
 
A    sin1 x  x  x 2 dx   sin1 x  x  x 2 dx  
1 0
=  1
(Q) Area will be minimum if (0, 2) is mid-point of chord
(R) 1  |X| + |Y|  2 Y
 1
A  4 2    6
 2
X
(2, 0)
(1, 0)
k
k 2 1 
2 x2  k2 1
(S) A   x  kx 
  dx  2

k  1 
0   2
6 k 1 
6  k2  2  2 
k

 
By A.M.  G.M. equality holds k = 1
SECTION – D
1
1 1 1 n 1
47. Taking log   1   lnn  2   k lnk   xln x   4
2 n n k 1 0
1

L= e 4
48. Area of rectangle is a(a2 + 1) = a3 + a the portion

a 2
a3 (a, a + 1)

under the parabola has area  x 2  1 dx  a  (0, a2 + 1)
0
3
(0, 1)
So,
a 3
a a
3
a
2 3
(a, 0)
a= 3
1 1
49. Let g: A  A be defined by g(x) = 1  , then g(g(g(x))) = 1  x
x 1
1
1
1
x
So, given equation rewrites as f(x) + f(g(x)) = log|x| ..... (1)
Now, put x = g(y)
f(g(y)) + f(g(g(y))) = log |g(y)| ..... (2)
Again put in equation (1) x = (g(g(z)))
f(g(g(z))) + (f(g(g(g(z)))) = log|(g(g(z)))| ..... (3)
Now, set y = z = x and by solving these equation (1), (2) and (3), we get
1
 
f  x   log x  log g  x   log g  g  x  
2

put x = 2007, we have
2006 1
g x   , g  g  x   
2007 2006
 2007 
So, that f(2007) = log  
 2006 
50. Let f(x) = x(4 – x), and y = k

Let A be the region below y = f(x) and above y = k
and B be the region below y = k and above y = f(x)
then F(k) = A + B y=k
k 4

A  2   f 1  x  dx   2  f 1  x  dx 
 
0 k 
0 x=2 4
dA dA
dk
 
 2 f 1  k   2  f 1  k  ,
dk
0
f –1(k) = 1  k = 3
51. Clearly 0, 2 are fixed points of f and therefore solution.
On the other hand, then is no solution for x < 0, since f is non-negative valued
For 0 < x < 2, we have 0  f(x) < x < 2 and f(0) = 0
For x > 2, f(x) > x so there is no other solution
52. Let h(x) = x(1 + ln(x)); h: [1, )  [1, )
h(x) is strictly increasing and h(1) = 1, lim h  x   
x 
Hence, h(x) is Bijective
So inverse of h(x) clearly f: [1, )  [1, );   f()
1
Now, f   x  
2  ln  f    
1
f   f  
By using L. Hospital rule lim  lim
   1 1

ln   2  ln   
f  2  ln f   
= lim   2  lnf  x   = lim 1
   1  ln f   
1
53.  x5  x2  x6  2x3  3 dx ; x6 + 2x3 = t; (6x5 + 6x2) dx = dt
1 4 4
dt 1 3 3 1 6
 t3    t c =
6 6 4 8
x  2x3   3 c
54. F(x) = –cos(sin(sin(sin (x))))

For integration put  = sin(sin(sin (x)))
*****
FIITJEE
PART TEST – I
JEE (Advanced)-2020
PAPER – 1
TEST DATE: 10-11-2019

1. Section–A (01 – 04, 19 – 22, 37 – 40) contains 12 multiple choice questions which out of 4
options have only one correct answer. Each question carries +3 marks for correct answer and –1
Full Marks : +4 If only (all) the four option(s) is (are) chosen.
Partial Marks : +2 If three or more options are correct but ONLY two options are chosen and
both of which are correct options.
correct option.
2. Section-C (13 – 18, 31 – 36, 49 – 54) contains 18 Numerical answer type questions with answer
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A bobbin of mass M = 3 kg consists of a central cylinder of

R
radius r = 5 cm and two end plates of radius R = 6 cm. It is
placed on a slotted incline on which it will roll but not slip, and a r
mass m = 4.5 kg is suspended from a cord wound around the
bobbin, as shown in Figure. It is observed that the system is in M
static equilibrium. What is the angle of tilt  of the incline? m
(A)  = 30
(B)  = 45
(C)  = 60
(D)  = 75
2. Smooth, identical logs are piled in a stake truck. The truck is

forced off the highway and comes to rest on an even keel
lengthwise but with the bed at an angle  with the horizontal, as
shown in Figure. As the truck is unloaded, the removal of the
θ
log shown dotted leaves the remaining three in a condition
where they are just ready to slide, that is, if  were any smaller,
the logs would fall down. Find .
 1 
(A)   tan1  
2 3 
 1 
(B)   tan1  
3 3 
 1 
(C)   tan1  
4 3
 1 
(D)   tan1  
5 3 
3. In the arrangement shown in Figure, the inclined plane is 130 cm long

F
and its upper end is 50 cm above the level of the lower end. The block m1
m2 rests on the plane, and has a mass of 60 kg. The block m 1 has a m2
mass 200 kg. The coefficient of static friction between the two blocks is
0.50; the coefficient of sliding friction between the lower block and the
plane is 0.33. A force F upward and parallel to the plane is applied to
the lower block. What is the maximum value of F before the two blocks
move with respect to each other?
(A) F = 2000N
(B) F = 2400N
(C) F = 2700N
(D) F = 3600N
4. A uniform circular disc of radius ‘R’ is rolling without slipping on a R

rough horizontal surface with a constant acceleration ‘a’. Then the
radius of curvature of trajectory of point ‘A’ of the disc relative to the
ground at the given instant as shown in the figure is
a v
 A

(A) 4R
(B) 2 2R
(C) 2R
(D) 2R
5. A uniform plank of weight W and length 3R lies in a R

smooth circular trough of radius R , as shown in Figure. At θ
one end of the plank is a weight W/2. Find the possible
values of angle  at which the plank lies when it is in
equilibrium.
(A)  = 30
(B)  = 0
(C)  = 25
(D)  = 15
6. A particle of weight W rests on a rough inclined plane that makes an

angle  with the horizontal, as shown in Figure . If the coefficient of
static friction µ = 2 tan ). A horizontal force H is acting transverse to
the slope of the plane (see figure ) H
(A) If H = 2 3 W sin  the particle will move on the incline plane.

(B) If H = 0.5W sin  the particle will move on the incline plane.
(C) If H = 3 W sin  the direction  in which the block goes, relative to H is 30.
(D) If H = 0.5W sin  the direction  in which the block goes, relative to H is 60.
7. A perfectly elastic particle is projected with velocity v at an elevation

. A smooth plane passes through the point of projection and is
inclined at an angle  to the horizontal. The particle will return to the θ α
point of projection provided cot  cot(  ) is :
(A) 2
(B) 2.5
(C) 3
(D) 4
8. If a particle of mass m collides elastically with one of mass M at rest, and if the former is scattered
at an angle  and the latter moves at an angle  with respect to the line of motion of the incident
particle, then which of the following combinations are possible:
(A)  = 30,  = 0, m = 1kg, M = 1kg
(B)  = 60,  = 0, m = 3kg, M = 3kg
(C)  = 45,  = 45, m = 2kg, M = 2kg
(D)  = 60,  = 45, m = 1kg, M =√3kg
9. A locomotive engine, of mass M=1kg, has two pairs of wheels, of radius a = 0.25m, the moment
33
of inertia of each pair about its axis being Mk2; and the engine exerts a torque L = Nm on the
17
forward axle. If both pairs of wheels commence to roll without sliding when the engine starts and
F is the friction between each of the front wheels and the line capable of being called into action.
If k = 1, the values of F (in newton) can be:
(A) 1
(B) 1.5
(C) 2.5
(D) 3
10. A ball ‘A’ of mass M = 4 kg is suspended by a vertical string. Another ball

‘B’ of mass m = 1 kg moving with a velocity u = 5.8 m/s at an angle  = 53
from vertical collides elastically with the ball ‘A’ as shown. Then choose
B
53
m u
M
A
(A) The velocity of ball ‘A’ just after collision is 2 m/s
(B) The velocity of ball ‘B’ just after collision is 4.2 m/s
(C) The velocity of ball ‘B’ just after collision is 2.5 m/s
(D) The impulse on the ball ‘A’ due to tension in the string is 6 N-s
11. A block of mass m = 1 kg is attached to one end of an ideal string

whose other end is wound over a solid cylinder of mass M = 8 kg
and radius R = 10 cm as shown when the cylinder rolls without M, R
slipping down the rough inclined plane of inclination  = 30, the
block moves vertically upward. Then choose the correct option(s). rough m
(g = 10 m/s2)
 = 30
2
(A) The acceleration of block is 2.5 m/s
(B) The acceleration of block is 5 m/s2
(C) The tension in the string is 12.5 N
(D) The frictional force acting on the cylinder is 17.5 N
12. Consider a right solid cone, whose height is h and the radius of whose base is a.
(A) The moment of inertia of cone about its slant height is


3Ma2 6h2  a2 

20 h2  a2 
(B) The moment of inertia of cone about an axis passing through its centre of gravity and
perpendicular to its axis.


3M h2  4a2  .
80
3Ma2
(C) The moment of inertia of cone about its axis is .
10
(D) The moment of inertia of cone about any axis passing through the centre of circular base
and lying in the plane of the circle is same.
SECTION – C
decimal place; e.g. XXXXX.XX).
13. A light elastic string of natural length 2m has one end, A, A

fixed and the other, B, attached to one end of a uniform Slackened
rod BC of length 2m and mass m = 3  2 2 kg . This can Elastic
thread
turn freely in a vertical plane about its other end C, which 2m
is fixed at a distance 2m vertically below A. Initially the rod
is vertical, and, on being slightly displaced, falls until it is
horizontal, and then rises again. Find the elastic constant
of string in N/m .(take g = 10m/s2) C B
2m
14. Three identical smooth spheres each of mass m

3 3
= kg on a smooth horizontal plane are in contact
2
with one another, and are kept together by an endless THREAD
string in the plane of their centers, just fitting them;
when a fourth identical sphere is placed on them, the
k
tension in the string is newton, then find the value
2
of k. (Take g= 10m/s2).
TOP VIEW
15. Over a smooth light pulley is passed a string supporting at one end a
weight of mass 4 kg. At the other end of the string is a pulley of mass 1 kg.
Two masses of 2 kg and 3 kg are suspended on either side of the 1kg
pulley as shown in figure. The acceleration of the 4 kg mass is ng/49. Find
1kg
n. 4kg
2kg 3kg
16. A smooth hemisphere, of mass M = 4kg and radius a = 2m,

is placed with its plane base on a smooth table. A rod, of Fixed
Vertical
mass m = 2kg is constrained to move in a vertical line with Guide
one end P on the curved Surface of the hemisphere. Find
m
the angular speed (in rad/s) of point P with respect to centre
O of the hemisphere when OP makes an angle  = 60 with
the vertical. Initially the rod was at the topmost point of the P
hemisphere.
θ
M
17. Pin P is attached to BC and slides freely in the slot of OA. B

Determine the rate of change d/dt (in rad/s) of the angle
 at the instant when h = 4 m,  = 600, and  = 300,
knowing that BC moves at a constant speed v 0 = 5 m/s. vo
A
P
h
θ
O
C
18. Two identical small balls A and B each of mass m u

connected by a light inextensible string of length
 = 67.5 cm are placed on a smooth horizontal A B
surface. With what minimum velocity u (in m/s) should
the ball B be projected vertically upwards so that the
ball A leaves the horizontal surface? (g = 10 m/s2)
SECTION – A
19. In hydrogen atom during de-excitation of electron from an excited state to ground state 15
spectral lines are emitted. Find the longest wavelength of U.V. region during de-excitation.
4
(A)
3RH
36
(B)
35RH
25
(C)
24RH
16
(D)
15RH
20. 0.167 gram of KBrO3 is reacted with excess of KI. And liberated I2 requires 75 ml of Na2S2O3.
What is normality of Na2S2O3 (where KBrO3 is converted in KBr) (at. wt. of Br is = 80)
(A) 0.08
(B) 0.16
(C) 1.8
(D) 0.2
21. N2 and H2 are 1 : 3 molar ratio, allowed to react to form NH3, at equilibrium 50% of N2 and H2 are
reacted. If the total pressure of the system was 21 atm. Find partial pressure of NH3 at
equilibrium.
(A) 5 atm
(B) 7 atm
(C) 9 atm
(D) 11 atm
22. An alkaline earth metal whose sulphate is soluble and whose oxide is inert on heating. It forms
insoluble hydroxide which is soluble in excess of NaOH. Find the metal
(A) Mg
(B) Ba
(C) Ca
(D) Be
23. Which of the following are correct?

(A) Number of wave made by an electron is two in an orbit where maximum magnetic
quantum number is 2.
(B) Number of electrons in Ne having their orbital angular momentum equal to zero are four.
(C) Energy of 3d subshell will be more than 3p in hydrogen atom.
(D) The number of degenerated orbitals will be 9 in a orbit of hydrogen atom where energy is
 RH 
proportional to   .
 9 
24. Hydrogen like species in ground state absorb n photons having same energy and during de-
excitation emits exactly n photons. Then the energy of absorb photon would be
(A) 40.8 eV
(B) 91.8 eV
(C) 163.2 eV
(D) 57.2 eV
25. Which of the following is/are true regarding H2 gas

(A) H2 is more rapidly adsorbed on to the surface than D2.
(B) H2 reacts with Cl2 13 times faster than D2 with Cl2.
(C) NaCl is more soluble in D2O than H2O.
(D) H2 can be obtained from water gas by oxidation of CO into CO2 which can be easily
removed by dissolving in H2O.
26. Which are true regarding H2O2?

(A) Decomposition of H2O2 can be catalysed by addition of MnO2.
(B) H2O2 can be prepared by adding TiO2 in dil. H2SO4.
(C) H2O2 can be prepared by adding H3PO4 in hydrated BaO2.
(D) H2O2 decomposes on standing and on heating this can be retarded by using acetanilide
or stannates.
27. Select the correct statement:

(A) F-Centre is responsible for imparting the colour to the crystal.
(B) Ionic compound having low co-ordination number shows Frenkel defect.
(C) Schottky defect is more common for crystal having high radius-ratio (cation to anion).
(D) Stoichiometry of crystal remains unaffected due to Schottky defect.
28. Select the CORRECT statements:

(A) Mixture of NaH2PO4 and Na2HPO4 act as a buffer solution.
(B) pH of a solution formed by mixing equimolar quantities of HCOOH and HCl will be less
than that of a solution formed from equimolar quantities of HCOOH and HCOONa.
(C) When Na3PO4(aq) is titrated with HCl(aq), the pH of solution at second equivalent point is
1
2

pK a1  pK a2 
(D) Phenolphthalein changes it’s colour from pink to colourless at first equivalence point of
titration of Na2CO3 with HCl.
29. Heating of lime stone given below



CaCO3  s  
 CaO  s   CO2 
Equilibrium will shift in forward direction.
(A) addition of He gas at constant pressure
(B) By increasing the temperature
(C) Decreasing the volume of the vessel
(D) Addition of CaO
30. Which of the following statements regarding alkali metal are correct?
(A) When alkali metal dissolve in liquid NH3, as conc. of NH3 increases paramagnetic
character decreases.
(B) Alkali metal in liquid NH3 shows very strong oxidizing character.
(C) Stability of superoxide of alkali metals increases with increase in size of metal cation.
(D) All alkali metal carbonates decomposes on heating and gives CO2 gas.
SECTION – C
31. A unit cell has one atom on each corner of cube and two atoms at one of it’s body diagonals if
-24 3 3
volume of unit cell is 5 × 10 cm and density of element is 15 gram/cm . The number of atom
24 23
present in 150 gram of element is x × 10 find x. (Avogadro number = 6 × 10 )
32. 

NH2COONH4  s  
 2NH3  g   CO2  g 
If at equilibrium some CO2 at 1 atm is added at constant volume, 25% of original NH3 and CO2,
solidified before equilibrium was re-established. Find total pressure at new equilibrium.
Red hot
33. Cu tube  C6H6
3C2H2 
Find the degree of association of ethyne if observed molecular mass of mixture is 39.
34. 

A  s  
 B  s   2C  g 
KP of above reaction is 9 atm 2, at 327oC
A 10 litre vessel contains 1 mole of B. How many moles of C would be added to drive backward
reaction to completion.
35. 50 ml of 0.1 M Na3PO4 was titrated with 50 ml of 0.2 M HCl. Find the pH of resulting mixture
where pK a1 ,pK a2 and pK a3 of H3PO4 are 5, 8, 13.
36. A single electron species having atomic number Z make a transition from 2 to 1. The emitted
photon is absorbed by excited electron of Li+2 in n1 orbit and further excited to n2. Find the value
2n1  3n2  6Z
of
10
SECTION – A
1
sin  ln x 
37. If  dx is equal to
0
ln x

(A)
4
11
(B)
14
 11
(C) 
4 14
22
(D) 
7
1 1
1
38. Number of continuous function(s) f: [0, 1]  R satisfying  f  x  dx   f 2  x2  dx is/are
0
3 0
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4
39. Let f, g : R  [1, ) are two differentiable function on the real line satisfying the differential
equation (f 2 + g2)f + (fg)g = 0, then
(A) f is bounded, but g not
(B) f is unbounded, but g is bounded
(C) both are unbounded
(D) both f and f·g are bounded
2 2
40. The area of the set of points (x, y) in the plane that satisfy that two inequalities x + y  2 and
4 3 3 4
x + x y  xy + y is
(A) 
2
(B)
3
19
(C)
21
(D) none of these
41. Let f(x) be a real polynomial of degree 4 whose graph has two real inflection points. There are
three regions bounded by the graph and the line passing through these inflection points, then
(A) Two of these regions have equal area
(B) Area of one of the region is equal to the sum of other two
(C) Area of one of the region is double the sum of areas of other two
(D) Area of one of the region is square of the sum of areas of other two
42. Let a curve passing through (1, 0) satisfies the differential equation
 2xe y  3y2  dy   3x 2  2ey   0 , then
dx
(A) x3 + 2xey + y3 = 3
3 2y 3
(B) x – 2xe + y = –1
5
(C) The slope of tangent to the curve at (1, 0) is 
2
(D) The curve intersects x-axis at only one point
43. Let f be a function having a continuous derivative on [0, 1] and with the property that 0 < f(x)  1.
2
1 
  f  x  dx 
 
Also, suppose that f(0) = 0, then 10 is always greater than or equal to
3
 f x  dx
 

0
2
(A)
3
1
(B)
2
1
(C)
3
(D) 1
44. Let S be the set of points in the Cartesian plane that satisfy |||x| – 2| – 1| + |||y| – 2| – 1| = 1, if a
model of S were built from wire of negligible thickness, then
(A) total length of wire required would be 64 2
(B) total length of wire required would be 32 2
(C) area enclosed by the wire is 50 sq. units
(D) area enclosed by the wire is 25 sq. units
45. Which of the following are CORRECT? (where [.] denotes the greatest integer function and {.}
fractional part of x)
–1
(A) Right hand derivative of f(x) = |sin x| cos cos x at non-differentiable point is 
(B) Left hand derivative of f(x) = [x] |sin x| at non-differentiable point is (1 – k), k  I
(C) Left hand derivative of f(x) = [x] sin2 x at non- differentiable point is (–1)k
1 3
(D) Right hand derivative of f(x) = |x – 1|{x} : x   ,  at non- differentiable point is 0
2 2
46. The function f is defined by y = f(x) where x = r(3 cos t + 2|cos t|)
and y = r(2 sin t + |sin t|) : t  [0, ], then
(A) f(x) is continuous on [–r, 5r]
(B) f(x) is discontinuous at one point on [–r, 5r]
(C) f(x) is differentiable  x  [–r, 5r]
(D) f(x) is not differentiation at 2 points on [–r, 5r]
x4  1
47.  x 6  1 dx is
1
(A) tan1 x  tan1  x 3   c
3
1  3x  3x 5 
(B) tan1  c
3  1  3x 2  3x 4  x 6 
1  2x  x 4 
(C) tan1  c
3  1  2x 5  3x 2 
1  x  x3  1 
(D) tan1  c
2  1  x 2  3x 5 
48. Let f: [0, 1]  R be a double differentiable function with f(0) = f(1) = 0, and f(x) + 2f(x) + f(x)  0
 x  (0, 1), then
(A) f(x)  0  x  [0, 1]
1
(B) if ex f(x) assumes its minimum value in [0, 1] at x  , then f(x) + f(x) < 0
2
 1 
 x   0, 
 2
(C) if g(x) = ex f(x), then number of real solution of the equation g(g(g(x))) = 0 is 2
(D) f(x) > 0  x  [0, 1]
SECTION – C
49. Number of real solution(s) of the equation 6x + 1 = 8x – 27x – 1 is equal to
3
 x2  x  1 2 3
50. Let A be the minimum value of the function f: R  R, f  x   6 3
, then A is
x  x 1 5 3
51. If the equation x4 + ax3 + 2x2 + bx + 1 = 0; (a, b  R) has a real solution, then minimum value of
2 2
a + b is
1 1 1
1   .....  7
52. lim 2 3 n is equal to
n  lnn
d2 y d2 x
53. Let y = f(x) be a one-one function satisfying the differential equation   0 and f(0) = 1,
dx 2 dy 2
f(1) = 2, then f(0) is
54. Number of continuously differentiable function f: R  R satisfying f(x) > 0 and

f(x) = f(f(x))  x  R is/are
FIITJEE
PART TEST – I
JEE (Advanced)-2020
PAPER – 1
TEST DATE: 10-11-2019

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A
Sol. mg(r  Rsin ) = MgR sin 

mr = (M + m)R sin
mr 1
sin   
(M  m)R 2
  = 30
2. B
Sol. (N1 + N2) cos 30 = mg cos  N2

N1 30
2 30
N1 + N2 = mgcos  …(i)
3
(N2  N1) cos 60 = mg sin  60
60
60
N2  N1 = 2 mg sin  …(ii) N1
Solving (i) and (ii), we get N3 θ
mg
N2  (cos   3 sin ) …(iii) N2
3
mg
N1  (cos   3 sin ) …(iv)
3
Also, N1 cos 60 = mg sin 
N1 = 2mg sin  …(v)
From (iv) and (v),
mg
2mgsin   (cos   3 sin )
3
2 3 sin   cos   3 sin 
 3 3 sin   cos 
 1 
  tan1  
3 3 
3. A
10
Sol. a1(max)  g( cos   sin )  m/s2 (where  = 0.5 and 0 = 0.33)
13
F  (m1 + m2) g(sin  + 0 cos ) = (m1 + m2) a1(max)
 F = 2000 N
4. B
Sol. velocity of point ‘A’ v A  v 2  2R2  v 2

Normal acceleration of point A, 2
R A 45
a A (n)  2Rcos 45  R cos 45  acos 45 C
a
 45
2R v2 a
45 45
a A(n)  
2 2R v2
 radius of curvature of trajectory of point ‘A’ relative to the R
ground is
(v )2 (v 2 )2
r A   2 2R
aA(n) v2
2R
5. A
Sol.  = 30
6. A, C
Sol. fs(max)  N  2 tan   W cos   2W sin 
Hmin  (2W sin  )2  (W sin  )2  3W sin 

Hmin = √3W sin ,  = 30°
7. A, C, D
Sol. The velocity parallel to the plane is unaltered by the impacts, so that the distance described
parallel to the plane will be zero at the end of a time t given by :
 gsin   t2
0  vt cos      
2
2v cos     
 t
gsin 
Also, since the elasticity is perfect, the velocity perpendicular to the plane is just reversed at each
impact. The time of flight for each trajectory is thus twice the time in which the velocity vsin (  )
2v sin     
is destroyed by g cos , and thus t =
gcos 
Clearly the particle will return to the point of projection if the first of these is some multiple, n, of
the second, i.e. if
2v cos      2v sin     
n
gsin  cos 
i.e. if cot  . cot (  ) is an integer.
8. C, D
m sin  2   
Sol. 
M sin 
9. C, D
Sol. F must be not less than


L k 2  a2  =2 N
2a  2k 2
a 2

Let F be the friction on each of the front wheel in the forward direction, and F 1 the friction
backward , on each of the hind wheel . Then :
d2  d2  d2 
Mk 2  L  2Fa ; Mk 2  2F1a and Ma  2F  2F1
dt 2 dt 2 dt 2
Solving we get, F=
  = 2N
L k 2  a2
2a  2k  a 2 2
L k  a  2 2
F must be not less than =2N

2a  2k  a  2 2
10. A, B, D
Sol. Using conservation of momentum along horizontal direction
mu sin 53 = mv1 sin 53 + Mv2
4 4
u  v1  4v 2
5 5
5v2  v1 = u …(i) v1 B 53
v 2 cos37  v1 A
 e 1 m u v2
u 37
0.8 v2 + v1 = u …(ii) M 53
5.8 v2 = 2u
2u
 v2   2 m/s
5.8
 v1 = 5v2  u = 5  2  5.8 = 4.2 m/s
 Ndt  m(v  u)  10 N  s
1
3 3
 Tdt   Ncos53dt  5  Ndt  5  10  6 N-s
11. A, C, D
Sol. Mg sin   T  f S = Ma …(i)

N T
MR2
f SR  TR = 
2 fS T

Ma a m
fs  T  …(ii) 2a
2 Mg sin  Mg cos 
T  mg = 2ma  = 30
2T  2mg = 4ma …(iii)
Adding (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
 3M 
Mgsin   2mg    4m  a
 2 
 
 Msin   2m  20 5
 a g   m/s2
 3M 16 4
 4m 
 2 
 T = m(g + 2a) = 1(10 + 5/2) = 12.5 N
Ma 8 5
 fS = T   12.5  
2 2 4
 f S = 17.5 N
12. A, B, C, D
Sol. Use the definition of moment of Inertia.
SECTION – C
13. 00005.00
Sol. Apply work energy theorem

k 2
 
mg  2 2  2  0 => k=5
2
14. 00005.00
Sol. Draw the F.B.D. of the sphere at the top.
15. 00009.00
Sol. Let f 1 be the acceleration upwards of the 4 kg and therefore of the 1 kg. pulley downwards. Let f 2
and f 3 be the accelerations of the 2 and 3 kg (both measured downwards). Let T, T1 be the
tensions of the upper and lower strings. Then
T – 4g = 4f1
2T1 –T + g=1.f1
2g - T1 = 2f 2
3g - T1 = 3f 3
f 2 + f 3 = 2f 1
9g
From the above equations => f1 
49
16. 00002.00
Sol. v1 cos  = v2 sin 

v1 = v2 tan  Fixed
Vertical
v1  v 2 3 (given  = 60) Guide
Now using conservation of energy m

1 1 v1
mga(1  cos )  mv12  Mv 22
2 2 P
 2ga  2v12  4v 22 θ
40  6v 22  4v 22 v2 M
 10v 22  40 O
 v2 = 2 m/s
 v1  2 3 m/s
v1 sin   v 2 cos 
  2 rad/s
a
17. 00002.50
Sol. v0 = h sin 
v0 2v0
= =  2.50 rad/s
hsin h
18. 00004.50
Sol. When the ball A leaves the horizontal surface B

v
T = mg ….(i)
m(2v)2 T + mg
T + mg =

2
4mv
2mg 

g
v …(ii) T
2
Now, using Conservation of Energy A v
1 1
mu2  2  mv 2  mg
2 2
2 2 mg
u = 2v + 2g
u2 = g + 2g
 umin  3g  3  10  0.675  4.50 m/s
SECTION – A
19. A
1 1 1 3
Sol. = RH  2 - 2  = RH  
λ 1 2  4
20. A
Sol. BrO3  I  I2  Br 

I2  S 2O32  I  S 4 O62
Meq. of KBrO3 = Meq. of Na2S2O3
0.167  1000
 75  N  1
167
6
6 = 75 N
6 2
N   0.08
75 25
21. B
Sol. 
 3H2  
N2  2NH3
t0 1 3 0
tt 1  0.5 3  1.5 2  0.5
1
PNH3   21  7 atm
3
22. D
Sol. Be  OH 2  NaOH 
 NaBeO2
23. B, D
Sol. (A) m = 2,   2 , n = 3
2 2 6
(B) Ne = 1s 2s 2p
(C) 3d = 3p
1
(D) E
n2
n=3
Third shell in hydrogen atom 3s = 3p = 3d
Ans. 9 orbitals.
24. A, B, C
Sol. It means electron would move into first excited state.

1 1
E2 - E1 =13.6Z2  2 - 2  =10.2Z2
1 2 
Z may be 1, 2, 3……..
25. A, B, D
26. A, C, D
27. A, B, C, D
28. A, B, C, D
29. A, B
30. A, C
SECTION – C
31. 00006.00
Sol. Number of atoms in unit cell = 1 + 2 = 3

3  at.wt.
15 = density =
5  1024  6  1023
At. Wt. = 5  5  6  101
= 15
15 gram has 6  1023 atoms
150
150 gram '' ''   6  1023
15
 60  1023
= 6 × 1024
x=6
32. 00003.19
Sol. 

 2NH3  g   CO 2  g 
2P P
3
K p  4P


 2NH3  g  CO2  g 
2P  0.5P P  1  0.25 P
1.5P 0.75P  1
2 3
KP  1.5P   0.75P  1  4P
2.25  0.75P  1  4P
93 
 P  1  4P
44 
27P  36
 4P
16
27P  36  64P
36
36  37P, P
37
PT  1.5P  0.75P  1
 2.25P  1
36
 2.25   1  3.19
37
33. 00000.50
1
Sol. M
x
3C2H2  C6H6
1 0

1 
3
M1 n2

M2 n1
26 2
 1
39 3
2 1 1
 
3 3 2
34. 00002.60
Sol. 

A  s  
 B  s   2C  g 
2
K P  9  PC 
PC  3


A  s  
 B  s   2C  g
1 a mol
a  1 2
PV = nRT
3  10   a  2  0.0821  600
3  10 1
 a  2  
0.0821 600 0.0821 20
a = 2.60
35. 00006.50
58
Sol. pH   6.5
2
PO 43  H  HPO 42


5 mm 10 mm 0
0 5mm 5 mm
2 
HPO 4  H  H2PO 4
5 mm 5 mm 0
0 0 5 mm
1 1
H2PO4 is a amphoteric ion whose, pH =
2
 2

pK a1  pK a2 =  5  8   6.5
36. 00003.00
1 1 1 1
Sol. 13.6Z 2  2  2   13.6  3 2  2  2 
1 2   n1 n2 
3 1 1
Z2   9  2  2 
4  n1 n2 
Z2 1 1
 2 2
12 n1 n2
Z = 1, n1 = 3, n2 = 6
2n1  3n2  6Z
Hence  =3
10
SECTION – A
37. A
1
sin  ln x t 
Sol. Let I  t    dx
0
ln x
1 1
ln x
I  t    cos  t ln x  dx =  Re  eit ln x  dx
0
ln x 0
 1  it  1
I  t   Re  2 

 1 t  1 t2
1

 I  t  dt  4
0
38. A
  f  x   2xf  x   x  dx  0
2 2 2
Sol.
0
1 2
 f  x   x 
2
 dx  0
0
So, f(x2) = x
i.e., f  x   x
39. D
Sol. (f 3 + g2)f + f 2gg = 0

1 1 
  f 4  f 2 g2   0
4 2 
 f 4 + 2f 2g2 = c
40. A
4 4 3 3
Sol. y + xy – x – x y  0
3 3
(y + x)(y – x )  0
Thus the two curves partition the circle x 2 + y2  2 into 4 regions of equal area and the inequality
is satisfied by the two regions the cover the y-axis. So, the area of the set is half the area of the
circle.
41. A, B
Sol. By scaling and translating, we may assume that the two inflection points are located at x = –1 and
x=1
So, f(x) = (x 4 – 6x2 + 5) + bx + c where 2b = f(1) – f(–1); 2c = f(1) + f(–1) the line passing through
inflection points is g(x) = bx + c
So, other intersection points =  5
1 5 1
16 32
 x 4  6x 2  5  dx    x  6x  5  dx  and   x  6x  5  dx 
4 2 4 2
So, 
 5 1
5 1
5
42. A, B, C, D
Sol. Let M = 3x2 + 2ey, N = 2xey + 3y2 solution of the differential equation is
  3x  2e x  dx    3y 2  dy  c
2
3 y 3
 x + 2xe + y = c
43. A, B, C, D
2
t  t
3
Sol. Let F  t     f  x  dx     f  x   dx  t  [0, 1]
 0  0
 t 
F  t   f  t  2 f  x  dx  f 2  t  
 0 
t
Let G  t   2 f  x  dx  f 2  t 
0
G  t   2f  t  1  f   t  
So, F(t)  0  t  [0, 1]
So, if 1  t  0
F(1)  F(t)  F(0)
2
1  1
3
  f  x  dx     f  x   dx  0
 0  0
If f(x) = x, x  [0, 1], then equality holds and in many more such example
44. A, C
Sol. Draw the graph in first quadrant y

4
3
2
1
x
0 1 2 3 4
45. A, B, D
–1
Sol. f(x) = |sin x| cos (cos x)
Points of non-differentiability x = (2n + 1)
LHD = –, RHD = 2
f(x) = [x]|sin x|. Points of non-differentiability x = integers
LHD = (1 – k), RHD = k
f(x) = [x]sin2(x) differentiable  x  R
f(x) = |x – 1|{x} : points of non-differentiability x = 1
46. A, D
Sol. Clearly f(x) is continuous on [r, 5r] and not differentiable at x = –r, 5r
Because there is vertical tangent at x = –r, 5r
47. A, B
x4  1 x4  x2  1 x2
Sol.  x6  1 dx   x6  1 dx   x 6  1 dx
 x 4  x2  1 x2
=  dx    3 2 dx
 x2  1 x 4  x 2  1 x 1
1
= tan1 x  tan1 x 3
3
1  3x  3x 5 
= tan1  2 4 6 
c
3  1  3x  3x  x 
48. A, B, C
Sol. (f(x)ex)  0
So, f(x) ex is convex
So, f(x) ex  max [f(0), f(1)] = 0 O 1
 f(x)  0  x  [0, 1]
SECTION – C
49. 00002.00
Sol. Let a = 2x, b = –3x – 1 and c = –1

So, 2x = 3x – 1
 3x – 1 – 2x – 1 = 2x – 1 – 1
Let f(t) = tx – 1
So, f(t1) = f(t2) from LMVT on (1, 2) and (2, 3) and t1  (1, 2), t2  (2, 3)
 x  1 t1x 2   x  1 t x22
Clearly, there are only 2 solutions x = 1 and x = 2
50. 00000.20
3
 1 
 x   1
Sol. f  x   x 
1
x3  3  1
x
1
Let x   t
x
6t  3t 2
gt   1 3
t  3t  1
After g(t), we get CP: t  1, 1, 1  3
3
So, g 1  3  
2 3
51. 00008.00
2 2
 a   b  1
Sol. f  x    x 2  x    1  x   8  a2  b2  x2  0  x  R
 2   2  4
2 2
f(x) is strictly positive unless a + b  8
52. 00007.00
n7
1 1 1 dx 1 1 1
Sol. 1    .....  7      .....  7
2 3 n 1
x 2 3 n
1 1 1
ln7  1  1    .....  3  lnn7
2 3 n
1 1 1
1    .....  7
So, lim 2 3 n 7
n  lnn
53. 00001.00
dx 1
Sol.  
dy dy
dx
2
d x d  1  d  1  dx 1 d2 y dx 1 d2 y
       = 2
 2
 = 3
 2
dy 2 dy  dy  dx  dy  dy  dy  dx dy  dy  dx
 dx   dx     
 dx   dx 
2
d y 1 
From the given is 2 
1 0
dx   dy 3 
   
  dx  
2
d y dy
 2
 0 or  1  y = ax + b : a  0
dx dx
54. 00000.00
Sol. Assume that such a function exists

 f(x) = f(f(x)) > 0
f
f(x) = f(f(x)) > f(0)  x  R
0 0
 f   x  dx   f 0  dx ; x < 0
x x
 f(x) < (x + 1)f(0)
Clearly for x  –1, f(x)  0
Contradicting the hypothesis that f(x) > 0  x
No such function exist
FIITJEE
PART TEST – I
JEE (Advanced)-2020
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 10-11-2019


Full Marks : +4 If only (all) the four option(s) is (are) chosen.
Partial Marks : +2 If three or more options are correct but ONLY two options are chosen and
both of which are correct options.
correct option.
Section-A (09 – 12, 27 – 30, 45 – 48) contains 6 List-Match sets with 12 questions (each set has 2
questions). Each question has 4 statements in LIST-I & 5 or 6 statements in LIST-II. The codes for
Lists have choices (A), (B), (C), (D) out of which only one is correct.
for wrong answer.
2. Section-C (13 – 18, 31 – 36, 49 – 54) contains 18 Numerical answer type questions with answer
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1 A force F(x, y, z) = Fx î  Fy ˆj  Fz kˆ is conservative if, and only if, the following relations are
satisfied:
Fx Fy
(A) 
y x
Fy Fz
(B) 
z y
Fz Fx
(C) 
x z
(D) Work done by the force on any closed path is zero.
2. The two endpoints of an 8 m long weightless thread are fixed at the same height at a distance of
4 m. An object of mass 10 kg is hung onto the thread and can move without friction. A horizontal
force of magnitude F is exerted on the object to keep it at rest on the thread exactly below one of
the endpoints of the thread? If F is removed, the object has an initial acceleration ‘a’ and
eventually acquires a maximum speed v max.
(A) F = 50N
(B) a = 4m/s2
(C) v max  20 2 3  3   m/s
(D) The radius of curvature of path traced by the particle after removal of F will first decrease
and then increase.
3. Three balls of mass m1, m2 and m3 can slide without friction along a horizontal rod. (There are
holes in the balls.) At a certain moment the middle ball is given an initial speed of v0 = 5 m/s
towards the right. If all collisions are totally elastic pick the correct statement/s .
v0
m1 m2 m3
(A) For any value of m 1, m2 and m3 there can be at most 2 collisions.

(B) If m1 = 4m, m2 = m and m3 = 3m then for any value of v0 there will be 2 collisions.
(C) If m1 = 4m, m2 = m and m3 = 3m then the final speed of m 3 will be 2.5 m/s.
(D) If m1 = 4m, m2 = m and m3 = 3m then the final speed of m 2 will be 1.5 m/s.
4. The rotation of rod OA about O is defined by the relation

 
   4t 2  8t , where  and t are expressed in radians and
r
seconds, respectively. Collar B slides along the rod so that its
distance from O is r = 10 + 6 sint , where r and t are expressed in

metres and seconds, respectively. When t = 1 s, O
(A) The speed of the collar in radial direction is 6 m/s.
(B) The speed of the collar in tangential direction is 80 m/s

(C) The speed of the collar in radial direction is zero.
(D) The speed of the collar in tangential direction is zero.
5. A perfectly rough cylindrical grindstone, of radius a = 1m, is rotating with

a uniform angular acceleration about its axis, which is horizontal. If a
sphere in contact with its edge can remain with its centre at rest, The

angular acceleration of the grindstone ( in rad/s2) can be
2
(take g = 10m/s ) (There is no slipping between the sphere and the a
cylindrical grindstone) b
(A) 15
(B) 20
(C) 25
(D) 30
6. A train is travelling at a speed of v 0. Then it decelerates uniformly during a time of t to finally stop.
In one of the wagons there is a small object on the floor. The wagon long enough, so that the
object does not collide with any of the walls of the wagon.  is the distance covered by the object
on the floor (with respect to train) ,  is the coefficient of friction between the floor of the wagon
and the object.
v
(A) If 0  g,   0
t
v0 v2 gt 2
(B) If  g,   0 
t 4 g 4
v0
(C) If  g,   0
t
v0 v2 v t
(D) If  g,   0  0
t 2g 2
7. A particle is projected from a given point with a given velocity v = 10 m/s and after hitting a
smooth vertical wall returns to the point from which it started. The distance of the initial point from
the wall can be: (Take g = 10m/s2) :
(A) 3m
(B) 4m
(C) 4.5 m
(D) 6m
8. A long thin uniform rod lies flat on the table as shown. One end of the
rod is slowly pulled up by a force that remains perpendicular to the rod
at all times. The rod is to be brought to the vertical position without any
slipping of the bottom end? The coefficient of static friction between rod
and ground can be:
(A) 0.2
(B) 0.3
(C) 0.4
(D) 0.5

This section contains TWO (02) List-Match Sets. Each List-Match set has TWO(02) Multiple Choice
Questions. Each List-Match set has two lists: List-I and List-II. List-I has Four entries (I), (II), (III) and
(IV) and List-II has Six entries (P), (Q), (R), (S), (T) and (U). FOUR options are given in each Multiple
Choice Question based On List-I and List-II and ONLY ONE of these four options satisfies the condition
asked in the Multiple Choice Question.
Answer the following by appropriately matching the list based on the information given in the
paragraph.
A mass of 1 kg is supported by a cord 5 m long fastened to a (25/3) m

massless ring free to move on a horizontal rod , as shown in
Figure. The coefficient of static friction between the ring and the
rod is 0.75. A second cord is fastened to the weight and passes θ
over a pulley fastened to the rod (25/3) m to the left of the ring. 5m
Block A of mass m is attached to the other end of this cord.
A m
List-I List-II
(I) Tension in the sting connected to block A in (P) 6
Newton .
(II) Tension in the 5m cord in Newton. (Q) 8
(III) The value of  is /k radians , what can be (R) 2
the possible value/s of k.
(IV) Acceleration of block A(in m/s2). (S) 0
(T) 4
(U) 12
9. If mass m is such that the ring just begins to slip. The correct match will be,
Options
(A) I  P, II  Q, III  R, IV  S
(B) I  Q, II  P, III  T, IV  S
(C) I  T, II  Q, III  R, IV  S
(D) I  U, II  Q, III  R, IV  S
10. The value of m was initially chosen so that the ring just began to slide. Now , the ring is welded to
the rod and mass of block A is increased to 5m , holding the 1kg mass . Immediately after the
system is realeased then the correct match will be,
Options
(A) I  P, II  Q, III  R, IV  T
(B) I  Q, II  P, III  T, IV  U
(C) I  T, II  U, III  R, IV  Q
(D) I  U, II  Q, III  R, IV  P
Answer the following by appropriately matching the list based on the information given in the
paragraph.
A solid body of mass m and radius ‘R’ is placed on a rough F

horizontal surface. When a horizontal force ‘F’ is applied to the h a
body at a height ‘h’ above the centre level, the body starts rolling 
without slipping on the horizontal surface as shown.
List –I gives the four different shapes of the given solid body and corresponding values of F and h
while List –II gives the magnitude of some quantities.
List-I List-II
R
(I) For a ring, F = 2mg, h  (P) 1
2
3R 1
(II) For a disc, F = mg, h  (Q)
4 3
5mg R 7
(III) For a hollow sphere, F  , h (R)
8 3 9
mg 3R 8
(IV) For a solid sphere, F  , h (S)
2 5 21
1
(T)
4
1
(U)
7
11. If acceleration of the ring is ‘a0’ then the acceleration of the different shapes of the body in a0 units
will be
Options
(A) I  P, II  R, III  Q, IV  S
(B) I  Q, II  P, III  S, IV  U
(C) I  P, II  T, III  R, IV  S
(D) I  T, II  Q, III  R, IV  U
12. If frictional force acting on the ring is ‘f 0’ then the frictional force acting on the different shapes of
the body in ‘f 0’ units will be
Options
(A) I  P, II  Q, III  R, IV  S
(B) I  Q, II  P, III  S, IV  U
(C) I  P, II  Q, III  T, IV  U
(D) I  T, II  Q, III  R, IV  U
SECTION – C
13. A mass of m = 1kg moves initially with a velocity of v0  10 15 m/s. A constant power P = 1000
Watt is applied so as to increase its velocity. Find the time (in sec) that elapses before the
acceleration is reduced to half of its original value.
14. A plank, of mass M = 1kg and length  = 7.2 m, is initially at rest

along a line of greatest slope of a smooth plane inclined at an angle
 = 30 to the horizontal, and a man, of mass M0 = 1kg, starting from
the upper end walks down the plank so that it does not move. Find
the time(in seconds) in which he gets to the other end of the plank .

15. A rod of length  = 2m is maintained to rotate with a constant

angular velocity  = 1 rad/s about a vertical axis passing through S
one end (fig). There is a spring of spring constant k = 1 N/m which
just encloses rod inside it in natural length. One end of the spring
is attached to axis of rotation. S is a sleeve of mass m = 0.4kg
which can just fit on the rod. All surfaces are smooth. With what
minimum kinetic energy (in J) sleeve should be projected so that it
enters on the rod without impulse and completely compresses the
spring.
16. A wedge of mass M = 10 kg and inclination  = 30 is free to m

move on a smooth horizontal plane. A uniform solid cylinder
of mass m = 20 kg is placed on the rough inclined face of the
2
wedge. Find the acceleration (in m/s ) of the centre of the M
cylinder relative to the wedge down the face. There is no

slipping between the cylinder and the wedge.
17. Rope is coiled round a drum of radius a = 1.5 m. Two wheels each of radius b = 2 m are fitted to
the ends of the drum, and the wheels and drum form a rigid body having a common axis. The
system stands on the rough horizontal surface and a free end of the rope, after passing under the
drum, is inclined at an angle of 60o to the horizontal. If a force P = 10 N be applied to the rope,
find the magnitude of acceleration (in m/s2) of centre of drum. Where mass of the system is 0.25
kg and its radius of gyration about the axis is k = 2 m.
P
0
60
a
Front view b
Side view
18. At what speed (in m/s) must a pebble be thrown from a height of h = 3.6m, and at an angle of 30o,
measured from the horizontal, if it is to hit the ground at an angle of 45o. (Air drag can be
neglected.) (Take g = 10 m/s2)
SECTION – A
19. Which is/are correct regarding alkali metals:

(A) Conductivities of alkali metal chloride in aqueous solution follows order
LiCl < NaCl < KCl < RbCl
(B) All alkali metal dissolved in liquid NH3 their solubility follows order Li < Na < K
(C) In the electrolysis of NaCl (aq) during formation of NaOH. Cl2 (g) at cathode and H2 (g) at
anode are liberated
(D) Negative value of Hof (standard enthalpy of formation) LiF > NaF > KF > RbF > CsF
20. Correct statement are


(A) In ICl4  molecular ion, Cl  I  Cl bond angle is 90o.
(B) Bond dissociation energy follows order
H – H > Cl – Cl > Br – Br
(C) Extent of overlap follows order
p–p>p–s>s–s
(D) When ether is added to the mixture of LiCl, NaCl, KCl, it is KCl which will be extracted to
the ether solution.
21. Which of the following is/are true?

(A) Titration of H3BO3 with NaOH require cis-polyhydroxy alcohol to move the reaction in
forward direction.
(B) Aqueous solution of Borax will act as buffer solution.
(C) Elemental B can be obtained by reducing the B2O3 with carbon.
(D) (BN)x is obtained when NH4Cl and Na2B4O7 is reacted at red hot temperature.
22. Select the correct statement(s):

(A) 4r 2 2 vs r plotted for a H-orbital curve contains 3 maxima and 2 angular node then
orbital will be 5d.
(B) There will be 13 electrons in Cu atom having magnetic quantum number is equal to zero.
th
(C) There will be minimum four atoms of hydrogen atom require during de-excitation from 4
st
shell to 1 shell to cover all distinct spectral line.
(D) The value of  n    m  of last electron in Mg atom is 5.
23. 

N2 O4 
 2NO2
In above equilibrium mixture of N2O4 and NO2 at 425 K, contains N2O4 at 4 atm and NO2 at 8 atm.
Now volume of vessel becomes double at the same temperature.
(A) New pressure of N2O4 is 1.53 atm
(B) New pressure NO2 is 4.945 atm
(C) Mole percentage of N2O4 is 23.63%
(D) New pressure of NO2 is 7.26 atm

(A) Diamond is a covalent solid and co-ordination number of each carbon atom is 4.
(B) The CCP and HCP structure of a given element would have same co-ordination number
and same packing fraction.
(C) On decreasing the pressure, coordination number of CsCl decreases to that of NaCl.
+2 
(D) In fluorite structure of CaF2, Ca ion occupy tetrahedral void and F ion at CCP point.
25. Which among the following statements are not correct?

(A) CaC2 and Mg2C3 on hydrolysis gives alkyne.
(B) Be2C and Al4C3 on hydrolysis gives alkene.
(C) Linear silicones are formed by hydrolysis of monoalkyl chloro silane.
(D) In pyrosilicate two oxygen atoms is shared between two  SiO4- 
4  unit.
26. Which of the following are not true?

(A) A mixture of 2 mole of CH3COONa and 1 mol of HCl will act as buffer solution.
M
(B) 200 ml of solution of H3PO2 is completely neutralized by 100 ml of 1M Ca(OH)2
3
solution.
(C) pH of 0.5 M NaH2PO2 solution is 7.45 where pKa of H3PO2 is 1.2.
(D) NaH2PO2 is a amphoteric salt.
Match the following List-I with List-II:

LIST–I LIST–II
(I) NaCl type (AB) (P) Co-ordination number 6 : 6
(II) Antifluorite – (A2B) (Q) Co-ordination number 4 : 8
(III) Fluorite (AB2) (R) Co-ordination number 8 : 4
(IV) Diamond (S) Effective atom/ions in unit cell 8
(T) Effective atom/ions in unit cell 4
(U) Packing fraction 34%
27. Which of the following options has the correct combination considering List-I and List-II?
Options
(A) (IV), (S)
(B) (III), (Q)
(C) (II), (R)
(D) (I), (T)

LIST–I LIST–II
(I) NaCl type (AB) (P) Co-ordination 6 : 6
(II) Antifluorite – (A2B) (Q) Co-ordination 4 : 8
(III) Fluorite (AB2) (R) Co-ordination 8 : 4
(IV) Diamond (S) Effective atom/ions in unit cell 8
(T) Effective atom/ions in unit cell 4
(U) Packing fraction 34%
Options
(A) (II), (S)
(B) (I), (S)
(C) (IV), (Q)
(D) (III), (P)

LIST–I LIST–II
(I) KO2 (P) Paramagnetic
(II) K2O2 (Q) Diamagnetic
(III) K2O (R) Aqueous alkaline solution
(IV) KO3 (S) CO2 absorber and O2 releaser
(T) Coloured
(U) Used as breathing mask in submarine
Options
(A) (I), (Q)
(B) (II), (P)
(C) (I), (U)
(D) (IV), (S)

LIST–I LIST–II
(I) KO2 (P) Paramagnetic
(II) K2O2 (Q) Diamagnetic
(III) K2O (R) Aqueous alkaline solution
(IV) KO3 (S) CO2 absorber and O2 releaser
(T) Coloured
(U) Used as breathing mask in submarine
Options
(A) (IV), (Q)
(B) (I), (T)
(C) (III), (S)
(D) (III), (P)
SECTION – C
31. Balance the chemical reaction given below:

xMn NO3 2  yKOH  S  K 2MnO4  K 2SO 4  NO  zH2O
xyz
Find
10
32. An inorganic mixture containing 0.5 mole of PCl3 and 0.5 mol of PCl5 was dissolved in excess of
water. Find the number of moles of NaOH required to neutralized this solution.
33. RH2 (ion exchange resin) can replace Ca+2 in water. If 1 litre of water is passed in ion exchange
resin and pH of solution found to be 5.
+2
Find hardness of water in ppm scale in term of Ca .
34. One millimole of CO2 is absorbed in 200 ml of 0.1 M NaOH. If the resulting solution is titrated with
HCl using phenolphthalein as indicator, find millimole of HCl required when indicator changes it’s
colour.
35. For the reaction



A  g  
 B  g  C  g
Average vapour density of mixture is 83.33. If molar mass of A, B and C are 100, 60 and 40 g.
Find the number of moles of B formed at equilibrium starting with one mole of A.
M
36. 49 gram of a sample of oleum containing 20% free SO3 was neutralized by NaOH . The
10
volume of NaOH in litre require for neutralization is
SECTION – A
1 1
1 x2 2
37. Let f be a continuous function on [0, 1] such that  f  t  dt  2
 x  [0, 1], then f  t  dt is
x 0
always greater than or equal to
1
(A)
3
1
(B)
4
4
(C)
19
3
(D)
10
1 nk k
  f  x   dx  n
1/k
38. The number of function(s) f: [0, 1]  R such that  k  {1, 2, 3, ....., n – 1},
0
where n is an odd integer greater than 1, is
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 5
(D) 7
39. Let f: R  R be a thrice differentiable function such that f(x), f(x), f(x) and f(x) are positive
 x  R. Moreover, f(x) < f(x)  x  R, then
(A) f(x) < 2f(x)  x  R
1
 3 3
(B) f  x     f  x  x  R
2
5
(C) f  x   f x   x  R
2
(D) f(x) < 3f(x)  x  R
40. If y(x) be the solution of the differential equation y·y = 2x(y)2 given y(0) = –4, y(0) = 1, then
(A) y(1) = e4
8/3
(B) y(2) = e
(C) y(x)  (0, ) – {e2}
(D) y(x)  (0, ) – {e3}
41. Let f: [0, 1]  R be continuously differentiable function and

1
f  0   f 1
  f  x  dx   max f   x  , then  can be
2 0
x  0, 1
1
(A)
4
1
(B)
2
3
(C)
10
(D) 1
ex  ex 2
42. If  ecx  x  R, then c can be
2
1
(A)
2
1
(B)
2
1
(C)
e
(D) 1
43. Which of the following are INCORRECT?

 
(A) f(x) = {sin x} cos x (cos–1 cos x)3 is not differentiable at 2n,  2n   and (2n + 1),
 2
n  Z (where {.} represents fractional part function)
(B) f(x) = |(x – 1)(x – 2)(x – 3)||sin x| is not differentiable at 3 points in x  [0, 4]
(C) f(x) = ||x – 2| – |x – 8|| – 3|x – 5|3 + 8x + 1 + cos(|x – 8|) not differentiable at 3 points
(D) f(x) = (x2 – 3x + 2)3/5 sin(x2 – 2x) is not differentiable at x = 1
a
44. Let f: [0, 1]  R be a continuous function, differentiable on (0, 1) such that  f  x  dx  0 for some
0
a  (0, 1), then
a
1 a
(A)  f  x  dx  max f   x 
2 0  x 1
0
1
1 a
(B)  f  x  dx  max f   x 
2 0 x 1
0
1
1 a
(C)  f  x  dx  max f   x  for some function f(x)
2 0 x 1
0
(D) none of the other options is correct
 x 4n  1
MM-I. Let f1  x   lim  x  1 4n ;
n   x  1
 2x  1 
f2  x   x cos2    ; (where {.} denotes fractional part function x);
 2 
 x 2  x 3 ; x is irrational
f3  x    ;
 0 ; x is rational
0 ; x is irrational

f4  x    1 m
 n ; x is rational number of the form x  n in lowest terms with m, n  0
LIST–I LIST–II
(I) f 1(x) is discontinuous at (P) –1
(II) f 2(x) is discontinuous at (Q) 0
(III) f 3(x) is discontinuous at (R) 1
(IV) f 4(x) is discontinuous at (S) 2
(T) 2
(U) 3
45. Which of the following is the only INCORRECT combination?

(A) (I), (P)
(B) (IV), (S)
(C) (IV), (R)
(D) (IV), (T)
46. Which of the following is the only CORRECT combination?

(A) (II), (P)
(B) (III), (T)
(C) (III), (Q)
(D) (IV), (U)
MM-II. List-I represents equations and List-II represents number of positive real roots of the
corresponding equations
LIST–I LIST–II
(I) (x3 – x + 1)3 – x3 + x = 0 (P) 0
(II) x6 – x4 + 2x3 – x2 + 1 = 0 (Q) 1
3
1 1 1
(III)    x5  0 (R) 2
x 1 x  2 x  3
(IV) x4 – 2x = 0 (S) 3
(T) 4
(U) 5

(A) (I), (P)
(B) (I), (T)
(C) (III), (T)
(D) (III), (R)

(A) (IV), (R)
(B) (IV), (Q)
(C) (II), (Q)
(D) (II), (R)
SECTION – C
49. Let f(x) be a differentiable function with a continuous derivative  x  R. If f(1) = 2 and f(2) = 5
and f(x) takes only rational values, then f(3) + f(0) is equal to
50. If f(x) is a function with a continuous third derivative on [0, 2] such that
f(0) = f(0) = f(0) = f(2) = f(2) = 0 and f(2) = 2, then minimum number of value(s) of c  [0, 2]
such that f(c)  6 is
51. Let f: (0, )  R be a twice differentiable function such that |f(x) + 2xf(x) + (x2 + 1)f(x)|  2
 x  R and lim  xf  x   f   x    5 , then lim f  x  is equal to
x  x 
 1
52. Let f: R  R be a continuous function  x  R such that f  x   f  x 2   and f(0) = 0, then
 4
 1
f    is equal to
 4
53. Let f(x) be a three times differentiable function (defined on R) such that f(x) has at least five
distinct real zeroes, then number of distinct real zeroes of f(x) + 6f(x) + 12f(x) + 8f(x) is/are
k
n 1
 k  n2
54. lim   2  is equal to
k 1  n 
n 
FIITJEE
PART TEST – I
JEE (Advanced)-2020
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 10-11-2019

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A, B, C, D
Sol. By definition
2. A, C
Sol. To find F draw the F.B.D. of the mass. Then apply work energy theorem to get maximum speed.
3. B, C, D
Sol. The number of collisions will be dependent on the masses of the three objects. If m1 = 4m,
m2 = m and m3 = 3m then m1 finally moves to left with 1 m/s, m2 with speed 1.5 m/s and m3 to
right side with speed 2.5 m/s.
4. A, D
Sol. Write the co-ordinates of the collar and differentiate w.r.t. time to get velocity of collar.
5. A, B, C
Sol. Let the line joining the centres of sphere and grindstone be inclined at  to the vertical, and let R,
F be the normal reaction and friction. The sphere remains at rest if:
R = Mg cos  and F=Mg sin 
AITS-PT-I (Paper-2)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/20 2
2Mb2 d2  bd2  5gsin 

Also : 2
 Fb  Mgb sin   
5 dt dt 2 2
5gsin 
and bd2/dt2 = acceleration of point of contact = a, therefore   , so that  must not
2a
exceed 5g/2a.
6. A, D
v0
Sol. If a   g , then the distance covered by the object relative to train
t
1 (a  g)2 t 2
 (a  g)t 2 
2 2g
v0t 1 (v  gt)2
=  gt 2  0
2 2 2g
v 20 v t
  0
2g 2
v 20 v t
If the wagon long enough, distance moved by the small body relative to train is  =  0
2g 2
7. A, B, C
Sol. Let  be the inclination of the direction of projection to the horizontal, and x the distance from the
wall to the point of projection, so that the time to the wall = x/vcos. After the impact the horizontal
velocity is evcos, so that the particle will be vertically over the starting point again in time
x/evcos from the impact .(e is the coefficient of restitution)
The vertical velocity is unaltered by the impact, so that the particle will be on the same vertical
level as the point of projection in time 2Vsin/g .
The particle will therefore return to the point of projection if
2v sin  x x
 
g v cos  ev cos 
 e  v 2 sin2
 x 
 1 e  g
v2e
Now the greatest value of sin 2 is unity, so that the greatest value of x is , where e is
g  e  1
the coefficient of restitution. Since 0  e  1  x  5
8. C, D
Sol. Since the rod is raised slowly (quasi-statically), the entire F cos 
F
system remains in equilibrium at any moment of time. Thus,
the torque about the point of rotation of the rod is zero about F sin 
any axis, and the net external forces are 0.
mg cos  mgcos 
  F  0F N
2 2 
N = mg – F cos , fs = F sin   mg
fs

3 AITS-PT-I (Paper-2)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/20
The F sin  force causes the rod’s bottom end to slip in one direction. The friction force counters
this force to stop the slipping, fs  sN
sN  F sin . Hence,
F sin  sin  cos 
s  
mg  Fcos  2  cos 2 
Maximum of µs can be found by setting its derivative with respect to theta equal to zero:
d  2  cos   2cos   1  2cos  1  cos  
2 2 2 2
1 2
 2
 0 This gives sin   and min 
d  2  cos  
2
3 4
9. A
Sol. T2 T2 cos 2 N
T1 cos 1
T2 sin 2 T1 sin 1 T1 sin 1 N

10m T1 cos 1
10
F.B.D. of m F.B.D of ring
F.B.D. of 1 kg
For ring 25/3
N = T1 cos 1 P R
3
N  T1 sin 1
4
tan 1 = 3/4  1 = 37
from geometry of triangle 2 = 53 53 37 5
  = 90
A
For 1 kg block For m
T1 sin 1 = T2 sin 2  3T1 = 4T2 T2 = 10 m = 6
T2 cos 2 + T1 cos 1 = 10 6
m kg = 0.6 kg
 T2 = 6 N, T1 = 8 N 10
10. D
Sol. For 1 kg block For Block A

T1 = 8 N 5mg  T2 = 5ma
T2  6 = a ….(i) 30  T2 = 3a …(ii)
2
a = 6 m/s
 T2 = 6 + a = 6 + 6 = 12 N
11. A
12. C
Sol. (for Q.11-12) F
 ICM  h a
If h > h0  where h0   
 mR 
fS
F + f S = ma …(i)
Fh  fSR = ICM
Fh I a
 fs  cm2 …(ii)
R R
From (i) and (ii)
 h  I 
F  1    ma  1  CM2 
 R  mR 
 h
F 1  
 R 
a
 ICM 
m 1  2 
 mR 
f S = ma  F
If h < h0 F
F  f S = ma …(i) h a
Fh + f SR = ICM 
Fh I a fS
 fs  cm2 …(ii)
R R
From (i) and (ii)
 h  I 
F  1    ma  1  CM2 
 R  mR 
 h
F 1  
 R 
a
 ICM 
m 1  2 
 mR 
f S = F  ma
For a ring,
F = 2mg, h = R/2
3g mg
a0  , f0  fS  F  ma 
2 2
3g mg
a0  , f0 
2 2
For a disc,
F = mg, h = 3R/4
 3
mg  1  
 4  7g 2 7g
a   
3 4 3 6
m
2
7mg mg
f S = ma  F =  mg 
6 6
7a0 f0
a , fS 
9 3
For a hollow sphere,
5mg R
F= ,h 
8 3
5mg 4

a 8 3  g  a = a /3
0
5 2
m
3
5mg mg mg f0
f S = F  ma =   
8 2 8 4
f S = f 0/4
For a solid sphere
F = mg/2, h = 3R/5
mg 8

4g 8
a 2 5   a0
7 7 21
m
5
f S = ma  F
4mg mg mg
fS   
7 2 14
8a0 f0
a , fS 
21 7
SECTION – C
13. 00002.25
dv
Sol. m v  P = constant
dt
When acceleration reduces to half value its speed becomes doubled i.e. v = 2v 0
1

Pt  m v 2  v 20
2

1

Pt  m 4v 02  v 02
2

3mv 20 3  1 100  15
t  = 2.25 sec.
2P 2  1000
14. 00001.20
Sol. M0g sin + fs = M0a …(i)

fs = Mg sin …(ii)
(M  M)gsin 
a 0
M0
2M0 
The time in which he gets to the other end of the plank is
M  M0  gsin 
15. 00003.60
Sol. For entering without jerk v2 =  = 2 m/s v2
Using work energy theorem on sleeve after entering in the frame of

v1
rod. Top View
W spring + W centrifugal = K
1 1 1
 k2  m2 2  0  mv 12
2 2 2
1 1 2 1
 mv1  k  m 2  2
2
2 2 2
1 1 1 1
Now K 
2
 2 2

m v12  v 22  k2  m 2  2  m 2  2
2
= 2 + 1.6 = 3.6 Joule
16. 00005.00
Sol. When the wedge has moved through a distance y, let the point of contact of cylinder have moved
down the plane through x (with respect to wedge). Let F be the friction between the cylinder and
the plane.
Since there is no horizontal force on (wedge + cylinder system)
d2 y  d2 y d2 x 
M 2  m  2  cos  2   0 …(1)
dt  dt dt 

 d2 y d2 x  ma d2 x ma2 d2 
Also, m  2 cos   2   F  mgsin  and   Fa , so that
 dt dt  2 dt 2 2 dt 2

d2 y  d2 x 
2 cos   3  2   2gsin  …(2)
dt 2  dt 
Equation (1) and (2) implies acceleration of the centre of the cylinder down the face, and relative
2gsin  M  m 
to the wedge, is = 5 m/s2.
3M  m  2m sin2 
17. 00005.00
Sol. Assume that the drum rolls away from the force P, so that P
the friction F is away from P. Then : 600
d2  d2  d2 x a
Mk 2 2  Pa  Fb and Mb 2  M 2  F  P cos 60
dt dt dt b
2

M k 2  b2  ddt   P a  b2 
2
fS Side view
d2 
 0.25  8  10(1.5  1)
dt 2
d2  2
 2
 2.5 rad/s
dt
d2 
And the required acceleration = b 2
= 2  2.5 = 5 m/s2
dt
18. 00012.00
Sol. v0cos 30 = v cos 45

3
 v  v0
2
Now using conservation of energy
1
m(v 2  v 20 )  mgh
2
3v 20 v2
 v 02  2gh  0  2gh
2 2
 v 0  4gh  4  10  3.6  12 m/s
SECTION – A
19. A, B, D
Sol. Cathode : H2, Anode : Cl2
20. A, B, C
Sol. (D) : LiCl
21. A, B, D
22. A, B, C
Sol. Mg  Ne  3s 2
3+0+0=3
23. A, B, C


N2O4 
 2NO2
Sol.
4 8
88
KP   16 atm
4
On doubling the volume


N2O 4 
 2NO2
4 8
x  2x
2 2
2
16 
 4  2x 
2  x 
x = 0.4725
24. A, B, C
25. B, C, D
Sol. (A) CaC2/Mg2C3 + H2O  C2H2 / C3H4

(B) Be2C / Al4C3 + H2O 
 CH4
(C) R 2 SiCl2
(D) In pyrosilicate one oxygen atom is shared.
26. B, D
Sol. n-Factor of H3PO2 is one
1
200   1  100  1 2
3
1 1 1
pH  7   1.2  log = 7. 45
2 2 2
27. A
28. B
29. C
30. B
SECTION – C
31. 00001.50
Sol. S  K 2SO 4  6e  … (1)

Mn NO3 2  2e  K 2MnO4  2NO

… (2)
3Mn NO3 2  S  K 2SO 4  3K 2MnO 4  6NO
Now balance K by adding 8 KOH on left side.
3Mn NO3 2  S  8KOH  K 2 SO 4  3K 2MnO 4  6NO  4H2O
xyz 384
   1.5
10 10
32. 00006.50
Sol. PCl3  3H2O  H3PO3  3HCl

0.5 0.5 3  0.5
No. of mole of NaOH = 0.5 × 2 + 3 × 0.5 × 1
= 2.5
PCl5  4H2O 
 H3PO4  5HCl
0.5 0.5 0.5  5
Number of moles of NaOH required = 0.5 × 3 + 0.5 × 5 × 1
=4
Hence, total mole of NaOH = 2.5 + 4
= 6.5 mol
33. 00000.20
Sol. pH = 5
[H+] = 10-5
RH2  Ca 2  RCa  2H

1
 105 10 5
2
1
Wt. of Ca+2 in one litre   105  40  2  10 4 gram = 0.2 mg
2
Hence, hardness will be 0.2 ppm.
34. 00019.00
Sol. 2NaOH  CO 2  Na2CO3

20mm 1mm 0
18 mm 0 1 mm
1
meq. of NaOH  meq. of Na2CO3 = meq. of HCl
2
1
18  1   1 2  x  1,
2
x = 19
35. 00000.20
Sol. 
A B  C
Dd

d
50  41.67
  0.2
41.67

A B  C
1 0 0
1    1  1 
Hence number of mole of
 1 0.2  0.2
36. 00010.45
1 4
49   1000 49   1000
5 5 1
Sol.   V
40 49 10
V  10450 ml  10.45 litre
SECTION – A
37. A, B, C, D
1 1 1 1
2
Sol.  0    f  x   x  dx   f 2  x  dx  2 xf  x  dx   x 2 dx
0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
So, f
2  x  dx  2 xf  x  dx   x 2 dx  2 xf  x  dx  1
0 0 0 0
3
1
1  1
 1  x2 
    f  t  dt  dx     dx
0x  0
2 
1
1
  tf  t  dt  3
0
1
So, f
2  x  dt  1
0
3
38. A
1 1
n k 1
Sol. Putting x k  t gives   f  t  tk 1 dt 
n
 k  {1, 2, 3, ....., n – 1}
0
1 1 n 1
n 1 k n 1k k
So,  f t  t  dt    n1Ck  1  f  t   t dt
0 0 k 0
1 n
k 1 n  k k 1
= 
n 1
Ck 1  1  f  t   t dt
0k 1
n 1
k 1 n k
=   1  n 1Ck 1    f  t    tk 1dt
k 1 0
n
1 1
=   1  k 1 n1 Ck 1 
n 1
 1  1  0
k 1 n n
But (f(t) – t)n – 1  0 as n – 1 is an even positive integer
 f(t) = t  t  [0, 1]
39. A, B, C, D
2
Sol. f(x) f(x)  f(x) f(x) < f(x) f(x) + (f(x))  x  R
1 2  1 2 
  f   x    f  x  f   x   x  R  lim  f   x    f  x  f   x   0 
2  x  2 
1 2 1 1 1
 f   x    f   x  f   x   f  x   f   x   f   x  f   x   f  x   f   x   f   x  f  x 
2 2 2 2
1 3 2 1 2 3 2
f   x  f   x   f  x   x  R   f   x   f   x   f  x  f   x   x  R
2 4 2 4
1
1 1  3 3
 f 3  x   f 3  x   x  R  f   x     f  x   x  R
6 4 2
40. A, B, C
2
y  y    y    2x  1  y   2 y
Sol. 2
 2
;  d      2x  1 dx
 y  y   y 
4x
y e 2x 1
41. A, B, C, D
1 1
 1 f 1  f 0 
Sol.   x  2  f   x  dx  2
  f  x  dx
0 0
1 1
 1 1 1
Since,   x  2  f   x  dx  max f   x   x 
0  x 1 2
dx  max f   x 
4 0 x 1
0 0
42. A, B, D
x2
e x  e x 
x 2n 
x 2n 2 1
Sol.    n  e 2  ecx  x  R  c 
2 n0 2n n0 2 n 2
1
For c  , inequality does not hold for x = 1
e
43. A, B
Sol. (A) Clearly function is differentiable at some of these points

(B) Differentiable  x  [0, 4]
(C) Not differentiable at x = 2, 5, 8
(D) f(x) is not differentiable at 1
44. A, C
a
Sol.   f  x  dx  0
0
1
Put x = at, we get  f  at  dt  0
0
Let M  max f   x 
0  x 1
Using LMVT on [a, ax], |f(x) – f(ax)|  (1 – a)xM
1 1 1
1
Now,  f  x dx    f  x   f  ax   dx  1  a  M xdx 
2
1  a M
0 0 0
 a
Equality holds if f  x    M  x  
 2
45. D
46. B
Sol. (45.-46.)
f 1(x) is discontinuous at x = –1 only
f 2(x) is continuous  x  R
f 3(x) is continuous at x = 0, 3 only
f 4(x) is continuous at each irrational number
47. A
48. A
Sol. (47.-48.)
(I) (x3 – x + 1)3 – x3 + x = 0 
3 
 f(f(x)) = 0, where f(x) = x – x + 1
which has only one negative solution
6 4 3 2
(II) f(x) = x – x + 2x – x + 1
2 2 2 3
= (x – 1) (x + 1) + 2x > 0  x > 0
3
1 1 1
(III)    x 5 has three positive
x 1 x  2 x  3
solutions
(IV) 2x = x4, has two positive solutions x=1 x=2 x=3
SECTION – C
49. 00011.00
Sol. f(3) = 8 and f(0) = 3
50. 00001.00
f   0  2 f     3
Sol. f  x   f 0   f  0 x  x  x where 0    x and
2! 3!
f   2   2 f    
f  x   f  2   f   2  x  2   x  2   x  2 3 where x    2
2! 3!
f     3 f      3
x  x  2  2
6 6
Put x = 1 ; f      f      12
So, at least one of f     and f     is  6
51. 00000.00
x2
f x  e 2 f   x   2xf   x    x 2  1 f  x 
Sol. lim f  x    lim
x  x2 x   x 2  1
e2
So, lim f  x   0
x 
52. 00000.00
1
Sol. Put g  x   x 2 
4
 1 1 1
x    ,  , then x  g  x  
 2 2 2
 1 1
Let x 0    ,  and xn 1  g  xn   n  0. The sequence xn is increasing and bounded above
 2 2
1
so its limit exists and this limit is (by solving g(l) = l)
2
 1  1 1
By continuity, the constant sequence f  xn  tends to f    f is constant over   2 , 2 
 2
53. 00002.00
Sol. Let g(x) = ex/2 f(x)

Using Rolle’s Theorem, g, g, g have at least 4, 3, 2 distinct real zeroes respectively
54. 00000.50
k k
1 n 1
 k  n2  k  n2
 2   n2  n
k
 k  n2
1 n
k 1
Sol. lim  n   1  k  N  lim k 1 n  1  lim   2   lim  n2 
n  k n  k n 
k 1  n 
n 
k 1 2
n2  n2
k 1
FIITJEE
PART TEST – III
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 16-12-2018
 Each Part is further divided into Three Sections: Section-A, Section-B & Section-C.
more than one correct answer. Each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and –2 marks
for wrong answer.
Section–B (11 – 12, 31 – 32, 51 – 52) contains 6 Match the following Type questions. Each
question having 4 statements in Column I & 5 statements in Column II with any given statement
in Column I having correct matching with 1 or more statement (s) given in Column II. Each
statement carries +2 marks for correct answer and –1 mark for wrong answer.
negative marking.
AITS-PT-III (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. Two spherical planets P and Q have the same uniform density , masses MP and MQ and
surface areas A and 4A respectively. A spherical planet R also has uniform density  and its
mass is (MP + MQ). The escape velocities from the planets P, Q and R are v P, vQ and vR
respectively. Then
(A) vQ > vR > v P
(B) vR > vQ > v P
vR
(C) 3
vP
vP 1
(D) 
vQ 2
2. Two identical blocks are floating once in water (case-I) and once in mercury container (case –II).
They are floating very near to each other. Choose the correct option(s).
(A) In case –I, both blocks get attracted to each other.
(B) In case –I, both blocks get repelled from each other.
(C) In case –II, both blocks get attracted to each other.
(D) In case –II, both blocks get repelled from each other.
3. The pitch of a screw gauge is 0.5 mm and there are 100 divisions on it’s circular scale. The
instrument reads 2 circular divisions when nothing is put in between its jaws. In measuring the
diameter of a wire, there are 8 divisions on the main scale and 83rd division coincides with the
reference line. Then choose the correct option(s).
(A) Screw gauge is having zero error of 0.01 mm.
(B) Screw gauge is having zero error of 0.49 mm.
(C) Diameter of the wire is 4.405 mm.
(D) Diameter of the wire is 4.425 mm.
4. Heavy stable nucleus have more neutrons than protons. This is because of the fact that
(A) neutrons are heavier than protons.
(B) electrostatic force between protons are repulsive.
(C) neutrons decay into protons through beta decay.
(D) nuclear forces between neutrons are weaker than that between protons.
5. Two point monochromatic and coherent sources of light of wavelength 

are each placed as shown in the figure. The initial phase difference d
between the sources is zero. If D >>d, select the correct option(s). O
S1 S2
(during the counting exclude fringes at infinity)
D
7
(A) If d  , O will be minima. Screen
2 (planar)
(B) If d = , only one maxima can be observed on screen.
(C) If d = 4.8 , then a total 8 minima would be there on screen.
5
(D) If d  , then intensity at O would be minimum.
2
3 AITS-PT-III (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19
6. Sound of wavelength  passes through a Quincke’s tube, which is adjusted to give a maximum
I
intensity I0. Through what distance should the sliding tube be moved to give an intensity 0 .
2
7
(A)
8
3
(B)
4
(C) /4
(D) /8
7. Assume that the nuclear binding energy per Ebn

nucleon (Ebn) versus mass number (A) is as
8
shown in the figure. Use this plot to choose
the correct choice(s) given below:
(A) Fusion of two nuclei with mass 6
number lying in the range of 1 < A <
50 will release energy. 4
(B) Fusion of two nuclei with mass
numbers lying in the range of 51 < A 2
< 100 will release energy.
(C) Fission of a nucleus lying in the mass 0
range of 100 < A < 200 will release 0 100 200 A
energy when breaks into two equal
fragments.
(D) Fission of a nucleus lying in the mass
range of 200 < A < 260 will release
energy when broken into two equal
fragment.
8. Three identical biconvex lenses of focal length f are aligned with two neighbouring lenses
separated by a distance f as shown in the figure. A small object is located at a distance f/2 in front
of the leftmost lens. Choose the correct option(s).
f/2 f f
(A) The final image formed is real and inverted.
(B) The final image formed is virtual and erect.
(C) The final image is of same size as that of object.
(D) The final image formed is virtual and inverted.
9. Kepler’s law states that

I. the orbit of planets are elliptical with one focus at the sun.
II. A line connecting the sun and a planet sweeps out equal areas in equal times and
III. the square the period of a planet’s orbit is proportional to the cube of its semi-major axis.
1
Which of these laws would remain true if the force of gravity were proportional to 25 , rather than
r
1
?
r2
(A) only I
(B) only II
(C) only I and II
(D) none of these
10. Four classes of students measures the height of a building. Each class uses a different method
and each measures the height many different times. The data for each class are plotted below.
Which class made the most PRECISE measurement?
No. of trials
Known height
30
20
(A) 10
0 10 20 30 40 50
Height (m)
No. of trials
Known height
30
20
(B) 10
0 10 20 30 40 50
Height (m)
No. of trials
Known height
30
20
(C) 10
0 10 20 30 40 50
Height (m)
No. of trials
Known height
30
20
(D) 10
0 10 20 30 40 50
Height (m)
SECTION - B
11. Column –I contains four different YDSE systems and Column –II contains intensity measured at
some points on the screen. Do the correct match(es) in Column-I and Column –II. (CP1 = 0.3 mm
and CP2 = 1.2 mm)
Column I Column II
y
P2
P1
C
d = 1 mm
(A) d D=1m (p) IC = 4I0
Intensity at each slit = I0
D
 = 4000 Å in air
y
P2
d = 1 mm
P1
C
D=1m
(B) d Intensity at each slit = I0 and (q) IP1  2I0
w = 4/3 no absorption of light by
D
water (w = 4/3)
 = 4000 Å in air
y
Glass
P2 d = 1 mm
film D=1m
P1
C Film thickness t = 0.8 m
(C) d refractive index of film = 3/2 (r) IP1  4I0
Intensity at each slit = I0 and
D
no absorption of light by
glass
 = 4000 Å in air
y
P2
P1
C
d = 1 mm
104 rad =  d IP1  0
(D) D=1m (s)
Intensity at each slit = I0
D
 = 4000 Å in air
(t) IP2  2I0
12. Column-I contains some systems having a solid body and fluid. Column-II contains some physical
quantities for the systems in column-I. Match column- II with column-I.
Column I Column II
A solid sphere of radius
Atmospheric pressure = P0 R is tied inside a non-
viscous liquid and the
R
x system is in equilibrium Fx (force on surface x
y (sphere just touching applied by liquid)
(A) (p) 1
the top surface of the
= P0 R2  R3 g
liquid). x-upper half 3
Density of liquid =  spherical surface y-
Density of solid = () lower half spherical
surface.
Atmospheric pressure = P0
A solid disc of radius R,
2R/3 thickness R/3 is tied Fy (Force on surface y
inside a non-viscous applied by liquid)
(B) R liquid and the system is (q)
x y 5
R/3 in equilibrium x-rim of = P0 R2  R3 g
the disc y-one of the 3
Density of liquid = 
Density of solid = () flat faces of disc.
A solid sphere of radius

Atmospheric pressure = P0 R is moving upward
4R
with a terminal velocity
Force of buoyancy on
R vt inside a viscous
vt 5R/3 sphere or disc
liquid and the beaker is
(C) (r) (FB) – weight of sphere or
x y at rest. x-surface of the
disc (W) is certainly
beaker base just below
Density of liquid =  positive
the sphere y-remaining
Density of solid = () surface of the beaker
base
A solid disc of radius
Atmospheric pressure = P0 2R and height 4R/3 is
x placed inside a liquid,
5R/3 whose lower part is
y partially open to
P0
(D) atmosphere and the (s)  <  (necessarily)
disc is in equilibrium.
3R 2R x-top surface of the
Density of liquid =  disc y-bottom surface
Density of solid = () of the disc which is in
contact with liquid.
(t)  >  (necessarily)
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
R
13. At a depth h1  from the surface of a planet (radius R = 3000 km), acceleration due to gravity is
2
g1. It’s value changes by g1, when one moves down further by 1 km. At a height h2 above the
surface of the earth acceleration due to gravity is g2. It’s value changes by g2 when moves up
further by 1 km. If g1 = g2 and h2 = d  102 km. Find d. (Assume the planet to be a uniform
sphere of radius R) (Take 21/ 3  1.3 )
14. A massless metal plate is placed on a horizontal tabletop lubricated with oil. The sheet is a
square of side length  = 1.0 m and the oil layer has thickness h = 1.0 mm. Initially one edge of
the sheet coincides with one edge of the table. The sheet is pulled outwards without rotation with
2
a constant force F = 15 N. If coefficient of viscosity of the oil is  = 0.2 N-s/m , how long (in
second) will it take to pull half of the sheet out of the table?
15. Figure shows a cubical block of side 10 cm and relative density 1.5
suspended by a wire of cross sectional area 106 m2. The breaking stress
of the wire is 7  106 N/m2. The block is placed in a beaker of base area
200 cm2 and initially at t = 0, the top surface of water and block coincide. 2 cm3/s
There is a pump at the bottom corner which ejects 2 cm 3 of water per
second. If the wire breaks at t = 10k seconds, find k. (Take g = 10 m/s2)
16. If is found that the spectral line of a certain star periodically becomes a doublet indicating that the
radiation comes actually from two stars revolving about their centre of mass. Assuming the
masses of the stars to be equal, find the distance between them if the maximum splitting of the

spectral lines is equal to  1.2  104 and it occurs every  = 30 days. Give your answer in

terms of d  107 km (approximately) and write d.
17. Find the second longest resonance wavelength (in m) in a string of length  = 6 m for which a
9
point at x = m is an anti-node, where x is distance measured along the length of the string from
4
a fixed end. (string is fixed at both ends)
18. An ideal fluid flows through a pipe of circular cross section of radius r at speed v 0 = 4m/s. Now a
viscous liquid is made to flow through the same pipe at the same volume flow rate (measured in
m3/s). Find the maximum speed of the viscous liquid particle in the pipe in m/s.
19. A string SQ is connected to a long heavier string at Q. y

Linear mass density of the heavier string is 4 times of the
string SQ. Length of SQ is 9.5 cm. Both the strings are
subjected to same tension. A 50 Hz source connected at S
produces transverse disturbance in the string. Wavelength S
9.5 cm Q
of the wave in string SQ is observed to be 1 cm. If the
source is switched on at time t = 0 and the smallest time (in
sec) at which a point in the heavier string would oscillate in
T
phase with the source at S is . Find T.
10
20. A particle of mass m = 9 gm is trapped between two perfectly rigid parallel walls. The particle
bounces back and forth between the walls without losing any energy. From a wave point of view,
the particle trapped between the walls is like a standing wave in stretched string between the
walls. Distance between the two walls is L = 1 m. Calculate the energy difference between third
energy state and the ground state (lowest energy state) of the particle. Answer the energy
difference in C  1065 Joule. (Take Planck’s constant h = 6  1034 J-sec)
SECTION – A
21. Which of the following gives precipitate with (NH4)2S in aqueous medium?
3+
(A) Fe
3+
(B) Al
(C) Cr3+
(D) Co2+
22. Which of the following statement is correct? (Neglect vibrational degree of freedom)
5
(A) Molar internal energy due to motion is RT of diatomic gas molecules.
2
(B) Molar internal energy due to motion is 3RT of bent triatomic gas molecule.
5
(C) Molar internal energy due to motion is RT of triatomic linear gas molecules.
2
3
(D) Molar internal energy due to motion is RT of monoatomic gas molecules.
2
23. Select the incorrect statement (s)

(A) above Kraft’s temperature and critical micelle concentration, micelle formation take place.
(B) tetra ethyl lead acts as positive catalyst when mixed with petrol for combustion.
(C) higher the gold number more will be the protecting power towards coagulation.
(D) alum purify the water by forming silicate complex with mud particles.
24. 1.350 gm sample of Co NH3 5 SO24Br  (molar mass = 320) is dissolved to prepare 200 ml
solution. Osmotic pressure of this solution is found to be 1.039 atm at 27oC. Which statement/s
is/are correct for this solution? [The above complex does not form yellow ppt. with AgNO3]
(A) Each molecule gives two ions in solution.
(B) The complex Co(NH3)5SO4Br is completely soluble under given condition.
(C) Molarity of complex ion [Co(NH3)5Br]2+ is 0.021 M in the solution.
(D) The van’t Hoff factor of the complex is = 2.
25. Which of the following is/are correct for spontaneous isothermal chemical reaction?
(A) H  0, because T  0
(B) S  0
(C) U  0 , because T  0
(D) G  0
26. The order of hybridization of the central atom in the following species:
2 
PtCl4  , AuCl4  , Ni  CO 4  ,  Au CN2 
Along with increasing order of oxidation state are
3 3 2
(A) sp , sp, sp , dsp
3 3 3
(B) sp , sp, sp , sp
(C) sp3, sp, dsp2, dsp2
(D) sp3, sp, dsp2, sp3
27. There are three bottles having halides in a lab. One of them containing a yellow compound
another has red compound and the last one has touch sensitive explosive. Which of the following
combination is possible?
(A) AgI, HgI2, SnCl4
(B) PbBr2, HgI2, NI3
(C) AgBr, SbCl3, SnCl2
(D) FeCl3, CrCl3, NF3
28. By which of the following method(s) Cl2 can be prepared?

(A) 2KMnO 4  16HCl  2KCl  2MnCl2  8H2O  5Cl2
(B) At anode, by the electrolysis of aqueous NaCl
(C) 4HCl  MnO 2  MnCl2  Cl2  2H2O
(D) HOCl  HCl  Cl2  H2O

(A) Trapping of an electron in the anion vacancy leads to the formation of F-centre defects.
(B) In a fcc unit cell, the body centre is an octahedral voids.
(C) 
The edge length of the unit cell in NaCl is 552 pm rNa  95 pm, rCl  181 pm 
(D) The coordination number of ions in cesium halide crystal is 8.

(A) Temperature of an ideal gas does not change when it expands adiabatically in vacuum.
(B) H, U, T,Q are zero for expansion in vaccum under adiabatic.conditions.
(C) On increasing the temperature compressibility of real gas decreases.
(D) Dalton’s law of partial pressure is applicable at equilibrium for a reacting gaseous mixture.
SECTION - B
31. Match the characteristics of Column – I with the characteristics in Column – II

 m  molar conductance at molarity M 
 o 
 m  molar conductance at infinite dilution 
Column-I Column-II
(A) Conductivity of an electrolytic solution (p)
decreases
 
C 2m /  om om  m where C is conc.
(B)  oCH3 COOH at 25oC (q) With increase of concentration
(C) K a of weak electrolyte (r) o

 KCl at 25oC
(D) Conductivity of an electrolytic solution (s) o

 KCl o
at 25 C
increases
(t) On decreasing the concentration
32. Match the characteristics of Column – I with the characteristics in Column – II

Column-I Column-II
(A) Co 2   KNO  CH COOH   (p) Brown ppt.
2 3
(B) Ni2  DMG  (q) Blue ppt.
(C) Cu2  K 4 Fe  CN6  

 (r) White ppt.
(D) Al3  NH4 2 S 

2

HO (s) Red ppt.
(t) Yellow ppt.
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
33.  m of 10-3 M of a weak acid is 0.0142  10  x ohm1cm2 / mol .  om  450 ohm1cm2 / mol at
25oC, Ka of acid is 10-6. The value of ‘x’ is
34. The rate of diffusion of hydrogen gas is 5 5 times of that of a hydrocarbon at identical
temperature and pressure if the molecular formula of hydrocarbon is CnH2n – 2 . The value of (n/2)
is
35. In Fluorite type structure of X 2 & Y  compound if we remove anions from one body diagonal
and cations from all the corners then unit cell formula becomes Xn Ym : n  m  z, z is:
36. EMF of the following half-cell Pt | H2(g) | H+ (aq) is 0.177 if the pH2  1 atm then calculate the pH
of solution?
37. G for the reaction at 500oC is

2 4
Al2O3   Al  O2 G  1930 kJ / mole
3 3
The potential difference for this electrolytic reduction of Al2O3 at 500oC is ‘V’ volt.
‘V’ is
38. Calculate the volume (in ml) of 0.1 M AgNO3 required for complete precipitation of chloride ions
present in 20 ml of 0.03 M solution of [Cr(H2O)5Cl2]Cl, as AgCl is:
39. How many of the following reaction are correct?


(i)  Na  XeF7 
XeF6  NaF 
 
  XeF3  SbF6 
(ii) XeF4  SbF5 
(iii) 6XeF4  12H2 O 
 4Xe  2XeO3  24HF  3O2
(iv) XeF6  H2O 
 XeOF4  2HF
(v) XeF6  2H2 O 
 XeO 2F2  4HF
(vi) NaNO3  Zn  powder   NaOH 

 NH3  Na2 ZnO2
40. How many of these gives metal by self reduction method?

HgS, PbS, Cu2S, FeS, ZnS, Na2S
SECTION – A
41. A matrix of order 3  3 is given as A = [aij], where aij  {–1, 1}  i, j then possible values of |A| is
(where |A| is determinant of matrix A)
(A) 2
(B) –2
(C) 0
(D) –4
30
42. If value of 3P = C5 – 30C6 + 30C7 – ..... – 30C28 + 29, and value of
Q
CR = 100C6 + 4 100C7 + 6 100C8 + 4 100C9 + 100C10, then
(A) number of positive divisors of P are 16
(B) Q + R can be divisible either by 9 or 19
(C) if abcd = P, a, b, c, d  I+, then possible number of order pairs of (a, b, c, d) are 44
(D) P is an even integer
43. The number of integral solution of the equation  +  +  +  = 18, with the condition that 1    5,
–2    4, 0    5, 3    9, is k, then
(A) Total number of prime factors of k are 7
(B) Exponent of 5 in k! is 13
k 
(C) Number of non negative integer solutions of the equation x + y + z =   is 15
 12 
(D) Number of ordered pair of (a, b, c) such that abc = k4 is 225 (a, b, c  I)
44. If A(1, 2, 3), B(1, 1, 1), C(1, 1, 2) and D(3, –1, 2) are vertices of a tetrahedron, then
x y z
(A) if    1 is a variable plane which is equidistant from all the four vertices A, B, C,
a b c
D, then maximum number of possible triplet of (a, b, c) are 7
(B) the volume of tetrahedron is 2 unit3
(C) length of altitude from point D to the plane ABC is 2 unit
1
(D) if the acute angle between edges AB and CD is , then cos  =
10
45. Let A(0, 6, 8) and B(6, 12, 0) be two given points and P(, 0, 0) be a point on x-axis such that
PA + PB is minimum, then
90
(A) if point Q is on the y-axis such that QA + QB is minimum then area of POQ is unit2,
7
where O is origin
240 3
(B) the volume of tetrahedron OPAB (where O is origin) is unit
11
(C) perpendicular distance from the point A to the plane containing the points P, Q, B is 8 unit
480
(D) the volume of tetrahedron OPAB (where O is origin) is unit3
11
46. If z1 = 4 + 3i, z2 = 1 – i and z3 = 7 + ki, k  R such that z1, z2, z3 are vertices of an isosceles
triangle for different values of k, then
(A) if k1, k2, ..... kn are distinct possible values of k, then value of [|k1|] + [|k2|] + ..... + [|kn|] is
11 (where [.] denotes the greatest integer function)
(B) one of the possible values of area of ABC is 12 unit2
(C) if k1, k2, ....., kn are distinct possible values of k, then value of [|k1|] + [|k2|] + ..... + [|kn|] is 3
(D) if k1, k2, ..... kn are distinct possible value of k, then value [|k1 + k2 + k3 + ..... + kn|] is 3
47. If P is a non null matrix of order 3  3 with real number as entries, such P3 = O, where O is null
matrix of order 3  3, then (where I is the identity matrix of order 3  3)
(A) det of (4P2 – 2P + I) is a non-zero number
(B) I – 2P is an invertible matrix
2
(C) if matrix P has all integer entries, then det(I – 4P ) = 0
2
(D) if matrix P has all integer entries, then absolute value of det (I – 4P ) = 1
    2  2  2
48. Let a , b and c are three unit vectors such that a  b  b  c  c  a  3 , then
3    5
(A)  abc 
2 2
   
(B) ab  bc
  
(C) a  2b  3c  20
  
(D) a , b , c form a system of orthogonal vectors
49. Let z1, z2, z3 be complex numbers representing vertices A, B, C of a triangle. It is known that
 
|z1| = |z2| = |z3| = 1, and there exists    0,  such that z1 + z2 cos  + z3 sin  = 0, then
 2
(A) ABC can be an isosceles triangle, with greatest side length of 2 unit
1
(B) the maximum value of area of ABC is unit2
2 2 1  
(C) triangle ABC can be a right angled triangle
(D) triangle ABC can not be an equilateral triangle
50. On the side AB and AD of a scalene triangle ABD draw externally squares ABEF and ADGH with
centres O and Q respectively if M is mid-point of side BD, then
(A) OM : QM is equal to 1 : 2
(B) OM : QM is equal to 1 : 1
(C) (OM)2 + (QM)2 > (OQ)2
(D) (OM)2 + (QM)2 = (OQ)2
SECTION - B
51. Match the following Column-I with Column-II

(A) If the coefficient of x2r is greater than half of the coefficient of x2r–1 in
(p) 2
the expansion of (1 + x)15, then possible value(s) of |r – 4| is/are
(B) The number of 3-digit number pqr such that we can construct an
isosceles triangle with side length p, q and r is , then  is divisible (q) 3
by
(C) Let a, b, c be complex numbers such that |a| = |b| = |c| > 0 and
(r) 4
az2 + bz + c = 0, then possible value(s) of |z| + 2 is/are
(D) If the number of ordered triplets of (x, y, z) such that
x, y, z  {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8} with the condition that z > max{x, y} is (s) 5
k, then factors of k is/are
(t) 6
52. Match the following Column-I with Column-II

(A) The probability that a randomly selected positive divisor of 1099 is an
p
integer multiple of 1088, is , (p and q are coprime), then possible (p) 2
q
divisors of (q – p) is/are
(B) Three distinct vertices are randomly selected among the vertices of
a cube. The probability that these vertices form an isosceles triangle
a (q) 3
is , (where a, b are coprime), then (b + a) is divisible by
b
(C) A man can take either 1 step or 3 steps at a time. If he covers a
distance of 10 steps in N number of different ways (without retracing (r) 4
his path at any point), then possible factors of (N)2 is/are
(D) If N be the number of equilateral triangles formed by joining vertices
(s) 5
of a 2018 sided regular polygon, then N is divisible by
(t) 6
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
53. Let ab be (where ‘a’ is a prime number) the number of function f: A  B, where A = {1, 2, 3, .....,
2019} and B = {2019, 2020, 2021, 2022}, such that f(1) + f(2) + ..... + f(2019) is odd number, then
last digit of number b is _____
54. Let A and B be points (2, 0, 0) and (0, 4, 0) respectively. If E is mid-point of AB and F is mirror
x 1 y  2 z
image of origin with respect to edge AB and let D the point on the line   at 6 unit
0 0 1
distance from the edge AB, then volume of tetrahedron DFAB is _____
55. If A(z1), B(z2), C(z3) and D(z4) are four points in the Argand plane such that z1, z2, z3, z4 are roots
of equation z4 – 5z3 + 18z2 – 17z + 13 = 0, and |z1|  |z3|. Let P is a point of intersection of line
   
z i  3  z 3  i  2 3  0 with the real axis, then value of [(PA)(PC)] is equal to _____
1 p  q
 2017 
56. Let  be a complex cube root of unity and A    1 r  where p, q, r are either  or
 2018 2020 2019 

2
 , then number of such distinct non singular matrix/matrices A is _____
 
57. Let p  î  ˆj  kˆ , q  a î  bjˆ  ckˆ , where a, b, c  {–3, –2, –1, 0, 1, 2} if the number of possible
   R
vectors q such that p  q  0 is R, then is _____
5
   
58. If a, b, c are mutually perpendicular unit vectors and d is a unit vector which makes equal angle
      
with a, b and c , then the sum of squares of the possible values of a  b  c  d is _____
59. Number of isosceles triangles formed by joining the vertices of a 2019 sided regular polygon is M,
then the digit at tens place of M is _____
3
x y z
60. Let x, y, z be positive real numbers such that xyz      and 3x + 4y + 5z = 12, then the
3 3 3
3 4 5
value of x + y + z is equal to _____
FIITJEE
PART TEST – III
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 16-12-2018
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. B, D
2GM 8
Sol. v esc   GR2
R 3
Given that, 4(4RP2 )  (4 R2Q )  RQ = 2RP
Mass of R is MR = MP + MQ
RR3  RP3  R3Q
So, RR = 91/ 3 RP
So, RR > RQ > RP  vR > vQ > v P
v v 1
Also, R  91/3 and P 
vP vQ 2
2. A, C
Sol.
P0 1
P0
2
P1 < P0 P2 > P0
Case-I Case-II
AITS-PT-III (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
3. C
0.5
Sol. Least count =  0.005 mm
100
Zero error = 0 + 0.005  2 = 0.01 mm
So, true diameter = 0.5  8 + 0.005  83  0.01 = 4.405 mm
4. B
Sol. Repulsive force between protons forbids heavy nucleus.
5. A, B, D
Sol. x at O = d(path difference is maximum at O)
5 7
So, for d  and , O will be a minimum and for d = , O will be a maximum.
2 2
There would be total 5 minima for d = 4.8 .
6. A, D
I0 I   
Sol.  4 0 cos 2  
2 4  2 
2
and   (2x)

7. B, D
Sol. If two nuclei in the range 51 < A < 100 will fuse then they will produce an element with mass
number above 100 and less than 200 which has more Ebn thus energy is released hence option
(B) is correct.
Similarly a nucleus in the range 200 < A < 260 when broken into two equal fragments then the Ebn
of these fragments will be more than that of the nucleus hence option (D) is correct.
8. A, C
Sol.
Image
Object
f/2 f f f/2
9. B
Sol. The second law is consequence of conservation of angular momentum, which is still true.
10. A
Sol. Accuracy describes how close to the correct or true value a measurement is, while precision in a
measurement of how closely grouped or how well a result can be reproduced of the plots given (A)
demonstrates the closest grouping at data points.
SECTION – B
11. (A)  (p, q); (B)  (p, r); (C)  (p, q); (D)  (s, t)
2 (103 )(3  10 4 ) 3
Sol. (A) P1  
4  10 7 1 2
 3 
P2    (4)  6
 2 
3 AITS-PT-III (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19
So, IC  IP2  4I0 and IP1  2I0

 3  4 
(B) P1      2
 2  3 
P2   2  (4)  8
So, IC  IP1  IP2  4I0
2  3  7
(C) C    1  8  10  2
4  107  2 
3 
P1  2  
2 2
P2 | 2  6  | 4
So, IC  IP2  4I0 and IP1  2I0
2 
(D) C  7
(103 )(104 ) 
4  10 2
 3  
P1    
 2 2
   11
P2   6   
 2 2
So, IC  IP2  2I0 and IP1  0
12. (A)  (p, q, r, s); (B)  (q, t); (C)  (r, s); (D)  (q)
1 3
Sol. (A) From free body diagram of the liquid above the sphere, Fx  P0 R2  R g
3
4
Force of buoyancy on the sphere = R3 g
3
5 3
So, Fy  P0 R2  R g
3
1 3
(B) Force of buoyancy on the disc Fx  R g
3
5 3
Fy  P0 R2  R g
3
(C) From the free body diagram of the liquid in the container Fx and Fy are different with option (p)
and (q)
 R 4
(D) Fx   P0  g  4 R2  4P0R2  gR 3
 3  3
 5R  2 5
Fy   P0  g  R  P0 R 2  gR3
 3  3
2
Force on the part open to atmosphere = P03R
1 4R
So, FB  gR3  4R2 g  N (N = normal reaction)
3 3

 
16
SECTION – C
13. 9
 h  g
Sol. g1  g  1  1   g1   h1
 R R
R2 2gR 2
and g2  g  g2   h2
(R  h2 )2 (R  h2 )3
given that, g1 = g2
So, h2 = R 21/3  1  900 km
14. 5
Sol. In this case,
v
F   (  x)
h
Fh dx
 v 
(  x) dt x F
3 3
So, t   5 sec
8Fh
15. 2
Sol. Tension in the wire at t = 0 is, T0 = (0.1)3(103)(1.5 1) (10) = 5N
Wire breaks at tension, T = 7  106  106 = 7N
So volume of ejected water = 200 cm 3
So time taken = 100 sec.
16. 3
Sol. One star is approaching, while the other is receding.
cv cv 2v
So,       
c c c
2R
So,  =
c
c c
 2R    3  107 km
 
17. 1
Sol. Possible frequencies which will satisfy condition of both ends rigid
m T
f1  , where  is length of the string
2 
3
and all possible frequencies which will satisfy condition of string of length with one end rigid
8
and one end free
2n  1 T
f2 
 3  
4 
 8 
So, f 1 = f 2  3m  8n = 4
So,  = /6 = 1 m
18. 8
Sol. Volume flow rate of ideal fluid = v 0R2
R
 r2 
Volume flow rate of the viscous fluid = v  1
0 0  R2  2rdr

 R 2 R2  v 0 R2
 v 0 2     v 0 R2
 2 4  2
 v 0  2v 0  8 m/s
19. 2
T
Sol. Speed of wave in the lighter string = (50)(1) = 50 cm/s =

T
Speed of wave in the heavier string   25 cm/s
4
So wavelength in heavier string = 0.5 cm
2
   (9.5 cm)  (9.5)(2)
(1 cm)
A point that will oscillate in phase with S must be ahead in phase by (0.5)(2) with respect to Q. If
x is the distance of this point from Q then,
2
x  (0.5)(2)
0.5 cm
 x = 0.25 cm
9.5 0.25
So time required is   0.2 sec
50 25
20. 4
2L
Sol. The permitted wavelength are  =
n
h h
So, de-Broglie wavelength  d  
p 2mk n
2L h
 
n 2mk n
n2 h2
 kn  (n = 1, 2, 3, ……….)
8mL2
h2 h2
 E3  E1 = (32  12) 2
 2
 4  10 65 J
8mL mL
SECTION – A
21. A, B, C, D
Sol. Fe3  NH4 2 S 
 FeS   S 
Al3  NH4 2 S  H2O 
 Al  OH3  H2S 
Cr 3   NH4 2 S  H2O 
 Cr  OH3  H2S 
Co 2  NH4 2 S 
 CoS 
22. A, B, C, D
Sol. In linear molecule  3 translation + 2 Rotation = 5 motion
1 5
Energy contribution  5  KT  KT by one molecule
2 2
5 5
NavKT  RT by one mole.
2 2
In bent triatomic  3 translation + 3 Rotation = 6 motion
1
Energy contribution  6  KT = 3 KT by one molecule
2
By one mole = 3 KT × Nav = 3RT
In monoatomic  3 translation motion
3
Energy contribution  RT by one molecule.
2
23. B, C, D
Sol. Facts.
24. A, B, C, D
Sol. W = 1.350 gm
Molar mass = 320
1.35
Moles =
320
 1.350 1000 
calc.  CRT      0.0821 300
 320 200 
= 0.5195 atm
obs.  1.039
obs. 1.039
i 2
calc. 0.5195
i 1
 1
n1
n=2
2
Co NH3 5 Br  SO 4  Co NH3 5 Br 
    SO42
Initial 0.021
at equ.  0.021 0.021
25. D
26. C
Sol. Oxidation number Hybridization
3
[Ni(CO)4]  0 sp

 Au  CN2  +1 sp
2
PtCl4  +2 dsp2

 AuCl4  +3 dsp
2
27. B
Sol. PbBr2, AgI, AgBr and FeCl3 solution is yellow.
HgI2  Red
NI3  Touch sensitive explosive
28. A, B, C, D
Sol. All are preparation methods of Cl2.
29. A, B, C, D
Sol. Facts.
30. A, B, C, D
Sol. Facts.
SECTION – B
31. A → t; B → r; C → p; D → q
2
Sol. Ka 
C 2 C  m /  m

o
 
1  1  m / mo  
2 o2 2
C /  m C m m
  o o
o
  m
o
m m  m   m  
m
32. A → t; B → s; C → p; D → r
Sol. Co 2  KNO 2  CH3COOH  K 3 Co NO 2 6  
Yellow ppt.
2
Ni  DMG 
 Re d ppt.
Cu2  K 4 Fe  CN6  
 Cu2 Fe  CN6  
Brown ppt.
3 H2 O
Al  NH4 2 S 
 Al  OH3 
White ppt.
SECTION – C
33. 3
Sol. 
HA  
H  A

c 2
Ka 
1 
1   1
106
K a  c 2 ,    0.0316
103
m

om
m  0.0316  450  14.22
34. 9
rH2 MCnH2n  2
Sol.  5 5
rCnH2n  2 2
 MCnH2n  2  250
12n   2n  2   250
 n  18 and n / 2  9
35. 9
Sol. X3 Y6 n  m  9
36. 3
Sol. H2  2H  2e 
2
o 0.059 H 
EE  log
2 PH2
 2
0.059 H 
0.177  0  log  
2 1
0.177
 log H   3
0.059
37. 5
Sol. G  nFE
1930000
E  5.0 V
4  96500
V=5
38. 6
Sol. Cr H2O 4 Cl2  Cl  AgNO3  AgCl
20  0.03  0.1 V
20  0.03
V  6 ml
0.1
39. 6
Sol. All are correct.
40. 3
Sol. Only HgS, PbS and Cu2S gives self reduction.
SECTION – A
41. C, D
 1 1 1 1 1 1
Sol. Fix first row as [1, 1, 1], and possibility are  1 1 1 , 1 1 1
 1 1 1 1 1 1
42. A, B, C
Sol.   29
C4  29
 
C5  29
C5  29

C6  .....   29
C27  29

C28  29
C4  29
29
 3P = C4  P = 3  7  13  29
Q
CR  104 C94  Q = 104, R = 94 or 10
43. B, C
Sol. The equation can be written as t1 + t2 + t3 + t4 = 16, 0  t1  4, 0  t2  6, 0  t3  5 and 0  t4  6
Let P1 is property that t1  5, t2 is property is t2  7, p3 is property t3  6 and p4 is property that
t4  7 and Ai is denote the subset of S satisfying condition pi when S is total number of solutions
= 19C16 = 969
So, A 1  A 2  A 3  A 4  S   A i   A i  A j   A i  A j  A k  .....  k = 55
So, number of ordered pair satisfying condition abc = k4, a, b, c  I  4  225 = 900
44. A, C, D
Sol. There are maximum 7 distinct planes which are at equidistance from all the vertices
The volume of tetrahedron is 1/3 unit3
45. A, C, D
30  66  B(6, 12, 0)
Sol.  , Q  0, , 0
11  7 
PA + PB is minimum, then 12
MP AM 5 M(0, 0, 0)
So,   x-axis
PN BN 6 P N(6, 0, 0)
 30 
So, P   , 0, 0  10
 11 
 66 
Similarly Q is  0, , 0 A(0, 6, 8)
 7 
46. B, C, D
19
Sol. The possible value of k are –1,  and k = 7 is not possible, because all points will be collinear
8
47. A, B, D
Sol. (2P + I)(4P2 – 2P + I) = 8P3 + I3 = I
Similarly, (I – 2P)(I + 2P + 4P2) = I, if P has integer entries, then |I – 2P| and |I + 2P| will be equal
to either 1 or –1
48. A, C
 2  2  2   2      1
Sol. a b  b c  c  a  3  a  c b  0 , a  c  b  ac  
2
        
So, a  b  c  2 b  2 , a  2b  3c  3a  5c  19
49. B, D
Sol. 1 = |z1|2 = |z2 cos  + z3 sin |2
z 2  z 23
1  1 2 cos  sin   z22  z23  0  z3 = iz2
z 2 z3
Now take cases for z1 as z1 = –z2(cos   i sin )  z1  z2 ei

 can not equal to zero or so option A and C are not possible
2
50. B, D
Sol. Let z1, z2, z3 be complex number represents A, B, and D point
z1  z0 z3  z Q
 i (z0)O A Q(zQ)
z 2  z 0 z1  z Q
z1  z2   z1  z2  i z1  z3   z3  z1  i
 z0  ; zQ 
2 2
B M D
z2  z3
zM 
2
z0  zm  z1  z3    z1  z2  i
  i  QM  OM and OM = QM
zQ  zm  z1  z2    z3  z1  i
SECTION – B
51. (A)  (p, q), (B)  (q, s), (C)  (q), (D)  (r, s)
1
Sol. (A) 15 C2r  15 C2r 1
2
16
r  r  5 (r  N)
3
(B) Let side of triangle is (x, x, y), y < 2x
For x = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 number of possible value of y is 1, 3, 5, 7, 9 respectively
For x > 5, y has 9 possibilities so total number of the ordered pair of (x, x, y) is
1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + 5  9 = 61
So, total possibility are 52  3 + 9 = 165
1 5
(C) |az2| = |–bz – c|  |b| |z| + |c|  |z|2 – |z| – 1  0, z 
2
2 2 5 1
and |c|  |a| |z| + |b| |z|  |z| + |z| – 1  0, z 
2
(D) z > x > y, z > y > x and z > y = x
So total number of cases = 8 C3  8 C3  8 C2  140
52. (A)  (p, r), (B)  (p, s), (C)  (p, r, s), (D)  (p, q, r, s, t)
a b
Sol. (A) Let the form of divisor is 2 5
So, 88  a, b  99, 12 cases for each a and b
12  12 9
So, p  E   
100  100 625
(B) On each face there are 4 such triangles are possible, so total triangles are 4  6 = 24
Total number of triangle are = 56

24 a
p E   
56 b
(C) Possible cases
1 1 1..... 1  1

10 times
8!
1 1 1..... 1 3  8
 7!
7 times
6!
1 1 1 1 3 3  15
4! 2!
4!
1 3 3 3  4
3!
So total number of cases will be = 28
(D) No such equilateral triangle is possible, so N = 0
SECTION – C
53. 7
Sol. Choices for f(1), f(2), ....., f(2018), are 4, but f(2019) have two possibility
So, ab = 2  42018
54. 8
1 1
Sol. Volume of DFAB =  height  base area =  6  4  8
3 3
Given line is perpendicular to edge AB and passing through point E
55. 3
Sol. z4 – 5z3 + 18z2 – 17z + 13 = (z – z1)(z – z2)(z – z3)(z – z4)
10 = (1 – z1)(1 – z2)(1 – z3)(1 – z4)
10 = (PA)2(PC)2  (PA)(PC) = 10
56. 2
Sol. det(A) = (r – 1)(p – 1), total number of matrices are 8,
the number of matrices has |A| = 0, are 6
57. 5
6 5 4 3
Sol. Coefficient of x in (x + x + ..... + 1)
6 6 3 –3
 Coefficient x in (x – 1) (x – 1)
 28 – 3 = 25, R = 25
58. 8
    1
Sol. 
d   abc      3
      
a  b  c  d   1 a  b  c  3 1
59. 2
2019
Sol. M  2019

C1  1008C1 
3
 2035825
60. 3
Sol. Only equality holds in A.M.  G.M. so x = y = z = 1
FIITJEE
PART TEST – III
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER –2
TEST DATE: 16-12-2018
more correct answer. Each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and –2 marks for wrong
answer.
Section–A (09 – 12, 29 – 32, 49 – 52) contains 12 paragraphs with each having 2 questions with
one or more than one correct answer. Each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and –2
marks for wrong answer.
negative marking.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A particle of mass m = 3kg is constrained to move along a straight A P B

line. A and B are two fixed points on the line at a separation of
L =  m. When the particle is at some point P between A and B, it is acted upon by two forces
     
F1  (200 N / m)PA and F2  (100 N / m)PB , where magnitudes of PA and PB are in metre. At
10
time t = 0, the particle is projected from A towards B with speed v = m/s. Then
3

(A) Particle reaches to B at t = sec
30

(B) Particle reaches to B at t = sec
15
200
(C) Oscillation energy of the particle is J
3
100
(D) Oscillation energy of the particle is J
3
2. In the Bohr’s hydrogen atom model, R, V and E represent the radius of the orbit, speed of the
electron and total energy of the electron respectively. Which of the following quantities are
proportional to the quantum number n?
(A) VR
(B) RE
(C) VE1
(D) RE1
3. A ray of light is incident normally on one face 30  60  90 prism
60 P
of refractive index p = 5/3 immersed in water of refractive index
m = 4/3 as shown in the figure.
5 p 1
(A) The exit angle 2 of the ray is sin1   30
8 Q
m 2
 5 
(B) The exit angle 2 of the ray is sin1  
4 3
(C) Total internal reflection at point P ceases if the refractive index of water is increased to
5
n by dissolving some substance.
2 3
(D) Total internal reflection at point P ceases if the refractive index of water is increased to
5
n  by dissolving some substance.
6
4. A beam of electrons striking a copper target I

produces X-rays. Its spectrum is as shown in the
figure. Keeping the voltage same if the copper target
is replaced with a different metal, the cut off
wavelength and characteristic lines of the new
spectrum will change in comparison with old as
(A) Cut off wavelength will remain unchanged. 
min
(B) Both cut off wavelength and characteristic
lines must remain unchanged.
(C) Characteristic lines may be different.
(D) Cut off wavelength will be different while
characteristic lines may remain unchanged.
5. A small hole is punched into the bottom of a rectangular boat, Water

Water
allowing water to enter the boat. As the boat sink into the water, level
level
which of the following graph best shows how the water flow rate outside
inside
through the hole varies with time? Assume that the boat remains
horizontal as it sinks.
Hole
30
litre/minute
Leak rate
20
(A) 10
0 2 4 6 8 10
t(hours)
30
litre/minute
Leak rate
20
(B) 10
0 2 4 6 8 10
t(hours)
30
litre/minute
Leak rate
20
(C) 10
0 2 4 6 8 10
t(hours)
30
litre/minute
Leak rate
20
(D) 10
0 2 4 6 8 10
t(hours)
6. A very large number of small particles forms a spherical cloud. Initially they are at rest, have
uniform mass density per unit volume 0 and occupy a region of radius r0. The cloud collapses
due to gravitation, the particles do not interact with each other in any other way. How much time
passes until the cloud collapse fully?
3
(A)
8G0

(B)
32G0
3
(C)
32G0

(D)
8G0
7. Small amplitude standing waves of wavelength  occur on a string

with tension, T, mass per unit length  and length L. One end of the 
string is fixed and the other end is attached to a ring of mass M that M
slides on a frictionless rod, as shown in the figure above. When
gravity is neglected, which of the following conditions correctly
determines the wavelength? L
 2  2L 
(A)  cot  
M    
 2  2L 
(B)  tan  
M    
2L
(C)  , n  1,2,3,............
n
2L
(D)  , n  1,2,3,............
 1
n  2 
 
8. A beam of light has a small wavelength spread  above a central

wavelength . The beam travels in vacuum until it enters a glass
 vacuum
plate at an angle  relative to the normal to the plate as shown in
the figure. The index of refraction of the glass is given by n(). The
angular spread  of the refracted beam is given by 
d( )
(A)   
d

tan  dn( )
(B)   
n d
sin  
(C)  
sin  
 
(D)  remains constant for different values of  in the range  .
6 3
Comprehension Type
This section contains 2 paragraphs each describing theory, experiment, data etc. Each question has
four options (A), (B), (C) and (D). One or more than one of these four option(s) is(are) correct
Gaseous products of burning are released into the

atmosphere of temperature Ta through a high chimney
Height of chimney
of cross section A and height h as shown in the figure.
The solid matter is burnt in the furnace which is at Chimney of cross-sectional
temperature TS. due to burning smoke (gas) generation area A
h
rate (volume per unit time) is Q. a  density of air
It can be assume that Ta  temperature of air
 the velocity of the smoke (gas) in the furnace is
negligibly small.
S  density of smoke Air vent
 the density of the smoke (gas) does not differ TS  temperature of smoke
from that air at the same temperature and
pressure.
 the gases can be treated as ideal while in
furnace.
A furnace with chimney
 the pressure of the air changes with height
according to the hydrostatic law. The change of
the density of the air with height is negligible.
 the flow of gases in the chimney follows
Bernoulli’s equation.
 the change of the density of the gas (smoke) is
negligible throughout the chimney.
9. What is the minimum height of the chimney needed in order that chimney functions efficiently, so
that it can release all of the produced smoke(gas) into the atmosphere? Express your answer in
terms of Q, A, g, Ta, a , s and T, where T = TS  Ta
s Ta Q2
(A)
gA 2 T(a  s )
Ta Q2
(B)
2gA 2 T
Q2  s
(C)
2(a  s )A 2 g
Q2 (Ta  T)
(D)
2gA 2 T
10. Assume that two chimneys are built to serve exactly the same purpose. Their cross sections are
identical, but are designed to work in different parts of the world, one in cold regions designed to
work at an average atmospheric temperature of 23C and the other in warm regions, designed
to work at an average atmospheric temperature of 27C. The temperature of the furnace is 327C.
It was calculated that the height of the chimney designed to work in cold regions is 100 m. How
high is the other chimney?
(A) 71.4m
(B) 280 m
(C) 140 m
(D) 100 m
In a hypothetical experiment light is used to levitate a z

Glass
transparent glass hemisphere with radius R and mass hemisphere
m having refractive index n. In the medium outside the
hemisphere, the index of refraction is equal to one. A R
parallel beam of monochromatic laser light is incident g n
uniformly and normally onto the central portion of its
planar surface as shown in figure. The acceleration of
gravity g is vertically downwards. The radius  of the
circular cross section of the laser beam is much smaller Laser beam
than R. Both the glass hemisphere and the laser beam
are axially symmetric with respect to z-axis.
2
The glass hemisphere does not absorb any laser light. Its surface has been coated with a thin layer of
transparent material so that reflections are negligible when light enters and leaves the glass hemisphere.
The optical path traversed by laser light passing through the non-reflecting surface layer is also negligible.
11. Find the laser power P required to balance the weight of the glass hemisphere.
2mgR2 c
(A)
(n  1)2  2
4mgR2 c
(B)
(n  1)2  2
2mgR2 c
(C)
(n2  1) 2
mgR 2c
(D)
(n2  1) 2
12. If the frequency of the laser beam is f, then the number of photons striking the hemisphere per
unit time is
2mgR2 c
(A)
(n  1)2  2hf
4mgR2 c
(B)
(n  1)2  2hf
2mgR2 c
(C)
(n2  1) 2hf
mgR2 c
(D)
(n2  1) 2hf
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
13. A ray of light is incident parallel to BC at a height h = 3.0 cm A

from BC. Find the height (in cm) above BC at which the
emergent ray leaves the surface AC. It is given that   2
and length BC = 20 cm. Take tan 15 = 0.25.
h
45 45
B C
14. A compound microscope is used to enlarge an object kept at a distance of 3 cm from its
objective. The objective consists of several convex lenses is contact and has a focal length of 2
cm. If a lens of focal length 10 cm is removed from the objective, the eyepiece has to be moved
by x cm to refocus the image. The value of x is
15. Consider a nuclear reaction A + B  C. A nucleus A moving with kinetic energy of 5 MeV collides
with a nucleus B moving with kinetic energy of 3 MeV and forms a nucleus C in excited state.
Find the kinetic energy of nucleus C (in MeV) just after its formation if it is formed in a state with
excitation energy 10.65 MeV. Take masses of nuclei of A, B and C as 25.0, 10.0 and 34.995 amu,
1 amu  930 MeV/c2
16. A small sphere of radius R = 10 cm is arranged to pulsate so that its radius varies in simple
harmonic motion between a range 10.0cm  0.1cm with frequency f = 100 Hz. This produces
3 5
sound waves in the surrounding air of density  =1.6 kg/m and bulk modulus B = 10 Pascal.
225
Find the total acoustic power radiated by the sphere (in watt). (take 3  )
8
2
17. Fresh water flows horizontally from pipe section 1 of cross sectional Ps(P2  P1) (KN/m )
area A1 into pipe section 2 of cross-sectional area A2. Figure gives
a plot of the pressure difference (P2  P1) versus the inverse area
squared A12 that would be expected for a volume flow rate of a
certain value if the waver flow were laminar under all
circumstances. The scale on the vertical axis is set by PS = 100 16 32 A 2 (m4 )
1
KN/m2. For the condition of the figure, what is the volume flow rate
in m3/s? (take 6  2.4 )
18. A plano-convex lens is placed on a plane glass surface. A thin film of air is formed between the
curved surface of the lens and the plane glass plate. The thickness of the air film is zero at the
point of contact and increases as one moves away from the point of contact. In the arrangement
light containing two wavelengths 4000 Å and 4002 Å is allowed to fall normally on the flat face of
the lens. Calculate the minimum distance (in cm) from the point of contact at which the rings will
disappear. Assume that the radius of curvature of the curved surface is 400 cm. (assume
identical intensities for both wavelengths)
19. An optical fiber consists of a cylindrical core of radius R, made of transparent material with
refraction index varying gradually from the value n = n1 on the axis to n = n2 (with 1 < n2 < n1) at a
distance R from the axis, according to the formula
n  n  x   n1 1  2 x2
x x
n0 = 1
n2 n0 = 1 n2
R n1 R n1
O z i O z
Where x is the distance from the core axis and  is a constant. The core is surrounded by a
cladding made of a material with constant refraction index n2. Outside the fibre is air of refractive
index n0. Let Oz be the axis of the fiber, with O – the centre of the fiber end. Given n0 = 1, n1 = 1.5
and n2 = 1.46, R = 25 m. A monochromatic light ray enters the fiber at point O under an incident
angle i = 30, the incident plane being the plane xOz. At each point on the trajectory of the light
in the fiber, the refractive index n and the angle  between the light ray and the Oz axis satisfy the
relationship ncos   C . Find C.
20. Two thin lenses with lens powers D1 and D2 diopter are located at distance L = 25 cm from each
other and their optical axes coincide. This system creates an erect real image of the object,
located at the optical axis closer to lens D1 with the net magnification M1 = 1. If the position of the
two tenses are exchanged, the system again produces an erect real image with the net
magnification M2 = 4. What is the difference between lens powers D = D1 – D2 (in diopter)?
SECTION – A

(A) AgBr shows both Frenkel and Schottky defect.
(B) When crystals of NaCl are heated in an atmosphere of Na vapours. Crystal shows yellow
colour due to metal excess defect.
(C) ZnO on heating turns yellow this is because of metal excess defect due to the presence
of extra cations at interstitial sites.
(D) Schottky defect is shown by ionic compounds in which cation and anion are of almost
similar sizes.

(A) Melting point order: PH3 < AsH3 < SbH3 < NH3
(B) Boiling point order: PH3 < AsH3 < NH3 < SbH3
(C) NCl3 on hydrolysis give HOCl while PCl3 gives HCl
(D) Melting point order: HCl < HBr < HF < HI
23. Molarity of solution, prepared by mixing CaO in 200 ml water. The CaO is obtained by heating
100 gm of limestone which was 80% pure?
(A) 5
(B) 4
(C) 3
(D) 2

(A) Fe3+ ion forms a charge transfer complex with SCN ions.
(B) When KCN is added to CuSO4 solution, KCN acts as a reducing agent as well as a
complexing agent.
(C) ZnO is reduced to Zn by H2.

(D) In Baeyer’s process Al2O3 goes in to Al  OH 4 while other basic oxides remains insoluble.
25. Correct order among the following is/are?

(A) HF > HCl > HBr > HI (Dipole moment)
(B) HOCl < HClO2 < HClO3 < HClO4 (Acidic strength)
(C) H2S < H2Se < H2Te < H2O (Boiling point)
(D) NH3 > PH3 > AsH3 > SbH3 (Bond angle)
26. The Eo value of the following reaction are given

Sn2   Sn4   2e  Eo  0.15 V
Fe  Fe2   2e Eo  0.44 V
Fe 2  Fe3   e  E o  0.771 V
Fe  Fe3   3e Eo  0.036 V
MnO 4  8H  5e  Mn2   4H2 O Eo  1.51 V
Under standard condition which of the following reaction is spontaneous?
H 
(A) Fe  MnO 4  Fe2   Mn2   H2 O
H 
(B) Fe2  MnO 4  Fe3   Mn2   H2 O
H 
(C) Fe  MnO 4  Fe3   Mn2   H2 O
(D) Fe2  Sn4   Fe3   Sn2 
27. When one mole of triatomic (bent) ideal gas at 300 K undergoes reversible adiabatic change
under a constant external pressure of 1 atm from 1 lit volume to 27 litre. What would be the final
2
temperature (in Kelvin)? [  = 1 + : where f is degree of freedom].
f
(A) 100
(B) 80.27
(C) 11.11
(D) 33.33
28. 1 mole of an ideal gas at 300 K expands isothermally and reversibly ten times of its initial volume.
Energy used in non useful work is
(A) 5.744 kJ/mol
(B) 0.0191 kJ/mol
(C) 2.303 nRT log V2/V1
(D) 2.303 nR log V2/V1
Comprehension Type

Mn  NO3 2   A  s   B  g 
Brown 
Conc. H2 SO4  A  D  aq.  E  g   H2O
E
D  NaOH  F   Brown 
White ppt.
29. D  PbO2  Conc. HNO3  Y

Purple 
Y is:
(A) H2MnO4
(B) HMnO4
(C) Pb3O4
(D) Mn(NO3)2
30. Which of the following is/are correct?

(A) D  NaBiO3  dil. HNO3  Purple colour
H 
(B) D  IO 4  H2 O  Purple colour
(C) B  FeSO 4  Brown ring
Excess
Starch paper
(D) B  KI   Blue spot
Resonance energy of A molecule is equal to the difference between potential energy of most stable
resonating structure and the hybrid (actual) structure. More the magnitude of resonance energy, more will
be the stability of the molecule.
31. Calculate the magnitude of resonance energy of benzene
Given : HHydrogenation of = - 28.6 kcal/mole
HHydrogenation of = - 49.8 kcal/mole
(A) 35
(B) 36
(C) 70
(D) 72
32. Which of the following statement is/are correct?

Given: Hhydrogenation of benzene  49.8 kcal / mole
Hhydrogenation of naphthalene  82 kcal / mole
Hhydrogenation of  28.6 kcal / mole
(A) Magnitude of resonance energy of naphthalene is = 61 k cal/mole

(B) Thermodynamically benzene is more stable than naphthalene
(C) Thermodynamically naphthalene is more stable than benzene
(D) Magnitude of resonance energy of naphthalene is 72 kcal/mole
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
33. Oxidation number of Cr in K3CrO8 is:
34. Coordination number of cation present in a void when r  / r  lies in between 0.155 to 0.225.
35. A 6 ampere current is passed through a solution of CuSO4 for 59 minutes. The amount of
Cu (in grams) deposited at cathode is:
36. What is the normality of 28 V H2O2 solution ?
37. What is the percentage of SO3 by mass in 101.8% oleum?
38. The n-factor of Br2 in following reaction is x

hot
Br2  KOH   Br   BrO3
Than 3x = y : value of y is:
39. At 90oC vapour pressure of pure liquid A is 500 mm Hg and that of pure liquid B is 900 mm Hg. If
o
a mixture of solution of A and B boils at 90 C and 1 atm pressure mole fraction of A is XA:
XA × 20 = n, value of n is
40. Mixture of Fe2O3 and Al is used in solid fuel rocket. What is the fuel value (magnitude only) per ml
of mix (in Kcal/ml).
Given: HAl2 O3  399.0 Kcal / mol, HFe2 O3  199.0 Kcal / mol
Density of Fe2O3 and Al are 5 gm/ml and 3 gm/ml respectively.
SECTION – A
 1
41. Let Un be the set of the nth roots of unity. If A        , then which of following is/are
Un
correct?
(A) A = 0, if n = 4k, k  N
(B) A = –4, if n = 4k + 2, k  N
(C) A = 2 if n = 4k + 1, k  N
(D) A = 2, if n = 4k + 3, k  N
1 , i j 1

42. Let Rn  bij be a determinant such that bij  3 , i  j  0 , then n  N
nn
0 , otherwise

(A) R2019 + R2017 = 3R2018
(B) R2019 + R2017 = 9R2018
(C) The value of R4 is 54
(D) R5 is multiple of 9
43. If P and Q are two 3  3 non-identity matrices with real entries such that PPT = I, QQT = I (PT, QT
are transpose of matrices P and Q respectively) and det(PQ) < 0, then which of the following
is/are always correct (where det stands for determinant of a matrix)
(A) det(P + Q) < 0
(B) det(P + Q) = 0
(C) atleast one of the det(P – I) or det(Q – I) will be zero
(D) det(P–1 + Q–1) = det(P + Q)
 z  1   z  1 2
44. Given in the Argand plane two curves C1 : arg     and C2 : arg   where
 z  1 3  z  1 3
z = x + iy, x, y  R, then
4 2
(A) sum of areas enclosed by the real axis and C1, and the real axis and C2 is equal to
3
(B) the number of complex numbers satisfying curve C1 and C2 simultaneously, is zero
1
(C) if  moves on curve C2, then  ||< 1, where || is modulus of 
3
(D) if  moves on curve C1, then || can be 1 unit, where || is modulus of 
45. There are 6 red balls and 8 green balls in a bag, five balls are drawn out at random and placed in
a red box and the remaining 9 balls are put in a green box. If the number of red balls in the green
box is Rg and the number of green balls in the red box is Gr, then which of the following is/are
INCORRECT?
788
(A) probability that Rg + Gr is a prime number is
1001
213
(B) probability that Rg + Gr is a prime number is
1001
708
(C) probability that Rg + Gr is an even number is
1001
213
(D) probability that Rg + Gr is an odd number is
1001
46. A five digit number a1a2a3a4a5 is said to satisfy property P if ai  {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7}  1  i  5,

and let k = a1 + a2 + a3 + a4 + a5, then
 75  1 
(A) number of five digit numbers satisfying P such that k is divisible by 3 is  
 3 
 75  1 
(B) number of five digit numbers satisfying P such that k is divisible by 2 is  
 2 
 75  3 
(C) number of five digit numbers satisfying P such that k is divisible by 4 is  
 4 
(D) number of five digit numbers satisfying P such that that k = 33, is less than 20
47. An urn contains  white balls (  3) and r red balls. If 3 balls were to the drawn without
replacement, the probability that they would all be white is P. Introducing an extra white ball in the
4P
urn changed this probability to , then
3
(A) the maximum value of r can be 108
(B) the maximum value of r can be 88
(C)  can be 6
(D)  can be 9
48. Object A and B start moving simultaneously in the coordinate plane via a sequence of steps.
each of length one with the same speed, object A starts at (0, 0) and each of its step is either
right or up, both equally likely object B starts at (3, 5) and each of its steps is either left or down
both equally likely, then which of the following is/are true
5
(A) the probability that object A and B meets is
32
25
(B) the probability that object A and B will not meet is
32
7
(C) the probability that A and B meet at point (a, b), such that a < b is
64
3
(D) the probability that A and meet at point (a, b) where a = b is
32
Comprehension Type
 x 0 0
Let A  0 y 0  ; x, y, z  I with the condition that det(adj(adj A)) = 212  38  54, S1 is set of all the
0 0 z 
matrices A, S2 is set of all such matrices A where trace of A is divisible by 2, and x, y, z  N and S3 is set
of all such matrices A, where (trace A3) – 3 det A = 0, and x, y, z  N. Let the number of elements in set
S1, S2 and S3 be 2,  and  respectively.

49. Then is divisible by

(A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 5 (D) 7
50. Which of the following is/are correct?

 
(A)  10 (B)  15
 
 
(C) 9 (D)  14
 
Consider a tetrahedron Die that has four integers 1, 2, 3 and 4 written on its faces. Roll the Die 2000
times and for each i, 1  i  4 let f(i) represent the number of times i is written on the bottom face.
Let A denote total sum of the numbers on the bottom face for these 2000 rolls, it A4 = 6144 f(1) f(2) f(3)
f(4), then
f 1  f  2 
51. The value of is equal to
f  4
f  2
(A)
f  4
f 2
(B)
f 3 
f 1
(C)
f 2
(D) none of these
52. Let g(x) is a polynomial equation such that, g(x) = 0, has all real roots, where
4 3 2
let g(x) = x + (f(1) – d)x + (f(2) – c)x + (f(3) – b)x + (f(4) – a), a, b, c, d  R |g(–i)| = 1, where
i  1 , then which of the following is/are INCORRECT?
(A) g(5) > 4
(B) g(5) = 2000
(C) c+d<a+b
(D) g(4) > f(4)
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
4 1  a a3 
53. Let A   and A100   1 , then value of a1 + a4 is equal to _____

 9 2  a 2 a4 
7 2 x 2  12
54. Let f  x   6 x 2  12 3 , then the number of real roots of f(x) = 0 is equal to _____
2
x  12 2 7
2 2 2 3 3 3 1  a 1  b 1  c 
55. For real a, b, c; a + b + c = 2, a + b + c = 6 and a + b + c = 8, then is
5
equal to _____
2 2 20
 1  1 1
56. If Rn  1   1    1   1   , where n  1, then
 n  n
R is equal to _____
n 1 n
57. The radius of circumscribing sphere of a regular tetrahedron the coordinates of whose vertices
are A(0, 0, 0), B(3, 0, 0), C(0, 3, 0), D(0, 0, 3) is R, then [R], is equal to _____ (where [.] denotes
x 1 y  2 z  2
58. A variable line passing through the point of intersection of the lines  
7 1 5
and x + 3 = y – 4 = –z. If S(x, y, z) = 0 is the locus of mirror image of the point (8, 3, –7) in the
variable line and S(x, y, z) = 0 is locus of foot of the perpendicular from (8, 3, –7) to the variable
line, then the ratio of volumes of S to S is equal to _____
a1 a2 a3 
59. Let P  a4 a5 a6  , where ai  {0, 1, 2}  i  {1, 2, 3, ....., 9}. If possible values of det(P) are
a7 a8 a9 
P1, P2, P3, ....., Pn, then P1 + P2 + P3 + ..... + Pn is equal to _____
60. Let R be the number of non-empty subsets of the set {1, 2, 3, ....., 9) satisfying the property that
no two consecutive numbers are elements of a set, then number of prime divisors of R
is/are_____
FIITJEE
PART TEST – III
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER –2
TEST DATE: 16-12-2018
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. B, C
   
Sol. ma  200x  100(L  x)
300  1
 a  x 
3  3
So,  = 10 rad/s
10 1
For amplitude,  10 A 2 
3 9
2
 A m
3
T T T 2
So, t AB    , where T  sec
12 4 3 10
1  4  200
and Eosc  (3)(100)    J
2 9 3
2. A, C
n2 Z Z2
Sol. From Bohr’s theory, R  , V and E  2
z n n
3. A, C
Sol. 1 sin 1 = 2 sin 2

60
5 4
sin30  sin 2 60
3 3 60
30
5 1
 2 = sin1   30
8
2
for total internal reflection at P, we use
5
sin60  n
3
5
n
2 3
4. A, C
Sol. Cut off wavelength depends upon the accelerating potential difference so it will remain same and
characteristic lines are dependent upon the energy gap between the energy levels of the
elements. So these may change.
5. A
Sol. Difference in the outer and inner water levels always remains the same. Then the pressure
difference across the hole remains same.
6. C
3
42  r0 
Sol. From Kepler’s law, T 2   
4 2
G r03  
3
7. B
Sol. consider the case for M  0 and M  
8. B
Sol. (1) sin  = n() sin 
dn() d
So, 0 = sin  n( )cos 
d d
sin  1 dn( )
 d   d
cos  n( ) d
tan  dn( )
    
n( ) d
9. B, C
10. C
Sol. (for Q. 9-10)
Applying Bernoulli’s theorem between top and bottom of chimney
1
P  s gh  s v 2  P0 , where v = Q/A
2
1 Q2
So, P  P0  s gh  s 2  P0  a gh
2 A
2
sQ
So, h 
2(a  s )A 2 g
a Ts Ta Q2
For ideal gas,  , So h =
s Ta 2gA 2 T
hW (273  27) (327  23)

 , where hC = 100 m
hC (327  27) (273  23)
So, hw = 140 m
11. B
12. B
B
For small , n = 
So,  = (n 1)  
Initial photon momentum per unit time = P/c
Final photon momentum per unit time A
P 2rdr 2P  2  
 2 cos   2   1   rdr
 c c  2 

2P  (n  1)r 2  r  C
= 1   rdr , Because   
c 2 0  2R2  R n 1
P  (n  1)2 
 1  
c 4R2 
mg4R2 c
So, P 
(n  1)2  2
P
No. of photons/time =
hf
SECTION – C
13. 1
Sol. sin 45 =  sin r  r = 30 A
From BQR and CSR
BQ BR 
 45 45
SC RC Q S
P i T
 RC  h 45 i i i 45
 h  3   C
 BR  B M R
i = 45+ r = 75
QM
So,  tan15 , so MR = 12 cm
MR
So, BR = 15 cm and RC = 5 cm
So, h = 1cm
14. 9
1 1 1
Sol. In Ist case:    v 1 = 6 cm
v1 3 2
When one lens is removed, the new focal length of the objective is
1 1 1 1 1
     f = 2.5 cm
f  f f1 2 10
The new position of image is
1 1 1
 
v 2 3 2.5
 v2 = 15 cm
So, shifting = 15  6 = 9 cm
15. 2
Sol. m A c 2  K A  mB c 2  K B  mCc 2  K C  excitation energy
So, K C  2 MeV
16. 9
B
2 2 2
Sol. Intensity at the surface of sphere = 2 f (R) 
B
So, total power = 2 2 f 2 ( R)2  4 R 2

= 8 3 Bf 2R2 ( R)2  9 Watt.
17. 6
1 1  A2 V2 
Sol. P2  P 1 =
2
 
 V12  V22    2 2 2  V22 
2  A1 

1 2 1
 V22 A 22  A1   V22
2 2
From the graph,
1 2 2 300  103 1
V2 A 2  N/m2 and V22  300  103 N/m2
2 16 2
1
So, A 2  m2 and V2  600 m/s
4
So, volume rate Q = A2V2 = 6 m3/s
18. 4
rm2
Sol. For newton’s ring, t 
2R R
For fringe system to disappear completely
 1
2t  m 1   m    2
 2 t
2t 2t 1 rm
So,  
1  2 2
 2  1 1
So, 2t 
12 2
rm2 2  107 1
So, 2 14

2R 16  10 2
 rm = 4  102 m
19. 2
Sol. Refraction at the air and core (at x = 0) interface gives
(1) sin i = n1 sin r
Now for refraction at various parallel interfaces at different x.
 
n1 cos r = n1 sin     = n cos 
2 
sin2 
So, n cos  = n1 1 
n12
9 1
 n12  sin2 i =    2
4 4
20. 3
Sol. Both the lenses must be converging
If x is the distance of object from the first lens
f
So, m1  1 where f 1 is focal length of first lens
f1  x
f2
and m2  where f 2 is focal length of the second lens and L is separation between
 xf1 
f2   L  
 f1  x 
the lenses.
 xf1 
f2   L  
 1 f x  x  f1  L x  f1  f2  L 
So,   1 = 1 
M1 m1m2 f1 f2 f2 f1f2
When the lenses are interchanged, in the above expression only the second term changes
1 L x  f1  f2  L 
So,  1 
M2 f1 f1f2
1 1 1 1
   L     L  D1  D2 
M1 M2  f1 f2 
1 1
So, 1 – = (D1 – D2)
4 4
 D1 – D2 = 3 diopter
SECTION – A
21. A, B, C, D
Sol. Facts.
22. A, B, C, D
Sol. Facts.
23. B

Sol. CaCO3   CaO  CO2
100 gm sample contains 80 gm CaCO3
80
 Moles of CaCO3   0.8
100
 Moles of CaO formed = 0.8 mole
0.8
Molarity   1000  4.0
200
24. A, B, D
25. A, B, C, D
26. A, B, C
Sol. For feasibility of reaction Eo   ve & Go   ve
[Fe  Fe2   2e  ]5
[MnO 4  5e  8H  Mn2   4H2O]  2
5Fe  2MnO4  8H  2Mn2   5Fe2   8H2 O
G1o  2  F  0.44
Go2  5  F  1.51
Go3  10  FEo  5G1o  2Go2
Eo  0.44  1.51  1.95
Fe  Fe3   3e

MnO 4  5e   8H  Mn2   8H2O
Eo  0.036  1.51  1.546
Fe 2  Fe3   e 
MnO 4  5e   8H  Mn2   8H2O
5Fe2   MnO4  8H  Mn2   8H2O  Fe3 
Eo   0.771  1.51 = 0.739
Fe 2  Fe3   e  Eo  0.771

Sn4   2e 
 Sn2  Eo  0.15
2Fe2   Sn4   2Fe3   Sn2 
Eo   0.15    0.771  0.621
27. A
Sol. T1V11  T2 V2  1
8/6
2/6
T1 1 T1 300
T2  2/ 6
   100
 27  3 3
28. A, C
Sol. G  H  TS
V2
TS  2.303nRT log
V1
10
 2.303  1 8.314  300log
1
= 5744.14 J mol-1 K-1
29. B
30. A, B, C, D

Mn  NO3 2   MnO2  2NO2
MnO2  Conc. H2 SO4 
 MnSO 4  O2  H2 O
O
MnSO 4  NaOH  Mn  OH2 
2
 MnO  OH 2
 White  Brown

H
PbO2  MnSO 4  HMnO 4  Pb2 
Purple
H 
Mn2   NaBiO3  HMnO 4  Bi3 
H 
Mn2   IO 4  HMnO 4  IO3
Starch
NO2  KI 
Paper  Blue spot
31. B
Sol.  H2  H  28.6 kcal / mole
 3H2  H   28.6   3 kcal / mole
Non resonating
 3H2  H  49.8 kcal / mole
Benzene
 resonanceH   85.8    49.8   36 kcal / mole
32. A, B
Sol.
 5H2  H  5   28.6   143 kcal / mole
Stable resonating structure
Naphthalene  5H2  H  82 kcal / mole
  resonance Hnaphthalene   143    82   61

Resonance energy of benzene = - 36
One naphthalene ring equivalent to two benzene ring
 Magnitude of resonance energy of naphthalene (-61), is less than two benzene ring (-72).
So benzene ring is more stable.
SECTION – C
33. 5
Sol. O O O
Cr O
O
O
O O
34. 3
r
Sol.  0.155  0.225, trigonal planar.
r
35. 7
63.5
Sol. W  zit   6  59  60
2  96500
= 7 gm
36. 5
28
Sol. N 5
5.6
37. 8
101.8  100
Sol. %SO3   80  8
18
38. 5
5
Sol. x
3
5
y  5  5
3
39. 7
Sol. 760  poA X A  pBo XB
760  500X A  900 1  X A 
XA = 0. 35
 n  0.35  20  7
40. 4
3
Sol. 2Al  O2  Al2 O3 H  399.0 kcal
2
3
2Fe  O2  Fe2O3 H  199.0 kcal
2
By using these. We get
2Al  Fe2 O3  Al2O3  2Fe H  200 kcal
54 160
Vol. of fusion mixture = vol. of Al + vol. of Fe2O3    50 ml
3 5
200
 Fuel value   4 kcal / ml
50
SECTION – A
41. A, B, C, D
Sol. Let f  x   xn  1   x  
Un
1 2  1
    i   i  i  1 i  1
n n
 Un
A         =
Un    Un    1n1
Un
42. A, D
3 1 0 0 ... 1 1 00...
3 1 0...
1 3 10 0... 0 3
1
Sol. Rn  0 1  Rn  3 0 1
0
. 0 . 0
. n 1n1
. . nn
. .  n1n 1
 Rn = 3Rn – 1 – Rn – 2
 Rn + Rn – 2 = 3Rn – 1
43. B, C, D
T T
Sol. P T  P  Q  Q T   P  Q   |P + Q| = 0, P T  P  I    P  I
Either |P| |P – I| = –|P – I| or |Q||Q – I| = –|Q – I|, because |P| |Q| < 0
 
P P1  Q1 Q  P  Q  P1  Q 1   P  Q  0
44. B, C
Sol. Shown in the figure
Im
C2  R e, C 1  , ||  1
–1 1 –1 1
45. B, C, D
5 balls 9 balls
Rg green 8  Rg green
Sol.
5  Rg red Rg  1 red
Re d box Green box
So, Gr = Rg + 1
Rg + Gr = 2Rg + 1 (cannot be even number)
1  2Rg + 1  11
6
C5  8 C4  6 C1 213
For Rg + Gr non-prime  Rg = 0 or 4  so the probability = 14

C5 1001
46. A, B, C, D
Sol. The each number a1a2 ..... a5 will correspond to a term in expansion
a 1
1    
 a12  .....  a17 a12  a22  .....  a72 a13  .....  a73 ..... a15  a52  .....  a75 
5
So find sum of coefficient of x , x , x
3k 2k 4k

in expansion of  x1  .....  x 7  , for the A, B, C
5
respectively (where k  N), if k = 33 then number possible case will be 5 + C2 = 15
47. B, D
 1
C3 4 C3
Sol. P  r
, P  r 1
C3 3 C3
2    2
Equality value of P, r 
  11
108
r    10 
11  
rmax = 88,  can not 6 as r will not be integer
48. B, C, D
Sol. There are 8 steps between (0, 0) and (3, 5) so A and B can be meet at (0, 4), (1, 3), (2, 2) and
(3, 1) point
Let ai and bi denote the number of paths to Pi from (0, 0) to (3, 5) respectively, because A has to
take r steps to right and B has to take r + 1 steps down the number of ways A and B can meet at
Pi is
ai · bi = 4Ci · 4Ci + 1, because A and B can each take 24 path in 4 ways, so probability they will meet
1 3
is 8  aibi
2 i0
49. A, C
50. C, D
Sol. xyz = (23  32  5), number of possible triplet of (x, y, z) are = 5C2  4C2  3C2 = 180
so 2 = 8  180 = 1440, if x + y + z = even so possible cases are odd + odd + even,
even + even + even
For odd + odd + even, total number of cases = 54
For even + even + even, total number of cases = 18, so  = 72
Trace of A3 = x3 + y3 + z3, x3 + y3 + z3 = 3xyz  Either x = y = z or x + y + z = 0 , so  = 0
51. A, C
Sol. f(1) + f(2) + f(3) + f(4) = 2000, By A.M.  G.M., A4  6144 f(1) f(2) f(3) f(4)
Only equality holds true so f(1) = 2f(2) = 3f(3) = 4f(4)
so f(1) = 960, f(2) = 480, f(3) = 320, f(4) = 240
52. B, C, D
Sol. Let g(x) = (x – )(x – )(x – )(x – ), , , ,  are the roots of polynomial g(x) = 0
1  1   2 1  2 1  y 2 1   2   =  =  =  = 0
4
So, g(x) = x and f(1) = d, f(2) = c, f(3) = b, f(4) = a
SECTION – C
53. 2
3 1  0 0 
Sol. A = B + I, B    , B2   
 9 3  0 0 
54. 4
Sol. f(x) = 0, has five distinct and real roots
55. 0
Sol.  a  2 ,  ab  1 , abc = –2
So, a, b, c are roots and equation x3 – 2x2 – x + 2
 (a, b, c) = (1, –1, 2)
56. 7
1 1
  n2   n  1  n2   n  1  , find R1, R2, ....., R20 it will be a telescopic sum
2 2
Sol.
Rn 4  
57. 2
Sol. Form a cube of edge length 3, R 

length of body diagonal   3 3
2 2
58. 8
x 1 y  2 z  2
Sol. Point Q(8, 3, –7) lies on the line   , let P is point of intersection of the given
7 1 5
lines P(–6, 1, 3)
S is sphere with radius PQ and S is sphere with diameter PQ
59. 0
Sol. If possible value the value of det P is k, then –k al also possible for each positive k
60. 2
Sol. Let an is total of such subset for a n number of element set . So in that subset let either 1, is
appeared or not, if 1 appeared then total number of subset will be an – 2, if 1 is not appeared total
number of subset is an – 1,
so an = an – 1 + an – 2 provide a1 = 1, a2 = 2 find a9 = 55
FIITJEE
PART TEST – II
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 18-11-2018

for wrong answer
for wrong answer.
negative marking.
AITS-PT-II (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
 Z
1. 
The electric field in the space is given by E  E0 xiˆ  yjˆ  zkˆ . 
Consider a right circular cylindrical surface whose radius is ‘a’
and height ‘h’, as shown in the figure.
Now choose the correct option(s).
Y
X O
(A) The electric flux through lower circular base is zero.
(B) The electric flux through upper circular top is a2hE0
(C) The electric flux through lateral surface is 2a2hE0
(D) The total electric flux through cylindrical surface is 4a2hE0
Ans. A, B, C
Sol. Let, S1, S2 and S3 be the surface areas of the lower circular base, upper circular top and lateral
surface of the cylinder respectively.
 
1   E.dS  0 …(1)
S1
 
2   E.dS  a2hE0 …(2)
S2
   
3   E.dS  E0  r .dS …(3)
S3 S3
   xiˆ  yjˆ  x2  y 2
 
r .dS  xiˆ  yjˆ  zkˆ . 
 a   dS 
a
dS
 
Putting this value in equation (3), we have
3  aE0  dS  aE0  2ah  2a 2hE0
S3
  Total flux  1  2  3  3 a2hE0
Second Method
  
 E   3E 0     30E0
0 0
Qen  Total charge enclosed within the cylinder = a2h
3 AITS-PT-II (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19
 3 a2h0E0
Q
Total flux = en  3a2hE0
0
2. Consider two current carrying loops in x-y plane, carrying current I1 and I2 respectively as shown
in the figure.
y
D
A C x
B I2
I1
Loop-2
Loop-1
Now consider two arbitrary elementary current elements AB & CD of lengths d 1 and d 2 on the
 
loop-1 and loop-2 respectively. Let dF12 be the force which the current carrying element I2 d 2
 
exerts on the current carrying element I1d 1 & F12 represent the net force on 1st loop by the 2nd

loop, developed due to interaction between current carrying loops. Similarly dF21 be the force
  
which the current carrying element I1 d 1 exerts on the current carrying element I2 d 2 & F21
represent the net force on 2nd loop by the 1st loop, developed due to interaction between current
carrying loops. Choose the correct option(s)
  
(A) dF12  dF21  0
  
(B) dF12  dF21  0
  
(C) F12  F21  0
  
(D) F12  F21  0
Ans. B, C

Sol. dB12  Magnetic field at any point on the elementary element AB due to current carrying element

I2d 2 .
 
 0  I2 d   r12 
dB12  
4  r12 3 

  
  
dF12  I1d 1  dB12  

 0  I1d 1  I2 d 2  r12 
 3
 4  r12
 
The force dF12 will be in the plane of loop and perpendicular to the current carrying element I1d i
(say along p̂12 ).
  

Similarly dF21 

0 I2 d 2  I1d 1  r21  [Say along p̂21 ]
3
4 r21
 p̂12 is not parallel to p̂21 , in general

  
So, dF12  dF21  0
  

But F12 
 0I1I2 
d 1  d 2  r12 
4 L L 3
r12
1 2
  

F21 
 0I1I2 
d 2  d 1  r21 .
4 L L1  r 3
21
 2  
Hence, F12  F21  0
3. Consider an isolated sphere of radius ‘b’, made of a material with permittivity 0 and electrical
conductivity , whose volume charge density varies with time t and is given as
 e  t /  if 0  r  a
 0
 0 if a  r  

Where   0 and 0 < a < b. The spherical layer between radii ‘a’ and ‘b’ is neutral. Then choose

a3 0
(A) The surface charge density at outer surface of sphere is at t   n2.
8b2
(B) The total current in the region 0 < r < a increases with the radius.
(C) The electric field in the region b < r <  is independent of time.
(D) The total current in the region a < r < b is independent of radius.
Ans. B, C, D
 4 3 t / 
 a 0 e  Q0 e t /  if 0ra
Sol. Q t   3
 0 if a r b
4 3
Here Q0  a 0
3
According Gauss’ Law, we can write
 Q0 r e  t / 
 3
if 0  r  a
 40 a
 t / 
Q e
E   0 2 if a  r  b
 40 r
 Q
0
 2
if b  r  
 40 r
Using conservation of charge we can write surface charge density at the outer surface of sphere
as,
Q  Q t Q0
 0
4 b 2

4b2

1  e t /  
1
If t   n2  1  e  n2  ,
2
3
4 3 1 1 a 0
So,   a 0   
3 4b2 2 6b2
J = current density = E
I = current = Jr2
Hence in the region 0  r  a, the volume is source of conduction current while the region a < r <
b has no source of conduction current.
4. The variation of potential along x-axis is shown in the figure. The potential does not vary along
the y-axis or z-axis. Ignore the behaviour at the end points of interval. Now choose the correct
option(s) for given interval –3m < x < 3m.
Vx(in volt)
b
15
e
10
5 c d
X(metre)
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
–5
a –10
(A) The greatest absolute value of Ex is 25 V/m.
(B) An electron is released at point (– 1m, 0), it will move along positive x-axis.
(C) A proton is released at point (1.5 m, 0), it will move along positive x-axis.
(D) An electron is released at point (– 2.5 m, 0), it will move along positive x-axis.
Ans. A, D
Sol. Ex
10/3
x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
–25
5. Three point charges are kept at points A(0, 4a), O(0, 0)

and B(0, –4a) as shown in the figure. A(0, 4a) 5Q
–5Q
X
O P(3a, 0)
(0, –4a)B
+3Q
(A) Work was done on the external agent who assembled these charges in moving them
from infinity to the point.

(B) The electric field at point P is Ep  E X î  E y ˆj, then Ex is negative and Ey is positive.

(C) The electric field at point P is Ep  E x î  E y ˆj, then both Ex and Ey are negative.
975Q
(D) A positive charge has to be put at point P to make the potential energy of system
8
of all four point charges to be zero.
Ans. A, C
Sol. Potential energy of the system is negative so option A E3

is correct
5KQ KQ 3KQ
  53, E1  , E2  , E3  
9 5 25
5KQ KQ 3 3KQ 3 5KQ 24KQ E1 
Ex         0
9 5 5 25 5 9 125
K 4 3K 4 8K
Ey      0 E2
5 5 25 5 125
25Q2 15Q2 5xQ 5Qx 15Q2 3Qx
     0
4 8 5 3 4 5
65Q2 8Qx 5Qx  24  25  x 65Q 65  15Q
  0    x
8 5 3 15 8 8
6. In the circuit shown in figure, the switch S is closed at the moment t C R

= 0. At the moment t = RCn2, the currents through both resistors
are found to be ‘I’. Then choose the correct option(s)
L R
V
(A) I
R
V
(B) I
2R
L
(C) R
2C
L
(D) R
C
Ans. B, D
V  
Rt
V  RCt
Sol. I1   1  e
 , and
L
I2  e
R  R
According to question at t = RCn2, we have
Rt Rt t
V  V  RCt
  
I1  I2   1  e
  L
e  1  e L
 e RC
…………..( 1)
R  R
t
 1
Given t = RCn2  e RC  e n2  , Putting this value in equation (1), we have
2
L
R
C
Rt Rt
 1  1 Rt R
1 e L   e L    n2   RCn2  n2
2 2 L L
7. A loop is formed by two fixed parallel conductors connected

by a solenoid with inductance L = 2H and a conducting rod of
mass m = 8 kg which can freely slide without friction, over the
conductors. The conductors are located in a horizontal plane v0 x
and in a uniform vertical magnetic field B =  Tesla directed
into the plane of the paper. The distance between the
conductors is  = 2 m. At the moment t = 0, the rod is
imparted an initial velocity v 0 = 2 m/s directed to the right. The
resistance of loop is negligible. Choose the correct option( s)
(A) The rod will perform periodic motion, but not SHM
(B) The rod will perform SHM
(C) The time period of oscillation of rod is 4 s
4
(D) The amplitude of oscillation of rod is metre.

Ans. B, C, D
Sol. Suppose that at any instant of time, velocity of the rod is v i d

a
towards right.
The current in the circuit is i. In the figure,
Va  Vb  Vd  Vc
Fm v0 x
i.e. Ldi  Bldx
Integrating, we get Li  Blx
Magnetic force on the rod at this instant is
b c
B2  2
Fm  iB  x … (i)
L

Since, this force is in opposite direction of v , so from Newton’s second law we can write,
 d2 x  B2l2
m 2    x
 dt  L
Comparing this with equation of SHM, i.e.
d2 x
 2 x  0  x  A sin t  v  A cos t … ( ii)
dt 2
Bl
We have,  
mL
2 mL 82
So T  2  2  4s
 Bl  2
v 4
At t = 0, v  v 0  v 0  A  A  0  m
 
(Matching Type)
Two moles of an ideal mono-atomic gas is V

taken through a cyclic process ABCA as C
shown in the V-T diagram. In the process 8V0
BC, TV2 = constant. Answer the questions
by referring to the data in the table.
(Take n  2   0.7 )
4V0 B
V0
A
T0 = 300K 4T0 = 1200K T
Column –1 shows the processes. Column –2 shows the work done in that process and Column
–3 shows the energy supplied in that process.
(I) AB (i) 1800 R (P) –1800 R
(II) BC (ii) –1260 R (Q) – 3060 R
(III) CA (iii) 900 R (R) 4500 R
(IV) BCAB (iv) 1440 R (S) 1440 R
8. Pick a combination in which work done is maximum
(A) (I) (i) (R)
(B) (II) (i) (P)
(C) (III) (iv) (S)
(D) (III) (ii) (R)
Ans. A
9. Pick a combination in which thermal energy supplied is maximum
(A) (II) (iii) (P)
(B) (IV) (iii) (S)
(C) (I) (i) (R)
(D) (I) (ii) (Q)
Ans. C
10. Pick a correct combination
(A) (I) (ii) (P)
(B) (I) (ii) (Q)
(C) (IV) (iv) (S)
(D) (II) (i) (Q)
Ans. C
Sol.8-10. The equation of the process BC is

TV 2  cons tan t
PV 3  cons tan t
Molar heat capacity of the gas in the process BC is
R
 C  CV 
1 x
3R R
  R
2 2
The work done by the gas during the process BC is
nRT 2R  900 
 WBC    900R
1 x 1 3
5R
Q AB  nCpT  2  1200  300   4500R
2
QBC  nCT  2  R 300  1200   1800R
 V 
QCA  WCA  nRT0 ln  0   2R300  3n2   1800R  0.7  1260R
 8V0 
 Wcycle  Qcycle  Q AB  QBC  QCA  4500R  1800R  1260R = 1440 R
Wcycle 1440R
 Efficiency,    100   100  32%
Qsup plied 4500R
R2 i2
Vb R1
C qi
ib i1 K
qi is the initial charge on the capacitor. The key K is closed at t = 0

Battery Resistance Capacitance & Initial
charge
R1 = R2 = 5  C = 5 F
(I) Vb = 0 V (i) (P)
R = 10  qi = 0
R1 = 5 
(II) Vb = 30 V (ii) (Q) C = 20 F
R2 = 10 
qi = 0
R = 10 
R1 = 10 
C = 5 F
(III) Vb = –30 V (iii) R2 = 5  (R)
qi = 100 C
R = 10 
C = 20 F
(IV) Vb = 60 V (iv) R1 = R2 = R = 10  (S)
qi = 100 C
11. In which of the following cases, will the current i1 = 5/3 A, initially?
(A) (I) (i) (P)
(B) (II) (iv) (R)
(C) (II) (iv) (P)
(D) (I) (iii) (Q)
Ans. B
12. In which of the following cases will the net charge flowing through the capacitor be equal to 300
C?
(A) (II) (i) (S)
(B) (I) (ii) (R)
(C) (IV) (i) (S)
(D) (III) (iii) (P)
Ans. C
13. In which case will the current through R decay exponentially to zero with a time constant of 0.2
ms?
(A) (IV) (ii) (Q)
(B) (I) (iii) (S)
(C) (II) (i) (R)
(D) (I) (iii) (Q)
Ans. B
Sol.11-13. Vb  ibR  i1R1  0

i2R2  q / C  i1R1  0
dq
With i2 
dt
Substituting the given values, we get the result.
SECTION – C
14. Inner surface of a cylindrical shell of length  and of material of T1 T2

thermal conductivity k is kept at constant temperature T1 and outer
surface of the cylinder is kept at constant temperature T2 such that
 T1  T2 as shown in figure. Heat flows from inner surface to outer
surface radially outward. Inner and outer radii of the shell are R and
2R respectively. Due to lack of space this cylinder has to be
 R
2R
R

replaced by a smaller cylinder of length , inner and outer radii
2 4
and R respectively and thermal conductivity of material nk. If rate
of radial outward heat flow remains same for same temperatures of
inner and outer surface i.e. T1 and T2, then find the value of n.
Ans. 4
Sol. Since rate of heat flow remains same in both the cases, so
2R R
dx dx
R k2 x   R  nk  4k  n = 4

4
nk  2  x  2
15. If the reading of the ideal ammeter connected 10 V 4V 8V 6V

 13 
in the given circuit is n   ampere, find the
 20 
value of n. Assume that the cells have 10  8 A
4 2
negligible internal resistance.
Ans. 3
8 2 2 6 8V 6V
Sol. I = I1 + I2 + I3 + I4 =   8V 10 V 4V
10 8 4 2 O
32  10  20  120 78
 Amp
40 40 10  I1 8  I2 4  I3 2  I4 A
I
O O O
O
16. To disperse all the mass of the Earth to infinity against its own gravitational field would require
2.4  1032J of energy. Mass of the earth is 6  1024 kg and radius of earth is 6400 km. Since earth
is mostly iron, therefore, its specific heat capacity is about 500J kg1 K1. Assuming that the earth
was formed by very cold objects falling from a great distance away, if its maximum possible
temperature soon after its formation is   104 K. Find the value of 
Ans. 8
Sol. 2.4  1032  6  1024  500  T

.4  108 4  105
 T   8  104 K
500 5
17. A conducting sphere of radius a is in side a hollow

conducting sphere of radii 2a and 3a as shown in the 3a
figure. The inner sphere is earthed. The capacitance of
system of sphere and hollow sphere is 5k0a. Find the 2a
value of k.
a A
Ans. 4
Sol. C1  120 a C1
4 0  b  a 
C2   8 0 a
ba
A B
C eq  C1  C2  200 a
C2
18. A current I = 20 ampere flows through a wire shaped in the form of an infinite parabola of latus

rectum 4a (a = 1 mm). If the magnetic field at the focus of the parabola is   10 tesla, where
 and  are the positive integer, less than 9. Find the value of    .
Ans. 6
Sol. The magnetic field at the focus P of the parabola is d

given by the Biot-Savart law: 

 0 Id   r
B , rd
4  r 3
d r
 
Where r and d l0 are as shown in figure. The
 P
direction of B is perpendicular to the plane of the
parabola and out of it. We note that
 
d  r r d sin  r d d
3
  2  .
r r3 r r
2
Therefore, B   0I / 4    d / r  . The equation of the parabola is r 1  cos    2a, so that
0
0I 2 1  cos   0I 4    107  20

B d     2  103 tesla
4 0 2a 4a 4  103
SECTION – A
19. Which of the following statement(s) is/are incorrect?
(A) Major part of energy needed for the heterolysis of C – X bond in SN1 reaction mechanism
-
is obtained by the solvation of X by polar protic solvent.
(B) Greater solvation of attacking nucleophile and poor solvation of transition state promotes
the reaction by SN2 mechanism.
(C) Increase in the number of phenyl ring at C of C – X causes a shift in mechanism from SN1
to SN2.
(D) Allyl and benzyl halides shows both SN1 and SN2 reaction.
Ans. B, C
20. Select the correct statements:
(A) NH2 – NH2 does not give Lassaigne’s test for detection of nitrogen.
(B) HCOOH gives (+ve) HgCl2 test.
(C) -D-glucopyranosyl--D-fructofuranose shows muta rotation.
O O
|| ||
(D) NH2  C NH  C NH2 gives Biuret test.
Ans. A, B, D

Sol. HgCl2  HCOOH   Hg  CO2  2HCl
Grey deposit 
21. CH3
Na O
Liq.NH   A  
 Zn  Product
3
3
Which of the following product can be obtained as major product(s) in above reaction?
(A) O O
H C CH2 C H
(B) O O
H3C C CH2 C H
(C) CHO
H3C HC
CHO
(D) O O
H3C C CH2 C CH3
Ans. A, B
Sol. CH3 CH3

O O
Na O3
   H C
Zn  3
C CH2 C H
Liq.NH3
O O
H C CH2 C H
22. The major product A and B in the following reaction sequence are:
O
 i NaBH
Dimer    ii TsOH  
4
  A  B
(A) O
(B) O
(C) O
(D)
C
Ans. B, D
Sol. O
O


 4  2 cycloaddition 
O O
NaBH4
OH
H OH
C H
TsOH
CH3 
O O
+
O
O
23. Which of the followings will give cyclic product upon heating?
(A) COOH
H3C CH2 CH2 CH2 HC
OH
(B) OH
H3C CH CH2 CH2 CH2 COOH
(C) OH
H3C CH2 CH CH2 CH2 COOH
(D) OH
H3C CH2 CH2 HC CH2 COOH
Ans. A, B, C
Sol. A will form lactide

O
C O
H9 C4 HC CH C 4H 9
O C
O
B, C form lactone
H3C O O H 5C 2 O O
24. Which of the following are correct statements?
(A) In carboxylate, nucleophile prefer to attack on acyl carbon while in sulfonates nucleophile
prefer to attack on alkyl carbon.
(B) Carboxylate anion is stronger base than sulfonate anion.
(C) Sulfonate anion is a better leaving group than carboxylate anion.
(D) Carboxylate anion is a better leaving group than sulfonate anion.
Ans. A, B, C
Sol. O O

Nu
R C OR   R C Nu  R  O
O O
Nu 
R S OR 
 R S O  R  Nu
O O
Sulfonoic acid is stronger acid than carboxylic acid.
(A) Sucrose has a pyranose and a furanose ring hold together by glycosidic linkage.
(B) Maltose has one glycosidic linkage and free hemiaccetal form
(C) Glucose, fructose and galactose forms same osazone
(D) 

Go for reaction,   D  Glucose 
   D  Glucose, is positive .
Ans. A, B


  D  Glucose 
   D  Glucose
Sol.
36% 64%
64% 16
K eq    1.77
36% 9
Go  2.303RT logk eq   ve
(Matching Type)
Answer Q. 26, Q. 27 and Q. 28 by appropriately matching the information given in the three
Column 1 Column 2 Column 3

(I) (i) NH2 (P) Give ppt. when
 3i CH  CH CH  Cl/Anhyd. AlCl treated with Br2/H2O

2 2
 ii O2 /h
3

 iii H
(II) (ii) O (Q) In presence of strong

i  BuLi base self

O C H
|| disproportionation
 ii  H C H/H
 iii PCC reaction takes place
(III) (iii) OH (R) Form foul smelling

i  BuLi compound with

O
|| CHCl3/NaOH
 ii  H C H/H
 iii PCl5
 iv  NH3
(IV) (iv) H2 C NH2 (S) Form acetyl

 i  CH3Cl/AlCl3 derivative with
  ii  Cl2 , h 
 iii  NaNH2 O
||
R  C Cl / Pyridine
26. Which of the following combination is CORRECT for I ?
(A) (I) (ii) (R)
(B) (I) (iii) (P)
(C) (I) (ii) (P)
(D) (I) (iii) (Q)
Ans. B
27. Which of the following combination is CORRECT?
(A) (II) (ii) (Q)
(B) (II) (ii) (R)
(C) (III) (ii) (R)
(D) (IV) (i) (Q)
Ans. A
28. Which of the following combination is CORRECT for IV ?
(A) (IV) (i) (P)
(B) (IV) (iv) (R)
(C) (IV) (i) (R)
(D) (IV) (i) (Q)
Ans. B
Column 1 Column 2 Column 3

(I) Novolac (i) OH (P) Cross linked
 HCHO
(II) Bakelite (ii) O (Q) Linear chain

H2 C CH CH2
O 
OH OH OH
(III) Dacron (iii) COOH (R) Branched

chain
H2C CH2

OH OH
COOH
(IV) Glyptal (iv) NH2 (S) Fibre
 Formaldehyde
29. Which of the following combination is CORRECT for Glyptal?
(A) (IV) (ii) (P)
(B) (IV) (ii) (Q)
(C) (IV) (iv) (P)
(D) (IV) (i) (P)
Ans. A
30. Which of the following combination is CORRECT for Bakelite?
(A) (II) (i) (Q)
(B) (II) (i) (P)
(C) (II) (iv) (R)
(D) (II) (iv) (P)
Ans. B
(A) (IV) (iii) (P)
(B) (I) (iv) (P)
(C) (III) (iii) (S)
(D) (II) (iii) (S)
Ans. C
SECTION – C
Single Integer Answer Type
(both inclusive).
32.
KOH

EtOH
Br 
A B C
1.99 gram of A on above reaction produces 1.062 gram mixture of B and C ratio of 2 : 1. if
percentage of B formed will be x % then find the value of x/10.
Ans. 6
118  1.99
Sol. The theoretical yield will be   1.18 gram
199
1.062
Hence percentage yield will be   100%  90%
1.18
2
Hence, B formed will be  90%   60%
3
x = 6.
33.
NH2
NaNO2
HCl,   A
 B
COOH
What is the double bond equivalent of B.
Ans. 6
Sol.
NH2
COOH
34. How many of given below compounds will form red colour with HNO2 and followed by addition of
NaOH?
(CH3)2CHNO2, CH3CH2-NO2, (CH3)3NO2,
H
C NO 2
NO 2 ,
,
H3C HC NO 2
Ans. 1
Sol. HNO2
CH3  CH2  NO 2  NaOH
 CH3  C  NO 2   CH3  C  NO2
+
N OH N ONa
Nitrolic acid Red colour
35. Find the number of nucleophile whose nucleophilicity is greater than pyridine in SN2 reaction
RS  , ArS  ,I ,CN ,OH ,F ,NO3
Ans. 5
Sol. RS , ArS ,I ,CN ,OH
36. i Ph P CHCOOEt

Ph  CHO  3
ii LiAlH ,Et O 78o C
 A 
4 2
 i TsOH
ii A  B 

O
How many oxygen atoms are there in B.
Ans. 2
Sol. O
Ph  P CHCOOEt C
Ph  CHO 
3
 Ph LiAlH4
OEt Ph OH
A
O
 i TsOH
  ii  A  Ph O
O
B
SECTION – A

tanb     
37. If obtuse angle bisectors of the lines tan2 bx + 4y + 7 = 0 and x  y2 0;  b    ,   is
4   2 2 
 tanb 
 x  y  2
tan2 bx  4y  7 4
   , then b can lie in the interval
tan4 b  16 2
tan b
1
16
   
(A)   4 ,  12 
 
  
(B)  4, 0
 
   
(C)   12 ,  18 
 
  
(D)  12 , 4 
 
Ans. A, B, C
Sol. a1a2 + b1b2 < 0

 tan2 b + tan b < 0

 b0
4
38. The global minimum value of

|cot x – 1| + |cot x – 2| + |cot x – 31| + |cot x – 32| + |cot x – 24| + |cot x – 5| + |cot x – 6|
+ |cot x – 17| + |cot x – 8| + |cot x – 9| + |cot x – 10| + |cot x – 11| + |cot x – 12|

occurs at x  sec 1   , then INCORRECT statements is/are (where [.] denotes the greatest

integer function)
(A)     31
(B) [ + ] = 18

(C)    2
 
 2 
(D)    11
  
Ans. A, B, C, D
Sol. Minimum sum occurs at cot x = 10

 101 
 x = sec 1 
 10 
 
 4x 
39. If f  x   sin1   , then
 4  x2 
(A) f  
8  2    2 tan1  2 1 
2
(B) f  12  3   3
 3  1  3 
(C) f     2 tan  
 8 2  8 2

(D) f       2 tan1  
 2
Ans. A, B, C, D
 1  x 
   2 tan   ; x  2
  2
 4x   x
Sol. sin1  2 
  2 tan1   ; 2  x  2
 4  x   2
 x
   2 tan1   ; x2
  2
40. Minimum value of 2x 2  2x  1  2x 2  10x  13 is  , then
(A)  is an even number
(B) sum of digits of  is 2
(C) number of prime factors of  is 2
(D) number of prime factors is 3
Ans. A, B, C
Sol.    12     2  2 2     2 2     2  5 2
Line is y = x + 2 and P(,  + 2) is any point on this line and A  (2, 5) and B(–1, 2)
41. Let ABC be a triangle and D be the mid-point of side BC. Suppose DAB = BCA and DAC =
15º, then
(A) ADC is obtuse
(B) ADC is acute
(C) if O is the circumcentre of ADC, then AOD is equilateral
(D) if O is the circumcentre of ADC, then triangle AOD is isosceles
Ans. A, C
AD BD CD AD
Sol.  , 
sinB sin  sin 15º  sin 
Finally, we get ADC is obtuse
42. A hexagon inscribed in a circle has three consecutive sides of length 3 and three consecutive
sides of length 5, and then the radius of the circle is
7
(A)
3
5
(B)
2
(C) 2 3
(D) 4
Ans. A
Sol. Let the hexagon be ABCDEF with AB = BC = CD = 3 and DE = EF = FA = 5

So, AOB = BOC = COD =  and DOE = EOF = FOA = 
So,  +  = 120º
 
Now, 3  2r sin   and 5  2r sin  
2  2
 120º     9  3 7
5  2r sin   ; 5  r  3 1  2    ; r 
 2    4r  2r  3
20 20

43. If S    tan1   , then S is equal to
1  1 
(A) 100 
(B) 300 
(C) 400 
(D) 225 
Ans. A
20 20
   
Sol. S    tan1   =  20     190  100
1  1   4 2
(Matching Type)
Column-1: contains the curve; Column-2: number of irrational points on the curve; Column-3: number of
integral points on the curve (irrational points means both coordinates are irrational and integral points
means both coordinates are integer)
Column-1 Column-2 Column-3

x2 y2
(I)  1 (i) infinite (P) 2
9 4
x2
(II)  y2  1 (ii) 800 (Q) 4
35
(III) x2 – y2 = (200)2 (iii) 200 (R) 30
(IV) x4 – y4 = 2401 (iv) 16 (S) 100
(A) (IV) (i) (P)
(B) (IV) (i) (R)
(C) (III) (i) (Q)
(D) (IV) (ii) (S)
Ans. A
(A) (III) (i) (Q)
(B) (III) (ii) (R)
(C) (III) (i) (R)
(D) (I) (i) (P)
Ans. C
46. Which of the following combination is INCORRECT?
(A) (IV) (i) (P)
(B) (III) (i) (Q)
(C) (II) (i) (P)
(D) (IV) (ii) (S)
Ans. D
x2
Sol. (II) For
35
 y2  1 ,  35 cos , sin  
 35 k 35 
Let tan   k 35   , 2 
 
 1  35k 1  35k 
2
1  35k 2 1
Let  k  , k 2  k 2 
35 35
1
 k   k k   k   infinite possible ways
35
(III) For x2 – y2 = (200)2, (x – y)(x + y) = 24  54
Let (x > 0, y > 0) assign one 2 to each (x + y) and (x – y)
35 1
Now, number of ways = 7
2
So, total integral points = 30
(IV) Number of integral points on x4 – y4 = 2401 is 2
Answer Q.47, Q.48 and Q.49 by appropriately matching the information given in the three columns
Column-1: contains conics; Column-2: number of common tangents; Column-3: number of common
normals
Column-1 Column-2 Column-3

(I) 2y2 = 2x – 1 and 2x2 = 2y – 1 (i) 0 (P) 0
2 4  3
(II)  y  1   x   and
3 4 
2 (ii) 1 (Q) 1
 3
 x   2
 4   y  1
 1
9 3
2 2
(III) x = y – 2 and y + x – 2x + 3 = 0 (iii) 2 (R) 2
2 2
(IV) y = –4x and x = –4y (iv) 3 (S) 3
(A) (I) (iv) (Q)
(B) (I) (iv) (S)
(C) (II) (i) (S)
(D) (II) (ii) (S)
Ans. A
(A) (IV) (i) (Q)
(B) (IV) (i) (P)
(C) (IV) (ii) (Q)
(D) (I) (iv) (P)
Ans. C
49. Which of the following options is the only INCORRECT combination?
(A) (III) (iii) (Q)
(B) (II) (i) (S)
(C) (II) (iii) (S)
(D) (IV) (ii) (Q)
Ans. B
Sol. (I) 2y2 = 2x – 1 and 2x2 = 2y – 1

 1 1
Equation of tangents are y  m  x   
 2  4m
2
1 m
and y   mx  respectively
2 4
m 1 1 m2
So,     ; m3 – 2m2 – 2m + 1 = 0
2 4m 2 4
This equation has 3 real and distinct roots i.e., 3 common tangents
For common normals they are symmetric about y = x
So, only one common normal
4 x2 y2
(II) After shifting at origin, we get y 2  x and  1
3 9 3
Equation of normals are y  mx 

2
m
1 3
m and y  mx 

m a2  b2 
3 3 2 2 2
a b m
2 1 3 6m
So, m m  ; m = 0, 1. Hence, 3 common normals
3 3 9  3m2
m2
(III) y = x2 and y = –(x – 1)2 equation of tangents are y = mx –
4
m2
and y  m  x  1  respectively
4
So, we get m = 0, 2; 2 common tangents
1 1 1 1
Common normals: equation are y  mx   and y  mx  m  
2 4m2 4m2 2
3 2
So, we get 2m + 2m + 1 = 0 only one real root is 1 common normals
(IV) y2 = –4x and x2 = –4y

Number of common tangents will be same
2 2
For y = 4x and x = 4y only one common tangents
3 1
Common normals: 2m + m = 2  2
m
f(m) = m5 + 2m3 + 2m2 + 1 only one root negative
So, only one common normals
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
3x  2
50. If a chord AB of the curve y  is a normal to the curve at a point A, subtending an angle 
x2
sin    PAB 
at the point P(2, 3). Then the value of is equal to _____
sin    PAB 
Ans. 3
Sol. Shift the curve so that centre is origin, xy = 4  c

1 1 1 1  t4 A  ct1, 
 t 2  3 ; m  OA   2 , m  OB   2  t16 ; tan   2 1  t1 
t1 t1 t2 t1
1 0(0, 0)
t12  B
t12 t14  1
Also, tan  OAB     c
1 1 2t12  ct 2 , 
 t 2 
tan 
  2
tan  OAB 
sin    A 
So, 3
sin    A 
51. Assuming that no three circles passing through same points and every two circles intersects in
two distinct points. If the number of regions that points are created by 7 mutually non over-lapping
circles in a plane is 11k, then k is _____
Ans. 4
Sol. Tn = Tn – 1 + 2(n – 1): n  2

Tn = n2 – n + 2
T7 = 72 – 7 + 2 = 44
2 2
52. The combined equation of the principal axes of the hyperbola 2x + 12xy – 7y – 16x + 2y – 5 = 0
is ax2 + 2hxy + by2 – x + 7y + c = 0, then |a + b – 2h + c| is equal to _____
Ans. 6
Sol. c  (1, 1); The axes are the bisectors of the angle between the asymptotes
 x  12   y  12 2   7 
So, 
 x  1 y  1 6
2 2
2x – 3xy – 2y – x + 7y – 3 = 0
x2 y2
53. From the point (1, 1) normals are drawn to the ellipse   1 , then locus of conormal points
9 4
2 2
is 1xy + 2x + 3y + 4x + 5y + 6 = 0, then 1 + 2 + 3 – 4 – 5 – 6 is equal to _____
Ans. 0
x  x1 y  y1 Q(x2, y2) P(x1, y1)

Sol. Equation of normal at P(x1, y1); 
x1 y1
2
a b2
2 2 2 2 A(h, k)
 (a – b )x1y1 + b yx1 – a xy1 = 0
Point (h, k) lies on it
So; (a2 – b2)x1y1 + b2kx1 – a2hy1 = 0
h(x3, y3) s(x4, y4)
Similarly, for points Q, R and S are
2 2 2 2
(a – b )x2y2 + b kx2 – a hy2 = 0
(a2 – b2)x3y3 + b2kx3 – a2hy3 = 0 and (a2 – b2)x4y4 + b2kx4 – a2hy4 = 0
Thus, P, Q, R, S lie on the curve (a2 – b2)xy + b2kx – a2hy = 0 i.e., 5xy + 4x – 9y = 0
54. Three circles C1, C2 and C3 with radii 2, r, 8 respectively are given. They are placed such that C2
lies to the right of C1 and touches it externally, C3 lies to the right of C2 and touches it externally.
Further, there exist two straight lines each of which is a direct common tangent simultaneously to
all three circles, then r is _____
Ans. 4
Sol. r  28
FIITJEE
PART TEST – II
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 18-11-2018

answer.
for wrong answer.
negative marking.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
Single Correct Choice Type

1. A conducting disc of conductivity  has radius a and thickness . A uniform magnetic field B is
applied in a direction perpendicular to the plane of the disc. If the magnetic field changes with
time at the rate of dB/dt, then the power dissipated in the disc due to the induced current.
2
a4  dB 
(A)  
8  dt 
2
a4  dB 
(B)  
12  dt 
2
a4  dB 
(C)  
4  dt 
2
a4  dB 
(D)  
6  dt 
Ans. A
Sol. Consider two circles of radii r and r + dr concentric with the disc
(0 < r < a) (figure). The induced e.m.f. in the circular path of 
radius r is a
d dB O r

dt

r 2B  r 2 
dt
. dr B
The resistance of the circular path between radii r and r + dr is
1 2r
R ,
 dr B
The length of the path being 2r and the cross sectional area of
current flow being dr. The power dissipated inside this path is
2
 2   dB  3
dP     r dr.
R 2  dt 
The total dissipated power P is
2 a 2
  dB  3 a 4  dB 
P    r dr    .
2  dt  0
8  dt 
2. In the circuit shown in figure, the switch ‘S’ is closed L1 R1

at t = 0. The value of current in the resistor R3, when it
becomes steady (as compared to the steady current R2
R3
E
before closing the switch S)
L2
(A) Increases
(B) Decreases
(C) Remains constant
(D) Becomes zero
Ans. B
E
Sol. Initial current in R3, ii 
R1  R3
E R2 R2E
Final current if   =
R 2R 3 R2  R3 R1(R2  R3 )  R2R3
R1 
R 2  R3
E
If =
R1R 3
 R1  R3
R2
As if < ii, so current in the resistor R3 will decrease.
3. A straight segment OP of length L of a circuit carrying current I ampere is placed along x-axis.
Two infinitely long straight wires A and B each extending from z =  to + are fixed at y = 
meter to y = + meter respectively. Wires A and B, each carry current I ampere along positive z-
axis. Given that O is origin of the coordinate system. The magnitude of force on segment OP is
0 2  L2 
(A) I n 1  2 
   
 
0 2  L2 
(B) I n  1  2 
2   
0 2   2 
(C) I n 1  2 
  L 
0 2  2 
(D) I n  1  2 
2  L 
Ans. B
Sol. Net B at distance x from O along x-axis A Y

 I
= 0 2cos  X
2 r 
r O
 I
 F   dF   I 0 2cos dx x 
2 r O
 P
  L2 
 0 I2 n  1  2  
2   
 
B

4. Logarithms of reading of pressure and volume for an log P(kPa)

ideal gas were plotted in the graph. By measuring
the gradient it can be shown that 5.38
5.10
3.10 3.30 logV (dm3)
(A) The gas may be Mono-atomic
(B) The gas may be Diatomic
(C) The process is an adiabatic change
(D) The process is an isothermal change.
Ans. B, C
Sol. log P = m log V + C …(i)

Where C is constant and m is slope
 5.38  5.10 
m   1.4
 3.10  3.30 
1.4
So, from (i) PV = K (constant)
5. In a RLC series circuit shown in the figure, the V2

readings of voltmeters V1 and V2 are 100 V and 120 C
R L
V respectively. The source voltage (V) of
alternating source is 130 V. Mark the correct
option(s).
V1
V
~
(A) Voltage across resistor, inductor and capacitor are 50 V, 86.6 V and 186.6 V respectively.
(B) Voltage across resistor, inductor and capacitor are 50 V, 86.6, 206.6V respectively.
5
(C) Circuit is capacitive and power factor is .
13
5
(D) Circuit is inducting and power factor is .
13
Ans. B, C
Sol. Let voltage across resistor, inductor and capacitor be VR , VL and VC . Also since V2  V1 so
VC  VL .
2
 VR2  VL2  V12  1002 and VC  VL  120 and VR2   VC  VL   130 2
Solving VR  50V, VL  86.6 V, VC  206.6 V
VR 50 5
Power factor = cos    
VZ 130 13
6. An electrical circuit is shown in the R V

figure. It has two conducting spheres A
and B of radii 3a and 6a respectively.
When the inductor of inductance L is in
its steady state the switch is shifted
from position-1 to position-2. Now 1
choose the correct option(s)
3a
6a
L 2
A B
V
(A) Maximum charge on the sphere A is 80 aL .
R
V
(B) Maximum charge on the sphere B is 40 aL .
R
(C) The circuit contains only magnetic energy at time t  83 0 aL .
(D) The circuit contains only electrical energy at time t  23 0 aL .
Ans. A, C, D
V 3C I L 6C
Sol. I0  , 3C  4 0 a  3  C  40 a
R
dI –q q –q q
0
dt
q q dI
 L 0
3C 6C dt
d2 q q d2 q q
 L 2
  0  2
 0
dt 2C dt 2LC
1
 q  q0 sin t, I  q0  cos t,  
2LC
I0
At t  0, I  I0  q0   I0 2LC

V
q0  80 aL
R
2
T  2 80 aL

T
 23 0 aL
4
7. Three small metallic charged balls (radius tends to v

zero) have equal charges q and masses m, 4m and m
as shown in the figure. The balls are connected by light
string (Non-conducting) of length  each, and placed
on horizontal frictionless, non-conducting table. Initially  
m, q 4m, q m, q
balls are at rest and form a straight line. A sharp
horizontal impulse gives the central ball a speed v
directed perpendicular to strings connecting the balls.
Choose correct option(s):
(A) The minimum distance during subsequent motion between the balls of mass m is
6q2 
3q  16m 0 v 2 
2
(B) The minimum distance during subsequent motion between the balls of mass m is
3q2 
3q2  16m 0 v 2 
(C) The maximum difference in electrostatic potential energy of the system during
2mv 2
subsequent motion is
3
(D) The maximum difference in electrostatic potential energy of the system during
4mv 2
subsequent motion is
3
Ans. A, C
4mv 2v
Sol. v CM  
6m 3
In centre of mass frame
Gain in P.E. = Loss in KE
q2  1 1  2 4mv 2
  2mv 
40  D 2  3
6q2 
 D
3q2  16m0 v 2 
8. The figure shows the variation of electrostatic potential V in volt with the distance of position of
point along x-axis from origin due to continuous volume charge distribution. In the region x = – 1m
to x = + 1m, the graph is parabolic (V = 15 – 5x2) and rest portion of graph is straight line. Choose
–12 –1 –2 2

the correct option(s) (0  permittivity of free space = 8.85 × 10 N m C ). The direction of E
along positive x-axis is considered as positive.
V (in volt)
2
15 V = 15 – 5x
B
A 10
5
(in metre)
–3 –2 –1 0 +1 +2 +3 X
(A) This graph of potential may be due to a thick sheet of infinite dimension (– 1m  x  1, –
 < y <  and –  < z < ) with constant volume charge density 1.77 × 10–10 C/m3.
(B) This graph of potential may be due to a thick sheet of infinite dimension (– 1m  x  1, –
 < y <  and –  < z < ) with constant volume charge density 0.885 × 10–10 C/m3.
(C) E (electric field)
X
O
(D) E (electric field)
X
O
Ans. A, C

Sol. dV  Edx  xdx
20
V x
  2
 dv  20  xdx  V  V0 
40
x , so
V0 0
V0  15 volt

 5    200  20  8.85  10 12  1.77  10 10 C / m3
40
E y xS
E  2S 
0
10 x
E
20
x X
O x = 1m
x
–10

(B), (C) and (D).
The melting point of wax is measured by using a thermometer
which is not exact, and it indicates a temperature of 50°C as shown
Thermometer 50°C
in figure-I.
Just melted
Wax-Box
Figure-I
A Wheatstone bridge is used to measure this melting point exactly.

The deviation from 50°C is being measured by observing the 50
variation of the resistance of a coil embedded in wax. 50
The Wheatstone bridge is setup so that the resistance of G

each arm is 50 exactly at 50°C, and there is no current in the 50
galvanometer as shown in figure-II. The resistance of the Ig = 0
galvanometer is 50. 50
50
2.5V
Figure-II
One arm of the bridge containing the coil of resistance 50 is now
50 Wax-Box
immersed in a wax-box. The wax is just melted as shown in the figure-
III. It is now observed that the current through the galvanometer is 0.1
A.
G
–3 50
Given, temperature coefficient of resistance is 10 per °C.
Resistances other than inside wax-box are assumed to be constant Ig  0
50
and are exactly 50 while the resistance of wax box is very close to 50
50.
2.5V
Figure-III
9. The variation in the resistance inside the wax-box from its initial value of 50 is
(A) 1 104 
(B) 2  104 
(C) 4  10 4 
(D) 8  104 
Ans. D
10. Calculate the deviation in the melting point from 50°C.
(A) 0.004C
(B) 0.008C
(C) 0.016C
(D) 0.036C
Ans. C
Sol. 9-10.
When the four arms have equal resistances, the off-
balance galvanometer current for a small change R in the 50 Wax-Box
resistance of the third arm is
V R
IG  B 2 .
8R G
50
Here IG  107 A, R  50, and VB  2.5V. Hence
8  107  25  102 50
R   8  10 4  . 50
2.5
2.5V
If the corresponding change in temperature is T, we have
RT  R3 ,
–3
Where  = temperature coefficient of resistance = 10 /°C.
8  104
Therefore, T   1.6  10 2  0.016C .
50  103
SECTION – C
11. An air-filled capacitor of capacitance 50 pF is charged to a voltage V and connected across

another uncharged capacitor of capacitance 100 pF, the final voltage across each capacitor is V1
volt. Now an identical air-filled capacitor of capacitance 50 pF is totally filled with a solid dielectric
of dielectric constant 2n & again charged to the same voltage V as before. It is now connected
across another uncharged capacitor of capacitance 100 pF, the final voltage across each
V 2
capacitor is V2 volt. If 1 is then find the value of n.
V2 5
Ans. 5
Sol. In the first case,

Charge = CV = (C + Ce)V1, …(i)
Where C = 50 pF, Ce = 100 pF
In the second case,
Charge = KCV = (KC + Ce)V2, …(ii)
Dividing (ii) by (i) we obtain
KC  Ce V2 KC  Ce 2.5KC  2.5Ce
K .   2.5 
C  Ce V1 C  Ce C  Ce
Ce
 1.5KC  K  2.5  Ce  1.5K  K  2.5   2 K  2.5 
C
 0.5 K = 5  K = 10  n = 5.
12. A long thin copper wire of the radius 2mm, carries a time-varying current I = t ampere (uniformly
distributed), then the induced electric field on its surface is equal to k X10–7 Vm–1. Find the value
of k. Take the induced field along the axis of the wire to be zero.
Ans. 1
Sol. Let the radius of the wire be R. Consider a rectangle abcd in

the wire with the side ab along the axis. The magnetic dr
a d
 Ir
induction at a distance r from the axis (r < R) is B  0 2 I=t
2R Es
ampere r
The flux through the elementary shaded area within abcd is
Bldr, where  = ab = cd. The flux  through abcd is
R c
 Ir  I b
   0 2 dr  0 .
0 2 R
4 R
R
The induced emf along the curve abcd is
d 0  dI  0 
    …(i)
dt 4  dt 4
The wire being thin, cd >> da. If Es is the induced electric field at the surface and E0 that along
the axis, then   Es  E0  . Since E0 = 0, we obtain from (i)
0
Es   107 Vm1 .
4
Clearly, Es is independent of the radius of the wire.
0 0
13. A conducting ring of radius R & mass 300 g, carrying current I 30 30
ampere as shown in the figure. A bar magnet with its north
pole up is placed along the symmetric axis below the
conducting ring at a distance of 2m from the centre of ring. At
0
the location of ring, the magnetic field makes an angle 30 2m
1
with vertical and its magnitude is Tesla. If ring remains at
3π N
rest in its position, find the product of current I in the ring and
radius R of ring in ampere-meter. g  10 m / s  2

Ans. 9

Sol. 
Fmag  mg  B sin 30   I   2 R   mg
mg 0.3  10  3  2
 IR     9 A-m
2 B sin 30 2
14. A neutral metal sphere is placed at a large distance from a point charge. The magnitude of
Coulomb electrostatic interaction force between the charge and sphere is F0 . If the distance
between them is doubled, the new magnitude of Coulomb electrostatic interaction force between
n
the charge and sphere is 2 F0 . Find the value of n. (Assuming that the radius of sphere is very
small as compared to the distance between them)
Ans. 5
Sol. Due to induction, the sphere behaves as dipole whose dipole moment is directly proportional to
inducing field generated by point charge. So
a
p  2 , a is a constant and r is the distance between them.
r
bqp baq baq baq 5
p q
F0  3  5  F  5
 5 5
 2 F0
r r  2r  2 r r
15. On a sunny day, the temperature and pressure of atmosphere varying with height z from sea
level as

 z   z 
T  T0 1   , and P  P0  1  
 z0   z0 
Where T0 and z0, are 25°C and 25 km. The temperature A
pressure and density of air at sea level is T0 = 25°C, P0 =
1 atm and 1.2 kg/m3 respectively. Assume that air follows
T z
ideal gas law in the given condition, i.e.,  cons tan t.
P
Find the value of . Sea level
5 2 2
1 atm = 10 N/m and g = 10 m/s (g is uniform)
Ans. 3
Sol. dp  gdz A
dp  gT P
  0 0
dz P0 T dz
PA
P z
dP g dz
   0 
P0
P P0 0 z 
1  
 z0 
z
P  0 gz0  z  (P+dp)A
 n   n 1  
 P0  P 0  z 0 
(Adz)g Sea level

 Z 
 P  P0  1   , where
 Z0 
 gz 1.2  10  25  10 3
 0 0  3
p0 105
16. In the circuit shown, all capacitors are identical. Initially,

the switch is open and capacitor-C1 is the only charged
capacitor. After the switch is closed, the equilibrium is
re-established and the charge on the capacitor – C1 is C1
a
Q. If initial charge on the capacitor – C1 was Q0  Q,
b C6
where a and b are positive integer, lying between 0 to 9.
C3
Find the value a – b.
C2 C4
C5
Ans. 3
Q Q 0  Q 8Q
Sol.   0  3Q  5Q0  5Q  0  Q0 
C 3C 5
5
Q0 – Q
+Q0 3C +Q 3C
–Q0 5 –Q 5
–Q0 + Q
Just before closing the switch Just after closing the switch

17. A point charge Q = 500 mC and mass B N
–6 I
m = 10 kg is moving in a uniform magnetic T


field B  1 tesla kˆ with speed v = 106 m/s and M
follows path as shown in figure-1. If a wire with T

shape same as the trajectory of charged
particle carrying current I = 2A is kept in same Figure-1 Figure-2
magnetic field, each point of the wire
experiences a tension T (in newton) in
magnitude. Find the value of T.
Ans. 4
mv T mvI
Sol. R1  R 2    T
qB BI Q
10 6  106  2
 T  4 newton
500  103
18. Four resistance R, 3R, R and 3R are connected

as shown in figure. The two real voltmeters are
identical and Ammeter is ideal. If the value of R is V 0.5 V
25N  , find the value of N. You decide
arrangement of the resistances so that the given
conditions are satisfied.
V A
3V 6 mA
Ans. 5
Sol. x  y  6  x  3.5 mA X R B 3R Y
x  1  y y  2.5mA A C
KVL:
V I=x–y
3.5R  500  2.5  3R  0
3R
 4R = 500R = 125  A C
0.5 Y D X
R v  3  500  R
10
V A C
A
E C
3V
19. Particle A with charge 2q and mass mA, and particle B with charge 4q and mass m B are
accelerated with potential difference of V & 4 V respectively. Both particles are deflected by a
uniform magnetic field into semicircular paths. The radius of trajectories of particle A and B are R
and 2R respectively. The direction of magnetic field is perpendicular to the velocity. Find value of
mB
.
mA
Ans. 2
1
Sol. qV  mv 2  mv  2qm V
2
mv 2qmV m V
R   R 
Bq Bq q
m A V mB 4V 1
R , & 2R  
2q 4q 2
m A 1 1 m A 1 1 mA 1
 .   .   
mB 2 2 mB 2 4 mB 2
20. Two point charges +Q and –Q are kept at points (a, 0) y

and (–a, 0). P(0, y0)
A dipole of dipole strength p and mass m is released + –
from point P(0, y0), where y0 >>> a; as shown in the
5Qp
figure. If the maximum speed of dipole is ,
0ma2
(–a, 0)A B(a, 0)
find the value of  X
–Q O +Q
Ans. 5
Sol. The force acting on the dipole is along negative y-axis.

1   1 2KQ
2 2 a
 
Ei  0, E f  mv 2  p.E  mv 2  p  î . 2  î  
Using COME, we have
1 Qp Qp
mv 2  v 
2 20 a 2
0ma2
SECTION – D
21. Consider the circuit shown in the figure. E1, E2 are sources of emf R1 = 3 E1 = 10 V
and R1, R2 are fixed resistances. E1 = 10V, E2 = 20V while R1 =
3, R2 = 2. The inductance L = 5 mH.
Take n 2  0.7, n3  1.1, n10  2.3.
The switch S is closed for a long time. The energy stored (in joule)
in the inductor is R2=2 L = 5 mH
S
E2=20V
Ans. 00000.25
Sol. After the switch S, has been closed for a long time, the current R1 E1
through the inductor L can be found using Kirchoff’s Law:
2
1 E 
E2/R2 = I2. The stored energy is: L  2  . R2 L
2  R2 
After the switch S is opened, the current through the inductor
L is given by:
 
 
i  I1 1  eR t /L  I2 e R t /L
where R  R1  R 2 , E2 S
I1  E1 /  R1  R2 ,
I2  E2 / R2 .
22. Two solenoids, each of radius 2 cm are placed

coaxially with a gap of 1 cm between them. 2
Determine the magnetic field (in Gauss) at the 2 2 cm
centre of the gap if a current of 2 A flows through 1 1
z-axis
the two solenoids in series. Assume that each P
solenoid contains 40 turns per cm.
22
cos 1  0.907 , cos 2  0.242 ,   .
7
S1 1 cm S2
Ans. 00066.88
Sol. Let the two solenoids be S1 and S2, as shown in figure. The magnetic field at the centre-point p of
the gap due to the solenoid S1 is
 NI  NI
B1  0 [cos 1  cos    2 ]  0 cos 1  cos 2  ,
2L 2L
Where the angles 1 and 2 are as shown in figure. The field B1 is along the z-axis. By symmetry,
the field at p due to the solenoid S2 has the same magnitude and direction as B1. Thus the net
magnetic field at P is
 NI
B  2B1  0  cos 1  cos 2  .
L
N/L = 40 cm1  4  103 m1, 0  4  107 Henry / m, and I  2A.
Therefore, B  4  107  4  103  2   0.907  .242  = 66.88 Gauss.
23. A semi-circular conducting wire of radius 2m is rotated in a O



uniform magnetic field B  0.1 Tesla k̂ about point O with 
angular speed  = 10 rad/s as shown in the figure. The axis


of rotation is parallel to B. Find the potential difference (in M 53°
4 N

volt) between point M and point N.  tan53   .
 3
Ans. 00004.80
B 2 B22 B 2
Sol. e1 
2
, e2 
2
 VN  VM  e2  e1 
2
 
 2  12  2BR 2 cos   4.8 volt
O
 
1  2R sin    2  2Rcos  
2 2

M N M 1 O 2 N
1 2

M O
N
Second Method v N   2

1  
v  VN  VM  Rcos  2R
2
M
e  Bv  B  2R  Rcos  
 2BR 2 cos 
v M   1
3
 2  0.1 10  4   4.8 Volt
5
SECTION – A
Straight Objective Type
its answer, out of which Only One is correct.
24. In the following reaction sequence the correct structure for the major products X & Y are
NO2
K 2CO 3 Sn HCl
   X 
 Y
O
(A) O
X Y
NO2
Me N Et
H
(B) O
X Y OH
NO2 Me N Et
H
(C) HO Et HO Et
X Y
NO2 NH2
(D) HO Et HO Et
Y Y
NO2 NO2
Ans. B
Sol. O
NO2
 OH  C 2H 5
 
O
NO2
Sn  HCl
O
C
OH OH C2 H5

Me Et Me Et NH2
N N
H H
 O
||
25. Compound A, C5H10O5 gives a tetraacetate with CH3  C  O and oxidation of A with Br2 – H2O

 
 2
gives an acid, C5H10O6. Reduction of A with red P and HI gives iso-pentane, there are two
possible structures for compound A which can be distinguished by using
(A) HIO4
(B) Red P + HI
(C) Phenyl hydrazine
(D) Tollen’s reagent
Ans. C
Sol. H OH
CH2OH CHO
O OH
HO HO
OH
OH HO
(i) (ii)
(i) will form osazone derivatives whereas (ii) will not.
26. The major product formed in the following reaction is:

O
MeMgCl, CuCl
 
Cl
(A) O
(B)
O Me
(C)
O
CH3
(D) O
CH3
Ans. D
Sol. O O O
Cl
MeMgCl, CuCl
 
CH3 CH3
its answer, out of which MORE THAN ONE is/are correct.
OH OH
OH
i CHCl
3 ,NaOH

ii  H O
A 
2 2
27.
CH3 CH3
(A) A will give +ve test with Tollen’s reagent
(B) A is a weak organic monobasic acid
(C) A is a aldehyde
(D) A on reaction with conc. H2SO4 produces a neutral gas which is a very good reducing
agent.
Ans. A, B, D
Sol. OH O OH O
OH O
C CH O
H O CH
O H
OOH
 
CH3 CH3
CH3
CHCl3 / OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
 HCOOH
CH3
CH3
Hence A will be HCOOH.
HCOOH + conc. H2SO4  CO
CO is a neutral gas as well as very good reducing agent.
28. An organic compound contains C, H, S, N and Cl, for detection of chlorine, the sodium extract of
compound is first heated with a few drop of conc. HNO3, and than AgNO3 is added to get a white
ppt. of AgCl, why was HNO3 added before the addition of AgNO3.
(A) To prevent the formation of NO2.
(B) To create a common ion effect.
(C) To convert CN – and S-2 to volatile HCN and H2S, else they will interfere with the test
forming AgCN and Ag2S.
(D) To prevent the hydrolysis to NaCN and Na2S.
Ans. C
29. Br
MgEther  NaNH
 A 
 NH     B
2
3
Cl
CH3
(A) Both A and B are aromatic in nature.
(B) Product A can show nucleophilic addition reaction.
(C) If potential nucleophile is not present then A will form dimer.
(D) B is a mixture of two structural isomers.
Ans. A, B, C, D
Sol. Br MgBr
Mg

 

Cl Cl
CH3 CH3 CH3
NaNH2
CH3 NH3   
CH3
NH2 CH3 CH3
NH2
Dimer 
Sn HCl
30. CH3  CH2  NO 2  X    K  Organic compound  , then which of the following is/are
true for K?
(A) K (form solid oxamide) with diethyl oxalate.
(B) K (form liquid oxamide) with diethyl oxalate.
(C) K will not give Liberman nitroso test.
(D) K will form blue colour complex with Cu+2 salt.
Ans. A, C, D
SnHCl
Sol. CH3  CH2  NO2   CH3  CH2  NH2 K 
1o amine form solid oxamide
2o amine form liquid oxamide
Liberman Nitroso test is given by 2o amine
2
Cu2  4C2H5NH2   Cu  C 2H5NH2  4 
Blue 
31. In which case charge in transition state is more dispersed than starting material?
(A) CH3 X  NaNH2
(B) CH3 X  NH3
(C)  CH3 4 N X  OH
(D)  CH3 4 N X  RSH

Ans. A, C, D

(B), (C) and (D).
Hg2 ,H O/HNO2 BF4  


2
  A    B 
NH2  NH2 / OH
CH3 2 NH 1equivalent  Cl2 /AlCl3 ICl

F  
 E  D   C 
32. The compound (D) is
(A)
I NO 2
(B) Me
I
NO2
(C)
Me
I
NO2
(D)
NO 2
I
Ans. C
33. The compound F is
(A) Cl
N
Me
O 2N
NO 2 Cl
(B) H3C CH3

N
I
NO2
(C)
N
H3C CH3
NO2
(D) NO 2
N Cl
H3C CH2
Ans. B
Solution for the Q. No. 32 and 33.

O
O
Hg2 , H /H O

2
 NOBF
4

2
A  B 
NO 2
NH2  NH2 / OH
C
NO 2
ICl
H3C CH3
N Cl
Cl2 / AlCl3
CH3 2 NH
 
I I I
F 
NO2 NO2 NO2
E D
Single Integer Answer Type
This section contains 10 questions. Each question, when worked out will result in one integer from 0 to
9 (both inclusive).
34. 2.79 gm of nitrogenous compound on reaction with CS2 and HgCl2 forms a black ppt. of 0.09 mol.
If same amount of nitrogenous compound is reacted with HNO2. How many litres of gas at STP
would be formed.
Ans. 2
Sol. RNH2  CS 2  HgCl2 

 RNCS  HgS 
0.09 0.09
RNH2  HNO2 
 ROH  N2 
0.09 0.09
Volume in litres at STP = 0.09 × 22.4 = 2.016  2
O3 , CH3 2 S Tollen's reagent NaBH4

35. C6H8  anti aromatic    B  C   D
Only product Optically active
D on heating gives a major product having x number of stereoisomer, x is:
Ans. 3
Sol. O O O O
O
 3
 CH3 2 S
 H3C C C H 
 Tollen's reagent
H3C C C OH C
B  NaBH4

trans lactide  cis lactide   H3C CH C OH
 d 
OH O
D
36. Cl
H3C CH 2 CH 2 Cl2 , h
CH3 
Monochlorination 
If x = maximum number of monochloroisomer possible
y = Monochloro isomer on fractional distillation will separate. Then find

x  y
2
Ans. 5
Sol. x=6
y=4
x  y = 5
2
37. CH3
NaOEt i Sn  HCl
  COOEt 2   X 
ii 
Y
NO2
Find the number of -bond in the Y?
Ans. 5
Sol. O
C OEt
CH3 CH2
EtO 
 C OEt
NO2 NO2 O
O
O CH2 C
OH
Sn  HCl

 COOEt
NH COOEt COOEt
NH2 NO2

H2O
COOEt
N
Y  H
38. How many of the following are cross-linked polymer?

Bakelite, Urea-formaldehyde, Melamine-formaldehyde, Nylon-6,6, Terylene.
Ans. 3
Sol. Bakelite, Urea-formaldehyde, Melamine-formaldehyde.
39. O
Br
NaOMe 
  A  
i aq. NaOH
ii NaOHCaO  
  B
The number of -bond in product (B) is:
Ans. 1
Sol. O O COOMe
Br
NaOMe
  NaOMe
 
NaOH
COOH
NaOH/CaO
 
40. 1.2 gram of acetophenone on reaction with 76.2 gram of I2 in presence of NaOH give solid
iodoform with 75% yield. Find the weight of iodoform formed in gram.
Ans. 3
O O
|| ||
Sol. Ph  C CH3  3I2  4NaOH 
 CHI3  Ph  C ONa
O
||
1 mole of Ph  C CH3 will give 1 mole of CHI3
120 gram will give  394 g CHI3
1.2 gram will give  3.94 g CHI3
75
Hence, with 75% yield  3.94   2.955 gram
100
 3 gram.
41. In the following sequence of reaction the degree of unsaturation in the (B) is
CO2 Et
CO2 Et Tautomerise
HCl, 
 

 A  
 B  An aromatic compound 
H3C O
Ans. 4
Sol. CH3
CH3
CO2Et CH3
CO2Et HCl,  Tautomerise

 
O  
 OH
H3C O O
O
A B 
Degree of unsaturation = 4
42. How many will liberates CO2 gas on reaction with NaHCO3?
O O C
H3C C CH2 C CH3, H

, CH3  SO2CHSO2CH3 ,
SO 3H
, CN – CH2 – CN
Ans. 1
Sol. SO 3H
, Re st all have pK a value greater than H2CO 3 .
43. NH2
CH3Br Moist Ag2 O Hot alkaline KMnO 4 Ba OH 


Excess
 A  
 B   C  
2
D
If number of carbon atom in D is x and -bond is y.

Find x + y?
Ans. 6
Sol. CH3
H3C CH3
+
NH2 N O
COOH
Ag O Hot KMnO4 Ba OH 
CH Br
3 
2
  (H2C) 4
Excess   2
 

COOH
SECTION – D
44. 2.25 g of a nitrogenous compound having molecular formula (C2H7N) is reacted with 11.95 g of
CHCl3 in presence of alc. KOH to form a bad smelling gas. One of the remaining reactant after
some times becomes poisonous due to aerial oxidation. This poisonous gas is now removed by
C2H5OH to form a precipitate. Find the weight of precipitate (in gram).
Ans. 00005.90
alc KOH
Sol. C2H5NH2  CHCl3   C2H5NC
1 1 0
20 10 1
0 1 20
20
O , h
CHCl3 
2
 COCl2
COCl2  2C2H5 OH   C2H5  2 CO3
1
Hence precipitate =  118  5.9 gram
20
45. O O
CH3
i H3O
ii   B    C 
O O 
O CH3
O
A 
1.1 mole of (A) was reacted according to above reaction. ‘C’ is the gas produced which turns lime
water milky. The amount of C formed in gram will be? (Given At. Wt. of C, O, H are 12, 16, 1 gm
respectively).
Ans. 00096.80
Sol. O
CH3
HOOC COOH H3C

HO 
O
 A   3 
  2CO 2
HOOC COOH
C
CH3 H3C O
B 
1.1 mole of (A) produce 2.2 mole of CO2(g)
 wt. of CO2 = 2.2 × 44 = 96.8 gm.
 O i H
46. A  C4H6  3
CH  S
 B 
 ii   C
3 2 Aromatic compound
6.75 gram
A is a cyclic isomer having molecular formula C4H6. How many gram of C would be formed if 6.75
g of A was taken?
Ans. 00008.50
Sol. O O

O3 H
 H C CH2 CH2 C H 
CH3 2 S
A O
B   C
6.75 1
Moles of A   mole
54 8
1
Hence, mole of C would be formed
8
1
Wt. of C =  68  8.5 gm
8
SECTION – A
Straight Objective Type
This section contains 3 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D),
out of which only one is correct
47. The length of medians of a triangle are 3, 4 and 5 cm. The area (in square cm) of the triangle is
(A) 8
(B) 12
(C) 24
(D) 32
Ans. A
4 1
Sol. A  34  8
3 2
48. The number of right-angled ABC (A = 90º) with integers side length whose inradius is 3 are
(A) 3
(B) 4
(C) 5
(D) 8
Ans. A
A
Sol.   s  a  tan    r (A = 90º)
2
(s – a) = r, 2s – 2a = 2r, b + c – a = 2r, a = (b + c – 2r)
2
(b – 6)(c – 6) = 2  3
49. P is a point inside an equilateral triangle ABC such that PA = 9, PB = 12 and PC = 15, then side
length of the ABC is
(A) 225  108 5
(B) 225  33
(C) 49  5 2
(D) none of these
Ans. A
152  92   AC 
2 A(B)
Sol. cos    60º   ..... (1)
2.15.9 12 B
9 90º P
9 3
Also, cos   
15 5  15 60º
P 60º 15
So, a  225  108 5
60º
15
B C
One OR More Than One Choice Type
 
(A) (sin x)sin x > (cos x)cos x  x   0, 
 4
  
(B) (cos x)sin x < (sin x)cos x  x   0, 
 12 
3  
(C) x cot x <  x   0, 
  3
 
(D) sin x  cos2x  sin x  cos2x  x   0, 
 4
Ans. A, B, C
Sol. (A) Use Jensen’s inequality for sin x < cos x < sin x + cos x with weights
1 = tan x and 2 = 1 – tan x ( 0 < x < /4), 1 and 2 are positive)
So, log(cos x) = log(tan x sin x + (1 – tan x)(sin x + cos x))
> tan x log(sin x) + (1 – tan x)log(sin x + cos x)
 sin x + cos x > 1 and tan x < 1. So, log(cos x) > tan x log(sin x)
    cos x   sin x 
(B) For x   0,  ; cos x > sin x. So, ln  ln
 12  cos x sin x
(C) Shown in the figure
m(OP) > m(OQ)
P
Q
x  
3 2
(D)  (a + b)p  ab + bp for a, b > 0 and 0  p  1
1 7
(A)  sin20º 
3 20
x2 x4  
(B) cos x  1    x   0, 
2 16  2
x3 2x 5  
(C) tan x  x   x  0, 
3 15  2
(D) cos 2º and cos 7º are irrational
Ans. A, C
Sol. Use sin 3t = 3 sin t – 4 sin3 t

Let t = 20º
52. Let x – 2y – 5 = 0 be the directrix of a parabola and x – y – 7 = 0 be the tangent drawn to the
parabola at the point P(4, –3), then which of the following are INCORRECT?
16
(A) length of latus rectum =
5
8
(B) harmonic mean of length of segments of the focal chord =
5
(C) intersection point of the directrix and the given tangent is (9, 2)
(D) circle drawn on assuming P(4, –3) and Q as diameter, always passes through focus of
the parabola (where Q is the intersection point of tangent and directrix)
Ans. A, B
Sol. Foot of perpendicular P(4, –3) to the directrix is (3, –1)

  3   1 2  3  1  7 
Now, find its image about the tangent  
1 1 2
 = 6,  = –4. So, focus  (6, –4)
685 9
Now, distance of focus from the directrix = 
5 5
53. Let ABCD be a quadrilateral inscribed in a circle. Suppose AB  2  2 and AB subtends 135º
at the centre of the circle, the maximum possible area of ABCD is
53 3
(A)
4 2
8 7
(B)
3
19  3
(C)
2
(D) none of these
Ans. A
Sol.  , ,  <  and y = sin x is concave downward on (0, ) C

sin   sin   sin  
So,  sin    sin75º
3  3 

1 1 D 
So, area of ABCD  sin 135º    sin   sin   sin  
2 2 
135 B
53 3
=
4 2
Equality holds if  =  =  = 75º A
54. If the vertices of an equilateral  lies on the curve 8x3 + y3 + 6xy = 1, then
6
(A) side length of the triangle is
15
3
(B) side length of the triangle is
2
3 3
(C) area of the triangle is
5
3 3
(D) area of the triangle is
16
Ans. A, C
6
Sol. (2x + y – 1)(4x2 + y2 + 1 – 2xy + y + 2x) = 0 and side length of the  =
15
3 3
So, area =
5

(B), (C) and (D).
Diameter of ellipse is a line passing through the centre of the ellipse. Consider the set of parabola(s)
having common chord of minimum length with the diameter of the ellipse x 2 + y2 + xy = 8 and the line
mx – y + 4 = 0 as directrix
55. The set of value(s) of m for which only one parabola is possible is
(A)  2, 2 
(B)  5, 3 
(C) {–2, 2}
(D) none of these
Ans. A
56. The range of value(s) of m for which two parabola(s) are possible is
(A)  ,  2    2,  
(B) (–, –2)  (2, )
(C)  ,  3    3,  
(D) none of these
Ans. A
Sol. (55.-56.)
For the ellipse x2 + y2 + xy = 8, c  (0, 0)
8 8 r2
For one parabola  : ( C1C2 = r1 + r2)
2 3
m 1
For two parabola(s) : C1C2 < r1 + r2  4 4 
c2  , 
r1  6 6
 4 4 
c1   , 
 6 6
SECTION – C
This section contains 10 questions. Each question, when worked out will result in one integer from 0 to
9 (both inclusive).
57. Consider the ellipse 4x2 + y2 – 8x + 4y + 4 = 0. Pair of tangents PT1 and PT2 are drawn to the
ellipse from P(–8, –2). Let S1' be the image of S1 about PT1 and S'2 be the image of S2 about

PT2, then if PS1S 2'   and PS1' S 2   , then is equal to _____

Ans. 1
Sol. PS1' S 2 and PS1S'2 are similar
58. If tangents drawn to the parabola at A(1, 2) and B(5, 8) intersect at (–1, 8), then slope of directrix
a
is where gcd(a, b) = 1, then a + b is _____
b
Ans. 7
3
Sol. Q = mid-point of AB = (3, 5), let P  (–1, 8), m(PQ) = 
4
4
Slope of directrix =
3
59. Given a point (3, 2), then the minimum perimeter of a triangle with one vertex at (3, 2) one on the
x-axis and one on the line y = x (you may assume that a triangle with minimum perimeter exists)
is  , then sum of digits of  is _____
Ans. 8
Sol. For minimum perimeters (2, 3), (d, d) (c, 0), (3, –2) are collinear
Hence, mini perimeter = 26
60. If focus of the parabola which touches x = 0, y = 0, x – y + 1 = 0 and –2x – y – 8 = 0 is (, ), then

is _____

Ans. 3
Sol. Focus is intersection point of circles x(x + 1) + y(y – 1) = 0 and (x)(x + 4) + (y)(y + 8) = 0
 6 2
  , 
 5 5
12
61. If 3 2 , 4 2 and 2 be the altitudes of a triangle, then r 2 (r is inradius of the triangle) is
5
equal to _____
Ans. 2
Sol.  Harmonic mean of the altitudes of a triangle is 3 times its inradius

1  5 1 1 
So, r     
19  12 2 4 2 3 2 
62. Let ABC be a triangle (with A = /3) and a circle C1 be drawn lying in side the triangle, touching
its in-circle externally and also touching the two sides AB and AC, then ratio of the radii of the
circles C1 and C is k, then 3k is equal to _____
Ans. 1
Sol. In triangle II1K A A/2

A r1
1  sin   M
 A  IK
sin    
r  r1
  2   r  r1  r  r1 I
1
 2  II1 r  r1  A  r  r1  r  r1
1  sin   r N
2
K
   A  r1 r1 1 I
tan2  2
  . So,  tan  30º  
 4  r r 3 B C
63. Let BD be the internal angle bisectors of angle B in triangle ABC with D on side AC. The
circumcircle of triangle BDC meets AB at E, while the circumcircle of triangle ABD meets BC at F.
if AE = 3, then CF is equal to
Ans. 3
Sol. Let circumcircle of triangle BDC be S1 and the circumcircle of triangle A

ABD be S2
E D
AD AB
So,  ..... (1)
CD BC
B C
Now, for circle S1: F
AE  AB = AD  AC S1
AD  AC
 AE  ..... (2) S2
AB
For circle S2:
CF  CB = CD  CA
CD  CA
 CF  ..... (3)
CB
From equation (2) and (3), we get
AE AD  CB
 ..... (4)
CF AB  CD
From equation (1) and (4), AE = CF
So, CF = 3
64. In an isosceles right angled triangle ABC, CA = CB = 1, and P is an arbitrary point on the
perimeter of ABC, then if maximum value of PA·PB·PC is , then 6 2 is _____
Ans. 3
Sol. (I): Let P  AC C

1
PA·PC  and PB  2
4
2 P
Thus PA·PC·PB 
4
The two equality sign can not be valid at the same time
2 A B
So, PA  PC  PB 
4
(II): P  AB C

AP  x  0, 2 
So, let f(x) = (PA)2(PB)2)PC)2
2
 2  x  1  x
= x2 2
x 2 
 1
Let t  x  2  x  : t  0, 
 2 A P B
2
So, f(x) = g(t) = t (1 – t)
 1 1
 f  x  gt   g  
 2 8
1
PA  PB  PC  . Clearly P is the mid-point of AB
2 2
3
  1  4x 2  4
65. Number of solution of the equation  cos1  2
   x  x sin x  cos x is
 2
  1  4x 
Ans. 2
Sol. Shown in the figure
(0, –1)
1 2
66. Two circles C1, C2 of radii and touch each other externally and they both touch a unit circle
3 7
C internally. A circle C3 of radius R is inscribed to touch the circles C1, C2 externally and the circle
C internally, then 19R is equal to _____
Ans. 2
1 2

2
Sol. R 3 7 
1 2 19
1 
3 7
SECTION – D
67. If the exhaustive set of x  (0, 2) for which  n the inequality sin x + sin 2x + sin 3x + ..... +
3 3 1   2
sin(nx)  is valid 1  x   2 , k  I, then is _____
2 2
Ans. 00002.00
2 2
Sol. Clearly, 0 < x < not valid, for  x  2
3 3
x  2x  1  x x
cos    cos  x cos    1 cot  
sin x   2   2 

2
   4  3
x x 2 2
2 sin   2 sin  
2 2
 
68. The least numbers A such that for any two squares of combined area 1 and a rectangle, of area A
exists such that the two squares can be packed in the rectangle (without interior overlap). You
may assume that the sides of the squares are parallel to the sides of the rectangle, is _____
Ans. 00001.20
2 2
Sol. If x and y are the sides of two squares then x + y = 1
Let without loss of generality x  y
So, shorter side of the rectangle should be at least x
Longer side at least and (x + y)
So, A  x(x + y)
 
Put x = cos , y = sin ,   0, 
 4
1 2    1 2 
A  cos  2    equality holds if  
2 2  4  2 8
69. The least possible area of a convex set in plane that intersects both branches of the hyperbola
xy = 1 and both branches of the hyperbola xy = –1 is _____
Ans. 00004.00
Sol. For minimum area x = y = z = w

Amin = 4  1 
 y,   1
 y   x, 
 x
 1 
 1  w, 
 z,   w
 z

Fitzee Test Papers and Solnpdf PDF Free

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Fitzee Test Papers and Solnpdf PDF Free

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FIITJEE

ALL INDIA INTEGRATED TEST SERIES

TEST DATE: 28-04-2019

 The test consists of total 54 questions.

 Each subject (PCM) has 18 questions.

 This question paper contains Three Parts.

 Part-I is Physics, Part-II is Chemistry and Part-III is Mathematics.

2. A yo-yo is resting on a rough horizontal table. Forces F1 ,F2 and F3 are F3

3. Four point masses are fastened to the corners of a a y-axis

5. A block A is kept at rest on a frictionless horizontal

(Matching type - Single Correct Option)

Column I [Object] Column-II [Height] Column-III [Time]

8. Pick the correct combination:

9. The combination where the total mechanical energy is maximum will be

11. Pick the correct combination:-

16. Three blocks A, B and C whose masses are m, km and 4m

17. A rectangular block of mass m is kept on a smooth horizontal surface. A A

18. A trolley of mass M stands on frictionless rails. A rod of mass

19. Which of the following does not exist as dimer?

21. 0.6 moles of K2Cr2O7 can oxidise

22. Which of the following mixtures can be regarded as buffer?

(B) In the structure the angle Q  180o. Q R

24. Choose the correct statements among the following

(Matching type - Single Correct Option)

Column-I [Substrate] Column-II [Reagent-1] Column-III Reagent-2

(II) CH3 (ii) H 2SO 4 fuming (Q) CH3Cl,AlCl3

(III) OH (iii) I2 ,Lewis acid (R) Cl2 /AlCl3

(IV) NO 2 (iv) CH 3OH,H + (S) Sn/HCl

26. Which of the following combinations will not give EAS?

28. Which of the followings will result in a mono substituted Benzene?

Column-I [Reactant-1] Column-II [Reactant-2] Column-III [Product]

29. Which of the following combinations is not possible.

30. Which of the following is not possible in an acidic medium?

36. How many geometrical isomers?

Mathematics PART – III

37. Let A, P, B are collinear points on lines y  0, y  2 x, y  3x respectively. If PA. PB is minimum

43. If the line ax  by  c  0 is normal to the curve xy  1

(Matching type - Single Correct Option)

Column I Column-II Column-III

log  9 x  x2 14  cos 2 x Is equal to

44. Which of the following is correct combination?

45. Which of the following is correct combination?

46. Which of the following is not correct combination?

47. Which of the following is correct combination?

48. Which of the following is correct combination?

49. Which of the following is not correct combination?

TEST DATE: 28-04-2019

ANSWERS, HINTS & SOLUTIONS

mv=-mv 2 +Mv1 ----------(1)

kv2  kv4  4v3        (1)

H 2SO 4 fuming dil H 2SO 4

Mathematics PART – III

TEST DATE: 28-04-2019

Time Allotted: 3 Hours Maximum Marks: 231

 The test consists of total 69 questions.

 Each subject (PCM) has 23 questions.

 Part-I is Physics, Part-II is Chemistry and Part-III is Mathematics.

1. A uniform cylinder of mass M lies on a fixed plane inclined at an

3. A cylindrical container of radius 'R' and height ' h ' is completely

(One or More than one correct type)

4. Consider two satellites A and B of equal mass m, moving in the same

6. A string of length 3l is connected to a fixed cylinder whose

7. A cylindrical vessel of a very large cross-sectional area is